openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

October 2014

25 participants
969 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89742 - trunk/yast/ms/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:25:05 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89742 Added: trunk/yast/ms/po/cio.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/opensuse_mirror.ms.po Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/add-on-creator.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/add-on.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/audit-laf.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/auth-client.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/auth-server.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/autoinst.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/base.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/bootloader.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/ca-management.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/cluster.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/control-center.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/control.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/country.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/crowbar.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/dhcp-server.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/dns-server.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/drbd.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/fcoe-client.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/firewall-services.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/firewall.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/firstboot.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/ftp-server.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/geo-cluster.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/gtk.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/http-server.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/inetd.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/installation.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/instserver.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/iplb.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/iscsi-client.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/iscsi-lio-server.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/iscsi-server.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/isns.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/kdump.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/kerberos-server.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/kerberos.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/languages_db.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/ldap-client.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/ldap-server.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/ldap.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/live-installer.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/lxc.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/mail.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/multipath.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/ncurses-pkg.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/ncurses.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/network.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/nfs.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/nfs_server.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/nis.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/nis_server.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/ntp-client.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/oneclickinstall.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/online-update-configuration.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/online-update.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/packager.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/pam.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/pkg-bindings.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/printer.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/product-creator.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/proxy.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/qt-pkg.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/qt.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/rdp.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/rear.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/registration.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/reipl.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/relocation-server.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/s390.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/samba-client.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/samba-server.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/samba-users.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/scanner.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/security.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/services-manager.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/slp-server.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/snapper.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/sound.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/squid.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/sshd.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/storage.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/sudo.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/support.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/sysconfig.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/tftp-server.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/timezone_db.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/tune.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/update.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/users.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/vm.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/wagon.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/wol.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/xpram.ms.po trunk/yast/ms/po/yast2-apparmor.ms.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/add-on-creator.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/add-on-creator.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/add-on-creator.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/add-on.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/add-on.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/add-on.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -44,21 +44,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "" @@ -84,10 +84,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "" @@ -216,40 +216,40 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" "Select the repository to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "" @@ -261,33 +261,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -295,12 +295,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -309,102 +309,102 @@ msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "" #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/audit-laf.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/audit-laf.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/audit-laf.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -781,30 +781,44 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "" -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 -msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -813,36 +827,36 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "" #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -850,26 +864,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "" #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 msgid "Log file" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/auth-client.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/auth-client.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/auth-client.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -390,23 +390,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/auth-server.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/auth-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/auth-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -236,6 +236,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -655,20 +659,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -678,14 +684,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -695,13 +701,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -709,7 +715,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -719,28 +725,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,17 +757,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,7 +776,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -779,30 +785,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -810,34 +816,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -845,30 +851,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -876,21 +882,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -902,11 +908,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -914,21 +920,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -938,15 +944,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -954,28 +960,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -985,22 +991,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1008,11 +1014,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1020,78 +1026,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1099,19 +1105,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1119,71 +1125,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1191,7 +1197,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,29 +1207,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1232,231 +1238,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1765,6 +1771,10 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -2690,8 +2700,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2954,7 +2964,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2967,101 +2977,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/autoinst.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/autoinst.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/autoinst.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -105,8 +105,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "" @@ -116,33 +115,26 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "" #. help 1/2 @@ -274,21 +266,21 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -2162,12 +2154,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr "" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "" @@ -2266,11 +2258,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "" @@ -2450,35 +2442,35 @@ msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "" #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/base.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/base.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/base.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "" @@ -1200,7 +1200,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" @@ -1384,6 +1384,25 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -1963,15 +1982,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "" @@ -1979,27 +1998,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -2009,326 +2028,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "" @@ -2391,7 +2410,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2400,26 +2419,23 @@ msgstr "" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -msgid "No running network detected." +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" -msgstr "" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2720,51 +2736,51 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "" @@ -2773,57 +2789,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -2834,34 +2850,34 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" msgstr "" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -2870,7 +2886,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -2879,89 +2895,89 @@ msgstr "" #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "" #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2969,103 +2985,103 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3075,68 +3091,68 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3147,27 +3163,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3175,7 +3191,7 @@ msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" @@ -3231,44 +3247,20 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3276,12 +3268,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3398,7 +3390,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3725,7 +3717,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -3734,23 +3726,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3764,12 +3756,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3782,97 +3774,103 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 #, fuzzy msgid "Media" msgstr "Macedonian" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" msgstr "" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "" @@ -4481,7 +4479,7 @@ msgstr "" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/bootloader.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/bootloader.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/bootloader.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -123,22 +123,22 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "" @@ -147,12 +147,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "" @@ -163,10 +163,9 @@ msgstr "" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "" @@ -259,23 +258,29 @@ "to start this section." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -284,25 +289,25 @@ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -310,7 +315,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -319,72 +324,72 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "" @@ -436,110 +441,110 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 +msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -575,24 +580,40 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -625,30 +646,50 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +msgid "set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -662,7 +703,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -794,11 +835,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "" @@ -1649,33 +1686,34 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" @@ -1684,31 +1722,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1731,232 +1771,126 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/ca-management.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/ca-management.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/ca-management.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -54,25 +54,25 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "" @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "" @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "" @@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -662,11 +662,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -674,29 +681,29 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -727,51 +734,99 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "" @@ -825,7 +880,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" @@ -857,18 +912,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "" @@ -880,40 +935,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -987,83 +1042,203 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -1153,7 +1328,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1581,7 +1756,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "" @@ -1785,6 +1960,13 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1793,77 +1975,77 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/ms/po/cio.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/cio.ms.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/cio.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +# Malay message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) Alastair McKinstry <mckinstry(a)debian.org>, 2004. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ms\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/cluster.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/cluster.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/cluster.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -77,231 +77,231 @@ msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 #, fuzzy #| msgid "France" msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Perancis" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -314,23 +314,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -339,7 +342,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -350,28 +353,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -390,99 +393,99 @@ msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "" # ui/galeon.glade.h:138 #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Finnish" msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finnish" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/control-center.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/control-center.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/control-center.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/control.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/control.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/control.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,708 +16,206 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -msgid "User Settings" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -msgid "Installation Overview" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/country.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/country.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/country.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/crowbar.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/crowbar.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/crowbar.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/dhcp-server.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/dhcp-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/dhcp-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "" @@ -536,75 +536,74 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -612,48 +611,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -661,7 +660,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -672,7 +671,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -680,53 +679,53 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -734,8 +733,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -743,135 +742,135 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -884,15 +883,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -904,7 +903,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/dns-server.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/dns-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/dns-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/drbd.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/drbd.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/drbd.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -21,6 +21,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -58,20 +68,72 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -95,7 +157,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -109,7 +171,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 @@ -126,14 +188,77 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -143,32 +268,33 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -176,30 +302,30 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -208,7 +334,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -216,7 +342,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -232,12 +358,13 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -279,8 +406,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -294,87 +421,146 @@ #. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" # ui/galeon.glade.h:138 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finnish" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/fcoe-client.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/fcoe-client.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/fcoe-client.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -36,20 +36,55 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 msgid "" "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" "Command %1 failed." msgstr "" +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +msgid "not available" +msgstr "" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -57,7 +92,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -65,12 +100,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -78,28 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "" #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -107,30 +142,30 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "" #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -450,200 +485,191 @@ msgstr "" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "" + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 msgid "Check services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" # ui/galeon.glade.h:138 #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Finnish" msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finnish" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "" #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 msgid "Starting of services" msgstr "" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/firewall-services.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/firewall-services.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/firewall-services.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/firewall.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/firewall.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/firewall.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/firstboot.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/firstboot.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/firstboot.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/ftp-server.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/ftp-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/ftp-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/geo-cluster.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/geo-cluster.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/geo-cluster.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -71,92 +71,249 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +msgid "retries" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "" + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "" + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -165,75 +322,63 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/gtk.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/gtk.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/gtk.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/http-server.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/http-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/http-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/inetd.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/inetd.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/inetd.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/installation.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/installation.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/installation.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -52,22 +52,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "" @@ -246,6 +246,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -302,7 +303,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" @@ -356,10 +357,22 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -547,11 +560,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -572,13 +585,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "" + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -597,66 +619,66 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "" #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "" #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" # ui/galeon.glade.h:138 #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finnish" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "" @@ -675,11 +697,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -692,13 +709,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 msgid "Installation Options" @@ -877,12 +887,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -891,38 +901,38 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." msgstr "" #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "" @@ -931,45 +941,45 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "" #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 msgid "&Export Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -979,7 +989,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1007,7 +1017,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" @@ -1016,7 +1026,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1025,7 +1035,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1034,7 +1044,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1043,7 +1053,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1051,12 +1061,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1065,7 +1075,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1073,7 +1083,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 msgid "" "Some proposals might be\n" "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" @@ -1081,11 +1091,11 @@ msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "" @@ -1200,65 +1210,49 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "" - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1266,7 +1260,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1275,151 +1269,151 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1429,7 +1423,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1439,7 +1433,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1448,7 +1442,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1457,7 +1451,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1465,7 +1459,7 @@ msgstr "" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1534,52 +1528,47 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -1611,7 +1600,7 @@ msgstr "" #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1805,6 +1794,47 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "" + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "" + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Port" #~ msgstr "Feringgi" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/instserver.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/instserver.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/instserver.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/iplb.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/iplb.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/iplb.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -91,6 +91,22 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -200,7 +216,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -440,7 +456,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -578,6 +594,12 @@ msgstr "" #. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -590,6 +612,20 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "" + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/iscsi-client.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/iscsi-client.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/iscsi-client.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -64,149 +64,153 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "Username" msgstr "Surinam" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 #, fuzzy msgid "Port" msgstr "Feringgi" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 #, fuzzy msgid "Key" msgstr "Kenya" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -215,9 +219,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -425,12 +429,12 @@ msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -438,37 +442,37 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 #, fuzzy msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Perancis" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -550,12 +554,16 @@ msgstr "" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 -msgid "(Software)" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +msgid "all" +msgstr "" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -564,6 +572,6 @@ msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/iscsi-lio-server.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/iscsi-lio-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/iscsi-lio-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/iscsi-server.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/iscsi-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/iscsi-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/isns.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/isns.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/isns.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -278,83 +278,83 @@ msgstr "" #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "" # ui/galeon.glade.h:138 #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finnish" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "" #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/kdump.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/kdump.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/kdump.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -360,8 +360,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -489,15 +489,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -1080,128 +1071,128 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" # ui/galeon.glade.h:138 #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finnish" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/kerberos-server.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/kerberos-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/kerberos-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/kerberos.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/kerberos.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/kerberos.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/languages_db.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/languages_db.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/languages_db.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/ldap-client.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/ldap-client.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/ldap-client.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/ldap-server.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/ldap-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/ldap-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/ldap.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/ldap.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/ldap.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -230,46 +230,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -291,12 +291,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/live-installer.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/live-installer.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/live-installer.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/lxc.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/lxc.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/lxc.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/mail.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/mail.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/mail.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/multipath.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/multipath.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/multipath.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/ncurses-pkg.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/ncurses-pkg.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/ncurses-pkg.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/ncurses.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/ncurses.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/ncurses.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/network.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/network.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/network.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -85,84 +85,50 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -170,13 +136,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -184,13 +150,48 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -452,9 +453,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -534,7 +544,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -632,7 +642,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "" @@ -701,13 +711,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -1066,14 +1076,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" @@ -1086,7 +1096,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1271,35 +1281,35 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1313,11 +1323,11 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" #. Network card name (wireless) @@ -1528,7 +1538,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1616,7 +1626,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1626,13 +1636,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1641,7 +1650,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "" @@ -1668,7 +1677,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1676,20 +1685,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1697,7 +1706,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1705,19 +1714,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1725,92 +1734,92 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 -msgid "Ethtool options" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1818,26 +1827,26 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1845,138 +1854,138 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -1984,7 +1993,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2027,28 +2036,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2056,7 +2064,7 @@ msgstr "" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2066,12 +2074,12 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2080,7 +2088,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2088,13 +2096,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2102,14 +2110,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2118,7 +2126,7 @@ "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2127,14 +2135,14 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2142,7 +2150,7 @@ msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2150,7 +2158,7 @@ "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2158,7 +2166,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2168,7 +2176,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2182,26 +2190,26 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2209,7 +2217,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2217,7 +2225,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2225,7 +2233,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2233,19 +2241,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2256,11 +2264,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2270,19 +2278,19 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2292,7 +2300,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2305,21 +2313,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2327,14 +2335,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2351,14 +2359,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2368,7 +2376,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2380,7 +2388,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2401,7 +2409,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2411,7 +2419,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2422,14 +2430,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -2974,23 +2982,23 @@ msgstr "" #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -3001,17 +3009,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3022,112 +3030,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3375,7 +3382,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3569,76 +3576,81 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" +msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" msgstr "" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "" @@ -3654,98 +3666,94 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 -msgid "Device name:" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "" #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3764,391 +3772,410 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" # ui/galeon.glade.h:138 #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finnish" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 msgid "connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "" + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "" +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -4196,18 +4223,18 @@ msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "Antarctica" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/nfs.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/nfs.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/nfs.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/nfs_server.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/nfs_server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/nfs_server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -72,27 +72,27 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -101,11 +101,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -156,63 +156,55 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -220,25 +212,25 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -246,51 +238,51 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -298,82 +290,77 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -381,85 +368,73 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "" # ui/galeon.glade.h:138 #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finnish" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "" #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/nis.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/nis.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/nis.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/nis_server.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/nis_server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/nis_server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -369,22 +369,27 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/ntp-client.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/ntp-client.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/ntp-client.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -46,21 +46,20 @@ msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 msgid "S&ynchronize now" @@ -73,21 +72,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -589,10 +596,13 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -600,7 +610,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -609,7 +619,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -619,7 +629,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -629,14 +639,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -644,14 +654,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -659,7 +669,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -671,14 +681,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -687,7 +697,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -696,7 +706,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -704,7 +714,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -712,7 +722,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -720,7 +730,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -729,7 +739,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -737,7 +747,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -749,49 +759,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -799,7 +809,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -809,7 +819,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -817,7 +827,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -830,7 +840,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -838,7 +848,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -848,7 +858,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -857,7 +867,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1192,118 +1202,121 @@ # ui/galeon.glade.h:138 #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finnish" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/oneclickinstall.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/oneclickinstall.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/oneclickinstall.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/online-update-configuration.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/online-update-configuration.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/online-update-configuration.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/online-update.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/online-update.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/online-update.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -110,13 +110,18 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "" + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/ms/po/opensuse_mirror.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/opensuse_mirror.ms.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/opensuse_mirror.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +# Malay message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) Alastair McKinstry <mckinstry(a)debian.org>, 2004. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ms\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/packager.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/packager.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/packager.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -139,6 +139,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -456,7 +465,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -520,7 +529,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" @@ -740,7 +749,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -748,7 +757,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1074,7 +1083,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" @@ -1296,7 +1305,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1328,71 +1337,71 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -1437,7 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "" @@ -1445,13 +1454,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr "" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "" @@ -1459,14 +1468,14 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 #, fuzzy msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "Kenya" @@ -1474,7 +1483,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "" @@ -1483,144 +1492,185 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1628,50 +1678,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1680,72 +1730,74 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" "the configuration will be aborted.\n" msgstr "" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" @@ -1824,165 +1876,170 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "" #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 msgid "(default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -1991,53 +2048,53 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2047,23 +2104,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2072,42 +2129,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2115,17 +2172,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2135,20 +2192,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2161,7 +2218,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2169,11 +2226,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2185,12 +2242,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2198,72 +2255,72 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 #, fuzzy msgid "&Port" msgstr "Feringgi" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2278,7 +2335,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2287,12 +2344,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2300,7 +2357,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2308,7 +2365,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2318,7 +2375,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2327,25 +2384,25 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2355,11 +2412,15 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2454,7 +2515,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "" @@ -2525,12 +2588,12 @@ msgstr "" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2538,7 +2601,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/pam.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/pam.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/pam.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/pkg-bindings.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/pkg-bindings.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/pkg-bindings.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "" @@ -178,6 +178,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/printer.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/printer.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/printer.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/product-creator.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/product-creator.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/product-creator.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/proxy.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/proxy.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/proxy.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/qt-pkg.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/qt-pkg.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/qt-pkg.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -40,47 +40,47 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -91,175 +91,175 @@ msgstr "Perancis" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "" @@ -267,57 +267,57 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "Perancis" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/qt.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/qt.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/qt.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -59,14 +59,14 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/rdp.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/rdp.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/rdp.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/rear.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/rear.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/rear.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/registration.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/registration.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/registration.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -17,45 +17,84 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "" + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "" + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -63,47 +102,49 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 -msgid "&Skip Registration" +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." msgstr "" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -msgid "Registration" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -111,55 +152,25 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 -msgid "Details" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - #. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -171,328 +182,615 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "" -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Registration Code" +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 -msgid "Product Registration" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 -msgid "Register the Product" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Install Available Updates" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 -msgid "Server Settings" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Server URL: %s" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" msgstr "" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 -msgid "Connection time out." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 -msgid "Registration client error." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 -msgid "" -"Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -msgid "Registration failed." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "" -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" -#. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 -msgid "Details: %s" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +msgid "Validity" msgstr "" -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -msgid "Certificate:" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Expires On: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 +msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +msgid "Registration client error." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 +msgid "" +"Registration server error.\n" +"Retry registration later." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." +msgstr "" + +#. %s are error details +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 +msgid "Details: %s" +msgstr "" + #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Searching..." +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "" +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" +msgstr "" + +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "" + #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" "failed." msgstr "" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Key" #~ msgstr "Kenya" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/reipl.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/reipl.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/reipl.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -239,30 +239,30 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/relocation-server.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/relocation-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/relocation-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/s390.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/s390.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/s390.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/samba-client.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/samba-client.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/samba-client.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -189,6 +189,15 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" @@ -762,7 +771,10 @@ # ui/galeon.glade.h:138 #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finnish" @@ -833,12 +845,14 @@ msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -861,6 +875,143 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "" + +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "" + #: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/samba-server.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/samba-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/samba-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/samba-users.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/samba-users.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/samba-users.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/scanner.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/scanner.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/scanner.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/security.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/security.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/security.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/services-manager.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/services-manager.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/services-manager.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,12 +16,192 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "" @@ -61,3 +241,63 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/slp-server.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/slp-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/slp-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/snapper.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/snapper.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/snapper.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -23,260 +23,260 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "User data" msgstr "" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "Singapura" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "User Data" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -297,17 +297,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/sound.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/sound.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/sound.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/squid.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/squid.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/squid.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1345,11 +1345,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afrikaans" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bahasa Arab" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 #, fuzzy @@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indonesia" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Latvian" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bahasa Melayu" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1509,7 +1509,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Thai" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vietnamese" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/sshd.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/sshd.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/sshd.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/storage.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/storage.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/storage.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -93,13 +93,13 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -131,15 +131,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -756,7 +762,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -774,7 +780,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -784,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -794,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -804,7 +810,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -814,7 +820,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -827,7 +833,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -837,7 +843,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -848,7 +854,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -860,7 +866,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -872,7 +878,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -881,7 +887,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -892,22 +898,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -921,7 +913,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -936,12 +928,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -954,7 +946,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -963,7 +955,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -972,7 +964,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -980,7 +972,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -988,53 +980,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1043,7 +1035,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1053,7 +1045,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1063,7 +1055,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1078,13 +1070,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1111,7 +1103,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "" @@ -1122,7 +1114,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" @@ -1142,7 +1134,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1151,7 +1143,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1463,7 +1455,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1474,21 +1466,21 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1520,7 +1512,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1533,7 +1525,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1546,7 +1538,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1568,7 +1560,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1742,12 +1734,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1755,31 +1747,31 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1789,54 +1781,59 @@ msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "" + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "" #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "" #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -1844,51 +1841,58 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2153,14 +2157,44 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Role" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2168,54 +2202,54 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2224,17 +2258,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2244,7 +2278,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2253,56 +2287,56 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2310,8 +2344,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2323,33 +2357,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2359,7 +2393,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2368,12 +2402,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "" @@ -2556,58 +2590,58 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Norway" msgid "Forward" msgstr "Norway" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Backward" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "" @@ -2620,7 +2654,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3475,12 +3509,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "" @@ -3676,7 +3710,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "" @@ -3874,17 +3908,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -3985,115 +4019,123 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -4104,14 +4146,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -4120,14 +4162,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -4432,23 +4474,23 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -4456,29 +4498,29 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -4486,36 +4528,36 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -4525,12 +4567,12 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -4538,12 +4580,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" @@ -4555,40 +4597,40 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -4596,89 +4638,89 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" @@ -4686,12 +4728,12 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" @@ -4699,37 +4741,37 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -4738,12 +4780,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -4751,31 +4793,31 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -4784,19 +4826,19 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -4809,12 +4851,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -4822,41 +4864,41 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -4864,12 +4906,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -4882,7 +4924,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -4895,7 +4937,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4905,7 +4947,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4919,7 +4961,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -4932,7 +4974,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -4941,7 +4983,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -4949,7 +4991,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -4958,24 +5000,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -4983,12 +5025,12 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -4996,86 +5038,86 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5083,7 +5125,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5091,7 +5133,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5099,18 +5141,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5700,48 +5742,48 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -5750,32 +5792,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "" @@ -5802,22 +5844,22 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/sudo.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/sudo.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/sudo.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/support.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/support.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/support.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -323,8 +323,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/sysconfig.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/sysconfig.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/sysconfig.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -466,7 +466,100 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "" + +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "" + # ui/galeon.glade.h:138 +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "Finnish" +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Finnish" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/tftp-server.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/tftp-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/tftp-server.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/timezone_db.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/timezone_db.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/timezone_db.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/tune.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/tune.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/tune.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -17,53 +17,58 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/update.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/update.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/update.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "" @@ -149,18 +149,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "" @@ -219,9 +219,19 @@ "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -229,13 +239,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -306,12 +316,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "" #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "" @@ -319,14 +329,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -334,22 +344,22 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -358,17 +368,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -377,27 +387,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -405,12 +415,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -418,12 +428,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -432,69 +442,69 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" msgstr "" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -502,29 +512,29 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -534,7 +544,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "" @@ -543,23 +553,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -567,24 +577,24 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -595,7 +605,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -608,39 +618,39 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -648,17 +658,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -666,22 +676,22 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -691,7 +701,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -700,17 +710,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" @@ -729,34 +739,60 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/users.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/users.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/users.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr "" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "" @@ -3981,22 +3981,22 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/vm.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/vm.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/vm.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -28,132 +28,164 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "" #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -166,26 +198,26 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/wagon.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/wagon.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/wagon.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/wol.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/wol.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/wol.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/xpram.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/xpram.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/xpram.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/yast2-apparmor.ms.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/yast2-apparmor.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/yast2-apparmor.ms.po 2014-10-07 15:25:05 UTC (rev 89742) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -297,11 +297,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "" @@ -1065,61 +1065,69 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "" -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 msgid "Select an action to perform." msgstr "" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89741 - trunk/yast/uk/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:24:45 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89741 Added: trunk/yast/uk/po/cio.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/opensuse_mirror.uk.po Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/add-on-creator.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/add-on.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/audit-laf.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/auth-client.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/auth-server.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/autoinst.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/base.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/bootloader.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/ca-management.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/cluster.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/control-center.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/control.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/country.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/crowbar.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/dhcp-server.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/dns-server.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/drbd.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/fcoe-client.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/firewall-services.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/firewall.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/firstboot.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/ftp-server.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/geo-cluster.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/gtk.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/heartbeat.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/http-server.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/inetd.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/installation.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/instserver.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/iplb.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/iscsi-client.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/iscsi-lio-server.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/iscsi-server.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/isns.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/kdump.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/kerberos-server.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/kerberos.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/languages_db.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/ldap-client.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/ldap-server.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/ldap.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/live-installer.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/lxc.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/mail.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/multipath.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/ncurses-pkg.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/ncurses.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/network.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/nfs.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/nfs_server.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/nis.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/nis_server.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/ntp-client.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/oneclickinstall.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/online-migration.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/online-update-configuration.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/online-update.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/packager.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/pam.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/pkg-bindings.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/printer.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/product-creator.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/proxy.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/qt-pkg.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/qt.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/rdp.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/rear.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/registration.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/reipl.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/relocation-server.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/s390.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/samba-client.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/samba-server.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/samba-users.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/scanner.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/security.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/services-manager.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/slp-server.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/snapper.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/sound.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/squid.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/sshd.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/storage.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/sudo.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/support.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/sysconfig.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/tftp-server.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/timezone_db.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/tune.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/update.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/users.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/vm.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/wagon.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/wol.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/xpram.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/yast2-apparmor.uk.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/add-on-creator.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/add-on-creator.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/add-on-creator.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-23 21:29+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module @@ -36,8 +35,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'clone' action #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product based on an existing one." -msgstr "" -"Створити і зібрати новий додатковий продукт на основі існуючого продукту." +msgstr "Створити і зібрати новий додатковий продукт на основі існуючого продукту." #. command line help text for 'sign' action #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 @@ -131,7 +129,6 @@ #. command line help text for 'passphrase' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 -#| msgid "Resign all packages with selected key" msgid "Resign all packages with selected key." msgstr "Знову підписати всі пакунки вибраним ключем." @@ -172,16 +169,13 @@ #. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 -#| msgid "Do not build the product, only save new configuration" msgid "Do not build the product, only save new configuration." msgstr "Не збирати продукт, лише зберегти нові налаштування." #. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)." -msgstr "" -"Номер вибраного додаткового продукту (див. вивід команди \"list\", щоб " -"побачити номери продуктів)." +msgstr "Номер вибраного додаткового продукту (див. вивід команди \"list\", щоб побачити номери продуктів)." #. command line help text for 'changelog' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 @@ -190,7 +184,6 @@ #. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 -#| msgid "Do not generate the release package" msgid "Do not generate the release package." msgstr "Не створювати пакунок випуску." @@ -270,16 +263,11 @@ #. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 -msgid "" -"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " -"'create' or 'clone' commands." -msgstr "" -"Відсутні налаштування додаткового продукту. Створіть нову конфігурацію за " -"допомогою команди \"create\" або \"clone\"." +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgstr "Відсутні налаштування додаткового продукту. Створіть нову конфігурацію за допомогою команди \"create\" або \"clone\"." #. error message #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 -#| msgid "Specify the add-on product that should be built." msgid "Specify the add-on product to build." msgstr "Вкажіть додатковий продукт, який слід зібрати." @@ -295,7 +283,6 @@ #. dialog caption #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 -#| msgid "Add-On Creator Configuration Overview" msgid "Add-on Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "Огляд налаштувань програми створення додаткових продуктів" @@ -316,35 +303,23 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "" -"Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." -msgstr "" -"Почати створення налаштування нового додаткового продукту за допомогою " -"кнопки Додати." +msgid "Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." +msgstr "Почати створення налаштування нового додаткового продукту за допомогою кнопки Додати." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." -msgstr "" -"Скористайтеся кнопкою Змінити, щоб змінити вибрані налаштування " -"додаткового продукту." +msgid "Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." +msgstr "Скористайтеся кнопкою Змінити, щоб змінити вибрані налаштування додаткового продукту." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 msgid "Delete the selected configuration using Delete." -msgstr "" -"Вилучіть вибрані налаштування за допомогою кнопки Вилучити." +msgstr "Вилучіть вибрані налаштування за допомогою кнопки Вилучити." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 -#| msgid "Build the fresh add-on product based on the selected configuration with Build." -msgid "" -"Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " -"Build." -msgstr "" -"Зберіть свіжий додатковий продукт на основі вибраних налаштувань за " -"допомогою кнопки Зібрати." +msgid "Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with Build." +msgstr "Зберіть свіжий додатковий продукт на основі вибраних налаштувань за допомогою кнопки Зібрати." #. table header item #. summary header @@ -431,19 +406,16 @@ #. radio button label #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 -#| msgid "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP1" msgid "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" #. radio button label #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 -#| msgid "openSUSE 12.1" msgid "openSUSE 12.&3" msgstr "openSUSE 12.&3" #. radio button label #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 -#| msgid "openSUSE 12.1" msgid "openSUSE 13.1" msgstr "OpenSUSE 13.1" @@ -512,7 +484,6 @@ #. label #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 -#| msgid "content File" msgid "Content File" msgstr "Файл вмісту" @@ -674,7 +645,6 @@ #. popup for file selection dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 -#| msgid "Choose the file with the text to be imported" msgid "Choose the file with the text to be imported." msgstr "Виберіть файл з текстом для імпортування." @@ -840,7 +810,6 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 -#| msgid "Re&sign all packages with selected key" msgid "Re&sign all packages with selected key." msgstr "Знову &підписати всі пакунки вибраним ключем." @@ -1080,9 +1049,6 @@ #. Write dialog help #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 -#| msgid "" -#| "Writing the add-on configurations \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "Writing the add-on configurations \n" "\n" @@ -1092,28 +1058,18 @@ #. help text for start menu #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." +msgid "This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." msgstr "Цей модуль надає допомогу у створенні додаткових продуктів." #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " -"beginning or base it on an existing product." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть спосіб створення нового додаткового продукту. Ви можете створити " -"його від початку або за допомогою вже існуючого продукту." +msgid "Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product." +msgstr "Виберіть спосіб створення нового додаткового продукту. Ви можете створити його від початку або за допомогою вже існуючого продукту." #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate " -"Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the " -"existing product." -msgstr "" -"Якщо новий продукт засновано на існуючому продукті, позначте Створити " -"опис пакунку, щоб створити новий опис пакунків у існуючому продукті." +msgid "When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product." +msgstr "Якщо новий продукт засновано на існуючому продукті, позначте Створити опис пакунку, щоб створити новий опис пакунків у існуючому продукті." #. help text for initial data (paragraph title) #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 @@ -1132,12 +1088,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " -"selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть продукт, до якого буде застосовано новий додатковий продукт. Цей " -"вибір сформує значення REQUIRES у файлі <tt>content</tt>." +msgid "Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "Виберіть продукт, до якого буде застосовано новий додатковий продукт. Цей вибір сформує значення REQUIRES у файлі <tt>content</tt>." #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 @@ -1146,12 +1098,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " -"form your add-on product." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть шлях до каталогу, який містить пакунки RPM, з яких складатиметься " -"ваш додатковий продукт." +msgid "Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product." +msgstr "Виберіть шлях до каталогу, який містить пакунки RPM, з яких складатиметься ваш додатковий продукт." #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 @@ -1160,16 +1108,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " -"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " -"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " -"patterns later in the workflow." -msgstr "" -"За бажання, оберіть шлях до теки, де містяться пакунки RPM продукту, на " -"якому засновано новий додатковий продукт. Ці пакунки не буде включено до " -"додаткового продукту, але їх можна використати пізніше для створення шаблонів " -"у процесі автоматизації." +msgid "Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow." +msgstr "За бажання, оберіть шлях до теки, де містяться пакунки RPM продукту, на якому засновано новий додатковий продукт. Ці пакунки не буде включено до додаткового продукту, але їх можна використати пізніше для створення шаблонів у процесі автоматизації." #. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 @@ -1178,62 +1118,33 @@ #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " -"Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> " -"file." -msgstr "" -"Введіть інформацію потрібну для ідентифікації додаткового продукту. " -"Зніміть позначення з Показати лише необхідні ключові слова, щоб " -"побачити всі можливі атрибути файла <tt>content</tt>." +msgid "Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "Введіть інформацію потрібну для ідентифікації додаткового продукту. Зніміть позначення з Показати лише необхідні ключові слова, щоб побачити всі можливі атрибути файла <tt>content</tt>." #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 msgid "Use Import to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Скористайтесь Імпортом, щоб імпортувати існуючий файл <tt>вмісту<" -"/tt>." +msgstr "Скористайтесь Імпортом, щоб імпортувати існуючий файл <tt>вмісту</tt>." #. help text for package description files #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt>" -" files) here." -msgstr "" -"Тут можна відредагувати мовозалежні описи пакунків (файли <tt>" -"packages.lang</tt>)." +msgid "Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here." +msgstr "Тут можна відредагувати мовозалежні описи пакунків (файли <tt>packages.lang</tt>)." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "" -"Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The " -"list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the <tt>" -"content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with " -"Import. Delete the description file with Delete." -msgstr "" -"Щоб додати файл опису новою мовою, використайте пункт Додати мову. " -"Список доступних мов буде прочитано зі значення LINGUAS у файлі <tt>" -"content</tt>. Імпортувати існуючий файл з описом пакунка можна за допомогою " -"пункту Імпортувати. Вилучити файл опису можна за допомогою пункту " -"Вилучити." +msgid "Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." +msgstr "Щоб додати файл опису новою мовою, використайте пункт Додати мову. Список доступних мов буде прочитано зі значення LINGUAS у файлі <tt>content</tt>. Імпортувати існуючий файл з описом пакунка можна за допомогою пункту Імпортувати. Вилучити файл опису можна за допомогою пункту Вилучити." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description " -"entries for the selected package." -msgstr "" -"Щоб змінити пункти опису для вибраного пакунка, виберіть пункти Додати<" -"/b> та Змінити у другій таблиці." +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package." +msgstr "Щоб змінити пункти опису для вибраного пакунка, виберіть пункти Додати та Змінити у другій таблиці." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package " -"Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." -msgstr "" -"За бажання, виберіть шлях для файла з Додатковими залежностями " -"пакунків (EXTRA_PROV)." +msgid "Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." +msgstr "За бажання, виберіть шлях для файла з Додатковими залежностями пакунків (EXTRA_PROV)." #. help text for patterns #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 @@ -1242,211 +1153,110 @@ #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an " -"existing one." -msgstr "" -"Використайте пункт Створити, щоб створити новий шаблон, або пункт <" -"b>Імпортувати, щоб імпортувати вже існуючий." +msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgstr "Використайте пункт Створити, щоб створити новий шаблон, або пункт Імпортувати, щоб імпортувати вже існуючий." #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern " -"attributes." -msgstr "" -"Щоб змінити атрибути шаблона, використовуйте пункти Додати і " -"Змінити у другій таблиці." +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern attributes." +msgstr "Щоб змінити атрибути шаблона, використовуйте пункти Додати і Змінити у другій таблиці." #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 -#| msgid "Check Required pattern if you want to set selected pattern as required for the add-on product. Such pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." msgid "" -"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required " -"for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the " -"installation of the add-on product is started." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви бажаєте встановити вибраний шаблон у якості необхідного для " -"додаткового продукту, позначте Необхідний шаблон. Такий шаблон буде " -"автоматично вибрано перед початком встановлення додаткового продукту." +"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." +msgstr "Якщо ви бажаєте встановити вибраний шаблон у якості необхідного для додаткового продукту, позначте Необхідний шаблон. Такий шаблон буде автоматично вибрано перед початком встановлення додаткового продукту." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " -"created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the " -"product in the output directory." -msgstr "" -"Визначте шлях до теки, у якій слід створити додатковий продукт. Виберіть <" -"b>Створити ISO-образ, щоб створити ISO-образ продукту у вихідній теці." +msgid "Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory." +msgstr "Визначте шлях до теки, у якій слід створити додатковий продукт. Виберіть Створити ISO-образ, щоб створити ISO-образ продукту у вихідній теці." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -#| msgid "Use Generate Changelog to generate a Changelog file with all the changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." -msgid "" -"Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all " -"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." -msgstr "" -"Скористайтеся параметром Створити журнал змін, щоб створити файл зі " -"списком змін, у якому буде відображено всі зміни пакунків у додатковому " -"продукті протягом останніх двох років." +msgid "Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." +msgstr "Скористайтеся параметром Створити журнал змін, щоб створити файл зі списком змін, у якому буде відображено всі зміни пакунків у додатковому продукті протягом останніх двох років." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. " -"Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " -"licenses, and other optional values." -msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте автоматизацію створення додаткового продукту за допомогою " -"пункту Налаштувати автоматизацію. Використайте пункт Додаткові " -"файли, щоб налаштувати тексти файлів <tt>README</tt>, ліцензії та інші " -"додаткові величини." +msgid "Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values." +msgstr "Налаштуйте автоматизацію створення додаткового продукту за допомогою пункту Налаштувати автоматизацію. Використайте пункт Додаткові файли, щоб налаштувати тексти файлів <tt>README</tt>, ліцензії та інші додаткові величини." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " -"product workflow." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете ввести додаткові файли необхідні для автоматизації створення " -"вашого додаткового продукту." +msgid "Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow." +msgstr "Тут ви можете ввести додаткові файли необхідні для автоматизації створення вашого додаткового продукту." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is " -"an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml<" -"/tt> in the add-on product's base directory." -msgstr "" -"Введіть розташування файла з описом автоматизації. Цей файл є " -"альтернативним щодо <tt>control.xml</tt>, його буде збережено як <tt>" -"installation.xml</tt> у основній теці додаткового продукту." +msgid "Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." +msgstr "Введіть розташування файла з описом автоматизації. Цей файл є альтернативним щодо <tt>control.xml</tt>, його буде збережено як <tt>installation.xml</tt> у основній теці додаткового продукту." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " -"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " -"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " -"YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." -msgstr "" -"Щоб використати додаткові модулі YaST під час встановлення додаткового " -"продукту, введіть шлях до архіву <tt>y2update.tgz</tt>, де зберігаються ці " -"модулі, або налаштуйте вміст <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> ,вказавши пакунки RPM для " -"YaST у полі Імпортувати пакунки." +msgid "To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." +msgstr "Щоб використати додаткові модулі YaST під час встановлення додаткового продукту, введіть шлях до архіву <tt>y2update.tgz</tt>, де зберігаються ці модулі, або налаштуйте вміст <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> ,вказавши пакунки RPM для YaST у полі Імпортувати пакунки." #. help text for expert dialog 1 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " -"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." -msgstr "" -"Додатковий файл <tt>info.txt</tt> містить інформацію про додатковий " -"продукт, яку слід показати у вигулькному вікні з кнопкою Гаразд." +msgid "The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." +msgstr "Додатковий файл <tt>info.txt</tt> містить інформацію про додатковий продукт, яку слід показати у вигулькному вікні з кнопкою Гаразд." #. help text for expert dialog 1, cont #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "" -"The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and " -"Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " -"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip<" -"/tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Текст ліцензії, який буде показано у вікні з кнопками Згоден та " -"Не згоден перед початком встановлення. Файли з текстом ліцензії різними " -"мовами буде стиснуто у файл архіву <tt>license.zip</tt> і збережено у теці <" -"tt>media.1</tt>." +msgid "The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." +msgstr "Текст ліцензії, який буде показано у вікні з кнопками Згоден та Не згоден перед початком встановлення. Файли з текстом ліцензії різними мовами буде стиснуто у файл архіву <tt>license.zip</tt> і збережено у теці <tt>media.1</tt>." #. help text for expert dialog 2 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "" -"The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " -"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Файли <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> та <tt>COPYING</tt> можуть мати мовозалежні " -"зміни, їх буде збережено у корінній теці додаткового продукту." +msgid "The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product." +msgstr "Файли <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> та <tt>COPYING</tt> можуть мати мовозалежні зміни, їх буде збережено у корінній теці додаткового продукту." #. help text for signing dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " -"from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." -msgstr "" -"Тут налаштуйте підписування додаткового продукту. Виберіть приватний ключ " -"зі списку наявних ключів або створіть новий, натиснувши Створити." +msgid "Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." +msgstr "Тут налаштуйте підписування додаткового продукту. Виберіть приватний ключ зі списку наявних ключів або створіть новий, натиснувши Створити." #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 msgid "Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key." -msgstr "" -"Введіть фразу пароля, яка потрібна для розблокування приватного ключа." +msgstr "Введіть фразу пароля, яка потрібна для розблокування приватного ключа." #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -#| msgid "Select if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." -msgid "" -"Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with " -"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть, чи бажаєте ви Підписати усі пакунки додаткового продукту " -"вибраним ключем. Усі попередні підписи пакунків буде при цьому вилучено." +msgid "Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." +msgstr "Виберіть, чи бажаєте ви Підписати усі пакунки додаткового продукту вибраним ключем. Усі попередні підписи пакунків буде при цьому вилучено." #. help text for generating new key dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "" -"Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." -msgstr "" -"Введіть значення, які потрібні для створення нової пари головних ключів.<" -"/p>" +msgid "Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." +msgstr "Введіть значення, які потрібні для створення нової пари головних ключів." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " -"and 4096 bits long." -msgstr "" -"Типовий розмір ключа DSA - 1024 бітів. Ключі RSA можуть мати від 1024 до " -"4096 бітів." +msgid "The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long." +msgstr "Типовий розмір ключа DSA - 1024 бітів. Ключі RSA можуть мати від 1024 до 4096 бітів." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key " -"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " -"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for " -"a key that never expires." -msgstr "" -"У полі Строк дії введіть кількість днів, які діятиме цей ключ. Якщо " -"за числом йтимуть літери <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt> або <tt>y</tt>, вважатиметься, " -"що строк задано, відповідно, у тижнях, місяцях або роках. Якщо залишити це " -"поле порожнім, вважатиметься, що ключ діятиме нескінченно довго." +msgid "As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires." +msgstr "У полі Строк дії введіть кількість днів, які діятиме цей ключ. Якщо за числом йтимуть літери <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt> або <tt>y</tt>, вважатиметься, що строк задано, відповідно, у тижнях, місяцях або роках. Якщо залишити це поле порожнім, вважатиметься, що ключ діятиме нескінченно довго." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the " -"user identification with which the new key should be associated." -msgstr "" -"Вживайте Назву, Коментар і Адресу ел. пошти для " -"надання ідентифікації користувача, з яким буде пов'язаний новий ключ." +msgid "Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated." +msgstr "Вживайте Назву, Коментар і Адресу ел. пошти для надання ідентифікації користувача, з яким буде пов'язаний новий ключ." #. help text for overview dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." +msgid "Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." msgstr "Тут показано перегляд даних для створення додаткового продукту." #. help text for overview dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Натисніть Закінчити, щоб створити додатковий продукт в каталозі " -"виводу." +msgid "Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." +msgstr "Натисніть Закінчити, щоб створити додатковий продукт в каталозі виводу." #. text entry label #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 @@ -1465,9 +1275,6 @@ #. popup message #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 -#| msgid "" -#| "Such pattern already exists.\n" -#| "Choose a different name or architecture." msgid "" "Such a pattern already exists.\n" "Choose a different name or architecture.\n" @@ -1518,7 +1325,6 @@ #. check box label #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 -#| msgid "R&equired pattern" msgid "R&equired Pattern" msgstr "По&трібний шаблон" @@ -1529,9 +1335,6 @@ #. error message #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 -#| msgid "" -#| "Such pattern already exists.\n" -#| "Choose a different architecture." msgid "" "Such a pattern already exists.\n" "Choose a different architecture.\n" @@ -1551,7 +1354,6 @@ #. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 -#| msgid "Must be the first tag of the content file" msgid "Must be the first tag of the content file." msgstr "Мусить бути першою міткою файлу вмісту." @@ -1572,12 +1374,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available " -"product-release packages architectures. " -msgstr "" -"Список, розділених пробілами, архітектур продуктів. Збігається з наявними " -"архітектурами випуску пакунків. " +msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " +msgstr "Список, розділених пробілами, архітектур продуктів. Збігається з наявними архітектурами випуску пакунків. " #. label of content file 'VERSION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 @@ -1592,7 +1390,6 @@ #. table item label #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 -#| msgid "The release number" msgid "Release number" msgstr "Номер випуску" @@ -1603,14 +1400,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " -"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " -"version and architecture." -msgstr "" -"Якийсь рядок для позначення дистрибутиву. Той самий рядок символів ймовірно " -"використовується в .rpms для позначення дистрибутиву. Зазвичай це комбінація " -"назви, версії та архітектури." +msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." +msgstr "Якийсь рядок для позначення дистрибутиву. Той самий рядок символів ймовірно використовується в .rpms для позначення дистрибутиву. Зазвичай це комбінація назви, версії та архітектури." #. label of content file key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 @@ -1639,12 +1430,8 @@ #. help text for content file '' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "" -"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no default " -"language can be determined." -msgstr "" -"Надпис в кодуванні UTF-8. Типовий надпис, якщо пропущено LINGUAS або " -"неможливо визначити типову мову." +msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no default language can be determined." +msgstr "Надпис в кодуванні UTF-8. Типовий надпис, якщо пропущено LINGUAS або неможливо визначити типову мову." #. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 @@ -1713,14 +1500,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "" -"UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " -"LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching " -"LABEL.lang is expected." -msgstr "" -"UTF-8-кодований LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> має той самий синтаксис, що й " -"значення LINGUAS. Для кожної мови в LINGUAS очікується " -"відповідний LABEL.lang." +msgid "UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching LABEL.lang is expected." +msgstr "UTF-8-кодований LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> має той самий синтаксис, що й значення LINGUAS. Для кожної мови в LINGUAS очікується відповідний LABEL.lang." #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 msgid "Architecture" @@ -1758,13 +1539,8 @@ #. help text for 'Cat' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "" -"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " -"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." -msgstr "" -"Однорядкова категорія у типовій мові, що використовується для впорядкування " -"шаблонів. Категорії призначені лише для користувача, їх можна задавати " -"довільно." +msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgstr "Однорядкова категорія у типовій мові, що використовується для впорядкування шаблонів. Категорії призначені лише для користувача, їх можна задавати довільно." #. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 @@ -1798,8 +1574,7 @@ #. help text for 'Prc' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "" -"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." msgstr "Ці пакунки типово встановлюються, але їх можна вилучити без скарг." #. label for 'Prs' pattern key @@ -1812,12 +1587,8 @@ #. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "" -"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " -"resolution." -msgstr "" -"Ці пакунки є просто підказками для програми і не обробляються під час " -"розв'язання залежності." +msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." +msgstr "Ці пакунки є просто підказками для програми і не обробляються під час розв'язання залежності." #. label for 'Ico' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 @@ -1828,20 +1599,10 @@ #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " -"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " -"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first " -"/usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then " -"/usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative " -"paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" "Якщо не задано, буде використано назву шаблона\n" -"(пробіли у назві буде замінено на підкреслювання). Якщо назва файла не " -"містить суфікса .png або .jpg, буде додано .png. Якщо не визначено шлях, " -"пошук піктограм проводитиметься у теці, де розміщуються піктограми теми " -"(спочатку /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/, потім " -"/usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Можна використовувати " -"абсолютні і відносні (щодо шляху теми /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) шляхи." +"(пробіли у назві буде замінено на підкреслювання). Якщо назва файла не містить суфікса .png або .jpg, буде додано .png. Якщо не визначено шлях, пошук піктограм проводитиметься у теці, де розміщуються піктограми теми (спочатку /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/, потім /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Можна використовувати абсолютні і відносні (щодо шляху теми /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) шляхи." #. label for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 @@ -1850,12 +1611,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " -"multiple patterns in the user interface." -msgstr "" -"Трицифрове ціле число, що визначає порядок шаблона під час показу списком у " -"інтерфейсі користувача." +msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgstr "Трицифрове ціле число, що визначає порядок шаблона під час показу списком у інтерфейсі користувача." #. label for 'Req' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 @@ -1874,16 +1631,8 @@ #. help text for 'Prv' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES " -"from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " -"edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability <tt>" -"bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Версія продукту, що міститься у пакунку. Вона використовується для перевірки " -"придатності іншими пакунками за допомогою поля REQUIRES. Кожна " -"залежність має два типових поля назву і номер версії. Наприклад, пакунок " -"bar-1.42-1 містить продукт <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "Версія продукту, що міститься у пакунку. Вона використовується для перевірки придатності іншими пакунками за допомогою поля REQUIRES. Кожна залежність має два типових поля назву і номер версії. Наприклад, пакунок bar-1.42-1 містить продукт <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." #. label for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 @@ -1892,12 +1641,8 @@ #. help text for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "" -"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Цей шаблон неможливо встановити, якщо не буде встановлено визначеного пакунку " -"залежності та всіх інших пакунків, від яких він залежить." +msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Цей шаблон неможливо встановити, якщо не буде встановлено визначеного пакунку залежності та всіх інших пакунків, від яких він залежить." #. label for 'Obs' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 @@ -1920,12 +1665,8 @@ #. help text for 'Rec' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "" -"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " -"error is shown." -msgstr "" -"Слабша версія REQUIRES. Якщо рекомендовані шаблони неможливо встановити, " -"повідомлення про помилку не буде показано." +msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." +msgstr "Слабша версія REQUIRES. Якщо рекомендовані шаблони неможливо встановити, повідомлення про помилку не буде показано." #. label for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 @@ -1934,14 +1675,8 @@ #. help text for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "" -"A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " -"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " -"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -msgstr "" -"Протилежність Rec. Цей шаблон буде встановлено, якщо раніше " -"встановлено відповідний пакунок залежності. Його встановлює розв’язувач " -"залежностей. Вилучення проводиться без підтвердження." +msgid "A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "Протилежність Rec. Цей шаблон буде встановлено, якщо раніше встановлено відповідний пакунок залежності. Його встановлює розв’язувач залежностей. Вилучення проводиться без підтвердження." #. label for 'Sug' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 @@ -1955,12 +1690,8 @@ #. help text for 'Fre' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " -"specified here is installed." -msgstr "" -"Поточний шаблон розглядатиметься як придатний до встановлення, якщо " -"встановлено шаблон визначений тут." +msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." +msgstr "Поточний шаблон розглядатиметься як придатний до встановлення, якщо встановлено шаблон визначений тут." #. label for 'Ext' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 @@ -2019,13 +1750,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ins' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " -"test version warning or a commercial license." -msgstr "" -"Особливе повідомлення, що демонструватиметься користувачеві, якщо обрано " -"пакунок, на зразок попередження про тестовий характер версії або комерційну " -"ліцензію." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." +msgstr "Особливе повідомлення, що демонструватиметься користувачеві, якщо обрано пакунок, на зразок попередження про тестовий характер версії або комерційну ліцензію." #. label for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 @@ -2034,13 +1760,8 @@ #. help text for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " -"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." -msgstr "" -"Особливе повідомлення, що демонструватиметься користувачеві, якщо пакунок " -"обрано для вилучення, на зразок попередження про те, що система стане " -"непридатною до використання без цього пакунка." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "Особливе повідомлення, що демонструватиметься користувачеві, якщо пакунок обрано для вилучення, на зразок попередження про те, що система стане непридатною до використання без цього пакунка." #. label for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 @@ -2049,13 +1770,8 @@ #. help text for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "" -"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " -"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." -msgstr "" -"Текст EULA (ліцензії для кінцевого користувача). Цей текст буде показано " -"перед встановленням продукту. Якщо користувач не погодиться з EULA, пакунок " -"не буде встановлено." +msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr "Текст EULA (ліцензії для кінцевого користувача). Цей текст буде показано перед встановленням продукту. Якщо користувач не погодиться з EULA, пакунок не буде встановлено." #. label of key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 @@ -2064,13 +1780,8 @@ #. help text for 'REQUIRES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 -#| msgid "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet the needs of this product." -msgid "" -"Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " -"requirements." -msgstr "" -"Залежні пакунки, які повинні бути вже встановлені в системі перед " -"встановленням цього продукту." +msgid "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements." +msgstr "Залежні пакунки, які повинні бути вже встановлені в системі перед встановленням цього продукту." #. label of PROVIDES key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 @@ -2079,12 +1790,8 @@ #. help text for 'PROVIDES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires " -"from others." -msgstr "" -"Функціональність, яку надає цей продукт. Може збігатись з requires в " -"інших продуктах." +msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires from others." +msgstr "Функціональність, яку надає цей продукт. Може збігатись з requires в інших продуктах." #. label of 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 @@ -2093,12 +1800,8 @@ #. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "" -"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Цей потрібний пакунок неможливо встановити, якщо встановлено вказаний " -"потрібний пакунок або якийсь інший, що надає цю функціональність." +msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Цей потрібний пакунок неможливо встановити, якщо встановлено вказаний потрібний пакунок або якийсь інший, що надає цю функціональність." #. label of 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 @@ -2107,12 +1810,8 @@ #. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "" -"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " -"name matching this keyword." -msgstr "" -"Під час встановлення цієї залежності вилучаються всі інші залежності, чия " -"назва збігається з цим ключовим словом." +msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." +msgstr "Під час встановлення цієї залежності вилучаються всі інші залежності, чия назва збігається з цим ключовим словом." #. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 @@ -2121,12 +1820,8 @@ #. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "" -"A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill " -"RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." -msgstr "" -"Слабка версія REQUIRES. Буде зроблено спробу задовольнити " -"RECOMMENDS, але, якщо це неможливо, то їх просто буде зігноровано." +msgid "A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "Слабка версія REQUIRES. Буде зроблено спробу задовольнити RECOMMENDS, але, якщо це неможливо, то їх просто буде зігноровано." #. label of 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 @@ -2135,7 +1830,6 @@ #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 -#| msgid "The URL for release notes rpm" msgid "The URL for release notes RPM" msgstr "URL пакунка rpm з примітками до випуску" @@ -2156,13 +1850,8 @@ #. help text for 'productline' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -#| msgid "A short name of the product which do not change between service packs and versions." -msgid "" -"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and " -"versions." -msgstr "" -"Коротка назва продукту, яка залишається незмінною між версіями і пакунками " -"поновлення." +msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." +msgstr "Коротка назва продукту, яка залишається незмінною між версіями і пакунками поновлення." #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 @@ -2176,12 +1865,8 @@ #. help text for media type #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "" -"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." -msgstr "" -"Тип носія, який використовуватиметься для продукту. Можливі значення: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgstr "Тип носія, який використовуватиметься для продукту. Можливі значення: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 @@ -2237,8 +1922,7 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 msgid "Wait while generating data for add-on... \n" -msgstr "" -"Зачекайте поки створюються дані для додаткового продукту... \n" +msgstr "Зачекайте поки створюються дані для додаткового продукту... \n" #. error report #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/add-on.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/add-on.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/add-on.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 20:28+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -21,28 +21,11 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline help #: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "Add-On Module Help\n" -#| "------------------\n" -#| "\n" -#| "To add a new add-on product via the command-line, use this syntax:\n" -#| " /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n" -#| "URL is the path to the add-on source.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Examples of URL:\n" -#| "http://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\n" -#| "ftp://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\n" -#| "nfs://server.name/directory/SDK1-SLE-i386/\n" -#| "disk://dev/sda5/directory/Product/CD1/\n" -#| "cd://\n" -#| "dvd://\n" msgid "" "\n" "Add-on Module Help\n" @@ -64,8 +47,7 @@ "Довідка про модуль додаткових продуктів\n" "------------------\n" "\n" -"Щоб додати новий додатковий продукт через командний рядок, використовуйте цей " -"синтаксис:\n" +"Щоб додати новий додатковий продукт через командний рядок, використовуйте цей синтаксис:\n" " /sbin/yast2 адреса URL додаткового продукту\n" "URL - це шлях до джерела додаткового продукту.\n" "\n" @@ -78,32 +60,28 @@ "dvd://\n" #: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"Немає назви файла призначення (параметр \"xmlfile\"). Вживайте параметр " -"командного рядка xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Немає назви файла призначення (параметр \"xmlfile\"). Вживайте параметр командного рядка xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." #. dialog caption #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Додаткові продукти" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Започаткування..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Започаткування додаткових продуктів..." @@ -119,7 +97,6 @@ msgstr "Не вдалося додати додатковий продукт." #: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 -#| msgid "Please make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"" msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." msgstr "Будь ласка, надайте додатковий продукт «%1» через «%2»." @@ -130,10 +107,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Невідомо" @@ -144,7 +121,6 @@ #. this is a menu entry #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 -#| msgid "Add-&On Products" msgid "Add-&on Products" msgstr "Дода&ткові продукти" @@ -158,7 +134,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Встановлення додаткового продукту" @@ -169,12 +145,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -#| msgid "Select language extensions to be installed and click OK." -msgid "" -"Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть мовні розширення для встановлення і натисніть кнопку Гаразд" -"." +msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." +msgstr "Виберіть мовні розширення для встановлення і натисніть кнопку Гаразд." #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 @@ -277,34 +249,33 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 -#| msgid "No product found in the repository" +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "У сховищі не знайдено жодного продукту." #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "На носії не знайдено жодного сховища." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Започаткування нового джерела..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, тека: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Вибір сховища ПЗ" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -314,7 +285,7 @@ "На вибраному носії знайдено декілька сховищ.\n" "Виберіть яке з них використовувати.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "&Знайдені сховища" @@ -326,33 +297,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Дійсно перервати встановлення додаткових продуктів ПЗ?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Виберіть сховище." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Неможливо задовольнити залежності додаткового продукту." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Вибір продукту" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Наявні продукти" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -363,12 +334,12 @@ "продукти, які ви хочете встановити.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Неможливо задовольнити залежності вибраних додаткових продуктів." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -381,110 +352,102 @@ "доданий продукт, виберіть його і клацніть Вилучити." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, тека: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "Продукт" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "Носій" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Виберіть продукт для вилучення." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "Вилучення вибраного додаткового продукту..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 -#| msgid "Installed Add-On Products" +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Встановлені додаткові продукти" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 -#| msgid "Add-On Product" +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Додатковий продукт" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "Запустити менеджер па&кунків..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 -#| msgid "Here you can see all add-on products installed on your system." +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "Тут показано всі додаткові продукти, які встановлено у системі." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 -#| msgid "Use the Add button to add a new add-on product, or the Delete button to remove an add-on which is in use." -msgid "" -"Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove " -"an add-on which is in use." -msgstr "" -"Скористайтесь кнопкою Додати, щоб додати новий додатковий продукт, " -"або кнопкою Вилучити, щоб вилучити вже існуючий." +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 +msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." +msgstr "Скористайтесь кнопкою Додати, щоб додати новий додатковий продукт, або кнопкою Вилучити, щоб вилучити вже існуючий." #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "Постачальник: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "Невідомий постачальник" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "Версія: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Невідома версія" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "Адреса URL сховища: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "Невідома адреса сховища" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "Псевдонім сховища: %1 " #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Невідомий продукт" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "Невідома адреса URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -497,7 +460,7 @@ "Ви певні, що хочете вилучити його?" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Вилучення залежностей продукту..." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/audit-laf.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/audit-laf.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/audit-laf.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the audit-laf module @@ -133,9 +132,7 @@ #. command line help text for action_mail_acct option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" -msgstr "" -"Надіслати електронного листа до цього рахунка (якщо дія для «залишилось " -"місця» — EMAIL)" +msgstr "Надіслати електронного листа до цього рахунка (якщо дія для «залишилось місця» — EMAIL)" #. command line help text for disk_full_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 @@ -489,12 +486,10 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Започаткування встановлення платформи аудиту для Лінукса</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Започаткування встановлення платформи аудиту для Лінукса</big> \n" "\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -504,8 +499,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.</" -"p>\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 @@ -533,33 +527,22 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/" -"log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " -"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." msgstr "" "<big>Налаштування файла журналу Auditd</big> \n" -"Фонова служба аудиту, яка є компонентом Системи аудиту Linux, записує всі " -"відповідні події у типовий файл журналу /var/log/audit/audit.log.\n" -"Події можуть надходити з модуля ядра apparmor, з програм, які " -"використовують\n" -"libaudit (напр., PAM) або події, які походять від правил (напр., " -"нагляд за фалами)." +"Фонова служба аудиту, яка є компонентом Системи аудиту Linux, записує всі відповідні події у типовий файл журналу /var/log/audit/audit.log.\n" +"Події можуть надходити з модуля ядра apparmor, з програм, які використовують\n" +"libaudit (напр., PAM) або події, які походять від правил (напр., нагляд за фалами)." #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" -"Більше інформації про правила і можливість додавання до правил надає " -"вікно Правила для auditctl.\n" -"Детальніше про параметри файла журналу можна дізнатись зі сторінки довідки " -"(«man auditd.conf»)." +"Більше інформації про правила і можливість додавання до правил надає вікно Правила для auditctl.\n" +"Детальніше про параметри файла журналу можна дізнатись зі сторінки довідки («man auditd.conf»)." #. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 @@ -573,87 +556,64 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" -"Формат: вкажіть RAW, щоб записувати всі дані (у тому " -"форматі,\n" +"Формат: вкажіть RAW, щоб записувати всі дані (у тому форматі,\n" "що їх надсилає ядро) або NOLOG, щоб відкидати всю інформацію аудиту\n" "(не впливає на дані, що надсилаються диспетчеру). " #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"INCREMENTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" -"Прочистка: вказує як записувати дані на диск. Якщо INCREMENTAL</" -"i>,\n" +"Прочистка: вказує як записувати дані на диск. Якщо INCREMENTAL,\n" "то параметр Частота каже скільки робити записів у журнал\n" "перш ніж подати явну команду збереження (flush) на диск.\n" -"NONE означає: що не буде зроблено ніяких спеціальних зусиль для " -"запису даних на диск,\n" +"NONE означає: що не буде зроблено ніяких спеціальних зусиль для запису даних на диск,\n" "DATA: синхронізувати ту частину, яка містить дані,\n" "SYNC: повністю синхронізувати дані і метадані." #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" -"Налаштувати максимальний розмір файла журналу (в МБ) і дію при " -"досягненні\n" +"Налаштувати максимальний розмір файла журналу (в МБ) і дію при досягненні\n" "цього значення в Розмір і дія.\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо вказано дію ротації ROTATE, то Кількість файлів журналу</" -"b> вказує\n" -"скільки файлів залишати. SYSLOG означає: фонова служба аудиту " -"записуватиме\n" -"попередження до /var/log/messages, SUSPEND: припинити записування " -"записів\n" -"журналу на диск, IGNORE: нічого не робити, KEEP_LOGS: подібно " -"до\n" +"Якщо вказано дію ротації ROTATE, то Кількість файлів журналу вказує\n" +"скільки файлів залишати. SYSLOG означає: фонова служба аудиту записуватиме\n" +"попередження до /var/log/messages, SUSPEND: припинити записування записів\n" +"журналу на диск, IGNORE: нічого не робити, KEEP_LOGS: подібно до\n" "ROTATE, але не перезаписувати файли журналу.\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" -"Формат назви комп'ютера описує як записувати назву комп'ютера у " -"файл\n" -"журналу. Якщо вказаний USER, то вживається Вказана користувачем " -"назва. NONE означає: назва комп'ютера не вставляється, " -"HOSTNAME:\n" +"Формат назви комп'ютера описує як записувати назву комп'ютера у файл\n" +"журналу. Якщо вказаний USER, то вживається Вказана користувачем назва. NONE означає: назва комп'ютера не вставляється, HOSTNAME:\n" "назва, яку отримано через системний виклик «gethostname», FQD:\n" "повна доменна назва.\n" @@ -661,8 +621,7 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" "<big>Налаштування диспетчера Auditd</big> \n" @@ -671,8 +630,7 @@ #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." msgstr "" "Диспетчер: Програму диспетчера запускає фонова служба аудиту і\n" @@ -681,28 +639,20 @@ #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication." msgstr "" -"Обмін інформацією: Керує обміном інформацією між фоновою службою " -"і\n" -"програмою диспетчера. Параметр lossy (типовий) означає, що події, які " -"надходять\n" -"в диспетчер будуть ігноруватись, коли цю чергу (128к буфер) буде заповнено. " -"Виберіть lossless, якщо ви хочете, щоб обмін інформацією був без " -"втрат." +"Обмін інформацією: Керує обміном інформацією між фоновою службою і\n" +"програмою диспетчера. Параметр lossy (типовий) означає, що події, які надходять\n" +"в диспетчер будуть ігноруватись, коли цю чергу (128к буфер) буде заповнено. Виберіть lossless, якщо ви хочете, щоб обмін інформацією був без втрат." #. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." msgstr "" "Диспетчер «audispd» — це мультиплексор подій аудиту\n" "Для подробиць див. довідку («man audispd» і «man audispd.conf»)." @@ -713,10 +663,8 @@ "Note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" -"Примітка: Власником програми диспетчера повинен бути адміністратор " -"(root),\n" -"права доступу до файла — «0750», і має бути введено повну назву шляху файла." -"\n" +"Примітка: Власником програми диспетчера повинен бути адміністратор (root),\n" +"права доступу до файла — «0750», і має бути введено повну назву шляху файла.\n" #. disk space dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 @@ -732,73 +680,55 @@ #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." msgstr "" "Залишилось місця і Дія показують скільки залишилось на\n" -"диску простору (в мегабайтах) і що робити, якщо в системі починає " -"зменшуватись\n" +"диску простору (в мегабайтах) і що робити, якщо в системі починає зменшуватись\n" "кількість вільного місця." #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " -"system is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action</" -"b> will be performed." -msgstr "" -"Значення в Залишилось адміністративного місця повинно бути меншим " -"ніж те, що вгорі. В системі на диску залишилось мало місця якщо " -"досягнуте вказане значення і тоді буде виконано вказану Дію." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." +msgstr "Значення в Залишилось адміністративного місця повинно бути меншим ніж те, що вгорі. В системі на диску залишилось мало місця якщо досягнуте вказане значення і тоді буде виконано вказану Дію." #. disk space dialog hep 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE " -"means\n" +"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE means\n" "do nothing. EXEC runs the script specified in Path to\n" "Script. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. SINGLE\n" "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" "system.\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо вказано дію EMAIL, то буде надіслано електронного листа з " -"попередженням\n" +"Якщо вказано дію EMAIL, то буде надіслано електронного листа з попередженням\n" "до рахунка, який вказано в Поштовому рахунку дії. \n" -"SYSLOG означає: попередження про простір на диску буде записано в /" -"var/log/messages,\n" -" IGNORE: нічого не робити, EXEC: виконати скрипт зі Шляху " -"до скрипту,\n" -"SUSPEND: припинити записування записів журналу на диск, SINGLE</" -"i>: \n" -"перевести комп'ютерну систему в режим одного користувача, HALT: " -"вимкнути\n" +"SYSLOG означає: попередження про простір на диску буде записано в /var/log/messages,\n" +" IGNORE: нічого не робити, EXEC: виконати скрипт зі Шляху до скрипту,\n" +"SUSPEND: припинити записування записів журналу на диск, SINGLE: \n" +"перевести комп'ютерну систему в режим одного користувача, HALT: вимкнути\n" "систему.\n" #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." msgstr "" "Можете також вказати Дія при повному диску (диск вже заповнено) і\n" -"Дія при помилці диска (коли виявлено помилку при збереженні на " -"диск).\n" +"Дія при помилці диска (коли виявлено помилку при збереженні на диск).\n" "Наявні такі самі дії як і вищезгадані (за винятком EMAIL)." #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" "Примітка: Власником всіх скриптів, вказаних для EXEC\n" "повинен бути адміністратор (root), права доступу до файлів — «0750», і має\n" @@ -810,57 +740,42 @@ "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules.</" -"p>" +"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." msgstr "" "<big>Правила для auditctl</big> \n" "Це вікно дає можливість увімкнути або вимкнути аудит syscall,\n" "а також замикати (блокувати) налаштування аудиту.\n" -"Вибраний прапорець Позначити прапорець вмикання буде додано до правил." -"" +"Вибраний прапорець Позначити прапорець вмикання буде додано до правил." #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot." -msgstr "" -"Примітка: Блокування правил означає, що їх неможливо буде " -"змінити до наступного перезавантаження." +msgid "Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot." +msgstr "Примітка: Блокування правил означає, що їх неможливо буде змінити до наступного перезавантаження." #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default). " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " msgstr "" "Вмикання аудиту без додаткових правил призведе до того, що програми,\n" -" які вживають libaudit, напр., PAM будуть записувати в журнал /var/" -"log/audit/audit.log (типовий). " +" які вживають libaudit, напр., PAM будуть записувати в журнал /var/log/audit/audit.log (типовий). " #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" -"Цей діалог також дає змогу редагувати правила вручну (для досвідчених " -"користувачів). \n" +"Цей діалог також дає змогу редагувати правила вручну (для досвідчених користувачів). \n" "Подробиці про всі параметри можна отримати з «man auditctl».\n" #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" msgstr "" -"Перевірити синтаксис надсилає правила через auditctl до " -"підсистеми\n" -"аудиту і каже чи синтаксис є правильним. Відновити відновляє " -"параметри\n" +"Перевірити синтаксис надсилає правила через auditctl до підсистеми\n" +"аудиту і каже чи синтаксис є правильним. Відновити відновляє параметри\n" "з /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" #. rules dialog help 6/6 @@ -871,10 +786,8 @@ "Click Load to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\n" "an example rules file.\n" msgstr "" -"Скористайтесь кнопкою Відновити і скинути, щоб відновити правила " -"і\n" -"і скинути зміни (від попередніх перевірок синтаксису) викликом auditctl</" -"i>. \n" +"Скористайтесь кнопкою Відновити і скинути, щоб відновити правила і\n" +"і скинути зміни (від попередніх перевірок синтаксису) викликом auditctl. \n" "Кнопка Завантажити відкриває вікно вибору файлів і ви зможете\n" "завантажити файл з прикладами правил.\n" @@ -906,12 +819,8 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "" -"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " -"must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Для продовження налаштування аудиту потрібно встановити пакунок %1" -"." +msgid "To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must be installed." +msgstr "Для продовження налаштування аудиту потрібно встановити пакунок %1." #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "Install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/auth-client.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/auth-client.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/auth-client.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -15,8 +15,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. translators: command line help text for authentication client module #: src/clients/auth-client.rb:49 @@ -58,12 +57,12 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Скасувати" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Гаразд" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -87,7 +86,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Довідка" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -96,7 +95,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "New" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Новий" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Add New Domain" @@ -130,7 +129,7 @@ #. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis #: src/include/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "Basic Settings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Основні параметри:" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "Services:" @@ -171,7 +170,7 @@ #. Main dialog contents #: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 msgid "SPAM Prevention" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запобігання небажаній кореспонденції" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:580 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:586 @@ -180,15 +179,15 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додати" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Змінити" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вилучити" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -206,70 +205,48 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:22 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "" -"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " -"configured or SSSD won't start." +msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:32 -msgid "" -"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " -"queried." +msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " -"user name and domain into these components" +msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:40 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " -"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "" -"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " -"its internal DNS resolver." +msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:45 -msgid "" -"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " -"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files." +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " -"domain name component." +msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." msgstr "" #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " -"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " -"verbose mode." +msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:65 @@ -285,42 +262,28 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:85 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " -"opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:90 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " -"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:95 -msgid "" -"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " -"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." msgstr "" #. NSS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:103 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:108 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:118 @@ -332,20 +295,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:128 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:140 @@ -361,50 +319,36 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:157 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1107 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" #. PAM configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:175 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:195 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section @@ -415,37 +359,27 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:221 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #. SSH configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:229 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:234 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:253 @@ -453,51 +387,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:258 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:293 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:298 @@ -505,9 +423,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:308 @@ -515,9 +431,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:319 @@ -529,8 +443,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:337 @@ -554,27 +467,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:366 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:371 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:377 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:382 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 @@ -582,9 +487,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:387 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:391 @@ -596,15 +499,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:401 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:406 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider @@ -613,9 +512,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:422 @@ -623,9 +520,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:433 @@ -635,32 +530,23 @@ #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:442 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:447 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:452 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:462 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " -"sss_useradd(8)" +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:467 @@ -673,15 +559,11 @@ #. The ldap domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:503 @@ -725,8 +607,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:553 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:558 @@ -742,106 +623,67 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:578 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:583 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:588 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:593 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:598 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:603 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " -"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:608 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:613 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:618 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:623 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:628 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:633 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:638 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:643 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:648 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:652 @@ -849,10 +691,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:657 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:658 @@ -860,16 +699,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:663 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:668 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:673 @@ -881,17 +715,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:683 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:688 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:698 @@ -919,30 +747,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:728 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:734 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:740 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:746 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:752 @@ -958,13 +775,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:768 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:773 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:783 @@ -972,9 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:788 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:793 @@ -982,52 +795,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:798 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:804 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " -"for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:809 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:814 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:819 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:824 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:829 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:834 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:839 @@ -1035,33 +831,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:844 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:849 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:855 -msgid "" -"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if " -"any." +msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:860 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:865 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:869 @@ -1077,16 +863,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:883 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:888 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:892 @@ -1102,9 +883,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:907 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:912 @@ -1120,8 +899,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:927 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:932 @@ -1133,28 +911,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:941 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:951 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:956 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:962 @@ -1166,15 +935,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1004 @@ -1182,9 +947,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1019 @@ -1196,39 +959,27 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1029 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1034 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1039 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1048 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1052 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1056 @@ -1236,9 +987,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1061 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1065 @@ -1255,16 +1004,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1095 -msgid "" -"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " -"host." +msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1099 @@ -1272,15 +1016,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1112 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1117 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1122 @@ -1296,9 +1036,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1135 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section @@ -1307,21 +1045,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1151 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1155 -msgid "" -"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " -"qualified name." +msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1160 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1165 @@ -1329,8 +1061,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1169 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" #. end Export Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/auth-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/auth-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/auth-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -15,8 +15,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:37 @@ -25,66 +24,66 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49 msgid "Enable/Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Увімкнути/Вимкнути службу" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53 msgid "Add a new database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додати нову базу даних" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60 msgid "Show a list of currently available databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Показати список доступних баз даних" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64 msgid "Show a list of currently configured schemas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Показати список налаштованих схем" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68 msgid "Add a schema to the list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додати схему до списку" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Увімкнути службу" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вимкнути службу" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тип бази даних («hdb» або «bdb»)" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79 msgid "Base DN for the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Базова DN для бази даних" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83 msgid "DN for the administrator login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN для входу адміністратора" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87 msgid "Administrator password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пароль адміністратора" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95 msgid "Directory for the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Каталог бази даних" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Файл" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Позиція" #. map<string, any> edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase(); #. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb); #. #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192 msgid "No base DN provided\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не надано базову DN\n" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" @@ -93,31 +92,27 @@ #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 msgid "Error while adding the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка під час додавання бази даних" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." -msgstr "" +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "Базу даних LDAP вже було створено. Ви можете змінити параметри пізнішу у вже встановленій системі." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 msgid "[root password]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[пароль root]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 msgid "[manually set]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[встановлено вручну]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "Неможливо отримати системний пароль суперкористувача. Встановіть пароль сервера LDAP, щоб продовжувати." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -129,15 +124,15 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 msgid "Base DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Базова DN: " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 msgid "Root DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Коренева DN: " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 msgid "LDAP Password: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пароль LDAP: " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server" @@ -150,40 +145,40 @@ #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Відкритий порт у фаєрвол" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 msgid "YES" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ТАК" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 msgid "NO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "НІ" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Фаєрвол вимкнено" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зареєструвати фонову службу SLP: " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 msgid "Start LDAP Server: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запустити сервер LDAP: " #. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сервер OpenLDAP" #. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 msgid "Open&LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сервер Open&LDAP" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -194,6 +189,9 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the package." msgstr "" +"Відсутній пакунок \"%1\".\n" +"YaST не може продовжити налаштування\n" +"без встановлення цього пакунка." #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -203,11 +201,11 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." msgstr "" +"YaST не може продовжити налаштування\n" +"без встановлення потрібних пакунків." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 @@ -215,6 +213,8 @@ "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" "StartTLS is disabled." msgstr "" +"Сервер OpenLDAP: Загальний сертифікат сервера недоступний.\n" +"StartTLS вимкнено." #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module #: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 @@ -224,26 +224,27 @@ #. Start new config wizward #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106 msgid "Existing configuration detected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виявлено існуючу конфігурацію." #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" +"Вже є конфігурація, але сервер LDAP не запущено.\n" +"Хочете запустити сервер і перечитати конфігураційні дані чи\n" +"створити нову конфігурацію?" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Restart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перезапустити" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "New Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нова конфігурація" #. Start new config wizward #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 @@ -260,11 +261,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 msgid "Migrate existing configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мігрувати існуючу конфігурацію" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151 msgid "Create a new configuration from scratch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Створити нову конфігурацію" #. LdapServer summary dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231 @@ -288,33 +289,31 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Загальні параметри" #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 msgid "&Start LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Запустити сервер LDAP" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зареєструватися у фоновій службі &SLP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Параметри фаєрволу" #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "The LDAP Server is not running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сервер LDAP не запущено." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" #. get helps page @@ -359,7 +358,7 @@ #. Button text #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Advanced Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Додаткове налаштування" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Kerberos Authentication" @@ -371,14 +370,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Основні параметри Kerberos" #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, #. and check with kerberos.pot how it is translated there. #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:502 msgid "R&ealm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Об&ласть" #. abort? #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:563 @@ -391,24 +390,24 @@ #. caption #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Advanced Kerberos Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додаткове налаштування Kerberos" #. tree widget label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Advanced &Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дода&ткові параметри" #. label widget #. header label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поточний вибір: " #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налаштування:" #. ############## input handler ################ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 @@ -433,7 +432,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Browse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Навігація" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 msgid "Generate a Random Password" @@ -450,11 +449,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "не чинна LDAP DN" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пароль" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -481,7 +480,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Протокол" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -498,18 +497,18 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Файл сертифіката C&A (в форматі PEM)" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пере&гляд..." #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 msgid "Select CA Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виберіть файл сертифіката CA" #. **************************** #. * tls handlers @@ -522,9 +521,7 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 @@ -562,15 +559,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "" #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 @@ -597,8 +591,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" @@ -611,7 +604,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1003 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:405 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 msgid "&Validate Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пе&ревірити пароль" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" @@ -620,24 +613,22 @@ #. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "<h3>Startup Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Налаштування при запуску</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "<h4>Start LDAP Server</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Запустити сервер LDAP</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Слухачі протоколів</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." @@ -645,18 +636,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -668,7 +655,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Параметри фаєрволу</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" @@ -679,49 +666,39 @@ #. First part of the Add Database Widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "<h3>Basic Database Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Основні параметри бази даних</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. " -"Hdb is a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) " -"library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and " -"more execution-efficient.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Параметр Базова DN визначає назву кореневого запису бази даних, яку буде створено." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " -"the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" @@ -755,14 +732,13 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Змінити базу даних BDB</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." @@ -770,60 +746,53 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введіть повну DN або лише першу її частину і автоматично додайте базову DN за допомогою Додати базову DN." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Параметри правил для паролів</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" +"Щоб використовувати правила паролів для цієї бази даних, позначте\n" +"Увімкнути правила паролів." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" +"Позначте параметр Хешувати текстові паролі, для того щоб сервер OpenLDAP\n" +"шифрував текстові паролі, що наявні у запитах додавання і змінb, перш ніж додавати їх до\n" +"бази даних. Зауважте, що це порушує інформаційну модель X.500/LDAP, але може\n" +"виявитися потрібним, щоб зрівняти клієнтів LDAP, які не використовують додаткову\n" +"дію зміни паролів для керування паролями." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" @@ -835,55 +804,47 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." +msgstr "Введіть назву об’єкта типових правил у поле DN об’єкта типових правил." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Налаштування індексації</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" @@ -902,17 +863,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Налаштування керування доступом</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" @@ -922,8 +881,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" @@ -936,11 +894,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" @@ -950,8 +906,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" @@ -961,16 +916,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" @@ -982,14 +932,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -998,8 +944,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " -"the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1013,8 +958,7 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1047,10 +991,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 @@ -1061,10 +1003,8 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" @@ -1078,6 +1018,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" +"<big>Переривання ініціалізації:</big> \n" +"Безпечно зупинити утиліту налаштування можна кнопкою Перервати." #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -1094,7 +1036,7 @@ #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Зведення конфігурації сервера LDAP</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" @@ -1105,15 +1047,11 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " -msgstr "" +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " +msgstr "За допомогою Запустити сервер LDAP Так чи Ні, можете запустити або зупинити сервер LDAP. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 @@ -1124,15 +1062,12 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1144,19 +1079,18 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Параметри TLS</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Основні параметри</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" @@ -1167,32 +1101,27 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " -"server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Імпортувати сертифікат</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1205,50 +1134,42 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нижче цього елемента налаштуйте деякі глобальні параметри." #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Вибрати прапорці дозволів</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 @@ -1259,8 +1180,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1278,16 +1198,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1302,352 +1220,273 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Щоб додати нову базу даних, натисніть кнопку Додати базу даних...." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " -"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" +"Хоча ваша область Kerberos може визначатися будь-яким рядком ASCII, домовлено, що\n" +"він повинен збігатися з назвою вашого домену, записаною літерами у верхньому регістрі.\n" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." +msgstr "Цей рядок визначає розташування бази даних Kerberos для цієї області." #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." +msgstr "Цей рядок визначає розташування файла таблиці ключів, який використовується kadmin для автентифікації до бази даних." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." +msgstr "Цей абсолютний час визначає типовий строк дії адміністраторів доступу, створених у цій області." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." +msgstr "Ці прапорці визначають типові атрибути адміністраторів доступу, створених у цій області." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дозволити пізніші" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вмикання цього прапорця дозволяє адміністратору доступу отримувати пізніші квитки." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дозволити переадресовані" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вмикання цього прапорця дозволяє адміністратору доступу отримувати переадресовані квитки." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дозволити оновлювані" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вмикання цього прапорця дозволяє адміністратору доступу отримувати оновлювані квитки." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дозволити квитки з проксі" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вмикання цього прапорця дозволяє адміністратору доступу отримувати квитки з проксі-сервером." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Увімкнути автентифікацію між користувачами" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "Вмикання цього прапорця дозволяє адміністратору доступу отримувати ключ сеансу для іншого користувача, що уможливлює для цього адміністратора доступу автентифікацію між користувачами." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Потрібен preauth" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." -msgstr "" +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "Якщо цей прапорець увімкнено для адміністратора доступу клієнта, тоді цей адміністратор доступу потрібен для попередньої автентифікації до KDC перед отриманням будь-якого квитка. Для адміністратора доступу служби, вмикання цього прапорця означає, що квитки служби для цього адміністратора доступу будуть видаватися лише клієнтам з TGT, що має набір квитків попередньої автентифікації." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Потрібен hwauth" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "Якщо увімкнено цей прапорець, слід буде пройти автентифікацію адміністратора доступу перед попередньою автентифікацією за допомогою апаратного пристрою перш ніж отримати будь-які квитки." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дозволити службу" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "Увімкнення цього прапорця дозволить KDC видавати квитки служби для цього адміністратора доступу." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дозволити запит tgs" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "Увімкнення цього прапорця дозволить адміністраторам доступу отримувати квитки, засновані на принципі квиток-надає-квиток, а не повторювати процес автентифікації, який було використано для отримання TGT." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дозволити квитки" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "Увімкнення цього прапорця означає, що KDC буде видавати квитки для цього адміністратора доступу. Вимикання цього прапорця по суті вимкне адміністратор доступу в цій області." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Потрібно змінити" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Увімкнення цього прапорця примушує до зміни пароля для цього адміністратора доступу." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Служба зміни пароля" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "Якщо цей прапорець увімкнено, цей адміністратор доступу стане службою зміни паролів. Його слід використовувати лише в особливих випадках, наприклад, якщо строк дії пароля користувача збіг, цьому користувачеві слід отримати квитки для адміністратора доступу, щоб мати змогу змінити його без проходження звичайної парольної автентифікації." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "" +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgstr "Цей рядок визначає розташування словника, що містить рядки, які не можна використовувати у паролях. Якщо цю мітку не встановлено або відсутні правила приписані цьому адміністратору доступу, тоді перевірка не проводитиметься." #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." +msgstr "Цей номер порту визначає порт, на якому фонова служба kadmind слухає цю область." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." +msgstr "Цей рядок визначає місце, де слід зберігати головний ключ з kdb5_stash." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." +msgstr "Цей рядок визначає список портів, на яких KDC слухатиме цю область." #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "Цей рядок визначає назву адміністратора доступу, пов’язану з основним ключем. Типове значення — K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Цей рядок типу ключа відображає тип головних ключів." #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." +msgstr "Цей проміжок часу визначає максимальний період часу, який квиток може бути дійсним у цій області." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "Цей проміжок часу визначає максимальний період часу, протягом якого квиток можна поновити у цій області." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Список ключ/додаток, що визначає типові комбінації ключ/додаток адміністраторів доступу для цієї області." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Визначає дозволені комбінації з ускладненням ключа адміністратора доступу для цієї області." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "Визначає те, чи слід перевіряти на відповідність шляху пересилання, обчисленому з назв області, і розділу [capaths] файла krb5.conf список областей переходу для міжобласних квитків." #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." +msgstr "Притаманна LDAP мітка, що визначає кількість з’єднань, що підтримуються одним сервером LDAP." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree." -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." +msgstr "Визначає список піддерев, що містять адміністраторів доступу області. Список містить DN об’єктів піддерева, відокремлених двокрапкою(:).Область пошуку визначає область пошуку адміністратора доступу у піддереві." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "Визначає DN об’єкта контейнера, в якому буде створено адміністратора доступу області. Якщо посилання контейнера не налаштовано для області, адміністратора доступу буде створено у контейнері області." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Визначає максимальний строк дії квитка адміністраторів доступу у цій області." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"" -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." +msgstr "Визначає максимальний час дії без поновлення квитків адміністраторів доступу у цій області." #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# @@ -1660,39 +1499,39 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 msgid "Advanced Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додаткові параметри" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885 msgid "Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шлях до бази даних" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60 msgid "&Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Шлях до бази даних" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889 msgid "ACL File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Файл ACL" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78 msgid "ACL &File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Файл ACL" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893 msgid "Administrator Keytab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Адміністратор Keytab" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900 msgid "Default Principal Expiration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Строк дії типового адміністратора доступу" #. checkbox text #. checkbox text @@ -1705,12 +1544,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648 msgid "&Available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дост&упний" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да&та" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140 @@ -1723,7 +1562,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659 msgid "&Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Час" #. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"", #. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")), @@ -1734,133 +1573,133 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008 msgid "Default Principal Flags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прапорці типового адміністратора доступу" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:166 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:680 msgid "Allow p&ostdated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дозволити пі&зніші" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:174 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:688 msgid "Allow &forwardable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дозволити пе&реадресовані" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696 msgid "Allow rene&wable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дозволити онов&лювані" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:190 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:704 msgid "Allow &proxiable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дозволити квитки з п&роксі" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712 msgid "Enable &user-to-user authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Увімкнути автентифікацію між &користувачами" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720 msgid "Requires pr&eauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Потрі&бно preauth" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728 msgid "Requires &hwauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Потр&ібно hwauth" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:220 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:734 msgid "Allow &service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дозволити с&лужбу" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740 msgid "Allow tgs re&quest" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дозволити за&пит tgs" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:232 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:746 msgid "Allow &tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дозволити &квитки" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752 msgid "Need &change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Потрібно з&мінити" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760 msgid "P&assword changing service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Служба зміни паро&ля" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911 msgid "Dictionary File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Файл словника" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916 msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Порт фонової служби Kadmin" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921 msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Порт фонової служби Kpasswd" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926 msgid "Key Stash File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Файл запасу ключів" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929 msgid "KDC Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Порт KDC" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933 msgid "Master Key Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Назва головного ключа" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938 msgid "Master Key Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тип головного ключа" #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item @@ -1869,14 +1708,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998 msgid "Maximum Ticket Life Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Максимальний час дії квитка" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653 msgid "&Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дн&ів" #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item @@ -1885,66 +1724,66 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003 msgid "Maximum Ticket Renew Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Максимальний час поновлення квитка" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953 msgid "Default Encryption Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Типові типи шифрування" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958 msgid "KDC Supported Encryption Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Типи шифрування, які підтримуються в KDC" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963 msgid "Reject Bad Transit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Відкидати некоректний транзит" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983 msgid "Number of LDAP connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кількість з'єднань LDAP" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525 msgid "File for the LDAP password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Файл пароля LDAP" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988 msgid "Search Subtrees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Піддерева пошуку" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558 msgid "Search Scope" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Діапазон пошуку" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565 msgid "&subtree search" -msgstr "" +msgstr "по&шук у піддеревах" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572 msgid "&one level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "один &рівень" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993 msgid "Principal Container" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Контейнер адміністратора доступу" #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016 msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додаткові параметри LDAP" #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp @@ -1971,9 +1810,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 @@ -1981,8 +1818,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -2007,7 +1843,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Започаткування..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -2015,47 +1851,47 @@ #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191 msgid "Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Конфігурація запуску" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Глобальні параметри" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 msgid "Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Файли схеми" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 msgid "Log Level Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Параметри рівня журналювання" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 msgid "Allow/Disallow Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Функції дозволу/заборони" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 msgid "TLS Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Параметри TLS" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Бази даних" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Суфікс DN" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173 msgid "Database Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тип бази даних" #. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l; #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228 @@ -2070,12 +1906,12 @@ #. file dialog heading #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 msgid "Select New Schema File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виберіть файл нової схеми" #. error popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 msgid "The schema file is already in the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Файл схеми вже присутній у списку." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 msgid "Select a valid Certificate File" @@ -2092,12 +1928,12 @@ #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 msgid "Select Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виберіть файл сертифіката" #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 msgid "Select Certificate Key File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виберіть файл ключа сертифіката" #. **************************************** #. * handlers for database parent widget @@ -2112,31 +1948,31 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721 msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дійсно вилучити базу даних?" #. Error Popup #. Error Popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:884 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не вдається записати параметри для поточної бази даних." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:941 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не вдається прочитати параметри для поточної бази даних." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:959 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1001 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 msgid "New Administrator &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Новий пароль &адміністратора" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:965 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Шифрування паролів" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 @@ -2150,7 +1986,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ні" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -2158,7 +1994,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Так" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2170,15 +2006,15 @@ #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1290 msgid "Index Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налаштування індексації" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налаштування правил паролів" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307 msgid "Access Control Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налаштування керування доступом" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1316 msgid "Replication Provider" @@ -2194,32 +2030,32 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94 msgid "Protocol Listeners" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Слухачі протоколів" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 msgid "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP через SSL (ldaps)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 msgid "Included &Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Включені файли &схем" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виберіть прапорці &рівнів журналювання:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 msgid "Trace Function Calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Трасувати виклики функцій" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155 msgid "Debug Packet Handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зневадження обробки пакетів" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)" @@ -2227,39 +2063,39 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 msgid "Connection Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Керування з'єднаннями" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Відіслані й отримані пакети" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Search Filter Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обробка фільтру пошуку" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160 msgid "Configuration File Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обробка конфігураційного файла" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161 msgid "Access Control List Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обробка списку керування доступом" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162 msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Журналювати з'єднання, дії і результат" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163 msgid "Log Entries Sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Журналювати відіслані записи" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164 msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Показувати з'єднання з програмами оболонки" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 msgid "Entry Parsing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Аналіз записів" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 msgid "LDAPSync Replication" @@ -2267,23 +2103,23 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Немає" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вибрати прапорці &дозволів:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запити на прив’язку LDAPv2" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Анонімна прив’язка, якщо мандат непорожній" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183 msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Неавтентифікована прив’язка, якщо DN непорожній" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187 msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process" @@ -2291,12 +2127,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193 msgid "Select &Disallow Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вибрати прапорці &заборон:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 @@ -2304,81 +2138,80 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заборонити дію StartTLS, коли автентифіковано" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221 msgid "Basic Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Основні параметри" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227 msgid "Enable TLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ввімкнути TLS" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234 msgid "Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Увімкнути LDAP через інтерфейс SSL (ldaps)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242 msgid "Use common Server Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Використовувати загальний сервер сертифікатів" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 msgid "Import Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Імпортувати сертифікат" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Файл сертифіката (в форматі PEM)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Навігація..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Файл &ключа сертифіката (в форматі PEM — не зашифрований)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Навігація..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зампустити модуль керування CA" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 msgid "&Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Базова DN" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Адміністратор DN" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дод&ати до базової DN" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 msgid "Change Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Змінити пароль" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317 msgid "Edit BDB Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Змінити базу даних BDB" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Entry Cache" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кеш записів" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330 msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кеш індексів (кеш IDL)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" @@ -2386,11 +2219,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "kilobytes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "кілобайтів" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 msgid "minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "хвилин" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings" @@ -2406,71 +2239,71 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 msgid "Edit Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Змінити базу даних" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Database type not currently supported." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Цей тип бази даних зараз не підтримується." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381 msgid "Indexing Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налаштування індексації" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Атрибут" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 msgid "Presence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Присутність" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Equality" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Збіг" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Substring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Підрядок" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:402 msgid "Change Administrator Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Змінити пароль адміністратора" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Add Index" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додати індекс" #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 msgid "Password Policy Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Параметри правил паролів" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Увімкнути правила паролів" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55 msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Хешувати текстові паролі" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63 msgid "Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виявити стан \"Запис блоковано\"" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73 msgid "Default Policy Object DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN об’єкта типових правил" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89 msgid "Edit Policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Редагувати правила" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100 msgid "All Entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Всі записи" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101 msgid "All Entries in the Subtree" @@ -2478,35 +2311,35 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102 msgid "The Entry with the DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запис з DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106 msgid "Everybody" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Всі" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107 msgid "Authenticated Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Автентифіковані клієнти" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108 msgid "Anonymous Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Анонімні клієнти" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109 msgid "The accessed Entry (self)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Цей запис (себе)" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110 msgid "The user with the DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користувач з DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111 msgid "All entries in the subtree" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Всі записи в піддереві" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112 msgid "All members of the group" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Всі члени групи" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125 msgid "<empty>" @@ -2514,69 +2347,69 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126 msgid "No Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нема доступу" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128 msgid "No Access (but disclose information on error)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нема доступу (але при помилці показати інформацію)" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131 msgid "Authenticate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Автентифікувати" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132 msgid "Compare" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Порівняти" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Читання" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запис" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Керувати (повний доступ)" #. don't count frontend and Config DB #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167 msgid "New Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нова база даних" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170 msgid "Basic Database Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Основні параметри бази даних" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 msgid "&Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Адміністратор DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Додати до базової DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Пароль адміністратора LDAP" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 msgid "&Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Каталог &бази даних" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Використовувати цю базу даних як типову для клієнтів OpenLDAP" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 msgid "Select Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виберіть каталог бази даних" #. check values #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 msgid "Base DN must be set." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Слід вказати базову DN." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists." @@ -2584,11 +2417,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Слід встановити кореневу DN, якщо задано пароль." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 msgid "Password validation failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перевірка пароля була невдалою." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 msgid "" @@ -2598,52 +2431,52 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 msgid "A directory must be specified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Необхідно вказати каталог." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Каталог не існує. Створити його?" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка автентифікації. Мабуть неправильний пароль.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 msgid "The error message was: '" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повідомлення про помилку : " #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Спробувати знов?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 msgid "Available Attribute Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Наявні типи атрибутів" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вибрані типи атрибутів" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "До кого застосовувати це правило" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 msgid "Entry DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запис DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вибрати" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Визначити рівень доступу" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" @@ -2664,27 +2497,27 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 msgid "Subtree DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Піддерево DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 msgid "Group DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Група DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Змінити правило керування доступом" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 msgid "Target Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Об'єкти цілі" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 msgid "Matching the filter:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Відповідають фільтру:" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 msgid "LDAP Filter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Фільтр LDAP" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" @@ -2692,23 +2525,23 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Атрибути" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Змінити" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Рівень доступу" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 msgid "Who" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Хто це" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" @@ -2716,11 +2549,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 msgid "Up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вгору" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 msgid "Down" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вниз" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 @@ -2737,11 +2570,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Target" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ціль" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Filter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Фільтр" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 msgid "" @@ -2759,7 +2592,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Порт" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2771,19 +2604,19 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Днів" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Годин" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Хвилин" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Секунд" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2816,8 +2649,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 @@ -2842,15 +2674,15 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352 msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Читання конфігурації запуску" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353 msgid "Reading Configuration Backend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Читання фонової програми конфігурації" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354 msgid "Reading Configuration Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Читання конфігураційних даних" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355 msgid "Initializing Authentication Server Configuration" @@ -2864,31 +2696,31 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 msgid "LDAP search failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пошук LDAP зазнав невдачі." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Некоректна схема URI для LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка під час ініціалізації LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 msgid "LDAP bind failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прив'язування LDAP зазнало невдачі." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877 msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка започаткування схеми LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888 msgid "Reading LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка під час читання схеми LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898 msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Серверу LDAP не відомо про схему Kerberos." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 @@ -2897,37 +2729,37 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005 msgid "Modifying the kerberos database failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка під час зміни бази даних kerberos." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046 msgid "LDAP modify failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка під час зміни LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074 msgid "Incomplete data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Неповні дані." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101 msgid "Unsupported database type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тип бази даних не підтримується." #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546 msgid "Enabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вмикання сервера LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559 msgid "Starting LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запуск сервера LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549 msgid "Activating OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активування сервера OpenLDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перезапуск сервера OpenLDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569 msgid "Enabling Kerberos Server" @@ -2943,23 +2775,23 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602 msgid "Writing Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запис конфігурації запуску" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603 msgid "Cleaning up config directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Очищення теки конфігурації" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604 msgid "Creating Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Створення конфігурації" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605 msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запуск сервера OpenLDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606 msgid "Creating Base Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Створення основних об’єктів" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607 msgid "Saving Kerberos Configuration" @@ -2971,37 +2803,37 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569 msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка перемикання з slapd.conf до програми налаштування." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624 msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка вмикання слухача протоколу LDAPI." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648 msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Очищення теки конфігурації зазнало невдачі." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка при наповненні бази даних конфігурації з «slapadd»." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вмикання служби LDAP зазнало невдачі." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600 msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запуск служби LDAP зазнав невдачі." #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784 msgid "Stopping LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зупинка сервера LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785 msgid "Disabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вимикання сервера LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787 msgid "De-activating OpenLDAP Server" @@ -3023,33 +2855,31 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825 msgid "Writing Sysconfig files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запис файлів системної конфігурації" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826 msgid "Applying changes to Configuration Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Збереження змін до бази даних конфігурації" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827 msgid "Applying changes to /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Застосування змін до /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828 msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Створення базових об’єктів для ново-створених баз даних" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829 msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оновлення об’єктів типових правил паролів" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "Чекаємо на закінчення фонового завдання індексування OpenLDAP (може зайняти декілька хвилин)" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перезапуск сервера OpenLDAP, якщо потрібно" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834 msgid "Writing AuthServer Configuration" @@ -3057,16 +2887,14 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931 msgid "Creating base objects failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка створення базових об’єктів." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940 msgid "Creating Password Policy objects failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка створення об’єктів правил паролів." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 @@ -3075,7 +2903,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Register at SLP Service: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зареєструватись для служби SLP: " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 msgid "Start Kerberos Server: " @@ -3083,19 +2911,19 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215 msgid "Create the following databases:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Створити наступні бази даних:" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220 msgid "Database Suffix: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Суфікс бази даних: " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221 msgid "Database Type: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тип бази даних: " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ще не налаштовано." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -3103,12 +2931,12 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477 msgid "Certificate File does not exist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Файл сертифіката не існує" #. error message #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не існує файл ключа сертифіката." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." @@ -3120,19 +2948,19 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545 msgid "Cleaning up directory for config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Чистка каталогу для бази даних конфігурації" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546 msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перетворення slapd.conf на базу даних конфігурації" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перемикання конфігурації запуску на використання бази даних конфігурації" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перезапуск сервера LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549 msgid "Migrating LDAP Server Configuration" @@ -3140,19 +2968,19 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559 msgid "Output of \"slaptest\":\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вивід команди «slaptest»:\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560 msgid "Migration of existing configuration failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка міграції існуючої конфігурації." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587 msgid "Enabling LDAPI listener failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка вмикання слухача LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Загальний сертифікат сервера недоступний. StartTLS вимкнено." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 msgid "Could not create database directory." @@ -3168,28 +2996,26 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не вдалося записати krb5.conf." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка створення бази даних Kerberos." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка запису файла паролів." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "не чинна LDAP DN." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." @@ -3201,15 +3027,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перша частина суфікса мусить бути c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= або dc=." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format @@ -3233,11 +3057,11 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Коренева DN мусить бути об’єктом-нащадком базової DN." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не вдалось створити каталог." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format @@ -3245,8 +3069,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 @@ -3268,154 +3091,154 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка запису до krb5.conf." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка запису до kdc.conf." #. error at paramter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тип бази даних «%s» не підтримується. Дозволено «bdb» і «hdb»." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "countryName має бути дволітерним кодом країни згідно до ISO-3166." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нечинний «rootdn»." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"rootdn\" мусить бути під \"suffix\"." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Щоб встановити пароль, потрібно визначити \"rootdn\"." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 msgid "Define 'rootpw'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Визначте «rootpw»." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 #, perl-format msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"%s\" - це метод шифрування, який не підтримується." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 msgid "Define 'directory'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Визначте \"directory\"." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 msgid "The directory does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Каталог не існує." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 msgid "Invalid cache size value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нечинне значення розміру кешу." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 msgid "Invalid checkpoint value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нечинне значення контрольної точки." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758 msgid "Define 'passwd'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Визначте \"passwd\"." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 msgid "Database edit failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка редагування бази даних." #. error message at parameter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Відсутній параметр \"suffix\"." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 msgid "Cannot restart the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не вдається перезапустити службу." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 msgid "Cannot stop the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не вдається зупинити службу." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не існує файл сертифіката CA." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 msgid "CA certificate path does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не існує шлях сертифіката CA." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 msgid "Certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не існує файл сертифіката." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нечинне значення для \"TLSVerifyClient\"." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 msgid "Writing failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка запису." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Відсутній параметр \"ServerCertificateFile\"." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 msgid "Cannot read certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не вдається прочитати файл сертифіката." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Відсутній параметр \"ServerCertificateData\"." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пошкоджено дані PEM." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Відсутній параметр \"ServerKeyFile\"." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 msgid "Cannot read key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Неможливо прочитати файл ключа." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Відсутній параметр \"ServerKeyData\"." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Неможливо прочитати файл сертифіката CA." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 msgid "Cannot write certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Неможливо записати файл сертифіката." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 msgid "Cannot write key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не вдається записати файл ключа." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Неможливо записати файл сертифіката CA." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/autoinst.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/autoinst.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/autoinst.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. progress step title @@ -29,8 +28,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "" -"Виконання скриптів автоматичного встановлення в середовищі встановлення..." +msgstr "Виконання скриптів автоматичного встановлення в середовищі встановлення..." #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 @@ -129,8 +127,7 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Клієнт для створення профілю AutoYaST основаного на запущеній системі" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 @@ -154,8 +151,7 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." msgstr "" "За допомогою цього вікна, скопіюйте вміст файла і вкажіть остаточний\n" "шлях на встановленій системі. YaST скопіює цей файл до вказаної адреси." @@ -164,18 +160,13 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Для захисту скопійованих файлів, вкажіть власника і права доступу до цих " -"файлів.\n" -"Вкажіть власника за допомогою синтаксису userid:groupid. Права " -"доступу можуть\n" -"бути символічними репрезентаціями змін або вісімкове число шаблона бітів для " -"нових\n" +"Для захисту скопійованих файлів, вкажіть власника і права доступу до цих файлів.\n" +"Вкажіть власника за допомогою синтаксису userid:groupid. Права доступу можуть\n" +"бути символічними репрезентаціями змін або вісімкове число шаблона бітів для нових\n" "прав доступу." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -249,10 +240,8 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" "Для багатьох програм та служб, ви, можливо, підготували конфігураційний\n" @@ -491,8 +480,7 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, зачекайте поки йде підготовка системи до автовстановлення." +msgstr "Будь ласка, зачекайте поки йде підготовка системи до автовстановлення." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" @@ -636,12 +624,10 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -"out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"Залежно від вашої досвідченості, повідомлення при встановленні можна " -"пропускати,\n" +"Залежно від вашої досвідченості, повідомлення при встановленні можна пропускати,\n" "записувати в журнал та показувати (з тайм-аутом). \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 @@ -665,14 +651,12 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Виберіть один із наступних варіантів основи і натисніть " -"Детально, щоб додати\n" +"Виберіть один із наступних варіантів основи і натисніть Детально, щоб додати\n" "додаткові програми та пакунки.\n" "\n" @@ -684,11 +668,8 @@ msgstr "Адреса установчого джерела (на кшталт http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "" -"Установче джерело цієї системи (ви не можете створювати образи, якщо вибрали " -"цей пункт)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "Установче джерело цієї системи (ви не можете створювати образи, якщо вибрали цей пункт)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -703,21 +684,15 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Монтувати в /etc/fstab за:\n" -"\tЗазвичай, файлову систему для монтування визначають у /etc/fstab за " -"назвою\n" -"\tпристрою. Цю ідентифікацію можна змінити так, щоб файлова система для " -"монтування\n" -"\tзнаходилася за пошуком UUID або мітки тому. Не всі файлові системи можна " -"монтувати\n" +"\tЗазвичай, файлову систему для монтування визначають у /etc/fstab за назвою\n" +"\tпристрою. Цю ідентифікацію можна змінити так, щоб файлова система для монтування\n" +"\tзнаходилася за пошуком UUID або мітки тому. Не всі файлові системи можна монтувати\n" "\tза UUID або міткою тому. Якщо параметр вимкнено, ця дія неможлива.\n" "\t" @@ -725,15 +700,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Мітка тому:\n" -"\t Назва, вказана у цьому полі, використовується в як мітка тому. Зазвичай, " -"це має сенс\n" +"\t Назва, вказана у цьому полі, використовується в як мітка тому. Зазвичай, це має сенс\n" "\t лише у випадку, якщо ви активували параметр монтування за міткою тому.\n" "\t Мітка тому не повинна містити символу / або пробілів.\n" "\t " @@ -903,11 +876,8 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "" -"Розмір «авто» чинний тільки тоді, коли вибрано точку монтування «/boot» або " -"«swap»." +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "Розмір «авто» чинний тільки тоді, коли вибрано точку монтування «/boot» або «swap»." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -976,8 +946,7 @@ "і спробуйте знов. Через цю помилку, ви тепер можете ввести\n" "адресу URL тільки до профілю, а не до каталогу. Якщо ви використовуєте\n" "правила або файли контролю на базовані на назвах вузлів, то перезапустіть\n" -"процес встановлення і переконайтесь, що можливий доступ до файлів контролю.</" -"p>\n" +"процес встановлення і переконайтесь, що можливий доступ до файлів контролю.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "System Profile Location" @@ -1086,8 +1055,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "" -"Використовуйте цей інтерфейс для визначення класів файлів контролю. \n" +msgstr "Використовуйте цей інтерфейс для визначення класів файлів контролю. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1384,9 +1352,7 @@ #. @param list menu items #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" msgstr "Дійсно застосувати параметри модуля «%1» до вашої системи?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed @@ -1401,9 +1367,7 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" msgstr "Дійсно застосувати параметри профілю до вашої системи?" #. EXIT @@ -1440,8 +1404,7 @@ "the Repository field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Введіть каталог, де мають зберігатись всі файли контролю в поле " -"Сховище." +"Введіть каталог, де мають зберігатись всі файли контролю в поле Сховище." #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "" @@ -1543,8 +1506,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Файл Kickstart було імпортовано.\n" @@ -1678,29 +1640,25 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Параметр підтвердження встановлення увімкнено типово\n" "для запобігання небажаного встановлення. Він зупиняє систему\n" "під час встановлення і показує підсумок необхідних дій у\n" -"звичайному вікні пропозицій. Вимкніть цей параметр, щоб автоматичне " -"встановлення не переривалось.\n" +"звичайному вікні пропозицій. Вимкніть цей параметр, щоб автоматичне встановлення не переривалось.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Якщо ви вимкнете другий етап AutoYaST, то встановлення продовжується в " -"ручному режимі\n" +"Якщо ви вимкнете другий етап AutoYaST, то встановлення продовжується в ручному режимі\n" "після першого перезавантаження системи (після встановлення пакунків).\n" "\n" @@ -1845,13 +1803,11 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Цей засіб використовує xmllint для перевірки профілю супроти DTD " -"і\n" +"Цей засіб використовує xmllint для перевірки профілю супроти DTD і\n" "перевіряє дані, яких не вистачає. Деякі відсутні дані і помилки про це\n" "можна ігнорувати. Наприклад, при створенні класів.\n" @@ -1881,13 +1837,11 @@ msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" msgstr "" "Цей засіб створює еталонний профіль із прочитаної\n" "з системи інформації. Виберіть ресурси для зчитування з цієї\n" -"системи на додачу до типових ресурсів, такі як розбивка на розділи та вибір " -"пакунків.\n" +"системи на додачу до типових ресурсів, такі як розбивка на розділи та вибір пакунків.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid " Partition your hard disks... " @@ -1895,12 +1849,10 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Таблиця праворуч показує розділи, які будуть створені у встановленій " -"системі.\n" +"Таблиця праворуч показує розділи, які будуть створені у встановленій системі.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -1938,8 +1890,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Якщо не визначено розділів і на вказаному приводі\n" @@ -1959,17 +1910,8 @@ msgstr "Додаткові параметри" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"Типово, AutoYaST створить розширений розділ і додасть всі нові розділи як " -"логічні пристрої. Однак, можна вказати, щоб AutoYaST створював певний " -"розділ як головний розділ або розширений розділ. Також, можна вказати розмір " -"розділу за допомогою кількості секторів замість мегабайтів." +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "Типово, AutoYaST створить розширений розділ і додасть всі нові розділи як логічні пристрої. Однак, можна вказати, щоб AutoYaST створював певний розділ як головний розділ або розширений розділ. Також, можна вказати розмір розділу за допомогою кількості секторів замість мегабайтів." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -1983,14 +1925,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Для встановлення LVM та RAID, перегляньте документацію і додайте " -"конфігурацію\n" +"Для встановлення LVM та RAID, перегляньте документацію і додайте конфігурацію\n" "до існуючого файла контролю. Ви можете створювати неформатовані\n" "розділи LVM та RAID у якості підготовки.\n" "\n" @@ -1998,14 +1938,12 @@ #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Не вдається знайти URL \"%1\" через протокол HTTP(S). Сервер повернув код %2." +msgstr "Не вдається знайти URL \"%1\" через протокол HTTP(S). Сервер повернув код %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Не вдається знайти URL \"%1\" через протокол FTP. Сервер повернув код %2." +msgstr "Не вдається знайти URL \"%1\" через протокол FTP. Сервер повернув код %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 @@ -2085,16 +2023,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Скрипти перед встановлення</h3>\n" -"Додати команди для виконання в системі перед початком встановленням. </" -"P>\n" +"Додати команди для виконання в системі перед початком встановленням. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " -"installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2112,8 +2048,7 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " -"installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2123,8 +2058,7 @@ "виберіть параметри скрипти chroot. Ці скрипти виконуються\n" "перед першим перезавантаженням системи. Типово, скрипти chroot \n" "виконуються у системі встановлення. Для доступу до файлів у встановленій\n" -"системі, завжди використовуйте для ваших скриптів точку підключення \"/mnt" -"\".\n" +"системі, завжди використовуйте для ваших скриптів точку підключення \"/mnt\".\n" "\n" #. help 4/6 @@ -2132,15 +2066,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" -"\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Скрипти chroot можна виконувати на пізнішій стадії після\n" -"того як завантажувач було налаштовано із спеціальною булевою міткою " -"\"chrooted\".\n" +"того як завантажувач було налаштовано із спеціальною булевою міткою \"chrooted\".\n" "Цим виконуються скрипти у встановленій системі. \n" "\n" @@ -2160,8 +2092,7 @@ "<H3>Скрипти Init</H3>\n" "Ці скрипти виконуються під час початкового процесу завантаження після\n" "того, як YaST закінчив налаштування системи. Остаточні скрипти виконуються \n" -"за допомогою спеціального скрипту rc, який виконується тільки один " -"раз. \n" +"за допомогою спеціального скрипту rc, який виконується тільки один раз. \n" "Остаточні скрипти виконуються наприкінці процесу завантаження після\n" "того, як мережа вже запущена.\n" "\n" @@ -2171,15 +2102,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " -"or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Інтерпретатор:</H3>\n" -"Тільки скрипти оболонки можна використовувати перед встановленням. Не " -"використовуйте\n" +"Тільки скрипти оболонки можна використовувати перед встановленням. Не використовуйте\n" "Perl або Python для скриптів перед встановленням.\n" "\n" @@ -2189,12 +2118,9 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2202,28 +2128,22 @@ "При виконанні скриптів після встановлення, мережа вимкнена\n" "і для увімкнення доступу необхідне започаткування в скриптах.\n" "Альтернативою для скриптів з мережею після встановлення є скрипти init,\n" -"які гарантують, що під час виконання скриптів, систему вже повністю " -"налаштовано.\n" -"Якщо ви встановлювали систему через мережу, то також можете вживати параметр " -"\"Мережа\" для скрипту після встановлення.\n" +"які гарантують, що під час виконання скриптів, систему вже повністю налаштовано.\n" +"Якщо ви встановлювали систему через мережу, то також можете вживати параметр \"Мережа\" для скрипту після встановлення.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " -"box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Зворотний зв'язок і зневадження:</H3>\n" -"Всі скрипти, крім скриптів започаткування можуть показувати STDOUT+STDERR " -"як зворотній зв'язок у вигулькному вікні.\n" -"Якщо увімкнути зневадження, то у вікні зворотнього зв'язку буде показано " -"більше інформації,\n" +"Всі скрипти, крім скриптів започаткування можуть показувати STDOUT+STDERR як зворотній зв'язок у вигулькному вікні.\n" +"Якщо увімкнути зневадження, то у вікні зворотнього зв'язку буде показано більше інформації,\n" "яка може знадобитись для зневадження вашого скрипту.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2311,8 +2231,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -"installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2344,12 +2263,8 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"Під час аналізу XML трапилась помилка, коли проводився розбір профілю " -"autoyast. Повідомлення помилки:\n" +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "Під час аналізу XML трапилась помилка, коли проводився розбір профілю autoyast. Повідомлення помилки:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2428,18 +2343,14 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Більшість модулів задіяних для створення налаштування не відрізняються " -"від\n" -"наявних через Центр керування YaST. Замість налаштування цієї системи, " -"введені\n" +"Більшість модулів задіяних для створення налаштування не відрізняються від\n" +"наявних через Центр керування YaST. Замість налаштування цієї системи, введені\n" "дані збираються і експортуються у файл контролю, який можна використовувати\n" "для встановлення іншої системи за допомогою AutoYaST.\n" "\n" @@ -2447,8 +2358,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Додатково до існуючих і відомих модулів, було створено нові\n" @@ -2559,8 +2469,7 @@ #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "" -"Група томів «%1» мусить мати хоча б один фізичний том. Надайте якийсь один." +msgstr "Група томів «%1» мусить мати хоча б один фізичний том. Надайте якийсь один." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2642,24 +2551,16 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Не вдалось створити образу протягом установлення шаблону. Будь ласка, " -"перевірте /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Не вдалось створити образу протягом установлення шаблону. Будь ласка, перевірте /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:368 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Створення образу — встановлення пакунків" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Не вдалось створити образу протягом установлення пакунка. Будь ласка, " -"перевірте /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Не вдалось створити образу протягом установлення пакунка. Будь ласка, перевірте /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:389 @@ -2671,8 +2572,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " -"changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "Можете тепер робити зміни образу в %1/\n" "Якщо ви натиснете «Гаразд», образ буде стиснуто й буде неможливо редагувати. " @@ -2720,12 +2620,10 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Можна тепер робити зміни в ISO у %1, на кшталт додавати цілком інакший файл " -"AutoYaST XML.\n" +"Можна тепер робити зміни в ISO у %1, на кшталт додавати цілком інакший файл AutoYaST XML.\n" "Якщо натиснути на кнопку «Гаразд», буде створено образ." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2767,21 +2665,13 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." -msgstr "" -"Запуск програми вирішення залежностей зазнав невдачі. Будь ласка, перевірте " -"розділ програмного забезпечення у вашому профілі autoyast." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgstr "Запуск програми вирішення залежностей зазнав невдачі. Будь ласка, перевірте розділ програмного забезпечення у вашому профілі autoyast." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "" -"План розподілу налаштований у вашому профілі XML не поміщається на жорсткий " -"диск. Не вистачає %1МБ." +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "План розподілу налаштований у вашому профілі XML не поміщається на жорсткий диск. Не вистачає %1МБ." #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" @@ -2876,28 +2766,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " -#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " -#~ "no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " -#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " -#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " -#~ "AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Введіть інформацію про розділ диска відповідно до ваших\n" -#~ "потреб. Якщо ви хочете вживати вже існуючий розділ, то потрібно ввести " -#~ "номер цього існуючого розділу (рахунок починається з розділу 1) і без " -#~ "розміру.\n" +#~ "потреб. Якщо ви хочете вживати вже існуючий розділ, то потрібно ввести номер цього існуючого розділу (рахунок починається з розділу 1) і без розміру.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Для розділів, що є частиною групи томів (не логічні розділи диска " -#~ "всередині групи томів) потрібно встановити ідентифікатор розділу до 0x8e " -#~ "і тоді вибрати групу томів. Групу томів спочатку потрібно створити за " -#~ "допомогою AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "Для розділів, що є частиною групи томів (не логічні розділи диска всередині групи томів) потрібно встановити ідентифікатор розділу до 0x8e і тоді вибрати групу томів. Групу томів спочатку потрібно створити за допомогою AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Для докладнішої інформації див. довідку.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2956,16 +2836,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " -#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " -#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Створіть/редагуйте групи томів тут. Після цього ви мусите призначити " -#~ "фізичні розділи до цієї групи томів у вікні розподілу фізичного жорсткого " -#~ "диска. Встановіть ідентифікатор цих розділів до 0x8e.\n" +#~ "Створіть/редагуйте групи томів тут. Після цього ви мусите призначити фізичні розділи до цієї групи томів у вікні розподілу фізичного жорсткого диска. Встановіть ідентифікатор цих розділів до 0x8e.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Configure Volume Groups" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/base.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/base.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/base.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question @@ -94,8 +93,7 @@ #. translators: default error message for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"Скористайтесь \"yast2 %1 help\" для отримання повного списку можливих команд." +msgstr "Скористайтесь \"yast2 %1 help\" для отримання повного списку можливих команд." #. translators: error message in command line interface #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371 @@ -135,17 +133,13 @@ #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Скористайтесь \"%1 %2 help\" для отримання повного списку можливих " -"параметрів." +msgstr "Скористайтесь \"%1 %2 help\" для отримання повного списку можливих параметрів." #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Скористайтесь \"yast2 %1 %2 help\" для отримання повного списку можливих " -"параметрів." +msgstr "Скористайтесь \"yast2 %1 %2 help\" для отримання повного списку можливих параметрів." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574 @@ -242,27 +236,17 @@ #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Виконайте \"yast2 %1 <command> help\" для отримання списку можливих " -"параметрів." +msgstr "Виконайте \"yast2 %1 <command> help\" для отримання списку можливих параметрів." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Немає назви файла призначення (параметр \"xmlfile\"). Вживайте параметр " -"командного рядка xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Немає назви файла призначення (параметр \"xmlfile\"). Вживайте параметр командного рядка xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"Порожня назва файла призначення (параметр \"xmlfile\"). Вживайте параметр " -"командного рядка xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Порожня назва файла призначення (параметр \"xmlfile\"). Вживайте параметр командного рядка xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096 @@ -1007,16 +991,8 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 -msgid "" -"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right." -msgstr "" -"Навігація по дереву також здійснюється клавішами зі стрілками. Щоб " -"згорнути або розгорнути гілку, використовуйте пробіл. Для модулів, що " -"показують дерево (може виглядати як список) пунктів налаштування зліва " -"натисніть Enter для висновку відповідного діалогу праворуч." +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." +msgstr "Навігація по дереву також здійснюється клавішами зі стрілками. Щоб згорнути або розгорнути гілку, використовуйте пробіл. Для модулів, що показують дерево (може виглядати як список) пунктів налаштування зліва натисніть Enter для висновку відповідного діалогу праворуч." #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341 @@ -1066,13 +1042,11 @@ #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) Клавіші функцій \n" "F-клавіші дають швидкий доступ до головних функцій.\n" -"Прив'язки функційних клавіш для поточного діалогу показані в нижньому рядку.<" -"/p>" +"Прив'язки функційних клавіш для поточного діалогу показані в нижньому рядку." #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370 @@ -1860,14 +1834,12 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Створити новий ключ GPG</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> запущено, див. підручник <tt>gpg</tt> для докладнішої " -"інформації.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> запущено, див. підручник <tt>gpg</tt> для докладнішої інформації.\n" "Щоб скасувати, натисніть Ctrl+C.\n" "" @@ -1930,8 +1902,7 @@ "and select the action to process." msgstr "" "\n" -"Щоб опрацювати додаткові дії або зберегти журнал у файл, клацніть на %1</" -"b>\n" +"Щоб опрацювати додаткові дії або зберегти журнал у файл, клацніть на %1\n" "і виберіть дію для опрацювання." #. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label @@ -2052,8 +2023,7 @@ "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Неможливо скасувати вибір цих мережних інтерфейсів, які приписано до " -"внутрішньої мережі:\n" +"Неможливо скасувати вибір цих мережних інтерфейсів, які приписано до внутрішньої мережі:\n" "%1\n" #. question popup @@ -2670,8 +2640,7 @@ "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"Назви портів можуть складатись з символів \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"0-9\" та \"*+." -"_-\".\n" +"Назви портів можуть складатись з символів \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"0-9\" та \"*+._-\".\n" "Номер порту -- це число між 0 і 65535 (включно).\n" "Пропуски не дозволені.\n" @@ -2824,16 +2793,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"Знайдено новий мережний пристрій \"%1\". Його додано у фаєрвол як внутрішній " -"інтерфейс" +msgstr "Знайдено новий мережний пристрій \"%1\". Його додано у фаєрвол як внутрішній інтерфейс" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"Знайдено новий мережний пристрій \"%1\". Його додано у фаєрвол як зовнішній " -"інтерфейс" +msgstr "Знайдено новий мережний пристрій \"%1\". Його додано у фаєрвол як зовнішній інтерфейс" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564 @@ -2843,88 +2808,58 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Фаєрвол увімкнений (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">вимкнути</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Фаєрвол увімкнений (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">вимкнути</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Фаєрвол вимкнений (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">увімкнути</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Фаєрвол вимкнений (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">увімкнути</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Порт SSH відкритий (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">закрити</" -"a>)" +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Порт SSH відкритий (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">закрити</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Порт SSH закритий (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">відкрити</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Порт SSH закритий (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">відкрити</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"Порт SSH відкритий (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">закрити</a>" -"), але\n" +"Порт SSH відкритий (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">закрити</a>), але\n" " ще нема налаштованих мережних інтерфейсів" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Ви встановлюєте систему через SSH, але ви не відкрили порт SSH у фаєрвол." +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "Ви встановлюєте систему через SSH, але ви не відкрили порт SSH у фаєрвол." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Порти віддаленого адміністрування (VNC) відкриті (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">закрити</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Порти віддаленого адміністрування (VNC) відкриті (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">закрити</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Порти віддаленого адміністрування (VNC) закриті (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">відкрити</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Порти віддаленого адміністрування (VNC) закриті (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">відкрити</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Ви встановлюєте систему за допомогою віддаленого адміністрування (VNC), але " -"не відкрили в фаєрволі порти VNC." +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Ви встановлюєте систему за допомогою віддаленого адміністрування (VNC), але не відкрили в фаєрволі порти VNC." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 @@ -2938,12 +2873,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Ви встановлюєте систему через ціль iSCSI, але вами не відкрито потрібні порти " -"у мережному екрані." +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Ви встановлюєте систему через ціль iSCSI, але вами не відкрито потрібні порти у мережному екрані." #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. @@ -3115,8 +3046,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" "Ігнорування помилки пакунка може призвести до пошкодження системи.\n" "Пізніше систему потрібно буде перевірити за допомогою модуля керування ПЗ." @@ -3125,10 +3055,8 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" "Сховище за вказаною адресою URL тепер має інший ідентифікатор.\n" @@ -3526,8 +3454,7 @@ "Ask PackageKit to quit?" msgstr "" "PackageKit блокує керування програмами.\n" -"Таке трапляється, коли запущено аплет оновлень або якесь інше керування " -"програмами.\n" +"Таке трапляється, коли запущено аплет оновлень або якесь інше керування програмами.\n" "\n" "Спробувати вийти з PackageKit?" @@ -3632,8 +3559,7 @@ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" " \n" "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." @@ -3650,19 +3576,15 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t Це вікно дає можливість визначити системні завдання і яке ПЗ треба " -"встановити.\n" +"\t\t Це вікно дає можливість визначити системні завдання і яке ПЗ треба встановити.\n" "\t\t Доступні завдання і ПЗ для цієї системи показані за категоріями в\n" -"\t\t стовпчику ліворуч. Щоб побачити опис елемента, виберіть його у " -"списку.\n" +"\t\t стовпчику ліворуч. Щоб побачити опис елемента, виберіть його у списку.\n" "\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338 @@ -3694,8 +3616,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3706,8 +3627,7 @@ "\t\t В лівому нижньому кутку є використання простору на диску, яке показує\n" "\t\t скільки залишиться місця після виконання всіх запланованих змін.\n" "\t\t Заповнені або майже повні розділи жорсткого диску можуть негативно\n" -"\t\t впливати на швидкодію системи, або, навіть, завдавати серйозні " -"проблеми.\n" +"\t\t впливати на швидкодію системи, або, навіть, завдавати серйозні проблеми.\n" "\t\t Для правильної роботи система потребує трохи вільного місця на диску.\n" "\t\t " @@ -3806,12 +3726,8 @@ msgstr "Продовжити засобі керування пакунками" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Звіт встановлення</BIG> Підсумок встановлених або " -"вилучених пакунків" +msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." +msgstr "<BIG>Звіт встановлення</BIG> Підсумок встановлених або вилучених пакунків" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 msgid "Installation Report" @@ -3922,8 +3838,7 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -4006,8 +3921,7 @@ msgstr "" "Пакунок %1 зі сховища %2\n" "%3\n" -"підписаний наступним ключем GnuPG, але перевірка цілісності закінчилась " -"невдачею: %4\n" +"підписаний наступним ключем GnuPG, але перевірка цілісності закінчилась невдачею: %4\n" "\n" "Це означає, що пакунок було змінено випадково або змінено\n" "зловмисником, бо творець сховища підписав його. Встановлення\n" @@ -4030,8 +3944,7 @@ msgstr "" "Файл %1 зі сховища %2\n" "%3\n" -"підписаний наступним ключем GnuPG, але перевірка цілісності закінчилась " -"невдачею: %4\n" +"підписаний наступним ключем GnuPG, але перевірка цілісності закінчилась невдачею: %4\n" "\n" "Це означає, що файл було випадково змінено або змінено\n" "зловмисником, бо творець сховища підписав його. Вживання\n" @@ -4168,8 +4081,7 @@ msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" "Вікно попередження відкривається для кожного пакунка,\n" "який не підписано (імпортовано) ключем з довірою. Якщо\n" @@ -4235,8 +4147,7 @@ "\n" "Це означає, що файл було випадково або навмисно змінено\n" "з часу підписування його розробником сховища. Вживання\n" -"цього файла може становити велику небезпеку для цілісності і безпечності у " -"використанні вашої системи.\n" +"цього файла може становити велику небезпеку для цілісності і безпечності у використанні вашої системи.\n" "\n" "Використовувати його попри все?\n" @@ -4253,8 +4164,7 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4313,16 +4223,8 @@ msgstr "Зачекайте поки встановлюються пакунки." #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 -msgid "" -"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using " -"the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Переривання встановленняВстановлення пакунків можна припинити за " -"допомогою кнопки Перервати. Однак, після цього система може бути в " -"нестійкому чи непридатному для користування стані, або може і взагалі не " -"завантажитись, якщо не було встановлено основний компонент системи." +msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." +msgstr "Переривання встановленняВстановлення пакунків можна припинити за допомогою кнопки Перервати. Однак, після цього система може бути в нестійкому чи непридатному для користування стані, або може і взагалі не завантажитись, якщо не було встановлено основний компонент системи." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 @@ -5077,8 +4979,7 @@ "Приклади:\n" "IP: 192.168.0.1 або 2001:db8:0::1\n" "IP/Маска мережі: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 або 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" -"IP/Біти_маски_мережі: 192.168.0.0/24 або 192.168.0.1/32 або " -"2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" +"IP/Біти_маски_мережі: 192.168.0.0/24 або 192.168.0.1/32 або 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" #. Byte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144 @@ -5851,13 +5752,11 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "Реверсивну IPv4 адресу %1 задано некоректно.\n" "\n" -"Коректна реверсивна IPv4 адреса складається з чотирьох цілих чисел з " -"діапазону 0-255,\n" +"Коректна реверсивна IPv4 адреса складається з чотирьох цілих чисел з діапазону 0-255,\n" "які розділено крапками, з завершальним рядком \".in-addr.arpa.\".\n" "Наприклад, \"1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.\" для IPv4 адреси \"192.168.32.1\".\n" @@ -6001,8 +5900,7 @@ #~ "для деяких пакунків не встановлено залежності." #~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Автоматичне вирішення зазнало невдачі, треба вручну розв’язати залежності." +#~ msgstr "Автоматичне вирішення зазнало невдачі, треба вручну розв’язати залежності." #~ msgid "" #~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/bootloader.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/bootloader.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/bootloader.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module @@ -85,8 +84,7 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239 msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -msgstr "" -"Додавання параметрів доступне тільки в інтерактивному режимі командного рядка" +msgstr "Додавання параметрів доступне тільки в інтерактивному режимі командного рядка" #. command line error report #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245 @@ -137,20 +135,13 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"Не вибрано завантажувач для встановлення. Вашу систему буде неможливо " -"завантажити." +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Не вибрано завантажувач для встановлення. Вашу систему буде неможливо завантажити." #. error in the proposal #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "" -"Через проблему розбиття диска на розділи, неможливо належно встановити " -"завантажувач" +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "Через проблему розбиття диска на розділи, неможливо належно встановити завантажувач" #. proposal part - bootloader label #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 @@ -210,16 +201,13 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "Активувати розділ диска завантажувача \n" "Щоб активувати розділ диска, на якому міститься завантажувач,\n" -"увімкніть Активувати розділ диска завантажувача. Загальний код MBR " -"завантажить\n" +"увімкніть Активувати розділ диска завантажувача. Загальний код MBR завантажить\n" "активний розділ диска. Старші BIOS-и вимагали, щоб один розділ\n" "був активним, навіть, якщо завантажувач встановлено в MBR." @@ -241,12 +229,10 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Тайм-аут в секундах \n" -"Вказує скільки часу завантажувач чекатиме перед завантаженням типового ядра." -"\n" +"Вказує скільки часу завантажувач чекатиме перед завантаженням типового ядра.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -266,56 +252,44 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" "Записати в MBR загальний код\n" -"Замінити головний запис завантаження вашого диска загальним кодом (який " -"завантажує активний розділ)." +"Замінити головний запис завантаження вашого диска загальним кодом (який завантажує активний розділ)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " -"other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Завантажити з завантажувального розділу - це один з " -"рекомендованих\n" +"Завантажити з завантажувального розділу - це один з рекомендованих\n" "параметрів; інший спосіб - Завантажити з кореневого розділу." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " -"Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" msgstr "" -"Використовувати Trusted Grub — означає встановити Trusted Grub і " -"використовувати його. Параметр Файл графічного меню буде ігноровано.\n" +"Використовувати Trusted Grub — означає встановити Trusted Grub і використовувати його. Параметр Файл графічного меню буде ігноровано.\n" "Рекомендовано встановити grub в MBR" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " -"another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"Завантажити з Головного запису завантаження не рекомендовано " -"вживати,\n" +"Завантажити з Головного запису завантаження не рекомендовано вживати,\n" "якщо ви маєте на вашому комп'ютері ще іншу операційну систему" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " -"is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " -"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " -"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Завантажити з кореневого розділу - це рекомендований спосіб, якщо " -"є належний розділ диска. \n" +"Завантажити з кореневого розділу - це рекомендований спосіб, якщо є належний розділ диска. \n" "Або встановіть Активувати розділ диска завантажувача і\n" "Записати в MBR загальний код в Параметрах завантажувача,\n" "щоб оновити головний запис завантаження, якщо потрібно, або налаштуйте \n" @@ -323,20 +297,15 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " -"partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Завантажити з додаткового розділу повинно бути вибрано, якщо " -"кореневий\n" +"Завантажити з додаткового розділу повинно бути вибрано, якщо кореневий\n" "розділ знаходиться на логічному розділі і відсутній розділ /boot." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "" -"Нетиповий завантажувальний розділ дає змогу вибрати розділ, з " -"якого можна завантажувати." +msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "Нетиповий завантажувальний розділ дає змогу вибрати розділ, з якого можна завантажувати." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -349,74 +318,53 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</" -"code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" "Вживати послідовну консоль дає змогу вказувати параметри\n" -"для послідовної консолі. Див. документацію grub (<code>info grub</code>) для " -"подробиць." +"для послідовної консолі. Див. документацію grub (<code>info grub</code>) для подробиць." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a " -"serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" -"code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " -"you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Визначення термінала \n" -"Визначає тип термінала, який ви бажаєте використовувати. Щоб отримати " -"послідовний термінал (наприклад, послідовну консоль),\n" -"вам потрібно задати <code>serial</code>. Ви також можете передати команді " -"<code>console</code>\n" -"у вигляді <code>serial console</code>. У цьому випадку, термінал, у якому ви " -"натиснете\n" +"Визначає тип термінала, який ви бажаєте використовувати. Щоб отримати послідовний термінал (наприклад, послідовну консоль),\n" +"вам потрібно задати <code>serial</code>. Ви також можете передати команді <code>console</code>\n" +"у вигляді <code>serial console</code>. У цьому випадку, термінал, у якому ви натиснете\n" "будь-яку клавішу, буде обрано у якості термінала GRUB." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " -"numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Розділи повернення у разі невдачі типових параметрів містять " -"список номерів розділів,\n" -"які буде використано для завантаження у випадку, якщо типовий розділ для " -"цього непридатний." +"Розділи повернення у разі невдачі типових параметрів містять список номерів розділів,\n" +"які буде використано для завантаження у випадку, якщо типовий розділ для цього непридатний." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Якщо увімкнути параметр При завантаженні ховати меню, то меню " -"завантаження не буде показано." +msgstr "Якщо увімкнути параметр При завантаженні ховати меню, то меню завантаження не буде показано." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot " -"menu." -msgstr "" -"Файл графічного меню вказує файл, який треба вживати для " -"графічного меню завантаження." +msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." +msgstr "Файл графічного меню вказує файл, який треба вживати для графічного меню завантаження." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." -msgstr "" -"Увімкнути акустичні сигнали увімкнути/вимкнути акустичні сигнали.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Увімкнути акустичні сигнали увімкнути/вимкнути акустичні сигнали." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will " -"only accept the password if you repeat\n" +"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" "it in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Захистити завантажувач паролем \n" -"Визначте пароль, який потрібний для доступу до меню завантаження. YaST " -"прийме пароль, лише якщо ви повторите його\n" +"Визначте пароль, який потрібний для доступу до меню завантаження. YaST прийме пароль, лише якщо ви повторите його\n" "у полі Повторіть пароль." #. help text 1/5 @@ -674,56 +622,29 @@ #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Необов'язкові параметри командного рядка для ядра дає змогу вам " -"вказати додаткові параметри для ядра." +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Необов'язкові параметри командного рядка для ядра дає змогу вам вказати додаткові параметри для ядра." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 -msgid "" -"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " -"console to when booting." -msgstr "" -"Режим Vga визначає режим VGA для консолі, який ядро " -"встановлює під час завантаження." +msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +msgstr "Режим Vga визначає режим VGA для консолі, який ядро встановлює під час завантаження." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "" -"Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Безвідмовні параметри командного рядка для ядра дає змогу вам " -"вказати додаткові параметри для передачі у ядро." +msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Безвідмовні параметри командного рядка для ядра дає змогу вам вказати додаткові параметри для передачі у ядро." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution " -msgstr "" -"Визначайте інші ОС за допомогою os-prober для забезпечення " -"мультизавантаження з іншими дистрибутивами." +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgstr "Визначайте інші ОС за допомогою os-prober для забезпечення мультизавантаження з іншими дистрибутивами." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "" -"Захисний прапор MBR - це налаштування лише для експертів, необхідне " -"тільки для екзотичного устаткування. Детальніше див. «Захист MBR у дисках " -"GPT». Не чіпайте, якщо не впевнені." +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "Захисний прапор MBR - це налаштування лише для експертів, необхідне тільки для екзотичного устаткування. Детальніше див. «Захист MBR у дисках GPT». Не чіпайте, якщо не впевнені." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " -"boot entry name. " -msgstr "" -"Розповсюджувач вказує ім'я постачальника ядра, що використовується " -"для " -"створення пункту завантажувального меню." +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "Розповсюджувач вказує ім'я постачальника ядра, що використовується для створення пункту завантажувального меню." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 @@ -825,8 +746,7 @@ #. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now #: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Непідтримуваний завантажувач '%s'. Змініть профіль AutoYaST відповідно." +msgstr "Непідтримуваний завантажувач '%s'. Змініть профіль AutoYaST відповідно." #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -843,8 +763,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Розділ завантаження належить до типу NFS. Завантажувач неможливо встановити." +msgstr "Розділ завантаження належить до типу NFS. Завантажувач неможливо встановити." #. dialog caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131 @@ -1173,16 +1092,13 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " -"current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " -"reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "За допомогою кнопки Інше\n" "можна вручну відредагувати конфігураційні файли завантажувача,\n" -"очистити поточну конфігурацію й запропонувати нову, почати з нуля або " -"перечитати \n" +"очистити поточну конфігурацію й запропонувати нову, почати з нуля або перечитати \n" "конфігурацію збережену на диску. %1" #. help text 1/1 @@ -1267,19 +1183,16 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" -"b>\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- В сектор завантаження розділу диска <tt>/boot</tt> або <tt>/</tt> " -"(root).\n" +"- В сектор завантаження розділу диска <tt>/boot</tt> або <tt>/</tt> (root).\n" "Це рекомендований спосіб, якщо є належний розділ диска. Або встановіть\n" "Активувати розділ диска завантажувача і\n" -"Замінити MBR загальним кодом в Подробицях встановлення " -"завантажувача,\n" +"Замінити MBR загальним кодом в Подробицях встановлення завантажувача,\n" "щоб оновити головний запис завантаження,\n" "якщо потрібно, або налаштуйте інший завантажувач,\n" "щоб запускати &product;." @@ -1384,13 +1297,11 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " -"section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "Назва розділу \n" -"Скористайтесь Назвою розділу, щоб вказати назву розділу для " -"завантажувача.\n" +"Скористайтесь Назвою розділу, щоб вказати назву розділу для завантажувача.\n" "Ця назва мусить бути унікальною." #. help text 1/5 @@ -1419,8 +1330,7 @@ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"Виберіть Розділ штампів, щоб додати нове ядро Linux або інший " -"штамп\n" +"Виберіть Розділ штампів, щоб додати нове ядро Linux або інший штамп\n" "для завантаження та запуску." #. help text 4/5 @@ -1446,13 +1356,11 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " -"disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Виберіть Розділ меню, щоб додати розділ, який\n" -"завантажує конфігураційний файл (список розділів завантаження системи) з " -"розділу диска. \n" +"завантажує конфігураційний файл (список розділів завантаження системи) з розділу диска. \n" "Це використовується для завантаження інших операційних систем." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names @@ -1681,79 +1589,48 @@ msgstr "Розділ штампів" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " -"directly or choose via Browse." -msgstr "" -"Штамп ядра вказує ядро для завантаження. Або введіть назву " -"каталогу, або виберіть через Навігація." +msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." +msgstr "Штамп ядра вказує ядро для завантаження. Або введіть назву каталогу, або виберіть через Навігація." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 -msgid "" -"Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Кореневий пристрій вказує пристрій, який подавати до ядра як " -"кореневий." +msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." +msgstr "Кореневий пристрій вказує пристрій, який подавати до ядра як кореневий." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 msgid "" -"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -"use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" msgstr "" -"Початковий диск у RAM, якщо непорожнє, поле визначає початковий " -"диск у пам'яті, який використовуватиметься. Або введіть шлях і назву файл\n" +"Початковий диск у RAM, якщо непорожнє, поле визначає початковий диск у пам'яті, який використовуватиметься. Або введіть шлях і назву файл\n" "вручну, або оберіть його за допомогою Навігації.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " -"booting an OS other than Linux." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть Розділ ланцюгового завантаження, якщо ви хочете визначити " -"розділ для завантаження операційної системи, відмінної від Linux." +msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." +msgstr "Виберіть Розділ ланцюгового завантаження, якщо ви хочете визначити розділ для завантаження операційної системи, відмінної від Linux." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select " -"this section." -msgstr "" -"Встановлення Використовувати парольний захист вимагатиме пароля " -"для вибору цього розділу." +msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." +msgstr "Встановлення Використовувати парольний захист вимагатиме пароля для вибору цього розділу." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems " -"found on your computer." -msgstr "" -"Інша система дозволить вам обрати між операційними системами " -"відмінними від Linux, які знайдено на вашому комп'ютері." +msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." +msgstr "Інша система дозволить вам обрати між операційними системами відмінними від Linux, які знайдено на вашому комп'ютері." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS " -"needs this flag set in order to boot it" -msgstr "" -"Виберіть Активувати цей розділ під час вибору для завантаження, " -"якщо ваш BIOS потребує цього параметра для його завантаження" +msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" +msgstr "Виберіть Активувати цей розділ під час вибору для завантаження, якщо ваш BIOS потребує цього параметра для його завантаження" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 msgid "" -"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks " -"to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the " -"grub documentation.\n" +"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" msgstr "" -"Відступ блока для ланцюгового завантаження дозволяє вам задати " -"список блоків для завантаження. У більшості випадків вам потрібно\n" -"вказати тут <code>+1</code>. Щоб дізнатися більше про позначення списку " -"блоків, перегляньте документацію grub.\n" +"Відступ блока для ланцюгового завантаження дозволяє вам задати список блоків для завантаження. У більшості випадків вам потрібно\n" +"вказати тут <code>+1</code>. Щоб дізнатися більше про позначення списку блоків, перегляньте документацію grub.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 msgid "" -"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other " -"image \n" +"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" msgstr "" "Виберіть Розділ XEN, щоб додати нове ядро Linux або інший штамп\n" @@ -1764,12 +1641,8 @@ msgstr "Hypervisor вказує який Hypervisor використовувати." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -msgstr "" -"Додаткові параметри Xen Hypervisor дає змогу вам вказати додаткові " -"параметри для xen hypervisor." +msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +msgstr "Додаткові параметри Xen Hypervisor дає змогу вам вказати додаткові параметри для xen hypervisor." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63 msgid "Menu Section" @@ -1780,29 +1653,19 @@ msgstr "Розділ файла меню" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is " -"loaded menu file." -msgstr "" -"Файл опису меню визначає шлях до кореневого пристрою, з якого " -"завантажено файл меню." +msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." +msgstr "Файл опису меню визначає шлях до кореневого пристрою, з якого завантажено файл меню." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need " -"to be on the first disk." -msgstr "" -"Приписати вибір до першого диска на карті пристроїв Windows, " -"зазвичай, потребує бути на першому диску." +msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." +msgstr "Приписати вибір до першого диска на карті пристроїв Windows, зазвичай, потребує бути на першому диску." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 msgid "" -"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " -"possible via buttons: Add , \n" +"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" "Edit and Delete" msgstr "" -"Виміри включає виміряні файли з PCR. Змінити таблицю можна за " -"допомогою\n" +"Виміри включає виміряні файли з PCR. Змінити таблицю можна за допомогою\n" "кнопок: Додати, Змінити і Вилучити" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74 @@ -1827,10 +1690,8 @@ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" "file on a SCSI disk partition." msgstr "" -"Виберіть Розділ скидання, щоб додати розділ, що визначає яким " -"чином\n" -"створювати дамп системи або на розділі диска DASD, або на стрічковому " -"пристрої, або\n" +"Виберіть Розділ скидання, щоб додати розділ, що визначає яким чином\n" +"створювати дамп системи або на розділі диска DASD, або на стрічковому пристрої, або\n" "у файлі на розділі SCSI-диска." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85 @@ -1843,12 +1704,10 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to " -"enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." msgstr "" -"Виберіть Увімкнути SELinux, щоб додати параметри завантаження " -"ядра, які потрібні для вмикання платформи безпеки SELinux. \n" +"Виберіть Увімкнути SELinux, щоб додати параметри завантаження ядра, які потрібні для вмикання платформи безпеки SELinux. \n" "Майте на увазі, що це призведе до вимикання AppArmor." #. radio button @@ -2018,63 +1877,38 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "" -"Через проблему розбиття диска на розділи, неможливо належно встановити " -"завантажувач." +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "Через проблему розбиття диска на розділи, неможливо належно встановити завантажувач." #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Встановити код завантаження у MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">не " -"встановлювати</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Встановити код завантаження у MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">не встановлювати</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Не встановлювати код завантаження у MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">" -"встановити</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Не встановлювати код завантаження у MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">встановити</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Встановити код завантаження у розділ /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">не " -"встановлювати</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Встановити код завантаження у розділ /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">не встановлювати</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Не встановлювати код завантаження у розділу /boot (<a " -"href=\"enable_boot_boot\">встановити</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Не встановлювати код завантаження у розділу /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">встановити</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Встановити код завантаження у розділу «/» (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">не " -"встановлювати</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Встановити код завантаження у розділу «/» (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">не встановлювати</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Не встановлювати код завантаження у розділу «/» (<a " -"href=\"disable_boot_root\">встановити</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Не встановлювати код завантаження у розділу «/» (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">встановити</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 @@ -2137,12 +1971,8 @@ #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" -"УВАГА: Не вибрано розташування для stage1 завантажувача. Якщо ви " -"повністю впевнені в тому, що робите, то виберіть розташування вище." +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "УВАГА: Не вибрано розташування для stage1 завантажувача. Якщо ви повністю впевнені в тому, що робите, то виберіть розташування вище." #: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" @@ -2156,55 +1986,32 @@ #. grub2 is sooo cool... #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "" -"Це поєднання платформи обладнання %1 і завантажувача %2 не підтримується" +msgstr "Це поєднання платформи обладнання %1 і завантажувача %2 не підтримується" #. TODO add more devices #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -msgstr "" -"Розділ номер > 3 використовується для завантаження з таблицею розділів GPT" +msgstr "Розділ номер > 3 використовується для завантаження з таблицею розділів GPT" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" -"Завантаження з MBR не працює з файловою системою btrfs і таблицею розділів " -"GPT " -"без розділу bios_grub. Щоб виправити проблему, створіть розділ bios_grub " -"або використовуйте для завантажувального розділу будь-яку файлову систему " -"ext чи не встановлюйте stage1 в MBR." +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "Завантаження з MBR не працює з файловою системою btrfs і таблицею розділів GPT без розділу bios_grub. Щоб виправити проблему, створіть розділ bios_grub або використовуйте для завантажувального розділу будь-яку файлову систему ext чи не встановлюйте stage1 в MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "" -"Завантажувальний пристрій знаходиться на типі raid: %1. Систему не вдасться " -"завантажити." +msgstr "Завантажувальний пристрій знаходиться на типі raid: %1. Систему не вдасться завантажити." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" -"Пристрій завантаження знаходиться на програмному RAID1. Виберіть іншу адресу " -"завантажувача, наприклад, головного запису завантаження (MBR)" +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Пристрій завантаження знаходиться на програмному RAID1. Виберіть іншу адресу завантажувача, наприклад, головного запису завантаження (MBR)" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 -msgid "" -"YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device " -"map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader " -"Installation Details\"" -msgstr "" -"YaST не зміг визначити точний порядок дисків для карти пристроїв. Перевірте " -"і при необхідності змінити порядок дисків в діалозі «Подробиці установки " -"завантажувача»." +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +msgstr "YaST не зміг визначити точний порядок дисків для карти пристроїв. Перевірте і при необхідності змінити порядок дисків в діалозі «Подробиці установки завантажувача»." #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 @@ -2287,9 +2094,7 @@ msgstr "Збереження конфігурації завантажувача" #~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Завантажувальний пристрій знаходиться на диску iSCSI: %1. Система може не " -#~ "завантажитись." +#~ msgstr "Завантажувальний пристрій знаходиться на диску iSCSI: %1. Система може не завантажитись." #~ msgid "Linux" #~ msgstr "Linux" @@ -2336,60 +2141,37 @@ #~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" #~ msgstr "Vendor Diagnostics" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely " -#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result " -#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Завантажувач установлено на розділі, який не лежить під %1 ГБ. Система " -#~ "може не завантажитись, якщо BIOS підтримує лише lba24 (результат — " -#~ "помилка 18 протягом встановлення grub MBR)." +#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." +#~ msgstr "Завантажувач установлено на розділі, який не лежить під %1 ГБ. Система може не завантажитись, якщо BIOS підтримує лише lba24 (результат — помилка 18 протягом встановлення grub MBR)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " -#~ "range.\n" -#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot " -#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " -#~ "configuration)" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Перед продовженням налаштуйте чинну адресу для розміщення завантажувача." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Карта пристроїв ураховує понад 8 пристроїв, а пристрій завантаження — не " -#~ "в діапазоні. \n" -#~ "Діапазон ураховує перші 8 пристроїв в BIOS. Скоригуйте порядок " -#~ "завантаження BIOS ( або, якщо вже вказано, виправте порядок у " -#~ "налаштуваннях завантажувача) " +#~ "Перед продовженням налаштуйте чинну адресу для розміщення завантажувача. \n" +#~ "Карта пристроїв ураховує понад 8 пристроїв, а пристрій завантаження — не в діапазоні. \n" +#~ "Діапазон ураховує перші 8 пристроїв в BIOS. Скоригуйте порядок завантаження BIOS ( або, якщо вже вказано, виправте порядок у налаштуваннях завантажувача) " #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "LILO тепер не підтримується." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " -#~ "system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Вибраний шлях завантаження не буде активовано для вашої інсталяції. Вашу " -#~ "систему буде неможливо завантажити." +#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "Вибраний шлях завантаження не буде активовано для вашої інсталяції. Вашу систему буде неможливо завантажити." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Перед продовженням налаштуйте чинне місце для розміщення завантажувача." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Якщо не вдасться нічого вибрати, можливо, потрібно буде створити " -#~ "невеличкий головний розділ Apple HFS." +#~ "Перед продовженням налаштуйте чинне місце для розміщення завантажувача. \n" +#~ "Якщо не вдасться нічого вибрати, можливо, потрібно буде створити невеличкий головний розділ Apple HFS." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "PReP Boot partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Перед продовженням налаштуйте чинну адресу для розміщення завантажувача." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Якщо не вдасться нічого вибрати, можливо, необхідно буде створити " -#~ "завантажувальний розділ PReP." +#~ "Перед продовженням налаштуйте чинну адресу для розміщення завантажувача. \n" +#~ "Якщо не вдасться нічого вибрати, можливо, необхідно буде створити завантажувальний розділ PReP." #~ msgid "Stay &LILO" #~ msgstr "Залишити &LILO" @@ -2397,9 +2179,7 @@ #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" #~ msgstr "Змінити параметри і встановити &GRUB" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to " -#~ "GRUB" +#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" #~ msgstr "LILO не підтримується. Рекомендовано змінити LILO на GRUB" #~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" @@ -2437,35 +2217,26 @@ #~ "багатослівність ELILO, якщо виникли проблеми з завантаженням." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Додати рядок параметрів до командного рядка ядра (глобально)</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Дозволяє вам визначити додаткові глобальні параметри, які передаються " -#~ "ядру. Вони\n" +#~ "Додати рядок параметрів до командного рядка ядра (глобально) \n" +#~ "Дозволяє вам визначити додаткові глобальні параметри, які передаються ядру. Вони\n" #~ "використовуються, якщо в даному розділі не з’явилося «append».\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Назва типового файла initrd, якщо непорожня, визначає " -#~ "початковий\n" -#~ "диск у пам’яті. Або введіть шлях і назву файла напряму або оберіть його " -#~ "за допомогою\n" +#~ "Назва типового файла initrd, якщо непорожня, визначає початковий\n" +#~ "диск у пам’яті. Або введіть шлях і назву файла напряму або оберіть його за допомогою\n" #~ "Навігації\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Назва типового файла штампа, якщо непорожня, то вказує який\n" @@ -2476,25 +2247,20 @@ #~ "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" #~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Вкажіть інтерфейс користувача для ELILO (\"simple\" або \"textmenu" -#~ "\") \n" +#~ "Вкажіть інтерфейс користувача для ELILO (\"simple\" або \"textmenu\") \n" #~ "Увага: \"textmenu\" часом на деяких машинах має проблеми." #~ msgid "" #~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to " -#~ "TRUE.\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" #~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" #~ "avoid forcing the variable.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Режим запобігання EDD30 \n" -#~ "Типово, якщо EDD30 вимкнено, ELILO випробує і встановить значення змінної " -#~ "до TRUE.\n" -#~ "Тим не менше, деякі мікроконтролери не підтримують EDD30 і примусове " -#~ "встановлення\n" -#~ "змінної може спричинити проблеми. Тому з версії elilo-3.2, система " -#~ "запобігає \n" +#~ "Типово, якщо EDD30 вимкнено, ELILO випробує і встановить значення змінної до TRUE.\n" +#~ "Тим не менше, деякі мікроконтролери не підтримують EDD30 і примусове встановлення\n" +#~ "змінної може спричинити проблеми. Тому з версії elilo-3.2, система запобігає \n" #~ "примусовому встановленню параметра.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2505,8 +2271,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Дозволити спроби перерозподілу пам’яті \n" #~ "У випадку помилки під час розподілу пам’яті під час початкової точки\n" -#~ "завантаження ядра, дозволити спроби перерозподілу (припускається, що у " -#~ "ядрі присутня ця можливість).\n" +#~ "завантаження ядра, дозволити спроби перерозподілу (припускається, що у ядрі присутня ця можливість).\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -2573,9 +2338,7 @@ #~ msgid "Boot Image Location" #~ msgstr "Адреса штампа завантаження" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive " -#~ "mode)" +#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" #~ msgstr "Затримка (в секундах) перед автозавантаженням (інтерактивний режим)" #~ msgid "Force interactive mode" @@ -2600,8 +2363,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Назва типового файла штампа" #~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Вкажіть інтерфейс користувача для ELILO (\"simple\" або \"textmenu\")" +#~ msgstr "Вкажіть інтерфейс користувача для ELILO (\"simple\" або \"textmenu\")" #~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)" #~ msgstr "Друк повідомлення на головному екрані (якщо підтримується)" @@ -2642,11 +2404,8 @@ #~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" #~ msgstr "Вкажіть &інтерфейс користувача для ELILO («simple» або «textmenu»)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive " -#~ "Mode)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Затримка (в секундах) перед автозавантаженням (інтерактивний режим)" +#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" +#~ msgstr "&Затримка (в секундах) перед автозавантаженням (інтерактивний режим)" #~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" #~ msgstr "Показувати вміст файла &клавішами функцій" @@ -2702,35 +2461,26 @@ #~ "Цю теку треба позначити як завантажувальну." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Додати рядок параметрів до командного рядка ядра (глобально)</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Дозволяє вам визначити додаткові глобальні параметри, які передаються " -#~ "ядру. Вони\n" +#~ "Додати рядок параметрів до командного рядка ядра (глобально) \n" +#~ "Дозволяє вам визначити додаткові глобальні параметри, які передаються ядру. Вони\n" #~ "використовуються, якщо в даному розділі не з’явилося «append».\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Назва типового файла initrd, якщо непорожня, визначає " -#~ "початковий\n" -#~ "диск у пам’яті. Введіть шлях і назву файла, або виберіть його за " -#~ "допомогою\n" +#~ "Назва типового файла initrd, якщо непорожня, визначає початковий\n" +#~ "диск у пам’яті. Введіть шлях і назву файла, або виберіть його за допомогою\n" #~ "Навігації\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Назва типового файла штампа, якщо непорожня, то вказує який\n" @@ -2748,47 +2498,38 @@ #~ "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" #~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" #~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a " -#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Розділ диска для створення дубліката завантажувача\n" #~ "вказує інші вузли пристроїв Linux, на яких потрібно зберігати bootinfo.\n" -#~ "Якщо цей параметр увімкнено, завантажувальний розділ диска буде " -#~ "перетворено на FAT. \n" -#~ "Цей параметр призначений для запису файлів завантаження на всі члени " -#~ "системи RAID1 чи RAID5." +#~ "Якщо цей параметр увімкнено, завантажувальний розділ диска буде перетворено на FAT. \n" +#~ "Цей параметр призначений для запису файлів завантаження на всі члени системи RAID1 чи RAID5." #~ msgid "" #~ "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" #~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified " -#~ "in\n" +#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Змінити пристрій завантаження в NV-RAM\n" #~ "цей параметр накаже lilo замінити змінну OpenFirmware «boot-device» \n" #~ "на повний шлях OpenFirmware, який вказує на пристрій вказаний в\n" -#~ "«boot=». Якщо цей параметр відсутній, то система може не завантажитись.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "«boot=». Якщо цей параметр відсутній, то система може не завантажитись." #~ msgid "" #~ "Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script " -#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple " -#~ "G5 systems \n" +#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" #~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Не використовувати меню вибору ОС\n" -#~ "вкаже, щоб lilo використовував yaboot як файл завантаження замість " -#~ "скрипту Forth з \n" +#~ "вкаже, щоб lilo використовував yaboot як файл завантаження замість скрипту Forth з \n" #~ "назвою «os-chooser». Драйвер OpenFirmware в графічній платі nVidia\n" #~ "у системах Apple G5 зазнає краху, якщо не приєднано монітор." #~ msgid "" #~ "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots " -#~ "automatically \n" +#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" #~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Тайм-аут в секундах для MacOS/Linux\n" @@ -2797,10 +2538,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition " -#~ "format\n" -#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for " -#~ "more\n" +#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" +#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" #~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" #~ "the FAT formatted file system" #~ msgstr "" @@ -2812,8 +2551,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" #~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Встановити завантажувач, навіть, з помилками\n" #~ "Встановити завантажувач, навіть, коли невпевнений чи ваше\n" @@ -3021,9 +2759,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Завантажувач LILO не підтримується" #~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Каталог /boot знаходиться на файловій системі XFS. Система може не " -#~ "завантажитись." +#~ msgstr "Каталог /boot знаходиться на файловій системі XFS. Система може не завантажитись." #~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." #~ msgstr "Копіювання шаблона конфігурації обладнання було невдалим." @@ -3070,8 +2806,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the hard disk.\n" -#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard " -#~ "disk.\n" +#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard disk.\n" #~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the floppy?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ви вказали, щоб встановити завантажувач на жорсткий диск.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/ca-management.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/ca-management.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/ca-management.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line definition @@ -103,8 +102,7 @@ msgstr "Пароль CA (Безпека: Його слід задати системною змінною)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "" -"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "Пароль P12 (Безпека: Його слід задати системною змінною)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 @@ -121,18 +119,15 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -"certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -"certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "YaST автоматично створює типовий CA і сертифікат. Цей CA і сертифікат\n" "використовуються для обміну даними з сервером Apache.\n" -"Тут ви можете змінити параметри цього CA і сертифіката або імпортувати CA і " -"сертифікат з файла.\n" +"Тут ви можете змінити параметри цього CA і сертифіката або імпортувати CA і сертифікат з файла.\n" "\n" #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -376,12 +371,8 @@ #. #. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " -"Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "" -"Не вдалося визначити назву локального комп'ютера. Змініть значення у полях " -"\"Назва сервера\" та \"Пошта\"." +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "Не вдалося визначити назву локального комп'ютера. Змініть значення у полях \"Назва сервера\" та \"Пошта\"." #. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) #. NO FORCE RESET @@ -402,21 +393,16 @@ msgstr "Вилучити старі параметри?" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." -msgstr "" -"Не вдалося отримати пароль адміністратора системи. Щоб продовжити, " -"встановіть пароль CA." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgstr "Не вдалося отримати пароль адміністратора системи. Щоб продовжити, встановіть пароль CA." #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "Пароль закороткий для використання його у якості пароля для сертифікатів. \n" -" Введіть коректний пароль для сертифікатів або скасуйте створення " -"сертифіката.\n" +" Введіть коректний пароль для сертифікатів або скасуйте створення сертифіката.\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 msgid "Current default CA and certificate." @@ -470,15 +456,11 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -"certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" -"Пароль адміністратора закороткий для використання його у якості пароля для " -"сертифікатів. \n" -" Введіть коректний пароль для сертифікатів або скасуйте створення " -"сертифіката.\n" +"Пароль адміністратора закороткий для використання його у якості пароля для сертифікатів. \n" +" Введіть коректний пароль для сертифікатів або скасуйте створення сертифіката.\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." @@ -489,12 +471,8 @@ msgstr "Імпорт CA і сертифіката з файла" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is " -"only valid if the hostname is correct." -msgstr "" -"Чи справді типова назва сервера linux є унікальною? Сертифікат " -"діятиме, лише якщо назва сервера буде коректною." +msgid "Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct." +msgstr "Чи справді типова назва сервера linux є унікальною? Сертифікат діятиме, лише якщо назва сервера буде коректною." #. menu title #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 @@ -531,28 +509,24 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and " -"certificates\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"У цій рамці виберіть бажаний метод встановлення CA та " -"сертифікатів\n" +"У цій рамці виберіть бажаний метод встановлення CA та сертифікатів\n" "під час завершення встановлення.\n" "\n" #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " -"the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ви також маєте можливість створити типовий CA і сертифікат у встановленій " -"системі, \n" +"Ви також маєте можливість створити типовий CA і сертифікат у встановленій системі, \n" "якщо ви не побажаєте створити або імпортувати їх зараз.\n" "\n" @@ -647,15 +621,13 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA " -"and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" "Here, change these default settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"YaST створює типовий CA та сертифікат автоматично. Цей CA і " -"сертифікат\n" +"YaST створює типовий CA та сертифікат автоматично. Цей CA і сертифікат\n" "використовуються для обміну інформацією з сервером Apache.\n" "Тут ви можете змінити ці типові параметри.\n" "\n" @@ -680,66 +652,38 @@ #. help text 1/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "" -"A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " -"network connections." -msgstr "" -"Сертифікаційний сервер використовується службою, яка забезпечує " -"шифроване мережеве з'єднання через SSL/TLS." +msgid "A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections." +msgstr "Сертифікаційний сервер використовується службою, яка забезпечує шифроване мережеве з'єднання через SSL/TLS." #. help text 2/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a " -"certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "" -"Метою звичайного сертифікату сервера — надання сертифікатів " -"для декількох служб запущених на цьому вузлі." +msgid "The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "Метою звичайного сертифікату сервера — надання сертифікатів для декількох служб запущених на цьому вузлі." #. help text 3/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " -"configuration of such a service." -msgstr "" -"Деякі модулі YaST дають змогу використовувати цей сертифікат протягом " -"налаштування таких служб." +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service." +msgstr "Деякі модулі YaST дають змогу використовувати цей сертифікат протягом налаштування таких служб." #. help text 4/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "" -"With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " -"certificate or replace the current one." -msgstr "" -"Через кнопку Імпортувати/Замінити можна додати новий " -"сертифікаційний сервер або замінити поточний." +msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one." +msgstr "Через кнопку Імпортувати/Замінити можна додати новий сертифікаційний сервер або замінити поточний." #. help text 5/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "" -"You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But " -"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." -msgstr "" -"Можете вилучити сертифікати, натиснувши кнопку Вилучити. Однак " -"переконайтесь, що він більше не використовується іншими службами." +msgid "You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." +msgstr "Можете вилучити сертифікати, натиснувши кнопку Вилучити. Однак переконайтесь, що він більше не використовується іншими службами." #. help text 6/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in " -"section Certificate in the CA Management module." -msgstr "" -"Сертифікати можна записати до файла за допомогою Експортувати до " -"файла у розділі Сертифікат модуля Керування CA." +msgid "Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in section Certificate in the CA Management module." +msgstr "Сертифікати можна записати до файла за допомогою Експортувати до файла у розділі Сертифікат модуля Керування CA." #. help text 7/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 " -"format with CA chain." -msgstr "" -"Сертифікати, що імпортуються з диска, повинні бути записані у Форматі " -"PKCS12 з ланцюжком CA." +msgid "Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 format with CA chain." +msgstr "Сертифікати, що імпортуються з диска, повинні бути записані у Форматі PKCS12 з ланцюжком CA." #. help text 8/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 @@ -787,8 +731,7 @@ "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Переконайтесь, будь ласка,немає інших служб, які використовують цей " -"сертифікат.\n" +"Переконайтесь, будь ласка,немає інших служб, які використовують цей сертифікат.\n" "\n" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) @@ -803,12 +746,8 @@ #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates</" -"b>, CRL, and Advanced." -msgstr "" -"Окрема інформація про поточного CA надається даними Сертифікатів, " -"CRL та Додатковими." +msgid "Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates, CRL, and Advanced." +msgstr "Окрема інформація про поточного CA надається даними Сертифікатів, CRL та Додатковими." #. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA #. @param CA name @@ -943,12 +882,8 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "" -"When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " -"default values." -msgstr "" -"Під час створення нового subCA або сертифіката, система пропонує деякі " -"типові значення." +msgid "When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values." +msgstr "Під час створення нового subCA або сертифіката, система пропонує деякі типові значення." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 @@ -959,20 +894,13 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "" -"However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Але змінені параметри буде застосовано лише до нових об'єктів." +msgid "However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only." +msgstr "Але змінені параметри буде застосовано лише до нових об'єктів." #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "" -"You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client " -"certificates, and server certificates." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете змінювати типові параметри для subCA, сертифікатів " -"клієнтів і сертифікатів серверів." +msgid "You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client certificates, and server certificates." +msgstr "Ви можете змінювати типові параметри для subCA, сертифікатів клієнтів і сертифікатів серверів." #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" @@ -992,12 +920,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " -"saved." -msgstr "" -"У цій рамці можна бачити огляд всіх типових параметрів перед тим як їх " -"буде збережено." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved." +msgstr "У цій рамці можна бачити огляд всіх типових параметрів перед тим як їх буде збережено." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 @@ -1110,14 +1034,8 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " -"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." -msgstr "" -"Перш за все, перегляньте всі доступні з цього CA сертифікати. У " -"стовпчиках розміщено DN сертифікатів разом з адресою електронної пошти та " -"станом сертифіката (таким як чинний або анульований)." +msgid "First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." +msgstr "Перш за все, перегляньте всі доступні з цього CA сертифікати. У стовпчиках розміщено DN сертифікатів разом з адресою електронної пошти та станом сертифіката (таким як чинний або анульований)." #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 @@ -1126,37 +1044,23 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Перегляд відкриває вікно з текстовим представленням повного " -"сертифікат." +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate." +msgstr "Перегляд відкриває вікно з текстовим представленням повного сертифікат." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Крім того, ви можете Анулювати, Вилучити або " -"Експортувати сертифікат." +msgid "Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a certificate." +msgstr "Крім того, ви можете Анулювати, Вилучити або Експортувати сертифікат." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "With Add, generate a new server or client certificate." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою Додати можна створити новий сертифікат сервера або " -"клієнта." +msgstr "За допомогою Додати можна створити новий сертифікат сервера або клієнта." #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"У полі нижче ви можете переглянути найважливіші значення вибраного " -"сертифіката." +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate." +msgstr "У полі нижче ви можете переглянути найважливіші значення вибраного сертифіката." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 @@ -1502,10 +1406,8 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "" -"When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." -msgstr "" -"Під час створення нового CRL система використає деякі типові значення." +msgid "When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." +msgstr "Під час створення нового CRL система використає деякі типові значення." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 @@ -1541,16 +1443,8 @@ #. Translators: long help text - security information #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "" -"Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " -"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " -"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " -"readable for the root user." -msgstr "" -"Увага! Увімкнення автоматичного створення і експорту CRL запишу пароль CA " -"до файла налаштувань на диску. Цей пароль буде зберігатися у ньому у вигляді " -"простого тексту, у тому вигляді, у якому його застосовують для створення " -"CRL. Цей файл зможе прочитати лише користувач root." +msgid "Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." +msgstr "Увага! Увімкнення автоматичного створення і експорту CRL запишу пароль CA до файла налаштувань на диску. Цей пароль буде зберігатися у ньому у вигляді простого тексту, у тому вигляді, у якому його застосовують для створення CRL. Цей файл зможе прочитати лише користувач root." #. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA #. @param selected CA @@ -1562,34 +1456,15 @@ #. this default can only be set inside this function #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting Export once." -msgstr "" -"Експортуйте CRL цього CA одноразово, вибравши Експортувати одноразово</" -"b>." +msgstr "Експортуйте CRL цього CA одноразово, вибравши Експортувати одноразово." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "" -"To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation " -"and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " -"Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " -"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " -"understand the Security Information." -msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати повторне створення CRL виберіть Повторне створення і " -"експорт. У цьому випадку встановіть проміжок між повторними створеннями " -"у полі Проміжок періодичності. Якщо ви встановите проміжок у 24 " -"години, " -"ви також можете вибрати годину, коли має відбутися експорт. Переконайтеся, що " -"уважно прочитали і зрозуміли Інформацію щодо безпеки." +msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the Security Information." +msgstr "Щоб налаштувати повторне створення CRL виберіть Повторне створення і експорт. У цьому випадку встановіть проміжок між повторними створеннями у полі Проміжок періодичності. Якщо ви встановите проміжок у 24 години, ви також можете вибрати годину, коли має відбутися експорт. Переконайтеся, що уважно прочитали і зрозуміли Інформацію щодо безпеки." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "" -"You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " -"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file</" -"b> and Export to LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете задіяти експорт CRL до локального файла, або до сервера LDAP, " -"або до обох з них. Налаштуйте відповідні параметри у Експортувати до " -"локального файла і Експортувати до LDAP." +msgid "You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file and Export to LDAP." +msgstr "Ви можете задіяти експорт CRL до локального файла, або до сервера LDAP, або до обох з них. Налаштуйте відповідні параметри у Експортувати до локального файла і Експортувати до LDAP." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" @@ -1763,48 +1638,30 @@ #. help text 5/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "" -"CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." -msgstr "" -"Назва CA — це назва сертифіката CA. Використовуйте лише символи " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", та \"_\"." +msgid "CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgstr "Назва CA — це назва сертифіката CA. Використовуйте лише символи \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", та \"_\"." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "Common Name is the name of the CA." msgstr "Звичайна назва — це назва CA." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Звичайна назва це назва користувача для якого слід створити " -"сертифікат." +msgid "Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate." +msgstr "Звичайна назва це назва користувача для якого слід створити сертифікат." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." -msgstr "" -"Звичайна назва має бути повною чинною доменною назвою сервера." +msgid "Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." +msgstr "Звичайна назва має бути повною чинною доменною назвою сервера." #. help text 6/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "" -"E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"Поле Адреси ел. пошти слід заповнити коректними адресами " -"електронної пошти користувача або адміністратора сервера." +msgid "E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator." +msgstr "Поле Адреси ел. пошти слід заповнити коректними адресами електронної пошти користувача або адміністратора сервера." #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "" -"Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and " -"State are often optional." -msgstr "" -"Поля Організація, Підрозділ організації, Розташування</" -"b> та Область заповнюються за потреби." +msgid "Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and State are often optional." +msgstr "Поля Організація, Підрозділ організації, Розташування та Область заповнюються за потреби." #. To translators: pushbutton label #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 @@ -1835,32 +1692,18 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "" -"The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length " -"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Особистий ключ CA повинен мати Пароль з мінімальною довжиною у " -"п'ять символів. Для підтвердження вам слід ввести його повторно у полі, " -"розташованому нижче." +msgid "The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "Особистий ключ CA повинен мати Пароль з мінімальною довжиною у п'ять символів. Для підтвердження вам слід ввести його повторно у полі, розташованому нижче." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Кожен CA має власну Довжину ключа. Деяким програмам, що " -"використовують сертифікати, потрібно окремо вказати довжину ключа." +msgid "Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Кожен CA має власну Довжину ключа. Деяким програмам, що використовують сертифікати, потрібно окремо вказати довжину ключа." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "" -"The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the " -"time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"CA дійсне лише протягом визначеного періоду (Строку дії). Введіть " -"цей часовий проміжок, зазначивши його у днях." +msgid "The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "CA дійсне лише протягом визначеного періоду (Строку дії). Введіть цей часовий проміжок, зазначивши його у днях." #. help text 4/4 #. help text 4/4 @@ -1868,63 +1711,33 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these " -"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " -"correctly." -msgstr "" -"Додаткові параметри — це досить специфічні параметри. Якщо ви їх " -"зміните, SUSE не може гарантувати, що створений за ними сертифікат " -"працюватиме коректно." +msgid "Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly." +msgstr "Додаткові параметри — це досить специфічні параметри. Якщо ви їх зміните, SUSE не може гарантувати, що створений за ними сертифікат працюватиме коректно." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "" -"The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"Особистий ключ сертифіката повинен мати Пароль з мінімальною " -"довжиною у п'ять символів. Для підтвердження вам слід ввести його повторно у " -"полі, розташованому нижче." +msgid "The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "Особистий ключ сертифіката повинен мати Пароль з мінімальною довжиною у п'ять символів. Для підтвердження вам слід ввести його повторно у полі, розташованому нижче." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that " -"use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Кожен сертифікат має власну Довжину ключа. Деяким програмам, що " -"використовують сертифікати, потрібно окремо вказати довжину ключа." +msgid "Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Кожен сертифікат має власну Довжину ключа. Деяким програмам, що використовують сертифікати, потрібно окремо вказати довжину ключа." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). " -"Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"Сертифікат діє лише протягом визначеного періоду (Строку дії). " -"Введіть цей часовий проміжок, зазначивши його у днях." +msgid "The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "Сертифікат діє лише протягом визначеного періоду (Строку дії). Введіть цей часовий проміжок, зазначивши його у днях." #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "" -"The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"Особистий ключ запиту повинен мати Пароль з мінімальною довжиною у " -"п'ять символів. Для підтвердження вам слід ввести його повторно у полі, " -"розташованому нижче." +msgid "The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "Особистий ключ запиту повинен мати Пароль з мінімальною довжиною у п'ять символів. Для підтвердження вам слід ввести його повторно у полі, розташованому нижче." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "" -"Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Кожен запит має свою Довжину ключа. Деяким програмам, що " -"використовують сертифікати, потрібно окремо вказати довжину ключа." +msgid "Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Кожен запит має свою Довжину ключа. Деяким програмам, що використовують сертифікати, потрібно окремо вказати довжину ключа." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" @@ -1958,11 +1771,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " -"created." -msgstr "" -"У цій рамці ви можете бачити всі параметри CA, який буде створено." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created." +msgstr "У цій рамці ви можете бачити всі параметри CA, який буде створено." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 @@ -1971,12 +1781,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " -"will be created." -msgstr "" -"У цій рамці ви можете переглянути всі параметри сертифіката, який буде " -"створено." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created." +msgstr "У цій рамці ви можете переглянути всі параметри сертифіката, який буде створено." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 @@ -1985,12 +1791,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"created." -msgstr "" -"У цій рамці ви можете бачити огляд всіх параметрів запиту, який буде " -"створено." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created." +msgstr "У цій рамці ви можете бачити огляд всіх параметрів запиту, який буде створено." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 @@ -2102,22 +1904,12 @@ #. #. Creating a new CA/Certificate #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "" -"This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " -"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"У цій рамці показано інші атрибути і розширення OpenSSL X509v3, які можна " -"встановити. Якщо ви не досконало знайомі з цими розширеннями, то перегляньте " -"файл /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (з пакунка openssl-doc)." -"" +msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." +msgstr "У цій рамці показано інші атрибути і розширення OpenSSL X509v3, які можна встановити. Якщо ви не досконало знайомі з цими розширеннями, то перегляньте файл /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (з пакунка openssl-doc)." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable." -msgstr "" -"Неправильні елементи можуть зробити сертифікат непридатним до " -"використання." +msgstr "Неправильні елементи можуть зробити сертифікат непридатним до використання." #. items for CA and Certificates #. items for Requests @@ -2178,12 +1970,8 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." -msgstr "" -"Спочатку перегляньте список з всіма доступними запитами для цього CA. У " -"стовпчиках розміщено DN запиту разом з адресою електронної пошти." +msgid "First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." +msgstr "Спочатку перегляньте список з всіма доступними запитами для цього CA. У стовпчиках розміщено DN запиту разом з адресою електронної пошти." #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 @@ -2192,38 +1980,23 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"request." -msgstr "" -"Перегляд відкриває вікно з текстовим представлення повної форми " -"запиту." +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete request." +msgstr "Перегляд відкриває вікно з текстовим представлення повної форми запиту." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "" -"You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете Підписати, Вилучити або Експортувати " -"запит." +msgid "You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." +msgstr "Ви також можете Підписати, Вилучити або Експортувати запит." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "" -"With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new " -"request." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою Імпортувати ви можете прочитати новий запит. За " -"допомогою Додати — створити його." +msgid "With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new request." +msgstr "За допомогою Імпортувати ви можете прочитати новий запит. За допомогою Додати — створити його." #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -"" -msgstr "" -"У полі нижче ви можете переглянути найважливіші значення обраного запиту." -"" +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." +msgstr "У полі нижче ви можете переглянути найважливіші значення обраного запиту." #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 msgid "Generate Time" @@ -2316,17 +2089,13 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "" -"The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." +msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "Запит має особливі розширення, які ви можете прийняти." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "" -"If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви відкинете ці розширення, замість них буде взято типові значення.</" -"p>" +msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." +msgstr "Якщо ви відкинете ці розширення, замість них буде взято типові значення." #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" @@ -2338,11 +2107,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"signed." -msgstr "" -"У цій рамці можна переглянути всі параметри запиту, що буде підписано." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgstr "У цій рамці можна переглянути всі параметри запиту, що буде підписано." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 @@ -2395,16 +2161,12 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "" -"Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." -msgstr "" -"Створити кореневий CA створити нового кореневого видавця " -"сертифікатів." +msgid "Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." +msgstr "Створити кореневий CA створити нового кореневого видавця сертифікатів." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "" -"For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." +msgid "For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." msgstr "Щоб довідатись більше про керування CA, прочитайте посібник." #. To translators: pushbutton label @@ -2463,8 +2225,7 @@ "The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n" "Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" msgstr "" -"Новий пароль закороткий для використання його у якості пароля для " -"сертифікатів. \n" +"Новий пароль закороткий для використання його у якості пароля для сертифікатів. \n" " Введіть чинний пароль для сертифікатів.\n" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 @@ -2619,22 +2380,15 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue." -"\n" +" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Імпорт звичайного сертифіката сервера (у форматі PKCS12 + CA " -"ланцюжок)\n" -" з диска:</big> Виберіть один файл і натисніть Далі, щоб " -"продовжити.\n" +"<big>Імпорт звичайного сертифіката сервера (у форматі PKCS12 + CA ланцюжок)\n" +" з диска:</big> Виберіть один файл і натисніть Далі, щоб продовжити.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "" -"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " -"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "" -"Імпортувати сертифікат сервера і відповідний CA та копіювати їх у місце, де " -"інші модулі YaST шукатимуть такий звичайний сертифікат." +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "Імпортувати сертифікат сервера і відповідний CA та копіювати їх у місце, де інші модулі YaST шукатимуть такий звичайний сертифікат." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 @@ -2671,18 +2425,15 @@ msgstr "" "Звичайна назва сертифіката (%1) не є назвою сервера\n" "(%2).\n" -"Цей сертифікат, можливо, не підходить на роль звичайного сертифіката " -"сервера.\n" +"Цей сертифікат, можливо, не підходить на роль звичайного сертифіката сервера.\n" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " -"subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." msgstr "" "Ім'я вузлу сервера (команда: hostname --long) має відповідати\n" -"або звичайній назві сертифікату (CN), або одному з альтернативних значень " -"імен." +"або звичайній назві сертифікату (CN), або одному з альтернативних значень імен." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 @@ -2750,12 +2501,10 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " -"encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." msgstr "" "Потрібен ключовий пароль.\n" -"Ним має бути пароль на ключ шифрування або якийсь новий пароль, у випадку " -"якщо ключ не зашифровано." +"Ним має бути пароль на ключ шифрування або якийсь новий пароль, у випадку якщо ключ не зашифровано." #. Error popup #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 @@ -3357,12 +3106,8 @@ #~ msgid "Currently not supported." #~ msgstr "Поки що не підтримується." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Common Server Certificate will be used by other YaST " -#~ "modules." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Звичайний сертифікат сервера буде використано іншими модулями " -#~ "YaST." +#~ msgid "The Common Server Certificate will be used by other YaST modules." +#~ msgstr "Звичайний сертифікат сервера буде використано іншими модулями YaST." #~ msgid "Invalid value'%s' for parameter '%s'." #~ msgstr "Нечинне значення \"%s\" для параметра \"%s\"." Added: trunk/yast/uk/po/cio.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/cio.uk.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/cio.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +# Ukrainian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# xxx, 2005. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-31 19:01+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Interfaces" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "Наявні інтерфейси" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Пристрій" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "Використано" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ні" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "так" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "Оптичний канал" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "Вибрати &все" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File selection" +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "Вибір файла" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&All Selected Packages" +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "Всі вибрані па&кунки" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Scan the Channels" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "&Сканувати канали" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Вийти" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/cluster.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/cluster.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/cluster.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -15,8 +15,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" #. Command line help text for the Xcluster module #: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 @@ -172,15 +171,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 @@ -322,8 +317,7 @@ #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" @@ -347,116 +341,47 @@ #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -" This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -" \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting " -"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " -"present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are " -"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " -"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " -"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " -"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " -"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " -"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when " -"Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" -"p>\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -477,8 +402,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.</" -"p>\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/control-center.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/control-center.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/control-center.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-06 12:59+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Korostil Daniel <ted.korostiled(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: translation(a)linux.org.ua\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/control.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/control.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/control.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/country.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/country.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/country.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 23:58+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for Securoty module @@ -57,11 +56,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"Розкладка клавіатури «%1» - нечинна. Скористайтесь командою «list», щоб " -"побачити всі можливі значення." +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "Розкладка клавіатури «%1» - нечинна. Скористайтесь командою «list», щоб побачити всі можливі значення." #. summary item #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 @@ -94,13 +90,8 @@ #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -#| msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX.\n" -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ці параметри стосуються тільки клавіатури в консолі. Для графічного " -"інтерфейсу користувача налаштуйте клавіатуру за допомогою іншого засобу.\n" +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "Ці параметри стосуються тільки клавіатури в консолі. Для графічного інтерфейсу користувача налаштуйте клавіатуру за допомогою іншого засобу.\n" #. heading text #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 @@ -181,16 +172,14 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Виберіть розкладку клавіатури для використання\n" "під час встановлення та у встановленій системі. \n" "Перевірте розкладку в Тест.\n" -"Для додаткових параметрів, таких як частота повторення і затримка, виберіть <" -"b>Параметри для експерта.\n" +"Для додаткових параметрів, таких як частота повторення і затримка, виберіть Параметри для експерта.\n" "\n" #. general help trailer @@ -209,17 +198,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Виберіть розкладку клавіатури для системи.\n" -"Для таких додаткових параметрів, як частота повторення і затримання, виберіть " -"Параметри для експерта.\n" -"Більше параметрів і розкладок шукайте в засобах налаштування вашого " -"стільничного середовища.\n" +"Для таких додаткових параметрів, як частота повторення і затримання, виберіть Параметри для експерта.\n" +"Більше параметрів і розкладок шукайте в засобах налаштування вашого стільничного середовища.\n" #. Screen title for keyboard screen #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 @@ -354,11 +339,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:303 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 - це нечинна мова. Скористайтесь командою «list», щоб побачити можливі " -"значення." +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 - це нечинна мова. Скористайтесь командою «list», щоб побачити можливі значення." #. label text #. heading text @@ -404,13 +386,11 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Буде встановлено додаткові пакунки для підтримки вибраних головної та " -"другорядних мов. Непотрібні пакунки буде вилучено.\n" +"Буде встановлено додаткові пакунки для підтримки вибраних головної та другорядних мов. Непотрібні пакунки буде вилучено.\n" "" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen @@ -452,11 +432,6 @@ #. help text, continued #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "You can select Abort Installation at any time to abort the\n" -#| "installation process.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "\n" "You can select Abort at any time to abort the\n" @@ -495,20 +470,13 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the " -"primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to " -"the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Увімкніть параметр Пристосувати розкладку клавіатури, щоб змінити " -"розкладку клавіатури відповідно до головної мови.\n" -"Увімкніть параметр Пристосувати часовий пояс, щоб змінити поточний " -"часовий пояс відповідно до головної мови. Якщо розкладка клавіатури чи " -"часовий пояс вже пристосовано до типової мови, то відповідний параметр буде " -"недоступний.\n" +"Увімкніть параметр Пристосувати розкладку клавіатури, щоб змінити розкладку клавіатури відповідно до головної мови.\n" +"Увімкніть параметр Пристосувати часовий пояс, щоб змінити поточний часовий пояс відповідно до головної мови. Якщо розкладка клавіатури чи часовий пояс вже пристосовано до типової мови, то відповідний параметр буде недоступний.\n" "\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 @@ -521,8 +489,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Другорядні мови \n" -"В ділянці вибору вкажіть додаткові мови, які ви хочете використовувати у " -"вашій системі.\n" +"В ділянці вибору вкажіть додаткові мови, які ви хочете використовувати у вашій системі.\n" "\n" #. error message - package solver failed @@ -568,15 +535,13 @@ #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Тільки ctype: root має такий самий LC_CTYPE як звичайний " -"користувач.\n" +"Тільки ctype: root має такий самий LC_CTYPE як звичайний користувач.\n" "Інші значення не встановлюються. \n" "Так: root має такі самі параметри локалі як звичайний користувач. \n" "Ні: всі змінні локалі для root не встановлено.\n" @@ -584,14 +549,8 @@ #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"Скористайтесь Детальні параметри локалі, щоб встановити локаль для " -"головної мови, яка не пропонується у списку в головному вікні. Перекладу для " -"вибраної локалі може не бути." +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "Скористайтесь Детальні параметри локалі, щоб встановити локаль для головної мови, яка не пропонується у списку в головному вікні. Перекладу для вибраної локалі може не бути." #. heading text #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 @@ -659,8 +618,7 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "Для вибраної мови на носії включено тільки мінімальну підтримку.\n" @@ -759,20 +717,17 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock " -"Set To.\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" "Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Вкажіть чи ваш комп'ютер налаштовано вживати місцевий час чи UTC в " -"Годинник обладнання встановлено на.\n" +"Вкажіть чи ваш комп'ютер налаштовано вживати місцевий час чи UTC в Годинник обладнання встановлено на.\n" "Більшість ПК, які мають в собі декілька операційних систем, у тому числі\n" "Microsoft Windows, вживають місцевий час.\n" "Комп'ютери, у яких встановлено тільки Linux, зазвичай,\n" @@ -792,26 +747,21 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Примітка: внутрішній системний годинник, використовуваний ядром Linux, завжди " -"повинен\n" +"Примітка: внутрішній системний годинник, використовуваний ядром Linux, завжди повинен\n" "бути в UTC, бо є опорним значенням для коригування місцевого\n" "часу простору користувача. Якщо ж ви виберете локальний час для\n" -"годин CMOS, вивчіть посібник користувача на тему побічних ефектів цього " -"вибору.\n" +"годин CMOS, вивчіть посібник користувача на тему побічних ефектів цього вибору.\n" "" #. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -819,18 +769,12 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ви вибрали місцевий час, однак, схоже, що у вас встановлений тільки " -"Linux.\n" -"У цьому випадку наполегливо рекомендуємо використовувати UTC (і натиснути " -"Скасування).\n" +"Ви вибрали місцевий час, однак, схоже, що у вас встановлений тільки Linux.\n" +"У цьому випадку наполегливо рекомендуємо використовувати UTC (і натиснути Скасування).\n" "\n" -"Якщо ви хочете залишити місцевий час, то вам доведеться підлаштовувати " -"годинник CMOS " -"двічі на рік\n" -"у зв'язку з переходом на зимовий/літній час. Якщо ви не будете цього робити, " -"можуть з'явитися\n" -"збої при резервному копіюванні, поштова програма може видаляти повідомлення і " -"т.д.\n" +"Якщо ви хочете залишити місцевий час, то вам доведеться підлаштовувати годинник CMOS двічі на рік\n" +"у зв'язку з переходом на зимовий/літній час. Якщо ви не будете цього робити, можуть з'явитися\n" +"збої при резервному копіюванні, поштова програма може видаляти повідомлення і т.д.\n" "\n" "Якщо ви використовуєте UTC, Linux підлаштує час автоматично.\n" "\n" @@ -838,14 +782,8 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -#| msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required change them to the correct values manually, or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"Показано поточний час та дату системи. У разі потреби змініть їх вручну на " -"правильні значення або скористайтеся мережним протоколом часу NTP (Network " -"Time Protocol )." +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "Показано поточний час та дату системи. У разі потреби змініть їх вручну на правильні значення або скористайтеся мережним протоколом часу NTP (Network Time Protocol )." #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 @@ -912,7 +850,6 @@ #. button text #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541 -#| msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "Параметри для е&кспертів..." @@ -933,7 +870,6 @@ #. check box label #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631 -#| msgid "&Hardware Clock Set To UTC" msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "&Годинник обладнання встановлено на Гринвіч" @@ -956,7 +892,6 @@ msgstr "Часовий &пояс" #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673 -#| msgid "Date and Time" msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Дата та час:" @@ -973,8 +908,7 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region" -".\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" @@ -993,8 +927,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Якщо поточний час не правильний, скористайтесь Змінити, щоб його " -"скоригувати.\n" +"Якщо поточний час не правильний, скористайтесь Змінити, щоб його скоригувати.\n" "" #. Screen title for timezone screen @@ -1266,7 +1199,6 @@ #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:705 -#| msgid "Internal Zone" msgid "US International" msgstr "США міжнародна" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/crowbar.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/crowbar.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/crowbar.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-25 00:03+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -16,31 +16,26 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module #: src/clients/crowbar.rb:56 -#| msgid "Configuration of drbd" msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "Налаштування crowbar" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:71 -#| msgid "Password for \"root\", the system administrator" msgid "Password for Crowbar Administrator" msgstr "Пароль для адміністратора Crowbar" #. help text #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:75 -#| msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgid "Enter the password for Crowbar administrator." msgstr "Введіть пароль для адміністратора Crowbar." #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:97 -#| msgid "Set the password." msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "Повторіть пароль" @@ -51,7 +46,6 @@ #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:113 -#| msgid "Cooling Policy" msgid "Bonding Policy" msgstr "Політика з'єднання" @@ -61,7 +55,6 @@ msgstr "Мережа" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:140 -#| msgid "Sender Address" msgid "Subnet Address" msgstr "Адреса підмережі" @@ -75,25 +68,21 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:159 -#| msgid "&Use LDAP" msgid "Use VLAN" msgstr "Використовувати VLAN" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:169 -#| msgid "VLAN" msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "VLAN ID" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:179 -#| msgid "Routing" msgid "Router" msgstr "Маршрутизатор" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201 -#| msgid "&Subnet" msgid "Subnet" msgstr "Підмережа" @@ -108,13 +97,11 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256 -#| msgid "Bridge" msgid "Add Bridge" msgstr "Додати міст" #. push button label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265 -#| msgid "&Edit..." msgid "&Edit Ranges..." msgstr "&Змінити діапазони..." @@ -134,7 +121,6 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 -#| msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -144,7 +130,6 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:540 -#| msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -154,7 +139,6 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:552 -#| msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -164,7 +148,6 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:564 -#| msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network." msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "Адреса маршрутизатора „%1“ не є частиною мережі „%2“." @@ -179,20 +162,15 @@ #. inputfield label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:687 -#| msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "Мінімальна IP-адреса" #. inputfield label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 -#| msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "Максимальна IP-адреса" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:761 -#| msgid "" -#| "IP address %1 does not match\n" -#| "the current network %2/%3.\n" msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "IP-адреса „%1“ не є частиною мережі „%2“." @@ -208,7 +186,6 @@ #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:841 -#| msgid "Ad&ministration Settings" msgid "Administration Settings" msgstr "Адміністративні параметри" @@ -219,7 +196,6 @@ #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861 -#| msgid "Network" msgid "Networks" msgstr "Мережі" @@ -231,22 +207,18 @@ "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" msgstr "" -"Сервер адміністрування SUSE Cloud був розгорнутий. Зміна мережі наразі не\n " -"підтримується.\n" +"Сервер адміністрування SUSE Cloud був розгорнутий. Зміна мережі наразі не\n" +" підтримується.\n" "\n" "Веб-інтерфейс Crowbar доступний на http://%1:3000/" #. default dialog caption #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:943 -#| msgid "CD Creator Configuration Overview" msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" msgstr "Огляд налаштування Crowbar" #. Read dialog help #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:37 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing drbd Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing Crowbar Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -256,9 +228,6 @@ #. Write dialog help #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:41 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Saving drbd Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving Crowbar Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -268,7 +237,6 @@ #. Overview dialog help #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:45 -#| msgid "CD Creator Configuration Overview" msgid "" "Crowbar Configuration Overview\n" " " @@ -291,7 +259,6 @@ #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89 -#| msgid "Controller Configuration" msgid "Crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування Crowbar" @@ -302,13 +269,11 @@ #. Crowbar read dialog caption #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:114 -#| msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration" msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Започаткування налаштування crowbar" #. Progress stage #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:125 -#| msgid "Read the configuration" msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "Прочитати налаштування" @@ -325,7 +290,6 @@ #. Crowbar read dialog caption #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:183 -#| msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Збереження конфігурації crowbar" @@ -338,5 +302,3 @@ #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:198 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Запис параметрів..." - - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/dhcp-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/dhcp-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/dhcp-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. command line help text for DHCP server module @@ -114,8 +113,7 @@ #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" -msgstr "" -"Показати інтерфейс, який в даний час вживається, і список наявних інтерфейсів" +msgstr "Показати інтерфейс, який в даний час вживається, і список наявних інтерфейсів" #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 @@ -553,12 +551,10 @@ #. at least minimal configuration #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " -"address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" -"Один або декілька мережних інтерфейсів не налаштовано (немає призначеної " -"адреси IP\n" +"Один або декілька мережних інтерфейсів не налаштовано (немає призначеної адреси IP\n" "і мережної маски)." #. configuration will be saved in ldap? @@ -760,12 +756,10 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -"server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" -"Діапазон динамічних адрес DHCP повинен бути в тій самій мережі, що й сервер " -"DHCP.\n" +"Діапазон динамічних адрес DHCP повинен бути в тій самій мережі, що й сервер DHCP.\n" "IP %1 не збігається з мережею %2/%3." #. Label of the registered hosts table @@ -923,8 +917,7 @@ msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -"write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -932,10 +925,8 @@ msgstr "" "Ви задали альтернативний файл налаштувань сервера DHCP.\n" "\n" -"Ця дія не підтримується YaST, оскільки модуль сервера DHCP може здійснювати " -"читання та запис\n" -"лише файла /etc/dhcpd.conf. Нові налаштування з %1 не буде імпортовано і всі " -"зміни \n" +"Ця дія не підтримується YaST, оскільки модуль сервера DHCP може здійснювати читання та запис\n" +"лише файла /etc/dhcpd.conf. Нові налаштування з %1 не буде імпортовано і всі зміни \n" "буде збережено до типового файла налаштувань.\n" " \n" "Насправді продовжити?\n" @@ -954,8 +945,7 @@ "<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "First IP Address defines\n" "the starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\n" -"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how " -"hostnames\n" +"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -967,12 +957,10 @@ "Початкова IP-адреса визначає\n" "початкову адресу діапазону. Завершальна IP-адреса визначає\n" "завершальну. Основа назв вузлів — рядок, що встановлює спосіб,\n" -"створення новий назв вузлів (таких як <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> або <tt>e25-%i-a</" -"tt>).\n" +"створення новий назв вузлів (таких як <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> або <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> замінюється номером вузла у діапазоні.\n" "Якщо не буде вказано <tt>%i</tt>, номер додаватиметься у кінці рядка.\n" -"<tt>%i</tt> у Основі назв вузлів можна використовувати лише один " -"раз.\n" +"<tt>%i</tt> у Основі назв вузлів можна використовувати лише один раз.\n" "Початок визначає перший номер для першої\n" "назви вузла. Назви інших вузлів створюються збільшенням цього значення.\n" @@ -997,13 +985,10 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " -"changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" msgstr "" -"Ви не можете змінити Назву нової зони або Назву реверсивної " -"зони,\n" -"оскільки їх взято з поточних налаштувань вашого сервера DHCP та параметрів " -"мережі.\n" +"Ви не можете змінити Назву нової зони або Назву реверсивної зони,\n" +"оскільки їх взято з поточних налаштувань вашого сервера DHCP та параметрів мережі.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 @@ -1050,15 +1035,12 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\n" -"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the " -"current\n" +"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" -"Щоб додати Новий сервер назв, натисніть кнопку Додати, " -"заповніть форму,\n" -"а потім натисніть кнопку Гаразд. Якщо назву нового сервера назв " -"включено до поточної\n" +"Щоб додати Новий сервер назв, натисніть кнопку Додати, заповніть форму,\n" +"а потім натисніть кнопку Гаразд. Якщо назву нового сервера назв включено до поточної\n" "зони DNS, слід ввести його IP-адресу. Ця операція є обов’язковою, оскільки\n" "дані, отримані на цьому кроці, використовуються під час створення зони.\n" @@ -1080,15 +1062,12 @@ "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " -"use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Записи DNS</big> \n" -"Тут ви маєте визначити назви вузлів DNS для всіх клієнтів DHCP. Вам не " -"потрібно визначати\n" -"всі назви вузлів по одному. Встановіть лише одне або декілька простих " -"правил\n" +"Тут ви маєте визначити назви вузлів DNS для всіх клієнтів DHCP. Вам не потрібно визначати\n" +"всі назви вузлів по одному. Встановіть лише одне або декілька простих правил\n" "створення назв вузлів. Ці правила визначать діапазон використання IP-адрес\n" "та рядок, який буде використано для створення назв вузлів діапазону.\n" @@ -1101,8 +1080,7 @@ "to <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Діапазон записів DNS</big> \n" -"Використовується, наприклад, для створення набору назв вузлів з <tt>dhcp-133-" -"a</tt>\n" +"Використовується, наприклад, для створення набору назв вузлів з <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n" "до <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> з IP-адресами з <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n" "до <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.\n" @@ -1147,8 +1125,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Синхронізація DNS</big> \n" "Це інструмент поглибленого редагування параметрів сервера DNS з метою\n" -"відповідності вашим параметрам DHCP. Він підтримує лише записи \"A\" — " -"записи DNS,\n" +"відповідності вашим параметрам DHCP. Він підтримує лише записи \"A\" — записи DNS,\n" "що перетворюють назви вузлів на IP-адреси.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) @@ -1159,8 +1136,7 @@ "First IP Address and Second IP Address match the current\n" "Dynamic DHCP range.\n" msgstr "" -"Поточна підмережа та Мережна маска показують поточні параметри " -"мережі.\n" +"Поточна підмережа та Мережна маска показують поточні параметри мережі.\n" "Домен взято з поточних налаштувань DHCP.\n" "Перша IP-адреса і Друга IP-адреса відповідають поточному\n" "динамічному діапазону DHCP.\n" @@ -1173,8 +1149,7 @@ "from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Щоб створити зону DNS з нуля, скористайтеся пунктом Запустити майстра</" -"b>\n" +"Щоб створити зону DNS з нуля, скористайтеся пунктом Запустити майстра\n" "з меню Окремі завдання.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) @@ -1183,13 +1158,10 @@ "\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click Add or Delete.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -"corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range " -"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -"select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1198,9 +1170,7 @@ "Щоб синхронізувати елементи DNS з їх реверсивними формами у відповідній\n" "реверсивній зоні, виберіть пункт Синхронізувати з реверсивною зоною.\n" "Скористайтеся Вилучити відповідний діапазон записів DNS \n" -"з меню Окремі завдання, щоб вилучити будь-яку інформацію, пов’язану з " -"цим діапазоном IP-адрес з сервера DNS. Щоб створити новий діапазон записів " -"DNS, виберіть\n" +"з меню Окремі завдання, щоб вилучити будь-яку інформацію, пов’язану з цим діапазоном IP-адрес з сервера DNS. Щоб створити новий діапазон записів DNS, виберіть\n" "Додати новий діапазон записів DNS з меню Окремі завдання.\n" #. old_range: $[ @@ -1383,8 +1353,7 @@ "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо операцію буде перервано, всі зміни, зроблені на сервері DNS буде " -"втрачено.\n" +"Якщо операцію буде перервано, всі зміни, зроблені на сервері DNS буде втрачено.\n" "Ви справді бажаєте перервати операцію?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry @@ -1480,8 +1449,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " -"defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" "Не було вказано IP-адреси сервера назв у поточній зоні DNS.\n" @@ -1763,8 +1731,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Параметри фаєрволу</big> \n" "Щоб відкрити фаєрвол і дозволити доступ з віддалених комп'ютерів до служб,\n" -"встановіть Відкрити фаєрвол для вибраного інтерфейсу. Цей параметр " -"доступний лише, якщо увімкнено фаєрвол. " +"встановіть Відкрити фаєрвол для вибраного інтерфейсу. Цей параметр доступний лише, якщо увімкнено фаєрвол. " #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 @@ -1787,8 +1754,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Щоб запускати сервер DHCP у режимі chroot, вкажіть\n" -"Запускати сервер DHCP у режимі Chroot. Запуск фонових служб у режимі " -"chroot\n" +"Запускати сервер DHCP у режимі Chroot. Запуск фонових служб у режимі chroot\n" "є безпечнішим, тому ми рекомендуємо вам це зробити." #. help text 3/5 @@ -1811,10 +1777,8 @@ "the new declaration and click Add.\n" "To delete a declaration, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Діалог Налаштовані декларації показує всі використані параметри " -"конфігурації.\n" -"Щоб змінити існуючу декларацію, виберіть її натисніть кнопку Змінити</" -"b>.\n" +"Діалог Налаштовані декларації показує всі використані параметри конфігурації.\n" +"Щоб змінити існуючу декларацію, виберіть її натисніть кнопку Змінити.\n" "Щоб додати нову декларацію, оберіть декларацію, яка повинна містити\n" "нову декларацію і натисніть кнопку Додати.\n" "Щоб вилучити декларацію, виберіть її і натисніть кнопку Вилучити." @@ -1831,8 +1795,7 @@ "<big>Додаткові функції</big> \n" "Скористайтеся кнопкою Додатково, щоб побачити журнал сервера DHCP,\n" "змінити мережні інтерфейси, які прослуховуватиме сервер DHCP,\n" -"або, щоб керувати ключами TSIG, які можна використовувати для " -"автентифікації\n" +"або, щоб керувати ключами TSIG, які можна використовувати для автентифікації\n" "динамічних оновлень DNS." #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 @@ -1842,8 +1805,7 @@ "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." msgstr "" "<big>Конфігурація підмережі</big> \n" -"Встановіть Адресу мережі і Маску мережі, що відповідають вашій " -"підмережі." +"Встановіть Адресу мережі і Маску мережі, що відповідають вашій підмережі." #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 @@ -1927,8 +1889,7 @@ "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" "\n" -"Щоб налаштувати динамічну DNS для вузлів цієї підмережі, скористайтеся " -"Динамічною DNS." +"Щоб налаштувати динамічну DNS для вузлів цієї підмережі, скористайтеся Динамічною DNS." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 @@ -1951,11 +1912,9 @@ "and reverse zone." msgstr "" "<big>Ключ TSIG</big> \n" -"Щоб виконувати динамічне оновлення DNS, слід встановити ключ автентифікації. " -"Скористайтеся\n" +"Щоб виконувати динамічне оновлення DNS, слід встановити ключ автентифікації. Скористайтеся\n" "пунктом Ключ TSIG, щоб вибрати ключ для автентифікації. Ключ повинен\n" -"бути однаковим для серверів DHCP та DNS. Задайте ключі для обох, основної " -"та\n" +"бути однаковим для серверів DHCP та DNS. Задайте ключі для обох, основної та\n" "реверсивної, зон." #. help text 3/4 @@ -1976,44 +1935,35 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " -"DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" "<big>Оновлювані зони</big> \n" "Задайте оновлювані основні та реверсивні зони. Для обох цих випадків \n" -"вкажіть головний сервер назв. Якщо сервер назв запущено на тому ж " -"комп’ютері,\n" +"вкажіть головний сервер назв. Якщо сервер назв запущено на тому ж комп’ютері,\n" "що і сервер DHCP, ви можете залишити це поле незаповненим." #. help text #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -"with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -"options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" "<big>Аргументи запуску сервера DHCP</big> \n" -"Тут ви можете визначити параметри, з якими ви бажаєте запустити сервер " -"DHCP \n" -"(наприклад, \"-p 1234\", щоб прослуховувати нестандартний порт). Щоб " -"дізнатися про всі,\n" -"можливі параметри прочитайте сторінку довідника (man) dhcpd. Якщо не " -"заповнювати, буде використано типові значення." +"Тут ви можете визначити параметри, з якими ви бажаєте запустити сервер DHCP \n" +"(наприклад, \"-p 1234\", щоб прослуховувати нестандартний порт). Щоб дізнатися про всі,\n" +"можливі параметри прочитайте сторінку довідника (man) dhcpd. Якщо не заповнювати, буде використано типові значення." #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" -"p>\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Вибір мережної плати</big> \n" -"Виберіть одну або більше зі списку мережних плат, які буде використано для " -"сервера DHCP.\n" +"Виберіть одну або більше зі списку мережних плат, які буде використано для сервера DHCP.\n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 @@ -2022,8 +1972,7 @@ "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" msgstr "" "За бажання ви можете також визначити Назву сервера DHCP\n" -"(назву об’єкта dhcpServer у LDAP), якщо вона відрізняється від назви вашого " -"вузла.\n" +"(назву об’єкта dhcpServer у LDAP), якщо вона відрізняється від назви вашого вузла.\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164 @@ -2051,8 +2000,7 @@ "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" "These values must be IP addresses." msgstr "" -"IP-адреса головного сервера назв і IP-адреса вторинного сервера " -"назв \n" +"IP-адреса головного сервера назв і IP-адреса вторинного сервера назв \n" "вказує клієнтам DHCP відповідні сервери назв.\n" "Ці значення мають бути коректними IP-адресами." @@ -2076,11 +2024,8 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 -msgid "" -"Print Server offers this server as the default print server." -msgstr "" -"Сервер друку пропонує використання цього сервера у якості сервера " -"друку." +msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." +msgstr "Сервер друку пропонує використання цього сервера у якості сервера друку." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 @@ -2094,8 +2039,7 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 msgid "" -"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP " -"expires\n" +"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" "Типовий час оренди вказує час дії орендованого IP,\n" @@ -2110,8 +2054,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Інформація про підмережу</big>\n" -"Тут ви можете переглянути інформацію щодо поточної підмережі, зокрема її " -"адресу,\n" +"Тут ви можете переглянути інформацію щодо поточної підмережі, зокрема її адресу,\n" "мережну маску та мінімальну і максимальну IP-адреси доступні для клієнтів.\n" "\n" @@ -2120,19 +2063,16 @@ msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " -"same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Діапазон IP-адрес</big> \n" "Встановіть Початкову IP-адресу та Завершальну IP-адресу,\n" -"які надаватимуться в оренду клієнтам. Ці адреси повинні мати однакову " -"мережну маску.\n" +"які надаватимуться в оренду клієнтам. Ці адреси повинні мати однакову мережну маску.\n" "Наприклад, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> і <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Позначка \n" -"Дозволити динамічний BOOTP у визначеному діапазоні означає дозвіл на " -"динамічний розподіл\n" +"Дозволити динамічний BOOTP у визначеному діапазоні означає дозвіл на динамічний розподіл\n" "для клієнтів BOOTP і для клієнтів DHCP.\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 @@ -2163,8 +2103,7 @@ "DHCP Server Expert Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>Налаштування для знавців</big> \n" -"Щоб отримати доступ до повного набору налаштувань сервера DHCP, натисніть " -"кнопку\n" +"Щоб отримати доступ до повного набору налаштувань сервера DHCP, натисніть кнопку\n" "Налаштування сервера DHCP для знавців." #. host management help 1/3 @@ -2174,8 +2113,7 @@ "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding." msgstr "" "<big>Керування вузлами</big> \n" -"Цей діалог використовується для зміни вузлів зі статичною прив’язкою до " -"адрес." +"Цей діалог використовується для зміни вузлів зі статичною прив’язкою до адрес." #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243 @@ -2195,9 +2133,7 @@ #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." -msgstr "" -"Щоб вилучити вузол, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку Вилучити зі " -"списку." +msgstr "Щоб вилучити вузол, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку Вилучити зі списку." #. help text 1/7 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 @@ -2636,7 +2572,7 @@ "\n" "Переривається вже." -#. error report +#. error report #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" @@ -2748,7 +2684,7 @@ msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Під час створення %1 сталася помилка." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Сталася помилка під час оновлення %1." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/dns-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/dns-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/dns-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 23:47+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter @@ -72,14 +71,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information #. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:114 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 -#| msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process" msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "Сервер DNS увімкнений під час завантаження." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information #. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 -#| msgid "DNS server needs manual starting" msgid "DNS server needs manual starting." msgstr "Сервер DNS слід запускати вручну." @@ -528,9 +525,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1131 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" -msgstr "" -"Максимальна кількість версій під час прокручування. \"0\" означатиме " -"відсутність прокручування" +msgstr "Максимальна кількість версій під час прокручування. \"0\" означатиме відсутність прокручування" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -568,20 +563,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "" -"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Сервер назв (у повному відповідному форматі з крапкою на кінці або у вигляді " -"відносної назви)" +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Сервер назв (у повному відповідному форматі з крапкою на кінці або у вигляді відносної назви)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Поштовий сервер (у повному відповідному форматі з крапкою на кінці або у " -"вигляді відносної назви)" +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Поштовий сервер (у повному відповідному форматі з крапкою на кінці або у вигляді відносної назви)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -610,14 +599,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 -#| msgid "An interval between retries of failed refresh" msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" msgstr "Проміжок часу між повторними спробами у разі невдалого оновлення" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1229 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 -#| msgid "An interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" msgstr "Проміжок часу, після завершення якого записи зони більше не діють" @@ -642,10 +629,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "" -"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "" -"Значення запису ресурсу DNS, таке як 192.0.34.166 для запису A example.org" +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "Значення запису ресурсу DNS, таке як 192.0.34.166 для запису A example.org" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -726,7 +711,6 @@ #. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 -#| msgid "Start-Up Behavior" msgid "Start-up Behavior" msgstr "Поведінка під час запуску" @@ -776,7 +760,6 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:290 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:612 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:651 -#| msgid "DNS server is running" msgid "DNS server is running." msgstr "Сервер DNS запущено." @@ -784,7 +767,6 @@ #. service sttus - label #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:294 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:653 -#| msgid "DNS server is not running" msgid "DNS server is not running." msgstr "Сервер DNS не запущено." @@ -916,7 +898,6 @@ #. T: ComboBox item #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:760 -#| msgid "DNS server configuration" msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "Інші налаштування" @@ -931,13 +912,11 @@ #. T: ComboBox item #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:774 -#| msgid "Zone name servers" msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "Використовуються системні сервери назв" #. T: ComboBox item #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:776 -#| msgid "Zone name servers" msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "Цей сервер імен (bind)" @@ -970,7 +949,6 @@ #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1065 -#| msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1" msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "Неможливо знайти локальний еквівалент для IP %1." @@ -982,8 +960,7 @@ "been changed to its local equivalent %2." msgstr "" "Пересилання запитів DNS для можливості створити власні нескінченні цикли.\n" -"Адреса IP %1 наразі використовується сервером, отож його замінено на " -"локальний еквівалент %2." +"Адреса IP %1 наразі використовується сервером, отож його замінено на локальний еквівалент %2." #. both IPv4 and IPv6 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1099 @@ -1549,16 +1526,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 -#| msgid "" -#| "Invalid TXT record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" -#| "and must be at least one character long." msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -"characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" -"Неправильний ключ запису %{type}. Він мусить містити друкарські символи " -"US-ASCII, за винятком «=»\n" +"Неправильний ключ запису %{type}. Він мусить містити друкарські символи US-ASCII, за винятком «=»\n" "і мати щонайменше один символ." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message @@ -1566,9 +1538,6 @@ #. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length #. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934 -#| msgid "" -#| "Maximal length of a TXT record is %1 characters.\n" -#| "This message is %2 characters long." msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." @@ -1653,8 +1622,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " -"feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" "Записи поточної зони створено автоматично з зони %1.\n" "Щоб вручну змінити записи, вимкніть «Автоматично створювати записи з»." @@ -1676,8 +1644,7 @@ "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" "If you continue, the current zone will be removed." msgstr "" -"Для всякої підпорядкованої зони слід вказувати IP-адресу її головного " -"сервера.\n" +"Для всякої підпорядкованої зони слід вказувати IP-адресу її головного сервера.\n" "Налаштування сервера DNS без зазначення головного сервера зазнає невдачі.\n" "Якщо ви продовжите, поточну зону буде вилучено." @@ -1752,8 +1719,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Переривання ініціалізації:</big> \n" -"Ви можете безпечно перервати утиліту налаштування, натиснувши на кнопку " -"Перервати." +"Ви можете безпечно перервати утиліту налаштування, натиснувши на кнопку Перервати." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 @@ -1772,10 +1738,8 @@ "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so." msgstr "" "<big>Переривання збереження:</big> \n" -"Ви можете перервати процедуру збереження, натиснувши кнопку Перервати" -".\n" -"Додатковий діалог повідомить вас про те, чи безпечне виконання цієї " -"операції." +"Ви можете перервати процедуру збереження, натиснувши кнопку Перервати.\n" +"Додатковий діалог повідомить вас про те, чи безпечне виконання цієї операції." #. main dialog #. help 1/4 @@ -1799,8 +1763,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Клітка Chroot</big> \n" "Щоб запускати DNS сервер·в·chroot·jail,·встановіть параметр\n" -"Запускати сервер·DNS·у клітці·Chroot.·Запуск будь-якої фонової служби " -"у клітці·chroot\n" +"Запускати сервер·DNS·у клітці·Chroot.·Запуск будь-якої фонової служби у клітці·chroot\n" "є безпечнішим, і тому його рекомендовано увімкнути." #. help 3/4 @@ -1816,8 +1779,7 @@ "Щоб змінити параметри зони·DNS,·виберіть відповідний\n" "запис у таблиці і натисніть·Змінити.\n" "Щоб додати нову зону DNS,·скористайтеся кнопкою·Додати.·Щоб\n" -"вилучити налаштовану зону DNS, виберіть її і натисніть·кнопку Вилучити" -"." +"вилучити налаштовану зону DNS, виберіть її і натисніть·кнопку Вилучити." #. help 4/4 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 @@ -1858,8 +1820,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Динамічні оновлення зони DNS</big> \n" "Зона·може оновлюватися автоматично, зазвичай,\n" -"через призначену динамічно за допомогою сервера DHCP IP-адресу.·Щоб дозволити " -"оновлення·DDNS,\n" +"через призначену динамічно за допомогою сервера DHCP IP-адресу.·Щоб дозволити оновлення·DDNS,\n" "встановіть Дозволити динамічні оновлення·і·Ключ TSIG,\n" "що використовується для автентифікації.·Ключ повинен бути однаковим для\n" "серверів DHCP·і DNS." @@ -1899,10 +1860,8 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Master Servers</big> \n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add" -"\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete<" -"/b>\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete\n" "to remove an existing one." msgstr "" "<big>Головні сервери</big> \n" @@ -1915,8 +1874,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zone Type</big> \n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave<" -"/b>\n" +"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave\n" "or Stub, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server." msgstr "" @@ -1928,12 +1886,6 @@ #. help 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" -#| "DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" -#| "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" -#| "addresses (select Forward) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" -#| "(select Reverse)." msgid "" "<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" "DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" @@ -1944,17 +1896,11 @@ "<big>Напрямок зони</big> \n" "DNS використовують для перетворення доменних назв у IP-адреси і навпаки.\n" " Виберіть, чи буде ця зона використовуватися для\n" -"перетворення назв домену у IP-адреси (виберіть Основний) або у " -"зворотню сторону IP-адрес у назви домену (виберіть Реверсивний).\n" +"перетворення назв домену у IP-адреси (виберіть Основний) або у зворотню сторону IP-адрес у назви домену (виберіть Реверсивний).\n" #. firewall dialog #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Interface Classes</big> \n" -#| "Select through which interface classes access to the DNS server should be\n" -#| "allowed. The interface classes are defined in the\n" -#| "firewall configuration component." msgid "" "<big>Interface Classes</big> \n" "Select which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\n" @@ -1962,16 +1908,10 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Класи інтерфейсу</big> \n" "Виберіть, крізь які класи інтерфейсів слід дозволити доступ до сервера DNS.\n" -" Класи інтерфейсів визначено у компоненті налаштування мережевого екрана." -"\n" +" Класи інтерфейсів визначено у компоненті налаштування мережевого екрана.\n" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big> \n" -#| "To adapt the firewall settings so the DNS server can be accessed\n" -#| "through all network interfaces to which it listens, check\n" -#| "Adapt Firewall Settings." msgid "" "<big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\n" @@ -2014,9 +1954,6 @@ #. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:149 -#| msgid "" -#| "Administrator's Mail must contain the e-mail address of\n" -#| "administrator responsible for the zone." msgid "" "Administrator's Mail must contain the e-mail address of\n" "the administrator responsible for the zone.\n" @@ -2026,19 +1963,13 @@ #. help text 5/9 - Serial #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 -#| msgid "" -#| "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -#| "master servers (so slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" -#| "entire zone)." msgid "" "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" "Серійний номер використовується для визначення того, чи\n" -"змінилася зона на головних серверах (таким чином, підпорядковані сервери не " -"повинні\n" +"змінилася зона на головних серверах (таким чином, підпорядковані сервери не повинні\n" "будуть завжди синхронізовувати всю зону).\n" #. help text 6/9 - Refresh @@ -2058,8 +1989,7 @@ "Retry sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n" "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails." msgstr "" -"Параметр Повторення·встановлює проміжок часу між спробами " -"підпорядкованих серверів\n" +"Параметр Повторення·встановлює проміжок часу між спробами підпорядкованих серверів\n" "у синхронізації зони з головного сервера, у разі невдалої спроби." #. help text 8/9 - Expiry @@ -2070,8 +2000,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "Параметр Строк дії визначає період, після завершення якого\n" -"зона завершує дію на підпорядкованих серверах, і вони припиняють відповідати " -"на запити,\n" +"зона завершує дію на підпорядкованих серверах, і вони припиняють відповідати на запити,\n" "аж доки зону не буде синхронізовано.\n" "" @@ -2092,17 +2021,14 @@ "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add" -".\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete" -".\n" +"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Керування Ключами TSIG</big> \n" "Визначте ключі TSIG, що використовуватимуться для динамічного оновлення зон.\n" "Щоб додати новий ключ TSIG,·використайте поле\n" -"Назва файла·або кнопку·Огляд, а потім натисніть кнопку " -"Додати.\n" +"Назва файла·або кнопку·Огляд, а потім натисніть кнопку Додати.\n" "Щоб вилучити вже існуючий ключ TSIG,·виберіть його зі списку і натисніть\n" "кнопку Вилучити.\n" "" @@ -2165,10 +2091,8 @@ "To add a new forwarder, set its IP Address and click Add.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Щоб додати новий ретранслятор, встановіть його IP-адресу і " -"натисніть кнопку Додати.\n" -"Щоб вилучити налаштований ретранслятор, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку " -"Вилучити." +"Щоб додати новий ретранслятор, встановіть його IP-адресу і натисніть кнопку Додати.\n" +"Щоб вилучити налаштований ретранслятор, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку Вилучити." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 @@ -2195,9 +2119,7 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "" -"Щоб вилучити параметр, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку Вилучити.<" -"/p>" +msgstr "Щоб вилучити параметр, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку Вилучити." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 @@ -2206,31 +2128,25 @@ "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging." msgstr "" "<big>Ведення журналу</big> \n" -"Скористайтеся цим діалогом, щоб визначити налаштування журналу сервера DNS.<" -"/p>" +"Скористайтеся цим діалогом, щоб визначити налаштування журналу сервера DNS." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system " -"log. \n" +"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" "Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \n" "the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions<" -"/b>\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Виберіть Записувати до системного журналу, щоб зберігати запис подій " -"сервера DNS до системного журналу.\n" +"Виберіть Записувати до системного журналу, щоб зберігати запис подій сервера DNS до системного журналу.\n" "Щоб зберігати записи подій сервера DNS у окремий файл, виберіть\n" -"Записувати до файла і вкажіть Назву файла, до якого буде " -"проводитися запис,\n" +"Записувати до файла і вкажіть Назву файла, до якого буде проводитися запис,\n" "а потім визначте Максимальний розмір цього файла.\n" -"Сервер DNS автоматично прокручує файли журналів. Скористайтеся параметром " -"Макс. кількість файлів журналу\n" +"Сервер DNS автоматично прокручує файли журналів. Скористайтеся параметром Макс. кількість файлів журналу\n" "щоб вказати скільки файлів з журналом слід зберігати.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 @@ -2245,14 +2161,10 @@ "name server.\n" msgstr "" "У пункті Ведення журналів\n" -"встановіть, які дії слід записувати до журналу. Звичайні дії завжди " -"записуються. \n" -"Пункт Записувати всі запити DNS дозволяє вести запис всіх запитів " -"клієнтів до сервера DNS. \n" -"Пункт Записувати оновлення зони дозволяє вести запис подій оновлення " -"DNS. \n" -"Пункт Записувати перенесення зон дозволяє вести запис подій " -"перенесення зони на вторинний сервер\n" +"встановіть, які дії слід записувати до журналу. Звичайні дії завжди записуються. \n" +"Пункт Записувати всі запити DNS дозволяє вести запис всіх запитів клієнтів до сервера DNS. \n" +"Пункт Записувати оновлення зони дозволяє вести запис подій оновлення DNS. \n" +"Пункт Записувати перенесення зон дозволяє вести запис подій перенесення зони на вторинний сервер\n" "назв.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 @@ -2268,18 +2180,13 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268 -#| msgid "" -#| "To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's Name\n" -#| "and Value then click Add. To remove an already set \n" -#| "ACL entry, select it and click Delete.\n" msgid "" "To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's Name\n" "and Value then click Add. To remove an \n" "ACL entry, select it and click Delete.\n" msgstr "" "Щоб додати новий запис ACL, просто введіть Назву\n" -"і Значення, а потім натисніть кнопку Додати. Щоб вилучити вже " -"встановлений\n" +"і Значення, а потім натисніть кнопку Додати. Щоб вилучити вже встановлений\n" "запис ACL, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку Вилучити.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 @@ -2301,12 +2208,10 @@ "To add an already created key, set the Filename\n" "(or use the Browse button to select it) and click Add.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the Filename and the Key ID\n" -"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added." -"\n" +"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" msgstr "" "Щоб додати вже створений ключ, вкажіть Назву файла\n" -"(або скористайтеся кнопкою Огляд, щоб обрати його) і натисніть " -"Додати. \n" +"(або скористайтеся кнопкою Огляд, щоб обрати його) і натисніть Додати. \n" "Щоб створити новий ключ, введіть Назву файла і ІД ключа\n" "и натисніть кнопку Створити. Буде створено і додано новий ключ.\n" @@ -2331,45 +2236,37 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 msgid "" -"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type" -",\n" +"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" "and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Щоб додати нову зону, введіть Назву зони, виберіть Тип зони" -",\n" +"Щоб додати нову зону, введіть Назву зони, виберіть Тип зони,\n" "і клацніть Додати.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " -"followed by\n" +"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Щоб додати нову реверсивну зону IPv4, введіть частину реверсивної " -"IP-адреси з\n" +"Щоб додати нову реверсивну зону IPv4, введіть частину реверсивної IP-адреси з\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> наприкінці у поле Назва зони(наприклад,\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> для мережі <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"виберіть\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> для мережі <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), виберіть\n" "Тип зони, і натисніть кнопку Додати.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 #. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " -"followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone " -"name are\n" +"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).\n" msgstr "" -"Щоб додати нову зворотну зону IPv6, введіть частину зворотної адреси IP " -"з\n" +"Щоб додати нову зворотну зону IPv6, введіть частину зворотної адреси IP з\n" "<tt>%1</tt> наприкінці у поле Назва зони. Підтримуються декілька\n" "форматів введення назви зони: Стандартний: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Перенаправлення: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" @@ -2385,20 +2282,17 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб змінити такі параметри зони, як перенесення зони, назву і\n" "поштові сервери, виберіть її і натисніть кнопку Змінити.\n" -"Щоб вилучити налаштовану зону, виберіть її і натисніть кнопку Вилучити" -".\n" +"Щоб вилучити налаштовану зону, виберіть її і натисніть кнопку Вилучити.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big> \n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " -"access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" "to the zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DDNS і перенесення зони</big> \n" -"Скористайтеся цим діалогом для зміни параметрів динамічного DNS зони і " -"контролю доступу\n" +"Скористайтеся цим діалогом для зміни параметрів динамічного DNS зони і контролю доступу\n" "до зони.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 @@ -2410,8 +2304,7 @@ "before the zone can be updated dynamically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Щоб дозволити динамічні оновлення зони, встановіть Дозволити динамічні " -"оновлення\n" +"Щоб дозволити динамічні оновлення зони, встановіть Дозволити динамічні оновлення\n" "і виберіть Ключ TSIG. Перш ніж зона матиме можливість динамічного\n" "оновлення, слід вказати хоча б один ключ TSIG.\n" @@ -2432,11 +2325,6 @@ #. Zone Editor - Help #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n" -#| "If you want this, select the Automatically Generate Records From\n" -#| "check-box and choose the zone to generate the records from." msgid "" "\n" "Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n" @@ -2463,14 +2351,12 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<big>NS Records</big> \n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add" -".\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Записи NS</big> \n" -"Щоб додати новий сервер назв, введіть адресу сервера назв і натисніть кнопку " -"Додати. \n" +"Щоб додати новий сервер назв, введіть адресу сервера назв і натисніть кнопку Додати. \n" "Щоб вилучити один з серверів назв зі списку, виберіть його і натисніть\n" "кнопку Вилучити.\n" @@ -2484,27 +2370,20 @@ "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Записи MX</big> \n" -"Щоб додати новий поштовий сервер, введіть Адресу і Пріоритет, " -"а\n" +"Щоб додати новий поштовий сервер, введіть Адресу і Пріоритет, а\n" "потім натисніть кнопку Додати. \n" "Щоб вилучити один з поштових серверів зі списку, виберіть його і натисніть\n" "кнопку Вилучити.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390 -#| msgid "" -#| "Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" -#| "changed on\n" -#| "master servers (so slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" -#| "entire zone)." msgid "" "Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" "the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" -"Серійний номер використовується для визначення того, чи змінилась " -"зона\n" +"Серійний номер використовується для визначення того, чи змінилась зона\n" "на головних серверах (таким чином, підпорядковані сервери не повинні\n" "будуть завжди синхронізувати всю зону).\n" @@ -2538,10 +2417,8 @@ "click Add." msgstr "" "<big>Записи</big> \n" -"У цьому діалозі ви можете змінити записи ресурсів зони. Щоб додати новий " -"запис\n" -"ресурсу, встановіть Ключ запису, Тип, і Значення, а " -"потім\n" +"У цьому діалозі ви можете змінити записи ресурсів зони. Щоб додати новий запис\n" +"ресурсу, встановіть Ключ запису, Тип, і Значення, а потім\n" "натисніть кнопку Додати." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 @@ -2551,10 +2428,8 @@ "and click Change. To delete a record, select it and click\n" "Delete." msgstr "" -"Щоб змінити вже існуючий запис запис, виберіть його, змініть потрібні " -"параметри,\n" -"і натисніть кнопку Змінити. Щоб вилучити запис, виберіть його і " -"натисніть\n" +"Щоб змінити вже існуючий запис запис, виберіть його, змініть потрібні параметри,\n" +"і натисніть кнопку Змінити. Щоб вилучити запис, виберіть його і натисніть\n" "кнопку Вилучити." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 @@ -2635,8 +2510,7 @@ "PTR: Reverse Translation:\n" "Record Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1<" -"/tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2667,15 +2541,10 @@ "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server." msgstr "" "Виберіть Відкрити порт у мережевому екрані щоб пристосувати\n" -"параметри SuSEfirewall2 з метою дозволу всіх з'єднань з вашим сервером DNS.<" -"/p>" +"параметри SuSEfirewall2 з метою дозволу всіх з'єднань з вашим сервером DNS." #. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n" -#| "start-up behavior to On. Otherwise set Off. " msgid "" "\n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n" @@ -2715,8 +2584,7 @@ "Master DNS Server IP to define the master name server." msgstr "" "<big>Підпорядкована зона DNS</big> \n" -"Для будь-якої підпорядкованої зони слід визначити головний сервер назв. " -"Скористайтеся\n" +"Для будь-якої підпорядкованої зони слід визначити головний сервер назв. Скористайтеся\n" "полем IP-адреса головного сервера DNS, щоб зробити це." #. slave zone help text 2/2 @@ -2976,9 +2844,6 @@ #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1475 -#| msgid "" -#| "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" -#| "Error: " msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" @@ -2998,13 +2863,11 @@ #. summary string #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1597 -#| msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system" msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "Сервер DNS запускається під час завантаження системи." #. summary string #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1603 -#| msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system" msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "Сервер DNS не запускається під час завантаження системи." @@ -3046,9 +2909,7 @@ #. error report, %1 is ldap object #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1946 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Під час створення cn=defaultDNS сталася помилка,%1. LDAP не " -"використовуватиметься." +msgstr "Під час створення cn=defaultDNS сталася помилка,%1. LDAP не використовуватиметься." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1972 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/drbd.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/drbd.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/drbd.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -17,8 +17,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Virtaal 0.6.1\n" #. Command line help text for the Xdrbd module @@ -182,8 +181,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.</" -"p>\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 @@ -235,30 +233,19 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " -"of one of the nodes\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " -"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " -"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " -"the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " -"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " -"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " -"parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -266,47 +253,25 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " -"was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" -"error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " -"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " -"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " -"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " -"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" -"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -315,32 +280,22 @@ msgstr "<big>Глобальне налаштування DRBD</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check" -msgstr "" -"Позначте «Вимкнути перевірку IP», щоб вимкнути одну з перевірок " -"drbdadm" +msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" +msgstr "Позначте «Вимкнути перевірку IP», щоб вимкнути одну з перевірок drbdadm" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -"Освіження діалогу: Діалог користувача рахує і показує скільки " -"секунд тривало\n" -" очікування. Можете вимкнути це, якщо консоль вашого сервера " -"з’єднана з\n" -" з послідовним терміналом, який має обмежену місткість " -"журналювання.\n" -" Діалог буде показувати рахунок кожних «dialog-refresh» " -"секунд,\n" +"Освіження діалогу: Діалог користувача рахує і показує скільки секунд тривало\n" +" очікування. Можете вимкнути це, якщо консоль вашого сервера з’єднана з\n" +" з послідовним терміналом, який має обмежену місткість журналювання.\n" +" Діалог буде показувати рахунок кожних «dialog-refresh» секунд,\n" " встановіть параметр до 0, щоб цілком вимкнути оновлення. " #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/fcoe-client.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/fcoe-client.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/fcoe-client.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -15,8 +15,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" #. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module #: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 @@ -45,12 +44,12 @@ #. setting of config value is 'yes' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "так" #. setting of config value is 'no' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ні" #. text of an error popup #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 @@ -83,7 +82,7 @@ #. the flag is not set at all #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 msgid "not set" -msgstr "" +msgstr "не встановлено" #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 @@ -208,7 +207,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Так" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -216,7 +215,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ні" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -285,7 +284,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Драйвер" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -353,8 +352,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.</" -"p>\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 @@ -400,8 +398,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Додавання сервера FTP:</big> \n" "Виберіть сервер ftp зі списку виявлених серверів ftp.\n" -"Якщо ваш сервер ftp не виявлено автоматично, виберіть Інше (не виявлене)." -"\n" +"Якщо ваш сервер ftp не виявлено автоматично, виберіть Інше (не виявлене).\n" "Потім натисніть Налаштувати.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -418,28 +415,19 @@ #. Services dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start " -"of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." +msgid "<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." msgstr "" "<big>Зміна стану служби:</big> \n" -"Виберіть службу для вмикання/вимикання і натисніть Перемкнути стан " -"(увімк./вимк.).\n" +"Виберіть службу для вмикання/вимикання і натисніть Перемкнути стан (увімк./вимк.).\n" #. Services dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." +msgid "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." msgstr "" #. Services dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol</" -"i> agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." +msgid "The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 @@ -452,38 +440,23 @@ #. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." +msgid "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry " -"Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"" +msgid "It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 -msgid "" -"The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available</" -"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200." +msgid "The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change " -"Settings." +msgid "To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change Settings." msgstr "" "\n" "Щоб змінити конфігурацію плати, виберіть плату.\n" @@ -499,9 +472,7 @@ #. Configuration dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." +msgid "Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." msgstr "" "\n" "Тут можна підлаштувати параметри підтримки мови.\n" @@ -512,10 +483,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "The values are: \n" -"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon." -" Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." +"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." msgstr "" #. edit dialog help 1/3 @@ -525,20 +493,12 @@ #. Edit dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on " -"initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." +msgid "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." msgstr "" #. Edit dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes</" -"i> or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required." -" AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." +msgid "The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required. AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." msgstr "" #. Header of tab in tab widget @@ -589,12 +549,8 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати ініціатор iSCSI, потрібно встановити пакунок %1.</" -"p>" +msgid "To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Щоб налаштувати ініціатор iSCSI, потрібно встановити пакунок %1." #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "Install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/firewall-services.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/firewall-services.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/firewall-services.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 23:34+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... @@ -32,8 +31,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" msgstr "Порти Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) для служби пошуку (DNS-SD)" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... @@ -43,19 +41,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 -#| msgid "Opens ports for the cyrus-imapd Server." msgid "Open ports for the cyrus-imapd Server." msgstr "Відкриває порти для сервера cyrus-imapd." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 -#| msgid "DHCP Server" msgid "DHCPv4 Server" msgstr "Сервер DHCPv4" #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 -#| msgid "Opens ports for ISC DHCP Server." msgid "Open ports for ISC DHCPv4 4.x server." msgstr "Відкриває порти для сервера ISC DHCPv4 4.x." @@ -70,7 +65,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 -#| msgid "Open ports for the dnsmasq DNS/DHCP server" msgid "Open ports for the dnsmasq DNS/DHCP server." msgstr "Відкриває порти для сервера dnsmasq DNS/DHCP." @@ -81,7 +75,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 -#| msgid "Firewall Configuration file for postfix" msgid "Firewall Configuration file for mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" msgstr "Файл конфігурації мережевого екрану для підтримки mDNS/Bonjour у HPLIP" @@ -112,22 +105,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 -#| msgid "Opens ports for iSNS daemon with broadcast allowed." msgid "Open ports for iSNS daemon with broadcast allowed." msgstr "Відкриває порти для фонової служби iSNS з дозволом трансляції." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 -#| msgid "Name Server" msgid "Netbios Server" msgstr "Сервер Netbios" #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 -#| msgid "Opens ports for iSNS daemon with broadcast allowed." msgid "Open ports for Samba Netbios server with broadcast allowed." -msgstr "" -"Відкриває порти для фонової служби Samba Netbios з дозволом трансляції." +msgstr "Відкриває порти для фонової служби Samba Netbios з дозволом трансляції." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 @@ -136,13 +125,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 -#| msgid "Firewall Configuration for NFS client. Opens ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow " -"connection to an NFS server." -msgstr "" -"Налаштування мережевого екрана для клієнта NFS. Відкриває порти для клієнта " -"NFS з метою дозволити йому з'єднуватися з NFS-сервером." +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." +msgstr "Налаштування мережевого екрана для клієнта NFS. Відкриває порти для клієнта NFS з метою дозволити йому з'єднуватися з NFS-сервером." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 @@ -151,13 +135,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 -#| msgid "Firewall Configuration for NFS kernel server. Opens ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow " -"other hosts to connect." -msgstr "" -"Налаштування мережевого екрана для ядерного NFS-сервера. Відкриває порти для " -"NFS з метою дозволити іншим вузлам з'єднуватися з ним." +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." +msgstr "Налаштування мережевого екрана для ядерного NFS-сервера. Відкриває порти для NFS з метою дозволити іншим вузлам з'єднуватися з ним." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 @@ -166,7 +145,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 -#| msgid "Opens ports for xntp." msgid "Open ports for xntp." msgstr "Відкриває порти для xntp." @@ -177,13 +155,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 -#| msgid "Opens ports for the OpenLDAP Server (slapd)." msgid "Open ports for the OpenLDAP server (slapd)." msgstr "Відкриває порти для сервера OpenLDAP (slapd)." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 -#| msgid "OpenLDAP Server" msgid "OpenSLP Server (SLP)" msgstr "Сервер OpenSLP (SLP)" @@ -194,19 +170,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 -#| msgid "svnserve" msgid "Rsync server" msgstr "Сервер Rsync" #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 -#| msgid "opens ports for MySQL in order to allow other hosts connect to it" msgid "Opens port for rsync server in order to allow remote synchronization" msgstr "Відкриває порти для rsync, щоб дозволити віддалену синхронізацію" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 -#| msgid "NFS Client" msgid "Samba Client" msgstr "Клієнт Samba" @@ -222,7 +195,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 -#| msgid "Opens ports for imap Server." msgid "Open ports for Samba server." msgstr "Відкриває порти для сервера Samba." @@ -233,7 +205,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 -#| msgid "Firewall Configuration file for sendmail" msgid "Firewall configuration file for sendmail" msgstr "Файл конфігурації мережевого екрана для sendmail" @@ -244,7 +215,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 -#| msgid "Open ports for Secure Shell Server" msgid "Open ports for the Secure Shell server." msgstr "Відкриває порти для сервера безпечної оболонки." @@ -266,9 +236,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 msgid "Opens the VNC HTTP ports so that browsers can connect." -msgstr "" -"Відкриває HTTP порти сервера VNC таким чином, що з ним можуть з’єднуватися " -"переглядачі інтернету." +msgstr "Відкриває HTTP порти сервера VNC таким чином, що з ним можуть з’єднуватися переглядачі інтернету." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 @@ -277,11 +245,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 -#| msgid "Opens VNC server ports so that viewers can connect." msgid "Open VNC server ports so that viewers can connect." -msgstr "" -"Відкриває порти сервера VNC таким чином, що з ним можуть з'єднуватися " -"переглядачі." +msgstr "Відкриває порти сервера VNC таким чином, що з ним можуть з'єднуватися переглядачі." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 @@ -290,7 +255,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 -#| msgid "Opens ports for vsftpd Server." msgid "Open ports for vsftpd server." msgstr "Відкриває порти для сервера vsftpd." @@ -301,7 +265,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 -#| msgid "The ypbind daemon binds NIS clients to an NIS domain" msgid "The ypbind daemon binds NIS clients to an NIS domain." msgstr "Фонова служба ypbind пов'язує клієнти NIS з доменом NIS." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/firewall.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/firewall.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/firewall.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 23:51+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. TRANSLATORS: message popup @@ -243,10 +242,8 @@ "вибравши пристрій з таблиці і натиснувши Змінити.\n" "\n" "Введіть нетипові рядки, наприклад, <tt>any</tt>, за допомогою кнопки\n" -"Нетипове. Ви також можете ввести інтерфейси, які ще не було тут " -"налаштовано.\n" -"Якщо вам потрібна трансляція адрес, рядок <tt>any</tt> не можна " -"використовувати.\n" +"Нетипове. Ви також можете ввести інтерфейси, які ще не було тут налаштовано.\n" +"Якщо вам потрібна трансляція адрес, рядок <tt>any</tt> не можна використовувати.\n" "\n" "Кожен мережний пристрій слід приписати до зони мережевого екрана.\n" "Передача інформації через неприписаний інтерфейс блокується.\n" @@ -264,17 +261,6 @@ #. ), #. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Allowed Services</big>\n" -#| " Here, specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n" -#| "Networks are divided into firewall zones.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "To allow a service, select the Zone and the\n" -#| "Service to Allow then press Add.\n" -#| "To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "By deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, remove \n" -#| "protection from the zone. All services and ports would be unprotected from this zone.\n" msgid "" "<big>Allowed Services</big>\n" " Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n" @@ -282,51 +268,41 @@ "\n" "To allow a service, select the Zone and the\n" "Service to Allow then press Add.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed " -"Service then press Delete.\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n" "\n" "By deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " -"will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" "be unprotected.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Дозволені служби</big>\n" -" Вкажіть служби або порти, які повинні бути доступні для вхідних " -"з'єднань.\n" +" Вкажіть служби або порти, які повинні бути доступні для вхідних з'єднань.\n" "Мережі поділено на зони мережевого екрана.\n" "\n" "Щоб дозволити службу, виберіть Зона і\n" "Дозволити службу, а потім натисніть кнопку Додати.\n" -"Щоб вилучити дозволену службу, виберіть Зона, а потім Дозволена " -"служба і натисніть кнопку Вилучити.\n" +"Щоб вилучити дозволену службу, виберіть Зона, а потім Дозволена служба і натисніть кнопку Вилучити.\n" "\n" -"Якщо зняти позначку з Захистити мережевий екран від внутрішньої зони" -", буде\n" +"Якщо зняти позначку з Захистити мережевий екран від внутрішньої зони, буде\n" "знято захист від цієї зони. Захист всіх служб і портів буде знято.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "Additional settings can be configured using Advanced.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " -"ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" "IP protocols.\n" "TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr<" -"/tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Додаткові параметри можна налаштувати, скориставшись кнопкою Додаткове<" -"/b>.\n" -"Значення слід відокремлювати пробілами. Тут ви можете дозволити порти TCP, " -"UDP, RPC і\n" +"Додаткові параметри можна налаштувати, скориставшись кнопкою Додаткове.\n" +"Значення слід відокремлювати пробілами. Тут ви можете дозволити порти TCP, UDP, RPC і\n" "IP-протоколи.\n" "TCP і UDP порти можна ввести як назви портів (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "номери портів (<tt>3128</tt>) і діапазони портів (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC порти слід вводити у вигляді назв служб (<tt>portmap</tt> або <tt>" -"nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC порти слід вводити у вигляді назв служб (<tt>portmap</tt> або <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Вводьте IP-протоколи як назви протоколів (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" @@ -334,19 +310,15 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<big>Masquerading</big>\n" -" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " -"firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " -"transparently. Requests\n" +" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select Masquerade Networks to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Трансляція</big>\n" -" Трансляція — це функція, яка приховує вашу внутрішню мережу за мережевий " -"екраном і \n" -"дозволяє отримати прозорий доступ до зовнішньої мережі, такої як Інтернет. " -"Запити\n" +" Трансляція — це функція, яка приховує вашу внутрішню мережу за мережевий екраном і \n" +"дозволяє отримати прозорий доступ до зовнішньої мережі, такої як Інтернет. Запити\n" "із зовнішньої мережі у внутрішню буде заблоковано.\n" "Виберіть Трансляція мереж, щоб транслювати ваші мережі\n" "у зовнішню мережу.\n" @@ -355,175 +327,123 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " -"network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " -"IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.<" -"/p>\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.\n" "\n" -"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete<" -"/b>.\n" +"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Хоча запити з зовнішньої мережі і не можуть досягати вашої внутрішньої " -"мережі,\n" -"є можливість прозоро переспрямовувати будь-які запропоновані порти на вашому " -"мережевий екрані\n" -"на будь-яку внутрішню IP-адресу. Щоб додати нове правило переспрямування, " -"натисніть\n" +"Хоча запити з зовнішньої мережі і не можуть досягати вашої внутрішньої мережі,\n" +"є можливість прозоро переспрямовувати будь-які запропоновані порти на вашому мережевий екрані\n" +"на будь-яку внутрішню IP-адресу. Щоб додати нове правило переспрямування, натисніть\n" "кнопку Додати і заповніть потрібні поля форми.\n" "\n" -"Щоб вилучити правило переспрямування, виберіть його у таблиці і натисніть " -"Вилучити.\n" +"Щоб вилучити правило переспрямування, виберіть його у таблиці і натисніть Вилучити.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Configuration</big>\n" -" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " -"find \n" +" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " -"using broadcast packets.\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.\n" "\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " -"needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " -"ports for\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" "particular zones.\n" "\n" -"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " -"packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast " -"Packets\n" +"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets\n" "for the desired zones.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Налаштування трансляції</big>\n" -" Пакети трансляції -- це спеціальні пакети UDP, які посилаються у цілу " -"мережу,\n" -"щоб знайти сусідні комп'ютери або надіслати інформацію до кожного комп'ютера " -"в мережі.\n" -"Наприклад, сервери CUPS надають інформацію про їхні черги друку за допомогою " -"пакетів трансляції.\n" +" Пакети трансляції -- це спеціальні пакети UDP, які посилаються у цілу мережу,\n" +"щоб знайти сусідні комп'ютери або надіслати інформацію до кожного комп'ютера в мережі.\n" +"Наприклад, сервери CUPS надають інформацію про їхні черги друку за допомогою пакетів трансляції.\n" "\n" -"Вибрані служби SuSEfirewall2 в дозволених інтерфейсах автоматично додають " -"сюди\n" -"необхідні порти трансляції. Щоб вилучити або додати якісь інші, відредагуйте " -"список,\n" +"Вибрані служби SuSEfirewall2 в дозволених інтерфейсах автоматично додають сюди\n" +"необхідні порти трансляції. Щоб вилучити або додати якісь інші, відредагуйте список,\n" "розділених комами, портів для певних зон.\n" "\n" -"Інші відкинуті пакети трансляції записуються в журнал. В ширших мережах їх " -"може бути досить багато.\n" -"Щоб не допускати записи в журнал про ці пакети, вимкніть Записувати в " -"журнал не прийняті пакети трансляції\n" +"Інші відкинуті пакети трансляції записуються в журнал. В ширших мережах їх може бути досить багато.\n" +"Щоб не допускати записи в журнал про ці пакети, вимкніть Записувати в журнал не прийняті пакети трансляції\n" "для бажаних зон.\n" #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Reply</big> \n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -"reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -"browsing.\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n" "\n" -"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -"firewall. Use Add\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " -"choose from\n" +"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Трансляція відповіді</big> \n" -"Мережевий екран зазвичай відхиляє пакети, відправлені іншими машинами у " -"відповідь " -"на\n" +"Мережевий екран зазвичай відхиляє пакети, відправлені іншими машинами у відповідь на\n" "трансляцію запитів вашої системи, наприклад, огляд Samba або SLP.\n" "\n" -"Тут ви можете налаштувати, яким пакункам дозволено проходити через " -"мережевий екран.\n" -"Натисніть Додати для створення нового правила. Вам буде потрібно " -"вибрати " -"зону мережевого екрана,\n" -"а також вибрати з готового списку служб потрібну або задати правило вручну." -"\n" +"Тут ви можете налаштувати, яким пакункам дозволено проходити через мережевий екран.\n" +"Натисніть Додати для створення нового правила. Вам буде потрібно вибрати зону мережевого екрана,\n" +"а також вибрати з готового списку служб потрібну або задати правило вручну.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<big>IPsec Support</big>\n" -" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " -"through untrusted networks, such as\n" +" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "Enabled.\n" "\n" "Details configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " -"internal zone.\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Підтримка IPsec</big>\n" -" IPsec — це спосіб шифрованого обміну інформацією між надійними вузлами " -"або мережами, під час передачі інформації\n" -"ненадійними шляхами, на зразок Інтернет. Цей діалог відкриває IPsec для " -"зовнішньої зони, якщо\n" +" IPsec — це спосіб шифрованого обміну інформацією між надійними вузлами або мережами, під час передачі інформації\n" +"ненадійними шляхами, на зразок Інтернет. Цей діалог відкриває IPsec для зовнішньої зони, якщо\n" "позначити Увімкнено.\n" "\n" -"Кнопка Докладно дозволяє визначити спосіб поводження з уже " -"розшифрованими IPsec-пакетами. Наприклад, з ними можна поводитися як з " -"пакетами з внутрішньої зони.\n" +"Кнопка Докладно дозволяє визначити спосіб поводження з уже розшифрованими IPsec-пакетами. Наприклад, з ними можна поводитися як з пакетами з внутрішньої зони.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Logging Level</big>\n" -" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " -"Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " -"logged at all.\n" +" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.\n" "\n" -"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and " -"Not Accepted Packets.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All " -"for logging every\n" -"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do " -"Not Log Any\n" +"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and Not Accepted Packets.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All for logging every\n" +"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do Not Log Any\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Рівень ведення журналу</big>\n" " Це — основний діалог налаштування ведення журналу IP-пакетів.\n" -"Тут ви можете налаштувати запис до журналу вхідних пакетів з'єднань. Вихідні " -"пакети взагалі не записуються до журналу.\n" +"Тут ви можете налаштувати запис до журналу вхідних пакетів з'єднань. Вихідні пакети взагалі не записуються до журналу.\n" "\n" -"Існує дві групи пакетів, що записуються до журналу: Прийняті пакети " -"і Неприйняті пакети.\n" -"Для кожної групи ви можете вибрати один з трьох рівнів ведення журналу: " -"Записувати до журналу все, щоб\n" -"записувати всі пакети, Записувати до журналу лише критичні, щоб " -"записувати лише нетривіальні, або Не записувати нічого,\n" -"щоб вимкнути ведення журналу. Як мінімум вам слід записувати до журналу " -"критичні пакети.\n" +"Існує дві групи пакетів, що записуються до журналу: Прийняті пакети і Неприйняті пакети.\n" +"Для кожної групи ви можете вибрати один з трьох рівнів ведення журналу: Записувати до журналу все, щоб\n" +"записувати всі пакети, Записувати до журналу лише критичні, щоб записувати лише нетривіальні, або Не записувати нічого,\n" +"щоб вимкнути ведення журналу. Як мінімум вам слід записувати до журналу критичні пакети.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<big>Summary</big>\n" " Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " -"firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.\n" "\n" "Firewall Starting shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "boot process or only manually.\n" "\n" -"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " -"following items in the summary:\n" +"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:\n" "\n" -"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " -"name and device name.\n" +"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.\n" "\n" -"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network " -"services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Підсумок</big>\n" @@ -531,20 +451,15 @@ "Інформацію розділено на загальні налаштування і частини для кожної з зон.\n" "Тут зібрано підсумки для кожної існуючої зони.\n" "\n" -"Запуск мережевого екрана показує чи запускається мережевий екран " -"під час\n" +"Запуск мережевого екрана показує чи запускається мережевий екран під час\n" "завантаження або лише вручну.\n" "\n" -"Зони мережевого екрана повинні мати мережний інтерфейс приписаний до " -"списку таких елементів підсумкових даних:\n" +"Зони мережевого екрана повинні мати мережний інтерфейс приписаний до списку таких елементів підсумкових даних:\n" "\n" -"Інтерфейси: Всі інтерфейси впорядковано згідно до їх назви і " -"пристрою.\n" +"Інтерфейси: Всі інтерфейси впорядковано згідно до їх назви і пристрою.\n" "\n" -"Відкриті служби, порти, і протоколи: тут ви побачите список всіх " -"дозволених мережних служб, додаткових\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), і RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Відкриті служби, порти, і протоколи: тут ви побачите список всіх дозволених мережних служб, додаткових\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), і RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "портів, а також IP (Internet Protocol) протоколів.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 @@ -573,12 +488,10 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "RPC Ports is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by " -"spaces." +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." msgstr "" "RPC-порти — це список служб RPC, таких як\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> або <tt>portmap</tt>, відокремлених " -"пробілами. " +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> або <tt>portmap</tt>, відокремлених пробілами. " #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 #. please, do not modify examples @@ -598,14 +511,12 @@ #. please, do not modify examples #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -"represent\n" +"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>." msgstr "" -"Діапазон портів — це два номери, відокремлені двокрапкою, що " -"позначають\n" +"Діапазон портів — це два номери, відокремлені двокрапкою, що позначають\n" "всі номери між цими числами, включно з ними самими.\n" "Перший номер порту має бути меншим за другий,\n" "наприклад <tt>200:215</tt>." @@ -619,29 +530,19 @@ msgstr "" "Назва порту — це назва, приписана до порту \n" "організацією IANA. Одному номеру порту можна приписати декілька назв. Список\n" -"приписаних портів, що використовуються, можна знайти у файлі <tt>" -"/etc/services</tt>." +"приписаних портів, що використовуються, можна знайти у файлі <tt>/etc/services</tt>." #. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -#| "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks." msgid "" "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Мережевий екран</big> \n" -"Мережевий екран - це захисний механізм, що захищає ваш комп'ютер від атак з " -"мережі.\n" +"Мережевий екран - це захисний механізм, що захищає ваш комп'ютер від атак з мережі.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Custom Rules</big> \n" -#| "Here you can set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n" -#| "matching these rules." msgid "" "<big>Custom Rules</big> \n" "Set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n" @@ -654,11 +555,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 #. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 -#| msgid "" -#| "Source Network \n" -#| "Network or IP where the connection comes from,\n" -#| "e.g., <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> or <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" -#| "or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> or <tt>0/0</tt> (which means <tt>all</tt>)." msgid "" "Source Network \n" "Network or IP address where the connection comes from,\n" @@ -916,7 +812,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 -#| msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgid "Re&quested IP (Optional)" msgstr "Запитана IP-адреса (необов'язково)" @@ -944,7 +839,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 -#| msgid "&Redirect to Port" msgid "&Redirect to Port (Optional)" msgstr "&Переспрямувати на порт (необов'язково)" @@ -1153,7 +1047,6 @@ msgstr "Порт &джерела (необов'язково)" #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 -#| msgid "Additional options" msgid "Additional &Options (Optional)" msgstr "Додаткові &параметри (необов'язково)" @@ -1237,13 +1130,8 @@ msgstr "Визначено %1 нетипових правил" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -#| msgid "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source port: %4" -msgid "" -"Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source " -"port: %4, Options: %5" -msgstr "" -"Мережа: %1, Протокол: %2, Порт призначення: %3, Вихідний " -"порт: %4, Параметри: %5" +msgid "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source port: %4, Options: %5" +msgstr "Мережа: %1, Протокол: %2, Порт призначення: %3, Вихідний порт: %4, Параметри: %5" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 @@ -1272,26 +1160,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 -#| msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration gets written" msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration has been written" msgstr "Мережевий екран буде запущено після запису конфігурації" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 -#| msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration gets written" msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration has been written" msgstr "Мережевий екран буде запущено після запису конфігурації" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -#| msgid "Firewall will be stopped after the configuration is written" -msgid "" -"Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" +msgid "Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" msgstr "Мережевий екран буде зупинено після запису конфігурації" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 -#| msgid "Firewall will not start after the configuration is written" msgid "Firewall will not start after the configuration has been written" msgstr "Мережевий екран не буде запущено після запису конфігурації" @@ -1414,11 +1297,8 @@ #. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? #. TRANSLATORS: informative label #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "" -"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." -msgstr "" -"Для трансляції потрібен принаймні один зовнішній інтерфейс і один інший " -"інтерфейс." +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgstr "Для трансляції потрібен принаймні один зовнішній інтерфейс і один інший інтерфейс." #. TRANSLATORS: popup message #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 @@ -1453,11 +1333,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524 -#| msgid "" -#| "Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n" -#| "but firewall is currently running.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Stop the firewall after the new configuration is written?" msgid "" "Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n" "but firewall is currently running.\n" @@ -1590,13 +1465,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141 -#| msgid "Enable firewall" msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "Вмикає мережевий екран" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147 -#| msgid "Disable firewall" msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "Вимикає мережевий екран" @@ -1663,42 +1536,32 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" -msgstr "" -"Назва або номер порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" +msgstr "Назва або номер порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" -msgstr "" -"Відомі служби мережевий екранів; для розділення декількох записів " -"використовуйте коми" +msgstr "Відомі служби мережевий екранів; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" -msgstr "" -"Назва або номер TCP порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте " -"коми" +msgstr "Назва або номер TCP порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" -msgstr "" -"Назва або номер UDP порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте " -"коми" +msgstr "Назва або номер UDP порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" -msgstr "" -"Назва або номер RPC порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте " -"коми" +msgstr "Назва або номер RPC порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" -msgstr "" -"Назва IP-протоколу; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" +msgstr "Назва IP-протоколу; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/firstboot.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/firstboot.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/firstboot.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 23:40+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. dialog caption @@ -31,15 +30,12 @@ #. text label, describing the check box meaning #. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 -#| msgid "" -#| "Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\n" -#| "firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration" msgid "" "Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\n" "firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Позначте Увімкнути перше завантаження, щоб при першому\n завантажені після " -"налаштування і першого завантаження запустити утиліту YaST firstboot.\n" +"Позначте Увімкнути перше завантаження, щоб при першому\n" +" завантажені після налаштування і першого завантаження запустити утиліту YaST firstboot.\n" #. check box label #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 @@ -48,17 +44,11 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 -#| msgid "" -#| "Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" -#| "Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module to find out more." msgid "" -"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on " -"the first boot after configuration.\n" -"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further " -"information.\n" +"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" +"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.\n" msgstr "" -"Позначте Увімкнути перше завантаження, щоб після налаштування і " -"першого завантаження запустити утиліту YaST firstboot.\n" +"Позначте Увімкнути перше завантаження, щоб після налаштування і першого завантаження запустити утиліту YaST firstboot.\n" "Більше інформації можна знайти в документації модуля yast2-firstboot.\n" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -231,15 +221,13 @@ #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will " -"start\n" +"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will start\n" "after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" "return to this installation sequence.\n" msgstr "" "На цьому етапі експерти можуть використовувати повний набір модулів\n" "налаштування SUSE. Виберіть Запустити Центр керування YaST і він буде\n" -"виконаний після натискання на Закінчити. Примітка: Центр керування не " -"має\n" +"виконаний після натискання на Закінчити. Примітка: Центр керування не має\n" "кнопки, щоб повернутись назад до цієї послідовності встановлення.\n" #. popup text @@ -276,11 +264,6 @@ #. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen #: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:114 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" -#| "configuration and for the installed system.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard Layout to be used during\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/ftp-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/ftp-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/ftp-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-25 09:05+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xftpd module @@ -53,8 +52,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:86 msgid "Umask vsftpd: <local users>:<anonymous>, pure-ftpd: <files>:<dirs>" -msgstr "" -"Umask vsftpd: <локальні користувачі>:<анонім>, pure-ftpd: <файли>:<теки>" +msgstr "Umask vsftpd: <локальні користувачі>:<анонім>, pure-ftpd: <файли>:<теки>" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:94 @@ -63,10 +61,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:102 -#| msgid "Enter the existing directory for authenticated users (pure-ftpd only)" msgid "Enter the existing directory for authenticated users (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Введіть існуючу теку для уповноважених користувачів (лише для pure-ftpd)." +msgstr "Введіть існуючу теку для уповноважених користувачів (лише для pure-ftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:110 @@ -91,79 +87,53 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" -msgstr "" -"Максимальна швидкість передачі, дозволена для локальних уповноважених " -"користувачів.(КБ/с)" +msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" +msgstr "Максимальна швидкість передачі, дозволена для локальних уповноважених користувачів.(КБ/с)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:150 msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients (KB/s)" -msgstr "" -"Максимальна дозволена швидкість передачі для анонімних користувачів.[КБ/с]" +msgstr "Максимальна дозволена швидкість передачі для анонімних користувачів.[КБ/с]" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:158 -#| msgid "The access permissions" msgid "Access permissions" msgstr "Дозволи доступу" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:168 -#| msgid "Access permission for anonymous users:" msgid "Access permissions for anonymous users" msgstr "Дозволи доступу для анонімних користувачів" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 -#| msgid "Welcome message is text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)" -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server " -"(vsftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Вітальне повідомлення — це текст, що відображається для кожного, хто " -"з'єднується з сервером (лише vsftpd)." +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Вітальне повідомлення — це текст, що відображається для кожного, хто з'єднується з сервером (лише vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190 -#| msgid "vsftpd support secure connections via SSL (vsftpd only)" msgid "vsftpd supports secure connections via SSL (vsftpd only)." msgstr "vsftpd підтримує безпечне з'єднання за допомогою SSL (лише vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 -#| msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)" -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо увімкнено, цей параметр дозволить з'єднання за протоколом SSL v2 (лише " -"vsftpd)." +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Якщо увімкнено, цей параметр дозволить з'єднання за протоколом SSL v2 (лише vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 -#| msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)" -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо увімкнено, то цей параметр дозволить з'єднання за протоколом SSL v3 " -"(лише vsftpd)." +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Якщо увімкнено, то цей параметр дозволить з'єднання за протоколом SSL v3 (лише vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217 -#| msgid "vsftpd support connections via TLS (vsftpd only)" msgid "vsftpd supports connections via TLS (vsftpd only)." msgstr "vsftpd підтримує з'єднання за допомогою TLS (лише vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 -#| msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)" -msgid "" -"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local " -"admin (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Заборонити завантаження тих файлів з сервера, які було вивантажено, але не " -"було перевірено локальним адміністратором (лише pure-ftpd)." +msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)." +msgstr "Заборонити завантаження тих файлів з сервера, які було вивантажено, але не було перевірено локальним адміністратором (лише pure-ftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235 @@ -172,13 +142,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:244 -#| msgid "Start FTP daemon in the boot process" msgid "Start FTP daemon in the boot process." msgstr "Запускати фонову службу FTP у процесі завантаження." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:250 -#| msgid "Start FTP daemon manually" msgid "Start FTP daemon manually." msgstr "Запускати фонову службу FTP вручну." @@ -190,7 +158,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:262 -#| msgid "Start xinetd if it is not running" msgid "Start xinetd if it is not running." msgstr "Запускати xinetd, якщо її ще не запущено." @@ -217,27 +184,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:296 -#| msgid "The minimum value for port range for passive connection replies." msgid "The minimum value for port range for passive connection replies" -msgstr "" -"Мінімальне значення діапазону портів для відповідей на пасивні з'єднання" +msgstr "Мінімальне значення діапазону портів для відповідей на пасивні з'єднання" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:303 -#| msgid "The maximum value for port range for passive connection replies." msgid "The maximum value for port range for passive connection replies" -msgstr "" -"Максимальне значення діапазону портів для відповідей на пасивні з'єднання" +msgstr "Максимальне значення діапазону портів для відповідей на пасивні з'єднання" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:310 -#| msgid "Maximum Idle Time (in minutes)." msgid "Maximum Idle Time (in minutes)" msgstr "Максимальний час простою (у хвилинах)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:324 -#| msgid "The maximum data transfer rate for ftp users (KB/s)." msgid "The maximum data transfer rate for ftp users (KB/s)" msgstr "Максимальна швидкість для користувачів FTP (КБ/с)" @@ -258,24 +219,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:348 -#| msgid "Anonymous users can upload" msgid "Anonymous users can upload." msgstr "Анонімні користувачі можуть вивантажувати." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:354 -#| msgid "Anonymous users can create directories" msgid "Anonymous users can create directories." msgstr "Анонімні користувачі можуть створювати теки." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 -#| msgid "Welcome message is text to display when someone connects to the server" -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." -msgstr "" -"Вітальне повідомлення — це текст, що демонструється кожному, хто з'єднається " -"з сервером." +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." +msgstr "Вітальне повідомлення — це текст, що демонструється кожному, хто з'єднається з сервером." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369 @@ -289,7 +244,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:379 -#| msgid "Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms" msgid "Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms." msgstr "Відкидати з'єднання, які не використовують механізми безпеки SSL/TLS." @@ -308,19 +262,16 @@ msgstr "Запуск:" #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:459 -#| msgid "FTP daemon is started via xinetd" msgid "FTP daemon is started via xinetd." msgstr "Фонову службу FTP запущено через xinetd." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:463 -#| msgid "FTP daemon is enabled in the boot process" msgid "FTP daemon is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "Фонову службу FTP буде увімкнено під час завантаження." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:466 -#| msgid "FTP daemon needs manual starting" msgid "FTP daemon needs manual starting." msgstr "Фонову службу FTP слід запускати вручну." @@ -359,7 +310,6 @@ #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:549 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:557 #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:565 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:573 #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:581 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:615 -#| msgid "Option is not set now!" msgid "Option is not set now." msgstr "Тепер параметр не встановлено." @@ -439,7 +389,6 @@ msgstr "Анонімів і уповноважених користувачів" #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:593 -#| msgid "Option has wrong value!" msgid "Option has wrong value." msgstr "Параметр має хибне значення." @@ -536,9 +485,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:673 msgid "Only one parameter (atboot/manual) is allowed." -msgstr "" -"Дозволено використання лише одного параметра (під час завантаження або " -"вручну)." +msgstr "Дозволено використання лише одного параметра (під час завантаження або вручну)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:680 @@ -568,15 +515,12 @@ #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:761 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:770 #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:788 -#| msgid "Entered umask is not valid!" msgid "Entered umask is not valid." msgstr "Введене значення umask є некоректним." #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:763 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:772 msgid "Example of correct umask <local users>:<anonymous> (177:077)" -msgstr "" -"Приклад коректної umask <локальні користувачі>:<анонімні користувачі> " -"(177:077)" +msgstr "Приклад коректної umask <локальні користувачі>:<анонімні користувачі> (177:077)" #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:790 msgid "Example of correct umask <files>:<dirs> (set_umask=177:077)" @@ -596,7 +540,6 @@ msgstr "Параметр порожній." #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:816 -#| msgid "Example of correct imput set_anon_dir=/srv/ftp" msgid "Example of correct input set_anon_dir=/srv/ftp" msgstr "Приклад коректного вводу: set_anon_dir=/srv/ftp" @@ -623,7 +566,6 @@ msgstr "Уповноважена тека:" #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:846 -#| msgid "Example of correct imput set_authen_dir=/srv/ftp" msgid "Example of correct input set_authen_dir=/srv/ftp" msgstr "Приклад коректного вводу: set_authen_dir=/srv/ftp" @@ -642,13 +584,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:894 -#| msgid "Please enter minimal port < maximal port." msgid "Enter minimal port < maximal port." msgstr "Введіть мінімальний порт < максимального." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:899 -#| msgid "Please enter correct numbers." msgid "Enter correct numbers." msgstr "Введіть правильні числа." @@ -684,7 +624,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1020 -#| msgid "Uknown option." msgid "Unknown option." msgstr "Невідомий параметр." @@ -714,7 +653,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1062 -#| msgid "Only two parameters are allowed." msgid "Only one or two parameters are allowed." msgstr "Дозволено лише 1 або 2 параметри." @@ -745,7 +683,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1145 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1235 -#| msgid "Wrong option!" msgid "Wrong option." msgstr "Неправильний параметр." @@ -781,17 +718,14 @@ #. end of `VBox( #: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:82 -#| msgid "No server package installed" msgid "No server package installed." msgstr "Не встановлено пакунки серверів." #: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:83 -#| msgid "Choose daemon?" msgid "Choose an FTP daemon." msgstr "Виберіть фонову службу FTP." #: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:84 -#| msgid "Press Cancel to cancel the configuration of the ftp." msgid "Press Cancel to cancel FTP configuration." msgstr "Натисніть кнопку Скасувати, щоб скасувати налаштування ftp." @@ -810,12 +744,10 @@ msgstr "Встановлення зазнало невдачі." #: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:146 -#| msgid "Package for ftp is not available." msgid "Package for FTP is not available." msgstr "Недоступний пакунок для ftp." #: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:150 -#| msgid "Package not found" msgid "Package not found." msgstr "Пакунок не знайдено." @@ -907,21 +839,18 @@ #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:242 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:291 -#| msgid "Start FTP daemon Now" msgid "Start FTP Daemon Now" msgstr "Запустити фонову службу FTP" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:244 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:293 -#| msgid "Stop FTP daemon Now" msgid "Stop FTP Daemon Now" msgstr "Зупинити фонову службу FTP" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:246 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:295 -#| msgid "Save Settings and Restart FTP daemon Now" msgid "Save Settings and Restart FTP Daemon Now" msgstr "Зберегти параметри і перезапустити фонову службу FTP" @@ -992,7 +921,6 @@ #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen #: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:547 -#| msgid "Ftp Directory for Anon&ymous Users" msgid "FTP Directory for Anon&ymous Users" msgstr "Тека FTP для анон&імних користувачів" @@ -1014,7 +942,6 @@ #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen #: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:604 -#| msgid "&Ftp Directory for Authenticated Users" msgid "&FTP Directory for Authenticated Users" msgstr "Тека &FTP для уповноважених користувачів" @@ -1184,7 +1111,6 @@ #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen #: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1183 -#| msgid "D&SA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" msgid "D&SA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections" msgstr "Сертифікат D&SA, який слід використовувати для шифрованих SSL-з'єднань" @@ -1213,13 +1139,11 @@ msgstr "Приймати &SSL і TLS" #: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1272 -#| msgid "&Refuse Conections Without SSL/TLS" msgid "&Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS" msgstr "&Відкидати з'єднання без SSL/TLS" #. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption #: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1320 -#| msgid "FTP Start-Up" msgid "FTP Start-up" msgstr "Запуск FTP" @@ -1350,9 +1274,6 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:17 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" -#| "" msgid "" "<big>Initializing FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -1367,14 +1288,10 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати." -"\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" -#| "" msgid "" "<big>Saving FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -1399,34 +1316,21 @@ #. #. Start widget switching daemons help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 -#| msgid "" -#| "Selected Service \n" -#| " Frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" -#| " . If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "Selected Service \n" -" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, " -"pure-ftpd, \n" +" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" " . If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Вибрана служба \n" -" Діалог показує, яку саме фонову службу зараз налаштовано: vsftpd, " -"pure-ftpd, \n" -" . Якщо ви встановили обидві фонові служби, то можете перемикатися " -"між ними.\n" +" Діалог показує, яку саме фонову службу зараз налаштовано: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" +" . Якщо ви встановили обидві фонові служби, то можете перемикатися між ними.\n" "\n" #. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- #. #. general welcome message help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:50 -#| msgid "" -#| "Welcome Message \n" -#| "This option is the name of a file containing \n" -#| "text to display when someone connects to the server.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "Welcome Message \n" "Specify the name of a file containing the\n" @@ -1440,14 +1344,6 @@ #. general chroot help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:57 -#| msgid "" -#| "Chroot \n" -#| "When enabled, local users will be (by default) placed in a \n" -#| "chroot() jail in their home directory after login.\n" -#| "Warning: This option has security implications, \n" -#| "especially if the users have upload permission, \n" -#| "or shell access. Only enable if you know what you are doing.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "Chroot \n" "When enabled, local users will be (by default) placed in a \n" @@ -1462,8 +1358,7 @@ "після входу до сервера у клітку chroot() у своїй домашній теці.\n" "Попередження: цей параметр може вплинути на безпеку, \n" "особливо, якщо користувачі мають право завантажувати файли на сервер,\n" -"або доступ до командного процесора. Вмикайте його, лише якщо ви впевнені у " -"своїх діях.\n" +"або доступ до командного процесора. Вмикайте його, лише якщо ви впевнені у своїх діях.\n" "\n" #. general logging help 1/1 @@ -1492,12 +1387,6 @@ #. general umask for anonymous help - only vsftpd 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:80 -#| msgid "" -#| "Umask for Anonymous: \n" -#| "The value that the umask for file creation is set to for anonymous users. \n" -#| "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" -#| "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "Umask for Anonymous: \n" "The value to which the umask for file creation is set for anonymous users. \n" @@ -1506,44 +1395,28 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Umask для анонімних користувачів: \n" -"Значення, яке встановлено umask для створення файлів анонімними " -"користувачами.\n" -"Якщо ви бажаєте вказати вісімкові значення, не забудьте про префікс \"0\", " -"інакше \n" +"Значення, яке встановлено umask для створення файлів анонімними користувачами.\n" +"Якщо ви бажаєте вказати вісімкові значення, не забудьте про префікс \"0\", інакше \n" "значення буде вважатися десятковим цілим числом.\n" "\n" #. general umask for authenticated users help - only vsftpd 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 -#| msgid "" -#| "Umask for Authenticated Users: \n" -#| "The value that the umask for file creation is set to for authenticated users. \n" -#| "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" -#| "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "Umask for Authenticated Users: \n" -"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated " -"users. \n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n" "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Umask для уповноважених користувачів: \n" -"Значення, у яке встановлено umask для створення файлів уповноваженими " -"користувачами.\n" -"Якщо ви бажаєте вказати вісімкові значення, то не забудьте про префікс \"0\", " -"інакше \n" +"Значення, у яке встановлено umask для створення файлів уповноваженими користувачами.\n" +"Якщо ви бажаєте вказати вісімкові значення, то не забудьте про префікс \"0\", інакше \n" "значення буде вважатися десятковим цілим числом.\n" "\n" #. general FTP dir for anonymous help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:96 -#| msgid "" -#| "FTP Directory for Anonymous Users: \n" -#| "You can specify directory which is used for FTP anonymous users. \n" -#| "By pressing Browse you can select directory from local filesystem.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "FTP Directory for Anonymous Users: \n" "Specify a directory which is used for FTP anonymous users. \n" @@ -1551,19 +1424,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Тека FTP для анонімних користувачів: \n" -"Ви можете задати теку, що використовуватиметься для анонімних користувачів " -"FTP. \n" -"Натиснувши Перегляд, ви зможете вибрати теку локальної файлової " -"системи.\n" +"Ви можете задати теку, що використовуватиметься для анонімних користувачів FTP. \n" +"Натиснувши Перегляд, ви зможете вибрати теку локальної файлової системи.\n" "\n" #. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:103 -#| msgid "" -#| "FTP Directory for Authenticated Users: \n" -#| "You can specify a directory which is used for ftp authenticated users. \n" -#| "By pressing Browse you can select a directory from the local filesystem.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "FTP Directory for Authenticated Users: \n" "Specify a directory which is used for FTP authenticated users. \n" @@ -1571,21 +1437,14 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Тека FTP для уповноважених користувачів: \n" -"Ви можете вказати теку, що використовуватиметься для уповноважених " -"користувачів ftp. \n" -"Натиснувши Навігація, ви можете вибрати теку локальної файлової " -"системи.\n" +"Ви можете вказати теку, що використовуватиметься для уповноважених користувачів ftp. \n" +"Натиснувши Навігація, ви можете вибрати теку локальної файлової системи.\n" "\n" #. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- #. #. performance Max Idle Time help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:113 -#| msgid "" -#| "Max Idle Time: \n" -#| "The maximum time (timeout) a remote client \n" -#| "may spend between ftp commands.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "Max Idle Time: \n" "The maximum time (timeout) a remote client \n" @@ -1599,11 +1458,6 @@ #. performance max clients per IP help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:120 -#| msgid "" -#| "Max Clients for One IP: \n" -#| "This is the maximum number of clients which may be connected \n" -#| "from the same source internet address. \n" -#| "" msgid "" "Max Clients for One IP: \n" "The maximum number of clients allowed to connect\n" @@ -1617,11 +1471,6 @@ #. performance max clients help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:127 -#| msgid "" -#| "Max Clients: \n" -#| "This is the maximum number of clients which may be connected. \n" -#| "Any additional clients connecting will get an error message.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "Max Clients: \n" "The maximum number of clients allowed to connect. \n" @@ -1630,8 +1479,7 @@ msgstr "" "Макс. кількість клієнтів: \n" "Це максимальна кількість клієнтів, які можуть з'єднуватися з сервером.\n" -"Будь-які додаткові клієнти понад це число отримуватимуть повідомлення про " -"помилку.\n" +"Будь-які додаткові клієнти понад це число отримуватимуть повідомлення про помилку.\n" "\n" #. performance local max rate help 1/1 @@ -1642,8 +1490,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "Максимальна локальна швидкість: \n" -"Максимальна дозволена швидкість передачі даних для локальних уповноважених " -"користувачів.\n" +"Максимальна дозволена швидкість передачі даних для локальних уповноважених користувачів.\n" "" #. performance anonymous max rate help 1/1 @@ -1659,36 +1506,21 @@ #. #. authentication Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:147 -#| msgid "" -#| "Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users \n" -#| "Anonymous Only If enabled only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" -#| "Authenticated Users Only If enabled only authenticated users are permitted.\n" -#| "Both If enabled authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users \n" "Anonymous Only: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" -"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are " -"permitted.\n" -"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are " -"permitted.\n" +"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n" +"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Увімкнути/Вимкнути анонімних і локальних користувачів \n" -"Лише аноніми Якщо увімкнено, дозволено вхід лише анонімних " -"користувачів.\n" -"Лише уповноважені користувачі Дозволено вхід лише уповноважених " -"користувачів.\n" +"Лише аноніми Якщо увімкнено, дозволено вхід лише анонімних користувачів.\n" +"Лише уповноважені користувачі Дозволено вхід лише уповноважених користувачів.\n" "Обидві групи Дозволено вхід уповноважених і анонімних користувачів.\n" "\n" #. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:155 -#| msgid "" -#| "Enable Upload \n" -#| "If enabled ftp users can upload. To allow anonymous users \n" -#| "to upload enable Anonymous Can Upload\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "Enable Upload \n" "If enabled, FTP users can upload. To allow anonymous users \n" @@ -1696,66 +1528,42 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Увімкнути вивантаження на сервер \n" -"Якщо увімкнено, то користувачі ftp можуть вивантажувати файли на сервер. Для " -"анонімних користувачів слід увімкнути\n" +"Якщо увімкнено, то користувачі ftp можуть вивантажувати файли на сервер. Для анонімних користувачів слід увімкнути\n" "параметр Аноніми можуть вивантажувати на сервер.\n" "\n" #. authentication Anonymous Can Upload help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:162 -#| msgid "" -#| "Anonymous Can Upload \n" -#| "If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" -#| "vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" -#| "need an existing directory with write persmission in the home directory after login.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "Anonymous Can Upload \n" "If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" "vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" -"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after " -"login.\n" +"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Аноніми можуть завантажувати на сервер \n" -"Якщо увімкнено, то анонімним користувачам буде дозволено завантажувати файли " -"на сервер.\n" -"лише vsftpd: якщо ви бажаєте, щоб анонімні користувачі могли " -"завантажувати на сервер, вам слід мати\n" -"існуючу теку з правами на запис у теці, куди потрапляють користувачі після " -"входу на сервер.\n" +"Якщо увімкнено, то анонімним користувачам буде дозволено завантажувати файли на сервер.\n" +"лише vsftpd: якщо ви бажаєте, щоб анонімні користувачі могли завантажувати на сервер, вам слід мати\n" +"існуючу теку з правами на запис у теці, куди потрапляють користувачі після входу на сервер.\n" "\n" #. authentication Anonymous Can Create Dirs help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:170 -#| msgid "" -#| "Anonymous Can Create Dirs \n" -#| "If enabled anonymous users can create directories.\n" -#| "vsftpd only: If you want that anonymous users can create directories you \n" -#| "need existing directory with allowed writing in home directory after login.\n" msgid "" "Anonymous Can Create Dirs \n" "If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n" -"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create " -"directories,\n" -"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory " -"after login.\n" +"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" +"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" msgstr "" "Анонімні користувачі можуть створювати теки \n" "Якщо цей параметр увімкнено, то анонімні користувачі можуть створювати теки.\n" -"лише vsftpd: якщо ви бажаєте, щоб анонімні користувачі могли " -"створювати теки, то вам слід мати\n" -"існуючу теку з правами на запис у теці, куди потрапляють користувачі після " -"входу на сервер.\n" +"лише vsftpd: якщо ви бажаєте, щоб анонімні користувачі могли створювати теки, то вам слід мати\n" +"існуючу теку з правами на запис у теці, куди потрапляють користувачі після входу на сервер.\n" #. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- #. #. expert settings Enable Passive Mode help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:181 -#| msgid "" -#| "Enable Passive Mode \n" -#| "If enabled the ftp server will allow passive mode for connections. \n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "Enable Passive Mode \n" "If enabled, the FTP server will allow passive mode for connections. \n" @@ -1793,10 +1601,6 @@ #. expert settings Enable SSL help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:201 -#| msgid "" -#| "Enable SSL \n" -#| "If enabled SSL connections are allowed.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "Enable SSL \n" "If enabled, SSL connections are allowed.\n" @@ -1808,10 +1612,6 @@ #. expert settings Enable SSL v2 help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:207 -#| msgid "" -#| "Enable SSL v2 \n" -#| "If enabled SSL version 2 connections are allowed.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "Enable SSL v2 \n" "If enabled, SSL version 2 connections are allowed.\n" @@ -1823,10 +1623,6 @@ #. expert settings Enable SSL v3 help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:213 -#| msgid "" -#| "Enable SSL v3 \n" -#| "If enabled SSL version 3 connections are allowed.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "Enable SSL v3 \n" "If enabled, SSL version 3 connections are allowed.\n" @@ -1838,10 +1634,6 @@ #. expert settings Enable TLS help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:219 -#| msgid "" -#| "Enable TLS \n" -#| "If enabled TLS connections are allowed.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "Enable TLS \n" "If enabled, TLS connections are allowed.\n" @@ -1853,31 +1645,19 @@ #. expert settings DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:225 -#| msgid "" -#| "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections \n" -#| "This option specifies the location of the DSA certificate to \n" -#| "use for SSL encrypted connections. You can select a file by pressing Browse\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections \n" "This option specifies the location of the DSA certificate to \n" "use for SSL-encrypted connections. Select a file by pressing Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Сертифікат DSA, який слід використовувати для шифрованих SSL-з'єднань<" -"/b> \n" +"Сертифікат DSA, який слід використовувати для шифрованих SSL-з'єднань \n" "Цей параметр вказує розташування сертифіката DSA, \n" -"який слід використовувати для шифрованих SSL-з'єднань. Ви можете вибрати файл " -"за допомогою кнопки Перегляд.\n" +"який слід використовувати для шифрованих SSL-з'єднань. Ви можете вибрати файл за допомогою кнопки Перегляд.\n" "\n" #. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:232 -#| msgid "" -#| "Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data \n" -#| "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded \n" -#| "but not validated by a local admin\n" -#| "" msgid "" "Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data \n" "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded \n" @@ -1891,34 +1671,23 @@ #. expert settings Security Settings help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:239 -#| msgid "" -#| "Security Settings \n" -#| "Disable SSL/TLS Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" -#| "Accept SSL and TLS Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" -#| "Refuse Conections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "Security Settings \n" "Disable SSL/TLS Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" "Accept SSL and TLS Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" -"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use " -"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" +"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" "" msgstr "" "Налаштування безпеки \n" "Заборонити SSL/TLS Заборонити шар шифрування SSL/TLS.\n" "Приймати SSL і TLS Приймати і традиційні, і шифровані сеанси.\n" -"Відкидати з'єднання без SSL/TLS Відкидати з'єднання, які не " -"використовують механізм безпеки SSL/TLS, разом з анонімними сеансами.\n" +"Відкидати з'єднання без SSL/TLS Відкидати з'єднання, які не використовують механізм безпеки SSL/TLS, разом з анонімними сеансами.\n" "" #. -----------================= SUMMARY =============---------- #. #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:251 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Configure FTP server here. \n" msgid "" "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" "Configure the FTP server. \n" @@ -1936,8 +1705,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Додавання сервера FTP:</big> \n" "Виберіть сервер FTP зі списку виявлених серверів FTP.\n" -"Якщо ваш сервер FTP не виявлено автоматично, виберіть Інше (не виявлене).<" -"/b>\n" +"Якщо ваш сервер FTP не виявлено автоматично, виберіть Інше (не виявлене).\n" "Потім натисніть Налаштувати.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -1953,10 +1721,6 @@ #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:268 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration Overview</big> \n" -#| "Obtain an overview of installed FTP servers. Additionally\n" -#| "edit their configurations. \n" msgid "" "<big>FTP Server Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of the installed FTP servers. Additionally,\n" @@ -1968,9 +1732,6 @@ #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:274 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Adding a FTP Server</big> \n" -#| "Press Add to configure an FTP server.\n" msgid "" "<big>Adding a FTP Server</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a FTP server.\n" @@ -1980,10 +1741,6 @@ #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:278 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" -#| "Choose a ftp server to change or remove.\n" -#| "Then press Edit or Delete, respectively.\n" msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" "Choose a FTP server to change or remove.\n" @@ -2016,7 +1773,6 @@ #. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Authenticated Users" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:781 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:819 -#| msgid "Select Directory" msgid "Select directory" msgstr "Виберіть каталог" @@ -2035,8 +1791,7 @@ " you need to create a directory with write access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви бажаєте, щоб користувачі \"anonymous\" мали змогу завантажувати на " -"сервер,\n" +"Якщо ви бажаєте, щоб користувачі \"anonymous\" мали змогу завантажувати на сервер,\n" "вам слід створити теку з дозволом на запис.\n" "\n" @@ -2062,15 +1817,11 @@ msgstr "Вивантаження (дозволити запис)?" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1085 -#| msgid "" -#| "If you want anonymous users to be able to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Щоб анонімні користувачі могли завантажувати файли на сервер, " -"вам потрібна тека з дозволом на запис.\n" +"Щоб анонімні користувачі могли завантажувати файли на сервер, вам потрібна тека з дозволом на запис.\n" "\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1104 @@ -2082,10 +1833,6 @@ msgstr "Вивантаження з доступом на запис?" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1109 -#| msgid "" -#| "If you want anonymous users to be able to create directories,\n" -#| " you have to create a directory with write access.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" " you have to create a directory with write access.\n" @@ -2096,10 +1843,6 @@ "\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1132 -#| msgid "" -#| "If you want anonymous users to be able to create directories,\n" -#| " you need a directory with write acccess.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "If you want anonymous users to be able to create directories,\n" " you need a directory with write access.\n" @@ -2130,33 +1873,22 @@ "If you want to allow uploads for \"anonymous\" users, \n" "you need a directory with write access for them." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви бажаєте, щоб користувачі \"anonymous\" могли завантажувати файли на " -"сервер,\n" +"Якщо ви бажаєте, щоб користувачі \"anonymous\" могли завантажувати файли на сервер,\n" "вам потрібна тека з дозволом на запис." #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have " -"no write access.\n" -msgstr "" -"Для анонімних з'єднань слід убезпечити домашню теку анонімного користувача " -"від можливості запису.\n" +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" +msgstr "Для анонімних з'єднань слід убезпечити домашню теку анонімного користувача від можливості запису.\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have " -"no write access." -msgstr "" -"Для анонімних з'єднань домашня тека анонімного користувача не повинна мати " -"доступу з правами запису." +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." +msgstr "Для анонімних з'єднань домашня тека анонімного користувача не повинна мати доступу з правами запису." #. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" #. check values Max Port >= Min Port #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1453 msgid "Condition for ports is max port > min port." -msgstr "" -"Умова на порти полягає в тому, що максимальний порт повинен бути більшим за " -"мінімальний." +msgstr "Умова на порти полягає в тому, що максимальний порт повинен бути більшим за мінімальний." #. Valid function of "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" #. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty @@ -2173,12 +1905,8 @@ #. Valid function of "Security Settings" #. check of existing certificate #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1718 -msgid "" -"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL " -"connection is missing." -msgstr "" -"Відсутній сертифікат <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> для з'єднання " -"SSL." +msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing." +msgstr "Відсутній сертифікат <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> для з'єднання SSL." #. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:219 @@ -2196,22 +1924,16 @@ msgstr "Ви встановили дві фонові служби:" #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:906 -#| msgid "Please choose one of them for configuration." msgid "Choose one of them for configuration." msgstr "Виберіть один з них для налаштування." #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:908 -#| msgid "Do you want to configure vsftpd? Alternatively choose pure-ftpd" msgid "Do you want to configure vsftpd? Alternatively choose pure-ftpd." msgstr "Налаштувати vsftpd? Якщо ні, то виберіть pure-ftpd." #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:916 -msgid "" -"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration " -"in interactive mode." -msgstr "" -"Ви встановили обидві фонові служби. Тому треба запустити налаштування в " -"інтерактивному режимі." +msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode." +msgstr "Ви встановили обидві фонові служби. Тому треба запустити налаштування в інтерактивному режимі." #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:935 @@ -2265,7 +1987,6 @@ #. write settings for starting daemon #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1008 -#| msgid "Cannot create upload directory for anonymous connections!" msgid "Cannot create upload directory for anonymous connections." msgstr "Неможливо створити теку вивантаження для анонімних з'єднань." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/geo-cluster.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/geo-cluster.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/geo-cluster.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -15,8 +15,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module #: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 @@ -86,7 +85,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "порт" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" @@ -95,17 +94,17 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додати" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Змінити" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вилучити" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 @@ -117,13 +116,13 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Гаразд" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Скасувати" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Please enter valid ip address" @@ -291,12 +290,12 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 msgid "Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налаштування фаєрволу" #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Започаткування..." #. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 @@ -326,7 +325,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Читання попередніх параметрів" #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" @@ -336,13 +335,13 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Читання попередніх параметрів..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Завершено" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster write dialog caption @@ -355,7 +354,7 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Записати параметри" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 @@ -365,7 +364,7 @@ #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запис параметрів..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 @@ -376,56 +375,56 @@ #. Error message #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не вдається записати параметри." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зведення налаштування..." #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Читання бази даних" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виявлення пристроїв" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Читання бази даних..." #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виявлення пристроїв..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Неможливо прочитати database1." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Неможливо прочитати database2." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не вдається виявити пристрої." #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запустити SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виконання SuSEconfig..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зведення налаштування..." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/gtk.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/gtk.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/gtk.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-gtk.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-25 09:11+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translator: byte shorthand @@ -81,7 +80,6 @@ "\n" #: src/YGUI.cc:327 -#| msgid "Parse control file" msgid "Open Macro file" msgstr "Відкрити файл макросу" @@ -94,13 +92,11 @@ msgstr "Зберегти макрос" #: src/YGUI.cc:358 -#| msgid "Save y2logs to..." msgid "Save y2logs" msgstr "Зберегти журнал y2logs" #: src/YGUI.cc:368 #, c-format -#| msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgid "Could not run: '%s' (exit value: %d)" msgstr "Неможливо запустити: '%s' (значення виходу: %d)" @@ -109,7 +105,6 @@ msgstr "Немає вікна, з якого взяти знімок." #: src/YGUI.cc:409 -#| msgid "Couldn't take a screenshot." msgid "Could not take screenshot." msgstr "Неможливо взяти знімок екрана." @@ -118,7 +113,6 @@ msgstr "Зберегти знімок екрана" #: src/YGUI.cc:462 -#| msgid "Couldn't save y2logs." msgid "Could not save to:" msgstr "Неможливо зберегти y:" @@ -223,7 +217,6 @@ msgstr "Довідка" #: src/ygtkwizard.c:161 -#| msgid "&Finish" msgid "&Find:" msgstr "&Знайти:" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/heartbeat.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/heartbeat.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/heartbeat.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -21,21 +21,16 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Heartbeat module #: src/clients/heartbeat.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Configuration of high availability (HA) cluster using Heartbeat service." -msgstr "" -"Налаштування кластера високого ступеня готовності (HA) за допомогою служби " -"Heartbeat." +msgid "Configuration of high availability (HA) cluster using Heartbeat service." +msgstr "Налаштування кластера високого ступеня готовності (HA) за допомогою служби Heartbeat." #. translators: command line help text for add action #: src/clients/heartbeat.rb:87 -#| msgid "Configure a list of the servers for the cluster" msgid "Configure a list of servers for the cluster." msgstr "Налаштувати список серверів кластера." @@ -76,19 +71,13 @@ #. translators: command line help text for the 'play' option #: src/clients/heartbeat.rb:142 -#| msgid "Communication mode, can be 'bcast' for broadcast or 'mcast' for multicast." -msgid "" -"Set the communication mode to 'bcast' for broadcast or 'mcast' for multicast." -msgstr "" -"Установіть режим обміну інформацією як „bcast“ для трансляції і „mcast“ для " -"групової трансляції." +msgid "Set the communication mode to 'bcast' for broadcast or 'mcast' for multicast." +msgstr "Установіть режим обміну інформацією як „bcast“ для трансляції і „mcast“ для групової трансляції." #. translators: command line help text for the 'play' option #: src/clients/heartbeat.rb:149 msgid "Network device (e.g. eth0) used for communication." -msgstr "" -"Мережний пристрій (наприклад, eth0), що використовуватиметься для обміну " -"інформацією." +msgstr "Мережний пристрій (наприклад, eth0), що використовуватиметься для обміну інформацією." #. translators: command line help text for the 'play' option #: src/clients/heartbeat.rb:156 @@ -107,11 +96,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for the 'play' option #: src/clients/heartbeat.rb:177 -#| msgid "Authentication method, can be 'crc' (no security), 'sha1' or 'md5'." msgid "Set authentication method to 'crc' (no security), 'sha1' or 'md5'." -msgstr "" -"Установіть метод автентифікації як \"crc\" (без заходів безпеки), \"sha1\" " -"або \"md5\"." +msgstr "Установіть метод автентифікації як \"crc\" (без заходів безпеки), \"sha1\" або \"md5\"." #. translators: command line help text for the 'play' option #: src/clients/heartbeat.rb:184 @@ -319,8 +305,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати." -"\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #: src/include/heartbeat/helps.rb:62 msgid "" @@ -361,8 +346,7 @@ #: src/include/heartbeat/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "This cluster installation program does not copy the Heartbeat\n" -"software package to cluster nodes. Prior to running this installation " -"program, the\n" +"software package to cluster nodes. Prior to running this installation program, the\n" "Heartbeat software package must be installed on all nodes that will be\n" "part of your cluster." msgstr "" @@ -379,21 +363,17 @@ "by entering the <tt>uname -n</tt> command on each node.\n" msgstr "" "Щоб додати вузол до кластера, введіть назву вузла,\n" -"а потім натисніть кнопку Додати. Повторіть цю процедуру для кожного " -"вузла,\n" +"а потім натисніть кнопку Додати. Повторіть цю процедуру для кожного вузла,\n" "що додається до кластера. Ви можете знайти назви вузлів для сервера,\n" "якщо виконаєте команду <tt>uname -n</tt> на кожному з вузлів.\n" #: src/include/heartbeat/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"If you need to specify a different node name after adding a node to the " -"cluster,\n" +"If you need to specify a different node name after adding a node to the cluster,\n" "double-click the node to edit, change its name, then click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо після додавання вузла до кластера, ви хочете змінити назву цього " -"вузла,\n" -"клацніть два рази по вузлу і змініть назву вузла, а потім натисніть " -"Змінити.\n" +"Якщо після додавання вузла до кластера, ви хочете змінити назву цього вузла,\n" +"клацніть два рази по вузлу і змініть назву вузла, а потім натисніть Змінити.\n" #: src/include/heartbeat/helps.rb:94 msgid "" @@ -404,8 +384,7 @@ "you should specify more than one heartbeat medium if possible.\n" msgstr "" "Налаштування носія Heartbeat дозволяє вам\n" -"вказати метод, який Heartbeat має використовувати для внутрішнього зв’язку " -"між вузлами\n" +"вказати метод, який Heartbeat має використовувати для внутрішнього зв’язку між вузлами\n" "кластера. Це шлях, яким вузли кластера надають інформацію,\n" "про свій робочий стан іншим вузлам кластера. Для належного запасу\n" "вам слід вказати, за можливості, більше ніж один носій.\n" @@ -417,8 +396,7 @@ "that medium type to Heartbeat.\n" msgstr "" "Виберіть принаймні один Носій Heartbeat і, за можливості,\n" -"два або більше. Після того, як вкажете носій heartbeat, натисніть Додати<" -"/b>, щоб додати\n" +"два або більше. Після того, як вкажете носій heartbeat, натисніть Додати, щоб додати\n" "цей носій до Heartbeat.\n" #: src/include/heartbeat/helps.rb:106 @@ -435,10 +413,8 @@ "group to join (class D multicast address 224.0.0.0-239.255.255.255), and\n" "the ttl value (1-255).\n" msgstr "" -"Для Групового мовлення, виберіть мережний пристрій, групу " -"трансляції,\n" -"до якої слід приєднатися (адресу трансляції класу D " -"224.0.0.0-239.255.255.255) і\n" +"Для Групового мовлення, виберіть мережний пристрій, групу трансляції,\n" +"до якої слід приєднатися (адресу трансляції класу D 224.0.0.0-239.255.255.255) і\n" "значення ttl (1-255).\n" #: src/include/heartbeat/helps.rb:114 @@ -451,8 +427,7 @@ msgstr "" "Порт UDP вказує на порт UDP, який використовуватиметься для\n" "трансляції носія. Залиште у цьому полі типове значення (694),\n" -"до того часу, доки ви не запустите декілька кластерів Heartbeat у одному " -"сегменті мережі,\n" +"до того часу, доки ви не запустите декілька кластерів Heartbeat у одному сегменті мережі,\n" "у такому випадку вам слід буде запускати кожен кластер на своєму\n" "порту.\n" @@ -495,8 +470,7 @@ "a node after a failure has been resolved).\n" msgstr "" "Ресурси -- вкажіть ресурси, якими керуватиме Heartbeat,\n" -"і спосіб яким Heartbeat має керувати відновленням контролю (міграцією ресурсу " -"назад на вузол\n" +"і спосіб яким Heartbeat має керувати відновленням контролю (міграцією ресурсу назад на вузол\n" "після усунення наслідків відмови).\n" #: src/include/heartbeat/helps.rb:142 @@ -508,8 +482,7 @@ "stopped so they can be cleanly started, leading to a minor\n" "interruption of service.\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви встановити Автоматичне відновлення контролю у Увімкн." -", Heartbeat \n" +"Якщо ви встановити Автоматичне відновлення контролю у Увімкн., Heartbeat \n" "поверне ресурси основному власнику, як тільки він\n" "стане доступним. Це автоматично відновить баланс\n" "ресурсів між вузлами, але потребує короткої зупинки ресурсів,\n" @@ -526,8 +499,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для більшості сценаріїв, правильним вибором буде вимкн.. Потрібно,\n" "щоб адміністратор вручну повернув ресурси\n" -"(за допомогою інструмента командного рядка hb_standby) як тільки " -"несправність\n" +"(за допомогою інструмента командного рядка hb_standby) як тільки несправність\n" "буде усунуто. Це дозволить йому створити розклад вікна обслуговування\n" "і не переривати більше службу.\n" @@ -539,8 +511,7 @@ "on or off is recommended for new deployments.\n" msgstr "" "legacy — це застарілий метод, що присутній для сумісності\n" -"з попередніми версіями Heartbeat. Він активує автоматичне відновлення " -"контролю, якщо\n" +"з попередніми версіями Heartbeat. Він активує автоматичне відновлення контролю, якщо\n" "ще не всі вузли підтримують нові директиви. Рекомендовано явно\n" "вказати увімкн. або вимкн. для нових розгортань кластера.\n" @@ -563,8 +534,7 @@ "setting above.\n" msgstr "" "Heartbeat спершу запускає ресурс на вузлі, до якого його приписано,\n" -"якщо, звичайно обидва вузли працездатні і запущені. Для отримання " -"докладнішої\n" +"якщо, звичайно обидва вузли працездатні і запущені. Для отримання докладнішої\n" "інформації погляньте на параметр auto_failback вище.\n" #: src/include/heartbeat/helps.rb:174 @@ -576,13 +546,11 @@ "example, Filesystem::/dev/sda1::/mnt::reiserfs. Check the\n" "documentation for the resource scripts.\n" msgstr "" -"Визначте назву будь-якого початкового скрипту, як ресурс, або вкажіть " -"особливий\n" +"Визначте назву будь-якого початкового скрипту, як ресурс, або вкажіть особливий\n" "скрипт ресурсу Heartbeat (з теки /etc/ha.d/resource.d).\n" "Деякі з останніх приймають додаткові аргументи,\n" "які слід відокремити від назви скрипту ресурсів знаками ::,\n" -"наприклад, Filesystem::/dev/sda1::/mnt::reiserfs. Перегляньте " -"документацію\n" +"наприклад, Filesystem::/dev/sda1::/mnt::reiserfs. Перегляньте документацію\n" "зі скриптів ресурсів.\n" #: src/include/heartbeat/helps.rb:182 @@ -626,17 +594,6 @@ "параметрів, які вони приймають.\n" #: src/include/heartbeat/helps.rb:202 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Booting</big> \n" -#| "To start the Heartbeat software each time this cluster server\n" -#| "is booted, select On. If you select Off, you \n" -#| "must start Heartbeat manually each time this cluster server\n" -#| "is booted. You can start the Heartbeat server manually using\n" -#| "the <tt>/etc/init.d/heartbeat start</tt> command.\n" -#| "To propagate the configuration to all nodes of the cluster and \n" -#| "to enable heartbeat service on them, run the commandline utility \n" -#| "<tt>/usr/lib/heartbeat/ha_propagate</tt> on this node after the \n" -#| "configuration is saved." msgid "" "<big>Booting</big> \n" "To start the Heartbeat software each time this cluster server\n" @@ -667,14 +624,12 @@ "Heartbeat uses a variety of timers to tune and configure its behavior.\n" "All timers are specified in seconds.\n" msgstr "" -"Heartbeat використовує набір таймерів для налаштування і регулювання його " -"поведінки.\n" +"Heartbeat використовує набір таймерів для налаштування і регулювання його поведінки.\n" "Всі таймери задаються у секундах.\n" #: src/include/heartbeat/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"Keep Alive specifies the interval at which a node announces itself " -"on\n" +"Keep Alive specifies the interval at which a node announces itself on\n" "the network.\n" msgstr "" "Залишатися доступним визначає час, який вузол попереджає про свою\n" @@ -686,8 +641,7 @@ "It should probably default to five times the Keep Alive interval.\n" msgstr "" "Час простою — це час, за який вузол вважатиметься непрацюючим.\n" -"Типово, він повинен бути вп’ятеро більшим за тривалість Залишатися " -"доступним.\n" +"Типово, він повинен бути вп’ятеро більшим за тривалість Залишатися доступним.\n" #: src/include/heartbeat/helps.rb:223 msgid "" @@ -695,23 +649,18 @@ "that a node has been slow in sending its heartbeats. This should\n" "probably default to three times the Keep Alive interval.\n" msgstr "" -"Час попередження — це час, за який Heartbeat попереджає у файлах " -"журналу,\n" -"що вузол уповільнюється у відсиланні своєї інформації. Типово цей час має " -"бути\n" +"Час попередження — це час, за який Heartbeat попереджає у файлах журналу,\n" +"що вузол уповільнюється у відсиланні своєї інформації. Типово цей час має бути\n" "втричі більшим за тривалість часу Залишатися доступним.\n" #: src/include/heartbeat/helps.rb:228 msgid "" -"Init Dead Time is the time a node waits after start-up for the " -"other\n" +"Init Dead Time is the time a node waits after start-up for the other\n" "nodes, given that sometimes network interfaces, routing, etc., take a\n" "while to stabilize. It should default to at least twice the Dead Time.\n" msgstr "" -"Початковий час простою — це час, протягом якого вузол чекає після " -"старту на інші\n" -"вузли, він надається для стабілізації мережних інтерфейсів, маршрутизаторів " -"та інших.\n" +"Початковий час простою — це час, протягом якого вузол чекає після старту на інші\n" +"вузли, він надається для стабілізації мережних інтерфейсів, маршрутизаторів та інших.\n" "Цей час має бути хоча б удвічі більше за Час простою.\n" #: src/include/heartbeat/helps.rb:233 @@ -739,21 +688,14 @@ #: src/include/heartbeat/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "If enabled, Heartbeat needs a Ping List of external nodes to ping.\n" -"The minimum if IP fail is enabled is one. A maximum of four to eight nodes " -"seems sensible.\n" +"The minimum if IP fail is enabled is one. A maximum of four to eight nodes seems sensible.\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо увімкнено, Heartbeat потребує Списку пінгування, зовнішніх " -"вузлів для пінгування.\n" -"Мінімальним значенням, якщо увімкнено несправний IP, є одиниця. Виваженим " -"значенням є максимум у чотири-вісім вузлів.\n" +"Якщо увімкнено, Heartbeat потребує Списку пінгування, зовнішніх вузлів для пінгування.\n" +"Мінімальним значенням, якщо увімкнено несправний IP, є одиниця. Виваженим значенням є максимум у чотири-вісім вузлів.\n" #: src/include/heartbeat/helps.rb:247 -msgid "" -"For more complex configurations, Heartbeat also supports Ping Groups" -"." -msgstr "" -"Для складніших налаштувань, Heartbeat також підтримує Групи Пінгування<" -"/i>." +msgid "For more complex configurations, Heartbeat also supports Ping Groups." +msgstr "Для складніших налаштувань, Heartbeat також підтримує Групи Пінгування." #: src/include/heartbeat/helps.rb:250 msgid "" @@ -955,9 +897,7 @@ #. cur["ucast"] = add(cur["ucast"]:[], all); #: src/include/heartbeat/media_conf.rb:452 msgid "Multicast group address must be class D (224.0.0.0 - 239.255.255.255)." -msgstr "" -"Адреса групового мовлення повинна належати до класу D (224.0.0.0 - " -"239.255.255.255)." +msgstr "Адреса групового мовлення повинна належати до класу D (224.0.0.0 - 239.255.255.255)." #. if (newnode == nil || newnode == "") { #. Report::Error(_("The other node name is required.")); @@ -1410,4 +1350,3 @@ #: src/modules/Heartbeat.rb:561 msgid "Configuration Summary..." msgstr "Зведення налаштування..." - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/http-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/http-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/http-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-25 10:54+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help for HTTP server module @@ -49,7 +48,6 @@ msgstr "Налаштувати віртуальні вузли" #: src/clients/http-server.rb:81 -#| msgid "Enable or disable wizardmode." msgid "Enable or disable wizard mode." msgstr "Увімкнути або вимкнути режим майстра." @@ -111,7 +109,6 @@ msgstr "Зробити вибраний віртуальний вузол типовим вузлом" #: src/clients/http-server.rb:166 -#| msgid "Set wizardmode \"on\" or \"off\"." msgid "Set wizard mode \"on\" or \"off\"." msgstr "Режим майстра „увімк.“ або „вимк.“." @@ -341,8 +338,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання ініціалізації:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть утиліту налаштування натисканням кнопки Перервати.<" -"/p>\n" +"Безпечно припиніть утиліту налаштування натисканням кнопки Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 @@ -367,49 +363,32 @@ #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " -"default is 80." -msgstr "" -"Значення параметра Порт визначає порт, на якому буде слухати " -"Apache2. Типовим значенням є 80." +msgid "The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80." +msgstr "Значення параметра Порт визначає порт, на якому буде слухати Apache2. Типовим значенням є 80." #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses " -"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " -"listens. If you are unsure, check all." -msgstr "" -"Слухати на інтерфейсах містить список всіх IP-адрес, налаштованих " -"на цьому вузлі. Позначені IP-адреси є тими, на яких слухає Apache2. Якщо ви " -"не впевнені, позначте всі." +msgid "Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all." +msgstr "Слухати на інтерфейсах містить список всіх IP-адрес, налаштованих на цьому вузлі. Позначені IP-адреси є тими, на яких слухає Apache2. Якщо ви не впевнені, позначте всі." #. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." +msgid "Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." msgstr "Тут ви можете увімкнути підтримку Apache2 для скриптових мов." #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " -"configuration when you press Finish." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви натиснете \"Завершено\", резюме продемонструє параметри, які буде " -"записано до налаштувань Apache2." +msgid "The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press Finish." +msgstr "Коли ви натиснете \"Завершено\", резюме продемонструє параметри, які буде записано до налаштувань Apache2." #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Press HTTP Server Expert Configuration \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the " -"configuration." +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." msgstr "" "Натисніть кнопку Налаштування HTTP-сервера для експертів,\n" -"\t\tщоб створити точніше налаштувати сервер, перед записом його параметрів.<" -"/p>" +"\t\tщоб створити точніше налаштувати сервер, перед записом його параметрів." #. module dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 @@ -418,27 +397,23 @@ "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " -"displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" "of the module." msgstr "" "<big>Зміна модулів HTTP сервера</big> \n" "Таблиця містить список всіх доступних модулів Apache2.\n" "У першому стовпчику показано назву модуля.\n" "У другому видно чи повинен сервер завантажувати модуль.\n" -"Увімкнені модулі буде завантажено. У останньому стовпчику розміщено короткий " -"опис модуля. " +"Увімкнені модулі буде завантажено. У останньому стовпчику розміщено короткий опис модуля. " #. module dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status." -"\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" msgstr "" "Щоб змінити стан модуля,\n" -"виберіть відповідне поле таблиці і натисніть кнопку Перемкнути стан.<" -"/p>\n" +"виберіть відповідне поле таблиці і натисніть кнопку Перемкнути стан.\n" #. module dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 @@ -451,14 +426,9 @@ #. apache service enabling help 1/1 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>HTTP Server Settings</big> \n" -#| "Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactive it, choose\n" -#| "Disabled.\n" msgid "" "<big>HTTP Server Settings</big> \n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, " -"choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, choose\n" "Disabled.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Параметри сервера HTTP</big> \n" @@ -507,12 +477,8 @@ #. server configuration overview help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to change " -"settings." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть відповідний запис з таблиці і натисніть Змінити, щоб " -"змінити параметри." +msgid "Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to change settings." +msgstr "Виберіть відповідний запис з таблиці і натисніть Змінити, щоб змінити параметри." #. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 @@ -524,67 +490,48 @@ msgid "" "<big>Configured Hosts</big> \n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " -"used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press Set as Default.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Налаштовані вузли</big> \n" "Це список вже налаштованих вузлів. Один з вузлів \n" -"позначено як типовий (зірочка поряд з назвою сервера). Типовий вузол буде " -"використано, якщо жоден з інших вузлів\n" +"позначено як типовий (зірочка поряд з назвою сервера). Типовий вузол буде використано, якщо жоден з інших вузлів\n" "не відповідає вхідному запиту. Щоб зробити вузол типовим,\n" "натисніть кнопку Зробити типовим.\n" #. hosts list help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the host.\n" -"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click " -"Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the host.\n" +"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Виберіть відповідний запис з таблиці і натисніть Змінити, щоб " -"змінити вузол.\n" -"Щоб додати вузол, натисніть Додати. Щоб вилучити вузол, виберіть його " -"і натисніть Вилучити." +"Виберіть відповідний запис з таблиці і натисніть Змінити, щоб змінити вузол.\n" +"Щоб додати вузол, натисніть Додати. Щоб вилучити вузол, виберіть його і натисніть Вилучити." #. host editing help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<big>Host Configuration</big> \n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " -"click Edit.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click Edit.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Налаштування вузла</big> \n" -"Щоб змінити параметри вузла, виберіть відповідний запис з таблиці і натисніть " -"Змінити.\n" -"Щоб додати новий параметр, натисніть Додати. Щоб вилучити параметр, " -"виберіть його і натисніть Вилучити." +"Щоб змінити параметри вузла, виберіть відповідний запис з таблиці і натисніть Змінити.\n" +"Щоб додати новий параметр, натисніть Додати. Щоб вилучити параметр, виберіть його і натисніть Вилучити." #. host editing help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 -#| msgid "" -#| "The Server Resolution options set the resolution when using\n" -#| "\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" -#| "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -#| "\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" msgid "" "The Server Resolution options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers" -",\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " -"Resolution via IP address" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" msgstr "" "Параметр Визначення сервера встановлює визначення сервера з\n" -"\tвикористанням віртуальних вузлів. Однак, якщо ви виберете Визначення за " -"HTTP-заголовками,\n" +"\tвикористанням віртуальних вузлів. Однак, якщо ви виберете Визначення за HTTP-заголовками,\n" "\tтиповий сервер не обслуговуватиме запити до IP-адреси\n" -"\tзаснованої на назвах віртуального вузла. Якщо ви плануєте налаштувати вузол " -"з SSL,\n" +"\tзаснованої на назвах віртуального вузла. Якщо ви плануєте налаштувати вузол з SSL,\n" "\tна основі vhost, то використовуйте Визначення через адресу IP" #. listen dialog editor help 1/2 @@ -601,15 +548,11 @@ #. listen dialog editor help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and click " -"Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Виберіть відповідний запис з таблиці і натисніть Змінити, щоб " -"змінити запис.\n" -"Щоб додати новий запис, натисніть Додати. Щоб вилучити запис, виберіть " -"його і натисніть Вилучити." +"Виберіть відповідний запис з таблиці і натисніть Змінити, щоб змінити запис.\n" +"Щоб додати новий запис, натисніть Додати. Щоб вилучити запис, виберіть його і натисніть Вилучити." #. ssl options dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 @@ -628,30 +571,23 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " -"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Загальна поведінка, що визначається параметром SSL. Вузол може зовсім\n" -"не підтримувати SSL (<tt>Без SSL</tt>), дозволяти обидва не-SSL і SSL " -"доступи (<tt>Дозволено</tt>),\n" -"або приймати лише з’єднання зашифровані за допомогою SSL (<tt>Потрібен</tt>" -").\n" +"не підтримувати SSL (<tt>Без SSL</tt>), дозволяти обидва не-SSL і SSL доступи (<tt>Дозволено</tt>),\n" +"або приймати лише з’єднання зашифровані за допомогою SSL (<tt>Потрібен</tt>).\n" "\n" #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change " -"the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Виберіть відповідний параметр з таблиці і натисніть Змінити, щоб " -"змінити параметр.\n" -"Щоб додати новий параметр, натиснітьДодати. Щоб вилучити параметр, " -"виберіть його і натисніть Вилучити." +"Виберіть відповідний параметр з таблиці і натисніть Змінити, щоб змінити параметр.\n" +"Щоб додати новий параметр, натиснітьДодати. Щоб вилучити параметр, виберіть його і натисніть Вилучити." #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 @@ -681,120 +617,86 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<big>New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual " -"host." +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>Новий вузол</big> \n" -"Цей діалог дозволяє вам ввести основну інформацію щодо нового віртуального " -"вузла." +"Цей діалог дозволяє вам ввести основну інформацію щодо нового віртуального вузла." #. new host dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Server Identification specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS " -"name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. Server Contents Root\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. Administrator E-Mail allows setup of an e-mail\n" "address for feedback about this host.\n" msgstr "" "Ідентифікація сервера визначає вміст і\n" -"представлення нового віртуального вузла. Назва сервера — це DNS назва, " -"що повертається яка частина\n" +"представлення нового віртуального вузла. Назва сервера — це DNS назва, що повертається яка частина\n" "заголовка HTTP у відповіді сервера. Корінь вмісту сервера\n" "це абсолютний шлях до теки, що містить всі документи, що надаються\n" -"цим віртуальним вузлом. Ел. пошта адміністратора дозволяє встановити " -"адресу\n" +"цим віртуальним вузлом. Ел. пошта адміністратора дозволяє встановити адресу\n" "електронної пошти для зв’язку щодо функціонування вузла.\n" #. new host dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Server Resolution</big> \n" -#| "Apache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\n" -#| "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" -#| "In principle, there are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" -#| "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -#| "the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" -#| "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -#| "If you plan to configure SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address\n" -#| "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.\n" msgid "" "<big>Server Resolution</big> \n" "Apache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\n" "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " -"host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" -"\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Визначення сервера</big> \n" "Apache 2 повинен мати можливість визначати, які параметри\n" -"віртуального вузла він повинен використовувати для створення відповіді на " -"запит HTTP.\n" +"віртуального вузла він повинен використовувати для створення відповіді на запит HTTP.\n" "Загалом, існує два базові підходи. Якщо використовувати HTTP-заголовки\n" "вхідного запиту, то сервер буде шукати назву вузла, що визначається\n" "заголовком HTTP-запиту. Іншою можливістю є визначення віртуального вузла\n" "за IP-адресою, яку було використано клієнтом під час з'єднання з сервером.\n" -" Якщо ви плануєте налаштувати вузол з SSL, то вживайте Визначення через " -"адресу IP\n" +" Якщо ви плануєте налаштувати вузол з SSL, то вживайте Визначення через адресу IP\n" "Щоб дізнатися більше, перегляньте підручник з Apache2.\n" #. advanced new host dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Details for New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " -"host." +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>Детально про новий вузол</big> \n" -"Цей діалог дозволяє вам визначити додаткову інформацію щодо нового " -"віртуального вузла." +"Цей діалог дозволяє вам визначити додаткову інформацію щодо нового віртуального вузла." #. advanced new host dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Select Enable CGI Support\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias <" -"tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." msgstr "" "Виберіть Увімкнути CGI підтримку\n" -"щоб запускати CGI-скрипти, що знаходяться у теці Шлях каталогу CGI за " -"допомогою псевдонімів <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"щоб запускати CGI-скрипти, що знаходяться у теці Шлях каталогу CGI за допомогою псевдонімів <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." #. advanced new host dialog 3/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 -#| msgid "" -#| "For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select Enable SSL Support.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Then enter the path for the certificate file in Certificate File Path.This option is available only for IP based vhosts." msgid "" "For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select Enable SSL Support.\n" "\n" "Then enter the path for the certificate file in Certificate File\n" "Path.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.\n" msgstr "" -"Для HTTPS-доступу до цього віртуального вузла, виберіть Увімкнути " -"підтримку SSL.\n" +"Для HTTPS-доступу до цього віртуального вузла, виберіть Увімкнути підтримку SSL.\n" "\n" -"Потім введіть шлях до файлу сертифіката у полі Шлях до файлу сертифіката<" -"/b>.\n Цей параметр доступний тільки для вузлів на основі адрес IP.\n" +"Потім введіть шлях до файлу сертифіката у полі Шлях до файлу сертифіката.\n" +" Цей параметр доступний тільки для вузлів на основі адрес IP.\n" #. advanced new host dialog 4/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that " -"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " -"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." -msgstr "" -"У полі Індекс каталогу введіть розділений пробілами список файлів, " -"які має шукати Apache, разом з назвою теки запиту URL (таку, що закінчується " -"на <tt>/</tt>). Буде використано перший же відповідний файл." +msgid "In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." +msgstr "У полі Індекс каталогу введіть розділений пробілами список файлів, які має шукати Apache, разом з назвою теки запиту URL (таку, що закінчується на <tt>/</tt>). Буде використано перший же відповідний файл." #. advanced new host dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 @@ -921,10 +823,8 @@ #. notification about package needed 1/2 #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170 -msgid "" -"To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати HTTP-сервер, потрібно встановити пакунки %1." +msgid "To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed." +msgstr "Щоб налаштувати HTTP-сервер, потрібно встановити пакунки %1." #. notification about package needed 2/2 #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174 @@ -1289,8 +1189,7 @@ #. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 msgid "When no Server name is defined, hostname will be used instead." -msgstr "" -"Якщо не вказано назву сервера, то замість нього вживатиметься назва вузла." +msgstr "Якщо не вказано назву сервера, то замість нього вживатиметься назва вузла." #. translators: popup error message when validate server #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 @@ -1555,7 +1454,6 @@ #. illegal keys in vhost #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:679 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:762 #, perl-format -#| msgid "Illegal key in vhost '%s'." msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'." msgstr "Нечинний ключ у віртуальному вузлі „%s“." @@ -1617,22 +1515,15 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." -msgstr "" -"Забезпечує керування доступом, засноване на назві вузла клієнта, IP-адресі та " -"іншому." +msgstr "Забезпечує керування доступом, засноване на назві вузла клієнта, IP-адресі та іншому." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" -msgstr "" -"Виконання CGI-скриптів, заснованих на типі носіїв або запитаному методі" +msgstr "Виконання CGI-скриптів, заснованих на типі носіїв або запитаному методі" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32 -msgid "" -"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " -"URL redirection" -msgstr "" -"Відображення різних частин файлової системи вузла у дереві документів і для " -"переспрямування URL" +msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" +msgstr "Відображення різних частин файлової системи вузла у дереві документів і для переспрямування URL" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47 msgid "Basic authentication" @@ -1655,8 +1546,7 @@ msgstr "Автентифікація користувачів за допомогою файлів DBM" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96 -msgid "" -"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" msgstr "Автоматично створює індекси каталогу, схоже на Unix-команду ls" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117 @@ -1665,9 +1555,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" -msgstr "" -"Надає можливість переспрямувань кінцевою похилою рискою і обслуговування " -"файлів індексу каталогу" +msgstr "Надає можливість переспрямувань кінцевою похилою рискою і обслуговування файлів індексу каталогу" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" @@ -1675,8 +1563,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" -msgstr "" -"Створення HTTP-заголовків Expires згідно до визначених користувачем критеріїв" +msgstr "Створення HTTP-заголовків Expires згідно до визначених користувачем критеріїв" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" @@ -1687,9 +1574,7 @@ msgstr "Запис до журналу запитів до сервера" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187 -msgid "" -"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " -"content" +msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" msgstr "Пов’язує розширення запитаних файлів з поведінкою і вмістом цих файлів" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212 @@ -1697,11 +1582,8 @@ msgstr "Забезпечує узгодження вмісту" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222 -msgid "" -"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " -"request" -msgstr "" -"Дозволяє встановлення змінних середовища, відповідних параметрам запиту" +msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" +msgstr "Дозволяє встановлення змінних середовища, відповідних параметрам запиту" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" @@ -1721,20 +1603,15 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:266 msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas" -msgstr "" -"Дозволяє користувачеві \"anonymous\" мати доступ до автентифікованих областей" +msgstr "Дозволяє користувачеві \"anonymous\" мати доступ до автентифікованих областей" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:287 msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication" msgstr "Автентифікація користувачів за допомогою дайджесту MD5" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302 -msgid "" -"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " -"authentication" -msgstr "" -"Дозволяє використовувати каталог LDAP для зберігання бази даних базової " -"ідентифікації HTTP" +msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" +msgstr "Дозволяє використовувати каталог LDAP для зберігання бази даних базової ідентифікації HTTP" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" @@ -1765,11 +1642,8 @@ msgstr "Простий ехо-сервер для показу можливостей протокольних модулів" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413 -msgid "" -"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " -"client" -msgstr "" -"Пропустити текст відповіді крізь зовнішню програму перед надсиланням клієнту" +msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" +msgstr "Пропустити текст відповіді крізь зовнішню програму перед надсиланням клієнту" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" @@ -1788,20 +1662,15 @@ msgstr "Забезпечує усебічний огляд налаштувань сервера" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469 -msgid "" -"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " -"modules" -msgstr "" -"Накопичення з’єднань LDAP і служби остаточного кешування для використання " -"іншими модулями LDAP" +msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" +msgstr "Накопичення з’єднань LDAP і служби остаточного кешування для використання іншими модулями LDAP" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "Запис до журналу кількості вхідних і вихідних байтів на запит" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509 -msgid "" -"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" msgstr "Визначає тип MIME файла переглядом декількох байтів його вмісту" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518 @@ -1825,8 +1694,7 @@ msgstr "Модуль підтримки протоколу HTTP для mod_proxy" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592 -msgid "" -"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" msgstr "Надає базований на правилах рушій перезапису запитаних URL на льоту" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619 @@ -1834,16 +1702,11 @@ msgstr "Намагається виправити помилкові URL, які можуть ввести користувачі" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628 -msgid "" -"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " -"Security (TLS) protocols" -msgstr "" -"Потужна криптографія з використанням протоколів Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) і " -"Transport Layer Security (TLS)" +msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" +msgstr "Потужна криптографія з використанням протоколів Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) і Transport Layer Security (TLS)" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668 -msgid "" -"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" msgstr "Надає кожному запиту змінну середовища з унікальним ідентифікатором" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674 @@ -1852,8 +1715,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" -msgstr "" -"Надає підтримку масового віртуального хостингу, що налаштовується динамічно" +msgstr "Надає підтримку масового віртуального хостингу, що налаштовується динамічно" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/inetd.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/inetd.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/inetd.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-25 09:23+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. is this proposal or not? @@ -375,15 +374,13 @@ #. Error message #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948 -#| msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"" msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." msgstr "Назва служби містить недозволений символ „/“." #. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." -msgstr "" -"Користувача %1 зарезервовано винятково для внутрішніх процесів сервера." +msgstr "Користувача %1 зарезервовано винятково для внутрішніх процесів сервера." #. Popup::Error #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 @@ -411,8 +408,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання процесу започаткування:</big> \n" -"Можна безпечно припинити роботу засобу налаштування, натиснувши тепер " -"Перервати.\n" +"Можна безпечно припинити роботу засобу налаштування, натиснувши тепер Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 @@ -445,8 +441,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Налаштування мережної служби</big> \n" "Клацніть Увімкнути, щоб увімкнути мережні служби, які керуються\n" -"конфігурацією супер-сервера. Щоб зупинити супер-сервер, клацніть Вимкнути<" -"/b>.\n" +"конфігурацією супер-сервера. Щоб зупинити супер-сервер, клацніть Вимкнути.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 msgid "" @@ -463,24 +458,20 @@ "<big>Services Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with On are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be " -"configured." +"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." msgstr "" "<big>Стан служб:</big> \n" "Всі служби, які позначені --- є неактивними (заблокованими).\n" "Всі служби, які позначені Увімк. активні (розблоковані).\n" -"Всі служби, які позначені НВ не встановлені і їх неможливо " -"налаштувати." +"Всі служби, які позначені НВ не встановлені і їх неможливо налаштувати." #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or " -"Off).\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Зміна стану служби:</big> \n" -"Виберіть службу для вмикання/вимикання і натисніть Перемкнути стан " -"(увімк./вимк.).\n" +"Виберіть службу для вмикання/вимикання і натисніть Перемкнути стан (увімк./вимк.).\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" @@ -510,13 +501,11 @@ msgid "" "<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " -"will remain.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Скасування налаштування:</big>\n" "Налаштування можна припинити, натиснувши кнопку Скасувати.\n" -"При скасуванні всі ваші зміни буде втрачено і початкова конфігурація " -"залишиться без зміни.\n" +"При скасуванні всі ваші зміни буде втрачено і початкова конфігурація залишиться без зміни.\n" #. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. #. @return The help text. @@ -557,11 +546,8 @@ "</ul>" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Це короткий опис. Для подробиць, див. info xinetd.conf.\n" +msgid "This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.\n" +msgstr "Це короткий опис. Для подробиць, див. info xinetd.conf.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" @@ -585,13 +571,11 @@ #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in " -"/etc/protocols.\n" +"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Протокол повинен бути чинним протоколом, як визначено в " -"/etc/protocols.\n" +"Протокол повинен бути чинним протоколом, як визначено в /etc/protocols.\n" "Наприклад, tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, і rpc/udp.\n" "\n" @@ -727,4 +711,3 @@ #: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "Ці служби буде увімкнено" - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/installation.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/installation.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/installation.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" #. this is a heading @@ -42,22 +41,15 @@ #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Використовуйте Клонування для створення профілю AutoYaST.\n" -"AutoYaST — це спосіб повного встановлення системи SUSE Linux без втручання " -"користувачів. Щоб AutoYaST\n" -"знав, якою повинна бути встановлена система, йому потрібний профіль. Якщо " -"увімкнено\n" -"цей параметр, то профіль поточної системи буде збережено в файлі /root/" -"autoyast.xml." +"AutoYaST — це спосіб повного встановлення системи SUSE Linux без втручання користувачів. Щоб AutoYaST\n" +"знав, якою повинна бути встановлена система, йому потрібний профіль. Якщо увімкнено\n" +"цей параметр, то профіль поточної системи буде збережено в файлі /root/autoyast.xml." #. this is a heading #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68 @@ -74,9 +66,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" -"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview @@ -122,9 +112,7 @@ msgstr "Встановлення зі штампів" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 @@ -137,9 +125,7 @@ msgstr "&Не встановлювати зі штампів" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" msgstr "" #. Image name, Image location @@ -148,15 +134,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 @@ -183,25 +165,20 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" "Встановлення зі штампів використовується для пришвидшення процесу\n" "встановлення. У штампах зберігаються стиснені копії встановленої системи,\n" -"що відповідає вашому вибору шаблонів. Решту пакунків, які не містяться у " -"шаблонах,\n" +"що відповідає вашому вибору шаблонів. Решту пакунків, які не містяться у шаблонах,\n" "буде встановлено з пакунків у звичайний спосіб.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347 @@ -211,10 +188,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" -"p>" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -394,14 +369,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Перед продовженням встановлення, вам слід прийняти ліцензію.\n" -"Скористайтеся кнопкою Переклади ліцензії..., щоб показати ліцензію з " -"усіма всі доступними перекладами.\n" +"Скористайтеся кнопкою Переклади ліцензії..., щоб показати ліцензію з усіма всі доступними перекладами.\n" "" #. help text, continued @@ -538,20 +511,14 @@ #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Використовуйте Клонування для створення профілю AutoYaST.\n" -"AutoYaST — це спосіб повного встановлення системи SUSE Linux без втручання " -"користувачів. Щоб AutoYaST\n" -"знав, якою повинна бути встановлена система, йому потрібний профіль. Якщо " -"увімкнено\n" -"цей параметр, то профіль поточної системи буде збережено в файлі /root/" -"autoyast.xml." +"AutoYaST — це спосіб повного встановлення системи SUSE Linux без втручання користувачів. Щоб AutoYaST\n" +"знав, якою повинна бути встановлена система, йому потрібний профіль. Якщо увімкнено\n" +"цей параметр, то профіль поточної системи буде збережено в файлі /root/autoyast.xml." #. Dialog busy message #. TRANSLATORS: busy message @@ -564,11 +531,8 @@ #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати доступ до системи X11, необхідно мати встановленим пакунок " -"%1." +msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Щоб отримати доступ до системи X11, необхідно мати встановленим пакунок %1." #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -582,7 +546,7 @@ #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зараз система перезавантажиться..." #. bnc #395030 #. Use less memory @@ -611,12 +575,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "Зневадження вимкнено.\n" -"YaST відкриє програму керування пакунками, щоб перевірити поточний стан " -"пакунків." +"YaST відкриє програму керування пакунками, щоб перевірити поточний стан пакунків." #. unknown image #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 @@ -650,9 +612,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 @@ -883,8 +843,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -893,9 +852,7 @@ #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" -"drivers.suse.com site." +msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." msgstr "" #. Error message @@ -952,12 +909,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Потрібна налаштована мережа, щоб вживати віддалені сховища\n" -"або додаткові продукти. Якщо ви не маєте наміру вживати віддалені сховища, " -"можете пропустити налаштування мережі.\n" +"або додаткові продукти. Якщо ви не маєте наміру вживати віддалені сховища, можете пропустити налаштування мережі.\n" #. error popup #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187 @@ -972,37 +927,26 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -"number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -"ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"У Linux вибір є найвищим пріоритетом. openSUSE пропонує " -"вам\n" -"декілька стільничних середовищ. Нижче ви бачите список з 2 основних " -"середовищ\n" +"У Linux вибір є найвищим пріоритетом. openSUSE пропонує вам\n" +"декілька стільничних середовищ. Нижче ви бачите список з 2 основних середовищ\n" "KDE і GNOME." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " -"the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Можете вибрати альтернативні стільничні середовища (або один з " -"мінімальних\n" -"шаблонів встановлення), які краще задовольнять ваші потреби, вибравши " -"параметр\n" -"Інше. Пізніше, під час вибору ПЗ, або після встановлення, можете " -"змінити ваш\n" -"вибір або додати інші стільничні середовища. Тут можна вказати типове " -"середовище." +"Можете вибрати альтернативні стільничні середовища (або один з мінімальних\n" +"шаблонів встановлення), які краще задовольнять ваші потреби, вибравши параметр\n" +"Інше. Пізніше, під час вибору ПЗ, або після встановлення, можете змінити ваш\n" +"вибір або додати інші стільничні середовища. Тут можна вказати типове середовище." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 @@ -1148,16 +1092,12 @@ #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 #, fuzzy msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Клацніть на будь-якому заголовку, щоб змінити або скористайтесь нижче меню " -"\"Змінити...\"." +msgstr "Клацніть на будь-якому заголовку, щоб змінити або скористайтесь нижче меню \"Змінити...\"." #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy msgid "Click a headline to make changes." -msgstr "" -"Клацніть на будь-якому заголовку, щоб змінити або скористайтесь нижче меню " -"\"Змінити...\"." +msgstr "Клацніть на будь-якому заголовку, щоб змінити або скористайтесь нижче меню \"Змінити...\"." #. menu button item #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 @@ -1182,13 +1122,11 @@ #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Виберіть Встановити, щоб виконати нове встановлення із показаними " -"значеннями.\n" +"Виберіть Встановити, щоб виконати нове встановлення із показаними значеннями.\n" "\n" #. kicking out, bug #203811 @@ -1464,17 +1402,14 @@ #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." -msgstr "" -"Зачекайте поки йде зондування апаратного обладнання встановлених систем " -"комп'ютера..." +msgstr "Зачекайте поки йде зондування апаратного обладнання встановлених систем комп'ютера..." #. additonal error when HW was not found #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" "Не знайдено жорстких дисків для цього встановлення.\n" "Перевірте ваше обладнання.\n" @@ -1581,8 +1516,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" "Тут показано всі сховища ПЗ, які було знайдено в\n" "системі, яку ви оновлюєте. Увімкніть сховища, які ви\n" @@ -2124,9 +2058,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." msgstr "" #. progress step title @@ -2288,10 +2220,8 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" #~ msgstr "Інформація про обладнання вибраної мережної плати" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Тут можна налаштувати ваші мережні плати для негайного вжитку." +#~ msgid "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." +#~ msgstr "Тут можна налаштувати ваші мережні плати для негайного вжитку." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you do not need a network connection now,\n" @@ -2523,12 +2453,8 @@ #~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..." #~ msgstr "Запис конфігурації мережі" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Будь ласка, зачекайте поки конфігурацію мережі буде збережено і " -#~ "перевірено..." +#~ msgid "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." +#~ msgstr "Будь ласка, зачекайте поки конфігурацію мережі буде збережено і перевірено..." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2630,15 +2556,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~| "your\n" +#~| "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~| "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~| "abandoning all its configuration data.\n" #~| "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2664,8 +2588,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation " -#~ "program\n" +#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation program\n" #~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n" #~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n" #~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n" @@ -2674,10 +2597,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Виберіть пункт Використовувати автоматичне налаштування, щоб\n" #~ "програма встановлення автоматично налаштувала вашу мережу і обладнання.\n" -#~ "У іншому випадку вам буде запропоновано варіанти з можливістю " -#~ "виправлення\n" -#~ "всіх параметрів вручну. Користувачам без належного досвіду слід " -#~ "користуватися\n" +#~ "У іншому випадку вам буде запропоновано варіанти з можливістю виправлення\n" +#~ "всіх параметрів вручну. Користувачам без належного досвіду слід користуватися\n" #~ "автоматичним налаштуванням.\n" #~ msgid "Update mode does not support automatic configuration." @@ -2685,8 +2606,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The features Update and Repair Installed System are " -#~| "only\n" +#~| "The features Update and Repair Installed System are only\n" #~| "available if an existing Linux system has been detected.\n" #~| "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2706,8 +2626,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. " -#~| "They are\n" +#~| "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" #~| "part of the installation media. During installation, if a connection\n" #~| "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" #~| "from the SUSE Linux Web server." @@ -2839,14 +2758,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed, debugger cannot continue." #~ msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed. Debugger cannot continue." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Помилка з'єднання з inst-sys, зневадник не може продовжувати роботу." +#~ msgstr "Помилка з'єднання з inst-sys, зневадник не може продовжувати роботу." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Щоб отримати доступ до системи X11, необхідно мати встановленим " -#~ "пакунок %1." +#~ msgid "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "Щоб отримати доступ до системи X11, необхідно мати встановленим пакунок %1." #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" #~ msgstr "Хочете встановити вже?" @@ -2861,8 +2776,7 @@ #~ "found for the installation.\n" #~ "Check your hardware.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation.\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Не знайдено жорстких дисків або контролерів жорстких\n" #~ "дисків для цього встановлення.\n" @@ -2917,32 +2831,22 @@ #~ msgstr "Започаткування шрифтів..." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation " -#~ "up. \n" -#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your " -#~ "selection \n" -#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be " -#~ "installed from \n" +#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up. \n" +#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your selection \n" +#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from \n" #~ "packages the standard way." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Встановлення зі штампів використовується для пришвидшення\n" -#~ "процесу встановлення. У штампах зберігаються стиснені копії встановленої " -#~ "системи,\n" -#~ "що відповідає вашому вибору шаблонів. Решту пакунків, які не містяться у " -#~ "шаблонах,\n" +#~ "процесу встановлення. У штампах зберігаються стиснені копії встановленої системи,\n" +#~ "що відповідає вашому вибору шаблонів. Решту пакунків, які не містяться у шаблонах,\n" #~ "буде встановлено з пакунків у звичайний спосіб." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please " -#~ "wait..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Зараз процес встановлення записує автоматичну конфігурацію. Зачекайте, " -#~ "будь ласка..." +#~ msgid "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please wait..." +#~ msgstr "Зараз процес встановлення записує автоматичну конфігурацію. Зачекайте, будь ласка..." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "abandoning all its configuration data.\n" #~ "" @@ -2955,8 +2859,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" #~ "Include Add-On Products from Separate Media." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -2968,13 +2871,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely " -#~ "abort.\n" +#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "На вашому жорсткому диску не було зроблено жодних змін, отже ще можна " -#~ "безпечно перервати встановлення.\n" +#~ "На вашому жорсткому диску не було зроблено жодних змін, отже ще можна безпечно перервати встановлення.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Probe floppy disks devices" @@ -3005,15 +2906,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Ре&монт встановленої системи" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux " -#~ "system on\n" +#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Виберіть Ремонт встановленої системи, якщо ви маєте пошкоджену " -#~ "систему Linux\n" -#~ "на вашому жорсткому диску. При цьому буде зроблена спроба автоматично " -#~ "виправити проблеми.\n" +#~ "Виберіть Ремонт встановленої системи, якщо ви маєте пошкоджену систему Linux\n" +#~ "на вашому жорсткому диску. При цьому буде зроблена спроба автоматично виправити проблеми.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -3021,5 +2919,4 @@ #~ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Вибрану мову неможливо використовувати в текстовому режимі. Англійська\n" -#~ "вживається для встановлення, але у новій системі буде вживатись вибрана " -#~ "мова." +#~ "вживається для встановлення, але у новій системі буде вживатись вибрана мова." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/instserver.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/instserver.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/instserver.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-25 09:25+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. repository overview - %1 is product name (e.g. "SUSE LINUX Version 10.0") @@ -225,12 +224,6 @@ #. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted #: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292 -#| msgid "" -#| "Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n" -#| "When adding a new repository with the same name\n" -#| "the old content must deleted right now.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Really delete the old content and create it from cratch?" msgid "" "Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n" "When adding a new repository with the same name\n" @@ -383,21 +376,18 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" -"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use " -"192.168.1.0/24\n" +"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use 192.168.1.0/24\n" "to restrict access to the 192.168.1.0 subnet.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Якщо ви хочете обмежити доступ до експортованих каталогів за винятком\n" -"деяких вузлів, то додайте більш обмежену маску. Напр., вживайте " -"192.168.1.0/24\n" +"деяких вузлів, то додайте більш обмежену маску. Напр., вживайте 192.168.1.0/24\n" "щоб обмежити доступ до підмережі 192.168.1.0.\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 msgid "" -"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the " -"available\n" +"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" "options, see the manual page for exports (man exports(5))\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -440,14 +430,12 @@ "Якщо вибраний каталог сховищ знаходиться ззовні\n" "від ієрархії FTP-сервера, то додається запис монтування до \n" "<tt>/etc/fstab</tt>, що робить каталог сховищ наявним під сервером\n" -"FTP (за допомогою вживання параметра <tt>--bind</tt> команди <tt>mount</tt>" -").\n" +"FTP (за допомогою вживання параметра <tt>--bind</tt> команди <tt>mount</tt>).\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 msgid "" -"The installation server will be available to clients using the following " -"URL:\n" +"The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Сервер встановлення буде наявний для клієнтів за наступною адресою URL:\n" @@ -482,12 +470,10 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" -"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown " -"below:\n" +"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:\n" msgstr "" "Виберіть короткий і легкий для запам'ятовування псевдонім. Напр.,\n" -"якщо ви виберете SUSE як псевдонім, то сховища будуть наявні так:" -"\n" +"якщо ви виберете SUSE як псевдонім, то сховища будуть наявні так:\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 msgid "" @@ -521,8 +507,7 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation " -"server. \n" +"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n" "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.\n" msgstr "" "SLP (Service Location Protocol) спрощує пошук сервера встановлення. \n" @@ -530,8 +515,7 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base " -"product, and press\n" +"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n" "Next to copy the content into the local repository.\n" msgstr "" "Виберіть зі списку привід джерела, вставте перший носій базового продукту\n" @@ -539,13 +523,11 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add " -"additional\n" +"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n" "CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).\n" msgstr "" "Коли базовий носій скопійовано до локального сховища, ви можете\n" -"додати додаткові КД (напр.,, КД пакунків обслуговування та будь-які інші)." -"\n" +"додати додаткові КД (напр.,, КД пакунків обслуговування та будь-які інші).\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 msgid "<big>ISO Images</big>" @@ -553,12 +535,10 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next" -", you can\n" +"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next, you can\n" "select ISO image files.\n" msgstr "" -"ISO-штампи можна вживати замість носіїв КД або DVD. Якщо натиснете " -"Далі,\n" +"ISO-штампи можна вживати замість носіїв КД або DVD. Якщо натиснете Далі,\n" "то зможете вибрати файли ISO-штампів.\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -577,14 +557,10 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати." -"\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114 -#| msgid "" -#| "Saving Repository Configuration \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "Saving Repository Configuration \n" "\n" @@ -618,18 +594,15 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "Adding a Repository: \n" -"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then " -"made \n" +"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n" "available for configuration.\n" -"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and " -"press Configure.\n" +"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "Додавання сховища: \n" "Проводиться пошук в каталозі сховищ за \n" "неналаштованими каталогами, які потім \n" "надаються для налаштування.\n" -"Щоб додати сховище, виберіть його зі списку неналаштованих, а потім натисніть " -"кнопку Налаштувати.\n" +"Щоб додати сховище, виберіть його зі списку неналаштованих, а потім натисніть кнопку Налаштувати.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136 @@ -644,10 +617,6 @@ #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:142 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Repositories Overview</big> \n" -#| "Obtain an overview of configured repositories. Additionally\n" -#| "edit their configuration. \n" msgid "" "Repositories Overview \n" "Get an overview of the configured repositories and edit their \n" @@ -680,8 +649,7 @@ #. Read service data using _auto #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308 msgid "" -"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd " -"package\n" +"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" "will now be installed.\n" msgstr "" "Сервер встановлення через FTP потребує пакунок FTP-сервера.\n" @@ -696,8 +664,7 @@ #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 msgid "" -"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 " -"package\n" +"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n" "will now be installed." msgstr "" "Сервер встановлення через HTTP потребує пакунок HTTP-сервера.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/iplb.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/iplb.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/iplb.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -15,8 +15,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Command line help text for the Xiplb module #: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 @@ -62,7 +61,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Глобальні налаштування" #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -95,11 +94,11 @@ #. ids of widget of global dialog #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "так" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ні" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" @@ -135,7 +134,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виконати" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" @@ -178,151 +177,88 @@ "Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/" -"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls " -"the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"autoreload is\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" -"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"configuration.\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" -"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -330,87 +266,42 @@ #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" -"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate</" -"b>|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it " -"against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive</" -"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" "Default:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -433,9 +324,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" -"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -446,105 +335,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"</" -"b>\n" -"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" -"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL</" -"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" -"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD</" -"small>\n" -"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the " -"URI specified in the request-string. GET is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "Default: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" -"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or " -"HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP " -"request. In the\n" -"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" -"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" "Default:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" -"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , " -"LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" "SIP servers.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" -"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" "passwd above).\n" "Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -558,120 +410,73 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm" -"\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" "Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP</" -"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -689,7 +494,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Служба" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -701,7 +506,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запит" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 msgid "Receive" @@ -713,11 +518,11 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вхід в систему" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пароль" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -733,7 +538,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Маска мережі" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" @@ -741,7 +546,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Протокол" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -749,15 +554,15 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додати" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Змінити" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вилучити" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -783,11 +588,11 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Гаразд" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Скасувати" #. split the real server ip value; #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 @@ -825,7 +630,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Започаткування..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -852,7 +657,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Завершено" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -862,19 +667,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Записати параметри" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запустити SuSEconfig" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запис параметрів..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виконання SuSEconfig..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -884,10 +689,10 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не вдається записати параметри." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зведення налаштування..." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/iscsi-client.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/iscsi-client.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/iscsi-client.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module @@ -247,8 +246,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.</" -"p>\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 @@ -291,8 +289,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Додавання ініціатора iSCSI</big> \n" "Виберіть ініціатор iSCSI зі списку виявлених ініціаторів.\n" -"Якщо ваш ініціатор iSCSI не було виявлено, виберіть Інше (не виявлене)</" -"b>\n" +"Якщо ваш ініціатор iSCSI не було виявлено, виберіть Інше (не виявлене)\n" "потім, натисніть Налаштувати.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -340,8 +337,7 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add</" -"b>.\n" +"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" "To remove it, press Log Out.\n" "To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" msgstr "" @@ -356,66 +352,42 @@ msgstr "<h1>Попередження</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.\n" -msgstr "" -"Під час доступу до пристрою iSCSI в режимі ЧИТАННЯ/ЗАПИС, " -"переконайтесь, що цей доступ винятковий. Інакше, потенційно існує ризик " -"пошкодження даних.\n" +msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" +msgstr "Під час доступу до пристрою iSCSI в режимі ЧИТАННЯ/ЗАПИС, переконайтесь, що цей доступ винятковий. Інакше, потенційно існує ризик пошкодження даних.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 msgid "" -"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" -"Використовується значення InitiatorName з <tt>/etc/initiatorname." -"iscsi</tt>.\n" -"У разі наявності iBFT це значення буде замінено значенням з iBFT, а змінити " -"його ви зможете лише у програмі налаштування BIOS." +"Використовується значення InitiatorName з <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n" +"У разі наявності iBFT це значення буде замінено значенням з iBFT, а змінити його ви зможете лише у програмі налаштування BIOS." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви бажаєте використовувати iSNS (Internet Storage Name " -"Service) для виявлення цілей замість типового методу SendTargets,\n" -"вкажіть IP-адресу сервера iSNS і номер порту. Типовим значенням має бути " -"3205.\n" +"Якщо ви бажаєте використовувати iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) для виявлення цілей замість типового методу SendTargets,\n" +"вкажіть IP-адресу сервера iSNS і номер порту. Типовим значенням має бути 3205.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username " -"and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" "Введіть Адресу IP знайденого сервера.\n" -"Якщо потрібно, змініть тільки Порт. Для автентифікації вживайте " -"Ім'я користувача і Пароль.\n" +"Якщо потрібно, змініть тільки Порт. Для автентифікації вживайте Ім'я користувача і Пароль.\n" "Якщо ви не потребуєте автентифікації, виберіть Без автентифікації.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"Connect. " -msgstr "" -"Список вузлів, запропонований ціллю iSCSI. Виберіть один з них і клацніть " -"З'єднатись. " +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " +msgstr "Список вузлів, запропонований ціллю iSCSI. Виберіть один з них і клацніть З'єднатись. " #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть тип автентифікації і введіть Ім'я користувача і Пароль</" -"b>." +msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." +msgstr "Виберіть тип автентифікації і введіть Ім'я користувача і Пароль." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" @@ -425,30 +397,21 @@ msgid "" "manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" -"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" -"manual — щоб цілі iSCSI не було з'єднано типово, користувач " -"повинен це зробити вручну\n" -"onboot — для цілей iSCSI, які слід з'єднувати при завантаженні " -"системи, тобто, коли\n" +"manual — щоб цілі iSCSI не було з'єднано типово, користувач повинен це зробити вручну\n" +"onboot — для цілей iSCSI, які слід з'єднувати при завантаженні системи, тобто, коли\n" "коренева ФС знаходиться на iSCSI. Це буде зроблено з initrd.\n" -"automatic — для цілей iSCSI, які з'єднуються при запуску самої " -"служби iSCSI.\n" +"automatic — для цілей iSCSI, які з'єднуються при запуску самої служби iSCSI.\n" "\n" #. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "" -"List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect " -"to any target." -msgstr "" -"Список знайдених цілей. Почати новий Пошук чи З'єднатись з " -"будь-якою ціллю." +msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." +msgstr "Список знайдених цілей. Почати новий Пошук чи З'єднатись з будь-якою ціллю." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -548,12 +511,8 @@ #. check if not already connected #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "" -"Ціль з такою назвою вже з'єднано. Переконайтесь, щоб було увімкнено " -"багатошляховість для запобігання пошкодженню даних." +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "Ціль з такою назвою вже з'єднано. Переконайтесь, щоб було увімкнено багатошляховість для запобігання пошкодженню даних." #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 @@ -583,12 +542,8 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "" -"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -"" -msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати ініціатор iSCSI, потрібно встановити пакунок %1.</" -"p>" +msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Щоб налаштувати ініціатор iSCSI, потрібно встановити пакунок %1." #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -666,15 +621,11 @@ "backup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \n" "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -"Значення InitiatorName з iBFT та з <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> " -"не збігаються.\n" -"Старе значення буде замінено значенням з iBFT зі створенням резервної " -"копії.\n" -"Якщо ви бажаєте використовувати інше значення initiatorname, то змініть його " -"у BIOS.\n" +"Значення InitiatorName з iBFT та з <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> не збігаються.\n" +"Старе значення буде замінено значенням з iBFT зі створенням резервної копії.\n" +"Якщо ви бажаєте використовувати інше значення initiatorname, то змініть його у BIOS.\n" #. do discovery first #: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Зведення налаштування..." - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/iscsi-lio-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/iscsi-lio-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/iscsi-lio-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-25 10:16+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -16,25 +16,21 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module #: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 -#| msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI target" msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI target via LIO" msgstr "Налаштування цілі iSCSI через LIO" #. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals #: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 -#| msgid "iSCSI Target" msgid "iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "Ціль iSCSI LIO" #. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals #: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 -#| msgid "&iSCSI Target" msgid "&iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "Ціль &iSCSI LIO" @@ -70,22 +66,18 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:187 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:318 -#| msgid "Write groups" msgid "Portal group" msgstr "Група порталу" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 -#| msgid "IPv4 address" msgid "Ip address" msgstr "Адреса IP" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 -#| msgid "Port Number" msgid "Port number" msgstr "Номер порту" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 -#| msgid "User Authentication" msgid "Use Authentication" msgstr "Використовувати автентифікацію" @@ -128,27 +120,22 @@ msgstr "Вилучити" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:191 -#| msgid "Clients" msgid "Client" msgstr "Клієнт" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:191 -#| msgid "Mappings" msgid "Lun Mapping" msgstr "Відображення Lun" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:191 -#| msgid "Authors" msgid "Auth" msgstr "Автор" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:197 -#| msgid "Edit User" msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "Змінити LUN" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 -#| msgid "Edit &SOA" msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "Змінити Автентифікацію" @@ -227,7 +214,6 @@ #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:428 -#| msgid "iSCSI Target Overview" msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "Огляд цілі iSCSI LIO" @@ -246,13 +232,11 @@ #. discovery authentication dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:505 -#| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target" msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" msgstr "Змінити установки клієнта цілі iSCSI" #. edit target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:539 -#| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target" msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "Змінити установки LUN цілі iSCSI" @@ -263,9 +247,6 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing iSCSI Target Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -280,8 +261,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання ініціалізації:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть утиліту налаштування натисканням кнопки Перервати.<" -"/p>\n" +"Безпечно припиніть утиліту налаштування натисканням кнопки Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 @@ -414,193 +394,122 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -#| msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password. \n" -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User<" -"/b> and Password." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть тип автентифікації. Вживайте Без автентифікації або одну з " -"Вхідна та Вихідна (можна обидві). Тоді вставте Користувача " -"і Пароль." +msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." +msgstr "Виберіть тип автентифікації. Вживайте Без автентифікації або одну з Вхідна та Вихідна (можна обидві). Тоді вставте Користувача і Пароль." #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target " -"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is " -"InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). " -"Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." -msgstr "" -"Використовуйте Додати для надання клієнту доступу до LUN, " -"імпортованої з групи цільового порталу. Вкажіть, якому клієнту надається " -"доступ (ім'я клієнта - це InitiatorName у файлі " -"«/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi» " -"на ініціатора iscsi). Кнопка Видалити заборонить доступ клієнта до " -"LUN." +msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgstr "Використовуйте Додати для надання клієнту доступу до LUN, імпортованої з групи цільового порталу. Вкажіть, якому клієнту надається доступ (ім'я клієнта - це InitiatorName у файлі «/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi» на ініціатора iscsi). Кнопка Видалити заборонить доступ клієнта до LUN." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -#| msgid "" -#| "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password.\n" -#| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or Edit or Delete them." -msgid "" -"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " -"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " -"together. Then insert User and Password. If Use " -"Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is " -"disabled here." -msgstr "" -"Із Змінити LUN можна редагувати відображення LUN. Зауважте, що " -"цільове число LUN має бути унікальну. Після натискання Змінити " -"автентифікацію, виберіть тип автентифікації. Використовуйте Вхідна" -", Вихідна або обидві разом. Потім вставте Користувача і " -"Пароль. Якщо Використовувати автентифікацію вимкнено у " -"попередньому діалозі, то Змінити автентифікацію буде вимкненим тут." +msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." +msgstr "Із Змінити LUN можна редагувати відображення LUN. Зауважте, що цільове число LUN має бути унікальну. Після натискання Змінити автентифікацію, виберіть тип автентифікації. Використовуйте Вхідна, Вихідна або обидві разом. Потім вставте Користувача і Пароль. Якщо Використовувати автентифікацію вимкнено у попередньому діалозі, то Змінити автентифікацію буде вимкненим тут." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to " -"the LUN." -msgstr "" -"Копіювати дає можливість надання доступу до LUN іншим " -"клієнтам." +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." +msgstr "Копіювати дає можливість надання доступу до LUN іншим клієнтам." #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 -#| msgid "" -#| "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking Add. \n" -#| "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete." msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking Add.\n" +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." msgstr "" -"Список запропонованих цілей цільових груп порталу. Створіть нову ціль " -"натисканням кнопкиДодати. \n" -"Щоб вилучити або змінити елемент, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку " -"Змінити або Вилучити." +"Список запропонованих цілей цільових груп порталу. Створіть нову ціль натисканням кнопкиДодати. \n" +"Щоб вилучити або змінити елемент, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку Змінити або Вилучити." #. edit target #. add target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159 -#| msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Установки IP/порта та LUN цілі iSCSI</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. " -"\n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Довільні блокові пристрої або файли можна зробити доступними під " -"LUN.\n " -"Вам потрібно вказати шлях до іншого блокового пристрою або файлу.\n" +"Довільні блокові пристрої або файли можна зробити доступними під LUN.\n" +" Вам потрібно вказати шлях до іншого блокового пристрою або файлу.\n" "Ім'я LUN - це довільне ім'я для розрізнення LUN.\n" -"Ім'я повинно бути унікальним в межах групи цільових порталів. Якщо " -"користувач\n" +"Ім'я повинно бути унікальним в межах групи цільових порталів. Якщо користувач\n" "не вказує ім'я для LUN, то воно генерується автоматично." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " -"address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"У полях IP-адреса та Номер порту ви вказуєте, за якою " -"адресою\n" +"У полях IP-адреса та Номер порту ви вказуєте, за якою адресою\n" "і портом буде доступна служба. Типовий номер порту 3260. Можна вказувати\n" "тільки IP-адреси, призначені однією з мережевих карт." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 -#| msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values.\n" msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "Створіть нову ціль. Замініть шаблонні значення дійсними значеннями." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. " -"\n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" "Довільні блокові пристрої або файли можна зробити доступними під LUN.\n" "Вам потрібно вказати шлях до блокового пристрою або файлу.\n" "Ім'я LUN - це довільне ім'я для розрізнення LUN.\n" -"Ім'я повинно бути унікальним в межах групи цільових порталів. Якщо " -"користувач\n" +"Ім'я повинно бути унікальним в межах групи цільових порталів. Якщо користувач\n" "не вказує ім'я для LUN, то воно генерується автоматично." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"Можна Додавати, Змінювати або Вилучати всі додаткові " -"параметри налаштування." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." +msgstr "Можна Додавати, Змінювати або Вилучати всі додаткові параметри налаштування." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 -#| msgid "" -#| "Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes). \n" -#| "If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"За потреби змініть номер LUN, встановіть Тип (nullio призначено " -"для перевірки). \n" -"Якщо Тип=fileio встановіть Шлях до пристрою диска або файлу. Параметри " -"SCSI ID і Сектори є необов'язковими." +"За потреби змініть номер LUN, встановіть Тип (nullio призначено для перевірки). \n" +"Якщо Тип=fileio встановіть Шлях до пристрою диска або файлу. Параметри SCSI ID і Сектори є необов'язковими." #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 -#| msgid "Enable fingerprint authentication" msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "Проблема зміни автентифікації" #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 -#| msgid "Invalid server name." msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "Нечинне ім'я користувача" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 -#| msgid "Invalid password." msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "Неправильний пароль." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251 -#| msgid "The selected option is already present" msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!" msgstr "Вибраний Lun вже використовується!" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260 -#| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used." msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "Вибрана назва вже використовується!" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" -msgstr "" -"Зазначений шлях повинен вести до блокового пристрою або звичайного файлу!" +msgstr "Зазначений шлях повинен вести до блокового пристрою або звичайного файлу!" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 -#| msgid "The selected option is already present" msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "Вибраний шлях вже використовується!" @@ -617,17 +526,14 @@ msgstr "Виберіть файл або пристрій." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 -#| msgid "Clients" msgid "Client Lun" msgstr "Клієнт LUN" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 -#| msgid "Target Name" msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "LUN цілі" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444 -#| msgid "Changes:" msgid "Change:" msgstr "Зміни:" @@ -636,23 +542,19 @@ msgstr "LUN цілі %1 використаний більше одного разу!" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599 -#| msgid "You must specify at least one authentication mechanism." msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "Потрібно вказати хоча б один метод автентифікації!" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:620 -#| msgid "NIS client" msgid "Client name:" msgstr "Назва клієнта:" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:623 -#| msgid "Import CA from Disk" msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "Імпортувати LUN із TPG" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:639 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 -#| msgid "Alias name must not be empty." msgid "Client name must not be empty!" msgstr "Назва клієнта не може бути порожньою!" @@ -661,14 +563,12 @@ #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 -#| msgid "Configuration name already exists!" msgid "Client name already exists!" msgstr "Вже існує клієнт з такою назвою!" #. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 -#| msgid "NIS client" msgid "New client name:" msgstr "Назва нового клієнта:" @@ -695,12 +595,10 @@ #. brackets needed around IPv6 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 -#| msgid "Setting UDP port to %1" msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "Проблема установки мережевого порталу %1" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 -#| msgid "Error while removing %1\n" msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "Помилка вилучення lun %1" @@ -718,7 +616,6 @@ msgstr "Ціль не може бути порожньою." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1206 -#| msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "Цільова група порталу не може бути порожньою." @@ -727,12 +624,10 @@ msgstr "Ціль вже існує." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1237 -#| msgid "Incoming Mail" msgid "Incoming" msgstr "Вхідні" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240 -#| msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "Вихідні" @@ -759,9 +654,6 @@ msgstr "Проблема вилучення клієнта %3 із %1:%2" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1517 -#| msgid "" -#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n" -#| "%2" msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "Проблема створення клієнта %3 для %1:%2" @@ -771,7 +663,6 @@ #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 -#| msgid "iSCSI Target Configuration" msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування цілі iSCSI LIO" @@ -791,19 +682,16 @@ #. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 -#| msgid "Can't continue without installing iscsitarget package" msgid "Can't continue without installing lio-utils package" msgstr "Неможливо продовжувати без встановлення пакунка lio-utils" #. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177 -#| msgid "Could not start IPsec." msgid "Could not start service \"%1\"" msgstr "Не вдалося запустити службу \"%1\"" #. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 -#| msgid "Initializing iSCSI Target Configuration" msgid "Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "Започаткування налаштування цілі iSCSI LIO" @@ -860,13 +748,11 @@ #. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 -#| msgid "Saving iSCSI Target Configuration" msgid "Saving iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "Збереження налаштування цілі iSCSI LIO" #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 -#| msgid "Write the settings" msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Записати параметри мережного екрана" @@ -877,7 +763,6 @@ #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 -#| msgid "Writing the settings..." msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "Запис параметрів мережного екрана..." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/iscsi-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/iscsi-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/iscsi-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-server.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-25 10:18+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-server module @@ -211,8 +210,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати." -"\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:46 @@ -345,37 +343,24 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User<" -"/b> and Password.\n" -"For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or " -"Edit or Delete them." +"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password.\n" +"For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or Edit or Delete them." msgstr "" -"Виберіть тип автентифікації. Використовуйте Без автентифікації або " -"один з варіантів Вхідна і Вихідна (можна обидва). Потім вставте " -"Користувача і Пароль. \n" -"Для вхідної автентифікації можна Додати декілька таких пар і " -"Змінювати або Вилучати їх." +"Виберіть тип автентифікації. Використовуйте Без автентифікації або один з варіантів Вхідна і Вихідна (можна обидва). Потім вставте Користувача і Пароль. \n" +"Для вхідної автентифікації можна Додати декілька таких пар і Змінювати або Вилучати їх." #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking Add. \n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete<" -"/b>." +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete." msgstr "" -"Список запропонованих цілей. Створіть нову ціль натисканням кнопкиДодати<" -"/b>. \n" -"Щоб вилучити або змінити елемент, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку " -"Змінити або Вилучити." +"Список запропонованих цілей. Створіть нову ціль натисканням кнопкиДодати. \n" +"Щоб вилучити або змінити елемент, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку Змінити або Вилучити." #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"It is possible to change the Path to block devices, regular files, " -"LVM, or RAID.\n" -msgstr "" -"Можна змінити Шлях до блокових пристроїв, звичайних файлів, LVM або " -"RAID.\n" +msgid "It is possible to change the Path to block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n" +msgstr "Можна змінити Шлях до блокових пристроїв, звичайних файлів, LVM або RAID.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:131 msgid "" @@ -384,41 +369,28 @@ "For Path, use block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n" msgstr "" "Створіть нову ціль. Замініть значення шаблона на на ваші значення.\n" -"У полі Ціль, використовуйте формат iqn.yyyy-mm.<реверсивна назва " -"домену>.\n" +"У полі Ціль, використовуйте формат iqn.yyyy-mm.<реверсивна назва домену>.\n" "У полі Шлях, використовуйте пристрої, звичайні файли, LVM або RAID.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:136 -#| msgid "" -#| "Add one or more LUNs.\n" -#| "If you need any extra options, push Expert Settings." msgid "" "Add one or more LUNs.\n" "If you need additional options, click Expert Settings.\n" msgstr "" "Додайте один або декілька LUN.\n" -"Якщо вам потрібні додаткові параметри, то натисніть Налаштування для " -"знавців.\n" +"Якщо вам потрібні додаткові параметри, то натисніть Налаштування для знавців.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:141 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"Можна Додавати, Змінювати або Вилучати всі додаткові " -"параметри налаштування." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." +msgstr "Можна Додавати, Змінювати або Вилучати всі додаткові параметри налаштування." #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes). \n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes). \n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"За потреби змініть номер LUN, встановіть Тип (nullio призначено " -"для перевірки). \n" -"Якщо Тип=fileio встановіть Шлях до пристрою диска або файла. Параметри " -"SCSI ID і Сектора є необов’язковими." +"За потреби змініть номер LUN, встановіть Тип (nullio призначено для перевірки). \n" +"Якщо Тип=fileio встановіть Шлях до пристрою диска або файла. Параметри SCSI ID і Сектора є необов’язковими." #. extract ScsiId #: src/include/iscsi-server/widgets.rb:168 @@ -448,7 +420,6 @@ msgstr "Файл %1 було успішно збережено." #: src/include/iscsi-server/widgets.rb:364 -#| msgid "An error occured while saving the file." msgid "An error occurred while saving the file." msgstr "Трапилась помилка під час збереження файлу." @@ -465,8 +436,7 @@ #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same #: src/include/iscsi-server/widgets.rb:608 msgid "Cannot use the same secret for incoming and outgoing authentication." -msgstr "" -"Неможливо вживати той самий секрет для вхідної і вихідної автентифікації." +msgstr "Неможливо вживати той самий секрет для вхідної і вихідної автентифікації." #. string lun = tostring( UI::QueryWidget(`id(`lun), `Value) ); #: src/include/iscsi-server/widgets.rb:731 @@ -496,18 +466,12 @@ #. test if required package ("iscsitarget") is installed #: src/modules/IscsiServer.rb:158 -#| msgid "Can't continue without installing iscsitarget package" msgid "Cannot continue without installing iscsitarget package." msgstr "Неможливо продовжувати без встановлення пакунка iscsitarget." #. ask user whether reload or restart server #. #180205 - gettext problem - string wasn't marked to translate #: src/modules/IscsiServer.rb:217 -#| msgid "" -#| "If changes have been made, the iSCSI target is not able\n" -#| "to reload current configuration. It can only restart.\n" -#| "When restarting, all sessions are aborted.\n" -#| "Restart the iscsitarget service?\n" msgid "" "If changes have been made, the iSCSI target is not able\n" "to reload the current configuration. It can only restart.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/isns.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/isns.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/isns.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: isns.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-25 10:35+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xisns module @@ -152,9 +151,6 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -169,14 +165,10 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання ініціалізації:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть утиліту налаштування натисканням кнопки Перервати.<" -"/p>\n" +"Безпечно припиніть утиліту налаштування натисканням кнопки Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -199,9 +191,6 @@ #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>iSNS Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Configure an iSNS server here. \n" msgid "" "<big>iSNS Configuration</big> \n" "Configure an iSNS server. \n" @@ -210,102 +199,45 @@ "Тут налаштуйте сервер iSNS. \n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -#| msgid "<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the ip address of the iSNS service can be entered for the iSNS address.\n" -msgid "" -"<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of " -"the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" -msgstr "" -"<big>Адреса сервера iSNS</big> Можна ввести назву DNS або адресу IP " -"служби iSNS як адреси iSNS.\n" +msgid "<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" +msgstr "<big>Адреса сервера iSNS</big> Можна ввести назву DNS або адресу IP служби iSNS як адреси iSNS.\n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are " -"displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " -"targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node " -"removes it from the iSNS database." -msgstr "" -"Показано список всіх доступних вузлів iSCSI, зареєстрованих у службі " -"iSNS. Вузли реєструються ініціаторами iSCSI і цілями iSCSI." -"Можливо тільки видалити їх. Видалення вузла видаляє його з бази даних " -"iSNS." +msgid "The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database." +msgstr "Показано список всіх доступних вузлів iSCSI, зареєстрованих у службі iSNS. Вузли реєструються ініціаторами iSCSI і цілями iSCSI.Можливо тільки видалити їх. Видалення вузла видаляє його з бази даних iSNS." #. discovery domains #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create " -"a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the " -"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." -msgstr "" -"Показано список всіх доменів виявлення. Наявна можливість Створити " -"домен виявлення або Видалити.Видалення домену видаляє " -"учасників з домену, але не видаляє учасників сайту iSCSI." +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." +msgstr "Показано список всіх доменів виявлення. Наявна можливість Створити домен виявлення або Видалити.Видалення домену видаляє учасників з домену, але не видаляє учасників сайту iSCSI." #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:49 -msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " -"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " -"domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " -"Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " -"does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet " -"registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the " -"initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain<" -"/p> When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service " -"returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery " -"Domains. " -msgstr "" -"Список всіх вузлів iSCSI відображається доменом виявлення. Вибір іншого " -"домену виявлення оновлює список учасниками цього домену виявлення. " -"Можна Додати вузол iSCSI до домену виявлення або Видалити його. " -"Видалення вузла видаляє його з домену, але не видаляє сам вузол iSCSI " -"Створення сайту iSCSI дозволяє додати ще не зареєстрований сайт як " -"учасника домену виявлення. Коли ініціатор або ціль зареєструють цей сайт, " -"він стане частиною цього домену.Коли ініціатор iSCSI виконує запит " -"виявлення, служба iSNS повертає усі цілі вузла iSCSI, які є учасниками того ж " -"домену виявлення." +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains. " +msgstr "Список всіх вузлів iSCSI відображається доменом виявлення. Вибір іншого домену виявлення оновлює список учасниками цього домену виявлення. Можна Додати вузол iSCSI до домену виявлення або Видалити його. Видалення вузла видаляє його з домену, але не видаляє сам вузол iSCSI Створення сайту iSCSI дозволяє додати ще не зареєстрований сайт як учасника домену виявлення. Коли ініціатор або ціль зареєструють цей сайт, він стане частиною цього домену.Коли ініціатор iSCSI виконує запит виявлення, служба iSNS повертає усі цілі вузла iSCSI, як і є учасниками того ж домену виявлення." #. dds table dialog #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " -"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a " -"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS " -"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " -"Domains contain iSCSI Node members." -msgstr "" -"Зверху показано список всіх наборів доменів виявлення. Домени виявлення " -"належать наборам доменів виявлення.Щоб бути активним, домен " -"виявлення повинен бути учасником набору доменів виявлення.У базі " -"даних iSNS набір доменів виявлення містить домени виявлення, а домени " -"виявлення містять учасників вузла iSCSI." +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members." +msgstr "Зверху показано список всіх наборів доменів виявлення. Домени виявлення належать наборам доменів виявлення.Щоб бути активним, домен виявлення повинен бути учасником набору доменів виявлення.У базі даних iSNS набір доменів виявлення містить домени виявлення, а домени виявлення містять учасників вузла iSCSI." #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:56 -#| msgid "The Discovery Domain Set Members list is refreshed whenever a different Discovery Domain Set is selected." -msgid "" -"The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " -"discovery domain set is selected." -msgstr "" -"Список членів набору доменів виявлення освіжається щоразу, коли вибрано " -"інший набір доменів виявлення." +msgid "The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected." +msgstr "Список членів набору доменів виявлення освіжається щоразу, коли вибрано інший набір доменів виявлення." #. **************** global funcions and variables ***** #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:28 -#| msgid "Create Discovery Domain" msgid "Create New Discovery Domain" msgstr "Створити домен виявлення" #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:39 -#| msgid "Select Discovery Domain Set to which Discovery Domain will be added." msgid "Select discovery domain set to which discovery domain will be added." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть набір доменів виявлення, до якого буде додано домен виявлення." +msgstr "Виберіть набір доменів виявлення, до якого буде додано домен виявлення." #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:43 msgid "Discovery Domain Name Set" msgstr "Назва набору доменів виявлення" #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:200 -#| msgid "Add iSCSI node to Discovery Domain" msgid "Add iSCSI node to discovery domain" msgstr "Додати вузол iSCSI до домену виявлення" @@ -330,7 +262,6 @@ msgstr "Додати домен виявлення до набору" #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:248 -#| msgid "Avaliable Discovery Domains" msgid "Available Discovery Domains" msgstr "Наявні домени виявлення" @@ -350,13 +281,11 @@ #. boolean display = true; #. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:711 -#| msgid "Unable to connection to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address" msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address." msgstr "Неможливо з'єднатися з сервером iSNS. Перевірте адресу сервера iSNS." #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 -#| msgid "isns daemon configuration" msgid "isns Daemon Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування фонової служби isns" @@ -366,84 +295,81 @@ msgstr "Започаткування..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 -msgid "" -"To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати cлужбу isns, потрібно встановити пакунок %1." +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 +msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Щоб налаштувати cлужбу isns, потрібно встановити пакунок %1." -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "Встановити вже?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Започаткування налаштування фонової служби isns" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Читання бази даних" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Читання попередніх параметрів" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Виявлення пристроїв" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Читання бази даних..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Читання попередніх параметрів..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Виявлення пристроїв..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Завершено" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "Збереження налаштування isns" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Запис параметрів" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Виконання SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Запис параметрів..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Виконання SuSEconfig..." #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Неможливо записати параметри." - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/kdump.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/kdump.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/kdump.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" #. Command line help text for the kdump module @@ -57,29 +56,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"Схема найменування:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Будь ласка, введіть " -"лише \"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "Схема найменування:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Будь ласка, введіть лише \"kernel_string\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:127 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"Командний рядок Kdump — це рядок параметрів, які слід передати ядру kdump" +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +msgstr "Командний рядок Kdump — це рядок параметрів, які слід передати ядру kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:138 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." -msgstr "" -"Встановіть цю змінну, якщо ви бажаєте лише _додати_ значення до типового " -"командного рядка." +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgstr "Встановіть цю змінну, якщо ви бажаєте лише _додати_ значення до типового командного рядка." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:149 @@ -111,12 +99,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:189 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." -msgstr "" -"Пароль SMTP для надсилання повідомлень сповіщень. Шлях до файла, який " -"містить пароль (простий текстовий файл)" +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgstr "Пароль SMTP для надсилання повідомлень сповіщень. Шлях до файла, який містить пароль (простий текстовий файл)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:197 @@ -161,12 +145,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"nfs, cifs" -msgstr "" -"Ціль дампа містить види цілей зі списку: файл (локальна система), ftp, ssh, " -"nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "Ціль дампа містить види цілей зі списку: файл (локальна система), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:261 @@ -205,12 +185,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:302 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"Схема назви: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<рядок_ядра>[.gz]. Ядро визначається лише " -"\"рядком_ядра\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "Схема назви: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<рядок_ядра>[.gz]. Ядро визначається лише \"рядком_ядра\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:309 @@ -219,12 +195,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" -msgstr "" -"Параметр позначає рівень виконання під час завантаження ядра kdump. " -"Дозволене використання лише значень 1,2,3,5 або s" +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgstr "Параметр позначає рівень виконання під час завантаження ядра kdump. Дозволене використання лише значень 1,2,3,5 або s" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:323 @@ -451,8 +423,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:809 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "Параметр може мати значення тільки \"ELF\" або \"стиснений\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message @@ -773,13 +744,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Увімкнути/Вимкнути Kdump \n" -" Увімкнути або вимкнути kdump. Відповідно, додається/вилучається параметр " -"завантаження crashkernel. \n" +" Увімкнути або вимкнути kdump. Відповідно, додається/вилучається параметр завантаження crashkernel. \n" " Щоб зміни набули чинності, слід перезавантажити систему. \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -796,12 +765,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -823,10 +787,8 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -" \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -" \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" "" msgstr "" @@ -834,28 +796,22 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " msgstr "" "Збереження цілі для штампа Kdump \n" -" Ціль для збереження штампів kdump. Виберіть тип цілі для збереження " -"дампів. " +" Ціль для збереження штампів kdump. Виберіть тип цілі для збереження дампів. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"Локальна файлова система - Зберегти штамп kdump у локальній " -"файловій системі.\n" -" Каталог для зберігання дампів - Шлях, за яким зберігатимуться " -"штампи kdump.\n" -" Виберіть каталог для зберігання штампів kdump за допомогою кнопки " -"Перегляд\n" +"Локальна файлова система - Зберегти штамп kdump у локальній файловій системі.\n" +" Каталог для зберігання дампів - Шлях, за яким зберігатимуться штампи kdump.\n" +" Виберіть каталог для зберігання штампів kdump за допомогою кнопки Перегляд\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6 @@ -866,17 +822,14 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." -" " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " msgstr "" "FTP - Зберегти штамп kdump за допомогою FTP.\n" " Назва сервера - Назва сервера FTP.\n" " Порт - Номер порту з’єднання.\n" " Каталог на сервері - Шлях для зберігання штампів kdump.\n" -" Увімкнути анонімний FTP дозволяє анонімним користувачам " -"з’єднуватися з сервером.\n" -" Ім’я користувача для з’єднання за FTP. Пароль для " -"з’єднання за FTP. " +" Увімкнути анонімний FTP дозволяє анонімним користувачам з’єднуватися з сервером.\n" +" Ім’я користувача для з’єднання за FTP. Пароль для з’єднання за FTP. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -893,8 +846,7 @@ " Назва сервера — Назва сервера.\n" " Порт — номер порту з’єднання.\n" " Каталог на сервері — Шлях, за яким зберігатимуться штампи kdump.\n" -" Ім’я користувача для з’єднання SSH. Пароль для з’єднання " -"SSH. " +" Ім’я користувача для з’єднання SSH. Пароль для з’єднання SSH. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 @@ -905,8 +857,7 @@ msgstr "" "NFS - Зберегти штамп kdump у NFS\n" " Назва сервера - Назва сервера NFS.\n" -" Каталог на сервері - Шлях, за яким зберігатимуться штампи kdump." -" " +" Каталог на сервері - Шлях, за яким зберігатимуться штампи kdump. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107 @@ -922,10 +873,8 @@ " Назва сервера - Назва сервера.\n" " Експортований спільний ресурс - windows-назва спільного ресурсу.\n" " Каталог на сервері - Шлях, за яким зберігатимуться штампи kdump.\n" -" Використовувати автентифікацію вмикає автентифікацію під час " -"з’єднання з сервером.\n" -" Ім’я користувача для з’єднання. Пароль для з’єднання. </" -"p>" +" Використовувати автентифікацію вмикає автентифікацію під час з’єднання з сервером.\n" +" Ім’я користувача для з’єднання. Пароль для з’єднання. " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116 @@ -957,10 +906,8 @@ " is set. \n" msgstr "" "Додаток до командного рядка Kdump\n" -" Встановлення цього параметра означає _додавання_ значень до типового " -"командного рядка. \n" -" Цей рядок також додається, якщо встановлено параметр Командний рядок " -"Kdump. \n" +" Встановлення цього параметра означає _додавання_ значень до типового командного рядка. \n" +" Цей рядок також додається, якщо встановлено параметр Командний рядок Kdump. \n" #. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:133 @@ -969,22 +916,18 @@ " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump. " msgstr "" "Уможливити негайне перезавантаження після збереження ядра - \n" -" увімкнути процес негайного перезавантаження після збереження ядра у " -"kdump. " +" увімкнути процес негайного перезавантаження після збереження ядра у kdump. " #. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -" " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " msgstr "" "Увімкнути вилучення старих штампів дампів - \n" -" Увімкнути вилучення старих штампів дампів. Якщо кількість файлів дампів " -"у полі \n" -" Кількість старих дампів буде перевищено, старі дампи буде " -"вилучено. " +" Увімкнути вилучення старих штампів дампів. Якщо кількість файлів дампів у полі \n" +" Кількість старих дампів буде перевищено, старі дампи буде вилучено. " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143 @@ -1005,76 +948,57 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "" -"Сервер SMTP для надсилання ел. поштою повідомлень сповіщень після " -"того як було взято дамп." +msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgstr "Сервер SMTP для надсилання ел. поштою повідомлень сповіщень після того як було взято дамп." #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155 #, fuzzy msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Ім'я користувача для автентифікації SMTP, коли Сервер SMTP " -"налаштовано. \n" -"Це необов’язково, бо без користувача/пароля, використовуватиметься простий " -"SMTP." +"Ім'я користувача для автентифікації SMTP, коли Сервер SMTP налаштовано. \n" +"Це необов’язково, бо без користувача/пароля, використовуватиметься простий SMTP." #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Пароль для автентифікації SMTP, коли Сервер SMTP " -"налаштовано. \n" -"Це необов’язково, бо без користувача/пароля, використовуватиметься простий " -"SMTP." +"Пароль для автентифікації SMTP, коли Сервер SMTP налаштовано. \n" +"Це необов’язково, бо без користувача/пароля, використовуватиметься простий SMTP." #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" -"Сповіщення до адреси ел. пошти, на яку відсилатиметься " -"сповіщення,\n" +"Сповіщення до адреси ел. пошти, на яку відсилатиметься сповіщення,\n" "коли збережено дамп." #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" -"p>\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" -"Копія сповіщення — це список адрес ел. пошти, до яких будуть " -"надсилатись\n" +"Копія сповіщення — це список адрес ел. пошти, до яких будуть надсилатись\n" "сповіщення як копія, коли збережено дамп." #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" "Увімкнути вилучення старих штампів дампів - \n" -" Увімкнути вилучення старих штампів дампів. Якщо кількість файлів дампів " -"у полі \n" -" Кількість старих дампів буде перевищено, старі дампи буде " -"вилучено. " +" Увімкнути вилучення старих штампів дампів. Якщо кількість файлів дампів у полі \n" +" Кількість старих дампів буде перевищено, старі дампи буде вилучено. " #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:175 @@ -1092,8 +1016,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.</" -"p>\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183 @@ -1423,8 +1346,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Kdump Command Line Append\n" -#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command " -#~ "line string. \n" +#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" #~ " The string will be appended if the Kdump Command Line\n" #~ " is set. \n" #~ msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/kerberos-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/kerberos-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/kerberos-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos-server.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-25 10:47+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xkerberos-server module @@ -500,9 +499,6 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:36 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing Kerberos Server Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing Kerberos Server Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -517,14 +513,10 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати." -"\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:44 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Saving Kerberos Server Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving Kerberos Server Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -547,63 +539,43 @@ #. Help text: ask for database backend 1/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:55 -#| msgid "Here you specify where the Kerberos server should store the data." msgid "Specify where the Kerberos server should store the data." msgstr "Тут ви можете вказати, де сервер Kerberos має зберігати дані." #. Help text: ask for database backend 2/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"<big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the " -"credentials." -msgstr "" -"<big>Локальна база даних</big> створить локальну базу даних для зберігання " -"автентифікаційних даних." +msgid "<big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the credentials." +msgstr "<big>Локальна база даних</big> створить локальну базу даних для зберігання автентифікаційних даних." #. Help text: ask for database backend 3/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:63 msgid "" -"<big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new " -"LDAP server\n" +"<big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new LDAP server\n" "on this machine and use it as database back-end.\n" msgstr "" -"Пункт <big>Налаштувати новий LDAP сервер, як сервер бази даних</big> " -"допоможе встановити новий сервер LDAP\n" +"Пункт <big>Налаштувати новий LDAP сервер, як сервер бази даних</big> допоможе встановити новий сервер LDAP\n" "на цій машині, його буде використано як сервер бази даних.\n" #. Help text: ask for database backend 4/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:67 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Use Existing LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> gives you the possibility \n" -#| "to use an external LDAP server as database back-end.\n" msgid "" "<big>Use Existing LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> gives you the\n" "option to use an external LDAP server as database back-end.\n" msgstr "" -"Пункт <big>Використати існуючий LDAP сервер, як сервер бази даних</big> " -"надає вам можливість\n" +"Пункт <big>Використати існуючий LDAP сервер, як сервер бази даних</big> надає вам можливість\n" "використовувати зовнішній сервер LDAP як сервер бази даних.\n" #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:71 -#| msgid "Here you can specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете вказати <big>Область</big> і <big>Головний пароль</big> " -"вашого сервера Kerberos." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." +msgstr "Тут ви можете вказати <big>Область</big> і <big>Головний пароль</big> вашого сервера Kerberos." #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to " -"use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" -"Хоча ваша область Kerberos може визначатися будь-яким рядком ASCII, " -"домовлено, що\n" -"він повинен збігатися з назвою вашого домену, записаною літерами у верхньому " -"регістрі.\n" +"Хоча ваша область Kerberos може визначатися будь-яким рядком ASCII, домовлено, що\n" +"він повинен збігатися з назвою вашого домену, записаною літерами у верхньому регістрі.\n" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 1/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:79 @@ -612,74 +584,57 @@ #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 2/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:83 -#| msgid "<big>LDAP Server URI</big> specify the location of the LDAP server.For example,<tt>ldaps://host.domain.com</tt> ." msgid "" "With <big>LDAP Server URI</big> specify the location of the LDAP\n" "server. For example, <tt>ldaps://host.domain.com</tt>." -msgstr "" -"<big>URI сервера LDAP</big> визначає адресу сервера LDAP. Наприклад, <tt>" -"ldaps://host.domain.com</tt>." +msgstr "<big>URI сервера LDAP</big> визначає адресу сервера LDAP. Наприклад, <tt>ldaps://host.domain.com</tt>." #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 3/6 #. Help text: New LDAP server 2/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:87 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP " -"server." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою <big>Базової DN LDAP</big> ви можете змінити базовий DN " -"сервера LDAP." +msgid "With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP server." +msgstr "За допомогою <big>Базової DN LDAP</big> ви можете змінити базовий DN сервера LDAP." #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 4/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default." msgstr "" -"<big>DN контейнера Kerberos</big> визначає контейнер, де серверу Kerberos " -"типово слід створити\n" +"<big>DN контейнера Kerberos</big> визначає контейнер, де серверу Kerberos типово слід створити\n" "адміністраторів доступу та інші інформаційні дані." #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"<big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the LDAP " -"server.\n" +"<big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "Only read access is required for this account.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>DN прив'язки KDC</big> — це DN, з яким KDC проводить автентифікацію " -"до сервера LDAP.\n" +"<big>DN прив'язки KDC</big> — це DN, з яким KDC проводить автентифікацію до сервера LDAP.\n" "Для цього облікового запису потрібен лише доступ на читання .\n" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"<big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to " -"the LDAP server.\n" +"<big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "This account also needs write access.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>DN прив'язки Kadmin</big> — це DN, за яким Kadmind проводить " -"автентифікацію до\n" +"<big>DN прив'язки Kadmin</big> — це DN, за яким Kadmind проводить автентифікацію до\n" "сервера LDAP. Цей рахунок також потребує дозволу на запис.\n" #. Help text: New LDAP server 1/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "In this dialog, edit some parameters to set up an LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"У цьому діалозі ви можете змінити деякі параметри налаштування сервера " -"LDAP." +msgstr "У цьому діалозі ви можете змінити деякі параметри налаштування сервера LDAP." #. Help text: New LDAP server 3/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>DN контейнера Kerberos</big> визначає контейнер, де серверу Kerberos " -"типово слід створити\n" +"<big>DN контейнера Kerberos</big> визначає контейнер, де серверу Kerberos типово слід створити\n" "адміністраторів доступу та інші інформаційні дані.\n" #. Help text: New LDAP server 4/6 @@ -690,91 +645,57 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, the " -"password you entered\n" +"If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, the password you entered\n" "as the KDC Master password is also used for the LDAP administrator. \n" msgstr "" -"Якщо позначити параметр <big>Використовувати раніше введений пароль</big>, " -"пароль який ви ввели\n" -"у якості головного пароля KDC, також буде використано як пароль LDAP " -"адміністратора. \n" +"Якщо позначити параметр <big>Використовувати раніше введений пароль</big>, пароль який ви ввели\n" +"у якості головного пароля KDC, також буде використано як пароль LDAP адміністратора. \n" #. Help text: New LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the LDAP " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"Якщо тут не встановлено позначку, ви можете ввести інший пароль для LDAP " -"адміністратора." +msgid "When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the LDAP administrator." +msgstr "Якщо тут не встановлено позначку, ви можете ввести інший пароль для LDAP адміністратора." #. Help text: Summary 1/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:125 -msgid "" -"This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration." +msgid "This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration." msgstr "Це коротке резюме щодо вашого налаштування сервера Kerberos." #. Help text: Summary 2/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "With the radio buttons you can enable or disable this service." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою цих перемикачів ви можете вмикати і вимикати цю службу" +msgstr "За допомогою цих перемикачів ви можете вмикати і вимикати цю службу" #. Help text: Summary 3/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:133 -msgid "" -"You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the Edit<" -"/b> button." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете спробувати змінити деякі значення у ваших налаштуваннях " -"натисканням кнопки Змінити." +msgid "You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the Edit button." +msgstr "Ви можете спробувати змінити деякі значення у ваших налаштуваннях натисканням кнопки Змінити." #. ============================================================================== #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:139 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Цей рядок визначає розташування бази даних Kerberos для цієї області." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." +msgstr "Цей рядок визначає розташування бази даних Kerberos для цієї області." #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:143 -#| msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (acl) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." -msgstr "" -"Цей рядок визначає розташування файлу списку контролю доступу (ACL), який " -"kadmin використовує для визначення, якій ролі з якими правами дають права " -"доступу до бази даних." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." +msgstr "Цей рядок визначає розташування файлу списку контролю доступу (ACL), який kadmin використовує для визначення, якій ролі з якими правами дають права доступу до бази даних." #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:147 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." -msgstr "" -"Цей рядок визначає розташування файла таблиці ключів, який " -"використовується kadmin для автентифікації до бази даних." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." +msgstr "Цей рядок визначає розташування файла таблиці ключів, який використовується kadmin для автентифікації до бази даних." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Цей абсолютний час визначає типовий строк дії адміністраторів доступу, " -"створених у цій області." +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." +msgstr "Цей абсолютний час визначає типовий строк дії адміністраторів доступу, створених у цій області." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:155 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Ці прапорці визначають типові атрибути адміністраторів доступу, створених " -"у цій області." +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." +msgstr "Ці прапорці визначають типові атрибути адміністраторів доступу, створених у цій області." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "Allow postdated" @@ -783,9 +704,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Вмикання цього прапорця дозволяє адміністратору доступу отримувати пізніші " -"квитки." +msgstr "Вмикання цього прапорця дозволяє адміністратору доступу отримувати пізніші квитки." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Allow forwardable" @@ -794,9 +713,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Вмикання цього прапорця дозволяє адміністратору доступу отримувати " -"переадресовані квитки." +msgstr "Вмикання цього прапорця дозволяє адміністратору доступу отримувати переадресовані квитки." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "Allow renewable" @@ -805,9 +722,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Вмикання цього прапорця дозволяє адміністратору доступу отримувати оновлювані " -"квитки." +msgstr "Вмикання цього прапорця дозволяє адміністратору доступу отримувати оновлювані квитки." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "Allow proxiable" @@ -816,9 +731,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "" -"Вмикання цього прапорця дозволяє адміністратору доступу отримувати квитки з " -"проксі-сервером." +msgstr "Вмикання цього прапорця дозволяє адміністратору доступу отримувати квитки з проксі-сервером." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:176 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" @@ -826,13 +739,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Вмикання цього прапорця дозволяє адміністратору доступу отримувати ключ " -"сеансу для іншого користувача, що уможливлює для цього адміністратора доступу " -"автентифікацію між користувачами." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "Вмикання цього прапорця дозволяє адміністратору доступу отримувати ключ сеансу для іншого користувача, що уможливлює для цього адміністратора доступу автентифікацію між користувачами." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:181 msgid "Requires preauth" @@ -840,18 +748,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only " -"be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." -msgstr "" -"Якщо цей прапорець увімкнено для адміністратора доступу клієнта, тоді цей " -"адміністратор доступу потрібен для попередньої автентифікації до KDC перед " -"отриманням будь-якого квитка. Для адміністратора доступу служби, вмикання " -"цього прапорця означає, що квитки служби для цього адміністратора доступу " -"будуть видаватися лише клієнтам з TGT, що має набір квитків попередньої " -"автентифікації." +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "Якщо цей прапорець увімкнено для адміністратора доступу клієнта, тоді цей адміністратор доступу потрібен для попередньої автентифікації до KDC перед отриманням будь-якого квитка. Для адміністратора доступу служби, вмикання цього прапорця означає, що квитки служби для цього адміністратора доступу будуть видаватися лише клієнтам з TGT, що має набір квитків попередньої автентифікації." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:186 msgid "Requires hwauth" @@ -859,13 +757,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:188 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a " -"hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" -"Якщо увімкнено цей прапорець, слід буде пройти автентифікацію адміністратора " -"доступу перед попередньою автентифікацією за допомогою апаратного пристрою " -"перш ніж отримати будь-які квитки." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "Якщо увімкнено цей прапорець, слід буде пройти автентифікацію адміністратора доступу перед попередньою автентифікацією за допомогою апаратного пристрою перш ніж отримати будь-які квитки." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "Allow service" @@ -873,11 +766,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:193 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Увімкнення цього прапорця дозволить KDC видавати квитки служби для цього " -"адміністратора доступу." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "Увімкнення цього прапорця дозволить KDC видавати квитки служби для цього адміністратора доступу." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:196 msgid "Allow tgs request" @@ -885,14 +775,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a " -"ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that " -"was used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" -"Увімкнення цього прапорця дозволить адміністраторам доступу отримувати " -"квитки, засновані на принципі квиток-надає-квиток, а не повторювати процес " -"автентифікації, який було використано для отримання TGT." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "Увімкнення цього прапорця дозволить адміністраторам доступу отримувати квитки, засновані на принципі квиток-надає-квиток, а не повторювати процес автентифікації, який було використано для отримання TGT." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:201 msgid "Allow tickets" @@ -900,14 +784,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:203 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Увімкнення цього прапорця означає, що KDC буде видавати квитки для цього " -"адміністратора доступу. Вимикання цього прапорця по суті вимкне адміністратор " -"доступу в цій області." +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "Увімкнення цього прапорця означає, що KDC буде видавати квитки для цього адміністратора доступу. Вимикання цього прапорця по суті вимкне адміністратор доступу в цій області." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "Need change" @@ -916,9 +794,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:208 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Увімкнення цього прапорця примушує до зміни пароля для цього адміністратора " -"доступу." +msgstr "Увімкнення цього прапорця примушує до зміни пароля для цього адміністратора доступу." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:209 msgid "Password changing service" @@ -926,65 +802,35 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Якщо цей прапорець увімкнено, цей адміністратор доступу стане службою зміни " -"паролів. Його слід використовувати лише в особливих випадках, наприклад, якщо " -"строк дії пароля користувача збіг, цьому користувачеві слід отримати квитки " -"для адміністратора доступу, щоб мати змогу змінити його без проходження " -"звичайної парольної автентифікації." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "Якщо цей прапорець увімкнено, цей адміністратор доступу стане службою зміни паролів. Його слід використовувати лише в особливих випадках, наприклад, якщо строк дії пароля користувача збіг, цьому користувачеві слід отримати квитки для адміністратора доступу, щоб мати змогу змінити його без проходження звичайної парольної автентифікації." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not " -"allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "" -"Цей рядок визначає розташування словника, що містить рядки, які не можна " -"використовувати у паролях. Якщо цю мітку не встановлено або відсутні правила " -"приписані цьому адміністратору доступу, тоді перевірка не проводитиметься." +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgstr "Цей рядок визначає розташування словника, що містить рядки, які не можна використовувати у паролях. Якщо цю мітку не встановлено або відсутні правила приписані цьому адміністратору доступу, тоді перевірка не проводитиметься." #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:219 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:223 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." -msgstr "" -"Цей номер порту визначає порт, на якому фонова служба kadmind слухає цю " -"область." +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." +msgstr "Цей номер порту визначає порт, на якому фонова служба kadmind слухає цю область." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:227 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "" -"Цей рядок визначає місце, де слід зберігати головний ключ з kdb5_stash." +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." +msgstr "Цей рядок визначає місце, де слід зберігати головний ключ з kdb5_stash." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Цей рядок визначає список портів, на яких KDC слухатиме цю область." +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." +msgstr "Цей рядок визначає список портів, на яких KDC слухатиме цю область." #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master " -"key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "" -"Цей рядок визначає назву адміністратора доступу, пов'язану з основним " -"ключем. Типове значення — K/M." +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "Цей рядок визначає назву адміністратора доступу, пов'язану з основним ключем. Типове значення — K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:239 @@ -993,108 +839,58 @@ #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:243 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Цей проміжок часу визначає максимальний період часу, який квиток може бути " -"дійсним у цій області." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." +msgstr "Цей проміжок часу визначає максимальний період часу, який квиток може бути дійсним у цій області." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:247 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Цей проміжок часу визначає максимальний період часу, протягом якого квиток " -"можна поновити у цій області." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "Цей проміжок часу визначає максимальний період часу, протягом якого квиток можна поновити у цій області." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:251 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "" -"Список ключ/додаток, що визначає типові комбінації ключ/додаток " -"адміністраторів доступу для цієї області." +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Список ключ/додаток, що визначає типові комбінації ключ/додаток адміністраторів доступу для цієї області." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Визначає дозволені комбінації з ускладненням ключа адміністратора доступу " -"для цієї області." +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Визначає дозволені комбінації з ускладненням ключа адміністратора доступу для цієї області." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "" -"Визначає те, чи слід перевіряти на відповідність шляху пересилання, " -"обчисленому з назв області, і розділу [capaths] файла krb5.conf список " -"областей переходу для міжобласних квитків." +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "Визначає те, чи слід перевіряти на відповідність шляху пересилання, обчисленому з назв області, і розділу [capaths] файла krb5.conf список областей переходу для міжобласних квитків." #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:263 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Притаманна LDAP мітка, що визначає кількість з'єднань, що підтримуються " -"одним сервером LDAP." +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." +msgstr "Притаманна LDAP мітка, що визначає кількість з'єднань, що підтримуються одним сервером LDAP." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:267 -#| msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords " -"for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." -msgstr "" -"Притаманна LDAP мітка, що визначає файл із запасом паролів для об'єктів, " -"які використовуються для запуску серверів Kerberos." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgstr "Притаманна LDAP мітка, що визначає файл із запасом паролів для об'єктів, які використовуються для запуску серверів Kerberos." #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The " -"search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the " -"subtree." -msgstr "" -"Визначає список піддерев, що містять адміністраторів доступу області. " -"Список містить DN об'єктів піддерева, відокремлених двокрапкою(:)." -"Область пошуку визначає область пошуку адміністратора доступу у піддереві." +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." +msgstr "Визначає список піддерев, що містять адміністраторів доступу області. Список містить DN об'єктів піддерева, відокремлених двокрапкою(:).Область пошуку визначає область пошуку адміністратора доступу у піддереві." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:275 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "" -"Визначає DN об'єкта контейнера, в якому буде створено адміністратора " -"доступу області. Якщо посилання контейнера не налаштовано для області, " -"адміністратора доступу буде створено у контейнері області." +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "Визначає DN об'єкта контейнера, в якому буде створено адміністратора доступу області. Якщо посилання контейнера не налаштовано для області, адміністратора доступу буде створено у контейнері області." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:279 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Визначає максимальний строк дії квитка адміністраторів доступу у цій " -"області." +msgstr "Визначає максимальний строк дії квитка адміністраторів доступу у цій області." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Визначає максимальний час дії без поновлення квитків адміністраторів " -"доступу у цій області." +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." +msgstr "Визначає максимальний час дії без поновлення квитків адміністраторів доступу у цій області." #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/kerberos-server/wizards.rb:167 @@ -1131,7 +927,6 @@ msgstr "База даних LDAP вже існує. Неможливо створити нову." #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:841 -#| msgid "Kerberos schema file not found" msgid "Kerberos schema file not found." msgstr "Не знайдено файлу схеми Kerberos." @@ -1148,7 +943,6 @@ #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:1125 src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:1173 #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:1222 src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:1965 -#| msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util ." msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "Не можна виконувати kdb5_ldap_util." @@ -1209,7 +1003,6 @@ msgstr "Не вдалося записати до write kdc.conf." #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:2132 -#| msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_util ." msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_util." msgstr "Не можна виконувати kdb5_util." @@ -1219,7 +1012,6 @@ #. KerberosServer read dialog caption #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:2327 -#| msgid "Initializing Kerberos server configuration" msgid "Initializing Kerberos Server Configuration" msgstr "Започаткування конфігурації сервера Kerberos" @@ -1253,7 +1045,6 @@ #. KerberosServer read dialog caption #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:2424 -#| msgid "Saving Kerberos server configuration" msgid "Saving Kerberos Server Configuration" msgstr "Збереження конфігурації сервера Kerberos" @@ -1287,53 +1078,52 @@ msgid "Configuration of the Kerberos Server" msgstr "Налаштування сервера Kerberos" -#. summary text +#. summary text #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:2514 msgid "Database Backend: " msgstr "База даних: " -#. summary text +#. summary text #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:2518 msgid "Database Name:" msgstr "Назва бази даних:" -#. summary text +#. summary text #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:2522 msgid "Realm: " msgstr "Область: " -#. summary text +#. summary text #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:2527 msgid "KDC Ports:" msgstr "Порти KDC:" -#. summary text +#. summary text #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:2532 msgid "kadmind Port:" msgstr "Порт kadmind:" -#. summary text +#. summary text #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:2537 msgid "kpasswd Port:" msgstr "Порт kpasswd:" -#. summary text +#. summary text #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:2543 msgid "LDAP Server URI:" msgstr "URL сервера LDAP:" -#. summary text +#. summary text #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:2546 msgid "Kerberos Container DN:" msgstr "DN контейнера Kerberos:" -#. summary text +#. summary text #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:2549 msgid "KDC bind DN:" msgstr "DN прив'язки KDC:" -#. summary text +#. summary text #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:2552 msgid "Kadmin bind DN:" msgstr "DN прив'язки Kadmin:" - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/kerberos.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/kerberos.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/kerberos.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-25 10:40+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for Kerberos client module @@ -55,7 +54,6 @@ msgstr "Вимкнути службу" #: src/clients/kerberos.rb:121 -#| msgid "Use DNS to aquire the configuration at runtime" msgid "Use DNS to acquire the configuration at runtime" msgstr "Використовувати DNS для запитів налаштувань під час виконання" @@ -193,18 +191,8 @@ #. help text (do not transl. values "m","h", "d") #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:61 -msgid "" -"By default, the time unit of Default Lifetime, Default Renewable " -"Lifetime, and Clock Skew is set to seconds. Alternatively, specify " -"the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for hours, or <tt>d</tt> " -"for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for " -"one day." -msgstr "" -"Значення параметрів Типового часу життя, Типового відновлюваного " -"часу життя і Похибка часу типово вказано в секундах. Також, можна " -"вказати іншу одиницю часу (<tt>m</tt> в хвилинах, <tt>h</tt> в годинах або <" -"tt>d</tt> в днях) і вживати як суфікс, напр., <tt>1d</tt> або <tt>24h</tt> " -"для одного дня)." +msgid "By default, the time unit of Default Lifetime, Default Renewable Lifetime, and Clock Skew is set to seconds. Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day." +msgstr "Значення параметрів Типового часу життя, Типового відновлюваного часу життя і Похибка часу типово вказано в секундах. Також, можна вказати іншу одиницю часу (<tt>m</tt> в хвилинах, <tt>h</tt> в годинах або <tt>d</tt> в днях) і вживати як суфікс, напр., <tt>1d</tt> або <tt>24h</tt> для одного дня)." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:86 @@ -218,19 +206,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:115 -#| msgid "Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular tickets. Select if the options should be aplied to all PAM services, none of them or enter a list of services separated by spaces." -msgid "" -"Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to " -"another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular tickets. " -"Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of them " -"or enter a list of services separated by spaces." -msgstr "" -"Можна перенаправляти дає можливість переносити ваш цілий профіль " -"(TGT) на іншу машину. Можна вживати проксі дає змогу переносити тільки " -"певні квитки. Виберіть, чи повинні ці параметри застосовуватися до всіх " -"служб " -"PAM, ні до жодної службі PAM, або введіть список служб, розділений " -"пробілами." +msgid "Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular tickets. Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of them or enter a list of services separated by spaces." +msgstr "Можна перенаправляти дає можливість переносити ваш цілий профіль (TGT) на іншу машину. Можна вживати проксі дає змогу переносити тільки певні квитки. Виберіть, чи повинні ці параметри застосовуватися до всіх служб PAM, ні до жодної службі PAM, або введіть список служб, розділений пробілами." #. checkbox label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:130 @@ -244,33 +221,18 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:144 -msgid "" -"If Retained is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after " -"closing the session." -msgstr "" -"Якщо увімкнено Зберігати, модуль PAM зберігатиме квитки після " -"закриття сеансу." +msgid "If Retained is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after closing the session." +msgstr "Якщо увімкнено Зберігати, модуль PAM зберігатиме квитки після закриття сеансу." #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:159 -#| msgid "To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos Support for OpenSSH Client. In such a case, Kerberos tickets are used for user authentication on the SSH server." -msgid "" -"To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos " -"Support for OpenSSH Client. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for " -"user authentication on the SSH server." -msgstr "" -"Щоб увімкнути підтримку Kerberos для клієнта OpenSSH, виберіть " -"Підтримка Kerberos для клієнта OpenSSH. У цьому випадку квитки Kerberos " -"вживаються для автентифікації користувача на сервері SSH." +msgid "To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos Support for OpenSSH Client. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for user authentication on the SSH server." +msgstr "Щоб увімкнути підтримку Kerberos для клієнта OpenSSH, виберіть Підтримка Kerberos для клієнта OpenSSH. У цьому випадку квитки Kerberos вживаються для автентифікації користувача на сервері SSH." #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Check Ignore Unknown Users to have Kerberos ignore authentication " -"attempts by users it does not know." -msgstr "" -"Увімкніть Ігнорувати невідомих користувачів, щоб ігнорувати спроби " -"автентифікації через Kerberos від невідомих користувачів." +msgid "Check Ignore Unknown Users to have Kerberos ignore authentication attempts by users it does not know." +msgstr "Увімкніть Ігнорувати невідомих користувачів, щоб ігнорувати спроби автентифікації через Kerberos від невідомих користувачів." #. intfield label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:188 @@ -279,14 +241,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:190 -msgid "" -"When the Minimum UID is greater than 0, authentication attempts by " -"users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for " -"disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root." -msgstr "" -"Коли Мінімальний UID більший за 0, всі спроби автентифікації від " -"користувачів з меншими UID будуть ігноруватись. Це придатне для вимикання " -"автентифікації Kerberos для системного адміністратора (root)." +msgid "When the Minimum UID is greater than 0, authentication attempts by users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root." +msgstr "Коли Мінімальний UID більший за 0, всі спроби автентифікації від користувачів з меншими UID будуть ігноруватись. Це придатне для вимикання автентифікації Kerberos для системного адміністратора (root)." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:203 @@ -295,12 +251,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:205 -msgid "" -"The Clock Skew is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly " -"matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds." -msgstr "" -"Похибка часу - це допуск для часових міток, які не цілком " -"збігаються з часом годинника системи. Одиниці значення — секунди." +msgid "The Clock Skew is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds." +msgstr "Похибка часу - це допуск для часових міток, які не цілком збігаються з часом годинника системи. Одиниці значення — секунди." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:230 @@ -326,12 +278,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:247 -msgid "" -"To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate " -"configuration module in Configure User Data." -msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати джерело рахунків користувачів, виберіть відповідний модуль " -"в Налаштувати дані про користувачів." +msgid "To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate configuration module in Configure User Data." +msgstr "Щоб налаштувати джерело рахунків користувачів, виберіть відповідний модуль в Налаштувати дані про користувачів." #. menu item #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:252 @@ -350,12 +298,8 @@ #. help text for "Credential Cac&he Directory" #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:267 -msgid "" -"Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as " -"Credential Cache Directory." -msgstr "" -"Визначте каталог, де слід розташовувати файли даних користувачів, у полі <" -"b>Каталог кешу даних користувачів." +msgid "Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as Credential Cache Directory." +msgstr "Визначте каталог, де слід розташовувати файли даних користувачів, у полі Каталог кешу даних користувачів." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:280 @@ -369,12 +313,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:292 -msgid "" -"Credential Cache Template specifies the location in which to place " -"the user's session-specific credential cache." -msgstr "" -"Шаблон кешу даних користувача визначає місце, де слід розташувати " -"кеш даних сеансу користувача." +msgid "Credential Cache Template specifies the location in which to place the user's session-specific credential cache." +msgstr "Шаблон кешу даних користувача визначає місце, де слід розташувати кеш даних сеансу користувача." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -383,13 +323,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:308 -#| msgid "Specify the location of the file with the keys of pricipals in Keytab File Location." -msgid "" -"Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in Keytab " -"File Location." -msgstr "" -"Визначте розташування файлу з ключами адміністраторів допуску у полі " -"Розташування файлу таблиці ключів." +msgid "Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in Keytab File Location." +msgstr "Визначте розташування файлу з ключами адміністраторів допуску у полі Розташування файлу таблиці ключів." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:321 @@ -403,12 +338,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:333 -msgid "" -"With Mappings, specify how the PAM module should derive the " -"principal's name from the system user name." -msgstr "" -"У полі Приписування, визначте спосіб, у який модуль PAM має " -"знаходити назву адміністратора доступу з імені системного користувача." +msgid "With Mappings, specify how the PAM module should derive the principal's name from the system user name." +msgstr "У полі Приписування, визначте спосіб, у який модуль PAM має знаходити назву адміністратора доступу з імені системного користувача." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:346 @@ -417,21 +348,13 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:348 -msgid "" -"The value of Banner is a text that should be shown before a " -"password questions." -msgstr "" -"Значення параметра Банер — це текст, який слід показувати перед " -"питанням про пароль." +msgid "The value of Banner is a text that should be shown before a password questions." +msgstr "Значення параметра Банер — це текст, який слід показувати перед питанням про пароль." #. generic help for Services tab #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:362 -msgid "" -"All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no " -"service or a specific list of services separated by commas." -msgstr "" -"Всі параметри у цьому діалозі можна застосовувати до всіх служб PAM, до " -"жодної з них або до певного списку служб, розділених комами." +msgid "All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no service or a specific list of services separated by commas." +msgstr "Всі параметри у цьому діалозі можна застосовувати до всіх служб PAM, до жодної з них або до певного списку служб, розділених комами." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:370 @@ -440,12 +363,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:372 -msgid "" -"When Addressless Initial Tickets is set, initial tickets (TGT) with " -"no address information are requested." -msgstr "" -"Якщо встановлено Безадресні початкові квитки, буде запитано " -"початкові квитки (TGT) без інформації про адресу." +msgid "When Addressless Initial Tickets is set, initial tickets (TGT) with no address information are requested." +msgstr "Якщо встановлено Безадресні початкові квитки, буде запитано початкові квитки (TGT) без інформації про адресу." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:386 @@ -454,12 +373,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:388 -msgid "" -"Check Debug to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Позначте Зневаджувати, щоб увімкнути зневадження вибраних служб за " -"допомогою системного журналу." +msgid "Check Debug to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog." +msgstr "Позначте Зневаджувати, щоб увімкнути зневадження вибраних служб за допомогою системного журналу." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:402 @@ -468,11 +383,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:404 -msgid "" -"Sensitive Debug turns on debugging of sensitive information.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Зневадження важливої вмикає зневадження важливої інформації." +msgid "Sensitive Debug turns on debugging of sensitive information." +msgstr "Зневадження важливої вмикає зневадження важливої інформації." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:418 @@ -481,30 +393,18 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:420 -msgid "" -"Check Accept Existing Ticket to tell PAM module to accept the " -"presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate " -"the user." -msgstr "" -"Позначте Приймати існуючий квиток, щоб дати модулю PAM знати, що " -"слід приймати попередньо існуючі дані користувача Kerberos як достатні для " -"його автентифікації." +msgid "Check Accept Existing Ticket to tell PAM module to accept the presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate the user." +msgstr "Позначте Приймати існуючий квиток, щоб дати модулю PAM знати, що слід приймати попередньо існуючі дані користувача Kerberos як достатні для його автентифікації." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#| msgid "E&xternal credentials" msgid "E&xternal Credentials" msgstr "Зовн&ішні дані користувача" #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:437 -#| msgid "List the services allowed to provide credentials in External credentials." -msgid "" -"List the services allowed to provide credentials in External " -"Credentials." -msgstr "" -"Перелічіть служби, яким дозволено надавати дані користувача, у полі " -"Зовнішні дані користувача." +msgid "List the services allowed to provide credentials in External Credentials." +msgstr "Перелічіть служби, яким дозволено надавати дані користувача, у полі Зовнішні дані користувача." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:452 @@ -513,12 +413,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:454 -msgid "" -"Use Shared Memory describes the services for which the shared " -"memory is used during authentication." -msgstr "" -"Використовувати спільну пам’ять описує служби, які використовують " -"спільну пам’ять під час автентифікації." +msgid "Use Shared Memory describes the services for which the shared memory is used during authentication." +msgstr "Використовувати спільну пам’ять описує служби, які використовують спільну пам’ять під час автентифікації." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:469 @@ -527,12 +423,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:471 -msgid "" -"Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the " -"value of Validate Initial Ticket." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть служби, для яких слід перевіряти TGT шляхом зміни значення " -"параметра Перевірити початковий квиток." +msgid "Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the value of Validate Initial Ticket." +msgstr "Виберіть служби, для яких слід перевіряти TGT шляхом зміни значення параметра Перевірити початковий квиток." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:486 @@ -541,12 +433,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:488 -msgid "" -"With Initial Prompt checked, the PAM module asks for a password " -"before the authentication attempt." -msgstr "" -"Якщо позначено Початкове запрошення, модуль PAM запитуватиме про " -"пароль перед спробою автентифікації." +msgid "With Initial Prompt checked, the PAM module asks for a password before the authentication attempt." +msgstr "Якщо позначено Початкове запрошення, модуль PAM запитуватиме про пароль перед спробою автентифікації." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:502 @@ -555,14 +443,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:504 -msgid "" -"If Subsequent Prompt is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user " -"for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow " -"insufficient for authentication." -msgstr "" -"Якщо увімкнено Послідовне запрошення, модуль PAM може запитати " -"користувача про пароль, якщо раніше введений пароль якимось чином недостатній " -"для автентифікації." +msgid "If Subsequent Prompt is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow insufficient for authentication." +msgstr "Якщо увімкнено Послідовне запрошення, модуль PAM може запитати користувача про пароль, якщо раніше введений пароль якимось чином недостатній для автентифікації." #. directory location popup label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:602 @@ -600,16 +482,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Authentication with Kerberos</big> \n" -"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable " -"Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in " -"the network for this to work.\n" +"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in the network for this to work.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Автентифікація через Kerberos</big> \n" -"Конфігурація клієнта Kerberos змінить ваші параметри PAM і уможливить " -"автентифікацію через Kerberos. Щоб це працювало, ваша система повинна мати " -"доступ в мережі до сервера Kerberos.\n" +"Конфігурація клієнта Kerberos змінить ваші параметри PAM і уможливить автентифікацію через Kerberos. Щоб це працювало, ваша система повинна мати доступ в мережі до сервера Kerberos.\n" "\n" #. help text 2/5 @@ -617,50 +495,30 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Basic Client Settings:\n" -"Enter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname or " -"address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To " -"specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." +"Enter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname or address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." msgstr "" "\n" "Основні параметри Kerberos:\n" -"Введіть ваш Типовий домен, Типову область і назву вузла або " -"адресу вашого KDC (центру поширення ключів) (Адреса сервера KDC). " -"Можна вказати декілька значень для KDC, розділивши їх пробілами." +"Введіть ваш Типовий домен, Типову область і назву вузла або адресу вашого KDC (центру поширення ключів) (Адреса сервера KDC). Можна вказати декілька значень для KDC, розділивши їх пробілами." #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "" "\n" -"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default " -"realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the " -"server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more " -"information.\n" +"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more information.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"В практиці, зазвичай, вживається назва домену (великими буквами) для назви " -"області, але можна вказати і щось інше за бажанням. Якщо на сервері немає " -"області, ви не зможете увійти в нього. Якщо ви потребуєте більше інформації, " -"зверніться до адміністратора сервера.\n" +"В практиці, зазвичай, вживається назва домену (великими буквами) для назви області, але можна вказати і щось інше за бажанням. Якщо на сервері немає області, ви не зможете увійти в нього. Якщо ви потребуєте більше інформації, зверніться до адміністратора сервера.\n" #. help text for Use DNS to acquire the configuration data at runtime #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:723 -#| msgid "Check Use DNS to Aquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data." -msgid "" -"Check Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let your " -"client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This option " -"cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data." -msgstr "" -"Позначте Використовувати DNS для запитів даних налаштувань під час " -"виконання, щоб дозволити вашому клієнту використовувати дані для " -"автентифікації Kerberos з DNS. Цей параметр неможливо вибрати, якщо сервер " -"DNS не надає таких даних." +msgid "Check Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data." +msgstr "Позначте Використовувати DNS для запитів даних налаштувань під час виконання, щоб дозволити вашому клієнту використовувати дані для автентифікації Kerberos з DNS. Цей параметр неможливо вибрати, якщо сервер DNS не надає таких даних." #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "To configure more settings, click Advanced Settings." -msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати додаткові параметри, клацніть на Додаткові параметри" -"." +msgstr "Щоб налаштувати додаткові параметри, клацніть на Додаткові параметри." #. radio button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:752 @@ -674,7 +532,6 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:777 -#| msgid "Use DN&S to aquire the configuration data at runtime" msgid "Use DN&S to acquire the configuration data at runtime" msgstr "Використовувати DN&S для запитів даних налаштувань під час виконання" @@ -892,4 +749,3 @@ msgstr "" "Нечинний час життя.\n" "Спробуйте знов." - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/languages_db.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/languages_db.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/languages_db.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-24 19:51-0700\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <translation(a)linux.org.ua>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/ldap-client.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/ldap-client.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/ldap-client.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 12:15+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module @@ -101,7 +100,6 @@ #. command line help text for the 'realm' option #: src/clients/ldap.rb:170 -#| msgid "Kerberos" msgid "Kerberos Realm" msgstr "Область Kerberos" @@ -137,13 +135,11 @@ #. warning popup #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:206 -#| msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format." msgstr "Файл сертифіката, здається, має неправильний формат." #. Popup for TLS/SSL related stuff #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:248 -#| msgid "&NTP Configuration..." msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування SSL/TLS" @@ -160,7 +156,6 @@ msgstr "StartTLS" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:286 -#| msgid "LDAP Server" msgid "LDAPS" msgstr "LDAPS" @@ -238,153 +233,98 @@ #. help text 1/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:533 -#| msgid "" -#| "Here, your machine can be set up as an\n" -#| "LDAP client.\n" msgid "Set up your machine as an LDAP client.\n" msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш комп'ютер, як клієнт LDAP.\n" #. help text 2/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535 -msgid "" -"To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP" -". NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Щоб проводити автентифікацію ваших користувачів за допомогою сервера " -"OpenLDAP, виберіть Використовувати LDAP. NSS і PAM буде налаштовано " -"відповідно." +msgid "To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." +msgstr "Щоб проводити автентифікацію ваших користувачів за допомогою сервера OpenLDAP, виберіть Використовувати LDAP. NSS і PAM буде налаштовано відповідно." #. help text 3/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539 msgid "" "To deactivate LDAP services, click Do Not Use LDAP.\n" -"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in " -"/etc/nsswitch.conf\n" +"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" "removed." msgstr "" -"Щоб дезактивувати служби LDAP, натисніть кнопку Не використовувати " -"LDAP.\n" +"Щоб дезактивувати служби LDAP, натисніть кнопку Не використовувати LDAP.\n" "Якщо Ви вимкнете LDAP, поточний запис LDAP для passwd у /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" "буде вилучено. Налаштування PAM буде змінено, а запис LDAP\n" "буде вилучено." #. help text 3.5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546 -msgid "" -"To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select " -"Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." -msgstr "" -"Щоб задіяти LDAP, але заборонити користувачам вхід на цей комп'ютер, " -"виберіть Увімкнути користувачів LDAP, але заборонити вхід." +msgid "To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." +msgstr "Щоб задіяти LDAP, але заборонити користувачам вхід на цей комп'ютер, виберіть Увімкнути користувачів LDAP, але заборонити вхід." #. help text #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550 -msgid "" -"Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system to " -"use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." -msgstr "" -"Позначте Використовувати System Security Services Daemon, якщо ви " -"хочете, щоб система використовувала SSSD замість nss_ldap." +msgid "Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." +msgstr "Позначте Використовувати System Security Services Daemon, якщо ви хочете, щоб система використовувала SSSD замість nss_ldap." #. help text 4/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554 msgid "" -"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in " -"Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base DN" -", such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" -"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve " -"the\n" -"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the " -"server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>" -"ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" +"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" +"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" +"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Введіть адресу сервера LDAP (наприклад, ldap.example.com або 10.20.0.2) в " -"поле Адреса і окрему назву бази пошуку (Базова DN, наприклад " -"dc=example,dc=com). Можна вказати декілька серверів,\n" +"Введіть адресу сервера LDAP (наприклад, ldap.example.com або 10.20.0.2) в поле Адреса і окрему назву бази пошуку (Базова DN, наприклад dc=example,dc=com). Можна вказати декілька серверів,\n" "розділивши їх адреси пробілами. Потрібно, щоб ці адреси можна було\n" -"визначити без використання LDAP. Також можна вказати порт, на якому запущено " -"сервер з використанням синтаксису \"сервер:порт\", наприклад <tt>ldap. " -"example.com:379</tt>.\n" +"визначити без використання LDAP. Також можна вказати порт, на якому запущено сервер з використанням синтаксису \"сервер:порт\", наприклад <tt>ldap. example.com:379</tt>.\n" "\n" #. help text 5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561 -msgid "" -"With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the " -"service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN from " -"server." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою кнопки Знайти виберіть сервер LDAP зі списку, який " -"надано протоколом служби розташування (SLP). Скористайтеся кнопкою " -"Отримати DN, щоб прочитати базове DN з сервера." +msgid "With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN from server." +msgstr "За допомогою кнопки Знайти виберіть сервер LDAP зі списку, який надано протоколом служби розташування (SLP). Скористайтеся кнопкою Отримати DN, щоб прочитати базове DN з сервера." #. help text 6/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565 msgid "" "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL" -"\n" +"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.\n" msgstr "" "Деякі сервери LDAP підтримують протокол StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"Якщо ваш сервер його підтримує і сервер налаштовано відповідним чином, " -"активуйте LDAP TLS/SSL,\n" -"щоб зашифрувати ваш обмін інформацією з сервером LDAP. Ви можете завантажити " -"файл сертифікату CA \n" +"Якщо ваш сервер його підтримує і сервер налаштовано відповідним чином, активуйте LDAP TLS/SSL,\n" +"щоб зашифрувати ваш обмін інформацією з сервером LDAP. Ви можете завантажити файл сертифікату CA \n" "у форматі PEM по заданому URL.\n" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571 msgid "" "A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n" -" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on " -"server certificates.\n" -" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords " -"never, allow,\n" -" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration " -"dialog there is\n" -" the option Request server certificate which will set the " -"TLS_REQCERT\n" -" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to " -"allow if it's disabled.\n" +" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" +" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords never, allow,\n" +" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration dialog there is\n" +" the option Request server certificate which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" +" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to allow if it's disabled.\n" msgstr "" -"Сесія TLS може вимагати особливої конфігурації клієнта. Одним із " -"конфігураційних \n" -" параметрів є TLS_REQCERT, який вказує which specifies what checks " -"to perform on server certificates.\n" -" Значення є рівнем, який може бути вказаний ключовими " -"словами never, allow,\n" -" try та demand. У діалозі конфігурація SSL/TLS " -"наявний\n" -" параметр Запросити сертифікат сервера, який установлює " -"параметр конфігурації TLS_REQCERT\n" -" як demand якщо це увімкнено або як allow коли це " -"вимкнено.\n" +"Сесія TLS може вимагати особливої конфігурації клієнта. Одним із конфігураційних \n" +" параметрів є TLS_REQCERT, який вказує which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" +" Значення є рівнем, який може бути вказаний ключовими словами never, allow,\n" +" try та demand. У діалозі конфігурація SSL/TLS наявний\n" +" параметр Запросити сертифікат сервера, який установлює параметр конфігурації TLS_REQCERT\n" +" як demand якщо це увімкнено або як allow коли це вимкнено.\n" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579 msgid "" -"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS " -"URLs.\n" -" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They " -"have a syntax\n" -" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the " -"default port for LDAPS URLs\n" +"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n" +" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n" +" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" " is 636 instead of 389.\n" msgstr "" "Крім шифрування LDAP URL та TLS/SSL, LDAP підтримує LDAPS URLs.\n" -" LDAPS URL використовують SSL з'єднання замість звичайних з'єднань. " -"Вони мають синтаксис\n" -" подібний до LDAP URL за винятком схем, які є відмінними, та " -"типового порту для LDAPS URL\n" +" LDAPS URL використовують SSL з'єднання замість звичайних з'єднань. Вони мають синтаксис\n" +" подібний до LDAP URL за винятком схем, які є відмінними, та типового порту для LDAPS URL\n" " 636 замість 389.\n" #. help text 8/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:586 -#| msgid "" -#| "For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n" -#| "Advanced Configuration.\n" msgid "" "To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n" "Advanced Configuration.\n" @@ -398,16 +338,8 @@ #. help text 9/9 (additional) #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591 -#| msgid "" -#| "Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories,\n" -#| "such as users' home directories.\n" -#| "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist\n" -#| "locally or over LDAP.\n" -#| "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n" -#| "automatically.\n" msgid "" -"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, " -"such\n" +"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.\n" @@ -415,8 +347,7 @@ "Автомонтувач — це фонова служба, яка автоматично монтує каталоги,\n" "такі як домашні каталоги користувачів.\n" "Припускається, що файли налаштувань (auto.*) вже існують,\n" -"локально або у LDAP. Якщо його не встановлено, а ви хочете скористатися ним, " -"автомонтувач\n" +"локально або у LDAP. Якщо його не встановлено, а ви хочете скористатися ним, автомонтувач\n" "буде встановлено автоматично.\n" #. check box label @@ -431,7 +362,6 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:635 -#| msgid "D&isable User Login" msgid "Disable User &Logins" msgstr "&Заборонити вхід в систему" @@ -477,7 +407,6 @@ #. pushbutton label #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:731 -#| msgid "&NTP Configuration..." msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..." msgstr "Налаштування SSL/TLS..." @@ -505,9 +434,7 @@ "\n" "Поточна конфігурація використовує не SSSD, а nss_ldap.\n" "Тільки SSSD-конфігурації підтримуються YaST.\n" -"Хочете продовжити і використовувати SSSD або перервати налаштування, " -"залишивши стару " -"конфігурацію?" +"Хочете продовжити і використовувати SSSD або перервати налаштування, залишивши стару конфігурацію?" #. error popup label #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:838 @@ -564,12 +491,10 @@ #. yes/no question #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970 msgid "" -"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is " -"disabled.\n" +"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" "Enable certificate checks now?" msgstr "" -"Безпечне з'єднання включено, але перевірка сертифікатів серверів " -"вимкнена.\n" +"Безпечне з'єднання включено, але перевірка сертифікатів серверів вимкнена.\n" "Увімкнути перевірку сертифікатів?" #. help text caption 1 @@ -580,33 +505,20 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017 msgid "" -"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and " -"KDC Address.\n" -"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD " -"Offline Authentication.\n" -"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.<" -"/p>\n" +"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and KDC Address.\n" +"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD Offline Authentication.\n" +"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Для використання автентифікації Kerberos вкажіть область і " -"Адресу сервера KDC.\n" -"Вкажіть, що облікові записи користувачів повинні кешуватися, відмітивши " -"Позамережну автентифікацію SSSD.\n" -"Більше відомостей про налаштування SSSD міститься на сторінці посібника <tt>" -"sssd." -"conf</tt>.\n" +"Для використання автентифікації Kerberos вкажіть область і Адресу сервера KDC.\n" +"Вкажіть, що облікові записи користувачів повинні кешуватися, відмітивши Позамережну автентифікацію SSSD.\n" +"Більше відомостей про налаштування SSSD міститься на сторінці посібника <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023 -#| msgid "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values." msgid "" -"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of " -"the\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of " -"its values." -msgstr "" -"Протокол зміни пароля стосується атрибуту pam_password файлу <tt>" -"/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Перегляньте вивід команди <tt>man pam_ldap</tt>, щоб " -"дізнатися про можливі значення." +"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" +"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values." +msgstr "Протокол зміни пароля стосується атрибуту pam_password файлу <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Перегляньте вивід команди <tt>man pam_ldap</tt>, щоб дізнатися про можливі значення." #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1028 @@ -620,8 +532,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034 msgid "" "If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" -"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing " -"certificates\n" +"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" "or the explicit path to one certificate file." msgstr "" "Якщо безпечне з'єднання вимагає перевірки сертифікатів, вкажіть\n" @@ -635,10 +546,6 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1044 -#| msgid "" -#| "First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" -#| "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n" -#| "server.\n" msgid "" "First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" "This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n" @@ -650,66 +557,45 @@ #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1050 -#| msgid "" -#| "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" -#| "Administrator DN.\n" -#| "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n" -#| "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" msgid "" "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" "Administrator DN.\n" -"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) " -"or \n" -"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended " -"automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" +"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" msgstr "" "Щоб отримати доступ до даних, що зберігаються на сервері, введіть\n" "DN адміністратора.\n" -"Можна ввести DN повністю (наприклад, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) або " -"лише\n" -"відносний DN (наприклад, cn=Administrator). Базове DN LDAP додаватиметься " -"автоматично, якщо встановлено відповідний параметр.\n" +"Можна ввести DN повністю (наприклад, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) або лише\n" +"відносний DN (наприклад, cn=Administrator). Базове DN LDAP додаватиметься автоматично, якщо встановлено відповідний параметр.\n" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057 msgid "" "To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" -"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only " -"created when they do not already exist.\n" +"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.\n" msgstr "" "Щоб створити типові об'єкти налаштування для користувачів і груп LDAP,\n" -"позначте Створити типові об'єкти налаштування. Об'єкти буде створено, " -"лише якщо вони ще не існують.\n" +"позначте Створити типові об'єкти налаштування. Об'єкти буде створено, лише якщо вони ще не існують.\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Натисніть кнопку Налаштувати, щоб налаштувати параметри,\n" -"що зберігаються на сервері LDAP. Вас запитають про пароль, якщо Ви ще не " -"з'єдналися або\n" +"що зберігаються на сервері LDAP. Вас запитають про пароль, якщо Ви ще не з'єдналися або\n" "змінили ваші налаштування.\n" #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068 -#| msgid "" -#| "Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -#| "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group attributes\n" -#| "in /etc/ldap.conf file.\n" msgid "" -"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if " -"they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and " -"ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" +"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" msgstr "" -"Задайте бази пошуку для використання певних карт (користувачів або груп), " -"якщо вони відрізняються від базового DN. Ці значення\n" -"встановлюються до атрибутів nss_base_passwd, ldap_group_search_base і " -"ldap_autofs_search_base\n" +"Задайте бази пошуку для використання певних карт (користувачів або груп), якщо вони відрізняються від базового DN. Ці значення\n" +"встановлюються до атрибутів nss_base_passwd, ldap_group_search_base і ldap_autofs_search_base\n" "у файлі /etc/sssd/sssd.conf.\n" #. tab label @@ -752,7 +638,6 @@ #. textentry label #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1208 -#| msgid "&User Map" msgid "&Autofs Map" msgstr "Карта &Autofs" @@ -773,13 +658,11 @@ #. combobox label #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1257 -#| msgid "LDAP Server" msgid "LDAP Schema" msgstr "Схема LDAP" #. checkbox label #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1269 -#| msgid "Initializing user and group configuration" msgid "Enable user and group enumeration" msgstr "Увімкнути перерахування користувачів та груп" @@ -849,16 +732,12 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1616 -#| msgid "" -#| "Here, configure the template used for\n" -#| "creating new objects (like users or groups).\n" msgid "" "Configure the template used for creating \n" "new objects (like users or groups).\n" msgstr "" "Тут ви можете налаштувати шаблон, що\n" -"використовуватиметься для створення нових об'єктів (таких як користувачі або " -"групи).\n" +"використовуватиметься для створення нових об'єктів (таких як користувачі або групи).\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1620 @@ -871,19 +750,13 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1624 -#| msgid "" -#| "The second table contains a list of default values, used\n" -#| "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values and editing or\n" -#| "removing current ones.\n" msgid "" "The second table contains a list of default values used\n" "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n" "removing current ones.\n" msgstr "" -"Друга таблиці містить список типових значень, що " -"використовуватимуться\n" -"для нових об'єктів. Змініть список шляхом додавання нових значень і зміни " -"або\n" +"Друга таблиці містить список типових значень, що використовуватимуться\n" +"для нових об'єктів. Змініть список шляхом додавання нових значень і зміни або\n" "вилучення поточних значень.\n" #. table header 1/2 @@ -945,7 +818,6 @@ #. helptext 1/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1886 -#| msgid "Here, manage the configuration stored in LDAP directory." msgid "Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory." msgstr "Управління налаштуваннями, що зберігаються у каталозі LDAP." @@ -959,21 +831,18 @@ msgstr "" "Кожен набір налаштувань називається \"модулем налаштування\". Якщо\n" "у заданому місці відсутній модуль налаштування (базові налаштування),\n" -"створіть його за допомогою кнопки Створити. Поточний модуль можна " -"вилучити\n" +"створіть його за допомогою кнопки Створити. Поточний модуль можна вилучити\n" "за допомогою кнопки Вилучити.\n" #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897 msgid "" "Edit the values of attributes in the table with Edit.\n" -"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value " -"renames the\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value renames the\n" "current module.\n" msgstr "" "Змініть значення атрибутів у таблиці за допомогою кнопки Змінити.\n" -"Деякі значення мають особливе значення, наприклад, зміна значення cn " -"змінить\n" +"Деякі значення мають особливе значення, наприклад, зміна значення cn змінить\n" "назву поточного модуля.\n" #. helptext 4/4 @@ -1009,9 +878,6 @@ #. message #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2154 -#| msgid "" -#| "You currently have configuration modules\n" -#| "of each type, so you cannot add a new one." msgid "" "You currently have a configuration module of each \n" "type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/ldap-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/ldap-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/ldap-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-server.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 12:13+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module @@ -106,12 +105,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later " -"in the installed system." -msgstr "" -"Базу даних LDAP вже було створено. Ви можете змінити параметри пізнішу у вже " -"встановленій системі." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "Базу даних LDAP вже було створено. Ви можете змінити параметри пізнішу у вже встановленій системі." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:101 @@ -123,20 +118,14 @@ msgstr "[встановлено вручну]" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" -"Неможливо отримати системний пароль суперкористувача. Встановіть пароль " -"сервера LDAP, щоб продовжувати." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "Неможливо отримати системний пароль суперкористувача. Встановіть пароль сервера LDAP, щоб продовжувати." #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:112 -#| msgid "Starting LDAP Server" msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" msgstr "Налаштування основного сервера LDAP:" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:114 -#| msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server" msgid "Setting up standalone LDAP Server:" msgstr "Налаштування самостійного сервера LDAP:" @@ -153,12 +142,10 @@ msgstr "Пароль LDAP: " #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:135 -#| msgid "Starting LDAP Server" msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server" msgstr "Налаштування підлеглого сервера LDAP" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:143 -#| msgid "Provider:" msgid "Provider: " msgstr "Постачальник: " @@ -226,13 +213,8 @@ "без встановлення необхідних пакунків." #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." -msgstr "" -"Збій при налаштуванні реплікації OpenLDAP. Повторіть налаштування після " -"завершення " -"установки." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." +msgstr "Збій при налаштуванні реплікації OpenLDAP. Повторіть налаштування після завершення установки." #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -244,7 +226,6 @@ #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module #: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:34 -#| msgid "Configuration of Product creator" msgid "Configuration of OpenLDAP MirrorMode replication" msgstr "Налаштування реплікації OpenLDAP MirrorMode" @@ -255,10 +236,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/complex.rb:105 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" "Вже є конфігурація, але сервер LDAP не запущено.\n" @@ -342,16 +321,8 @@ msgstr "Сервер LDAP не запущено." #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:198 -#| msgid "" -#| "You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" -#| "Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" -#| "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "" -"Ви хочете розпочати повторне читання даних налаштувань або ви хочете створити " -"нову конфігурацію з нуля?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "Ви хочете розпочати повторне читання даних налаштувань або ви хочете створити нову конфігурацію з нуля?" #. get helps page #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:226 @@ -359,17 +330,14 @@ msgstr "сторінка довідки для " #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:227 -#| msgid "is not available" msgid " not available" msgstr "не наявний" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:325 -#| msgid "Server Name" msgid "Server Type" msgstr "Тип сервера" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:336 -#| msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server" msgid "Stand-alone server" msgstr "Самостійний сервер" @@ -386,7 +354,6 @@ msgstr "Усі дані, включаючи налаштування, реплікуються з віддаленого сервера." #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:384 -#| msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format." msgid "" "YaST was not able to determine the fully qualified hostname of this\n" "computer. \n" @@ -401,28 +368,24 @@ msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Налаштування:" -#. ############## input handler ################: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:608 -#| msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?" +#. ############## input handler ################ +#: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:608 msgid "LDAP Authentication failed. Try again?\n" msgstr "Помилка автентифікації LDAP. Спробувати ще раз?\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:609 -#| msgid "Error Message: %1" msgid "Error message: " msgstr "Повідомлення про помилку:" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:641 -#| msgid "Create initial database." msgid "Create new account in the first database" msgstr "Створити новий обліковий запис першої бази даних" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:655 -#| msgid "User ID" msgid "User Id" msgstr "ІД користувача" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:662 -#| msgid "Container Type" msgid "Container Object" msgstr "Об'єкт контейнера" @@ -431,7 +394,6 @@ msgstr "Навігація" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:675 -#| msgid "Please enter a password" msgid "Generate a Random Password" msgstr "Створити випадковий пароль" @@ -453,7 +415,6 @@ msgstr "Пароль" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:768 -#| msgid "&Validate Password" msgid "Validate Password" msgstr "Перевірити пароль" @@ -461,7 +422,6 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1260 #: src/include/ldap-server/tree_structure.rb:897 #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:398 -#| msgid "Enter Password" msgid "Enter a password" msgstr "Введіть пароль" @@ -469,12 +429,10 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1265 #: src/include/ldap-server/tree_structure.rb:903 #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:408 -#| msgid "The passwords you have enter do not match. Please try again" msgid "The passwords you have entered do not match. Try again." msgstr "Введені вами паролі не збігаються. Спробуйте знову." #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:826 -#| msgid "Server Details" msgid "Provider Details" msgstr "Подробиці постачальника" @@ -484,7 +442,6 @@ msgstr "Протокол" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:841 -#| msgid "&NFS Server Hostname" msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "Назва вузла постачальника" @@ -493,7 +450,6 @@ msgstr "Використовувати StartTLS" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:857 -#| msgid "Administration Password (A&gain)" msgid "Administration Password for the \"cn=config\" Database" msgstr "Пароль адміністрування для бази даних \"cn=config\"" @@ -518,19 +474,14 @@ #. *************************** #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:932 #: src/include/ldap-server/tree_structure.rb:448 -#| msgid "Select CA Certificate File" msgid "Select a Valid CA Certificate File" msgstr "Виберіть чинний файл сертифікату CA" #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Помилка при відкритті з'єднання з базою даних \"cn=config\" на сервері " -"постачальника.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Помилка при відкритті з'єднання з базою даних \"cn=config\" на сервері постачальника.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:975 msgid "" @@ -541,17 +492,14 @@ "\"cn=config\" і що ви ввели правильний пароль.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:982 -#| msgid "The following steps will be performed:" msgid "The following error messages were returned:" msgstr "Отримані такі повідомлення про помилки:" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:997 -#| msgid "Error while reading configuration data." msgid "An error occurred while verifying the TLS/SSL configuration." msgstr "Сталася помилка при перевірці налаштувань TLS/SSL." #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1009 -#| msgid "Do you want to trust this certificate?" msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?" msgstr "Ви хочете виконати імпорт іншого CA/сертифіката сервера?" @@ -574,22 +522,16 @@ "він вже є одержувачем реплікації.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "Установка каскадної реплікації cn=config поки що не підтримується." #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Помилка при перевірці реквізитів автентифікації в налаштуваннях реплікації на " -"сервері постачальника.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "Помилка при перевірці реквізитів автентифікації в налаштуваннях реплікації на сервері постачальника.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 -#| msgid "The Profile Repository server returned the following error:" msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" msgstr "Тест повернув такі повідомлення про помилки:" @@ -600,7 +542,6 @@ #. ReplicatonSummary dialog #. @return dialog result #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1214 -#| msgid "&Replication Sleep" msgid "Replication Master setup" msgstr "Налаштування основного сервера реплікації" @@ -623,7 +564,6 @@ "зашифрованим з'єднанням LDAP.)\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1227 -#| msgid "Enter Key Password" msgid "Enter new &Password" msgstr "Введіть новий &пароль" @@ -650,15 +590,12 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" "After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" "ВиберітьТак, якщо сервер LDAP повинен запускатися автоматично\n" -"в процесі завантаження. Виберіть Ні, якщо сервер LDAP не повинен " -"запускатися.\n" -"Зауваження: Після вибору Ні ви не зможете змінити налаштування " -"OpenLDAP.\n" +"в процесі завантаження. Виберіть Ні, якщо сервер LDAP не повинен запускатися.\n" +"Зауваження: Після вибору Ні ви не зможете змінити налаштування OpenLDAP.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" @@ -670,27 +607,19 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" -"LDAP - це стандартний інтерфейс LDAP на порті 389. Захищене " -"з'єднання\n" -"TLS/SSL можливе з дією StartTLS, коли у вас є налаштований сертифікат " -"сервера." +"LDAP - це стандартний інтерфейс LDAP на порті 389. Захищене з'єднання\n" +"TLS/SSL можливе з дією StartTLS, коли у вас є налаштований сертифікат сервера." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" "LDAPS включає інтерфейс \"LDAP через SSL (ldaps)\" для захищених\n" -"SSL-з'єднань на порту 636. Це працює, тільки якщо у вас є " -"налаштований сертифікат сервера. (Див. \"Загальні " -"налаштування\"/\"Налаштування TLS\").\n" +"SSL-з'єднань на порту 636. Це працює, тільки якщо у вас є налаштований сертифікат сервера. (Див. \"Загальні налаштування\"/\"Налаштування TLS\").\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -721,17 +650,14 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is " -"a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" msgstr "" "Виберіть Базу даних з hdb та bdb. Hdb - це\n" -"варіант сервера bdb, що використовує ієрархічну структуру бази даних " -"і\n" +"варіант сервера bdb, що використовує ієрархічну структуру бази даних і\n" "підтримує перейменування піддерев. В іншому він ідентичний bdb.\n" "Базі даних hdb потрібен більший idlcachesize для хорошої\n" "продуктивності пошуку, ніж базі даних bdb.\n" @@ -740,44 +666,27 @@ msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." -msgstr "" -"Параметр Базова DN визначає назву кореневого запису бази даних, яку " -"буде створено." +msgstr "Параметр Базова DN визначає назву кореневого запису бази даних, яку буде створено." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:59 -#| msgid "" -#| "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" -#| "specifieds a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" -#| "administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" -#| "Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" -#| "and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" -#| "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password" -" \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the " -"\n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>" -"dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" "DN адміністратора разом з Паролем адміністратора LDAP\n" "вказують суперкористувача для бази даних, пригнічуючи всі ACL і інші\n" "адміністративні обмеження. Відмітка Додати базовий DN додає\n" -"Базовий DN, введений вище, наприклад, базовий DN <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt> та DN адміністратора\n" -"<tt>c=Admin</tt> складуться в ефективний DN адміністратора <tt>c=Admin" -"dc=example,dc=com</tt>." +"Базовий DN, введений вище, наприклад, базовий DN <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt> та DN адміністратора\n" +"<tt>c=Admin</tt> складуться в ефективний DN адміністратора <tt>c=Admindc=example,dc=com</tt>." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" "Якщо цей майстер був запущений під час установки,\n" @@ -793,15 +702,11 @@ "file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -"Щоб використовувати як типову цю базу даних для клієнтських утиліт " -"OpenLDAP\n" -"(наприклад, ldapsearch), позначте Використовувати цю базу даних як типову " -"для\n" +"Щоб використовувати як типову цю базу даних для клієнтських утиліт OpenLDAP\n" +"(наприклад, ldapsearch), позначте Використовувати цю базу даних як типову для\n" "клієнтів OpenLDAP. Це запише ім'я вузла \"localhost\" і введений вище\n" -"Базовий DN у файл конфігурації клієнтів OpenLDAP <tt>" -"/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>.\n" -"Ця відмітка ставиться як типова при створенні першої бази даних на сервері.<" -"/p>\n" +"Базовий DN у файл конфігурації клієнтів OpenLDAP <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>.\n" +"Ця відмітка ставиться як типова при створенні першої бази даних на сервері.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:80 msgid "" @@ -818,8 +723,7 @@ "authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -"Для увімкнення або вимкнення аутентифікації простим текстом (LDAP Simple " -"Bind)\n" +"Для увімкнення або вимкнення аутентифікації простим текстом (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "в базі даних налаштувань поставте прапорець. Аутентифікація простим текстом\n" "в базі даних налаштувань буде дозволена тільки для належним чином захищених\n" "(наприклад, зашифрованих SSL/TLS) з'єднань.\n" @@ -837,9 +741,7 @@ "натисніть Змінити пароль.\n" "Спливне вікно попросить вас ввести новий пароль і виберіть\n" "Шифрування пароля.\n" -"Поля пароля спершу порожні, навіть якщо пароль вже був заданий у " -"налаштуваннях.</" -"p>\n" +"Поля пароля спершу порожні, навіть якщо пароль вже був заданий у налаштуваннях.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:97 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" @@ -851,57 +753,36 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." -msgstr "" -"Введіть повну DN або лише першу її частину і автоматично додайте базову DN " -"за допомогою Додати базову DN." +msgstr "Введіть повну DN або лише першу її частину і автоматично додайте базову DN за допомогою Додати базову DN." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Для зміни пароля облікового запису адміністратора натисніть Змінити " -"пароль.\n" -"Спливне вікно попросить вас ввести новий пароль і виберіть Шифрування " -"пароля.\n" -"Поля пароля спершу порожні, навіть якщо пароль вже був заданий у " -"налаштуваннях.\n" +"Для зміни пароля облікового запису адміністратора натисніть Змінити пароль.\n" +"Спливне вікно попросить вас ввести новий пароль і виберіть Шифрування пароля.\n" +"Поля пароля спершу порожні, навіть якщо пароль вже був заданий у налаштуваннях.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" -"У Кеші записів та Кеші індексу (кеш IDL) ви можете " -"налаштувати\n" -"розміри внутрішніх кешів OpenLDAP. Кеш записів визначає кількість " -"записів,\n" -"які містяться в кеші записів OpenLDAP у пам'яті. Якщо це можливо (вистачає " -"RAM), ця кількість\n" -"повинна бути достатньо великою для розміщення всієї бази даних у пам'яті. " -"Кеш індексу (кеш IDL)\n" -"використовується для прискорення пошуку з індексованими атрибутами. Переважно " -"бази даних HDB вимагають\n" -"великого кеша IDL для хорошої продуктивності пошуку (приблизно потрійний " -"розмір кешу записів)." +"У Кеші записів та Кеші індексу (кеш IDL) ви можете налаштувати\n" +"розміри внутрішніх кешів OpenLDAP. Кеш записів визначає кількість записів,\n" +"які містяться в кеші записів OpenLDAP у пам'яті. Якщо це можливо (вистачає RAM), ця кількість\n" +"повинна бути достатньо великою для розміщення всієї бази даних у пам'яті. Кеш індексу (кеш IDL)\n" +"використовується для прискорення пошуку з індексованими атрибутами. Переважно бази даних HDB вимагають\n" +"великого кеша IDL для хорошої продуктивності пошуку (приблизно потрійний розмір кешу записів)." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" @@ -917,31 +798,19 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before " -"storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -"Позначте параметр Хешувати текстові паролі, для того щоб сервер " -"OpenLDAP\n" -"шифрував текстові паролі, що наявні у запитах додавання і змінb, перш ніж " -"додавати їх до\n" +"Позначте параметр Хешувати текстові паролі, для того щоб сервер OpenLDAP\n" +"шифрував текстові паролі, що наявні у запитах додавання і змінb, перш ніж додавати їх до\n" "бази даних. Зауважте, що це порушує інформаційну модель X.500/LDAP, але може\n" -"виявитися потрібним, щоб зрівняти клієнтів LDAP, які не використовують " -"додаткову\n" +"виявитися потрібним, щоб зрівняти клієнтів LDAP, які не використовують додаткову\n" "дію зміни паролів для керування паролями." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:127 -#| msgid "" -#| "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to authenticate\n" -#| "to a locked account get a notification that their account is locked. This notification\n" -#| "might provide useful information to an attacker. Sites that are sensitive to security issues\n" -#| "should not enable this option. " msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -956,24 +825,17 @@ "Сайти, чутливі до загроз безпеці, не повинні вмикати цей параметр.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:134 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." -msgstr "" -"Введіть назву об’єкта типових правил у поле DN об’єкта типових правил<" -"/b>." +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." +msgstr "Введіть назву об’єкта типових правил у поле DN об’єкта типових правил." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:137 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Створіть або відредагуйте типову політику, натиснувши Редагувати " -"політику.\n" -"Після цього вас можуть попросити ввести пароль адміністратора LDAP, щоб " -"дозволити\n" +"Створіть або відредагуйте типову політику, натиснувши Редагувати політику.\n" +"Після цього вас можуть попросити ввести пароль адміністратора LDAP, щоб дозволити\n" "прочитати об'єкт політики з сервера.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:142 @@ -985,49 +847,38 @@ msgstr "Змініть параметри індексування баз даних hdb і bdb." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "Таблиця відображає список атрибутів вже з певним індексом." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -"Індекси використовуються OpenLDAP для поліпшення продуктивності пошуку " -"при\n" +"Індекси використовуються OpenLDAP для поліпшення продуктивності пошуку при\n" "деяких видах пошуків. Індекси повинні бути налаштовані у відповідності з \n" -"найчастішими пошуками в базі даних. YaST дозволяє задати індекси трьох різних " -"типів.\n" +"найчастішими пошуками в базі даних. YaST дозволяє задати індекси трьох різних типів.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -"Присутність: Цей індекс використовується для пошуків з фільтрами " -"присутності\n" -"(наприклад, <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). Індекси присутності повинні бути " -"налаштовані\n" +"Присутність: Цей індекс використовується для пошуків з фільтрами присутності\n" +"(наприклад, <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). Індекси присутності повинні бути налаштовані\n" "тільки для атрибутів, що рідко зустрічаються в базі даних.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"Рівність: Цей індекс використовується для пошуків з фільтрами " -"рівності\n" -"(наприклад, (<tt>(attributeType=<точні значення>)</tt>). Індекс " -"Рівність\n" +"Рівність: Цей індекс використовується для пошуків з фільтрами рівності\n" +"(наприклад, (<tt>(attributeType=<точні значення>)</tt>). Індекс Рівність\n" "повинен бути завжди налаштований для атрибута <tt>objectclass</tt>.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:163 @@ -1035,8 +886,7 @@ "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -"Текст: Цей індекс використовується для пошуків з фільтрами " -"підрядків\n" +"Текст: Цей індекс використовується для пошуків з фільтрами підрядків\n" "(наприклад, <tt>(attributeType=<підрядок>*)</tt> )\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:166 @@ -1045,23 +895,20 @@ "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"Використовуйте Додати для визначення опцій індексування нового " -"атрибута,\n" +"Використовуйте Додати для визначення опцій індексування нового атрибута,\n" "Видалити для видалення наявного індексу і Редагувати для зміни\n" "опцій індексування вже індексованого атрибута.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" "written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" "Примітка: залежно від розміру бази даних може пройти деякий час,\n" "поки нові додані індекси стануть активні для бази даних. Після запису\n" -"налаштувань на сервер буде запущено фонове завдання для створення відомостей " -"про\n" +"налаштувань на сервер буде запущено фонове завдання для створення відомостей про\n" "індекси бази даних.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:177 @@ -1069,13 +916,11 @@ msgstr "<h3>Налаштування керування доступом</h3>" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:180 -#| msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created." msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -"Ця таблиця дозволяє зробити огляд всіх правил керування доступом, які " -"зараз\n" +"Ця таблиця дозволяє зробити огляд всіх правил керування доступом, які зараз\n" "налаштовані для вибраної бази даних.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:183 @@ -1100,91 +945,67 @@ msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" "Обчислення управління доступом OpenLDAP зупиняється на першому правилі,\n" -"чиє цільове визначення (DN, фільтр та атрибути) відповідають доступному " -"запису.\n" +"чиє цільове визначення (DN, фільтр та атрибути) відповідають доступному запису.\n" "Вам може знадобитися змінити порядок правил відповідно до ваших потреб,\n" "використовуючи кнопки Вгору та Вниз.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:197 -#| msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Налаштування постачальника реплікації</h3>" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, " -"if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -"Позначте пункт \"Увімкнути надання ldapsync для цієї бази даних\", " -"якщо хочете\n" +"Позначте пункт \"Увімкнути надання ldapsync для цієї бази даних\", якщо хочете\n" "мати можливість відтворити обрану базу даних на іншому сервері." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:203 -#| msgid "Checkpoint settings" msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Установки контрольної точки</h4>" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" "Тут ви можете задати частоту запису в базу даних індикатора стану\n" -"синхронізації (розміщеного в атрибуті \"contextCSN\"). Він " -"синхронізується\n" -"з базою чи після зазначеної кількості \"операцій\" запису, чи " -"\n" +"синхронізації (розміщеного в атрибуті \"contextCSN\"). Він синхронізується\n" +"з базою чи після зазначеної кількості \"операцій\" запису, чи \n" "після зазначеного кількості \"Хвилин\" з часу останнього запису\n" -"індикатора. Типово (обидва значення дорівнюють нулю) індикатор стану " -"записується\n" +"індикатора. Типово (обидва значення дорівнюють нулю) індикатор стану записується\n" "тільки при чистому завершення роботи. Частіше записування може призвести до \n" -"швидшого запуску після аварійного вимкнення, але ціною невеликого " -"зменшення\n" +"швидшого запуску після аварійного вимкнення, але ціною невеликого зменшення\n" "продуктивності в середовищах з великою кількістю операцій запису LDAP.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:214 -#| msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Журнал сесії</h4>" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -"Налаштовує журнал сесії в пам'яті для зберігання інформації про операції " -"записи в базу даних.\n" -"Вкажіть, скільки операцій запису повинно зберігатися в журналі сесії. " -"Налаштування журналу сесії\n" -"корисне тільки для реплікації типу \"refreshOnly\". В даному випадку " -"він може прискорити\n" +"Налаштовує журнал сесії в пам'яті для зберігання інформації про операції записи в базу даних.\n" +"Вкажіть, скільки операцій запису повинно зберігатися в журналі сесії. Налаштування журналу сесії\n" +"корисне тільки для реплікації типу \"refreshOnly\". В даному випадку він може прискорити\n" "реплікацію і знизити навантаження на основний сервер." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:221 -#| msgid "<h3>Basic Database Settings</h3>" msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Налаштування одержувача реплікації</h3>" @@ -1193,13 +1014,10 @@ "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -"\"Ця база даних є одержувачем реплікації\", якщо " -"ви\n" -"хочете, щоб ця база даних була копією бази даних з іншого сервера." -"\n" +"\"Ця база даних є одержувачем реплікації\", якщо ви\n" +"хочете, щоб ця база даних була копією бази даних з іншого сервера.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:227 -#| msgid "Provides: " msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Постачальник</h4>" @@ -1209,19 +1027,16 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using " -"non-standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" "Введіть параметри з'єднання для реплікації основного сервера. Виберіть\n" "використовуваний протокол (ldap або ldaps) і введіть повне\n" "власне ім'я основного сервера. Використання повного власного імені\n" "важливе для перевірки сертифіката TLS/SSL основного сервера.\n" -"Змініть номер порту, якщо основний сервер використовує нестандартні порти " -"ldap.\n" +"Змініть номер порту, якщо основний сервер використовує нестандартні порти ldap.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:236 -#| msgid "&Replication Sleep" msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Тип реплікації</h4>" @@ -1249,30 +1064,22 @@ msgstr "" "refreshAndPersist: підлеглий сервер підтримує постійне\n" "з'єднання для синхронізації з основним сервером. Оновлені записи\n" -"основного сервера відразу відправляються підлеглому серверу через це " -"з'єднання." -"\n" +"основного сервера відразу відправляються підлеглому серверу через це з'єднання.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:249 -#| msgid "Authentication" msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Автентифікація</h4>" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:250 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -"Вкажіть DN і пароль, що використовуються підлеглим сервером для " -"аутентифікації\n" -"на основному. У зазначеного DN повинен бути доступ на читання до всіх " -"записів\n" +"Вкажіть DN і пароль, що використовуються підлеглим сервером для аутентифікації\n" +"на основному. У зазначеного DN повинен бути доступ на читання до всіх записів\n" "реплікованої бази даних сервера.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:253 -#| msgid "<h4>Start LDAP Server</h4>" msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Направлення оновлень</h4>" @@ -1280,10 +1087,8 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" "Коли база даних підлеглого сервера доступна лише для читання,\n" @@ -1295,7 +1100,6 @@ #. Read dialog help #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:262 -#| msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big> Please wait... " msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "<big>Започаткування налаштувань сервера LDAP</big>" @@ -1309,17 +1113,10 @@ #. Write dialog help #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:269 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" -#| "" msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "<big>Збереження налаштувань сервера LDAP</big> \n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:272 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" -#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" -#| "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.\n" msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1341,25 +1138,16 @@ "Server module.\n" msgstr "" "Цей діалог надає короткий огляд створеної конфігурації.\n" -"Натисніть Готово, щоб записати конфігурацію і вийти з модуля сервера " -"LDAP.\n" +"Натисніть Готово, щоб записати конфігурацію і вийти з модуля сервера LDAP.\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server." -" " -msgstr "" -"За допомогою Запустити сервер LDAP Так чи Ні, можете запустити або " -"зупинити сервер LDAP. " +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " +msgstr "За допомогою Запустити сервер LDAP Так чи Ні, можете запустити або зупинити сервер LDAP. " #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:290 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви вибрали Так, натисніть Далі для запуску майстра " -"налаштування." +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." +msgstr "Якщо ви вибрали Так, натисніть Далі для запуску майстра налаштування." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:293 msgid "" @@ -1371,17 +1159,12 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:297 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" -msgstr "" -"Виберіть тип сервера LDAP, який ви хочете налаштувати. Можливі наступні " -"варіанти:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" +msgstr "Виберіть тип сервера LDAP, який ви хочете налаштувати. Можливі наступні варіанти:" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:300 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" "Самостійний сервер: Окремий одиночний сервер OpenLDAP\n" @@ -1397,12 +1180,10 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" -"Підлеглий сервер реплікації: Сервер OpenLDAP, який повторює всі " -"свої дані,\n" +"Підлеглий сервер реплікації: Сервер OpenLDAP, який повторює всі свої дані,\n" "включаючи налаштування, з основного сервера." #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 @@ -1420,28 +1201,23 @@ "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -"Для увімкнення TLS/SSL-шифрування поставте прапорець Увімкнути TLS" -".\n" +"Для увімкнення TLS/SSL-шифрування поставте прапорець Увімкнути TLS.\n" "Додатково вам потрібно налаштувати використовуваний сервером сертифікат.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation." -"\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" "Позначте Увімкнути інтерфейс LDAP через SSL (ldaps), щоб дозволити\n" -"серверу приймати з'єднання LDAPS на порту 636. Якщо не зазначено, то " -"OpenLDAP\n" -"буде підтримувати тільки TLS-зашифровані з'єднання через операцію StartTLS.<" -"/p>\n" +"серверу приймати з'єднання LDAPS на порту 636. Якщо не зазначено, то OpenLDAP\n" +"буде підтримувати тільки TLS-зашифровані з'єднання через операцію StartTLS.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:324 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" "Якщо у вас вже є загальний сертифікат сервера, встановлений через\n" @@ -1455,16 +1231,12 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:330 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File" -",\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас немає загального сертифіката сервера або ви хочете, щоб " -"OpenLDAP\n" -"використовував інший сертифікат, введіть імена файлів Файл сертифікату CA<" -"/b>,\n" +"Якщо у вас немає загального сертифіката сервера або ви хочете, щоб OpenLDAP\n" +"використовував інший сертифікат, введіть імена файлів Файл сертифікату CA,\n" "Файл сертифіката та Файл ключа сертифіката у відповідні\n" "текстові поля.\n" @@ -1484,16 +1256,12 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:344 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in " -"which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" -"Додайте файли схем в цьому діалозі. Натисніть Додатидля відкриття " -"діалогу, в якому\n" -"можна вибрати нову схему. Зауваження: OpenLDAP (при використанні back-config) " -"поки не підтримує видалення\n" +"Додайте файли схем в цьому діалозі. Натисніть Додатидля відкриття діалогу, в якому\n" +"можна вибрати нову схему. Зауваження: OpenLDAP (при використанні back-config) поки не підтримує видалення\n" "даних схеми." #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" @@ -1507,12 +1275,8 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:354 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" -msgstr "" -"Виберіть, які особливі можливості повинен дозволяти або забороняти сервер " -"OpenLDAP:" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" +msgstr "Виберіть, які особливі можливості повинен дозволяти або забороняти сервер OpenLDAP:" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:357 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" @@ -1520,23 +1284,18 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:358 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -"Запити зв'язку LDAPv2: Дозволити серверу приймати запити зв'язку " -"LDAPv2.\n" +"Запити зв'язку LDAPv2: Дозволити серверу приймати запити зв'язку LDAPv2.\n" "Зауважте, що OpenLDAP насправді не реалізує LDAPv2.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:361 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -"Анонімний зв'язок при заповнених реквізитах доступу: Для дозволу " -"анонімного зв'язку при\n" +"Анонімний зв'язок при заповнених реквізитах доступу: Для дозволу анонімного зв'язку при\n" "непорожніх реквізити доступу (наприклад, пароль є, але немає DN зв'язку) " #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:364 @@ -1544,21 +1303,18 @@ "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -"Неавтентифікований зв'язок при непорожньому DN: Дозволити " -"неавтентифіковані\n" +"Неавтентифікований зв'язок при непорожньому DN: Дозволити неавтентифіковані\n" "(анонімні) зв'язки при непорожньому DN." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:367 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" "Неавтентифіковані операції оновлення для обробки:\n" "Дозволити неавтентифіковані (анонімні) операції оновлення для обробки\n" -"(вони залишаються суб'єктами управління доступом та інших адміністративних " -"обмежень).\n" +"(вони залишаються суб'єктами управління доступом та інших адміністративних обмежень).\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:372 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" @@ -1579,15 +1335,13 @@ "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -"Вимкнути аутентифікацію Simple Bind: Повне вимкнення " -"автентифікації\n" +"Вимкнути аутентифікацію Simple Bind: Повне вимкнення автентифікації\n" "Simple Bind.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:381 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" "Вимкнути переклад сесії в анонімне стан перед операціями\n" @@ -1601,83 +1355,63 @@ "connections.\n" msgstr "" "Заборонити StartTLS, якщо автентифіковано:\n" -"Сервер буде забороняти операцію StartTLS для вже автентифікованих\n " -"з'єднань.\n" +"Сервер буде забороняти операцію StartTLS для вже автентифікованих\n" +" з'єднань.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:392 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" "database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" "У цьому списку показані всі налаштовані бази даних. Бази даних, з типами\n" "\"frontend\" і \"config\" представляють особливі внутрішні бази даних.\n" -"База даних \"Frontend\" використовується для налаштування загальних обмежень " -"управління\n" -"доступом та оболонок, які застосовуються до всіх баз даних. База даних " -"\"Config\"\n" +"База даних \"Frontend\" використовується для налаштування загальних обмежень управління\n" +"доступом та оболонок, які застосовуються до всіх баз даних. База даних \"Config\"\n" "містить налаштування самого сервера LDAP.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:400 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" -"Щоб додати нову базу даних, натисніть кнопку Додати базу даних....<" -"/p>" +msgstr "Щоб додати нову базу даних, натисніть кнопку Додати базу даних...." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -"Щоб видалити базу даних, виберіть базу даних із списку і натисніть " -"Видалити\n" -"базу даних.... Ви не можете видалити бази даних \"config\" і " -"\"frontend\".\n" +"Щоб видалити базу даних, виберіть базу даних із списку і натисніть Видалити\n" +"базу даних.... Ви не можете видалити бази даних \"config\" і \"frontend\".\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:404 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -"Введіть пароль до бази даних налаштувань (\"cn=config\"). Це " -"необхідно для забезпечення\n" +"Введіть пароль до бази даних налаштувань (\"cn=config\"). Це необхідно для забезпечення\n" "віддаленого доступу до неї." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:407 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the " -"\"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed " -"for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо сервер призначений для роботи в складі установки MirrorMode, " -"позначте\n" -"пункт „Підготувати для реплікації MirrorMode“, щоб забезпечити " -"створення\n" +"Якщо сервер призначений для роботи в складі установки MirrorMode, позначте\n" +"пункт „Підготувати для реплікації MirrorMode“, щоб забезпечити створення\n" "атрибута serverId, необхідного для реплікації MirrorMode.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:410 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps<" -"/i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" -"Для налаштування підлеглого сервера необхідні деякі дані про основний " -"сервер. Введіть назву вузла\n" -"основного сервера, виберіть протокол (\"ldap\" або \"ldaps\") " -"і, при необхідності, номер порту,\n" -"а також, введіть пароль бази даних налаштувань сервера (\"cn=config" -"\")." +"Для налаштування підлеглого сервера необхідні деякі дані про основний сервер. Введіть назву вузла\n" +"основного сервера, виберіть протокол (\"ldap\" або \"ldaps\") і, при необхідності, номер порту,\n" +"а також, введіть пароль бази даних налаштувань сервера (\"cn=config\")." #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp @@ -1688,36 +1422,27 @@ #. #. $Id$ #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 -#| msgid "Node List" msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "Список вузлів MirrorMode" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38 -#| msgid "Server &IP" msgid "Server ID" msgstr "ІД сервера" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38 -#| msgid "Server URL: " msgid "Server URI" msgstr "URL сервера" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." -msgstr "" -"Цей сервер не є налаштованим вузлом MirrorMode. Натисніть «Далі» для " -"запуску стандартного майстра налаштування OpenLDAP." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgstr "Цей сервер не є налаштованим вузлом MirrorMode. Натисніть «Далі» для запуску стандартного майстра налаштування OpenLDAP." #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 -#| msgid "LDAP Server Overview" msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview" msgstr "Огляд OpenLDAP MirrorMode" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "Неможливо видалити вузол, на якому запущений цей модуль YaST.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -1725,12 +1450,10 @@ msgstr "Запустіть yast2 openldap-mirrormode на іншому сервері MirrorMode." #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:140 -#| msgid "Do you really want to reset your settings?" msgid "Do you really want to remove \"%1\" from the MirrorMode setup?\n" msgstr "Ви дійсно хочете видалити «%1» з налаштування MirrorMode?\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:145 -#| msgid "Changes will be saved immediately after you press OK." msgid "Changes will take effect immediately after clicking \"Yes\"" msgstr "Зміни вступлять в силу відразу після натискання «Так»" @@ -1845,7 +1568,6 @@ msgstr "Не можна вилучити базу даних Frontend" #: src/include/ldap-server/tree_structure.rb:709 -#| msgid "Can not delete Config database" msgid "Cannot delete Config database" msgstr "Не можна вилучити базу даних конфігурації" @@ -1879,7 +1601,6 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/tree_structure.rb:1005 #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:346 -#| msgid "Change Administrator Password" msgid "Change Administration Password" msgstr "Змінити пароль адміністратора" @@ -1921,12 +1642,10 @@ msgstr "Налаштування керування доступом" #: src/include/ldap-server/tree_structure.rb:1306 -#| msgid "Application Order" msgid "Replication Provider" msgstr "Постачальник реплікації" #: src/include/ldap-server/tree_structure.rb:1315 -#| msgid "Application order" msgid "Replication Consumer" msgstr "Одержувач реплікації" @@ -2032,20 +1751,15 @@ msgstr "Вибрати прапорці &заборон:" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" -msgstr "" -"Заборонити прийом анонімних запитів зв'язку (не забороняє анонімний доступ до " -"каталогів)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "Заборонити прийом анонімних запитів зв'язку (не забороняє анонімний доступ до каталогів)" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" msgstr "Вимкнути автентифікацію Simple Bind" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" msgstr "Вимкнути переведення сесії в анонімний стан перед операціями StartTLS" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:188 @@ -2121,7 +1835,6 @@ msgstr "Кеш індексів (кеш IDL)" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:319 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 -#| msgid "Checkpoint settings" msgid "Checkpoint Settings" msgstr "Налаштування контрольної точки" @@ -2134,17 +1847,14 @@ msgstr "хвилин" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:332 -#| msgid "Applying changes to Configuration Database" msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings" msgstr "Змінити параметри бази даних налаштувань" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:337 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "" -"Дозволити аутентифікацію простим текстом (Simple Bind) для цієї бази даних." +msgstr "Дозволити аутентифікацію простим текстом (Simple Bind) для цієї бази даних." #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:340 -#| msgid "License needs to be accepted" msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" msgstr "(Віддалене з'єднання повинно бути зашифрованим)" @@ -2217,7 +1927,6 @@ msgstr "Всі записи" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101 -#| msgid "All Entries in the subtree" msgid "All Entries in the Subtree" msgstr "Усі записи в піддереві" @@ -2254,7 +1963,6 @@ msgstr "Всі члени групи" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125 -#| msgid "Empty" msgid "<empty>" msgstr "<Порожньо>" @@ -2325,7 +2033,6 @@ msgstr "Слід вказати базову DN." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 -#| msgid "A database with that Base DN already exists." msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists." msgstr "База даних з цією базовою DN вже існує." @@ -2407,7 +2114,6 @@ msgstr "Продовжити обчислення цього правила (\"continue\")" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904 -#| msgid "Please enter a DN into the Textfield" msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" msgstr "Введіть DN у текстове поле" @@ -2437,7 +2143,6 @@ msgstr "Фільтр LDAP" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 -#| msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed Attribute" msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" msgstr "Застосувати це правило тільки до вказаного атрибута" @@ -2462,7 +2167,6 @@ msgstr "DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 -#| msgid "Version Control" msgid "Flow Control" msgstr "Керування потоком" @@ -2476,17 +2180,14 @@ #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 -#| msgid "Please enter a List of valid Attributes into the \"Attributes\" textfield" msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the Attributes textfield" msgstr "Введіть список чинних атрибутів у поле Атрибути" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 -#| msgid "Please enter valid LDAP Filter into textfield" msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" msgstr "Введіть чинний фільтр LDAP у текстове поле" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203 -#| msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list" msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." msgstr "Мусите додати принаймні один елемент до списку „Рівнів доступу“." @@ -2499,9 +2200,6 @@ msgstr "Фільтр" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 -#| msgid "" -#| "The selected Database contains Access Control Rules that are currently\n" -#| "not supported by this YaST Module. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled." msgid "" "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" @@ -2510,12 +2208,10 @@ "не підтримуються цим модулем YaST. Діалог керування доступом буде вимкнено.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 -#| msgid "Application order" msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." msgstr "Ця база даних є одержувачем реплікації." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614 -#| msgid "Pr&ovider Name" msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "Назва постачальника" @@ -2524,12 +2220,10 @@ msgstr "Порт" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 -#| msgid "Section Type" msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "Тип реплікації" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644 -#| msgid "Fetching Interval" msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "Інтервал реплікації" @@ -2550,23 +2244,19 @@ msgstr "Секунд" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 -#| msgid "Authentication" msgid "Authentication DN" msgstr "Автентифікація DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693 -#| msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgid "Custom update referral" msgstr "Власне направлення оновлень" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709 -#| msgid "Targets" msgid "Target Host" msgstr "Цільовий вузол" #. no updateref #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929 -#| msgid "Action not specified." msgid "Invalid replication interval specified" msgstr "Вказаний неправильний інтервал реплікації" @@ -2576,7 +2266,6 @@ msgstr "Помилка при перевірці під'єднання LDAP до провайдера." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 -#| msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgid "Do you still want to continue?" msgstr "Бажаєте спробувати ще раз?" @@ -2585,8 +2274,7 @@ msgstr "Помилка при перевірці можливостей LDAPsync у постачальника." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "Переконайтеся, що на цільовому сервері увімкнено надання LDAPsync" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 @@ -2594,22 +2282,18 @@ msgstr "Увімкнути надання ldapsync для цієї бази даних" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144 -#| msgid "Operation" msgid "Operations" msgstr "Операції" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 -#| msgid "Enable option" msgid "Session Log" msgstr "Журнал сесії" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137 -#| msgid "Enable option" msgid "Enable Session Log" msgstr "Увімкнути журнал сесії" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271 -#| msgid "Restriction settings" msgid "Replication Settings" msgstr "Параметри реплікації" @@ -2630,9 +2314,6 @@ msgstr "Започаткування налаштування сервера LDAP" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:260 -#| msgid "" -#| "Error while initializing the configuration.\n" -#| "Is the LDAPI listener enabled?" msgid "" "Error while initializing configuration.\n" "Is the LDAPI listener enabled?\n" @@ -2679,7 +2360,6 @@ msgstr "Створення основних об’єктів" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:690 -#| msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgid "Writing OpenLDAP Server Configuration" msgstr "Запис конфігурації сервера OpenLDAP" @@ -2718,7 +2398,6 @@ msgstr "Вимикання сервера LDAP" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:865 -#| msgid "Activating OpenLDAP Server" msgid "De-activating OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "Деактивування сервера OpenLDAP" @@ -2743,19 +2422,14 @@ msgstr "Оновлення об’єктів типових правил паролів" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:883 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" -"Чекаємо на закінчення фонового завдання індексування OpenLDAP (може зайняти " -"декілька хвилин)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "Чекаємо на закінчення фонового завдання індексування OpenLDAP (може зайняти декілька хвилин)" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:884 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" msgstr "Перезапуск сервера OpenLDAP, якщо потрібно" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:887 -#| msgid "Writing LDAP Configuration..." msgid "Writing OpenLDAP Configuration" msgstr "Запис налаштування OpenLDAP" @@ -2768,22 +2442,14 @@ msgstr "Помилка створення об’єктів правил паролів." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1006 -#| msgid "" -#| "An error occurred while creating the database\n" -#| "of printers." -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" -msgstr "" -"Під час очікування завершення індексації бази даних OpenLDAP сталася " -"помилка.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" +msgstr "Під час очікування завершення індексації бази даних OpenLDAP сталася помилка.\n" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1007 -#| msgid "Start ftp daemon manually" msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." msgstr "Перезапустити OpenLDAP вручну." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1250 -#| msgid "Create initial Database with the following Parameters" msgid "Create initial database with the following parameters:" msgstr "Створити початкову базу даних з наступними параметрами:" @@ -2812,7 +2478,6 @@ msgstr "Ще не налаштовано." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1503 -#| msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." msgstr "Не існує файл сертифіката CA." @@ -2826,7 +2491,6 @@ msgstr "Не існує файл ключа сертифіката." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1520 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1552 -#| msgid "Can not set a filesystem acl on the private key" msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." msgstr "Неможливо встановити права файлової системи (ACL) на закритий ключ." @@ -2844,15 +2508,13 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1576 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "" -"Перемикання конфігурації запуску на використання бази даних конфігурації" +msgstr "Перемикання конфігурації запуску на використання бази даних конфігурації" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1577 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" msgstr "Перезапуск сервера LDAP" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1578 -#| msgid "Saving LDAP Server Configuration" msgid "Migrating LDAP Server Configuration" msgstr "Міграція налаштування сервера LDAP" @@ -2873,35 +2535,27 @@ msgstr "Загальний сертифікат сервера недоступний. StartTLS вимкнено." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1821 -#| msgid "Could not create directory." msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "Не вдалось створити каталог бази даних." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1828 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2637 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 -#| msgid "Could adjust ownership of database directory." msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "Вдалося змінити власника каталогу бази даних." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1873 -#| msgid "Cannot determine the hostname of %1." msgid "Could not determine own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "Неможливо визначити повне власне ім'я вузла." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1874 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own " -"fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "" -"Основний сервер реплікації не може коректно працювати без знання повного " -"власного імені вузла." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "Основний сервер реплікації не може коректно працювати без знання повного власного імені вузла." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2510 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2520 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "не чинна LDAP DN." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2515 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2525 -#| msgid "has mulitvalued RDNs." msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "має багатозначні RDN." @@ -2911,10 +2565,7 @@ msgstr "Неправильний DN LDAP: „%s\" неможливо отримати значення RDN" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2565 -#| msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country " -"2-letter code." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "Значення „c“ має бути дволітерним кодом країни згідно із ISO-3166." #. parameter check failed @@ -2924,25 +2575,21 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2584 #, perl-format -#| msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "Базовий DN \"%s\" є не чинним LDAP DN." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2589 #, perl-format -#| msgid "has multivalued RDNs. This is not supported in this YaST Module." msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "Базовий DN \"%s\" має багатозначні RDN (не підтримується YaST'ом)." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2598 #, perl-format -#| msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "Кореневий DN „%s“ - не чинна LDAP DN." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2603 #, perl-format -#| msgid "has multivalued RDNs. This is not supported in this YaST Module." msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "Кореневий DN \"%s\" має багатозначні RDN (не підтримується YaST'ом)." @@ -2956,13 +2603,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3404 #, perl-format -#| msgid "CA Certificate File does not exist" msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "Файл сертифіката CA: \"%s\" не існує." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3414 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "Помилка при спробі перевірки сертифіката сервера постачальника.\n" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3415 @@ -2976,13 +2621,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3423 #, perl-format -#| msgid "Certificate File does not exist" msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "Файл сертифіката: \"%s\" не існує." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3428 #, perl-format -#| msgid "Certificate Key File does not exist" msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "Файл ключа сертифіката: \"%s\" не існує." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/ldap.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/ldap.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/ldap.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -42,6 +42,8 @@ "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Сервер вимкнений або недоступний.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:534 @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Значення DN - відсутнє або нечинне.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:538 @@ -56,6 +60,8 @@ "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Не знайдено тип атрибута.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 @@ -63,23 +69,25 @@ "\n" "Object class not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Не знайдено клас об'єкта.\n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Неможливо зв'язатись з сервером LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Під час з'єднання з сервером LDAP трапилась помилка." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проблема з читанням даних з сервера LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 @@ -99,26 +107,26 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проблема з читанням схеми з сервера LDAP." #. default error message #: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виникла невідома помилка LDAP." #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Показати подробиці" #. error message #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Невідома помилка. Можливо, нема \"yast2-ldap\"." #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 @@ -133,6 +141,10 @@ "\n" "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" msgstr "" +"Ймовірна причина невдачі з'єднання полягає в тому, що\n" +"ваш клієнт налаштовано для TLS/SSL, але сервер цього не підтримує.\n" +"\n" +"Повторити спробу з'єднання (без TLS/SSL)?\n" #. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server #. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed @@ -145,17 +157,17 @@ #. password entering label #: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пароль сервера &LDAP" #. label #: src/Ldap.rb:979 msgid "Server: %1:%2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сервер: %1:%2" #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Анонімний доступ" #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -164,6 +176,9 @@ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" +"Прямий предок для DN \"%1\" \n" +"не існує в каталозі LDAP.\n" +"Об’єкт з вибраним DN не може бути створено.\n" #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1634 @@ -171,17 +186,19 @@ "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" +"На LDAP сервері не існує запису з\n" +"DN \"%1\". Створити його?\n" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Відкрити" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вкажіть нове значення для поточного атрибута." #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 @@ -193,6 +210,13 @@ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"Якщо атрибути можуть мати більше значень, то додайте нові \n" +"записи за допомогою Додати значення. Іноді кнопка\n" +"містить список можливих значень для поточного атрибута.\n" +"Якщо значення редагованого атрибута повинно бути \n" +"DN (Distinguished Name), то його можна вибрати з дерева LDAP\n" +"за допомогою кнопки Навігація.\n" +"\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. #. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note @@ -203,79 +227,86 @@ #. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Опис атрибута \"%1\": " #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Значення атрибута \"%1\"" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Значення атрибутів \"%1\"" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Додати значення" #. menubutton item (default value) #: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Порожній запис" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пере&глянути" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" +"Значення \"%1\" вже існує.\n" +"Будь ласка, виберіть інше." #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налаштування засобів керування користувачами" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налаштування засобів керування групами" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Клас об'єкта нового модуля" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Назва нового модуля (значення \"cn\")" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" +"Введене значення вже існує.\n" +"Виберіть інше.\n" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введіть назву модуля." #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" +"Тут ви можете встановити атрибути, що притаманні\n" +"об’єктам, що використовують поточний шаблон. Ці значення використовуватимуться\n" +"як типові під час створення нових об’єктів.\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" #. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the @@ -283,33 +314,37 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" +"Ви можете використовувати особливий синтаксис, щоб створити значення\n" +"атрибута з уже існуючих. Вираз %attr_name буде замінено\n" +"значенням атрибута \"attr_name\" (наприклад, використовуйте \" /home/%uid\"\n" +"як значення параметра \"homeDirectory\").\n" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Назва атрибута" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Значення атрибута" #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пересувайтеся деревом LDAP на лівому боці вікна." #. help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Після того як об’єкт LDAP в дереві вибрано, таблиця показує дані об’єкта. Натисніть кнопку Змінити для зміни значення вибраного атрибута. Натисніть кнопку Зберегти, щоб зберегти зміни до LDAP." #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) #: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 @@ -317,47 +352,49 @@ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" msgstr "" +"В поточному записі є незбережені зміни.\n" +"Відкинути ці зміни?\n" #. dialog caption #: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Навігатор LDAP" #. combobox item #: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поточні параметрів клієнта LDAP" #. combo box label #. combo box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 msgid "LDAP Connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "З'єднання LDAP" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сервер LDAP" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Адміністратор DN" #. check box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 msgid "L&DAP TLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L&DAP TLS" #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 msgid "A&nonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Анонімний доступ" #. InputField label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введіть назву нового з’єднання LDAP" #. error popup, %1 is attribute name #: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 @@ -365,18 +402,20 @@ "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." msgstr "" +"Атрибут \"%1\" - обов'язковий.\n" +"Введіть значення." #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Перезавантажити" #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Атрибут" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Значення" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/live-installer.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/live-installer.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/live-installer.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 08:13+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. initialize package manager first @@ -151,15 +150,10 @@ "Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed." msgstr "" "\n" -"Вживайте Прийняти, щоб виконати нове встановлення з показаними " -"значеннями." +"Вживайте Прийняти, щоб виконати нове встановлення з показаними значеннями." #. help text 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "To change the values click the respective headline\n" -#| "or select Change Installation Settings" msgid "" "\n" "To change the values, click the respective headline\n" @@ -212,11 +206,6 @@ #. pop-up, %1 is memory size, currently hardcoded "1 GB" #: src/clients/live-installer.rb:78 -#| msgid "" -#| "Your computer has less than %1 of memory. This may not be\n" -#| "sufficient for the live installation, especially when installing\n" -#| "while running other applications.\n" -#| "Before continuing, finish all running applications." msgid "" "Your computer has less than %1 of memory. This may not be\n" "sufficient for the live installation, especially when installing\n" @@ -230,10 +219,6 @@ #. continue/cancel pop-up #: src/clients/live-installer.rb:121 -#| msgid "" -#| "YaST detected a mounted removable media. YaST cannot install\n" -#| "the system on media which is mounted.\n" -#| "To install the system on these media, unmount them first." msgid "" "YaST detected a mounted removable media. YaST cannot install\n" "the system on mounted media.\n" @@ -251,20 +236,11 @@ "Continuing the installation may cause data loss." msgstr "" "Програма встановлення openSUSE виявила масив DMRAID.\n" -"Така конфігурація не підтримується програмою встановлення openSUSE " -"\"наживо\".\n" +"Така конфігурація не підтримується програмою встановлення openSUSE \"наживо\".\n" "Якщо ви продовжите встановлення, можлива втрата даних." #. popup dialog, text followed by 'Reboot Now' and 'Reboot Later' buttons #: src/clients/live-installer.rb:218 -#| msgid "" -#| "The computer needs to be rebooted without the Live CD in the\n" -#| "drive to finish the installation. Either YaST can reboot\n" -#| "now or you can reboot any time later.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Note that if the Live CD is not ejected, you can either eject\n" -#| "it after the Live system shuts down or select \"Hard Disk\"\n" -#| "in the boot menu of the Live CD." msgid "" "The computer needs to be rebooted without the Live CD in the\n" "drive to finish the installation. Either YaST can reboot\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/lxc.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/lxc.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/lxc.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 10:15+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -16,27 +16,21 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xlxc module #: src/clients/lxc.rb:54 -#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" msgid "Configuration of LXC" msgstr "Налаштування LXC" #. busy message #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:55 -#| msgid "Creating Configuration" msgid "Creating Configuration..." msgstr "Створення конфігурації…" #. error message #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:82 -#| msgid "" -#| "Error during configuration:\n" -#| "%1" msgid "" "Error occured during configuration:\n" "\n" @@ -48,13 +42,11 @@ #. add dialog caption #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:95 -#| msgid "&Edit Container" msgid "Adding New Container" msgstr "Додавання нового контейнер" #. frame label #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:105 -#| msgid " Container" msgid "New Container" msgstr "Новий контейнер" @@ -66,7 +58,6 @@ #. combo box label #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:112 -#| msgid "User Templates" msgid "Template" msgstr "Шаблон" @@ -82,7 +73,6 @@ #. text entry label #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:127 -#| msgid "&Subnet" msgid "Subnet" msgstr "Підмережа" @@ -94,7 +84,6 @@ #. push button label #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:138 -#| msgid "Configuring network..." msgid "Configure Network..." msgstr "Налаштування мережі..." @@ -110,7 +99,6 @@ #. password entry #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:153 -#| msgid "&Reset Password" msgid "Repeat Password" msgstr "Повторити пароль" @@ -121,13 +109,11 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:202 -#| msgid "Value was not specified." msgid "Name was not entered." msgstr "Не було вказано назву." #. error message #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:214 -#| msgid "New passwords do not match." msgid "The passwords do not match." msgstr "Паролі не збігаються." @@ -146,24 +132,20 @@ #. button label #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:234 -#| msgid "Base on Existing Configuration" msgid "Use Existing Configuration" msgstr "Використовувати існуючі налаштування" #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:235 -#| msgid "Replace" msgid "Replace With New" msgstr "Замінити новим" #. busy message #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:252 -#| msgid "Creating container %1$s" msgid "Creating Container %1..." msgstr "Створення контейнера %1…" #. lxc-create -n <name> -f /root/<name>.config -t <template> #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:269 -#| msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgid "" "Error occured during container creation:\n" "\n" @@ -175,19 +157,16 @@ #. busy message #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:281 -#| msgid "Root Password" msgid "Saving Root Password..." msgstr "Збереження паролю адміністратора…" #. change the root password in the file /var/lib/lxc/<name>/rootfs/etc/shadow/ #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:304 -#| msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgid "Container '%1' was successfully created." msgstr "Успішно створено контейнер \"%1\"." #. start container as a deamon, so it survives YaST's exit #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:326 -#| msgid "Error while starting %1 daemon\n" msgid "" "Error while starting container:\n" "\n" @@ -208,7 +187,6 @@ #. error message #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:382 -#| msgid "Error while removing %1\n" msgid "" "Error while destroying:\n" "\n" @@ -220,7 +198,6 @@ #. LXC overview dialog caption #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:405 -#| msgid "CA Configuration" msgid "LXC Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування LXC" @@ -232,7 +209,6 @@ #. button label #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:432 -#| msgid "Disconnected" msgid "Disconnect" msgstr "Від'єднати" @@ -243,7 +219,6 @@ #. container status #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:449 -#| msgid "&Stop" msgid "Stopped" msgstr "Зупинено" @@ -258,7 +233,6 @@ #. button label #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:484 -#| msgid "&Destination" msgid "&Destroy" msgstr "&Знищити" @@ -274,15 +248,11 @@ #. FIXME timeout + kill -9 #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:575 -#| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the profile " msgid "Are you sure to delete container '%1'?" msgstr "Ви дійсно хочете вилучити контейнер „%1“?" #. Read dialog help #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:36 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing LXC Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -294,118 +264,76 @@ #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>LXC Overview</big> \n" -"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current " -"status.\n" -"Use Create to create new container. Delete existing one with " -"Destroy.\n" +"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current status.\n" +"Use Create to create new container. Delete existing one with Destroy.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Огляд LXC</big> \n" -"Тут наведено список налаштованих контейнерів (LXC) з їх поточним " -"станом.\n" -"Використовуйте Створити для створення нового контейнера і " -"Знищити для видалення.\n" +"Тут наведено список налаштованих контейнерів (LXC) з їх поточним станом.\n" +"Використовуйте Створити для створення нового контейнера і Знищити для видалення.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help, part 2 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"You can start selected container with Start. The container is " -"started in background. You can connect to it using Connect button or " -"manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close " -"it from within or using the Disconnect button.\n" +"You can start selected container with Start. The container is started in background. You can connect to it using Connect button or manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close it from within or using the Disconnect button.\n" "Note that Connect option is not available in text mode." msgstr "" -"Ви можете Запустити вибраний контейнер. Контейнер запускається в " -"фоновому режимі. Ви можете Під'єднатися до нього за допомогою кнопки " -"або " -"вручну командою <tt>lxc-console</tt>. Потрапивши в консоль, ви можете закрити " -"зсередини або кнопкою Від'єднатися.\n" -"Зверніть увагу, що кнопка Під'єднатися недоступна в текстовому " -"режимі." +"Ви можете Запустити вибраний контейнер. Контейнер запускається в фоновому режимі. Ви можете Під'єднатися до нього за допомогою кнопки або вручну командою <tt>lxc-console</tt>. Потрапивши в консоль, ви можете закрити зсередини або кнопкою Від'єднатися.\n" +"Зверніть увагу, що кнопка Під'єднатися недоступна в текстовому режимі." #. Create dialog help, part 1 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:51 -#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "<big>Creating New Container</big>" msgstr "<big>Створення нового контейнера</big>" #. Create dialog help, part 2 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Choose a Name for your container, select a base Template, " -"and enter desired network settings." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть ім'я для свого контейнера, виберіть основний Шаблон</" -"b> і введіть бажані налаштування мережі." +msgid "Choose a Name for your container, select a base Template, and enter desired network settings." +msgstr "Виберіть ім'я для свого контейнера, виберіть основний Шаблон і введіть бажані налаштування мережі." #. Create dialog help, part 3 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as IP Address to have dynamic " -"address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use the " -"Configure Network button and create one." -msgstr "" -"Використовуйте значення <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> IP-адреси для " -"динамічного присвоєння адреси від DHCP. Якщо пристрій мосту ще не " -"налаштовано, натисніть кнопку Налаштувати мережу і створіть його." +msgid "Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as IP Address to have dynamic address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use the Configure Network button and create one." +msgstr "Використовуйте значення <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> IP-адреси для динамічного присвоєння адреси від DHCP. Якщо пристрій мосту ще не налаштовано, натисніть кнопку Налаштувати мережу і створіть його." #. Create dialog help, part 4 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:63 -#| msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgid "" -"Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the " -"container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will be " -"used." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть пароль системного адміністратора контейнера. Якщо пароль не " -"вказано, то використовується типове значення <tt>root</tt>." +msgid "Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will be used." +msgstr "Виберіть пароль системного адміністратора контейнера. Якщо пароль не вказано, то використовується типове значення <tt>root</tt>." #. Create dialog help, part 5 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:67 -#| msgid "Click Create to generate the certificate." msgid "Use Create to start the creation process." msgstr "Щоб запустити процес створення, натисніть Створити." #. info label (try to keep the text short) #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:226 -#| msgid "" -#| "Samba client configuration module.\n" -#| "See Samba documentation for details." -msgid "" -"Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Були виявлені проблеми в налаштуваннях LXC. Додаткові відомості наведено в " -"документації." +msgid "Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for details." +msgstr "Були виявлені проблеми в налаштуваннях LXC. Додаткові відомості наведено в документації." #. output follows in widget below #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:232 -#| msgid "Output of the Script" msgid "Output of 'lxc-checkconfig' script:" msgstr "Вивід скрипту 'lxc-checkconfig':" #. Lxc read dialog caption #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:249 -#| msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration" msgid "Initializing LXC Configuration" msgstr "Започаткування налаштування LXC" #. Progress stage #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:260 -#| msgid "Checking for package availability..." msgid "Check LXC availability" msgstr "Перевірка доступності LXC" #. Progress stage #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:262 -#| msgid "Read the system settings" msgid "Read system settings" msgstr "Читати системні параметри" #. Progress step #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:266 -#| msgid "Checking for package availability..." msgid "Check LXC availability..." msgstr "Перевірка доступності LXC…" @@ -418,4 +346,3 @@ #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:270 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Завершено" - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/mail.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/mail.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/mail.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 10:28+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the mail module @@ -111,12 +110,10 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" msgstr "" "Вибір пункту Без з’єднання призведе до того, що\n" -"поштовий сервер буде запущено, але можливим буде лише локальний рух пошти. " -"MTA слухатиме на локальному вузлі (localhost).\n" +"поштовий сервер буде запущено, але можливим буде лише локальний рух пошти. MTA слухатиме на локальному вузлі (localhost).\n" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 @@ -125,8 +122,7 @@ "Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Вкажіть тут як перезаписувати адреси відправників для кожного " -"користувача.\n" +"Вкажіть тут як перезаписувати адреси відправників для кожного користувача.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 @@ -146,24 +142,20 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as " -"smtp.provider.com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Сервер вихідної пошти, переважно, призначається для модемних з'єднань.\n" -"Введіть SMTP-сервер вашого провайдера Інтернету, напр., smtp.provider.com<" -"/b>.\n" +"Введіть SMTP-сервер вашого провайдера Інтернету, напр., smtp.provider.com.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"В полі Ім'я користувача введіть ім'я користувача надане вам " -"провайдером.\n" +"В полі Ім'я користувача введіть ім'я користувача надане вам провайдером.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 @@ -204,14 +196,12 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.<" -"/p>\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Ця таблиця перенаправляє пошту, яка доставляється локально.\n" "Можна переслати до іншого локального користувача (придатне для,\n" -"системних рахунків, особливо, root), до віддаленої адреси або до " -"списку адрес.\n" +"системних рахунків, особливо, root), до віддаленої адреси або до списку адрес.\n" #. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 @@ -251,11 +241,6 @@ #. Translators: continue/cancel dialog #. %1 is a sysconfig variable name #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 -#| msgid "" -#| "The setting %1 is turned off. You have\n" -#| "probably modified the configuration files directly.\n" -#| "If you continue, it will be turned on and\n" -#| "SuSEconfig will overwrite manual changes.\n" msgid "" "The setting %1 is turned off. You have\n" "probably modified the configuration files directly.\n" @@ -324,7 +309,6 @@ #. Translators: radio button label #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 -#| msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon" msgid "Do not start Postfix as Daemon" msgstr "Неможливо запустити фонову службу Postfix" @@ -697,18 +681,13 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "Enabling virus scanning checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" -#| "with AMaViS.\n" msgid "" "\n" "Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Увімкнення сканування на віруси (AMaVIS) перевіряє вхідну і вихідну " -"пошту\n" +"Увімкнення сканування на віруси (AMaVIS) перевіряє вхідну і вихідну пошту\n" "антивірусом AMaVIS. \n" #. help text @@ -742,10 +721,6 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "Enabling virus scanning checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" -#| "with AMaViS.\n" msgid "" "\n" "Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.\n" @@ -759,8 +734,7 @@ "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" "will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" "authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" @@ -769,8 +743,7 @@ "Увімкнення DKIM для вихідних повідомлень вимагає додаткових дій.\n" "Для визначеного Postfix значення 'mydomain' буде згенерований SSL-ключ.\n" "У Postfix буде налаштована нова служба 'submission'. Після цього ви зможете\n" -"відправляти листи службою 'submission' з 'mynetworks' з SASL-" -"автентифікацією.\n" +"відправляти листи службою 'submission' з 'mynetworks' з SASL-автентифікацією.\n" "Тільки листи, відправлені цією новою службою, будуть підписані ключем\n" "домену.\n" @@ -782,16 +755,14 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Публічний ключ доменного ключа повинен бути запропонований службою\n" "доменних імен. Публічний ключ буде збережений як запис DNS TXT\n" -"у файлі /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt, його потрібно буде " -"передати\n" +"у файлі /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt, його потрібно буде передати\n" "відповідній службі доменних імен. Якщо на цьому сервері, який є\n" "сервером авторизації в цьому домені, вже запущена служба імен,\n" "то публічний ключ буде доданий як запис TXT цієї доменної зони\n" @@ -799,11 +770,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." -msgstr "" -"При увімкненні підтримки DKIM буде також увімкнено сканування на віруси " -"(AMaViS)." +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgstr "При увімкненні підтримки DKIM буде також увімкнено сканування на віруси (AMaViS)." #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 @@ -847,13 +815,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "" -"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "" -"Режим доставки, переважно, Безпосередньо, хіба, якщо ви не " -"перенаправляєте пошту адміністратора (root) або хочете мати доступ до пошти " -"через IMAP." +msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "Режим доставки, переважно, Безпосередньо, хіба, якщо ви не перенаправляєте пошту адміністратора (root) або хочете мати доступ до пошти через IMAP." #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 @@ -893,8 +856,7 @@ #. Validation #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." -msgstr "" -"Не можна використовувати procmail, коли пошта для root не перенаправляється." +msgstr "Не можна використовувати procmail, коли пошта для root не перенаправляється." #. combo box choice: #. deliver mail normally @@ -911,7 +873,6 @@ #. combo box choice: #. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 -#| msgid "To Cyrus IMAP Server" msgid "To IMAP Server" msgstr "До сервера IMAP" @@ -938,7 +899,6 @@ #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline #: src/modules/Mail.rb:256 -#| msgid "Cyrus-imapd, an IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Буде встановлений сервер IMAP Dovecot.\n" @@ -1005,7 +965,6 @@ #. Translators: error message #: src/modules/Mail.rb:963 -#| msgid "Error running SuSEconfig." msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "Помилка виконання config.postfix" @@ -1050,7 +1009,6 @@ #. Translators: progress label #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088 -#| msgid "Routing Configuration" msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "Запущено Config Postfix" @@ -1135,7 +1093,6 @@ #. summary header #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358 -#| msgid "Use DIAG" msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "Вживати DKIM" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/multipath.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/multipath.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/multipath.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: multipath.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 12:09+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module @@ -162,7 +161,6 @@ #. duplicated configuraton checking #: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3344 -#| msgid "Duplicated configuration." msgid "Duplicated configuration" msgstr "Дубльоване налаштування" @@ -176,18 +174,15 @@ msgstr "Неможливо вживати multipath:" #: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3654 -#| msgid "* Can not enable boot.multipath" msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath." msgstr "* Неможливо увімкнути boot.multipath." #: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3664 -#| msgid "* Can not enable multipathd" msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd." msgstr "* Неможливо увімкнути multipathd." #. do not check result for starting boot.multipath #: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3676 -#| msgid "* Can not start multipathd" msgid "* Cannot start multipathd." msgstr "* Неможливо запустити multipathd." @@ -198,26 +193,20 @@ msgstr "Неможливо не вживати multipath:" #: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3703 -#| msgid "* Can not stop multipath" msgid "* Cannot stop multipath." msgstr "* Неможливо зупинити multipath." #. do not check result of stopping boot.multipath #: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3715 -#| msgid "* Can not disable multipathd" msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd." msgstr "* Неможливо вимкнути multipathd." #: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3725 -#| msgid "* Can not disable boot.multipath" msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath." msgstr "* Неможливо вимкнути boot.multipath." #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing multipath Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -227,9 +216,6 @@ #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Saving multipath Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving Multipath Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -244,134 +230,83 @@ "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not " -"use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " -"stopped. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configure Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. " -"\n" +"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Стан Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tЗапустіть або зупиніть multipathd, перевірте інформацію про multipath.<" -"br> \n" +"\t\t\tЗапустіть або зупиніть multipathd, перевірте інформацію про multipath. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Зупинити/Запустити Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tНатисніть \"Використовувати Multipath\" для запуску multipathd. " -"Натисніть \"Не використовувати Multipath\" для зупинки multipathd. " +"\t\t\tНатисніть \"Використовувати Multipath\" для запуску multipathd. Натисніть \"Не використовувати Multipath\" для зупинки multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tІнформація про стан Multipath все одно може відображатися, коли multipathd зупинений. \n" "\n" -"\t\t\tІнформація про стан Multipath все одно може відображатися, коли " -"multipathd зупинений. \n" -"\n" "\t\t\t<big>Налаштувати Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tНатисніть на вкладці Налаштувати, щоб налаштувати multipath. " -"\n" +"\t\t\tНатисніть на вкладці Налаштувати, щоб налаштувати multipath. \n" #. dialog help for Configure tab #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " -"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, " -"blacklist_exception, devices. \n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exception, devices. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: list of multipaths finest-grained settings. \n" "\t\t\tDefaults: multipath-tools default settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath " -"candidates. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure " -"blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" -"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " -"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations.<" -"br> \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" +"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Налаштування</big> \n" -"\t\t\tУвесь вміст /etc/multipath.conf може бути налаштований тут. У файлі " -"налаштувань п'ять секцій:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, " -"blacklist_exception, devices. \n" +"\t\t\tУвесь вміст /etc/multipath.conf може бути налаштований тут. У файлі налаштувань п'ять секцій:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exception, devices. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: список точних налаштувань multipaths. \n" "\t\t\tDefaults: типові налаштування засобів multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tНатисніть кнопку \"Налаштувати типове\" для задання типових " -"параметрів. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist: список імен пристроїв, які відхиляються як не " -"кандидати " -"multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tНатисніть кнопку \"Налаштувати чорний список\" для задання " -"налаштувань " -"чорного списку. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: список імен пристроїв, що виключаються з " -"чорного списку. \n" -"\t\t\tНатисніть кнопку \"Налаштувати винятки чорного списку\" для " -"задання " -"налаштувань blacklist_exceptions. \n" -"\t\t\tDevices: список налаштувань кожного контролера зберігання. " -"Замінюються типові налаштування за замовчуванням, змінені параметрами кожного " -"multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tНатисніть кнопку \"Налаштувати пристрої\" для задання " -"налаштувань пристроїв. \n" -"\t\t\tНатисніть кнопку \"Готово\" для збереження і відновлення " -"налаштувань. \n" +"\t\t\tНатисніть кнопку \"Налаштувати типове\" для задання типових параметрів. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: список імен пристроїв, які відхиляються як не кандидати multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tНатисніть кнопку \"Налаштувати чорний список\" для задання налаштувань чорного списку. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: список імен пристроїв, що виключаються з чорного списку. \n" +"\t\t\tНатисніть кнопку \"Налаштувати винятки чорного списку\" для задання налаштувань blacklist_exceptions. \n" +"\t\t\tDevices: список налаштувань кожного контролера зберігання. Замінюються типові налаштування за замовчуванням, змінені параметрами кожного multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tНатисніть кнопку \"Налаштувати пристрої\" для задання налаштувань пристроїв. \n" +"\t\t\tНатисніть кнопку \"Готово\" для збереження і відновлення налаштувань. \n" #. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Defaults Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here. \n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " -"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value " -"as default setting. \n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Типові налаштування</big> \n" "\t\t\tЗагальні типові налаштування можуть бути зроблені і очищені тут. \n" -"\t\t\tБудь-яке типове налаштування тут буде мати ефект на всі " -"конфігурації multipath, поки відповідна локальна установка не " -"перепише її. \n" -"\t\t\tякщо типове налаштування очищається тут, то multipath візьме своє " -"значення як типове налаштування. \n" +"\t\t\tБудь-яке типове налаштування тут буде мати ефект на всі конфігурації multipath, поки відповідна локальна установка не перепише її. \n" +"\t\t\tякщо типове налаштування очищається тут, то multipath візьме своє значення як типове налаштування. \n" #. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<" -"br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist. " -"\n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, " -"fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " -"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Налаштування Blacklist</big> \n" -"\t\t\tПерераховані тут імена пристроїв можуть бути відхилені як не " -"кандидати multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tНаявні три методи визначення імені пристрою: wwid, devnode</" -"b>, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: Визначення пристрою в чорному списку по world wide ID." -" \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Тут можна використовувати регулярні вирази для " -"визначення імен пристроїв в udev_dir (типово у каталозі /dev). " -"Звичайні імена пристроїв cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop." -" \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Використовується для визначення особливого контролера " -"зберігання в чорному списку. Пристрій може бути зазначено по виробнику та " -"імені продукту. \n" +"\t\t\tПерераховані тут імена пристроїв можуть бути відхилені як не кандидати multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tНаявні три методи визначення імені пристрою: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: Визначення пристрою в чорному списку по world wide ID. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Тут можна використовувати регулярні вирази для визначення імен пристроїв в udev_dir (типово у каталозі /dev). Звичайні імена пристроїв cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Використовується для визначення особливого контролера зберігання в чорному списку. Пристрій може бути зазначено по виробнику та імені продукту. \n" "" #. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 @@ -379,48 +314,30 @@ msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, " -"fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " -"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Налаштування Blacklist Exceptions</big> \n" -"\t\t\tПерераховані тут імена пристроїв виключаються з чорного списку." -" \n" -"\t\t\tНаявні три методи визначення імені пристрою: wwid, devnode</" -"b>, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: Визначення пристрою, що виключається з чорного списку, " -"по world wide ID. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Тут можна використовувати регулярні вирази для " -"визначення імен пристроїв в udev_dir (типово у каталозі /dev). " -"Звичайні імена пристроїв cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop." -" \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Використовується для визначення особливого контролера " -"зберігання, виключається з чорного списку. Пристрій може бути вказано по " -"виробнику та імені продукту. \n" +"\t\t\tПерераховані тут імена пристроїв виключаються з чорного списку. \n" +"\t\t\tНаявні три методи визначення імені пристрою: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: Визначення пристрою, що виключається з чорного списку, по world wide ID. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Тут можна використовувати регулярні вирази для визначення імен пристроїв в udev_dir (типово у каталозі /dev). Звичайні імена пристроїв cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Використовується для визначення особливого контролера зберігання, виключається з чорного списку. Пристрій може бути вказано по виробнику та імені продукту. \n" "" #. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Devices Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " -"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name. " -"\n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Налаштування Devices</big> \n" -"\t\t\tТут перераховані параметри кожного контролера зберігання, вони " -"замінюють типові установки і самі замінюються параметрами кожного multipath.<" -"br>\n" -"\t\t\tКожний пристрій визначається за виробником і назвою продукту<" -"/b>. \n" +"\t\t\tТут перераховані параметри кожного контролера зберігання, вони замінюють типові установки і самі замінюються параметрами кожного multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tКожний пристрій визначається за виробником і назвою продукту. \n" #. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. #. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. @@ -465,34 +382,27 @@ #. prepare for loading built-in configurations #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 -#| msgid "Cannot read multipath section in multipath configuration" msgid "Cannot read multipath section in multipath configuration." msgstr "Неможливо прочитати секцію multipath в конфігурації multipath." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 -#| msgid "Cannot read defaults section in multipath configuration" msgid "Cannot read defaults section in multipath configuration." msgstr "Неможливо прочитати типову секцію в конфігурації multipath." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 -#| msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration" msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration." msgstr "Неможливо прочитати секцію чорного списку в конфігурації multipath." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 -#| msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration" msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"Неможливо прочитати секцію винятків_чорного списку в конфігурації multipath." +msgstr "Неможливо прочитати секцію винятків_чорного списку в конфігурації multipath." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 -#| msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration" msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration." msgstr "Неможливо прочитати секцію пристроїв в конфігурації multipath." #. Multipath read dialog caption #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 -#| msgid "Initializing multipath Configuration" msgid "Initializing Multipath Configuration" msgstr "Започаткування налаштування Multipath" @@ -545,7 +455,6 @@ #. Multipath read dialog caption #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248 -#| msgid "Saving multipath Configuration" msgid "Saving Multipath Configuration" msgstr "Збереження конфігурації Multipath" @@ -576,12 +485,10 @@ #. restart multipathd #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299 -#| msgid "Restart multipathd failed." msgid "Restarting multipathd failed." msgstr "Перезапуск multipathd зазнав невдачі." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 -#| msgid "Ignore your modification ?" msgid "Ignore your modification?" msgstr "Ігнорувати вашу зміну?" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/ncurses-pkg.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/ncurses-pkg.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/ncurses-pkg.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 11:31+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. headline of package versions popup @@ -31,7 +30,6 @@ #. text above of list of all package versions #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:982 -#| msgid "List all available languages." msgid "List of all available package versions:" msgstr "Список усіх доступних версій пакунка:" @@ -59,8 +57,7 @@ msgstr "пакунки було змінено, щоб задовольнити залежності:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." msgstr "Можете встановити не зважаючи на це, але систему може буде пошкоджено." #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298 @@ -120,46 +117,24 @@ msgstr "Осиротілі" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:83 -#| msgid "Unneeded Patches" msgid "Unneeded" msgstr "Непотрібне" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " -"already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for " -"Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." -msgstr "" -"Це список корисних пакунків. Вони будуть встановлені додатково, якщо " -"рекомендовані недавно встановленими пакунками. Для установки пакунків," -"рекомендованих вже встановленими пакунками, позначте параметр " -"Встановлювати " -"пакети, рекомендовані вже встановленими пакунками у меню " -"Залежності." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." +msgstr "Це список корисних пакунків. Вони будуть встановлені додатково, якщо рекомендовані недавно встановленими пакунками. Для установки пакунків,рекомендованих вже встановленими пакунками, позначте параметр Встановлювати пакети, рекомендовані вже встановленими пакунками у меню Залежності." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "" -"Рекомендується встановити ці пакунки, бо вони доповнюють вже " -"встановлені пакети. Рішення про встановлення приймається користувачем." +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "Рекомендується встановити ці пакунки, бо вони доповнюють вже встановлені пакети. Рішення про встановлення приймається користувачем." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." -msgstr "" -"Розв'язувач виявив, що у цих пакетів немає сховища, тобто оновлення неможливі." +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +msgstr "Розв'язувач виявив, що у цих пакетів немає сховища, тобто оновлення неможливі." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." -msgstr "" -"Ці пакунки, ймовірно, не потрібні, бо більше не входять в залежності " -"інших пакетів." +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." +msgstr "Ці пакунки, ймовірно, не потрібні, бо більше не входять в залежності інших пакетів." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -192,12 +167,8 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -#| msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language related files for %s locale" -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " -"locale" -msgstr "" -"Переклади, словники і інші файли, що стосуються мови, для локалі %s" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" +msgstr "Переклади, словники і інші файли, що стосуються мови, для локалі %s" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319 @@ -225,7 +196,6 @@ msgstr "Зведення встановлення" #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87 -#| msgid "Package &Relations" msgid "Package Classification" msgstr "Класифікація пакунків" @@ -280,7 +250,6 @@ #. Popup informs the user that the query std::string #. entered for package search isn't correct #: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:262 -#| msgid "Query Error" msgid "Query Error:" msgstr "Помилка запиту:" @@ -360,7 +329,6 @@ msgstr "&Не встановлювати [-]" #: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:106 -#| msgid "&Lock [*]" msgid "&Lock or Taboo [!]" msgstr "&Заблокувати [!]" @@ -389,7 +357,6 @@ msgstr "По&казати зведення" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:84 -#| msgid "&Automatic Dependency Check [x]" msgid "&Automatic Dependency Check" msgstr "&Автоматична перевірка залежностей" @@ -402,7 +369,6 @@ msgstr "Режим перевірки &системи" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:95 -#| msgid "&Verify System" msgid "&Verify System Now" msgstr "&Перевірити систему" @@ -411,12 +377,10 @@ msgstr "&Встановлювати пакунки, рекомендовані вже встановленими пакунками" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 -#| msgid "Conflicting packages" msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" msgstr "&Видаляти залежності, які вже непотрібні (тимчасова зміна)" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:106 -#| msgid "&All Listed Packages" msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)" msgstr "До&зволити зміну постачальника (тимчасова зміна)" @@ -439,7 +403,6 @@ #. part 2 of the text #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251 -#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" msgstr "були автоматично вибрані для установки наступні пакети:" @@ -484,7 +447,6 @@ #. _( "Re&levant Patches" ) #: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74 -#| msgid "Installed Patches" msgid "&Installed Patches" msgstr "&Встановлені латки" @@ -519,7 +481,6 @@ msgstr "Стан і позначки &пакунка" #: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:77 -#| msgid "&How To Use the Filters" msgid "&How to Use the Filters" msgstr "&Як використовувати ці фільтри" @@ -577,7 +538,6 @@ msgstr "Пакунок джерела: " #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 -#| msgid "This information is available for installed packages only" msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." msgstr "Інформація доступна тільки для встановлених пакунків." @@ -586,12 +546,10 @@ msgstr "Посилання: " #: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:75 -#| msgid "Search for Patch Name" msgid "Search for Patches" msgstr "Пошук латки" #: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:124 -#| msgid "Name of the Package" msgid "Name of the Patch" msgstr "Назва латки" @@ -652,7 +610,6 @@ msgstr "Надає" #: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72 -#| msgid "Required by:" msgid "Required by" msgstr "Потрібне для" @@ -693,100 +650,33 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -#| msgid "<h3>Welcome to package selector</h3>This tool will help you to manage software installed on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you don't need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything - solver will do it for you. Package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." -msgid "" -"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " -"and menu." -msgstr "" -"Ласкаво просимо до засобу вибору пакунківЦей інструмент " -"допоможе вам керувати програмним забезпеченням, встановленим на вашій " -"системі. Ви можете встановлювати, оновлювати або вилучати окремі пакунки, " -"шаблони (набори пакунків, що слугують певній меті) або мови. Зазвичай, вам не " -"слід перейматися проблемою задоволення залежностей пакунків під час " -"встановлення або вилучення якогось із них — за вас це зробить розв'язувач " -"залежностей. Засіб вибору пакунків складається з трьох головних частин: " -"фільтрів, таблиці пакунків і меню." +msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." +msgstr "Ласкаво просимо до засобу вибору пакунківЦей інструмент допоможе вам керувати програмним забезпеченням, встановленим на вашій системі. Ви можете встановлювати, оновлювати або вилучати окремі пакунки, шаблони (набори пакунків, що слугують певній меті) або мови. Зазвичай, вам не слід перейматися проблемою задоволення залежностей пакунків під час встановлення або вилучення якогось із них — за вас це зробить розв'язувач залежностей. Засіб вибору пакунків складається з трьох головних частин: фільтрів, таблиці пакунків і меню." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -#| msgid "Filters (left panel) are designed to make orientation in great amount of packages easier. They enable displaying e.g. only packages from certain repository, or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) as well as searching for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgid "" -"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) " -"or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be " -"found in How to use filters." -msgstr "" -"Фільтри (панель ліворуч) створено для полегшення орієнтації у " -"великій кількості пакунків. За їх допомогою, наприклад, можна увімкнути показ " -"лише пакунків окремого сховища або у вибраному шаблоні (наприклад, Ігри або " -"Розробка на C/C++), а також шукати пакунки за ключовими словами. Докладнішу " -"інформацію про фільтри можна отримати з довідки про те, Як використовувати " -"фільтри." +msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "Фільтри (панель ліворуч) створено для полегшення орієнтації у великій кількості пакунків. За їх допомогою, наприклад, можна увімкнути показ лише пакунків окремого сховища або у вибраному шаблоні (наприклад, Ігри або Розробка на C/C++), а також шукати пакунки за ключовими словами. Докладнішу інформацію про фільтри можна отримати з довідки про те, Як використовувати фільтри." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -#| msgid "Package table is the main component of package selector. You will see a list of packages matching current filter (for example, selected RPM group or search result) there. Each line of package table has several columns:" -msgid "" -"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:" -msgstr "" -"Таблиця пакунків є головним компонентом засобу вибору пакунків. Тут " -"ви побачите список пакунків, що відповідають поточному фільтру (наприклад, " -"вибраній групі RPM або результатам пошуку). Кожен рядок таблиці пакунків має " -"декілька стовпчиків:" +msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" +msgstr "Таблиця пакунків є головним компонентом засобу вибору пакунків. Тут ви побачите список пакунків, що відповідають поточному фільтру (наприклад, вибраній групі RPM або результатам пошуку). Кожен рядок таблиці пакунків має декілька стовпчиків:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -#| msgid "<ol><li>Package status ( for more information see Package Status and Symbols )</li><li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version ( on some of the configured repositories )</li><li>Installed version( empty for not yet installed packages )</li><li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " -"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " -"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "" -"<ol><li>Стан пакунка (докладнішу довідку можна знайти у Стан і позначки " -"пакунка )</li><li>Назва пакунка</li><li>Резюме пакунка</li><li>Доступна " -"версія ( у відповідно налаштованих сховищах )</li><li>Встановлена версія ( " -"порожньо для ще не встановлених пакунків )</li><li>Розмір пакунка</li></ol>" +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "<ol><li>Стан пакунка (докладнішу довідку можна знайти у Стан і позначки пакунка )</li><li>Назва пакунка</li><li>Резюме пакунка</li><li>Доступна версія ( у відповідно налаштованих сховищах )</li><li>Встановлена версія ( порожньо для ще не встановлених пакунків )</li><li>Розмір пакунка</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -#| msgid "Actions menu just below the table provides the possibilities to change the status of selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." -msgid "" -"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of " -"a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a " -"package or select an additional package for installation. The status change " -"can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for " -"detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and " -"Symbols)." -msgstr "" -"Меню Дії надає можливість змінити стан вибраного пакунка (або всіх " -"пакунків у списку), наприклад, щоб вилучити пакунок або вибрати додатковий " -"пакунок для встановлення. Стан можна також змінити безпосередньо натиснувши " -"клавішу, вказану в елементі меню (щоб отримати детальнішу інформацію про стан " -"пакунка, див. \"Стан пакунків і позначки\")." +msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "Меню Дії надає можливість змінити стан вибраного пакунка (або всіх пакунків у списку), наприклад, щоб вилучити пакунок або вибрати додатковий пакунок для встановлення. Стан можна також змінити безпосередньо натиснувши клавішу, вказану в елементі меню (щоб отримати детальнішу інформацію про стан пакунка, див. \"Стан пакунків і позначки\")." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -#| msgid "Menu provides functions related to package dependencies handling, displaying relevant information on packages and several other useful actions, such as opening repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." -msgid "" -"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " -"Functions in Menu." -msgstr "" -"Меню надає доступ до функцій, що стосуються керування залежностями " -"пакунків, показу відповідної інформації про пакунки, а також деяких інших " -"корисних дій, таких, як виклик редактора сховищ. Докладнішу інформацію можна " -"отримати з довідки Корисні функції меню." +msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." +msgstr "Меню надає доступ до функцій, що стосуються керування залежностями пакунків, показу відповідної інформації про пакунки, а також деяких інших корисних дій, таких, як виклик редактора сховищ. Докладнішу інформацію можна отримати з довідки Корисні функції меню." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -795,65 +685,28 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -#| msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. Similarly \"Locked\" status means that installed version of this package should always be kept." -msgid "" -"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never " -"be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed " -"version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "" -"Стан пакунка можна змінити за допомогою меню Дії або клавіш, " -"вказаних в елементах меню. Наприклад, вживайте \"+\", щоб встановити " -"додатковий пакунок. Стан \"Табу\" означає, що пакунок не слід встановлювати " -"ні за яких умов. Аналогічно, стан \"Захищено\" означає, що встановлену версію " -"пакунка не слід зачіпати." +msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "Стан пакунка можна змінити за допомогою меню Дії або клавіш, вказаних в елементах меню. Наприклад, вживайте \"+\", щоб встановити додатковий пакунок. Стан \"Табу\" означає, що пакунок не слід встановлювати ні за яких умов. Аналогічно, стан \"Захищено\" означає, що встановлену версію пакунка не слід зачіпати." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -#| msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status.The Actions menu also provides the possibility to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgid "" -"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " -"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages " -"in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "" -"Для перемикання стану пакунків ви також можете скористатися клавішами " -"Enter або Пробіл. Меню Дії також надає вам можливість " -"змінювати стан всіх пакунків у списку (виберіть \"Всі пакунки зі списку\").<" -"/p>" +msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "Для перемикання стану пакунків ви також можете скористатися клавішами Enter або Пробіл. Меню Дії також надає вам можливість змінювати стан всіх пакунків у списку (виберіть \"Всі пакунки зі списку\")." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 -#| msgid " The meaning of the status flags:" msgid "The meaning of the status flags:" msgstr "Значення прапорців стану:" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " -"installed automatically > : package will be updateda> " -": package will be automatically updated i : package is " -"installed - : package will be deleted---: never " -"install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "" -" + : цей пакунок буде встановленоa+ : пакунок буде " -"автоматично встановлено > : пакунок буде оновленоa> <" -"/b>: пакунок буде автоматично оновлено i : пакунок вже " -"встановлено - : пакунок буде вилучено---: ніколи " -"не встановлювати цей пакунок (табу)" +msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr " + : цей пакунок буде встановленоa+ : пакунок буде автоматично встановлено > : пакунок буде оновленоa> : пакунок буде автоматично оновлено i : пакунок вже встановлено - : пакунок буде вилучено---: ніколи не встановлювати цей пакунок (табу)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -#| msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked ):-): All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgid "" -"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( " -"package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:" -" i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "" -"-i-: — не чіпати встановлену версію і ніколи її не оновлювати або " -"вилучати (пакунок захищено)Дані про стан шаблону і мов: i <" -"/b>: Всі вимоги цього шаблона/мови виконано." +msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "-i-: — не чіпати встановлену версію і ніколи її не оновлювати або вилучати (пакунок захищено)Дані про стан шаблону і мов: i : Всі вимоги цього шаблона/мови виконано." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -862,88 +715,28 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -#| msgid "Out of all available packages, Filters allow you to filter out only those you are interested in. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages) or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgid "" -"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "" -"Фільтри надають вам можливість з усіх доступних пакунків обрати " -"лише ті, що вас цікавлять. Фільтрування пакунків засновано на властивостях " -"пакунків (сховище, група RPM), \"контейнерах\" пакунків (шаблони, мови), " -"класифікації пакунків або результатах пошуку. Виберіть бажаний фільтр з " -"спадного меню. Дані щодо окремих фільтрів викладено нижче." +msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "Фільтри надають вам можливість з усіх доступних пакунків обрати лише ті, що вас цікавлять. Фільтрування пакунків засновано на властивостях пакунків (сховище, група RPM), \"контейнерах\" пакунків (шаблони, мови), класифікації пакунків або результатах пошуку. Виберіть бажаний фільтр з спадного меню. Дані щодо окремих фільтрів викладено нижче." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -#| msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you trigger pattern for installation (update, deletion), solver will be run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgid "" -"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Шаблони описують можливості і функції, що повинна мати система " -"(наприклад, X сервер або інструменти консолі). Кожен шаблон містить набір " -"пакунків, які потрібні для його функціювання (необхідні), рекомендовані (слід " -"мати) і пропоновані (можна мати). Якщо ви накажете встановити, оновити, " -"вилучити шаблон, буде запущено розв'язувач залежностей, який відповідно " -"змінить стан всіх підлеглих пакунків шаблона." +msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgstr "Шаблони описують можливості і функції, що повинна мати система (наприклад, X сервер або інструменти консолі). Кожен шаблон містить набір пакунків, які потрібні для його функціювання (необхідні), рекомендовані (слід мати) і пропоновані (можна мати). Якщо ви накажете встановити, оновити, вилучити шаблон, буде запущено розв'язувач залежностей, який відповідно змінить стан всіх підлеглих пакунків шаблона." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -#| msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for selected language. RPM Groups are however not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in certain RPM group is a property of package itself. They have hierarchical (tree) structure. Repositories filter enables displaying packages coming only from specific repository. " -msgid "" -"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. " -msgstr "" -"Мови — це контейнери пакунків дуже схожі на шаблони. У них " -"містяться пакунки для перекладу програм, словники і інші файли для вибраної " -"мови. Групи RPM, натомість, не є контейнерами пакунків, які можна " -"встановити. Належність до певної групи RPM є просто властивістю самого " -"пакунка. Групи мають ієрархічну (деревоподібну) структуру. Фільтр Сховища<" -"/b> вмикає показ пакунків, які знаходяться у вказаному сховищі. " +msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " +msgstr "Мови — це контейнери пакунків дуже схожі на шаблони. У них містяться пакунки для перекладу програм, словники і інші файли для вибраної мови. Групи RPM, натомість, не є контейнерами пакунків, які можна встановити. Належність до певної групи RPM є просто властивістю самого пакунка. Групи мають ієрархічну (деревоподібну) структуру. Фільтр Сховища вмикає показ пакунків, які знаходяться у вказаному сховищі. " #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -#| msgid "To use Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using expression \"3d\". It is also possible to search in package descriptions, RPM provides, or requires. Just select the appropriate check box. Start the search by hitting 'Search' button." -msgid "" -"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Щоб скористатися фільтром ,Пошуку введіть ключове слово (або " -"частину ключового слова) для пошуку пакунків. Наприклад, для пошуку за усіма " -"пакунками 3D введіть \"3d\". Також можна шукати у описах пакунків, файлах, що " -"наявні в RPM, або у їх залежностях. Просто залиште позначку у відповідному " -"полі. Пошук можна почати, натиснувши кнопку \"Пошук\"." +msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +msgstr "Щоб скористатися фільтром ,Пошуку введіть ключове слово (або частину ключового слова) для пошуку пакунків. Наприклад, для пошуку за усіма пакунками 3D введіть \"3d\". Також можна шукати у описах пакунків, файлах, що наявні в RPM, або у їх залежностях. Просто залиште позначку у відповідному полі. Пошук можна почати, натиснувши кнопку \"Пошук\"." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -#| msgid "Installation summary presents a summary of packages, whose status has changed in this session (for example, they were marked for installation, or removal), either by user, or automatically by the solver." -msgid "" -"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " -"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "" -"Резюме встановлення показує перелік пакунків, стан яких було " -"змінено протягом сеансу (наприклад, їх було позначено для встановлення або " -"вилучення), як користувачем, так і автоматичним розв'язувачем залежностей." -" Фільтр " -"Класифікація пакунку надає відомості про Рекомендовані, " -"Запропоновані, Осиротілі таНепотрібні пакунки." +msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "Резюме встановлення показує перелік пакунків, стан яких було змінено протягом сеансу (наприклад, їх було позначено для встановлення або вилучення), як користувачем, так і автоматичним розв'язувачем залежностей. Фільтр Класифікація пакунку надає відомості про Рекомендовані, Запропоновані, Осиротілі таНепотрібні пакунки." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -951,136 +744,32 @@ msgstr "Корисні функції у меню" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -#| msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to package dependency handling. By default, the package dependencies are checked with every status change (Automatic Dependency Check is on) You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolution. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." -msgid "" -"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the " -"conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." -msgstr "" -"Залежності: У цьому меню розміщено різноманітні дії, що стосуються " -"керування залежностями пакунків. Типово, перевірка залежностей проводиться " -"під час кожної зміни стану. Вас буде проінформовано про пакунки, що " -"конфліктують між собою, у вікні з пропозиціями щодо розв'язання цього " -"конфлікту. Щоб розв'язати конфлікт, виберіть одне з запропонованих розв'язань " -"і натисніть кнопку \"Гаразд — Спробувати ще раз\"." +msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "Залежності: У цьому меню розміщено різноманітні дії, що стосуються керування залежностями пакунків. Типово, перевірка залежностей проводиться під час кожної зміни стану. Вас буде проінформовано про пакунки, що конфліктують між собою, у вікні з пропозиціями щодо розв'язання цього конфлікту. Щоб розв'язати конфлікт, виберіть одне з запропонованих розв'язань і натисніть кнопку \"Гаразд — Спробувати ще раз\"." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -#| msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check off. In that case, you can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now item. Verify system entry will check package dependencies and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation, if necessary. For debugging purpose, you may use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt> directory. This is usually what you need when asked for \"solver testcase\" in bugzilla." -msgid "" -"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic " -"Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting " -"Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the " -"dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts " -"non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if " -"necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver " -"Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>" -"/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked " -"for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "" -"Щоб вимкнути перевірку залежностей під час кожної зміни стану, вимкніть " -"Автоматичну перевірку залежностей. У цьому випадку ви зможете перевіряти " -"залежності вручну шляхом вибору елемента Перевірити залежності зараз. " -"Пункт Перевірити систему буде перевіряти залежності усіх встановлених " -"пакунків і розв'яже конфлікти у неінтерактивному режимі, за потреби " -"позначаючи пакунки для автоматичного встановлення. Для зневаджування ви " -"можете скористатися пунктом Створити контрольний приклад розв'язання " -"залежностей. За його допомогою можна створити дамп даних про залежності " -"пакунків у теці <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Це саме те, про що " -"вас проситимуть, коли питатимуть про \"solver testcase\" у bugzilla." +msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "Щоб вимкнути перевірку залежностей під час кожної зміни стану, вимкніть Автоматичну перевірку залежностей. У цьому випадку ви зможете перевіряти залежності вручну шляхом вибору елемента Перевірити залежності зараз. Пункт Перевірити систему буде перевіряти залежності усіх встановлених пакунків і розв'яже конфлікти у неінтерактивному режимі, за потреби позначаючи пакунки для автоматичного встановлення. Для зневаджування ви можете скористатися пунктом Створити контрольний приклад розв'язання залежностей. За йог� � допомогою можна створити дамп даних про залежності пакунків у теці <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Це саме те, про що вас проситимуть, коли питатимуть про \"solver testcase\" у bugzilla." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 -msgid "" -"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " -"Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages<" -"/i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be " -"installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed " -"packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <" -"i>Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON " -"(uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST " -"configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Доступні параметри при перевірці залежностей: Автоматична " -"перевірка залежностей (див. вище), Встановлювати пакунки, " -"рекомендовані вже встановленими пакунками: при увімкненні будуть " -"встановлені пакунки, рекомендовані вже встановленими пакунками, Режим " -"перевірки системи (відстеження і виправлення на ходу залежностей вже " -"встановлених пакунків). Зверніть увагу: після перевірки системи за допомогою " -"Перевірити систему зараз параметр Режим перевірки системи " -"лишається увімкненим (при бажанні можете вимкнути). Ці параметри зберігаються " -"у файлі " -"налаштувань YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "Доступні параметри при перевірці залежностей: Автоматична перевірка залежностей (див. вище), Встановлювати пакунки, рекомендовані вже встановленими пакунками: при увімкненні будуть встановлені пакунки, рекомендовані вже встановленими пакунками, Режим перевірки системи (відстеження і виправлення на ходу залежностей вже встановлених пакунків). Зверніть увагу: після перевірки системи за допомогою Перевірити систему зараз параметр Режим перевірки системи лишається увімкненим (при бажанні можете вимкнути). Ці п араметри зберігаються у файлі налаштувань YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272 -msgid "" -"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " -"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>" -"/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Розширені параметри: Видаляти непотрібні залежності: " -"видалення невикористовуваних залежних пакунків. Дозволити зміну " -"постачальника: постачальник пакунку може відрізнятися від постачальника " -"встановленого пакунку. " -"Ці параметри не зберігаються, але їх можна поставити у файл налаштувань " -"бібліотеки для " -"роботи з пакунками <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "Розширені параметри: Видаляти непотрібні залежності: видалення невикористовуваних залежних пакунків. Дозволити зміну постачальника: постачальник пакунку може відрізнятися від постачальника встановленого пакунку. Ці параметри не зберігаються, але їх можна поставити у файл налаштувань бібліотеки для роботи з пакунками <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278 -#| msgid "View: here you have the possibility to choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgid "" -"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Перегляд: тут ви маєте можливість вибрати, яку саме інформацію щодо " -"вибраного пакунка буде показано у вікні під таблицею пакунків. Доступні " -"параметри: опис пакунка (типово), технічні дані (версія, розмір, ліцензія та " -"інше), версії пакунка (всі доступні), список файлів (всі файли, що входять до " -"пакунка) і залежності (надає, потребує, тощо)." +msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "Перегляд: тут ви маєте можливість вибрати, яку саме інформацію щодо вибраного пакунка буде показано у вікні під таблицею пакунків. Доступні параметри: опис пакунка (типово), технічні дані (версія, розмір, ліцензія та інше), версії пакунка (всі доступні), список файлів (всі файли, що входять до пакунка) і залежності (надає, потребує, тощо)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284 -#| msgid "Configuration: this menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." -msgid "" -"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " -"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository " -"and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update " -"Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours " -"of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation " -"menu." -msgstr "" -"Налаштування: це меню поєднує програму вибору пакунків з рештою " -"засобів керування пакунками. Звідси ви можете Запустити керування " -"сховищами і редагувати налаштовані сховища або зареєструватись для " -"оновлення сховища і налаштувати періодичне завантаження наявних оновлень (" -"Запустити налаштування мережного оновлення). Також, ви можете вибрати " -"одну з трьох можливих дій програми вибору пакунків при її закритті — в меню <" -"b>Дія після установки пакунка." +msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." +msgstr "Налаштування: це меню поєднує програму вибору пакунків з рештою засобів керування пакунками. Звідси ви можете Запустити керування сховищами і редагувати налаштовані сховища або зареєструватись для оновлення сховища і налаштувати періодичне завантаження наявних оновлень (Запустити налаштування мережного оновлення). Також, ви можете вибрати одну з трьох можливих дій програми вибору пакунків при її закритті — в меню Дія після установки пакунка." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289 -#| msgid "Extras: miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." -msgid "" -"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " -"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages " -"into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package " -"List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set " -"of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in " -"provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table " -"displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." -msgstr "" -"Додаткові: тут розміщено різні інші функції. Експортувати список " -"пакунків до файлу збере дані щодо встановлених пакунків, шаблонів і мов і " -"запише їх до вказаного файлу XML. Цей файл можна буде пізніше прочитати " -"командою Імпортувати список пакунків з файлу, наприклад, на іншому " -"комп'ютері. Таким чином набір пакунків на комп'ютері-цілі буде приведено у " -"відповідність з описом, що знаходиться у файлі XML. Показати доступне " -"місце на диску покаже вигулькну табличку з інформацією про використання " -"місця на диску і незаповнене місце на поточному змонтованому розділі." +msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "Додаткові: тут розміщено різні інші функції. Експортувати список пакунків до файлу збере дані щодо встановлених пакунків, шаблонів і мов і запише їх до вказаного файлу XML. Цей файл можна буде пізніше прочитати командою Імпортувати список пакунків з файлу, наприклад, на іншому комп'ютері. Таким чином набір пакунків на комп'ютері-цілі буде приведено у відповідність з описом, що знаходиться у файлі XML. Показати доступне місце на диску покаже вигулькну табличку з інформацією про використання місця на диску і незаповнене мі сце на поточному змонтованому розділі." #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297 @@ -1266,7 +955,6 @@ msgstr "Список встановлених файлів: " #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575 -#| msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language related files for " msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " msgstr "Переклади, словники і інші файли, що стосуються мови, для " @@ -1278,91 +966,28 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611 -msgid "" -"General information about patches:The patches of kind security<" -"/b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " -"the feature." -msgstr "" -"Загальні відомості про латки:Латки типу безпека " -"виправляють проблеми безпеки і ми наполегливо рекомендуємо їх " -"встановлювати. Також слід встановлювати виправлення типу рекомендовані" -", " -"вони зазвичай містять важливі виправлення. Інсталюйте виправлення типу " -"функція, якщо хочете отримати нові можливості." +msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." +msgstr "Загальні відомості про латки:Латки типу безпека виправляють проблеми безпеки і ми наполегливо рекомендуємо їх встановлювати. Також слід встановлювати виправлення типу рекомендовані, вони зазвичай містять важливі виправлення. Інсталюйте виправлення типу функція, якщо хочете отримати нові можливості." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -#| msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will be always installed first. The other patches must be installed on a second run." -msgid "" -"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run." -msgstr "" -"Латки \"libzypp\" (керування пакунками, латками, шаблонами і продуктами) " -"завжди буде встановлено перед іншими. Інші латки слід встановлювати під час " -"другого заходу." +msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgstr "Латки \"libzypp\" (керування пакунками, латками, шаблонами і продуктами) завжди буде встановлено перед іншими. Інші латки слід встановлювати під час другого заходу." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -#| msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.:-): All requirements of this patch are satisfied.+ : You have selected this patch for installation." -msgid "" -"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i " -": All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " -"have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "" -"Значення прапорців стану:a+ : Латки, які стосуються вашої " -"системи, вже вибрано. Їх буде звантажено і встановлено на вашій системі. Якщо " -"вам не потрібна якась із латок, скасуйте її вибір за допомогою '-'. " -"i : Всі залежності цієї латки задоволено.+ : Ви вибрали цю " -"латку для встановлення." +msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "Значення прапорців стану:a+ : Латки, які стосуються вашої системи, вже вибрано. Їх буде звантажено і встановлено на вашій системі. Якщо вам не потрібна якась із латок, скасуйте її вибір за допомогою '-'. i : Всі залежності цієї латки задоволено.+ : Ви вибрали цю латку для встановлення." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "" -"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got " -"preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected " -"with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of " -"the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer " -"version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is " -"satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not " -"wanted." -msgstr "" -"Додаткові відомості про стан: Якщо для пакунка (або набору пакунків) є " -"кілька досі не встановлених латок, то вони всі вибираються і мають стан " -"a+. Якщо вибір одного з них знімається натисканням '-', то його стан " -"після цього може змінитися на i. Це відбувається в тому випадку, якщо " -"інші латки, які зачіпають ті ж пакети, все ще вибрані. Для застосування цієї " -"латки будуть встановлені новіші версії пакунків. При небажанні встановлювати " -"латку необхідно зняти вибір з усіх латок." +msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." +msgstr "Додаткові відомості про стан: Якщо для пакунка (або набору пакунків) є кілька досі не встановлених латок, то вони всі вибираються і мають стан a+. Якщо вибір одного з них знімається натисканням '-', то його стан після цього може змінитися на i. Це відбувається в тому випадку, якщо інші латки, які зачіпають ті ж пакети, все ще вибрані. Для застосування цієї латки будуть встановлені новіші версії пакунків. При небажанні встановлювати латку необхідно зняти вибір з усіх латок." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. " -"show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " -"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. " -"The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate " -"Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "" -"Меню:Меню Фільтр дозволяє здійснювати пошук по латках, а " -"також вибирати з них, наприклад, тільки встановлені або ті, які відносяться " -"до безпеки. Використовуйте меню Дії для зміни стану латки. Меню " -"Вигляд дозволяє дізнатися, які пакунки зачіпаються цим виправленням. " -"Зверніть увагу: якщо фільтр " -"налаштований на „Усі латки“, то список пакунків для деяких латок може " -"виявитися порожнім. Це означає, що жоден пакунок не зачіпається, бо жоден із " -"пакетів оновлення в системі не встановлений. Меню Залежності " -"містить пункти перевірки залежностей і пункт „Генерувати контрольний приклад " -"розв'язання залежностей“." +msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "Меню:Меню Фільтр дозволяє здійснювати пошук по латках, а також вибирати з них, наприклад, тільки встановлені або ті, які відносяться до безпеки. Використовуйте меню Дії для зміни стану латки. Меню Вигляд дозволяє дізнатися, які пакунки зачіпаються цим виправленням. Зверніть увагу: якщо фільтр налаштований на „Усі латки“, то список пакунків для деяких латок може виявитися порожнім. Це означає, що жоден пакунок не зачіпається, бо жоден із пакетів оновлення в системі не встановлений. Меню Залежності містить пунк ти перевірки залежностей і пункт „Генерувати контрольний приклад розв'язання залежностей“." #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648 @@ -1402,13 +1027,8 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714 -#| msgid "All changes in package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" -msgid "" -"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. " -"Really exit?" -msgstr "" -"Буде втрачено всі зміни в виборі пакунків, латок і шаблонів. Дійсно " -"вийти?" +msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" +msgstr "Буде втрачено всі зміни в виборі пакунків, латок і шаблонів. Дійсно вийти?" #. the label of language table #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722 @@ -1456,19 +1076,8 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 -msgid "" -"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select " -"what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "" -"Список проблем оновлення Пакунки у цьому списку неможливо " -"оновити автоматично.Ймовірні причини:Вони застарілі через " -"встановлення інших пакунків.Нема новішої версії, до якої потрібно " -"оновити на будь-якому носії встановлення.Вони надаються третіми " -"сторонами.Виберіть вручну що з ними потрібно зробити. Найбезпечніший " -"спосіб вирішення -- вилучити їх." +msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "Список проблем оновлення Пакунки у цьому списку неможливо оновити автоматично.Ймовірні причини:Вони застарілі через встановлення інших пакунків.Нема новішої версії, до якої потрібно оновити на будь-якому носії встановлення.Вони надаються третіми сторонами.Виберіть вручну що з ними потрібно зробити. Найбезпечніший спосіб вирішення -- вилучити їх." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/ncurses.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/ncurses.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/ncurses.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-16 20:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <translation(a)linux.org.ua>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/network.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/network.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/network.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" #. Commandline help title @@ -150,10 +149,8 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Фаєрвол і SSH</big> \n" @@ -163,8 +160,7 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" "Тут вкажіть чи після встановлення системи фаєрвол буде увімкнено,\n" @@ -173,10 +169,8 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" "З увімкненим фаєрволом вам вирішувати чи відкрити порт для служби SSH\n" @@ -217,26 +211,22 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Порт SSH закритий (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">відкрити</a>)" +msgstr "Порт SSH закритий (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">відкрити</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 #, fuzzy msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Порт SSH закритий (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">відкрити</a>)" +msgstr "Порт SSH закритий (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">відкрити</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 #, fuzzy msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Порт SSH закритий (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">відкрити</a>)" +msgstr "Порт SSH закритий (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">відкрити</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 #, fuzzy msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Порт SSH закритий (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">відкрити</a>)" +msgstr "Порт SSH закритий (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">відкрити</a>)" #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts @@ -384,11 +374,8 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "" -"Не визначено адреси URL для приміток до випуску. Неможливо перевірити " -"з'єднання з Інтернетом." +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "Не визначено адреси URL для приміток до випуску. Неможливо перевірити з'єднання з Інтернетом." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -398,20 +385,15 @@ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " -"steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"Завантаження останніх приміток до випуску зазнало невдачі через помилку на " -"боці сервера. \n" +"Завантаження останніх приміток до випуску зазнало невдачі через помилку на боці сервера. \n" "Це не обов’язково означає, що мережу налаштовано неправильно.\n" "\n" -"Натисніть кнопку \"Продовжити\", щоб перейти до наступного кроку " -"встановлення. Щоб пропустити\n" -"всі кроки, для яких потрібне інтернет-з’єднання або повернутися до " -"налаштувань мережі,\n" +"Натисніть кнопку \"Продовжити\", щоб перейти до наступного кроку встановлення. Щоб пропустити\n" +"всі кроки, для яких потрібне інтернет-з’єднання або повернутися до налаштувань мережі,\n" "натисніть \"Скасувати\"." #. popup to inform user about the failure @@ -601,9 +583,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Встановіть \"так\", щоб дозволити або \"ні\", щоб заборонити віддалене " -"адміністрування" +msgstr "Встановіть \"так\", щоб дозволити або \"ні\", щоб заборонити віддалене адміністрування" #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/remote.rb:128 @@ -798,12 +778,8 @@ msgstr "Потрібно вказати адресу адресу IP місця призначення" #: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" -msgstr "" -"Потрібно вказати принаймні одне з наступних (шлюз, маску мережі, пристрій, " -"параметри)" +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" +msgstr "Потрібно вказати принаймні одне з наступних (шлюз, маску мережі, пристрій, параметри)" #: src/clients/routing.rb:376 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -1251,9 +1227,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "" -"Виберіть бажані параметри драйвера пов’язування і змініть їх за потреби. " -"" +msgstr "Виберіть бажані параметри драйвера пов’язування і змініть їх за потреби. " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else @@ -1443,12 +1417,9 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On " -"Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" @@ -1648,12 +1619,8 @@ msgstr "Для визначення пристрою скористайтеся параметром \"id\"." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." -msgstr "" -"Значення параметра \"id\" лежить за межами припустимого діапазону. " -"Скористайтеся параметром \"list\", щоб дізнатися максимальне значення \"id\"." +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." +msgstr "Значення параметра \"id\" лежить за межами припустимого діапазону. Скористайтеся параметром \"list\", щоб дізнатися максимальне значення \"id\"." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1763,12 +1730,9 @@ "Continue to configure the device. Otherwise click Cancel and\n" "return to this dialog once you have installed the firmware.\n" msgstr "" -"Для нормальної роботи пристрою потрібна мікропрограма. Зазвичай, її можна " -"звантажити зі веб-сторінки постачальника драйвера.\n" -"Якщо мікропрограму вже звантажено і встановлено, натисніть кнопку " -"Продовжити,\n" -"щоб налаштувати пристрій. В іншому випадку натисніть кнопку Скасувати " -"і поверніться\n" +"Для нормальної роботи пристрою потрібна мікропрограма. Зазвичай, її можна звантажити зі веб-сторінки постачальника драйвера.\n" +"Якщо мікропрограму вже звантажено і встановлено, натисніть кнопку Продовжити,\n" +"щоб налаштувати пристрій. В іншому випадку натисніть кнопку Скасувати і поверніться\n" "до цього вікна після встановлення мікропрограми." #. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( @@ -1781,12 +1745,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "" -"Для успішного встановлення мікропрограми слід виконати скрипт " -"«install_bcm43xx_firmware». Зробити це зараз?" +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "Для успішного встановлення мікропрограми слід виконати скрипт «install_bcm43xx_firmware». Зробити це зараз?" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." @@ -1869,22 +1829,17 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -"Правила Udev — це правила керування пристроями ядром, які " -"дозволяють\n" -"зіставляти MAC-адресу або BusID мережевого пристрою з його назвою " -"(наприклад,\n" +"Правила Udev — це правила керування пристроями ядром, які дозволяють\n" +"зіставляти MAC-адресу або BusID мережевого пристрою з його назвою (наприклад,\n" "eth1, wlan0 ) і робити назву пристрою стійкою до перезавантажень.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will " -"start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -1892,38 +1847,28 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" "Модуль ядра. Введіть назву модуля (драйвера) ядра для \n" -"вашого мережного пристрою. Якщо пристрій вже налаштовано, ви можете вибрати " -"один з драйверів зі списку,\n" -"якщо існує декілька драйверів вашого пристрою. У більшості випадків, " -"найкращим виходом буде скористатися типовим значенням.\n" +"вашого мережного пристрою. Якщо пристрій вже налаштовано, ви можете вибрати один з драйверів зі списку,\n" +"якщо існує декілька драйверів вашого пристрою. У більшості випадків, найкращим виходом буде скористатися типовим значенням.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, " -"for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" "Крім того, ви можете задати параметри цього модуля ядра. Їх слід \n" -"записувати у форматі параметр=значення. Записи слід " -"відокремлювати \n" -"пробілами, наприклад, io=0x300 irq=5. Зауваження: Якщо " -"налаштовано дві \n" +"записувати у форматі параметр=значення. Записи слід відокремлювати \n" +"пробілами, наприклад, io=0x300 irq=5. Зауваження: Якщо налаштовано дві \n" "плати для одного модуля, параметри буде об’єднано під час збереження.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 -msgid "" -"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.\n" +msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 @@ -2119,41 +2064,24 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "" -"Введіть назву порту для інтерфейсу (з урахуванням регістру)." +msgstr "Введіть назву порту для інтерфейсу (з урахуванням регістру)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 -msgid "" -"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " -"spaces)." -msgstr "" -"Введіть будь-які додаткові Параметри для цього інтерфейсу " -"(розділені пробілами)." +msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." +msgstr "Введіть будь-які додаткові Параметри для цього інтерфейсу (розділені пробілами)." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 -msgid "" -"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be " -"enabled for this interface." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть Увімкнути IPA-захоплення, якщо для IP-адреси слід " -"увімкнути захоплення для цього інтерфейсу." +msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." +msgstr "Виберіть Увімкнути IPA-захоплення, якщо для IP-адреси слід увімкнути захоплення для цього інтерфейсу." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть Увімкнути підтримку Layer 2, якщо цю плату налаштовано з " -"підтримкою layer 2." +msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Виберіть Увімкнути підтримку Layer 2, якщо цю плату налаштовано з підтримкою layer 2." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"ВведітьАдресу MAC Layer2, якщо цю плату налаштовано з підтримкою " -"layer 2." +msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "ВведітьАдресу MAC Layer2, якщо цю плату налаштовано з підтримкою layer 2." #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 @@ -2216,8 +2144,7 @@ "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" "Введіть назву IUCV-вузла,\n" -"наприклад, z/VM ім’я користувача, з яким слід з’єднатися (з врахуванням " -"регістру).\n" +"наприклад, z/VM ім’я користувача, з яким слід з’єднатися (з врахуванням регістру).\n" #. #176330, must be static #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 @@ -2251,8 +2178,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання ініціалізації:</big> \n" -"Ви можете безпечно перервати програму налаштування, якщо натиснете кнопку " -"Перервати.\n" +"Ви можете безпечно перервати програму налаштування, якщо натиснете кнопку Перервати.\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:41 @@ -2336,8 +2262,7 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Параметри протоколу IPv6</big>\n" @@ -2363,8 +2288,7 @@ "В цьому вікні можна налаштувати маршрутизацію.\n" "Типовий шлюз кожному можливому призначенню, але погано. \n" "Якщо існує будь-який інший запис, який збігається з необхідною адресою\n" -"він використовується замість типового маршруту. Під поняттям типового " -"маршруту\n" +"він використовується замість типового маршруту. Під поняттям типового маршруту\n" "розуміється, що \"все інше має йти туди.\"\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 @@ -2372,8 +2296,7 @@ msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." -"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" "Для кожного маршруту, введіть мережну IP-адресу місця призначення,\n" "адресу шлюзу і маску мережі. Щоб не вводити жодного з цих значень,\n" @@ -2397,8 +2320,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " -"is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2406,12 +2328,9 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the " -"DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " -"desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " -"assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" "Якщо ви використовуєте DHCP для отримання адреси IP, то вкажіть чи\n" @@ -2424,12 +2343,9 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " -"even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " -"especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2457,8 +2373,7 @@ msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " -"domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" "Домен пошуку - це назва домену, де починається пошук назв вузлів.\n" @@ -2468,42 +2383,31 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the " -"DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Введіть коротку назву цього комп’ютера (напр., мійкомп) і домен " -"DNS\n" -"(напр., приклад.com), до якого він належить. Домен особливо важливий, " -"якщо\n" -"цей комп’ютер є поштовим сервером. Назву вузла вашого комп’ютера можна " -"побачити\n" +"Введіть коротку назву цього комп’ютера (напр., мійкомп) і домен DNS\n" +"(напр., приклад.com), до якого він належить. Домен особливо важливий, якщо\n" +"цей комп’ютер є поштовим сервером. Назву вузла вашого комп’ютера можна побачити\n" "за допомогою команди hostname." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for " -"most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" "Виберіть спосіб зміни налаштування DNS (сервери назв, список пошуку, \n" -"вміст файла /etc/resolv.conf). Зазвичай, це робить скрипт " -"netconfig,\n" -"який об’єднує визначені тут статичні дані з даними, які отримано динамічно " -"(напр.,\n" +"вміст файла /etc/resolv.conf). Зазвичай, це робить скрипт netconfig,\n" +"який об’єднує визначені тут статичні дані з даними, які отримано динамічно (напр.,\n" "з клієнта DHCP, NetworkManager, тощо). Це типовий спосіб, параметр\n" -"Використовувати типові правила і прийнятний для більшості випадків.</" -"p>" +"Використовувати типові правила і прийнятний для більшості випадків." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 #, fuzzy @@ -2517,18 +2421,13 @@ "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the Only Manually\n" "policy.\n" msgstr "" -"Вибравши параметр Тільки вручну, netconfig вже не зможе " -"змінювати \n" +"Вибравши параметр Тільки вручну, netconfig вже не зможе змінювати \n" "/etc/resolv.conf.\n" "Однак, ви можете редагувати файл вручну, Вибравши параметр\n" -"Використовувати нетипові правила, ви можете вказати нетиповий рядок " -"правил, який\n" -"складається зі списку, розділених комами, назв інтерфейсів, включно з " -"шаблонами заміни\n" -"та спеціальними значеннями STATIC і STATIC_FALLBACK. Більше інформації можна " -"отримати з довідки netconfig\n" -"Примітка: Якщо залишити поле порожнім, то це те саме, що використовувати " -"правила\n" +"Використовувати нетипові правила, ви можете вказати нетиповий рядок правил, який\n" +"складається зі списку, розділених комами, назв інтерфейсів, включно з шаблонами заміни\n" +"та спеціальними значеннями STATIC і STATIC_FALLBACK. Більше інформації можна отримати з довідки netconfig\n" +"Примітка: Якщо залишити поле порожнім, то це те саме, що використовувати правила\n" "Тільки вручну." #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred @@ -2537,19 +2436,15 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Налаштування адреси</big>\n" -"Виберіть Не налаштовувати адресу, якщо ви не бажаєте визначати " -"довільної IP-адреси цього пристрою.\n" +"Виберіть Не налаштовувати адресу, якщо ви не бажаєте визначати довільної IP-адреси цього пристрою.\n" "Це до певної міри корисно для прив’язування пристроїв ethernet.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." -"\n" +msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 @@ -2558,8 +2453,7 @@ "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" -"Виберіть Динамічна адреса, якщо у вас немає статичної IP-адреси, " -"призначеної\n" +"Виберіть Динамічна адреса, якщо у вас немає статичної IP-адреси, призначеної\n" "системним адміністратором або постачальником послуг DSL.\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 @@ -2570,20 +2464,16 @@ "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Ви можете вибрати один з методів динамічного призначення адреси. Виберіть " -"DHCP,\n" -"якщо у вашій локальній мережі запущено сервер DHCP. Тоді мережні адреси " -"будуть \n" +"Ви можете вибрати один з методів динамічного призначення адреси. Виберіть DHCP,\n" +"якщо у вашій локальній мережі запущено сервер DHCP. Тоді мережні адреси будуть \n" "автоматично отримуватися з сервера.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.</" -"p>\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" msgstr "" "Щоб виконувати автоматичний пошук вільної IP-адреси\n" "з наступним її статичним призначенням, виберіть Zeroconf.\n" @@ -2594,33 +2484,25 @@ #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" "Введіть для вашого комп'ютера IP-адресу\n" -"(напр., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) і Віддалену IP-адресу (напр., " -"<tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" +"(напр., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) і Віддалену IP-адресу (напр., <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "для вашого віддаленого вузла.\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " -"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Щоб Налаштувати статичну адресу введіть статичну IP-адресу " -"(наприклад, 192.168.100.99) \n" -"вашого комп’ютера і мережеву маску (зазвичай, 255.255.255.0). За бажання, ви " -"можете ввести\n" -"повну назву вузла цієї IP-адреси. Її буде записано до /etc/hosts.</" -"p>\n" +"Щоб Налаштувати статичну адресу введіть статичну IP-адресу (наприклад, 192.168.100.99) \n" +"вашого комп’ютера і мережеву маску (зазвичай, 255.255.255.0). За бажання, ви можете ввести\n" +"повну назву вузла цієї IP-адреси. Її буде записано до /etc/hosts.\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 @@ -2658,13 +2540,8 @@ "брандмауер буде вимкнено." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "" -"Обов'язковий інтерфейс визначає чи буде мережна служба повідомляти " -"про помилку, якщо інтерфейс не вдалося запустити під час завантаження " -"системи." +msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "Обов'язковий інтерфейс визначає чи буде мережна служба повідомляти про помилку, якщо інтерфейс не вдалося запустити під час завантаження системи." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 #, fuzzy @@ -2673,29 +2550,21 @@ "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " -"recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Максимальна одиниця передачі</big>\n" -"Максимальна одиниця передачі (MTU) — це максимальний розмір " -"пакета,\n" -"що передається у одному блоці мережею. Зазвичай, вам не потрібно " -"встановлювати\n" +"Максимальна одиниця передачі (MTU) — це максимальний розмір пакета,\n" +"що передається у одному блоці мережею. Зазвичай, вам не потрібно встановлювати\n" "MTU, але використання менших значень MTU може покращити швидкодію мережі,\n" -"особливо на повільних модемних з’єднаннях. Виберіть одне з рекомендованих " -"значень\n" +"особливо на повільних модемних з’єднаннях. Виберіть одне з рекомендованих значень\n" "або визначте власне.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " -"Address Setup are available." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть підпорядковані пристрої для пристрою прив’язування. Лише для " -"пристроїв, для яких Активація пристроїв встановлено у значення «Ніколи» або " -"для яких «Недоступне налаштування адреси»." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." +msgstr "Виберіть підпорядковані пристрої для пристрою прив’язування. Лише для пристроїв, для яких Активація пристроїв встановлено у значення «Ніколи» або для яких «Недоступне налаштування адреси»." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 @@ -2706,19 +2575,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " -"each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address." msgstr "" -"Якщо залишити порожнім поле Ідентифікатор клієнта DHCP, буде " -"використано\n" -"типові значення апаратної адреси мережного інтерфейсу. Це поле повинне мати " -"різні значення для кожного\n" +"Якщо залишити порожнім поле Ідентифікатор клієнта DHCP, буде використано\n" +"типові значення апаратної адреси мережного інтерфейсу. Це поле повинне мати різні значення для кожного\n" "клієнта DHCP у мережі. Отже, задайте унікальний ідентифікатор\n" -"у довільній формі, якщо ви маєте декілька (віртуальних) комп’ютерів, що " -"використовують один\n" +"у довільній формі, якщо ви маєте декілька (віртуальних) комп’ютерів, що використовують один\n" "мережний інтерфейс, а отже і одну апаратну адресу. " #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 @@ -2726,30 +2591,22 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " -"server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO</" -"b>\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" -"Назва вузла для надсилання визначає рядок, що " -"використовуватиметься\n" -"для поля параметра назви вузла, коли dhcpcd надсилатиме повідомлення серверу " -"DHCP. Деякі \n" +"Назва вузла для надсилання визначає рядок, що використовуватиметься\n" +"для поля параметра назви вузла, коли dhcpcd надсилатиме повідомлення серверу DHCP. Деякі \n" "сервери DHCP оновлюються зони назв серверів (звичайні і реверсивні записи) \n" "у відповідності з цією назвою вузла (динамічна DNS).\n" "\n" -"Крім того, деякі сервери DHCP вимагають, щоб поле параметра Назва вузла " -"для надсилання,\n" -"містилося у особливому рядку у повідомленнях DHCP від клієнтів. Залиште " -"AUTO,\n" -"щоб надсилати поточну назву вузла (наприклад, визначену у /etc/HOSTNAME</" -"i>). \n" +"Крім того, деякі сервери DHCP вимагають, щоб поле параметра Назва вузла для надсилання,\n" +"містилося у особливому рядку у повідомленнях DHCP від клієнтів. Залиште AUTO,\n" +"щоб надсилати поточну назву вузла (наприклад, визначену у /etc/HOSTNAME). \n" "Залиште це поле порожнім, щоб не надсилати назви вузла.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 @@ -2760,8 +2617,7 @@ "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Додаткові адреса</big>\n" -"У цій таблиці налаштуйте додаткові адреси інтерфейсу (його псевдоніми).</" -"p>\n" +"У цій таблиці налаштуйте додаткові адреси інтерфейсу (його псевдоніми).\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 @@ -2777,26 +2633,18 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) " -"is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -"truncates it after 9 characters." +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" "Назва псевдоніму - необов’язкова і застаріла. Загальна\n" " довжина назви інтерфейсу (включаючи двокрапку і надпис) \n" -" обмежена 15 символами, а застарілий засіб ifconfig обрізує її " -"після 9 символів." +" обмежена 15 символами, а застарілий засіб ifconfig обрізує її після 9 символів." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 -msgid "" -"Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter " -"foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "" -"Не включати назву інтерфейсу у назву псевдоніма. Наприклад, ввести " -"foo замість eth0:foo." +msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "Не включати назву інтерфейсу у назву псевдоніма. Наприклад, ввести foo замість eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -2820,13 +2668,10 @@ "Виберіть між трьома типами вводу ключа для вашого ключа.\n" " Фраза пароля: Ключ створюється на основі введеної фрази.\n" " ASCII: ASCII-значення введених символів формують ключ.\n" -"Введіть 5 символів для 64-бітового ключа, до 13 символів для 128-бітового " -"ключа,\n" +"Введіть 5 символів для 64-бітового ключа, до 13 символів для 128-бітового ключа,\n" "до 16 символів для 156-бітового і до 29 символів для 256-бітового ключа.\n" -" Шістнадцятковий: Напряму ввести шістнадцятковий код ключа. " -"Введіть\n" -"10 шістнадцяткових цифр для 64-бітового ключа, 26 цифр для 128-бітового " -"ключа, 32 цифри\n" +" Шістнадцятковий: Напряму ввести шістнадцятковий код ключа. Введіть\n" +"10 шістнадцяткових цифр для 64-бітового ключа, 26 цифр для 128-бітового ключа, 32 цифри\n" "для 156-бітового ключа і 58 цифр для 256 бітового ключа. Ви можете\n" "використовувати дефіс (\"-\") для відокремлення пар або груп цифр,\n" "наприклад, \"0a5f-41e6-48\".\n" @@ -2862,19 +2707,16 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA " -"authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" msgstr "" -"Встановіть Мережну назву (ESSID), що використовується для " -"ідентифікації\n" +"Встановіть Мережну назву (ESSID), що використовується для ідентифікації\n" "комірок, які є частиною одної віртуальної мережі. Всі станції у бездротовій\n" "LAN повинні мати одну ESSID для роботи одна з одною. Якщо ви\n" "вибрали Керований режим роботи і режим автентифікації не WPA,\n" -"ви можете не заповнювати це поле або встановити його значення у <tt>Будь-" -"яка</tt>. У такому випадку,\n" +"ви можете не заповнювати це поле або встановити його значення у <tt>Будь-яка</tt>. У такому випадку,\n" "ваша плата WLAN буде асоціюватися з точкою доступу\n" "з найпотужнішим сигналом.\n" @@ -2892,8 +2734,7 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2903,21 +2744,16 @@ "Він залежить від використаної технології захисту, WEP або WPA. WEP\n" "(Wired Equivalent Privacy) — це система шифрування потоку інформації\n" "у мережі з необов’язковою автентифікацією, заснованою на використанні ключа\n" -"шифрування. У більшості випадків використання WEP вибір режиму Відкритий " -"WEP (без\n" +"шифрування. У більшості випадків використання WEP вибір режиму Відкритий WEP (без\n" "автентифікації) є достатнім. Втім, це не значить, що ви не можете\n" -"взагалі використовувати шифрування WEP (у такому випадку використовуйте " -"Без шифрування). \n" +"взагалі використовувати шифрування WEP (у такому випадку використовуйте Без шифрування). \n" "У деяких мережах потрібна автентифікація WEP з спільним ключем. \n" "ЗАУВАЖЕННЯ: Автентифікація зі спільним ключем робить вашу мережу\n" "легкою жертвою потенційного нападника. У випадку, якщо вам\n" -"не дуже потрібна автентифікація зі спільним ключем, використовуйте " -"Відкритий\n" -"режим. Оскільки доведено, що WEP не є безпечним, з метою закрити дірки було " -"прийнято\n" +"не дуже потрібна автентифікація зі спільним ключем, використовуйте Відкритий\n" +"режим. Оскільки доведено, що WEP не є безпечним, з метою закрити дірки було прийнято\n" "WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access), але не всяка апаратура підтримує\n" -"WPA. Якщо ви бажаєте використовувати WPA, виберіть WPA-PSK або WPA-" -"EAP у якості\n" +"WPA. Якщо ви бажаєте використовувати WPA, виберіть WPA-PSK або WPA-EAP у якості\n" "режиму автентифікації. Цей режим можливий, лише якщо\n" "вибрано Керований режим роботи.\n" @@ -2934,8 +2770,7 @@ "ключ шифрування WEP. Довжиною ключа може бути\n" "64, 128, 156, або 256 біт, але не всі розміри ключів\n" "підтримуються пристроями. У цих ключах 24 біти\n" -"створюються у динамічному режим, отже вам слід задати лише від 40 до 232 " -"бітів.\n" +"створюються у динамічному режим, отже вам слід задати лише від 40 до 232 бітів.\n" #. Wireless dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 @@ -2949,8 +2784,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб використовувати WPA-PSK (іноді його ще називають WPA Home),\n" "введіть попередній спільний ключ. Цей ключ\n" -"буде використано для автентифікації, ключі шифрування також буде створено на " -"його основі.\n" +"буде використано для автентифікації, ключі шифрування також буде створено на його основі.\n" "Випадків ефективних атак проти ключів WEP досі не виявлено, але\n" "атаки за словником все ще можливі. Не використовуйте слово, яке\n" "можна легко вгадати як фразу пароля.\n" @@ -2969,15 +2803,12 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Ці значення буде записано до файла налаштування інтерфейсу\n" -"\"ifcfg-*\" в \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Якщо Вам потрібні додаткові " -"параметри,\n" -"додайте їх туди вручну. Перегляньте файл \"wireless\" з тої ж теки, щоб " -"дізнатися про всі\n" +"\"ifcfg-*\" в \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Якщо Вам потрібні додаткові параметри,\n" +"додайте їх туди вручну. Перегляньте файл \"wireless\" з тої ж теки, щоб дізнатися про всі\n" "доступні параметри." #. TextEntry label @@ -3056,8 +2887,7 @@ "are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n" "perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.\n" msgstr "" -"WPA-EAP використовує сервер RADIUS для автентифікації користувачів. " -"Існує\n" +"WPA-EAP використовує сервер RADIUS для автентифікації користувачів. Існує\n" "декілька різних методів в EAP для з’єднання з сервером і здійснення\n" "автентифікації, наприклад TLS, TTLS і PEAP.\n" @@ -3071,13 +2901,11 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" -"p>\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" msgstr "" "Для TTLS і PEAP введіть Ідентифікатор\n" "і Пароль у відповідності з налаштуваннями сервера.\n" -"За наявності особливих вимог, можна вказати ім’я користувача, що " -"використовуватиметься\n" +"За наявності особливих вимог, можна вказати ім’я користувача, що використовуватиметься\n" "як Анонім. Зазвичай, у цьому немає потреби.\n" #. text entry label @@ -3099,16 +2927,13 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" -"TLS використовує для автентифікації Сертифікат клієнта замість " -"комбінації\n" -"з імені користувача і пароля. Він використовує пару з відкритого і закритого " -"ключів\n" +"TLS використовує для автентифікації Сертифікат клієнта замість комбінації\n" +"з імені користувача і пароля. Він використовує пару з відкритого і закритого ключів\n" "для шифрування даних, тому вам буде потрібен\n" "файл Ключа клієнта, який містить ваш закритий ключ, і\n" "відповідний файл Пароля ключа клієнта.\n" @@ -3151,8 +2976,7 @@ "any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n" msgstr "" "Якщо ви не знаєте вашого ІД і пароль, або не маєте\n" -"жодного сертифіката або ключових файлів, зв’яжіться з вашим системним " -"адміністратором.\n" +"жодного сертифіката або ключових файлів, зв’яжіться з вашим системним адміністратором.\n" #. combo box label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 @@ -3166,8 +2990,7 @@ "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете налаштувати метод внутрішньої автентифікації (також відомий " -"як фаза 2).\n" +"Тут ви можете налаштувати метод внутрішньої автентифікації (також відомий як фаза 2).\n" "Типово дозволено всі методи. Якщо ви бажаєте обмежити\n" "дозвіл на методи, або у випадку, якщо ви маєте проблеми пов’язані\n" "з автентифікацією, виберіть ваш метод внутрішньої автентифікації.\n" @@ -3182,8 +3005,7 @@ "If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте PEAP, ви можете примусити до використання окремої " -"реалізації PEAP\n" +"Якщо ви використовуєте PEAP, ви можете примусити до використання окремої реалізації PEAP\n" "(версії 0 або 1). Зазвичай, у цьому немає потреби.\n" #. radio button: any version of PEAP @@ -3342,13 +3164,11 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" "Щоб використовувати вашу плату LAN у головному або ad-hoc режимі,\n" -"встановіть тут Канал, який буде використовувати плата. Це не " -"потрібно\n" +"встановіть тут Канал, який буде використовувати плата. Це не потрібно\n" "для керованого режиму — у цьому випадку плата сама просканує канали в\n" "пошуках точок доступу.\n" @@ -3359,8 +3179,7 @@ "Bit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." msgstr "" " В деяких рідкісних випадках, ви можете забажати установить\n" -"Швидкість у бітах точно. Типовим є, звичайно, якнайшвидше значення.</" -"p> " +"Швидкість у бітах точно. Типовим є, звичайно, якнайшвидше значення. " #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714 @@ -3369,8 +3188,7 @@ "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address." msgstr "" "У середовищі з декількома Точками доступу, вам можливо захочеться\n" -"визначити одну адресу, з якою слід з’єднуватися, шляхом визначення MAC-" -"адреси." +"визначити одну адресу, з якою слід з’єднуватися, шляхом визначення MAC-адреси." #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:718 @@ -3379,10 +3197,8 @@ "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" -"Використовувати керування живленням вмикає механізм збереження " -"електроенергії.\n" -"Загалом, це чудова річ, особливо, якщо ви користувач портативного " -"комп’ютера,\n" +"Використовувати керування живленням вмикає механізм збереження електроенергії.\n" +"Загалом, це чудова річ, особливо, якщо ви користувач портативного комп’ютера,\n" "або можете бути від’єднаними від джерела живлення змінним струмом.\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5 @@ -3457,19 +3273,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " -"keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key." msgstr "" "В цьому діалозі, задайте ваші ключі WEP для\n" -"шифрування ваших даних перед передаванням. У вас може бути до чотирьох " -"ключів,\n" -"хоча лише один з ключів використовуватиметься для шифрування даних. Це " -"типовий ключ.\n" -"Інші ключі можна використовувати для розшифрування даних. Зазвичай, вам " -"потрібен лише\n" +"шифрування ваших даних перед передаванням. У вас може бути до чотирьох ключів,\n" +"хоча лише один з ключів використовуватиметься для шифрування даних. Це типовий ключ.\n" +"Інші ключі можна використовувати для розшифрування даних. Зазвичай, вам потрібен лише\n" "один ключ." #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 @@ -3482,12 +3294,9 @@ "value to 64." msgstr "" "Довжина ключа визначає бітову довжину ваших ключів WEP.\n" -"Можливі значення — це 64 і 128 бітів, які іноді також вважають 40 і 104 " -"бітовими.\n" -"Деякі застарілі апаратні засоби не здатні обробляти 128-бітові ключі, отже, " -"якщо ваше\n" -"бездротове з’єднання LAN не встановлює з’єднання, можливо, вам слід " -"встановити це значення\n" +"Можливі значення — це 64 і 128 бітів, які іноді також вважають 40 і 104 бітовими.\n" +"Деякі застарілі апаратні засоби не здатні обробляти 128-бітові ключі, отже, якщо ваше\n" +"бездротове з’єднання LAN не встановлює з’єднання, можливо, вам слід встановити це значення\n" "у 64." #. Frame label @@ -3529,8 +3338,7 @@ #. validated in ValidateWpaEap #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " -"connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" "Невикористання сертифіката CA (Certificate Authority) може призвести до\n" @@ -3617,17 +3425,14 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</" -"tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Параметри віддаленого адміністрування</big>\n" "Якщо увімкнено цю можливість, ви можете\n" -"адмініструвати цей комп’ютер з іншого комп’ютера. Скористайтеся клієнтом " -"VNC,\n" +"адмініструвати цей комп’ютер з іншого комп’ютера. Скористайтеся клієнтом VNC,\n" "таким як krdc (з’єднаним з <назвою вузла>:%1), або\n" -"Переглядачем мережі з увімкненою Java (з’єднаним з http://<назва " -"вузла>:%2/).\n" +"Переглядачем мережі з увімкненою Java (з’єднаним з http://<назва вузла>:%2/).\n" "Ця форма адміністрування небезпечніша ніж використання SSH.\n" #. Dialog frame title @@ -3865,9 +3670,7 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " -"it at your own risk?" +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text @@ -4047,8 +3850,7 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " -"expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" @@ -4164,33 +3966,24 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Використання На NFSroot майже те саме, що \"auto\". Але інтерфейси з " -"цим початковим режимом ніколи не буде\n" -"вимкнено за допомогою <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> " -"продовжує працювати.\n" -"Скористайтеся цим параметром, якщо ви маєте nfs або адміністративну файлову " -"систему iSCSI.\n" +"Використання На NFSroot майже те саме, що \"auto\". Але інтерфейси з цим початковим режимом ніколи не буде\n" +"вимкнено за допомогою <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> продовжує працювати.\n" +"Скористайтеся цим параметром, якщо ви маєте nfs або адміністративну файлову систему iSCSI.\n" #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" +"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Використання На NFSroot майже те саме, що \"auto\". Але інтерфейси з " -"цим початковим режимом ніколи не буде\n" -"вимкнено за допомогою \"rcnetwork stop\". \"ifdown <iface>\" продовжує " -"працювати.\n" -"Скористайтеся цим параметром, якщо ви маєте nfs або адміністративну файлову " -"систему iSCSI.\n" +"Використання На NFSroot майже те саме, що \"auto\". Але інтерфейси з цим початковим режимом ніколи не буде\n" +"вимкнено за допомогою \"rcnetwork stop\". \"ifdown <iface>\" продовжує працювати.\n" +"Скористайтеся цим параметром, якщо ви маєте nfs або адміністративну файлову систему iSCSI.\n" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195 @@ -4203,14 +3996,12 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>Активування пристрою</big> \n" -"Виберіть, коли вмикати мережний інтерфейс. При завантаженні " -"запускає його\n" +"Виберіть, коли вмикати мережний інтерфейс. При завантаженні запускає його\n" "під час завантаження системи. Ніколи — не запускає пристрій.\n" "%1\n" @@ -4344,12 +4135,8 @@ #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." -msgstr "" -"Через мостову мережу YaST2 мусить перезапустити мережу, щоб застосувати " -"параметри." +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." +msgstr "Через мостову мережу YaST2 мусить перезапустити мережу, щоб застосувати параметри." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 @@ -4685,9 +4472,7 @@ #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success #: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 -msgid "" -"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked " -"will be used." +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings @@ -4821,15 +4606,8 @@ #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " -"devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "" -"Неможливо налаштувати мережну плату, оскільки відсутній пристрій ядра " -"(eth0, wlan0). Такі помилки здебільшого спричинено відсутністю мікропрограми " -"(для пристроїв wlan). Щоб дізнатися більше, перегляньте вивід команди dmesg." -"" +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "Неможливо налаштувати мережну плату, оскільки відсутній пристрій ядра (eth0, wlan0). Такі помилки здебільшого спричинено відсутністю мікропрограми (для пристроїв wlan). Щоб дізнатися більше, перегляньте вивід команди dmesg." #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy @@ -4985,26 +4763,14 @@ #~ msgstr "Назва пристрою" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~| "disable_ssh_in_proposal\">disable and close</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Буде увімкнено службу SSH, і відкрито порт SSH (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~ "disable_ssh_in_proposal\">вимкнути і закрити</a>)" +#~| msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Буде увімкнено службу SSH, і відкрито порт SSH (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">вимкнути і закрити</a>)" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked(<a href=" -#~| "\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">enable and open</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Буде вимкнено службу SSH, і закрито порт SSH (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~ "enable_ssh_in_proposal\">увімкнути і відкрити</a>)" +#~| msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked(<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Буде вимкнено службу SSH, і закрито порт SSH (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">увімкнути і відкрити</a>)" #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Загальні параметри мере&жі" @@ -5028,8 +4794,7 @@ #~ msgstr "&Назва псевдоніму" #~ msgid "Proposed bridged configuration for virtual machine network" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Запропоноване мостове налаштування для віртуальної комп’ютерної мережі" +#~ msgstr "Запропоноване мостове налаштування для віртуальної комп’ютерної мережі" #~ msgid "Use non-bridged configuration" #~ msgstr "Вживати налаштування без мостів" @@ -5091,11 +4856,8 @@ #~ msgid "Bond slaves" #~ msgstr "Пов’язати підпорядковані пристрої" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Пристрій не налаштовано. Натисніть кнопку Змінити, щоб це " -#~ "зробити." +#~ msgid "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." +#~ msgstr "Пристрій не налаштовано. Натисніть кнопку Змінити, щоб це зробити." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\n" @@ -5152,8 +4914,7 @@ #~ "If you press Add, you can manually configure a DSL device." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Додавання пристрою DSL:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Якщо натиснете Додати, то ви зможете вручну налаштувати пристрій " -#~ "DSL." +#~ "Якщо натиснете Додати, то ви зможете вручну налаштувати пристрій DSL." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -5161,10 +4922,8 @@ #~ "Then press the appropriate button: Edit or Delete." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Редагування або вилучення:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Виберіть пристрій DSL, для якого потрібно змінити або вилучити " -#~ "налаштування.\n" -#~ "Потім натисніть на відповідну кнопку: Змінити або Вилучити." -#~ "" +#~ "Виберіть пристрій DSL, для якого потрібно змінити або вилучити налаштування.\n" +#~ "Потім натисніть на відповідну кнопку: Змінити або Вилучити." #~ msgid "Type" #~ msgstr "Тип" @@ -5189,21 +4948,16 @@ #~ "First, choose your PPP mode. This is either\n" #~ "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP over ATM (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "CAPI for ADSL or Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet " -#~ "to your computer.\n" -#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a " -#~ "VPN server.\n" +#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n" +#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n" #~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Перш за все, виберіть ваш Режим PPP. Ним може бути\n" #~ "PPP через Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP через ATM (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "CAPI для ADSL або Протокол каналу точка-точка (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Скористайтеся PPP через Ethernet, якщо ваш DSL-модем з’єднано з " -#~ "комп’ютером через ethernet.\n" -#~ "Скористайтеся Протокол каналу точка-точка, якщо ви бажаєте " -#~ "з’єдантися з сервером VPN.\n" -#~ "Якщо ви не впевнені у виборі режиму, запитайте про це вашого " -#~ "постачальника послуг. " +#~ "Скористайтеся PPP через Ethernet, якщо ваш DSL-модем з’єднано з комп’ютером через ethernet.\n" +#~ "Скористайтеся Протокол каналу точка-точка, якщо ви бажаєте з’єдантися з сервером VPN.\n" +#~ "Якщо ви не впевнені у виборі режиму, запитайте про це вашого постачальника послуг. " #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using PPP over Ethernet, first configure your\n" @@ -5213,27 +4967,21 @@ #~ "налаштуйте вашу плату ethernet." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set " -#~ "up\n" -#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set up\n" +#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM\n" #~ "connections, Ethernet Card is needed for PPP over Ethernet\n" #~ "connections.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Режимозалежні параметри PPP — це параметри потрібні для " -#~ "встановлення\n" -#~ "вашого DSL-з’єднання. VPI/VCI має сенс лише для з’єднань PPP " -#~ "через ATM,\n" -#~ "для з’єднань PPP через Ethernet потрібна плата Ethernet.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Режимозалежні параметри PPP — це параметри потрібні для встановлення\n" +#~ "вашого DSL-з’єднання. VPI/VCI має сенс лише для з’єднань PPP через ATM,\n" +#~ "для з’єднань PPP через Ethernet потрібна плата Ethernet.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, 0.38\n" #~ "for British Telecom. If unsure, ask your provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Для PPPoATM, введіть вашу пару VPI/VCI, наприклад, 0.38 \n" -#~ "для British Telecom. Якщо ви невпевнені, запитайте вашого постачальника " -#~ "послуг. " +#~ "для British Telecom. Якщо ви невпевнені, запитайте вашого постачальника послуг. " #~ msgid "" #~ "For PPPoE, enter the device of the ethernet card to which your DSL\n" @@ -5374,12 +5122,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Додавання ISDN з’єднання:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Якщо ви натиснете Додати, ви зможете вручну налаштувати модемне " -#~ "з’єднання ISDN.\n" +#~ "Якщо ви натиснете Додати, ви зможете вручну налаштувати модемне з’єднання ISDN.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -5388,8 +5134,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Зміна або вилучення:</BIG> \n" #~ "Виберіть плату ISDN або з’єднання, яке ви бажаєте змінити або вилучити.\n" -#~ "Потім натисніть відповідну кнопку: Змінити або Вилучити.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Потім натисніть відповідну кнопку: Змінити або Вилучити.\n" #~ msgid "Hardware" #~ msgstr "Обладнання" @@ -5404,12 +5149,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Детальні параметри ISDN" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines are\n" #~ "allowed to connect to this interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Список віддалених телефонних номерів визначає, які з віддалених " -#~ "комп’ютерів\n" +#~ "Список віддалених телефонних номерів визначає, які з віддалених комп’ютерів\n" #~ "можуть з’єднуватися з цим інтерфейсом.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5420,53 +5163,41 @@ #~ "щоб дозволити всі ІД виклику.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally " -#~ "without special \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо режим зворотного виклику у стані вимкн., виклик " -#~ "виконується\n" +#~ "Якщо режим зворотного виклику у стані вимкн., виклик виконується\n" #~ "у звичайному режимі без спеціальної обробки.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, " -#~ "a callback \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо вибрано режим зворотного виклику сервер, після отримання " -#~ "вхідного\n" +#~ "Якщо вибрано режим зворотного виклику сервер, після отримання вхідного\n" #~ "дзвінка вмикатиметься процедура зворотного виклику.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the " -#~ "initial call then \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо встановлено режим зворотного виклику клієнт, локальна " -#~ "система робитиме початковий виклик,\n" +#~ "Якщо встановлено режим зворотного виклику клієнт, локальна система робитиме початковий виклик,\n" #~ "а потім чекатиме на зворотний виклик з віддаленого комп’ютера.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial " -#~ "call and the\n" -#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the " -#~ "server than on\n" +#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n" +#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n" #~ "the client.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Затримка зворотного виклику — кількість секунд секунд між " -#~ "початковим запитом і\n" -#~ "зворотним викликом (сервер) або вимиканням (клієнт). Це число повинне " -#~ "бути більшим на\n" +#~ "Затримка зворотного виклику — кількість секунд секунд між початковим запитом і\n" +#~ "зворотним викликом (сервер) або вимиканням (клієнт). Це число повинне бути більшим на\n" #~ "на сервері ніж на клієнті.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "In Additional ipppd Options, add extra options for ipppd,\n" #~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "В Додаткові параметри ipppd, додайте додаткові параметри для " -#~ "ipppd, \n" -#~ "наприклад, +pap +chap для автентифікації на сервері вхідних модемних " -#~ "дзвінків.\n" +#~ "В Додаткові параметри ipppd, додайте додаткові параметри для ipppd, \n" +#~ "наприклад, +pap +chap для автентифікації на сервері вхідних модемних дзвінків.\n" #~ msgid "&Additional ipppd Options" #~ msgstr "&Додаткові параметри ipppd" @@ -5496,14 +5227,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Вибір служби ISDN" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your " -#~ "DSL\n" +#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n" #~ "connection via Add DSL CAPI Interface. You can also do this later\n" #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Якщо у Вас комбінований ISDN/DSL CAPI контролер, налаштуйте ваше DSL\n" -#~ "з’єднання за допомогою кнопки Додати DSL CAPI інтерфейс. Ви також " -#~ "можете зробити це пізніше\n" +#~ "з’єднання за допомогою кнопки Додати DSL CAPI інтерфейс. Ви також можете зробити це пізніше\n" #~ "в діалозі налаштування DSL.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5512,20 +5241,16 @@ #~ "the default for all common Internet providers.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Для роботи з мережею через ISDN існує два типи інтерфейсів:\n" -#~ "RawIP і SyncPPP. У більшості випадків слід користуватися " -#~ "SyncPPP. Він\n" +#~ "RawIP і SyncPPP. У більшості випадків слід користуватися SyncPPP. Він\n" #~ "є типовим для всіх звичайних постачальників послуг інтернету.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To switch between various Internet providers, an\n" -#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple " -#~ "providers to the\n" +#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n" #~ "same interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Для перемикання між різними постачальниками послуг інтернету, не " -#~ "потрібен\n" -#~ "інтерфейс для кожного постачальника. Просто додайте декількох " -#~ "постачальників на один\n" +#~ "Для перемикання між різними постачальниками послуг інтернету, не потрібен\n" +#~ "інтерфейс для кожного постачальника. Просто додайте декількох постачальників на один\n" #~ "інтерфейс.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5533,8 +5258,7 @@ #~ "Skip not to enter the interface and provider dialogs." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Щоб уникнути додавання інтерфейсу зараз, скористайтеся\n" -#~ "кнопкою Пропустити, щоб не входити у діалоги інтерфейсу і " -#~ "постачальника послуг. " +#~ "кнопкою Пропустити, щоб не входити у діалоги інтерфейсу і постачальника послуг. " #~ msgid "" #~ "You have a DSL CAPI controller. Configure your DSL\n" @@ -5542,8 +5266,7 @@ #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog." #~ msgstr "" #~ "У Вас DSL CAPI контролер. Налаштуйте ваше DSL з’єднання\n" -#~ "за допомогою Додати DSL CAPI інтерфейс . Ви також можете зробити " -#~ "це пізніше\n" +#~ "за допомогою Додати DSL CAPI інтерфейс . Ви також можете зробити це пізніше\n" #~ "в діалозі налаштування DSL. " #~ msgid "Add &DSL CAPI Interface" @@ -5569,25 +5292,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n" -#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected " -#~ "directly\n" -#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or " -#~ "digits\n" -#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally " -#~ "means\n" +#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n" +#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n" +#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n" +#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n" #~ "the default MSN is actually used." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Мій телефонний номер — Якщо маєте власний телефонний номер (MSN), " -#~ "введіть його\n" -#~ "в поле номера телефону (без коду міста), якщо вашу плату ISDN з’єднано " -#~ "напряму з\n" -#~ "наданою телефонною компанією лінією. Якщо її з’єднано з відомчою АТС, " -#~ "введіть\n" +#~ "Мій телефонний номер — Якщо маєте власний телефонний номер (MSN), введіть його\n" +#~ "в поле номера телефону (без коду міста), якщо вашу плату ISDN з’єднано напряму з\n" +#~ "наданою телефонною компанією лінією. Якщо її з’єднано з відомчою АТС, введіть\n" #~ "ваш внутрішній номер разом з префіксом (тобто, ваш телефон \n" -#~ "і додатковий номер). Якщо ця операція не вдасться, спробуйте " -#~ "використовувати 0, який, зазвичай, означає, що використовується\n" +#~ "і додатковий номер). Якщо ця операція не вдасться, спробуйте використовувати 0, який, зазвичай, означає, що використовується\n" #~ "звичайний (MSN) номер." #~ msgid "" @@ -5601,8 +5316,7 @@ #~ "Note: ippp0 is an example" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Якщо ви виберете ручний режим, запуск і зупинку служби вручну\n" -#~ "можна виконати за допомогою таких команд (відданих від користувача \"root" -#~ "\"):\n" +#~ "можна виконати за допомогою таких команд (відданих від користувача \"root\"):\n" #~ " <tt> \n" #~ " запуск: ifup ippp0\n" #~ " зупинка: ifdown ippp0\n" @@ -5612,34 +5326,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Selecting channel bundling sets up a 128-kBit connection\n" -#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second " -#~ "channel,\n" +#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n" #~ "use the following commands:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen " -#~ "automatically. If\n" -#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic " -#~ "goes down, it \n" +#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen automatically. If\n" +#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n" #~ "removes a channel.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Вибір пов’язування каналів встановить 128-КБ з’єднання\n" -#~ "також відоме як багатоканальне PPP. Щоб задіяти або вимкнути другий " -#~ "канал,\n" +#~ "також відоме як багатоканальне PPP. Щоб задіяти або вимкнути другий канал,\n" #~ "скористайтеся такими командами:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "Ви також можете встановити пакунок xibod, щоб ця операції " -#~ "виконувалися автоматично.\n" -#~ "Якщо виникне потреба у ширшому каналі, буде додано канал. Якщо " -#~ "навантаження падатиме,\n" +#~ "Ви також можете встановити пакунок xibod, щоб ця операції виконувалися автоматично.\n" +#~ "Якщо виникне потреба у ширшому каналі, буде додано канал. Якщо навантаження падатиме,\n" #~ "канал буде вилучено.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -5647,15 +5355,13 @@ #~ "Selecting\n" #~ "External Firewall Interface activates the firewall\n" #~ "and sets this interface as external.\n" -#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Вибір\n" #~ "Зовнішнього інтерфейсу брандмауера задіює брандмауер\n" #~ "і встановлює його інтерфейс як зовнішній.\n" -#~ "Пункт Перезапустити брандмауер перезапускає брандмауер, якщо " -#~ "з’єднання встановлено.\n" +#~ "Пункт Перезапустити брандмауер перезапускає брандмауер, якщо з’єднання встановлено.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "D&efault Provider" @@ -5690,8 +5396,7 @@ #~ "from your provider for syncppp or you use raw IP.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Введіть IP-адреси, якщо ви отримали фіксовані IP-адреси\n" -#~ "від вашого постачальника послуг для syncppp, або, якщо ви використовуєте " -#~ "raw IP.\n" +#~ "від вашого постачальника послуг для syncppp, або, якщо ви використовуєте raw IP.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Dynamic IP Address if your provider\n" @@ -5701,8 +5406,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Позначте Динамічна IP-адреса якщо ваш\n" -#~ "постачальник послуг призначає одну тимчасову адресу на час з’єднання. У " -#~ "цьому випадку,\n" +#~ "постачальник послуг призначає одну тимчасову адресу на час з’єднання. У цьому випадку,\n" #~ "вихідна адреса є невідомою до моменту встановлення з’єднання.\n" #~ "Це типова ситуація для більшості постачальників послуг.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -5732,8 +5436,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Т&иповий маршрут" #~ msgid "Local and remote IP addresses must be completed correctly." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Поля для локальної та віддаленої IP-адреси слід заповнювати правильно." +#~ msgstr "Поля для локальної та віддаленої IP-адреси слід заповнювати правильно." #~ msgid "Manual ISDN Card Selection" #~ msgstr "Ручний вибір плати ISDN" @@ -5778,13 +5481,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n" #~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n" -#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your " -#~ "salesman.\n" +#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Якщо ви маєте стару плату ISA, ви можете ввести значення для\n" #~ "порту вводу-виводу або адреси у пам’яті і використане переривання.\n" -#~ "Щоб ввести значення правильно, перевірте його за вашим технічним " -#~ "довідником або зв’яжіться з продавцем обладнання.\n" +#~ "Щоб ввести значення правильно, перевірте його за вашим технічним довідником або зв’яжіться з продавцем обладнання.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Start Mode: With OnBoot, the driver is loaded during\n" @@ -5792,12 +5493,10 @@ #~ "rcisdn start command. Only the user root can do this.\n" #~ "HotPlug is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Режими запуску: При завантаженні системи — драйвер " -#~ "завантажується під час\n" +#~ "Режими запуску: При завантаженні системи — драйвер завантажується під час\n" #~ "завантаження системи. Вручну — драйвер слід запускати командою\n" #~ "rcisdn start, лише користувач \"root\" може це зробити.\n" -#~ "Гаряче з’єднання — особливий випадок для пристроїв PCMCIA і USB.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Гаряче з’єднання — особливий випадок для пристроїв PCMCIA і USB.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Multiple drivers exist for your ISDN card.\n" @@ -5806,10 +5505,8 @@ #~ "Для вашої плати ISDN існує декілька драйверів,\n" #~ "Будь ласка, виберіть один зі списку.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Протокол ISDN: У більшості випадків це протокол Euro-ISDN. " +#~ msgid "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." +#~ msgstr "Протокол ISDN: У більшості випадків це протокол Euro-ISDN. " #~ msgid "" #~ "Area Code: Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n" @@ -5820,20 +5517,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial Prefix: If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n" -#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common " -#~ "one is \"0\".\n" +#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Префікс набирання: Якщо вам потрібен префікс для виходу на " -#~ "зовнішню лінію,\n" -#~ "введіть його тут. Префікс використовується на внутрішній шині S0, у " -#~ "більшості випадків цей параметр рівний \"0\".\n" +#~ "Префікс набирання: Якщо вам потрібен префікс для виходу на зовнішню лінію,\n" +#~ "введіть його тут. Префікс використовується на внутрішній шині S0, у більшості випадків цей параметр рівний \"0\".\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN " -#~ "Log." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо ви не бажаєте записувати до журналу весь ваш потік ISDN, зніміть " -#~ "позначку з пункту Почати журнал ISDN." +#~ msgid "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN Log." +#~ msgstr "Якщо ви не бажаєте записувати до журналу весь ваш потік ISDN, зніміть позначку з пункту Почати журнал ISDN." #~ msgid "ISDN Protocol" #~ msgstr "Протокол ISDN" @@ -6024,8 +5714,7 @@ #~ "If you press Add, you can manually configure a modem.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Додавання модема:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Якщо ви натиснете кнопку Додати, ви зможете вручну налаштувати " -#~ "модем.\n" +#~ "Якщо ви натиснете кнопку Додати, ви зможете вручну налаштувати модем.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -6046,41 +5735,30 @@ #~ msgstr "Введіть для модему конфігураційні значення." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. " -#~ "ttyS0,\n" -#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, " -#~ "etc.,\n" +#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n" +#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n" #~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Модемний пристрій визначає, з яким портом з’єданано ваш модем. " -#~ "ttyS0,\n" -#~ "ttyS1 та інші стосуються послідовних портів і, зазвичай, відповідають " -#~ "COM1, COM2 та іншим\n" +#~ "Модемний пристрій визначає, з яким портом з’єданано ваш модем. ttyS0,\n" +#~ "ttyS1 та інші стосуються послідовних портів і, зазвичай, відповідають COM1, COM2 та іншим\n" #~ "у DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 і ttyACM1 відповідають USB-портам." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are on a PBX, you probably need to enter a Dial Prefix.\n" #~ "Often, this is 9 or 0.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо ви додзвонюєтесь з відомчої АТС, вам, скоріше за все, слід ввести " -#~ "Префікс набирання.\n" +#~ "Якщо ви додзвонюєтесь з відомчої АТС, вам, скоріше за все, слід ввести Префікс набирання.\n" #~ "Часто, це число 9 або 0.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose Dial Mode according to your phone link. Most telephone\n" -#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the " -#~ "additional\n" -#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for " -#~ "your\n" -#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the additional\n" +#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for your\n" +#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Виберіть Режим набирання у відповідності з вашою телефонною " -#~ "лінією. Більшість телефонних\n" -#~ "компаній використовують Тонове набирання як Режим набирання</" -#~ "b>. Позначте додаткові\n" -#~ "параметри, щоб увімкнути динамік модема (Увімкнений гучномовець) " -#~ "або, щоб ваш\n" +#~ "Виберіть Режим набирання у відповідності з вашою телефонною лінією. Більшість телефонних\n" +#~ "компаній використовують Тонове набирання як Режим набирання. Позначте додаткові\n" +#~ "параметри, щоб увімкнути динамік модема (Увімкнений гучномовець) або, щоб ваш\n" #~ "модем чекав на виявлення сигналу у лінії (Виявляти гудок).\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6124,10 +5802,8 @@ #~ "Baud Rate is a transmission speed that tells\n" #~ "how many bits per second your computer communicates with your modem.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Швидкість у бодах — це швидкість передачі, значення якої " -#~ "відповідає\n" -#~ "кількості бітів на секунду, якими ваш комп'ютер обмінюється з вашим " -#~ "модемом.\n" +#~ "Швидкість у бодах — це швидкість передачі, значення якої відповідає\n" +#~ "кількості бітів на секунду, якими ваш комп'ютер обмінюється з вашим модемом.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "All the relevant information about Init Strings\n" @@ -6177,20 +5853,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial on Demand means that the Internet\n" -#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet " -#~ "is\n" -#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. " -#~ "Use\n" -#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because " -#~ "there are\n" +#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n" +#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. Use\n" +#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n" #~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Набирати за вимогою означає, що інтернет-\n" #~ "з’єднання буде встановлено автоматично, якщо надійде запит на дані з\n" -#~ "інтернету. Щоб використовувати ця можливість, визначте принаймні один " -#~ "сервер назв. Використовуйте\n" -#~ "цю можливість, лише якщо ваше з’єднання з інтернетом є дешевим, оскільки " -#~ "існують\n" +#~ "інтернету. Щоб використовувати ця можливість, визначте принаймні один сервер назв. Використовуйте\n" +#~ "цю можливість, лише якщо ваше з’єднання з інтернетом є дешевим, оскільки існують\n" #~ "програми, які періодично роблять запити на дані з інтернету." #~ msgid "" @@ -6211,28 +5882,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Name Servers are required to convert hostnames\n" -#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You " -#~ "only\n" +#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n" #~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n" #~ "disable DNS Modification when connected.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Сервери назв потрібні для перетворення назв вузлів\n" -#~ "(наприклад, www.suse.com) на IP-адреси (наприклад, 213.95.15.200). Вам " -#~ "лише потрібно\n" +#~ "(наприклад, www.suse.com) на IP-адреси (наприклад, 213.95.15.200). Вам лише потрібно\n" #~ "вказати сервера назв, якщо ви вмикаєте Набирати за вимогою або\n" #~ "вимикаєте Модифікацію DNS після з’єднання.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the " -#~ "dial-up\n" -#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try " -#~ "this\n" +#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n" +#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n" #~ "option.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ігнорувати запрошення вимикає виявлення будь-яких запрошень від " -#~ "вхідного\n" -#~ "модемного сервера. Якщо з’єднання проводиться повільно або зовсім не " -#~ "проводиться,\n" +#~ "Ігнорувати запрошення вимикає виявлення будь-яких запрошень від вхідного\n" +#~ "модемного сервера. Якщо з’єднання проводиться повільно або зовсім не проводиться,\n" #~ "спробуйте цей параметр.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6248,11 +5913,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The Idle Time-Out specifies the time after which an idle\n" -#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Граничний час простою визначає час, після завершення якого " -#~ "неактивне\n" +#~ "Граничний час простою визначає час, після завершення якого неактивне\n" #~ "з’єднання буде закрито (0 означає з’єданння без граничного часу).\n" #~ msgid "min" @@ -6318,69 +5981,55 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Dynamic IP Address\n" -#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this " -#~ "case,\n" -#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n" +#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n" #~ "This is the default with most providers." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Позначте пункт Динамічна IP-адреса,\n" -#~ "якщо ваш постачальник послуг призначає одну тимчасову адресу на час " -#~ "з’єднання. У цьому випадку,\n" +#~ "якщо ваш постачальник послуг призначає одну тимчасову адресу на час з’єднання. У цьому випадку,\n" #~ "вихідна адреса є невідомою до моменту встановлення з’єднання.\n" #~ "Це типова ситуація для більшості постачальників послуг." #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Use Peer DNS to change\n" -#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your " -#~ "static\n" -#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, " -#~ "almost all\n" +#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n" +#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n" #~ "providers support Use Peer DNS.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Позначте пункт Використовувати DNS вузла, щоб змінити\n" #~ "ваші сервери назв доменів після встановлення з’єднання. Таким чином,\n" -#~ "ваше статичне налаштування DNS буде замінено на IP-адреси, отримані з " -#~ "сервера DNS. На сьогодні, майже всі\n" -#~ " постачальники послуг підтримують режим Використовувати DNS вузла." -#~ "\n" +#~ "ваше статичне налаштування DNS буде замінено на IP-адреси, отримані з сервера DNS. На сьогодні, майже всі\n" +#~ " постачальники послуг підтримують режим Використовувати DNS вузла.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without " -#~ "special \n" +#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Якщо режим зворотного виклику вимкнено, виклики будуть оброблятися\n" #~ "у звичайний спосіб, без додаткових операцій." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a " -#~ "callback \n" +#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо режим зворотного виклику — сервер, то після отримання вхідного " -#~ "дзвінка,\n" +#~ "Якщо режим зворотного виклику — сервер, то після отримання вхідного дзвінка,\n" #~ "буде увімкнено зворотний виклик." #~ msgid "" #~ "If callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо режим зворотного виклику — клієнт, локальна система робитиме " -#~ "початковий виклик, а потім\n" +#~ "Якщо режим зворотного виклику — клієнт, локальна система робитиме початковий виклик, а потім\n" #~ "чекатиме зворотного виклику з віддаленого комп’ютера.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Default Route to set the default\n" -#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to " -#~ "reach\n" +#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n" #~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Позначте пункт Типовий маршрут, щоб встановити\n" -#~ "типовий маршрут для цього постачальника послуг. Це у більшості випадків " -#~ "правильно, хіба що ви хочете з’єднуватися лише з\n" -#~ "окремими комп’ютерами або підмережами за допомогою цього постачальника " -#~ "послуг." +#~ "типовий маршрут для цього постачальника послуг. Це у більшості випадків правильно, хіба що ви хочете з’єднуватися лише з\n" +#~ "окремими комп’ютерами або підмережами за допомогою цього постачальника послуг." #~ msgid "Select Internet Service Provider (ISP)" #~ msgstr "Виберіть ISP (постачальника інтернету)" @@ -6442,8 +6091,7 @@ #~ "to change the configuration opens.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Зміна або вилучення:</big> \n" -#~ "Якщо ви натиснете Змінити, буде відкрито додатковий діалог, у " -#~ "якому\n" +#~ "Якщо ви натиснете Змінити, буде відкрито додатковий діалог, у якому\n" #~ "можна змінити налаштування.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6460,8 +6108,7 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure a new provider manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Додавання постачальника послуг:</big> \n" -#~ "Натисніть Додати. щоб налаштувати нового постачальника послуг " -#~ "вручну.\n" +#~ "Натисніть Додати. щоб налаштувати нового постачальника послуг вручну.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -6470,8 +6117,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Зміна або вилучення:</big> \n" #~ "Виберіть постачальника послуг для зміни або вилучення.\n" -#~ "Потім натисніть кнопку Змінити або Вилучити залежно від " -#~ "завдань.\n" +#~ "Потім натисніть кнопку Змінити або Вилучити залежно від завдань.\n" #~ msgid "Select the appropriate provider." #~ msgstr "Виберіть відповідного постачальника послуг." @@ -6484,9 +6130,7 @@ #~ "а тоді виберіть постачальника послуг зі списку." #~ msgid "Use New to add a provider not in the list." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Вживайте Новий, щоб додати постачальника послуг, якого нема в " -#~ "списку." +#~ msgstr "Вживайте Новий, щоб додати постачальника послуг, якого нема в списку." #~ msgid "Choose one of the available provider types." #~ msgstr "Виберіть один з наявних типів постачальників послуг ." @@ -6503,8 +6147,7 @@ #~ "%3.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Щоб зареєструватися у %1 і знайти кращий\n" -#~ "номер додзвону, з’єднайтеся з домашньою сторінкою %2, або " -#~ "скористайтеся номером телефону гарячої лінії\n" +#~ "номер додзвону, з’єднайтеся з домашньою сторінкою %2, або скористайтеся номером телефону гарячої лінії\n" #~ "%3.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6535,8 +6178,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Введіть Назву постачальника послуг." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number\n" #~ "to access your provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Введіть Назву постачальника послуг і Телефонний номер,\n" @@ -6544,13 +6186,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n" -#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands " -#~ "for\n" +#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands for\n" #~ "Synchronous PPP." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Виберіть тип інкапсуляції пакетів.\n" -#~ "RawIP означає, що MAC-заголовки вилучено. SyncPPP " -#~ "позначає\n" +#~ "RawIP означає, що MAC-заголовки вилучено. SyncPPP позначає\n" #~ "Синхронне PPP. " #~ msgid "" @@ -6560,24 +6200,20 @@ #~ "to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Введіть ІД лінії \n" -#~ "(наприклад, 00056780362), T-Online номер (наприклад, " -#~ "870008594732), \n" +#~ "(наприклад, 00056780362), T-Online номер (наприклад, 870008594732), \n" #~ "Код користувача (зазвичай, 007), і Пароль \n" -#~ "щоб використовувати їх для входу до облікового запису (запитайте вашого " -#~ "постачальника послуг, якщо невпевнені)." +#~ "щоб використовувати їх для входу до облікового запису (запитайте вашого постачальника послуг, якщо невпевнені)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Enter the User Name and the\n" #~ "Password to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Введіть Ім’я користувача і \n" -#~ "Пароль, щоб використовувати для входу до облікового запису " -#~ "(запитайте вашого постачальника послуг, якщо невпевнені)." +#~ "Пароль, щоб використовувати для входу до облікового запису (запитайте вашого постачальника послуг, якщо невпевнені)." #~ msgid "" #~ "The User Name will be extended\n" -#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de\n" #~ "at the end." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ім’я користувача буде доповнено\n" @@ -6585,21 +6221,17 @@ #~ "наприкінці." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password " -#~ "every time.\n" +#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password every time.\n" #~ "Your\n" #~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n" #~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n" #~ "(readable by root only).\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Позначте Завжди запитувати пароль, щоб пароль запитували " -#~ "щоразу.\n" +#~ "Позначте Завжди запитувати пароль, щоб пароль запитували щоразу.\n" #~ "Ваш\n" -#~ "постачальник інтернет-послуг може не дозволяти зберігати паролі на " -#~ "диску.\n" -#~ "Якщо ви введете тут пароль, його буде збережено як звичайний текст на " -#~ "диску\n" +#~ "постачальник інтернет-послуг може не дозволяти зберігати паролі на диску.\n" +#~ "Якщо ви введете тут пароль, його буде збережено як звичайний текст на диску\n" #~ "(його зможе прочитати лише користувач \"root\").\n" #~ "\n" @@ -6669,19 +6301,16 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "NetworkManager does not have the ability to ask for the password.\n" -#~| "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the " -#~| "system.\n" +#~| "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "NetworkManager cannot ask for the password.\n" #~ "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "NetworkManager не має змоги запитати пароль.\n" -#~ "Скористайтеся KInternet (без NetworkManager) або збережіть пароль у вашій " -#~ "системі.\n" +#~ "Скористайтеся KInternet (без NetworkManager) або збережіть пароль у вашій системі.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone " -#~ "field.\n" +#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Continue?" #~ msgstr "" @@ -6695,38 +6324,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space\n" #~ "(after the /) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n" -#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "У полі Ім’я користувача, замініть пробіл\n" -#~ "(після /) назвою вашого облікового запису Kamp. Потім введіть ваш " -#~ "пароль\n" -#~ "і натисніть кнопку Далі. У разі проблем, зверніться до вашого " -#~ "постачальника послуг.\n" +#~ "(після /) назвою вашого облікового запису Kamp. Потім введіть ваш пароль\n" +#~ "і натисніть кнопку Далі. У разі проблем, зверніться до вашого постачальника послуг.\n" #~ msgid "Access AOL-DSL." #~ msgstr "Доступ до AOL-DSL." #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (before\n" -#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" -#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you " -#~ "need\n" -#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can " -#~ "enter\n" -#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and " -#~ "request\n" +#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" +#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n" +#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n" +#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n" #~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "В полі Ім’я користувача замініть пробіл (перед\n" -#~ "@) назвою вашого облікового запису AOL. Потім введіть ваш пароль, " -#~ "і натисніть кнопку Далі.\n" +#~ "@) назвою вашого облікового запису AOL. Потім введіть ваш пароль, і натисніть кнопку Далі.\n" #~ "Якщо ви новий клієнт служби AOL і бажаєте додзвонитися вперше, вам слід\n" -#~ "ввести один раз ваш PIN-код AOL. Якщо у вас система Windows, ви можете " -#~ "ввести\n" -#~ "PIN-код у програмі набирання. В іншому випадку зателефонуйте на гарячу " -#~ "лінію AOL і\n" +#~ "ввести один раз ваш PIN-код AOL. Якщо у вас система Windows, ви можете ввести\n" +#~ "PIN-код у програмі набирання. В іншому випадку зателефонуйте на гарячу лінію AOL і\n" #~ "попросіть їх ввести PIN-код за вас.\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp 1&1 DSL." @@ -6734,13 +6353,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" +#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" #~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "У полі Ім’я користувача замініть пробіл (після\n" -#~ "/) назвою вашого облікового запису 1&1. Потім введіть ваш пароль, " -#~ "і натисніть кнопку Далі.\n" +#~ "/) назвою вашого облікового запису 1&1. Потім введіть ваш пароль, і натисніть кнопку Далі.\n" #~ "У разі проблем, зверніться до вашого постачальника послуг.\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL." @@ -6758,15 +6375,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password " -#~ "and\n" +#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n" #~ "click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "В полі Ім’я користувача замініть пробіл (після\n" -#~ "/) вашою назвою облікового запису T-Online Business. Потім введіть " -#~ "ваш пароль і\n" -#~ "натисніть Далі. У разі проблем, зверніться до вашого постачальника " -#~ "послуг.\n" +#~ "/) вашою назвою облікового запису T-Online Business. Потім введіть ваш пароль і\n" +#~ "натисніть Далі. У разі проблем, зверніться до вашого постачальника послуг.\n" #~ msgid "Provider Configuration" #~ msgstr "Налаштування постачальників послуг" @@ -6774,33 +6388,25 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "E&nable Device Control for Non-root User Via KInternet" #~ msgid "E&nable Device Control for Non-root User Via QInternet" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "У&вімкнути керування пристроєм для неадміністративного користувача через " -#~ "KInternet" +#~ msgstr "У&вімкнути керування пристроєм для неадміністративного користувача через KInternet" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Device Control</big>\n" #~| "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~| "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-" -#~| "root User\n" -#~| "Via KInternet, any user may control the interface via KInternet.</" -#~| "p>\n" +#~| "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" +#~| "Via KInternet, any user may control the interface via KInternet.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device Control</big>\n" #~ "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-" -#~ "root User\n" -#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This " -#~ "will require\n" +#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" +#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n" #~ "smpppd installed and running.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Керування пристроєм</big>\n" #~ "Зазвичай, лише системному адміністратору дозволено активувати і\n" -#~ "дезактивувати мережний інтерфейс. За допомогою Увімкнути керування " -#~ "пристроєм для \n" -#~ "неадміністративного користувача через KInternet, звичайний користувач " -#~ "може керувати інтерфейсом через KInternet.\n" +#~ "дезактивувати мережний інтерфейс. За допомогою Увімкнути керування пристроєм для \n" +#~ "неадміністративного користувача через KInternet, звичайний користувач може керувати інтерфейсом через KInternet.\n" #~ msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration" #~ msgstr "Започаткування налаштування DSL" @@ -7009,19 +6615,11 @@ #~ msgid "Firewall Settings" #~ msgstr "Параметри фаєрволу" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">disable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Фаєрвол буде увімкнено (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">вимкнути</a>)" +#~ msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Фаєрвол буде увімкнено (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">вимкнути</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">enable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Фаєрвол буде вимкнено (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">увімкнути</a>)" +#~ msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Фаєрвол буде вимкнено (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">увімкнути</a>)" #~ msgid "Password:" #~ msgstr "Пароль:" @@ -7156,19 +6754,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -#~ "Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings " -#~ "to take effect, \n" -#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings " -#~ "immediately. Please check \n" +#~ "Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" #~ "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Тут налаштуйте параметри (кешування) вашого проксі Інтернету.\n" -#~ "Примітка: Рекомендовано повторно увійти в систему, щоб ваші " -#~ "зміни\n" -#~ "увійшли в дію, однак, в деяких випадках, програма може автоматично " -#~ "підхопити нові\n" -#~ "параметри. Виберіть те, що підтримує ваша програма (навігатор Тенет, ftp-" -#~ "клієнт,...). " +#~ "Примітка: Рекомендовано повторно увійти в систему, щоб ваші зміни\n" +#~ "увійшли в дію, однак, в деяких випадках, програма може автоматично підхопити нові\n" +#~ "параметри. Виберіть те, що підтримує ваша програма (навігатор Тенет, ftp-клієнт,...). " #~ msgid "" #~ "HTTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" @@ -7178,12 +6771,10 @@ #~ "до всесвітньої павутини (WWW).\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your " -#~ "secured access\n" +#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" #~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "URL HTTPS-проксі — назва проксі-сервера для вашого убезпеченого " -#~ "доступу\n" +#~ "URL HTTPS-проксі — назва проксі-сервера для вашого убезпеченого доступу\n" #~ "до всесвітньої павутини (WWW).\n" #~ msgid "Example: http://proxy.example.com:3128/" @@ -7198,8 +6789,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "If you have the Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols option " -#~| "checked, it is\n" +#~| "If you have the Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols option checked, it is\n" #~| "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" #~| "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -7207,10 +6797,8 @@ #~ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" #~ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "З увімкнутим параметром Використовувати один проксі для всіх " -#~ "протоколів\n" -#~ "достатньо ввести URL проксі HTTP, який буде використовуватися для всіх " -#~ "протоколів\n" +#~ "З увімкнутим параметром Використовувати один проксі для всіх протоколів\n" +#~ "достатньо ввести URL проксі HTTP, який буде використовуватися для всіх протоколів\n" #~ "(HTTP, HTTPS і FTP).\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -7218,8 +6806,7 @@ #~ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" #~ "for example, %1.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Домени без проксі — це список доменів, відокремлених комами, " -#~ "для\n" +#~ "Домени без проксі — це список доменів, відокремлених комами, для\n" #~ "яких запити слід виконувати напряму без кешування,\n" #~ "наприклад, %1.\n" @@ -7227,18 +6814,15 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~| "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#~| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only." -#~| "\n" +#~| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~ "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks)." -#~ "\n" +#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Якщо використовуєте сервер проксі з автентифікацією, введіть\n" #~ "Ім'я користувача проксі і Пароль проксі. Коректне ім'я\n" -#~ "користувача має складатися лише з друкованих символів ASCII (за винятком " -#~ "лапок).\n" +#~ "користувача має складатися лише з друкованих символів ASCII (за винятком лапок).\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Press Test Proxy Settings to test\n" @@ -7318,56 +6902,40 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Udev Rules are rules for the Kernel device manager that allow\n" -#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for " -#~ "example,\n" +#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for example,\n" #~ "eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Правила Udev — це правила керування пристроями ядра,\n" -#~ "які дозволяють асоціювати MAC-адресу або BusID мережного пристрою з його " -#~ "назвою\n" -#~ "(напр., eth1, wlan0 ) і робити назву пристрою стійкою до " -#~ "перезавантажень.\n" +#~ "які дозволяють асоціювати MAC-адресу або BusID мережного пристрою з його назвою\n" +#~ "(напр., eth1, wlan0 ) і робити назву пристрою стійкою до перезавантажень.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway " -#~| "address,\n" +#~| "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" #~| "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -#~| "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be " -#~| "routed, as well.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +#~| "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed, as well.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway " -#~ "address,\n" +#~ "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" #~ "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be " -#~ "routed, \n" +#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed, \n" #~ "as well.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Для кожного маршруту, введіть мережну IP-адресу місця призначення,\n" #~ "адресу шлюзу і маску мережі. Щоб не вводити жодного з цих значень,\n" -#~ "скористайтеся знаком дефіса «-». Виберіть також пристрій, через який " -#~ "буде\n" +#~ "скористайтеся знаком дефіса «-». Виберіть також пристрій, через який буде\n" #~ "маршрутизовано трафік («-» позначає довільний інтерфейс).\n" #~ msgid "Providers to Configure" #~ msgstr "Налаштувати постачальників послуг" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -#~ "computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -#~ "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just lenght of prefix " -#~ "<tt>/24</tt>). For special case - unconfigured interface use <tt>0.0.0.0</" -#~ "tt> and <tt>/32</tt>.Optionally, you can enter\n" -#~ "a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be " -#~ "written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +#~ "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +#~ "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just lenght of prefix <tt>/24</tt>). For special case - unconfigured interface use <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and <tt>/32</tt>.Optionally, you can enter\n" +#~ "a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Щоб Налаштувати статичну адресу введіть статичну IP-адресу " -#~ "(наприклад, <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) \n" -#~ "вашого комп’ютера і мережну маску (зазвичай, <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> або " -#~ "довжину префікса <tt>/24</tt>). Для особливого випадку — не налаштованого " -#~ "інтерфейсу, вживайте <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> і <tt>/32</tt>.\n" -#~ "За бажання, ви можете ввести повну назву вузла цієї IP-адреси. Назву " -#~ "вузла буде записано до /etc/hosts.\n" +#~ "Щоб Налаштувати статичну адресу введіть статичну IP-адресу (наприклад, <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) \n" +#~ "вашого комп’ютера і мережну маску (зазвичай, <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> або довжину префікса <tt>/24</tt>). Для особливого випадку — не налаштованого інтерфейсу, вживайте <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> і <tt>/32</tt>.\n" +#~ "За бажання, ви можете ввести повну назву вузла цієї IP-адреси. Назву вузла буде записано до /etc/hosts.\n" #~ msgid "No valid hostname." #~ msgstr "Немає чинної назви вузла." @@ -7376,8 +6944,7 @@ #~ "If Automatically Reconnect is enabled, the connection will\n" #~ "be reestablished automatically after failure.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо увімкнено параметр Автоматично перез'єднуватись, після " -#~ "збою з’єднання буде\n" +#~ "Якщо увімкнено параметр Автоматично перез'єднуватись, після збою з’єднання буде\n" #~ "автоматично встановлене знову.\n" #~ msgid "Automatically &Reconnect" @@ -7386,17 +6953,12 @@ #~ msgid "&Netmask" #~ msgstr "&Маска мережі" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enable IP Forwarding if the system is a router. This will apply " -#~ "on both IPv4 and IPv6." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Увімкніть Перенаправлення IP, якщо система є маршрутизатором. " -#~ "Це стосується і IPv4, і IPv6." +#~ msgid "Enable IP Forwarding if the system is a router. This will apply on both IPv4 and IPv6." +#~ msgstr "Увімкніть Перенаправлення IP, якщо система є маршрутизатором. Це стосується і IPv4, і IPv6." #~ msgid "" #~ "Your hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> and will be \n" -#~ "resolvable as <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP address. To disable this " -#~ "modification, \n" +#~ "resolvable as <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP address. To disable this modification, \n" #~ "uncheck Write Hostname to /etc/hosts box. In that case your \n" #~ "hostname will not be resolvable without an active network.\n" #~ " \n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/nfs.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/nfs.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/nfs.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 11:36+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the nfs module @@ -104,7 +103,6 @@ #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful #: src/clients/nfs.rb:219 src/clients/nfs.rb:250 -#| msgid "Wrong value of options \"user\"." msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"." msgstr "Неправильне значення для параметра \"type\"." @@ -126,10 +124,6 @@ #. error popup message #: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:99 -#| msgid "" -#| "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n" -#| "shorter than 50 characters and only use\n" -#| "0-9, A-Z, a-z, dots, -, and _." msgid "" "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n" "shorter than 50 characters and only use\n" @@ -172,16 +166,14 @@ "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares)." msgstr "" "Таблиця містить всі каталоги, які \n" -"експортовано з віддалених серверів і змонтовано локально через NFS (спільні " -"ресурси NFS)." +"експортовано з віддалених серверів і змонтовано локально через NFS (спільні ресурси NFS)." #. Help, part 2 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61 msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" msgstr "" "Кожний спільний ресурс NFS розпізнається за адресою сервера NFS і\n" @@ -192,41 +184,25 @@ #. Help, part 3 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68 -#| msgid "" -#| "To mount a new NFS share, use Add button. To change the configuration of\n" -#| "currently mounted share, use Edit button. Remove and unmount selected share by \n" -#| "Delete button." msgid "" -"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Щоб змонтувати новий спільний ресурс NFS, скористайтесь кнопкою Додати<" -"/B>.\n" -"Щоб змінити конфігурацію вже змонтованого спільного ресурсу, використовуйте " -"кнопку\n" -"Змінити. Вилучити і демонтувати вибраний спільний ресурс можна при " -"допомозі\n" +"Щоб змонтувати новий спільний ресурс NFS, скористайтесь кнопкою Додати.\n" +"Щоб змінити конфігурацію вже змонтованого спільного ресурсу, використовуйте кнопку\n" +"Змінити. Вилучити і демонтувати вибраний спільний ресурс можна при допомозі\n" "кнопки Вилучити.\n" #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76 -#| msgid "" -#| "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version\n" -#| "of NFS protocol), check Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need to supply\n" -#| "specific NFSv4 Domain Name, required for correct setting of file/directory access\n" -#| "rights." msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.\n" msgstr "" "Якщо вам потрібний доступ до спільних ресурсів NFSv4 (NFSv4 — це новіша\n" -"версія протоколу NFS), позначте параметр Увімкнути NFSv4. У цьому " -"випадку\n" +"версія протоколу NFS), позначте параметр Увімкнути NFSv4. У цьому випадку\n" "вам, мабуть, доведеться вказати Назву домену NFSv4, яка потрібна для\n" "правильного налаштування прав доступу до файлів/каталогів.\n" @@ -354,14 +330,12 @@ #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "\t\t\n" -"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "Browse, select your mount point\n" "interactively." msgstr "" "\t\t\n" -"Для Точки монтування, введіть шлях в локальній файловій системі, куди " -"потрібно змонтувати каталог.\n" +"Для Точки монтування, введіть шлях в локальній файловій системі, куди потрібно змонтувати каталог.\n" "Точку монтування можна вибрати за допомогою Навігації.\n" "" @@ -497,19 +471,15 @@ #. To translators: error popup #: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:153 -#| msgid "Unknown option: %1" msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Невідомий параметр: '%{key}'" #. To translators: error popup #: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:157 -#| msgid "Invalid option: %1" msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'" msgstr "Нечинний параметр: '%{opt}'" #. To translators: error popup #: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:161 -#| msgid "Empty value for option: %1" msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Порожнє значення для параметра: '%{key}'" - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/nfs_server.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/nfs_server.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/nfs_server.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the nfs-server module @@ -68,12 +67,8 @@ msgstr "Параметри експорту (див. \"man exports\")" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -"com' etc." -msgstr "" -"Параметри домену для Id mapping NFSv4, на зразок \"localdomain\" або \"abc.com" -"\" та інших." +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." +msgstr "Параметри домену для Id mapping NFSv4, на зразок \"localdomain\" або \"abc.com\" та інших." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4." @@ -116,19 +111,12 @@ #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." -msgstr "" -"Неможливо встановити домен без вмикання NFSv4. Скористайтеся для " -"цього командою \"set enablev4\"." +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgstr "Неможливо встановити домен без вмикання NFSv4. Скористайтеся для цього командою \"set enablev4\"." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." -msgstr "" -"Команду 'set' слід використовувати у вигляді \"set параметр=значення\". " -"Скористайтеся командою \"set help\", щоб дізнатися про параметри." +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." +msgstr "Команду 'set' слід використовувати у вигляді \"set параметр=значення\". Скористайтеся командою \"set help\", щоб дізнатися про параметри." #. Then no need to check for conflict. #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 @@ -248,12 +236,8 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " -"the domain to 'localdomain'." -msgstr "" -"Неможливо прочитати файл /etc/idmapd.conf. Встановлюється типовий домен " -"\"localdomain\"." +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgstr "Неможливо прочитати файл /etc/idmapd.conf. Встановлюється типовий домен \"localdomain\"." #. Help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 @@ -270,37 +254,27 @@ "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви виберете Запустити сервер NFS, натискання кнопки Далі</" -"B>\n" -"відкриє вікно налаштування, у якому ви маєте задати каталоги для експорту.</" -"P>" +"Якщо ви виберете Запустити сервер NFS, натискання кнопки Далі\n" +"відкриє вікно налаштування, у якому ви маєте задати каталоги для експорту." #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо серверу потрібно керувати клієнтами NFSv4, позначте параметр " -"Увімкнути NFSv4 і\n" -"заповніть поле назви домену NFSv4 для фонової служби картографування. " -"Залиште\n" -"у полі значення localdomain або перегляньте сторінки man idmapd і idmapd." -"conf, якщо ви не впевнені у своїх діях.\n" +"Якщо серверу потрібно керувати клієнтами NFSv4, позначте параметр Увімкнути NFSv4 і\n" +"заповніть поле назви домену NFSv4 для фонової служби картографування. Залиште\n" +"у полі значення localdomain або перегляньте сторінки man idmapd і idmapd.conf, якщо ви не впевнені у своїх діях.\n" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" +"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо сервер і клієнт повинні проходити автентифікацію за допомогою " -"бібліотеки GSS, будь ласка, позначте Увімкнути безпеку GSS.\n" -"Щоб мати змогу використовувати GSS API, на даний момент вам потрібно мати на " -"вашій системі kerberos і gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7)\n" +"Якщо сервер і клієнт повинні проходити автентифікацію за допомогою бібліотеки GSS, будь ласка, позначте Увімкнути безпеку GSS.\n" +"Щоб мати змогу використовувати GSS API, на даний момент вам потрібно мати на вашій системі kerberos і gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7)\n" #. frame label #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 @@ -353,28 +327,23 @@ #. Help, part 2 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" -"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected " -"directory.\n" +"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -"Шаблон заміни вузла визначає вузли, що отримають доступ до " -"вибраного\n" +"Шаблон заміни вузла визначає вузли, що отримають доступ до вибраного\n" "каталогу. Це можуть бути одиничний вузол, групи, шаблони або\n" "IP-мережі.\n" #. Help, part 3 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "" -"Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" -"Введіть зірочку (<tt>*</tt>) замість назви, щоб задати всі вузли." +msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." +msgstr "Введіть зірочку (<tt>*</tt>) замість назви, щоб задати всі вузли." #. Help, part 4 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" -msgstr "" -"Зверніться до команди <tt>man exports</tt>, щоб дізнатися більше.\n" +msgstr "Зверніться до команди <tt>man exports</tt>, щоб дізнатися більше.\n" #. push button label #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 @@ -483,12 +452,8 @@ #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " -"is correct." -msgstr "" -"Неможливо запустити svcgssd. Переконайтеся, що ваші kerberos і " -"gssapi (nfs-utils) правильно налаштовано." +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." +msgstr "Неможливо запустити svcgssd. Переконайтеся, що ваші kerberos і gssapi (nfs-utils) правильно налаштовано." #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." @@ -532,9 +497,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Please check your domain setting." #~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Неможливо запустити idmapd. Будь ласка, перевірте налаштування вашого " -#~ "домену." +#~ msgstr "Неможливо запустити idmapd. Будь ласка, перевірте налаштування вашого домену." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd" @@ -559,22 +522,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Фаєрвол" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "The NFSv4 option is enabled in the previous page. Make sure that only " -#~| "one exported filesystem is marked with the fsid=0 option for a " -#~| "particular client." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is " -#~ "marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "На попередній сторінці увімкнено параметр NFSv4. Переконайтеся, що на " -#~ "окремого клієнта припадає лише по одній файловій системі, позначеній " -#~ "параметром fsid=0." +#~| msgid "The NFSv4 option is enabled in the previous page. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client." +#~ msgid "NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client." +#~ msgstr "На попередній сторінці увімкнено параметр NFSv4. Переконайтеся, що на окремого клієнта припадає лише по одній файловій системі, позначеній параметром fsid=0." #~ msgid "" #~ "In case of multiple exports to a NFSv4 client,\n" -#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with " -#~ "fsid=0.\n" +#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with fsid=0.\n" #~ "To export the server paths <tt>/Eve</tt> and <tt>/Adam</tt> as\n" #~ "<tt>/</tt> and <tt>/husband</tt>, respectively, use \n" #~ "<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/nis.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/nis.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/nis.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 11:42+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module @@ -145,15 +144,13 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details" -".\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Параметри фаєрволу \n" "Щоб відкрити фаєрвол для надання доступу до служби \"ypbind\"\n" "з віддалених комп'ютерів, увімкніть Відкрити порт у фаєрволі.\n" -"Щоб вибрати інтерфейси, на яких відкрити порт, клацніть Подробиці про " -"фаєрвол.\n" +"Щоб вибрати інтерфейси, на яких відкрити порт, клацніть Подробиці про фаєрвол.\n" "Цей параметр наявний тільки тоді, коли увімкнено фаєрвол.\n" #. help text @@ -167,38 +164,27 @@ #. help text for netconfig part #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 -#| msgid "" -#| "Select the way how NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is handled by netconfig script which merges the data statically defined here with those obtained dynamically (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager etc.). This is the default, Default Policy option and it is sufficient for most of the configurations.\n" -#| "By choosing Only Manual Changes option, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify configuration. You can however edit the file manually. By choosing Custom Policy option, you may specify a custom policy string, which consists of space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see netconfig manual page." msgid "" -"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " -"is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " -"here\n" +"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -"modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " -"see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" "the netconfig manual page.\n" msgstr "" "Виберіть спосіб зміни налаштування NIS. Зазвичай, \n" "це робиться через скрипт netconfig, який об'єднує статично вказані тут дані\n" -" з даними, які отримано динамічно (напр., від клієнта DHCP, NetworkManager, " -"тощо).\n" +" з даними, які отримано динамічно (напр., від клієнта DHCP, NetworkManager, тощо).\n" " Це є Типова політика, якої достатньо для більшості конфігурацій.\n" "Після вибору параметра «Зміни лише вручну», netconfig вже не зможе змінювати\n" " налаштування. Однак, ви можете редагувати файл вручну. Вибравши параметр\n" -" «Нетипові правила», ви можете вказати нетиповий рядок правил, який " -"складається\n" -" з розділеного пробілами списку назв інтерфейсів, включно з шаблонами заміни, " -"та з\n" -" вказаними спеціальними значеннями STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK. Докладнішу " -"інформацію\n" +" «Нетипові правила», ви можете вказати нетиповий рядок правил, який складається\n" +" з розділеного пробілами списку назв інтерфейсів, включно з шаблонами заміни, та з\n" +" вказаними спеціальними значеннями STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK. Докладнішу інформацію\n" " можна отримати на сторінці інструкцій netconfig.\n" #. help text @@ -212,11 +198,6 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 -#| msgid "" -#| "Automounter is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\n" -#| "such as users' home directories.\n" -#| "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\n" -#| "either locally or over NIS." msgid "" "Automounter is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\n" "such as users' home directories.\n" @@ -230,13 +211,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "" -"NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " -"NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." -msgstr "" -"Параметри NFS, що впливають на роботу автоматичного монтування, можуть " -"бути задані у клієнта NFS, налаштування якого доступні по кнопці " -"Налаштування NFS." +msgid "NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." +msgstr "Параметри NFS, що впливають на роботу автоматичного монтування, можуть бути задані у клієнта NFS, налаштування якого доступні по кнопці Налаштування NFS." #. radio button label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 @@ -333,7 +309,6 @@ #. button label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 -#| msgid "&NTP Configuration..." msgid "NFS Configuration..." msgstr "Налаштування NFS…" @@ -364,26 +339,14 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674 -msgid "" -"Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " -"using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local " -"host." -msgstr "" -"Типово будь-який вузол може запитати який сервер вживає клієнт. Вимикання " -"параметра Відповідати віддаленим вузлам дозволяє ці запити тільки для " -"локального вузла." +msgid "Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local host." +msgstr "Типово будь-який вузол може запитати який сервер вживає клієнт. Вимикання параметра Відповідати віддаленим вузлам дозволяє ці запити тільки для локального вузла." #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682 -msgid "" -"Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an " -"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " -"to replace such a server." -msgstr "" -"Увімкніть параметр Пошкоджений сервер, якщо потрібно приймати " -"відповіді від серверів, які виконуються на непривілейованих портах. Це не " -"добре для безпеки і краще такий сервер поміняти." +msgid "Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server." +msgstr "Увімкніть параметр Пошкоджений сервер, якщо потрібно приймати відповіді від серверів, які виконуються на непривілейованих портах. Це не добре для безпеки і краще такий сервер поміняти." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690 @@ -464,12 +427,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985 -msgid "" -"The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS " -"server." -msgstr "" -"Протокол знаходження служб (Service Location Protocol) (SLP) можна " -"вживати для знаходження сервера NIS." +msgid "The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." +msgstr "Протокол знаходження служб (Service Location Protocol) (SLP) можна вживати для знаходження сервера NIS." #. dialog label #. dialog subtitle @@ -634,4 +593,3 @@ #: src/modules/Nis.rb:1262 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "Не знайдено NIS-сервер." - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/nis_server.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/nis_server.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/nis_server.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for nis server module @@ -171,8 +170,7 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow</" -"i>\n" +"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" "Виберіть, якщо ваш файл passwd слід об'єднати з файлом\n" @@ -181,9 +179,7 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 msgid "You can also adjust the minimum user and group id." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете виправити мінімальний ідентифікатор користувача і групи.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Ви також можете виправити мінімальний ідентифікатор користувача і групи." #. To translators: intfield label #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 @@ -231,12 +227,10 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" msgstr "" -"Введіть домен NIS. Якщо цей вузол також є клієнтом NIS, що " -"використовує цей комп'ютер як\n" +"Введіть домен NIS. Якщо цей вузол також є клієнтом NIS, що використовує цей комп'ютер як\n" "сервер, позначте відповідний параметр.\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -247,11 +241,9 @@ "Fast Map distribution, it will speed up the transfer of maps to the\n" "slaves.\n" msgstr "" -"Щоб підпорядковані сервери могли співпрацювати з цим головним сервером, " -"виберіть\n" +"Щоб підпорядковані сервери могли співпрацювати з цим головним сервером, виберіть\n" "Існує активний підпорядкований сервер NIS. Якщо Ви виберете\n" -"Швидкий розподіл карт, це прискорить передачу карт до " -"підпорядкованих\n" +"Швидкий розподіл карт, це прискорить передачу карт до підпорядкованих\n" "серверів. \n" #. help text 3/3 @@ -264,8 +256,7 @@ msgstr "" "Дозволити зміни у паролях дозволяє користувачам\n" "змінювати паролі за наявності NIS. Кнопки для дозволу\n" -"на зміну оболонки реєстрації або GECOS (повне ім'я і пов'язана з ним " -"інформація) можна\n" +"на зміну оболонки реєстрації або GECOS (повне ім'я і пов'язана з ним інформація) можна\n" "використати для встановлення цих, окремих параметрів.\n" #. To translators: checkbox label @@ -328,8 +319,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ваш комп'ютер налаштований на зміну домену NIS за допомогою DHCP.\n" "Ця операцію може змінити тільки-но введену назву домену. Перевірте ваші\n" -"налаштування і подумайте про те, щоб не запускати клієнт DHCP на сервері " -"NIS.\n" +"налаштування і подумайте про те, щоб не запускати клієнт DHCP на сервері NIS.\n" #. firewall openning help #: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 @@ -337,15 +327,13 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Параметри брандмауера \n" "Щоб відкрити брандмауер для надання доступу до сервера NIS\n" "з віддалених комп'ютерів, увімкніть Відкрити порт у брандмауері.\n" -"Щоб вибрати інтерфейси, на яких відкрити порт, клацніть Подробиці про " -"брандмауер.\n" +"Щоб вибрати інтерфейси, на яких відкрити порт, клацніть Подробиці про брандмауер.\n" "Цей параметр наявний, лише якщо увімкнено брандмауер.\n" #. To translators: popup dialog heading @@ -376,9 +364,7 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 msgid "Please enter which hosts are allowed to query the NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, введіть вузли, яким дозволено надсилати запити до сервера NIS." -"" +msgstr "Будь ласка, введіть вузли, яким дозволено надсилати запити до сервера NIS." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 @@ -396,8 +382,7 @@ "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.\n" msgstr "" "Щоб мати можливість з'єднань з локального вузла, повинен існувати запис\n" -"з маскою мережі <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> і мережею <tt>127.0.0.0</" -"tt>.\n" +"з маскою мережі <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> і мережею <tt>127.0.0.0</tt>.\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 @@ -425,21 +410,13 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " -"master NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Введіть домен NIS і IP-адресу або назву вузла головного " -"сервера NIS." +msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." +msgstr "Введіть домен NIS і IP-адресу або назву вузла головного сервера NIS." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option." -msgstr "" -"Якщо цей вузол також є клієнтом NIS, що використовує цей комп'ютер як " -"сервер, позначте відповідний параметр." +msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." +msgstr "Якщо цей вузол також є клієнтом NIS, що використовує цей комп'ютер як сервер, позначте відповідний параметр." #. textentry label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 @@ -478,15 +455,8 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " -"Delete to remove an entry." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете ввести назви вузлів, які бажаєте налаштувати як " -"підпорядковані. Використовуйте кнопку Додати, щоб додати новий, " -"Змінити, щоб змінити існуючий запис, і Вилучити, щоб вилучити " -"запис." +msgid "Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delete to remove an entry." +msgstr "Тут ви можете ввести назви вузлів, які бажаєте налаштувати як підпорядковані. Використовуйте кнопку Додати, щоб додати новий, Змінити, щоб змінити існуючий запис, і Вилучити, щоб вилучити запис." #. To translators: selection box label #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/ntp-client.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/ntp-client.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/ntp-client.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. progress step title @@ -31,43 +30,22 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "" -"Натисніть кнопку Синхронізувати, щоб встановити правильний час у " -"системі за допомогою вибраного сервера NTP. Якщо ви бажаєте постійно " -"використовувати NTP, увімкніть параметр Зберегти налаштування NTP." +msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "Натисніть кнопку Синхронізувати, щоб встановити правильний час у системі за допомогою вибраного сервера NTP. Якщо ви бажаєте постійно використовувати NTP, увімкніть параметр Зберегти налаштування NTP." #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "" -"При увімкненні Запускати NTP як фонову службу служба NTP буде " -"запускатися у вигляді фонової служби. В іншому випадку системний час буде " -"періодично синхронізуватися. Типовий інтервал 15 хвилин. Ви можете змінити " -"його після установки за допомогою модуля yast2 ntp-client." +msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "При увімкненні Запускати NTP як фонову службу служба NTP буде запускатися у вигляді фонової служби. В іншому випадку системний час буде періодично синхронізуватися. Типовий інтервал 15 хвилин. Ви можете змінити його після установки за допомогою модуля yast2 ntp-client." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"За допомогою кнопки Налаштувати ви маєте змогу відкрити вікно " -"додаткового налаштування NTP." +msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." +msgstr "За допомогою кнопки Налаштувати ви маєте змогу відкрити вікно додаткового налаштування NTP." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured." -msgstr "" -"Синхронізація з сервером NTP можлива, лише якщо мережу налаштовано." +msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." +msgstr "Синхронізація з сервером NTP можлива, лише якщо мережу налаштовано." #. translators: error popup #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 @@ -611,8 +589,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть утиліту налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.</" -"p>" +"Безпечно припиніть утиліту налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 @@ -641,22 +618,16 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be " -"activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It " -"is 15 minutes by default.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>Запуск фонової служби NTP</big> \n" -"Вкажіть, чи запускати автоматично фонову службу NTP зараз і при кожному " -"завантаженні системи.\n" +"Вкажіть, чи запускати автоматично фонову службу NTP зараз і при кожному завантаженні системи.\n" "Фонова служба NTP отримує назви вузлів під час започаткування. Ваше\n" -"мережне з'єднання повинне бути встановлене перед запуском фонової служби " -"NTP.\n" -"При виборі Синхронізувати без фонової служби фонова служба ntp не буде " -"запущена. \n" -"Системний час буде автоматично встановлений. Інтервал регулюється. Його " -" типове значення — 15 хвилин.\n" +"мережне з'єднання повинне бути встановлене перед запуском фонової служби NTP.\n" +"При виборі Синхронізувати без фонової служби фонова служба ntp не буде запущена. \n" +"Системний час буде автоматично встановлений. Інтервал регулюється. Його типове значення — 15 хвилин.\n" " Ви зможете це змінити, коли система буде налаштована." #. help text 2/5 @@ -675,23 +646,16 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" -"tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Безпечна конфігурація NTP</big> \n" -"Вмиканням параметра Обмежити службу NTP тільки налаштованими серверами</" -"b>\n" -"ви забороняєте всім віддаленим вузлам переглядати і змінювати параметри " -"NTP \n" +"Вмиканням параметра Обмежити службу NTP тільки налаштованими серверами\n" +"ви забороняєте всім віддаленим вузлам переглядати і змінювати параметри NTP \n" "на вашому комп'ютері. Таким чином, службу NTP обмежено до вживання\n" "тільки серверів перелічених в /etc/ntp.conf і локального вузла. \n" -"Прапорці керування доступом можна підкоригувати редагуванням відповідного " -"запису сервера в таблиці перегляду серверів. Цей параметр недоступний, якщо " -"NTP налаштовано через DHCP.\n" +"Прапорці керування доступом можна підкоригувати редагуванням відповідного запису сервера в таблиці перегляду серверів. Цей параметр недоступний, якщо NTP налаштовано через DHCP.\n" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 @@ -714,8 +678,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" @@ -732,21 +695,18 @@ "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Показати журнал </big> \n" -"Щоб переглянути журнали фонової служби NTP в новому вікні, натисніть кнопку " -"Показати журнал.\n" +"Щоб переглянути журнали фонової служби NTP в новому вікні, натисніть кнопку Показати журнал.\n" #. help text to a button #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>Додаткове налаштування</big> \n" "Щоб налаштувати цей вузол для синхронізації з декількома віддаленими\n" -"вузлами або з локально приєднаним годинником, вживайте Додаткове " -"налаштування." +"вузлами або з локально приєднаним годинником, вживайте Додаткове налаштування." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 @@ -772,8 +732,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -781,11 +740,9 @@ "it must be created manually." msgstr "" "<big>Пристрій</big> \n" -"Щоб годинник працював, можливо, слід буде створити особливе символічне " -"посилання\n" +"Щоб годинник працював, можливо, слід буде створити особливе символічне посилання\n" "на пристрій, з яким зв'язано годинник. Щоб зробити це, позначте\n" -"Створити символічне посилання і встановіть Пристрій. Для " -"відшукання\n" +"Створити символічне посилання і встановіть Пристрій. Для відшукання\n" "пристрою, натисніть кнопку Пошук.\n" "Для деяких типів годинників, немає потреби створювати символічне посилання\n" "або таке посилання слід створити вручну." @@ -797,8 +754,7 @@ "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" "<big>Калібрування драйвера</big> \n" -"Для калібрування драйвера годинника натисніть Калібрування драйвера.</" -"p>" +"Для калібрування драйвера годинника натисніть Калібрування драйвера." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 @@ -824,8 +780,7 @@ "<big>Вибір сервера</big> \n" "Щоб вибрати сервер NTP з тих, що знаходяться у локальній мережі, або\n" "зі списку відомих серверів NTP, натисніть кнопку Вибрати і\n" -"виберіть між Локальним сервером NTP і Громадським сервером NTP." -"" +"виберіть між Локальним сервером NTP і Громадським сервером NTP." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 @@ -835,8 +790,7 @@ "click Test." msgstr "" "<big>Перевірка доступності сервера</big> \n" -"Щоб перевірити чи сервер працює і відповідає належно, натисніть Тест." -"" +"Щоб перевірити чи сервер працює і відповідає належно, натисніть Тест." #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 @@ -876,39 +830,32 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "Options text field. For details, see\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Параметри</big> \n" -"Для точного налаштування джерела синхронізації, внесіть параметри в текстове " -"поле Параметри.\n" +"Для точного налаштування джерела синхронізації, внесіть параметри в текстове поле Параметри.\n" " Щоб отримати детальнішу\n" -"інформацію перегляньте сторінку /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm" -".\n" +"інформацію перегляньте сторінку /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" "Security Settings.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Параметри керування доступом</big> \n" -"Тут ви можете визначити параметри контролю доступу (restrict " -"команди у\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) для цього сервера, вказавши які типи дій віддаленого " -"вузла\n" +"Тут ви можете визначити параметри контролю доступу (restrict команди у\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) для цього сервера, вказавши які типи дій віддаленого вузла\n" "можна виконувати з вашою фоновою службою NTP. Типово встановлено notrap\n" "nomodify noquery (не переривати, не змінювати, не запитувати).\n" "Цей параметр є доступним, лише якщо ви позначили параметр\n" -"Обмежити службу NTP лише налаштованими серверами у Параметрах " -"безпеки.\n" +"Обмежити службу NTP лише налаштованими серверами у Параметрах безпеки.\n" #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 @@ -943,8 +890,7 @@ "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати локальний годинник, з'єднаний напряму з вашим " -"комп'ютером,\n" +"Щоб налаштувати локальний годинник, з'єднаний напряму з вашим комп'ютером,\n" "виберіть Радіо-годинник." #. help text 5/6 @@ -963,8 +909,7 @@ "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" "Щоб приймати пакети NTP, що передаються іншими вузлами мережі\n" -"і використовувати їх для встановлення локального часу, виберіть Вхідна " -"трансляція." +"і використовувати їх для встановлення локального часу, виберіть Вхідна трансляція." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 @@ -996,14 +941,12 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>Вибір громадського сервера NTP</big> \n" "Виберіть сервер NTP зі списку Громадських серверів NTP. Щоб\n" -"подивитись тільки на сервери NTP для певної країни, виберіть Країну.</" -"p>" +"подивитись тільки на сервери NTP для певної країни, виберіть Країну." #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 @@ -1020,12 +963,10 @@ "<big>Примітка</big> \n" "Сервери NTP зі списку можуть бути недоступні з будь-якої з країн, а лише\n" "з окремої країни або регіону.\n" -"Перш ніж використовувати якийсь з серверів NTP зі списку, запитайте у вашого " -"адміністратора мережі\n" +"Перш ніж використовувати якийсь з серверів NTP зі списку, запитайте у вашого адміністратора мережі\n" "або провайдера послуги Інтернет про найближчий до вас сервер, і\n" "віддайте йому перевагу перед записаними у списку.\n" -"Ви також можете переглянути сторінку http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/" -"servers.html,\n" +"Ви також можете переглянути сторінку http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html,\n" "щоб знайти найближчий до вас сервер NTP." #. help text 5/5 @@ -1043,10 +984,8 @@ msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Вживати випадкові сервери</big> \n" @@ -1059,10 +998,8 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>Калібрування драйвера годинника</big> \n" @@ -1074,8 +1011,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" msgstr "" "Для інформації про значення параметрів встановіть пакунок\n" "ntp-doc і подивіться в\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/oneclickinstall.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/oneclickinstall.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/oneclickinstall.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 11:47+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -39,14 +38,10 @@ msgstr "Файл, де слід розмістити внутрішнє представлення YMP" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:44 -msgid "" -"File containing internal representation of One Click Install " -"instructions" -msgstr "" -"Файл, що містить внутрішнє представлення інструкцій One Click Install" +msgid "File containing internal representation of One Click Install instructions" +msgstr "Файл, що містить внутрішнє представлення інструкцій One Click Install" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:65 -#| msgid "Error: Nothing to do specified in the YMP file" msgid "Error: Nothing to do specified in the YMP file." msgstr "Помилка: у файлі YMP відсутній опис будь-яких дій." @@ -126,11 +121,8 @@ msgstr "Цей майстер встановить ПЗ на ваш комп'ютер." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:47 -msgid "" -"See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Докладнішу інформацію можна знайти на сторінці <tt>" -"http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt>." +msgid "See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." +msgstr "Докладнішу інформацію можна знайти на сторінці <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt>." #. <region name="Define the UI components"> * #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59 @@ -191,7 +183,6 @@ #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:382 src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:439 #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:31 -#| msgid "Check Installation" msgid "1-Click Install" msgstr "Установка за 1 клацання" @@ -204,51 +195,28 @@ msgstr "Кроки встановлення" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:56 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. " -"Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Трапилась помилка при спробі підписатись на потрібні сховища. Будь ласка, " -"перегляньте файли журналу yast2, якщо хочете отримати докладнішу інформацію." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Трапилась помилка при спробі підписатись на потрібні сховища. Будь ласка, перегляньте файли журналу yast2, якщо хочете отримати докладнішу інформацію." #. Remove any removals #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:96 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Трапилась помилка при спробі вилучення вказаних пакунків. Будь ласка, " -"перегляньте файли журналу yast2, якщо хочете отримати докладнішу інформацію." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Трапилась помилка при спробі вилучення вказаних пакунків. Будь ласка, перегляньте файли журналу yast2, якщо хочете отримати докладнішу інформацію." #. if that was successful now try and install the patterns #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:113 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Трапилась помилка при спробі встановлення вказаних шаблонів. Будь ласка, " -"перегляньте файли журналу yast2, якщо хочете отримати докладнішу інформацію." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Трапилась помилка при спробі встановлення вказаних шаблонів. Будь ласка, перегляньте файли журналу yast2, якщо хочете отримати докладнішу інформацію." #. if that was successful now try and install the packages #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:129 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Трапилась помилка при спробі встановлення вказаних пакунків. Будь ласка, " -"перегляньте файли журналу yast2, якщо хочете отримати докладнішу інформацію." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Трапилась помилка при спробі встановлення вказаних пакунків. Будь ласка, перегляньте файли журналу yast2, якщо хочете отримати докладнішу інформацію." #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:148 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that " -"were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > " -"Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Трапилась помилка при спробі відписатись від сховищ, які використовувались " -"під час встановлення. Можете вилучити їх вручну в YaST > Сховища ПЗ. Будь " -"ласка, перегляньте файли журналу yast2, якщо хочете отримати докладнішу " -"інформацію." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Трапилась помилка при спробі відписатись від сховищ, які використовувались під час встановлення. Можете вилучити їх вручну в YaST > Сховища ПЗ. Будь ласка, перегляньте файли журналу yast2, якщо хочете отримати докладнішу інформацію." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:159 msgid "No error occurred." @@ -268,12 +236,10 @@ msgstr "Після встановлення залишити підписку на ці сховища" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:41 -#| msgid "Software to be Installed" msgid "Software to Be Installed" msgstr "Програми, які будуть встановлені" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:55 -#| msgid "Software to be Removed" msgid "Software to Be Removed" msgstr "Програми, які будуть вилучені" @@ -286,15 +252,10 @@ msgstr "Встановлення неможливе" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71 -#| msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for this version of openSUSE." -msgid "" -"The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." -msgstr "" -"Посилання або файл з описом встановлення, який ви відкрили, не містить " -"інструкцій для %s." +msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." +msgstr "Посилання або файл з описом встановлення, який ви відкрили, не містить інструкцій для %s." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:81 -#| msgid "Software to be installed:" msgid "Software is being installed." msgstr "Триває установка програм." @@ -322,12 +283,8 @@ msgstr "Більше про це не питати" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348 -msgid "" -"These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not " -"remain subscribed." -msgstr "" -"Ці сховища буде додано тільки під час встановлення, але ви не залишитесь " -"підписаними на них після цього." +msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed." +msgstr "Ці сховища буде додано тільки під час встановлення, але ви не залишитесь підписаними на них після цього." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352 msgid "You will remain subscribed to these repositories after installation." @@ -335,8 +292,7 @@ #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:360 msgid "If you continue, the following changes will be made to your system:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви вирішите продовжити, то у вашій системі буде зроблено такі зміни:" +msgstr "Якщо ви вирішите продовжити, то у вашій системі буде зроблено такі зміни:" #. Put remove message at top, incase people try to push it off the bottom of the warning by adding lots of packages. #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:372 @@ -360,7 +316,6 @@ msgstr "Пропозиція" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:416 -#| msgid "Custom Size" msgid "Customize" msgstr "Налаштувати" @@ -377,12 +332,8 @@ msgstr "Встановлення було тільки частково успішним." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507 -msgid "" -"The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>" -"/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " -msgstr "" -"На жаль, встановлення зазнало невдачі. Для докладнішої інформації перегляньте " -"файл журналу <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Невдача трапилася на етапі: " +msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " +msgstr "На жаль, встановлення зазнало невдачі. Для докладнішої інформації перегляньте файл журналу <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Невдача трапилася на етапі: " #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:515 msgid "Error Message" @@ -449,12 +400,8 @@ msgstr "невідомий" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13 -msgid "" -"Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown " -"error occurred." -msgstr "" -"Потрібні адміністративні (root) привілеї; або їх у вас немає, або сталася " -"невідома помилка." +msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred." +msgstr "Потрібні адміністративні (root) привілеї; або їх у вас немає, або сталася невідома помилка." #~ msgid "Please wait while this software is being installed." #~ msgstr "Будь ласка, зачекайте поки встановлюється ПЗ." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/online-migration.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/online-migration.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/online-migration.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #: src/config/online_migration-SLE.glade:131 @@ -44,7 +43,6 @@ #: src/config/online_migration-SLE.glade:176 #: src/config/online_migration-openSUSE.glade:155 -#| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registration Check" msgstr "Перевірка реєстрації" @@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ #: src/config/online_migration-openSUSE.glade:203 #: src/config/online_migration-openSUSE.glade:209 #: src/config/online_migration-openSUSE.glade:215 -#| msgid "TV Station Configuration" msgid "Migration Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування міграції" @@ -102,4 +99,3 @@ #: src/config/online_migration-openSUSE.glade:271 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Завершено" - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/online-update-configuration.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/online-update-configuration.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/online-update-configuration.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 11:58+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -16,19 +16,16 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050) #: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59 -#| msgid "Online Update Configuration" msgid "Online Update Configuration Module Help" msgstr "Довідка модуля налаштування мережного оновлення" #. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139) #: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256 -#| msgid "The package is not available." msgid "The registration module is not available." msgstr "Модуль реєстрації недоступний." @@ -48,7 +45,6 @@ #. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45 -#| msgid "none" msgid "(none)" msgstr "(немає)" @@ -74,13 +70,11 @@ #. for category filter #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58 -#| msgid "Filter by author" msgid "Filter by Category" msgstr "Фільтрувати за категорією" #. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60 -#| msgid "Package Categories" msgid "Patch Categories" msgstr "Категорії латок" @@ -93,7 +87,6 @@ msgstr "вимкнено" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65 -#| msgid "Additional Software Repositories" msgid "Edit Software Repositories" msgstr "Змінити сховища ПЗ" @@ -102,12 +95,10 @@ msgstr "Зареєструйтеся для підтримки та отримання оновлень сховища" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 -#| msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" msgid "Send hardware information to the smolt project" msgstr "Відправити інформацію про обладнання проекту smolt" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68 -#| msgid "Interface" msgid "Interval" msgstr "Інтервал" @@ -116,12 +107,10 @@ msgstr "Пропустити інтерактивні латки" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70 -#| msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgid "Agree with Licenses" msgstr "Погоджуватися з ліцензіями" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:71 -#| msgid "Recommended Packages" msgid "Include Recommended Packages" msgstr "Включити рекомендовані пакунки" @@ -130,7 +119,6 @@ msgstr "Використовувати дельта-пакунки rpm" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73 -#| msgid "Update Repository" msgid "Current Update Repository:" msgstr "Поточне сховище оновлення:" @@ -143,7 +131,6 @@ "ви повинні зареєструвати цей продукт." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 -#| msgid "Do you want to skip Registration?" msgid "Do you want to perform the registration now?" msgstr "Ви дійсно хочете виконати реєстрацію?" @@ -152,59 +139,39 @@ msgstr "Поточний репозиторій оновлень показаний у %1." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 -#| msgid "Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть %1, щоб використовувати типове сховище оновлень." +msgstr "Натисніть %1, щоб використовувати типове сховище оновлень." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 msgid "Find related actions in the %1 menu." msgstr "Додаткові дії є в меню %1." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93 -#| msgid "Set up automatic online update" msgid "In %1 set up the automatic online update." msgstr "У %1 можна налаштувати автоматичне мережне оновлення." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "" -"Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " -"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть інтервал оновлення, вкажіть, чи ігнорувати інтерактивні " -"латки та чи потрібно автоматично приймати ліцензійні угоди." +msgid "Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." +msgstr "Виберіть інтервал оновлення, вкажіть, чи ігнорувати інтерактивні латки та чи потрібно автоматично приймати ліцензійні угоди." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " -"when %1 is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Усі пакунки, рекомендовані оновленням пакунку, будуть встановлені, якщо " -"увімкнений параметр %1." +msgid "All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when %1 is enabled." +msgstr "Усі пакунки, рекомендовані оновленням пакунку, будуть встановлені, якщо увімкнений параметр %1." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. " -"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " -"skipped." -msgstr "" -"Фільтр по категорії латок можна налаштувати в розділі %1. " -"Тільки латки зазначених категорій будуть встановлені. Решта будуть " -"пропущені." +msgid "Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped." +msgstr "Фільтр по категорії латок можна налаштувати в розділі %1. Тільки латки зазначених категорій будуть встановлені. Решта будуть пропущені." #. cache the base product details #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 -#| msgid "Daily" msgid "daily" msgstr "щодня" #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74 -#| msgid "Weekly" msgid "weekly" msgstr "щотижня" #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75 -#| msgid "Monthly" msgid "monthly" msgstr "щомісяця" @@ -237,4 +204,3 @@ #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 msgid "Other" msgstr "Інше" - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/online-update.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/online-update.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/online-update.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. nothing to do @@ -70,13 +69,8 @@ #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " -"module." -msgstr "" -"Система ініціює сховища встановлення і оновлення. Сховища ПЗ можна " -"змінити у модулі Джерела встановлення." +msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." +msgstr "Система ініціює сховища встановлення і оновлення. Сховища ПЗ можна змінити у модулі Джерела встановлення." #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -167,9 +161,7 @@ #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" msgstr "" "Якщо наявні спеціальні повідомлення пов'язані з латками, їх буде\n" "показано в додатковому вікні під час встановлення латки.\n" @@ -286,8 +278,7 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" @@ -295,8 +286,7 @@ "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" "Є латки до засобів керування пакунками, які потребують перезапуску YaST.\n" -"Спочатку слід встановити ці латки, а всі інші латки буде встановлено після " -"перезапуску.\n" +"Спочатку слід встановити ці латки, а всі інші латки буде встановлено після перезапуску.\n" "\n" "Ви вибрали інші латки для встановлення тепер.\n" "\n" @@ -543,9 +533,7 @@ #. Solver can't solve it automatically #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." -msgstr "" -"Мережне оновлення не здатне зняти виділення з деяких латок, які потребують " -"перезавантаження." +msgstr "Мережне оновлення не здатне зняти виділення з деяких латок, які потребують перезавантаження." #. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 Added: trunk/yast/uk/po/opensuse_mirror.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/opensuse_mirror.uk.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/opensuse_mirror.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +# Ukrainian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# xxx, 2005. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-31 19:01+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Каталог" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Помилка" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "так" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ні" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Вийти" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Помилка" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "Виберіть або скасуйте вибір &всього" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/packager.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/packager.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/packager.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" #. module description @@ -179,7 +178,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 #: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "резервування %1 зазнало невдачі. Для подробиць див. %2." #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 @@ -400,9 +399,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" -"p>\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" msgstr "" "Якщо ви хочете вживати мережні сховища, т \n" "виберіть бажані і натисніть Далі.\n" @@ -410,9 +407,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" -"p>\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" msgstr "" "Якщо ви хочете вживати мережні сховища, т \n" "виберіть бажані і натисніть Закінчити.\n" @@ -434,9 +429,7 @@ #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." -msgstr "" -"Зачекайте, будь ласка, поки менеджер сховищ звантажить дані про сховище..." -"" +msgstr "Зачекайте, будь ласка, поки менеджер сховищ звантажить дані про сховище..." #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL @@ -523,12 +516,8 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Запуск програми вирішення залежностей зазнав невдачі. Будь ласка, перевірте " -"розділ програмного забезпечення у вашому профілі autoyast." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "Запуск програми вирішення залежностей зазнав невдачі. Будь ласка, перевірте розділ програмного забезпечення у вашому профілі autoyast." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -595,12 +584,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Сховища встановлення — цей модуль не підтримує інтерфейсу командного рядка. " -"Замість нього вживайте «%1»." +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Сховища встановлення — цей модуль не підтримує інтерфейсу командного рядка. Замість нього вживайте «%1»." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 @@ -773,31 +758,21 @@ "В цьому вікні можна керувати налаштованими сховищами і службами ПЗ." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Служба або служба індексу сховища (RIS) — це протокол для " -"керування сховищами пакунків. Служба може надавати одне або більше сховищ, " -"які адміністратор служби може динамічно змінювати." +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "Служба або служба індексу сховища (RIS) — це протокол для керування сховищами пакунків. Служба може надавати одне або більше сховищ, які адміністратор служби може динамічно змінювати." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Додавання нового сховища або служби \n" -"Щоб додати нове сховище, натисніть Додати і вкажіть сховище ПЗ або " -"служби.\n" +"Щоб додати нове сховище, натисніть Додати і вкажіть сховище ПЗ або служби.\n" "Yast автоматично виявить чи то є служба, чи сховище за вказаною адресою.\n" "" @@ -840,20 +815,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Зміна стану сховища або служби\n" -"Щоб змінити адресу сховища, скористайтеся кнопкою Змінити. Щоб " -"вилучити \n" +"Щоб змінити адресу сховища, скористайтеся кнопкою Змінити. Щоб вилучити \n" "сховище, натиснітьВилучити. Щоб увімкнути або вимкнути доступ \n" -"до сховища або змінити стан освіження під час започаткування, виберіть " -"сховище з таблиці і скористайтесь позначками нижче.\n" +"до сховища або змінити стан освіження під час започаткування, виберіть сховище з таблиці і скористайтесь позначками нижче.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -861,25 +831,16 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "Пріоритет сховища \n" -"Пріоритет сховища є цілим числом між 0 (найвищий пріоритет) і 200 (найнижчий " -"пріоритет). Типовим пріоритетом є 99. Якщо пакунок наявний у декількох " -"сховищах, буде використано сховище з найвищим пріоритетом." +"Пріоритет сховища є цілим числом між 0 (найвищий пріоритет) і 200 (найнижчий пріоритет). Типовим пріоритетом є 99. Якщо пакунок наявний у декількох сховищах, буде використано сховище з найвищим пріоритетом." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services." -msgstr "" -"Для навігації у сховищах і службах скористайтесь деревом, яке знаходиться " -"ліворуч." +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." +msgstr "Для навігації у сховищах і службах скористайтесь деревом, яке знаходиться ліворуч." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 @@ -887,22 +848,13 @@ msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Зберігати звантажені пакунки Увімкніть цей параметр, щоб " -"зберігати звантажені пакунки в локальному кешу, щоб їх можна було пізніше " -"знову використати для перевстановлення пакунків. Якщо не увімкнено, то " -"звантажені пакунки буде вилучено після встановлення." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." +msgstr "Зберігати звантажені пакунки Увімкніть цей параметр, щоб зберігати звантажені пакунки в локальному кешу, щоб їх можна було пізніше знову використати для перевстановлення пакунків. Якщо не увімкнено, то звантажені пакунки буде вилучено після встановлення." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "" -"Типовий локальний кеш міститься в каталозі /var/cache/zypp/packages</" -"B>; цю адресу можна змінити у файлі /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "Типовий локальний кеш міститься в каталозі /var/cache/zypp/packages; цю адресу можна змінити у файлі /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 @@ -1032,8 +984,7 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "Не вдається зберегти залежності автоматично. Потрібне ручне втручання." #. this is a heading @@ -1049,12 +1000,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Встановлення ПЗ - цей модуль не підтримує інтерфейсу командного рядка; " -"замість нього використовуйте «%1»." +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Встановлення ПЗ - цей модуль не підтримує інтерфейсу командного рядка; замість нього використовуйте «%1»." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -1202,10 +1149,8 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "" -"Помилка -- сума MD5 не збігається Цей носій не повинен вживатись." +msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "Помилка -- сума MD5 не збігається Цей носій не повинен вживатись." #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 @@ -1231,8 +1176,7 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Якщо ви маєте проблеми з\n" @@ -1242,27 +1186,21 @@ #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" -"B>\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " msgstr "" -"Виберіть пристрій, вставте в нього носій і натисніть Почати перевірку</" -"B>,\n" -"або скористайтеся кнопкою Перевірити файл ISO виберіть файл ISO. " -"Перевірка може тривати декілька хвилин, залежно\n" -"від швидкості вашого приводу та розміру носія. Тест перевіряє контрольну " -"суму MD5. " +"Виберіть пристрій, вставте в нього носій і натисніть Почати перевірку,\n" +"або скористайтеся кнопкою Перевірити файл ISO виберіть файл ISO. Перевірка може тривати декілька хвилин, залежно\n" +"від швидкості вашого приводу та розміру носія. Тест перевіряє контрольну суму MD5. " #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" -"P>\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" "Якщо перевірка носія зазнає невдачі, ви не повинні продовжувати\n" "встановлення. Воно буде безуспішним або ви можете втратити дані. Ви\n" @@ -1280,35 +1218,22 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"" -msgstr "" -"Зауваження: Ви не можете змінювати носій, доки його використовує " -"система." +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +msgstr "Зауваження: Ви не можете змінювати носій, доки його використовує система." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Щоб перевірити носій перед початком встановлення, скористайтеся пунктом " -"перевірки носія з меню завантаження." +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." +msgstr "Щоб перевірити носій перед початком встановлення, скористайтеся пунктом перевірки носія з меню завантаження." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" -"P>\n" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви записуєте носій самі, використовуйте параметр pad у вашій " -"програмі запису. Це запобігає помилкам читання в кінці носія під час " -"перевірки.\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" +msgstr "Якщо ви записуєте носій самі, використовуйте параметр pad у вашій програмі запису. Це запобігає помилкам читання в кінці носія під час перевірки.\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1467,8 +1392,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Додавання нового ключа GPG \n" -"Щоб додати новий ключ GPG, натисніть Додати і вкажіть шлях до файла " -"ключа.\n" +"Щоб додати новий ключ GPG, натисніть Додати і вкажіть шлях до файла ключа.\n" "" #. header in file selection popup @@ -1495,8 +1419,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Додавання нового ключа GPG \n" -"Щоб додати новий ключ GPG, натисніть Додати і вкажіть шлях до файла " -"ключа.\n" +"Щоб додати новий ключ GPG, натисніть Додати і вкажіть шлях до файла ключа.\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1510,8 +1433,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Зміна стану ключа GPG\n" -"Щоб змінити прапорець надійності, скористайтеся кнопкою Змінити. Щоб " -"вилучити ключ GPG, скористайтеся кнопкою\n" +"Щоб змінити прапорець надійності, скористайтеся кнопкою Змінити. Щоб вилучити ключ GPG, скористайтеся кнопкою\n" "Вилучити.\n" "\n" @@ -1657,8 +1579,7 @@ #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "Сховище встановлення містить також перелік додаткових сховищ.\n" @@ -1838,51 +1759,30 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"Ваш комп'ютер — це 64-бітова система x86-64. Однак, ви намагаєтесь " -"встановити 32-бітовий дистрибутив." +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "Ваш комп'ютер — це 64-бітова система x86-64. Однак, ви намагаєтесь встановити 32-бітовий дистрибутив." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system." -msgstr "" -"Список шаблонів вказує яка функціональність буде наявна після " -"встановлення системи." +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." +msgstr "Список шаблонів вказує яка функціональність буде наявна після встановлення системи." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "" -"В пропозиції показано загальний розмір файлів, які буде встановлено в " -"системі. Однак, система буде містити деякі інші файли (тимчасові або робочі " -"файли), тому буде використано трохи більше простору ніж вказано. Отже, добре " -"мати принаймні 25% (або 300MB) вільного простору переш ніж починати " -"встановлення." +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "В пропозиції показано загальний розмір файлів, які буде встановлено в системі. Однак, система буде містити деякі інші файли (тимчасові або робочі файли), тому буде використано трохи більше простору ніж вказано. Отже, добре мати принаймні 25% (або 300MB) вільного простору переш ніж починати встановлення." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" -"Загальний «розмір звантаження» — це розмір пакунків, які буде звантажено " -"з віддалених (мережних) сховищ.\n" -" Це значення важливе, якщо у вас повільне з’єднання або ви маєте обмеження " -"на звантаження даних." +"Загальний «розмір звантаження» — це розмір пакунків, які буде звантажено з віддалених (мережних) сховищ.\n" +" Це значення важливе, якщо у вас повільне з’єднання або ви маєте обмеження на звантаження даних." #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 @@ -1923,28 +1823,18 @@ #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, зверніться до постачальників цих додаткових продуктів, щоб вони " -"надали вам нові носії для встановлення." +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "Будь ласка, зверніться до постачальників цих додаткових продуктів, щоб вони надали вам нові носії для встановлення." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, зверніться до постачальника цього додаткового продукту, щоб він " -"надав вам новий носій для встановлення." +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "Будь ласка, зверніться до постачальника цього додаткового продукту, щоб він надав вам новий носій для встановлення." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" @@ -1963,9 +1853,7 @@ #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "" -"Нема достатньо місця на диску. Вилучіть деякі пакунки в індивідуальному " -"виборі." +msgstr "Нема достатньо місця на диску. Вилучіть деякі пакунки в індивідуальному виборі." #. add a backslash if it's missing #: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 @@ -2007,10 +1895,8 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -2024,8 +1910,7 @@ #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2096,9 +1981,7 @@ msgstr "Не вдається прочитати файл ліцензії %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box @@ -2458,13 +2341,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Назва сховища</big> \n" -"Вживайте Назву сховища, щоб вказати назву сховища. Якщо вона порожня, " -"то YaST замість цього вживатиме назву продукту (якщо є) або адресу URL.\n" +"Вживайте Назву сховища, щоб вказати назву сховища. Якщо вона порожня, то YaST замість цього вживатиме назву продукту (якщо є) або адресу URL.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 @@ -2475,12 +2355,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Назва служби</big> \n" -"Використовуйте Назву служби, щоб вказати назву служби. Якщо вона " -"порожня, то YaST замість цього вживатиме частину URL служби як назву.\n" +"Використовуйте Назву служби, щоб вказати назву служби. Якщо вона порожня, то YaST замість цього вживатиме частину URL служби як назву.\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 @@ -2528,8 +2406,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" @@ -2639,8 +2516,7 @@ "<big>Карта або диск USB</big> \n" "Виберіть пристрій USB, на якому розташовано сховище.\n" "Скористайтеся полем Шлях до каталогу, щоб вказати каталог сховища.\n" -"Якщо це поле не заповнювати, система використовуватиме кореневий каталог " -"диску.\n" +"Якщо це поле не заповнювати, система використовуватиме кореневий каталог диску.\n" "Якщо каталог містить лише пакунки RPM без\n" "жодних метаданих (тобто інформації про продукт), позначте параметр\n" "Простий каталог RPM." @@ -2655,10 +2531,8 @@ "want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.\n" msgstr "" "Тип файлової системи, який використано на носії, буде автоматично\n" -"визначено, якщо вибрано файлову систему \"auto\". Якщо автоматичне " -"визначення зазнає невдачі\n" -"або ви бажаєте використати саме певний тип системи, виберіть його зі списку." -"" +"визначено, якщо вибрано файлову систему \"auto\". Якщо автоматичне визначення зазнає невдачі\n" +"або ви бажаєте використати саме певний тип системи, виберіть його зі списку." #. combobox title #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 @@ -2679,8 +2553,7 @@ "<big>Диск</big> \n" "Виберіть диск, на якому розташовано сховище.\n" "Скористайтеся полем Шлях до каталогу, щоб вказати каталог сховища.\n" -"Якщо це поле не заповнювати, система використовуватиме кореневий каталог " -"диску.\n" +"Якщо це поле не заповнювати, система використовуватиме кореневий каталог диску.\n" "Якщо каталог містить лише пакунки RPM без\n" "жодних метаданих (тобто інформації про продукт), позначте параметр\n" "Простий каталог RPM." @@ -2774,8 +2647,7 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2794,8 +2666,7 @@ #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" "Можна вказати номер Порту для сховища HTTP/HTTPS.\n" @@ -2887,8 +2758,7 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" @@ -3206,38 +3076,29 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Package Search</big> \n" -#~| "This YaST module enables you to use the functionality of Webpin " -#~| "package search.\n" -#~| "It searches within all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE " -#~| "community repositories." +#~| "This YaST module enables you to use the functionality of Webpin package search.\n" +#~| "It searches within all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Package Search</big> \n" -#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all " -#~ "known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" +#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Пошук пакунків</big> \n" -#~ "Цей модуль YaST дає можливість використовувати пошук пакунків Webpin</" -#~ "i>.\n" -#~ "Ця програма робить пошук у всіх відомих службах складання openSUSE і " -#~ "громадських сховищах openSUSE." +#~ "Цей модуль YaST дає можливість використовувати пошук пакунків Webpin.\n" +#~ "Ця програма робить пошук у всіх відомих службах складання openSUSE і громадських сховищах openSUSE." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Security</big> \n" -#~| "The software found is often not part of the distribution itself and the " -#~| "level of trust\n" +#~| "The software found is often not part of the distribution itself and the level of trust\n" #~| "depends on yourself. We do not take any responsibility for installing\n" #~| "such software.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of the\n" #~ "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n" -#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Безпека</big> \n" -#~ "Часто знайдене програмне забезпечення не належить до дистрибутиву і " -#~ "рівень\n" +#~ "Часто знайдене програмне забезпечення не належить до дистрибутиву і рівень\n" #~ "довіри залежить тільки від вас. Ми не беремо жодної відповідальності\n" #~ "за встановлення такого програмного забезпечення.\n" @@ -3257,8 +3118,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "No packages matching entered criteria were found" #~ msgid "No packages matching entered criteria were found." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Не знайдено пакунків, які б відповідали введеним критеріям" +#~ msgstr "Не знайдено пакунків, які б відповідали введеним критеріям" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -3290,20 +3150,14 @@ #~ msgstr "Подробиці відсутні; використовуйте на власний ризик." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the " -#~ "Internet.\n" +#~ "Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the Internet.\n" #~ "Click on the repository to see its details.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Тут можна побачити типові мережні сховища, які звантажено з " -#~ "Інтернету.\n" +#~ "Тут можна побачити типові мережні сховища, які звантажено з Інтернету.\n" #~ "Клацніть на сховищі, щоб дізнатися про нього докладніше.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please wait while the repository manager downloads the repository " -#~ "details..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Зачекайте, будь ласка, поки менеджер сховищ звантажить подробиці про " -#~ "сховище..." +#~ msgid "Please wait while the repository manager downloads the repository details..." +#~ msgstr "Зачекайте, будь ласка, поки менеджер сховищ звантажить подробиці про сховище..." #~ msgid "Reading package information. One moment please..." #~ msgstr "Читання інформації пакунків. Зачекайте, будь ласка..." @@ -3315,10 +3169,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Пошук &в" #~ msgid "" -#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. " -#~ "They are\n" -#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a " -#~ "connection\n" +#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" +#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a connection\n" #~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" #~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server." #~ msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/pam.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/pam.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/pam.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-09 15:40-0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Petrouchtchak <iip(a)telus.net>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <translation(a)linux.org.ua>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/pkg-bindings.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/pkg-bindings.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/pkg-bindings.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 11:59+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #: src/GPGMap.cc:54 @@ -31,50 +30,26 @@ #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:36 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available " -"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a " -"while..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Завантаження доступних пакунків</BIG>Триває " -"завантаження доступних пакунків з налаштованих сховищ. Це може тривати деякий " -"час..." +msgid "<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while..." +msgstr "<BIG>Завантаження доступних пакунків</BIG>Триває завантаження доступних пакунків з налаштованих сховищ. Це може тривати деякий час..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:42 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is " -"reading installed packages..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Завантаження встановлених пакунків<BIG>Програма " -"керування пакунками читає список встановлених пакунків..." +msgid "<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is reading installed packages..." +msgstr "<BIG>Завантаження встановлених пакунків<BIG>Програма керування пакунками читає список встановлених пакунків..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:47 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is " -"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available " -"packages in the repository..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Реєстрація нового сховища</BIG>Реєструється нове " -"сховище. Програма керування пакунками читає список доступних у сховищі " -"пакунків..." +msgid "<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository..." +msgstr "<BIG>Реєстрація нового сховища</BIG>Реєструється нове сховище. Програма керування пакунками читає список доступних у сховищі пакунків..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:52 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is " -"updating configured repositories..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Збереження сховищ</BIG>Програма керування пакунками " -"оновлює налаштовані сховища..." +msgid "<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is updating configured repositories..." +msgstr "<BIG>Збереження сховищ</BIG>Програма керування пакунками оновлює налаштовані сховища..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:55 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is " -"updating the repository content..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Освіження сховища</BIG>Програма керування пакунками " -"оновлює вміст сховища..." +msgid "<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is updating the repository content..." +msgstr "<BIG>Освіження сховища</BIG>Програма керування пакунками оновлює вміст сховища..." #. error message #: src/Package.cc:651 @@ -171,7 +146,6 @@ #. error message, service name and URL is appened at the end of the string #: src/Source_Load.cc:109 -#| msgid "Refreshing Services" msgid "Error refreshing service" msgstr "Помилка освіження служби" @@ -181,7 +155,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "Завантаження менеджера пакунків..." @@ -212,7 +186,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "Започаткувати систему" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "Читати встановлені пакунки" - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/printer.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/printer.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/printer.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-01 09:28+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the printer module @@ -34,19 +33,16 @@ #. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST #. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function. #: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244 -#| msgid "Failed to set 'Listen *:631' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "Помилка: не вдалося записати у /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" #: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 -#| msgid "Failed to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf" msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/client.conf" msgstr "Помилка: не вдалося записати у /etc/cups/client.conf" #. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST #. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. #: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 -#| msgid "Warning: pattern %1 could not be installed." msgid "Warning: Cannot read %1 (file may not exist)." msgstr "Попередження: не можна прочитати %1 (файл, можливо, не існує)." @@ -76,22 +72,17 @@ #. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." msgstr "Неможливо налаштувати друк (не встановлено пакунок cups-client)." #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." msgstr "Неможливо налаштувати локальні принтери (не встановлено пакунок cups)." #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "" -"Немає доступних локальних принтерів (для друку вживається віддалений сервер " -"CUPS «%1»)." +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "Немає доступних локальних принтерів (для друку вживається віддалений сервер CUPS «%1»)." #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because @@ -100,9 +91,6 @@ #. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info #. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 -#| msgid "" -#| "Started the CUPS daemon.\n" -#| "Waiting half a minute so that it is ready to operate..." msgid "" "Started the CUPS daemon.\n" "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" @@ -152,7 +140,6 @@ #. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423 #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814 -#| msgid "Created New Printer Setup" msgid "Creating New Printer Setup" msgstr "Створюється конфігурація нового принтера" @@ -163,18 +150,15 @@ #. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347 -#| msgid "Finishing printer configuration..." msgid "This may result broken printer configurations." msgstr "Це може призвести до некоректних налаштувань принтера." #. has almost no additional space between table columns: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389 -#| msgid "Edit existing configuration" msgid "Found existing configuration" msgstr "Знайдена існуюча конфігурація" #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397 -#| msgid "Read configurations" msgid "Created configuration" msgstr "Створені налаштування" @@ -195,32 +179,21 @@ #. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers #. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 -#| msgid "Enable &Automatic Configuration of New Attachend USB Printers" msgid "&Do an automatic configuration of local connected printers now" msgstr "Виконати &автоматичне налаштування локально під'єднаних принтерів" #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -#| msgid "Specify add-on product configuration that should be deleted." -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" -msgstr "" -"Зазначте, чи потрібно проводити автоматичне налаштування при під'єднанні USB" -"принтерів" +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgstr "Зазначте, чи потрібно проводити автоматичне налаштування при під'єднанні USBпринтерів" #. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers #. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. #. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -#| msgid "udev-configure-printer is used for automatic configuration" -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" -msgstr "" -"&Використовувати пакет udev-configure-printer для автоматичного налаштування " -"USB" -"принтерів" +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" +msgstr "&Використовувати пакет udev-configure-printer для автоматичного налаштування USBпринтерів" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: @@ -231,19 +204,14 @@ #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 -#| msgid "Disable remote CUPS server '%1'" msgid "Disable Remote CUPS Server '%1'" msgstr "Вимкнути віддалений сервер CUPS «%1»" #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." -msgstr "" -"Параметр віддаленого сервера CUPS конфліктує з налаштуванням правил для " -"локальної системи." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." +msgstr "Параметр віддаленого сервера CUPS конфліктує з налаштуванням правил для локальної системи." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -260,23 +228,19 @@ #. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" #. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188 -#| msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgid "Failed to install udev-configure-printer." msgstr "Не вдалось встановити udev-configure-printer." #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201 -#| msgid "Failed to remove some devices." msgid "Failed to remove udev-configure-printer." msgstr "Не вдалось вилучити udev-configure-printer." #. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247 -#| msgid "The sound configuration was saved." msgid "The automated printer configuration was in vain." msgstr "Не вдалося автоматично налаштувати принтер." #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252 -#| msgid "Printer Configurations" msgid "Automated printer configuration results" msgstr "Результати автоматичного налаштування принтера" @@ -308,7 +272,6 @@ msgstr "Введіть модель вашого принтера." #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87 -#| msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgid "Specify the Connection" msgstr "Вкажіть з'єднання" @@ -319,7 +282,6 @@ #. to show more available printer connections #. in the Table with a list of printer connections: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343 -#| msgid "Detect modems" msgid "&Detect More" msgstr "&Виявити ще" @@ -386,7 +348,6 @@ #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131 -#| msgid "Assign Driver" msgid "Find and Assign a Driver" msgstr "Знайти і призначити драйвер" @@ -401,7 +362,6 @@ #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 -#| msgid "&Search for:" msgid "&Search for" msgstr "&Шукати за" @@ -416,7 +376,6 @@ #. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog #. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434 -#| msgid "View Packages:" msgid "Driver &Packages" msgstr "Пакунки &драйверів" @@ -454,14 +413,12 @@ #. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: #. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574 -#| msgid "Server &Name" msgid "Set Arbitrary &Name" msgstr "Задайте конкретну &назву" #. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: #. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478 -#| msgid "&Set as Default" msgid "&Use as Default" msgstr "&Зробити типовим" @@ -540,12 +497,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed " -"for the queue name." -msgstr "" -"В назві черги дозволено використовувати тільки літери [a-z та A-Z], числа " -"[0-9], і «_»." +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "В назві черги дозволено використовувати тільки літери [a-z та A-Z], числа [0-9], і «_»." #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 @@ -567,12 +520,8 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Якщо наступний діалог не покаже очікувану конфігурацію нового принтера, трохи " -"зачекайте і натисніть на кнопку «Освіжити список»." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Якщо наступний діалог не покаже очікувану конфігурацію нового принтера, трохи зачекайте і натисніть на кнопку «Освіжити список»." #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called #. and this function would have shown more specific messages. @@ -618,12 +567,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' " -"is used)" -msgstr "" -"Драйвери не вживаються (це «сира» черга або вживається «скрипт інтерфейсу в " -"стилі System V»)" +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" +msgstr "Драйвери не вживаються (це «сира» черга або вживається «скрипт інтерфейсу в стилі System V»)" #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" @@ -636,7 +581,6 @@ #. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 -#| msgid "Description: " msgid "Description &Text" msgstr "Тексту &опису" @@ -664,7 +608,6 @@ #. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816 -#| msgid "Modified Printer Setup" msgid "Modifying Printer Setup" msgstr "Змінюється конфігурація принтера" @@ -676,12 +619,8 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Якщо наступний діалог не покаже очікувані зміни, трохи зачекайте і натисніть " -"на кнопку «Освіжити список»." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Якщо наступний діалог не покаже очікувані зміни, трохи зачекайте і натисніть на кнопку «Освіжити список»." #. Exit this dialog in any case: #. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: @@ -706,12 +645,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -#| msgid "You may select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "" -"Залиште запропоновану &модель або виберіть виробника принтера, якщо " -"не можна задати \"сиру чергу\"" +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "Залиште запропоновану &модель або виберіть виробника принтера, якщо не можна задати \"сиру чергу\"" #. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 @@ -722,7 +657,6 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 -#| msgid "You may select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." msgstr "Виберіть &виробника принтера, якщо не можна встановити \"сиру чергу\"." @@ -743,20 +677,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734 -#| msgid "&IP Address or Host Name" msgid "&IP Address or Host Name [percent-encoded]" msgstr "&Адреса IP або назва вузла [відсоткове кодування]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755 -#| msgid "Lookup" msgid "Look up" msgstr "Пошук" #. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759 -#| msgid "Look Up for All Hosts" msgid "Look up for All Hosts" msgstr "Пошук у всіх вузлах" @@ -765,9 +696,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"Необов'язковий параметр 'option=value' (здебільшого порожній) [відсоткове " -"кодування]" +msgstr "Необов'язковий параметр 'option=value' (здебільшого порожній) [відсоткове кодування]" #. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine #. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine @@ -835,11 +764,8 @@ msgstr "Біти &зупинки" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати доступ до принтера bluetooth, треба встановити пакунок " -"bluez-cups." +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "Щоб отримати доступ до принтера bluetooth, треба встановити пакунок bluez-cups." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -915,16 +841,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Input field label #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 -#| msgid "URI (see the printer's manual)" msgid "URI (see the printer's manual) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI (див. інструкцію для принтера) [відсоткове кодування]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати доступ до спільного принтера SMB, треба встановити пакунок " -"samba-client." +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgstr "Щоб отримати доступ до спільного принтера SMB, треба встановити пакунок samba-client." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -935,29 +857,24 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526 -#| msgid "Server (NetBIOS Host Name)" msgid "&Server (NetBIOS Host Name)" msgstr "&Сервер (назва вузла NetBIOS)" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535 -#| msgid "Printer (Share Name)" msgid "&Printer (Share Name)" msgstr "&Принтер (назва спільного ресурсу)" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545 -#| msgid "Workgroup (Domain Name)" msgid "&Workgroup (Domain Name)" msgstr "&Робоча група (назва домену)" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552 -#| msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgid "Authentication (if needed)" msgstr "Автентифікація (якщо необхідно)" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555 -#| msgid "Use prev&iously entered password" msgid "Use fixed username and password" msgstr "Використовувати фіксоване ім'я користувача та пароль" @@ -973,7 +890,6 @@ #. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585 -#| msgid "Active Directory Server" msgid "Support for &Active Directory (R)" msgstr "Підтримка для &Active Directory (R)" @@ -995,8 +911,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати доступ до черги друку IPX, треба встановити пакунок ncpfs." +msgstr "Щоб отримати доступ до черги друку IPX, треба встановити пакунок ncpfs." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1011,7 +926,6 @@ msgstr "Адреса IP або назва вузла" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878 -#| msgid "Authenticate As" msgid "Authenticate as" msgstr "Автентифікувати як" @@ -1027,7 +941,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976 -#| msgid "URI (Uniform Resource Identifier)" msgid "URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI (однорідний ідентифікатор ресурсів) [відсоткове кодування]" @@ -1049,10 +962,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139 -#| msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied)" msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"URI пристрою (для якого треба застосувати «beh») [відсоткове кодування]" +msgstr "URI пристрою (для якого треба застосувати «beh») [відсоткове кодування]" #. TRANSLATORS: Check box #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2149 @@ -1129,7 +1040,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2225 -#| msgid "Print Via Print Server Machine" msgid "Print via Print Server Machine" msgstr "Друкувати через машину сервера друку" @@ -1139,14 +1049,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2230 -#| msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)" msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)" msgstr "Традиційний сервер UNIX (LPR/LPD)" #. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 -#| msgid "CUPS Server" msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)" msgstr "Сервер CUPS (IPP)" @@ -1218,7 +1126,6 @@ #. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here #. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2415 -#| msgid "Select a connection." msgid "Select a connection" msgstr "Виберіть з'єднання" @@ -1235,7 +1142,6 @@ "цього типу. Був принтер під'єднаний та увімкнений увесь час?" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2426 -#| msgid "Select a connection." msgid "Select a valid connection" msgstr "Виберіть чинне з'єднання" @@ -1253,19 +1159,15 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2469 msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty." -msgstr "" -"Послідовний пристрій і швидкість обміну даним не можуть бути порожніми." +msgstr "Послідовний пристрій і швидкість обміну даним не можуть бути порожніми." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2473 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." msgstr "Перевірка парності «space» підтримується тільки з 7 бітами даних." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "" -"Перевірка парності «mark» підтримується тільки з 7 бітами даних і 1 бітом " -"зупинки." +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "Перевірка парності «mark» підтримується тільки з 7 бітами даних і 1 бітом зупинки." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." @@ -1290,7 +1192,6 @@ #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options #. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2616 -#| msgid "Servername and port could not be empty." msgid "Servername could not be empty." msgstr "Назва сервера не може бути порожньою." @@ -1308,9 +1209,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." -msgstr "" -"Адреса пристрою, кількість повторних спроб і затримка не можуть бути " -"порожніми." +msgstr "Адреса пристрою, кількість повторних спроб і затримка не можуть бути порожніми." #. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe @@ -1322,12 +1221,10 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2784 -#| msgid "Select a manufacturer." msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'." msgstr "Виберіть виробника або \"сира черга\"" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2802 -#| msgid "accept from all hosts in the local network" msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network" msgstr "Шукати усі вузли в локальній мережі" @@ -1341,9 +1238,6 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2846 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2861 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2876 -#| msgid "" -#| "Retrieving printer driver information...\n" -#| "(this could take more than a minute)" msgid "" "Please wait...\n" "This could take more than a minute." @@ -1371,7 +1265,6 @@ #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 -#| msgid "The server '%1' is accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)" msgstr "Сканувати вузли, доступні через порт 631 (CUPS/IPP)" @@ -1417,25 +1310,20 @@ msgstr "" "Це тест загального призначення, який може помилково повідомляти про збої,\n" "якщо потрібна аутентифікація через Active Directory (R).\n" -"У цьому випадку користувач, якому дозволено друк через Active Directory " -"(R),\n" -"повинен увійти і самостійно перевірити, чи може він друкувати з Gnome або " -"KDE." +"У цьому випадку користувач, якому дозволено друк через Active Directory (R),\n" +"повинен увійти і самостійно перевірити, чи може він друкувати з Gnome або KDE." #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3043 -#| msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." -msgstr "" -"Загальний тест повідомляє про збої для загального ресурсу '%1' на вузлі '%2'." +msgstr "Загальний тест повідомляє про збої для загального ресурсу '%1' на вузлі '%2'." #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3063 msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'." -msgstr "" -"Спроба доступу до спільного ресурсу «%1» на вузлі «%2» зазнала невдачі." +msgstr "Спроба доступу до спільного ресурсу «%1» на вузлі «%2» зазнала невдачі." #. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3105 @@ -1445,13 +1333,8 @@ #. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245 -#| msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Для підтримки Active Directory (R) повинен бути встановлений RPM-пакунок " -"samba-krb-printing." +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." +msgstr "Для підтримки Active Directory (R) повинен бути встановлений RPM-пакунок samba-krb-printing." #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285 @@ -1509,12 +1392,10 @@ msgstr "Автоматичне налаштування" #: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177 -#| msgid "Printer Configurations" msgid "AutoYaST Printer Configurations" msgstr "Конфігурації принтера AutoYaST" #: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184 -#| msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" msgid "AutoYaST Print via Network Settings" msgstr "Параметри друку через мережу AutoYaST" @@ -1537,7 +1418,6 @@ #. AddDriver dialog #. @return dialog result #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47 -#| msgid "View Packages:" msgid "Driver Packages" msgstr "Пакунки драйверів" @@ -1551,7 +1431,6 @@ #. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text #. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 -#| msgid "Printer Description Files for PostScript Printers" msgid "Printer Description Files for Ghostscript Drivers" msgstr "Файли опису принтерів для драйверів Ghostscript" @@ -1559,7 +1438,6 @@ #. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text #. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 -#| msgid "Printer Description Files for PostScript Printers" msgid "Printer Description Files for some PCL Printers" msgstr "Файли опису принтерів для деяких принтерів PCL" @@ -1583,7 +1461,6 @@ #. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text #. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text. #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157 -#| msgid "Driver for HP Printers and All-in-One Devices" msgid "Driver for HP Printers and HP All-in-One Devices" msgstr "Драйвер для принтерів HP і пристроїв HP все-в-одному" @@ -1591,7 +1468,6 @@ #. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text #. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168 -#| msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available" msgid "Manufacturer's PostScript Printer Description Files" msgstr "Файли описів принтерів PostScript від виробника" @@ -1625,7 +1501,6 @@ #. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:224 -#| msgid "&Printer description file name with full path where it is located" msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" msgstr "Назва файлу опису &принтера з повним шляхом, де він розміщений" @@ -1649,9 +1524,7 @@ #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679 -#| msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance to the specification." -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "Файл опису принтера не сумісний зі специфікацією." #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: @@ -1662,12 +1535,10 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." msgstr "Несумісний файл опису принтера може призвести до несподіваних помилок." #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716 -#| msgid "Failed make the printer description file available" msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" msgstr "Не вдалося зробити файл опису принтера доступним" @@ -1686,11 +1557,6 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/1: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "<big>Initializing printer Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" -#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Initializing printer Configuration</big> \n" @@ -1702,11 +1568,6 @@ #. Write dialog help 1/1: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "<big>Finishing printer Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" -#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Finishing printer Configuration</big> \n" @@ -1718,31 +1579,17 @@ #. Overview dialog help 1/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" -#| "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" -#| "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -#| "these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" -#| "device. \n" -#| "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" -#| "device.\n" -#| "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -#| "or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device. \n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1757,16 +1604,6 @@ #. Overview dialog help 2/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "<big>Using Remote Queues:</big> \n" -#| "Remote queues exist on other hosts in the network\n" -#| "and therefore they cannot be changed on this host. \n" -#| "The remote queues which are listed here are known on this host\n" -#| "and usually they can be used directly by application programs\n" -#| "so that there is no need to set up a local queue for a printer\n" -#| "which is already available via a remote queue. \n" -#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Using Remote Queues:</big> \n" @@ -1842,17 +1679,6 @@ #. Overview dialog help 7/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "<big>Refresh the list of queues:</big> \n" -#| "In particular after changes regarding printing via network\n" -#| "the available remote queues may have changed.\n" -#| "Usually it takes some time (up to several minutes)\n" -#| "until such changes become known to the local host\n" -#| "so that it is useful to press Refresh List\n" -#| "after some time to get an up-to-date list\n" -#| "of available remote queues.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Refresh the list of queues:</big> \n" @@ -1891,36 +1717,19 @@ #. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" -#| "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" -#| "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -#| "these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" -#| "device. \n" -#| "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" -#| "device.\n" -#| "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -#| "or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. " -"\n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1933,8 +1742,7 @@ "друку повинні використовуватися для одного і того ж принтера.\n" "Наприклад, друга черга з монохромним драйвером для кольорового пристрою,\n" "або черга PostScript і черга з драйвером PCL для принтера PostScript+PCL.\n" -"тому що друк через PCL-драйвер зазвичай швидший (але з гіршою " -"якістю).\n" +"тому що друк через PCL-драйвер зазвичай швидший (але з гіршою якістю).\n" "" #. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: @@ -1958,8 +1766,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device. \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1967,16 +1774,13 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"З'єднання визначає, яким чином дані надсилаються на принтер." -" \n" +"З'єднання визначає, яким чином дані надсилаються на принтер. \n" "Якщо вибрано помилкове з'єднання, дані не можуть бути послані пристрою,\n" "тому жодний друк неможливий. \n" "Якщо до принтера можливий доступний через більше, ніж один тип з'єднання,\n" @@ -1984,10 +1788,8 @@ "Деякі пристрої HP часто доступні і через 'usb:/...',\n" "і через 'hp:/...' з'єднання.\n" "Останнє надається пакунком драйверів HP 'hplip'.\n" -"Для простого друку обидва типи з'єднання повинні працювати, але для всього " -"іншого\n" -"(наприклад, стану пристрою через 'hp-toolbox' або сканування на БФП " -"HP)\n" +"Для простого друку обидва типи з'єднання повинні працювати, але для всього іншого\n" +"(наприклад, стану пристрою через 'hp-toolbox' або сканування на БФП HP)\n" "повинно використовуватися з'єднання 'hp:/...'.\n" "\n" @@ -1998,8 +1800,7 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<" -"br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -2024,8 +1825,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -2048,16 +1848,14 @@ "Драйвер визначає, чи правильні дані надаються\n" "конкретній моделі принтера. \n" "Якщо призначений неправильний драйвер, то принтеру надсилаються невірні дані\n" -"що приводить до поганого вигляду друку, хаотичного друку або відсутності " -"друку взагалі. \n" +"що приводить до поганого вигляду друку, хаотичного друку або відсутності друку взагалі. \n" "Спочатку у полі введення рядка пошуку драйверів знаходиться автоматично\n" "виявлена назва моделі для поточного з'єднання\n" "і типово відображаються ті драйвери, чиї описи відповідають\n" "назві моделі. \n" "Якщо опис драйвера відповідає автоматично виявленій назві моделі\n" "і якщо всі описи відповідних драйверів належать до тієї ж моделі,\n" -"описи драйверів сортуються таким чином, щоб на початку списку " -"виводився\n" +"описи драйверів сортуються таким чином, щоб на початку списку виводився\n" "найвідповідніший драйвер, який вибирається автоматично.\n" "Якщо жоден драйвер не був обраний автоматично, то ви повинні вручну\n" "знайти і вибрати потрібний драйвер. \n" @@ -2074,8 +1872,7 @@ "Отож, перевіряйте, чи мають сенс поточні обрані значення,\n" "і не бійтеся експериментувати і задавати параметри,\n" "найкращі для вашого принтера на вашу думку. \n" -"Якщо жодний опис драйвера не відповідає автоматично визначеній " -"назві моделі,\n" +"Якщо жодний опис драйвера не відповідає автоматично визначеній назві моделі,\n" "це не обов'язково означає, що для цієї моделі взагалі немає драйверів.\n" "Досить часто назва моделі в описах драйверів\n" "відрізняється від автоматично визначеної назви моделі.\n" @@ -2083,20 +1880,16 @@ "і шукати по всім доступним описам драйверів. \n" "Зазвичай типові параметри драйвера досить гнучкі,\n" "щоби драйвер запрацював з вашою конкретною моделлю принтера.\n" -"Деякі значення параметрів драйвера повинні точно відповідати вашому " -"принтера.\n" +"Деякі значення параметрів драйвера повинні точно відповідати вашому принтера.\n" "Зокрема, параметр драйвера для типового розміру паперу\n" "повинен відповідати паперу, який безпосередньо знаходиться в принтері.\n" "Ви можете або однозначно вибрати А4 чи Letter як типовий розмір\n" -"або нічого не вибирати взагалі, щоб використовувати вбудоване в драйвер " -"значення\n" -"розміру паперу, що так само є запасним варіантом, якщо драйвер не " -"підтримує\n" +"або нічого не вибирати взагалі, щоб використовувати вбудоване в драйвер значення\n" +"розміру паперу, що так само є запасним варіантом, якщо драйвер не підтримує\n" "ні A4, ні Letter (наприклад, драйвер для малоформатного фотопринтера).\n" "Якщо ви хочете налаштувати інші параметри драйвера, крім А4 або Letter,\n" "спочатку ви повинні налаштувати чергу друку, а вже після цього\n" -"ви зможете налаштувати усі параметри драйвера в діалозі 'Редагувати/" -"Змінити'.\n" +"ви зможете налаштувати усі параметри драйвера в діалозі 'Редагувати/Змінити'.\n" "" #. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: @@ -2136,17 +1929,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Одна з черг друку може використовуватися типово. \n" -"Програми повинні використовувати цю системну чергу друку, якщо " -"користувач\n" +"Програми повинні використовувати цю системну чергу друку, якщо користувач\n" "не вказав іншу чергу. Однак «однієї-єдиної» типової черги\n" -"просто не існує. Крім типової системної черги, користувач " -"може\n" +"просто не існує. Крім типової системної черги, користувач може\n" "налаштувати власну типову чергу, так само як і будь-яка програма\n" -"може мати власні налаштування з цього приводу (наприклад, програма " -"може\n" +"може мати власні налаштування з цього приводу (наприклад, програма може\n" "запам'ятати чергу, використану в останній раз). \n" -"Докладніші відомості можна знайти у статті бази даних підтримки " -"openSUSE\n" +"Докладніші відомості можна знайти у статті бази даних підтримки openSUSE\n" "'Print Settings with CUPS' за адресою \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\n" "" @@ -2170,17 +1959,14 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Альтернативним способом налаштування пристроїв HP є запуск hp-setup</" -"b>. \n" +"Альтернативним способом налаштування пристроїв HP є запуск hp-setup. \n" "Власна утиліта HP 'hp-setup' підтримує налаштування деяких\n" "принтерів і пристроїв «все-в-одному» від HP, що потребують завантаження\n" -"закритого програмного модуля драйвера і його установки в систему кінцевого " -"користувача.\n" +"закритого програмного модуля драйвера і його установки в систему кінцевого користувача.\n" "Крім того, 'hp-setup' краще підтримує налаштування мережевих принтерів і\n" "мережевих пристроїв «все-в-одному» від HP, бо власна утиліта HP\n" "може забезпечити повну обробку для особливих мережевих пристроїв HP. \n" -"Докладніші відомості можна знайти у статті бази даних підтримки " -"openSUSE\n" +"Докладніші відомості можна знайти у статті бази даних підтримки openSUSE\n" "'How to set up a HP printer' за адресою \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\n" "" @@ -2210,10 +1996,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2243,8 +2027,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"З'єднання визначає, яким чином дані надсилаються на принтер." -" \n" +"З'єднання визначає, яким чином дані надсилаються на принтер. \n" "Якщо вибрано невірне з'єднання, дані не можуть бути послані пристрою,\n" "тому жодний друк неможливий. \n" "Якщо доступ до принтера можливий через більше, ніж один тип з'єднання,\n" @@ -2252,25 +2035,18 @@ "Деякі пристрої HP часто доступні і через 'usb:/...',\n" "і через 'hp:/...' з'єднання.\n" "Останнє надається пакунком драйверів HP 'hplip'.\n" -"Для простого друку обидва типи з'єднання повинні працювати, але для всього " -"іншого\n" -"(наприклад, стану пристрою через 'hp-toolbox' або сканування з БФП " -"HP)\n" +"Для простого друку обидва типи з'єднання повинні працювати, але для всього іншого\n" +"(наприклад, стану пристрою через 'hp-toolbox' або сканування з БФП HP)\n" "повинно використовуватися з'єднання 'hp:/...'. \n" "Коли ви замінюєте поточне використовуване з'єднання на інше,\n" "у полі введення рядку пошуку драйверів з'являється\n" -"автоматично вибрана назва моделі для нового вибраного " -"з'єднання.\n" +"автоматично вибрана назва моделі для нового вибраного з'єднання.\n" "Типово показуються ті драйвери, чиї описи відповідають назві моделі. \n" -"Якщо опис драйвера відповідає автоматично визначеній назі " -"моделі\n" +"Якщо опис драйвера відповідає автоматично визначеній назі моделі\n" "і якщо всі описи відповідних драйверів належать до тієї ж моделі,\n" -"описи драйверів сортуються таким чином, що б на початку списку " -"виводився\n" -"найвідповідніший драйвер (але все одно нижче поточного використовуваного " -"драйвера).\n" -"З іншого боку, те, що драйвер був обраний автоматично, не обов'язково " -"означає,\n" +"описи драйверів сортуються таким чином, що б на початку списку виводився\n" +"найвідповідніший драйвер (але все одно нижче поточного використовуваного драйвера).\n" +"З іншого боку, те, що драйвер був обраний автоматично, не обов'язково означає,\n" "що цей драйвер підходить для ваших конкретних потреб.\n" "Автоматично вибраний драйвер може взагалі не працювати з вашою конкретною\n" "моделлю принтера. Автоматичний вибір драйвера тільки порівнює рядки\n" @@ -2296,12 +2072,9 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<" -"br>\n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<" -"br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" @@ -2318,8 +2091,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not " -"changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2331,26 +2103,19 @@ "\n" "Драйвер визначає, чи правильні дані надаються\n" "для заданої моделі принтера. \n" -"Якщо призначений неправильний драйвер, то принтеру надсилаються неправильні " -"дані,\n" -"що призводить до друку поганої якості, хаотичного друку або взагалі до " -"відсутності друку." -" \n" +"Якщо призначений неправильний драйвер, то принтеру надсилаються неправильні дані,\n" +"що призводить до друку поганої якості, хаотичного друку або взагалі до відсутності друку. \n" "Ви можете або вибрати інший драйвер і змінити його параметри потім,\n" "або залишити поточний драйвер і зараз змінити його параметри. \n" -"Деякі параметри драйвера повинні відповідати вашому конкретному " -"принтеру.\n" +"Деякі параметри драйвера повинні відповідати вашому конкретному принтеру.\n" "Наприклад, налаштування драйвера для типового розміру паперу\n" "повинні відповідати паперу, дійсно завантаженому у ваш принтер. \n" "Для інших параметрів драйвера ви можете вибрати усе, що хочете.\n" "Наприклад, будь-який вибір з доступних роздільних здатностей друку\n" "повинен працювати для будь-якого драйвера.\n" "Проте може статися, що ваш принтер не зможе друкувати з\n" -"високою роздільною здатністю . Наприклад, коли у вас лазерний принтер, у " -"якого\n" -"недостатньо вбудованої пам'яті для обробки сторінок з високою роздільною " -"здатністю." -" \n" +"високою роздільною здатністю . Наприклад, коли у вас лазерний принтер, у якого\n" +"недостатньо вбудованої пам'яті для обробки сторінок з високою роздільною здатністю. \n" "Коли ви замінюєте поточний використовуваний драйвер на інший,\n" "ви повинні спочатку застосувати цю зміну до черги друку,\n" "щоб черга використовувала новий драйвер\n" @@ -2362,8 +2127,7 @@ "Зазвичай, це призводить до того, що знаходиться всього один драйвер,\n" "тому вам доведеться або ввести менш точний рядок пошуку драйверів,\n" "щоб отримати більше драйверів, або використовувати кнопку «Знайти».\n" -"Якщо жоден драйвер не знайдено, то це не означає, що більше драйверів " -"немає.\n" +"Якщо жоден драйвер не знайдено, то це не означає, що більше драйверів немає.\n" "Отож, ви можете ввести усе, що захочете в рядок для пошуку драйверів\n" "і шукати по всім доступним описам драйверів.\n" "" @@ -2373,10 +2137,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and " -"location.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2389,10 +2151,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"На відміну від з'єднання і драйвера, де ви повинні вибрати правильний " -"варіант,\n" -"ви можете вводити довільні рядки для опису та розташування</" -"b>.\n" +"На відміну від з'єднання і драйвера, де ви повинні вибрати правильний варіант,\n" +"ви можете вводити довільні рядки для опису та розташування.\n" "Програми часто показують опис і розташування в діалозі друку.\n" "Для впевненості в тому, що ці рядки виглядають правильно на будь-якій мові,\n" "якою може користуватися певний користувач деякої програми,\n" @@ -2446,14 +2206,10 @@ "\n" "Типові параметри можуть працювати не у всіх випадках або\n" "мати непередбачувані наслідки. \n" -"Наприклад, налаштування високої роздільності здатності може не працювати для " -"лазерного " -"принтера\n" +"Наприклад, налаштування високої роздільності здатності може не працювати для лазерного принтера\n" "коли його вбудованої пам'яті недостатньо для обробки сторінок\n" "з високою роздільною здатністю. \n" -"Або друк з високою роздільною здатністю може виявитися неймовірно повільним " -"на " -"струменевому принтері.\n" +"Або друк з високою роздільною здатністю може виявитися неймовірно повільним на струменевому принтері.\n" "\n" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: @@ -2475,9 +2231,7 @@ "Іноді, коли у принтера є додаткові модулі типу\n" "модуля дуплексу або додаткові джерела паперу, відповідні\n" "параметри драйвера повинні бути перевірені і налаштовані. \n" -"Наприклад, параметр модуля дуплексу повинен бути заданий як 'встановлений' " -"або " -"'true',\n" +"Наприклад, параметр модуля дуплексу повинен бути заданий як 'встановлений' або 'true',\n" "інакше драйвер може проігнорувати налаштування двостороннього друку.\n" "\n" @@ -2565,13 +2319,6 @@ #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "<big>Specify the Connection</big> \n" -#| "The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" -#| "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" -#| "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Specify the Connection</big> \n" @@ -2593,24 +2340,19 @@ "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of " -"data-transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). " -"\n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='. \n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false" -" \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2633,18 +2375,13 @@ "які визначають деталі цього типу передачі даних. \n" "Символи пробілу в URI не дозволені.\n" "Тому пробіл у значенні компоненти URI\n" -"кодується як '%20' (20 - це шістнадцяткове значення символу пробілу)." -" \n" -"Компоненти URI розділяються спеціальними зарезервованими символами, " -"наприклад,\n" -"двокрапкою ':', косою рисою '/', знаком питання '?', амперсандом '&' " -"або знаком рівності '='. \n" -"У кінці можуть бути необов'язкові параметри (відокремлені знаком питання " -"'?')\n" +"кодується як '%20' (20 - це шістнадцяткове значення символу пробілу). \n" +"Компоненти URI розділяються спеціальними зарезервованими символами, наприклад,\n" +"двокрапкою ':', косою рисою '/', знаком питання '?', амперсандом '&' або знаком рівності '='. \n" +"У кінці можуть бути необов'язкові параметри (відокремлені знаком питання '?')\n" "у формі option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3, таким чином\n" "повний URI пристрою може бути, наприклад: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false" -" \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Кілька прикладів: \n" "USB-принтер моделі 'Fun Printer 1000+', зроблений 'ACME',\n" "з серійним номером 'A1B2C3' може мати такий URI пристрою: \n" @@ -2743,17 +2480,14 @@ "(тобто ви не можете цього уникнути, якщо такі символи\n" "є в значеннях для URI доступу до віддаленої черги друку,\n" "але віддаленою чергою друку керуєте не ви).\n" -"Коли це тільки можливо, використовуйте лише т.зв. 'незарезервовані " -"символи'.\n" +"Коли це тільки можливо, використовуйте лише т.зв. 'незарезервовані символи'.\n" "Незарезервованими символами є літери у верхньому та нижньому регістрах,\n" "десяткові цифри, дефіс, крапка, підкреслення і тильда.\n" "Навіть дефіс, крапка, тильда і різні регістри можуть\n" "в деяких випадках привести до проблем\n" -"(наприклад, у назві черги друку CUPS можна використовувати тільки букви, " -"цифри,\n" +"(наприклад, у назві черги друку CUPS можна використовувати тільки букви, цифри,\n" "підкреслення, а регістр значення не має).\n" -"Таким чином, найкраще використовувати лише літери в нижньому регістрі, " -"цифри\n" +"Таким чином, найкраще використовувати лише літери в нижньому регістрі, цифри\n" "і підкреслення у всіх значеннях всіх URI, коли це можливо. \n" "Зарезервовані символи і пробіли у значеннях компонентів\n" "повинні бути кодовані відсотком (т.зв. URL-кодування). \n" @@ -2764,8 +2498,7 @@ "(тобто без кодування відсотком).\n" "Для таких полів вводу усі пробіли і зарезервовані символи\n" "будуть автоматично закодовані відсотком.\n" -"Наприклад, якщо пароль дійсно «Foo%20Bar» (не кодований " -"відсотком),\n" +"Наприклад, якщо пароль дійсно «Foo%20Bar» (не кодований відсотком),\n" "то так він і повинен бути введений у поле введення пароля в діалозі.\n" "Результат автоматичного відсоткового кодування буде «Foo%2520Bar», бо\n" "саме так значення пароля зберігається в URI. \n" @@ -2777,8 +2510,7 @@ "пропуски і зарезервовані символи через кодування відсотком,\n" "тому що автоматичне відсоткове кодування більше неможливе.\n" "Припустимо, що у необов'язковому параметрі 'параметр=значення'\n" -"значення 'цей&то', тобто весь параметр 'параметр=цей&" -"то'.\n" +"значення 'цей&то', тобто весь параметр 'параметр=цей&то'.\n" "Але символ «&» також є роздільником різних необов'язкових\n" "параметрів, тому «параметр=це&то» URI означає\n" "перший параметр параметр=цей» і другий параметр«то».\n" @@ -2836,10 +2568,8 @@ "Example device URIs: \n" "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be " -"installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the " -"data\n" +"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" +"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" "to a bluetooth printer.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2858,19 +2588,15 @@ "повинен бути встановлений RPM-пакунок hplip.\n" "Він надає ПЗ для друку і сканування HPLIP від HP. \n" "Навпаки, пристрої, що під'єднуються по послідовному порту або bluetooth,\n" -"зазвичай не виявляються автоматично і URI пристроїв потрібно вказувати " -"вручну.\n" +"зазвичай не виявляються автоматично і URI пристроїв потрібно вказувати вручну.\n" "Параметри URI послідовного пристрою повинні відповідати\n" "вимогам послідовного порту на принтері,\n" "див. посібник вашого послідовного принтера.\n" "Приклади URI пристроїв: \n" "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"Для доступу до пристрою по bluetooth повинен бути встановлений RPM-пакет " -"bluez-" -"cups.\n" -"Цей пакунок надає механізм CUPS 'bluetooth', який, власне, і " -"посилає дані\n" +"Для доступу до пристрою по bluetooth повинен бути встановлений RPM-пакет bluez-cups.\n" +"Цей пакунок надає механізм CUPS 'bluetooth', який, власне, і посилає дані\n" "bluetooth-принтеру.\n" "" @@ -2878,8 +2604,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big>" -" \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2916,8 +2641,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>URI пристроїв для доступу до мережного принтера або сервера друку</" -"big> \n" +"<big>URI пристроїв для доступу до мережного принтера або сервера друку</big> \n" "Сервер — це невеликий пристрій з мережним з'єднанням\n" "і USB або паралельним портом для під'єднання принтера.\n" "У мережевий принтер такий пристрій вбудовано.\n" @@ -2931,8 +2655,7 @@ "Відповідний URI пристрою: \n" "socket://ip-address:port-number. \n" "Протокол Line Printer Daemon (LPD) \n" -"LPD виконується на пристрої і надає одну чи декілька черг " -"LPD.\n" +"LPD виконується на пристрої і надає одну чи декілька черг LPD.\n" "Для отримання доступу вам потрібна IP-адреса та ім'я черги LPD.\n" "Це підтримують майже всі мережні принтери і сервери друку.\n" "Часто довільне ім'я черги або 'LPT1' працюють.\n" @@ -2944,8 +2667,7 @@ "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) \n" "IPP — це рідний протокол CUPS, який виконується на реальному\n" "комп'ютері, але коли IPP реалізований у сервері друку,\n" -"то він часто реалізований неправильно. Використовуйте IPP тільки якщо " -"виробник\n" +"то він часто реалізований неправильно. Використовуйте IPP тільки якщо виробник\n" "вказує в документації офіційну підтримку для нього. \n" "Відповідний URI пристрою: \n" "ipp://ip-address:port-number/resource \n" @@ -2966,8 +2688,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network: \n" "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share. \n" @@ -3010,8 +2731,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share " -"\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" @@ -3052,26 +2772,20 @@ "Запитайте вашого адміністратора, який сервер друку на машині\n" "надається у вашій мережі: \n" "Windows (R) або SAMBA (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"Для доступу до загального SMB-принтера повинен бути встановлений RPM-пакунок " -"samba-" -"client.\n" +"Для доступу до загального SMB-принтера повинен бути встановлений RPM-пакунок samba-client.\n" "Пакунок надає механізм CUPS 'smb', який є посиланням\n" -"на програму <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt>, що, власне, і відправляє " -"дані\n" +"на програму <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt>, що, власне, і відправляє дані\n" "загальному SMB-принтеру. \n" -"Для отримання доступу вам потрібні ім'я сервера, ім'я загального принтера і " -"необов'язково\n" +"Для отримання доступу вам потрібні ім'я сервера, ім'я загального принтера і необов'язково\n" "ім'я робочої групи.\n" "Крім того, для доступу можуть знадобитися ім'я користувача і пароль.\n" "Пам'ятайте, що пробіли і спеціальні символи в цих значеннях\n" "повинні бути кодовані відсотком (див. вище). \n" -"Типово CUPS запускає фонові механізми (тут smbspool) від імені " -"користувача 'lp'.\n" +"Типово CUPS запускає фонові механізми (тут smbspool) від імені користувача 'lp'.\n" "При друці у середовищі Active Directory (R) користувачу 'lp'\n" "друк не дозволений, тому традиційний спосіб друку через smbspool\n" "від імені користувача 'lp' не буде працювати. \n" -"Для друку в середовищі AD повинен бути встановлений пакунок " -"samba-krb-printing.\n" +"Для друку в середовищі AD повинен бути встановлений пакунок samba-krb-printing.\n" "У цьому випадку посилання на фоновий механізм CUPS 'smb' змінюється\n" "на <tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>, що є обробником,\n" " який дозволяє запустити smbspool від імені користувача, котрий відправив\n" @@ -3081,17 +2795,14 @@ "стільницю Gnome або KDE.\n" "При запуску smbspool від імені користувача, що відправив завдання на друк,\n" "він має доступ до TGT цього користувача і використовує його для передачі\n" -"даних друку загальному принтеру SMB навіть у середовищі AD з аутентифікацією " -"Kerberos.\n" -"У цьому випадку для аутентифікації не потрібні ні фіксоване ім'я користувача, " -"ні пароль.\n" +"даних друку загальному принтеру SMB навіть у середовищі AD з аутентифікацією Kerberos.\n" +"У цьому випадку для аутентифікації не потрібні ні фіксоване ім'я користувача, ні пароль.\n" "Попередньою умовою є те, що get_printing_ticket запускається\n" "на тому ж сайті, на який увійшов користувач, що відправив завдання на друк.\n" "Це означає, що get_printing_ticket повинен бути встановлений на машині\n" "користувача, яка створює такі завдання на друк, і ця машина повинна\n" "надсилати дані друку безпосередньо загальному принтер SMB у середовищі AD.\n" -"В загальному випадку це не буде працювати на виділеній для сервера CUPS " -"машині,\n" +"В загальному випадку це не буде працювати на виділеній для сервера CUPS машині,\n" "тому користувачі, які надсилають завдання на друк, на неї не входять. \n" "Відповідний повний URI пристрою для традиційного способу: \n" "smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer \n" @@ -3099,10 +2810,8 @@ "до спільного ресурсу «Fun Printer 1000+» з наступним URI пристрою: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "Більше інформації можна знайти в <tt>man smbspool</tt> та \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share " -"\n" -"'Windows' і 'Active Directory' є зареєстрованими торговими " -"марками\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"'Windows' і 'Active Directory' є зареєстрованими торговими марками\n" "корпорації Microsoft у США і/або інших країнах. \n" "Традиційний сервер UNIX (LPR) \n" "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) виконується на традиційному сервері UNIX\n" @@ -3168,12 +2877,10 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" "Example: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh<" -"/tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" @@ -3188,8 +2895,7 @@ "програму, вказану вами тут.\n" "Відповідний URI пристрою: \n" "pipe:/path/to/targetcommand \n" -"Обробник помилок внутрішнього механізму послідовного опитування (beh)</" -"b> \n" +"Обробник помилок внутрішнього механізму послідовного опитування (beh) \n" "Для цього повинен бути встановлений RPM-пакунок foomatic-filters.\n" "Пакет надає CUPS внутрішній механізм 'beh'. \n" "Внутрішній механізм 'beh' - це обробник звичайного внутрішнього механізму,\n" @@ -3209,12 +2915,10 @@ "Останній параметр - оригінальний URI, який раніше був у черзі. \n" "Приклад: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"Внутрішній механізм beh намагається отримати доступ до мережного принтера 3 " -"рази\n" +"Внутрішній механізм beh намагається отримати доступ до мережного принтера 3 рази\n" "із затримкою 5 секунд між спробами. Якщо отримати доступ не вдалося,\n" "то чергу не вимикається і завдання друку втрачається. \n" -"Більше інформації можна знайти в <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</" -"tt> та \n" +"Більше інформації можна знайти в <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> та \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" @@ -3258,15 +2962,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Друк по мережі</big> \n" -"Зазвичай для друку по мережі використовується CUPS (Common Unix Printing " -"System)." -" \n" +"Зазвичай для друку по мережі використовується CUPS (Common Unix Printing System). \n" "Типово CUPS використовує т. зв. режим 'Огляду',\n" "щоб зробити принтери доступними по мережі. \n" "У цьому випадку сервери CUPS публікують свої локальні черги по мережі,\n" -"а, відповідно, на клієнтських системах CUPS повинна бути запущена фонова " -"служба " -"CUPS (cupsd),\n" +"а, відповідно, на клієнтських системах CUPS повинна бути запущена фонова служба CUPS (cupsd),\n" "яка слухає вхідну інформацію про опубліковані принтери. \n" "Інформація огляду CUPS виходить через UDP-порт 631.\n" "Про мережний екран: \n" @@ -3277,8 +2977,7 @@ "тому типово ця зона є надійною. \n" "Не має сенсу друк у надійній внутрішній мережі\n" "через мережний інтерфейс, що належить ненадійній 'зовнішній зоні',\n" -"(останній варіант є типовими налаштуваннями для мережних інтерфейсів " -"з міркувань безпеки).\n" +"(останній варіант є типовими налаштуваннями для мережних інтерфейсів з міркувань безпеки).\n" "Не вимикайте захист CUPS мережним екраном\n" "(наприклад, для IPP, що використовує TCP-порт 631 і UDP-порт 631)\n" "для ненадійної зовнішньої зони. \n" @@ -3287,8 +2986,7 @@ "з будь-якої зовнішньої мережі (особливо з інтернету),\n" "призначте мережний інтерфейс, що належить до внутрішньої мережі,\n" "внутрішній зоні мережного екрану.\n" -"Використовуйте відповідний модуль YaST для такого глобального налаштування " -"мережного екрану,\n" +"Використовуйте відповідний модуль YaST для такого глобального налаштування мережного екрану,\n" "щоб забезпечити безпеку та користь вашої мережі\n" "при використанні віддалених принтерів надійної внутрішньої мережі.\n" "Це не зажадає подальшого втручання у налаштування мережного екрану. \n" @@ -3317,11 +3015,9 @@ "Якщо ви можете отримати доступ до віддалених серверів CUPS для друку,\n" "але ці сервери не публікують відомості про свої принтери в мережі,\n" "або ви не можете отримувати вхідну інформацію про опубліковані принтери\n" -"(наприклад, тому, що увімкнений захист мережним екраном для тієї зони " -"мережі,\n" +"(наприклад, тому, що увімкнений захист мережним екраном для тієї зони мережі,\n" "у якій опубліковані принтери), то ви можете отримати інформацію про принтери\n" -"у серверів CUPS (передбачається, що сервери CUPS дозволяють вам це зробити)." -" \n" +"у серверів CUPS (передбачається, що сервери CUPS дозволяють вам це зробити). \n" "Для кожного опитуваного сервера CUPS запускається процес cups-polld\n" "від імені демона CUPS (cupsd) на вашому комп'ютері.\n" "Типово cups-polld опитує віддалений сервер CUPS\n" @@ -3333,8 +3029,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" @@ -3346,18 +3041,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Якщо ви друкуєте тільки по мережі і використовуєте лише один сервер CUPS,\n" -"то не потрібно використовувати Огляд CUPS і запускати фонову службу CUPS на " -"своїй машині.\n" -"Набагато простіше вказати сервер CUPS і звертатися до нього безпосередньо. " -"\n" -"Можливим недоліком є те, що програми можуть працювати з " -"деяким\n" +"то не потрібно використовувати Огляд CUPS і запускати фонову службу CUPS на своїй машині.\n" +"Набагато простіше вказати сервер CUPS і звертатися до нього безпосередньо. \n" +"Можливим недоліком є те, що програми можуть працювати з деяким\n" "запізненням (до вичерпання затримки) при спробі доступу до сервера CUPS,\n" "коли він насправді недоступний (наприклад, подорожуючи з ноутбуком).\n" -"Зазвичай, основною складовою запізнення є затримка дозволу назви " -"вузла\n" -"(DNS), тому корисно мати у файлі /etc/hosts статичний " -"запис\n" +"Зазвичай, основною складовою запізнення є затримка дозволу назви вузла\n" +"(DNS), тому корисно мати у файлі /etc/hosts статичний запис\n" "для сервера CUPS.\n" "" @@ -3393,8 +3083,7 @@ "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "" @@ -3402,12 +3091,9 @@ "\n" "<big>Спільні черги друку і публікація їх по мережі</big> \n" "Зазвичай CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) повинен бути налаштований для\n" -"використання т. зв. режиму 'Огляду', щоб зробити принтери доступними по " -"мережі. \n" +"використання т. зв. режиму 'Огляду', щоб зробити принтери доступними по мережі. \n" "У цьому випадку сервери CUPS публікують свої локальні черги по мережі,\n" -"а, відповідно, на клієнтських системах CUPS повинна бути запущеною фонова " -"служба" -"CUPS (cupsd),\n" +"а, відповідно, на клієнтських системах CUPS повинна бути запущеною фонова службаCUPS (cupsd),\n" "яка слухає вхідну інформацію про опубліковані принтери. \n" "Інформація огляду CUPS отримується через UDP-порт 631.\n" "" @@ -3422,24 +3108,19 @@ "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" "(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Насамперед клієнтським системам CUPS повинен бути дозволений доступ до " -"сервера " -"CUPS.\n" +"Насамперед клієнтським системам CUPS повинен бути дозволений доступ до сервера CUPS.\n" "Потім вкажіть, чи повинні принтери бути опубліковані для клієнтів. \n" "У локальній мережі звичайним способом налаштування огляду CUPS є\n" "дозвіл віддаленого доступу для всіх вузлів локальної мережі\n" "і публікація принтерів для всіх цих вузлів. \n" "Не потрібно публікувати принтери у будь-якому випадку. \n" -"Якщо у вас тільки один сервер CUPS, то немає необхідності використовувати " -"Огляд " -"CUPS.\n" +"Якщо у вас тільки один сервер CUPS, то немає необхідності використовувати Огляд CUPS.\n" "Замість цього простіше вказати сервер CUPS на клієнтських системах\n" "(через 'Друк по мережі'), щоб клієнти мали прямий доступ до сервера.\n" "" @@ -3469,12 +3150,9 @@ "Дозвіл віддаленого доступу комп'ютерам у локальній мережі\n" "дозволить здійснення віддаленого доступу усім вузлам локальної мережі.\n" "Віддалений вузол входить у локальну мережу, коли його IP-адреса належить\n" -"тій самій мережі, що і сервер CUPS, і мережеве з'єднання вузла використовує " -"не-PPP\n" -"інтерфейс сервера CUPS (інтерфейс зі скинутим прапором IFF_POINTOPOINT)." -" \n" -"Як альтернативу або доповнення можна вказати список мережевих " -"інтерфейсів,\n" +"тій самій мережі, що і сервер CUPS, і мережеве з'єднання вузла використовує не-PPP\n" +"інтерфейс сервера CUPS (інтерфейс зі скинутим прапором IFF_POINTOPOINT). \n" +"Як альтернативу або доповнення можна вказати список мережевих інтерфейсів,\n" "з яких дозволений віддалений доступ. \n" "Як альтернативу або доповнення можна вказати список дозволених\n" "IP-адрес та/або мереж. \n" @@ -3529,8 +3207,7 @@ "тому типово ця зона є надійною. \n" "Не має сенсу друк у надійній внутрішній мережі\n" "через мережний інтерфейс, що належить ненадійній 'зовнішній зоні',\n" -"(останній варіант є типовими налаштуваннями для мережних інтерфейсів " -"з міркувань безпеки).\n" +"(останній варіант є типовими налаштуваннями для мережних інтерфейсів з міркувань безпеки).\n" "Не вимикайте захист CUPS мережним екраном\n" "(наприклад, для IPP, що використовує TCP-порт 631 і UDP-порт 631)\n" "для ненадійної 'зовнішньої зони. \n" @@ -3539,8 +3216,7 @@ "з будь-якої зовнішньої мережі (особливо з інтернету),\n" "призначте мережний інтерфейс, що належить до внутрішньої мережі,\n" "внутрішній зоні брандмауера.\n" -"Використовуйте відповідний модуль YaST для такого глобального налаштування " -"мережного екрана,\n" +"Використовуйте відповідний модуль YaST для такого глобального налаштування мережного екрана,\n" "щоб забезпечити безпеку та користь вашої мережі\n" "при використанні віддалених принтерів надійної внутрішньої мережі.\n" "Це не зажадає подальшого втручання в налаштування брандмауера. \n" @@ -3589,8 +3265,7 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -3612,8 +3287,7 @@ " \n" "Існують такі політики помилок: \n" "Зупинити принтер і залишити завдання для друку в майбутньому. \n" -"Надіслати завдання знову після очікування протягом деякого " -"часу (типово 30 секунд). \n" +"Надіслати завдання знову після очікування протягом деякого часу (типово 30 секунд). \n" "Скасувати і видалити завдання та перейти до наступного завдання.\n" "" @@ -3636,14 +3310,12 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Автоматичне налаштування локально під'єднаних принтерів</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Автоматичне налаштування локально під'єднаних принтерів</big> \n" "Відмітьте цей параметр для запуску автоматичного налаштування YaST\n" "для принтерів, які під'єднуються до локальної машини. \n" "Для кожного автоматично виявленого локально під'єднаного принтера\n" "YaST перевіряє, чи вже існує конфігурація для нього.\n" -"Якщо конфігурації поки немає, YaST намагається знайти потрібний драйвер для " -"принтера\n" +"Якщо конфігурації поки немає, YaST намагається знайти потрібний драйвер для принтера\n" "і якщо він знайдений, то принтер налаштований. \n" "Отримана конфігурація аналогічна тій, яка створюється\n" "при виборі автоматично виявленого принтера в діалозі\n" @@ -3775,20 +3447,13 @@ #. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 -#| msgid "" -#| "A local running CUPS daemon is required but it seems to be not accessible.\n" -#| "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" -#| "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" -"Потрібно, щоб була запущена локальна фонова служба CUPS, але вона " -"недоступна.\n" -" Перевірте за допомогою «lpstat -h localhost -r», чи доступна локальна " -"cupsd.\n" +"Потрібно, щоб була запущена локальна фонова служба CUPS, але вона недоступна.\n" +" Перевірте за допомогою «lpstat -h localhost -r», чи доступна локальна cupsd.\n" " Недоступна cupsd призводить до нескінченної серії помилок.\n" #. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails @@ -3838,19 +3503,14 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." -msgstr "" -"Для продовження ви повинні погодитися з тим, що '%1' більше не буде " -"використовуватися." +msgstr "Для продовження ви повинні погодитися з тим, що '%1' більше не буде використовуватися." #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -#| msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of further failures." -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." -msgstr "" -"Недоступний сервер призводить до нескінченної послідовності затримок та збоїв." +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgstr "Недоступний сервер призводить до нескінченної послідовності затримок та збоїв." #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 @@ -3860,7 +3520,6 @@ #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 -#| msgid "The print server is accessible." msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "Перевірка доступності сервера CUPS…" @@ -3878,10 +3537,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." -msgstr "" -"Це віддалена конфігурація. Вилучати можна тільки локальні конфігурації." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgstr "Це віддалена конфігурація. Вилучати можна тільки локальні конфігурації." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" @@ -3889,9 +3546,7 @@ #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "Вибрану конфігурацію буде вилучено і її буде неможливо відновити." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: @@ -3912,13 +3567,11 @@ #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident #. with whatever other setup tool: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 -#| msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "Підтвердження вилучення класу" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 -#| msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool." msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "Вилучений клас не можна створити знову за допомогою цього інструмента." @@ -3929,8 +3582,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." -msgstr "" -"Пробну сторінку неможливо надрукувати, бо не приймаються завдання друку." +msgstr "Пробну сторінку неможливо надрукувати, бо не приймаються завдання друку." #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". @@ -3950,12 +3602,8 @@ #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." -msgstr "" -"Є заплановані завдання друку, які, можливо, буде вилучено перш ніж буде " -"надруковано пробну сторінку." +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." +msgstr "Є заплановані завдання друку, які, можливо, буде вилучено перш ніж буде надруковано пробну сторінку." #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. @@ -3999,26 +3647,21 @@ #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 -#| msgid "&Test printing" msgid "Test printout" msgstr "Перевірка друку" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" -msgstr "" -"Надрукувати одну або дві сторінки, наприклад, для перевірки двостороннього " -"друку" +msgstr "Надрукувати одну або дві сторінки, наприклад, для перевірки двостороннього друку" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 -#| msgid "Print test page" msgid "Single test page" msgstr "Одна пробна сторінка" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 -#| msgid "Print test page" msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "Дві пробні сторінки" @@ -4033,28 +3676,24 @@ #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 -#| msgid "Wait Until Testprint Finished" msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "Зачекайте, поки завершиться пробний друк" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 -#| msgid "Sent testpage to %1. It should start to print soon." msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "Пробну сторінку надіслано до %1. Незабаром має початись її друк." #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 -#| msgid "Repair was successful" msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "Друк пробної сторінки був успішним" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label #. regarding a negative testpage printout result: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 -#| msgid "&Test printing" msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "Невдалий друк пробної сторінки" @@ -4096,11 +3735,8 @@ msgstr "Повний журнал див. у файлі /var/log/cups/error_log." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" -msgstr "" -"Інформація з журналу CUPS по обробці тестової сторінки для %1 (тільки " -"англійською)" +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "Інформація з журналу CUPS по обробці тестової сторінки для %1 (тільки англійською)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: @@ -4110,16 +3746,13 @@ #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "При збої друку на віддаленій системі зверніться до її адміністратора." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." -msgstr "" -"Параметр віддаленого сервера CUPS конфліктує з додаванням конфігурації." +msgstr "Параметр віддаленого сервера CUPS конфліктує з додаванням конфігурації." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" @@ -4127,10 +3760,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." -msgstr "" -"Це віддалена конфігурація. Вилучати змінювати тільки локальні конфігурації." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgstr "Це віддалена конфігурація. Вилучати змінювати тільки локальні конфігурації." #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy #. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to @@ -4144,7 +3775,6 @@ #. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time #. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed): #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52 -#| msgid "re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time" msgid "re-send the job after waiting some time" msgstr "заново переслати завдання після невеликої затримки" @@ -4167,8 +3797,7 @@ #. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 msgid "&Apply this error policy to all local printer configurations" -msgstr "" -"З&астосувати ці правила при помилках до всіх конфігурацій локальних принтерів" +msgstr "З&астосувати ці правила при помилках до всіх конфігурацій локальних принтерів" #. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 @@ -4187,12 +3816,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Параметр віддаленого сервера CUPS конфліктує з налаштуванням правил для " -"локальної системи." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." +msgstr "Параметр віддаленого сервера CUPS конфліктує з налаштуванням правил для локальної системи." #. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 @@ -4242,7 +3867,6 @@ #. that printer information is accepted from #. all remote CUPS servers: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56 -#| msgid "accept from anywhere" msgid "accept all announcements from anywhere" msgstr "приймати усі оповіщення звідусіль" @@ -4267,7 +3891,6 @@ #. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81 -#| msgid "&Do Not Accept Printer Information from Remote CUPS Servers" msgid "&Accept Printer Announcements from CUPS Servers" msgstr "&Приймати інформацію про принтери від віддалених серверів CUPS" @@ -4282,13 +3905,11 @@ #. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask #. from where remote printer information is accepted: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 -#| msgid "Optional Specific IP Addresses or &Network/Netmask (separated by space)" msgid "Additional IP Addresses or &Network/Netmask (separated by space)" msgstr "Додаткові адреси IP або &мережі/мережні маски (розділені пробілами)" #. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 -#| msgid "&Do Not Accept Printer Information from Remote CUPS Servers" msgid "&Request Printer Information from CUPS Servers" msgstr "&Запитувати інформації про принтери від віддалених серверів CUPS" @@ -4296,14 +3917,12 @@ #. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses #. from where remote printer information is polled: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 -#| msgid "Proxy server name or IP address must be set." msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)" msgstr "Назви або &IP-адреси опитуваних серверів CUPS (розділені пробілами)" #. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly #. only via one single remote CUPS server: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 -#| msgid "Do All Your Printing Directly via &One Remote CUPS Server" msgid "&Do All Printing Directly via One Single CUPS Server" msgstr "Для всього друку вживати &один віддалений сервер CUPS" @@ -4311,7 +3930,6 @@ #. the one single remote CUPS server which is used #. to do all his printing tasks: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170 -#| msgid "&CUPS server name / IP Address" msgid "&One single CUPS server name or IP Address" msgstr "Назва єдиного сервера &CUPS або IP-адреса" @@ -4329,23 +3947,19 @@ #. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" #. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 -#| msgid "&Do Not Accept Printer Information from Remote CUPS Servers" msgid "A firewall may reject printer announcements from CUPS servers" -msgstr "" -"Мережний екран може відхиляти інформацію про принтери від серверів CUPS" +msgstr "Мережний екран може відхиляти інформацію про принтери від серверів CUPS" #. Popup::AnyMessage message: #. Popup::AnyMessage message: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Детальніше про налаштування мережного екрану див. довідку даного діалогу." +msgstr "Детальніше про налаштування мережного екрану див. довідку даного діалогу." #. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. #. Such a client-only config does not make sense: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364 -#| msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgid "A valid CUPS server name must be entered." msgstr "Введіть правильну назву сервера CUPS." @@ -4359,20 +3973,16 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when a client-only server is not accessible: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 -#| msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of further failures." msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures." -msgstr "" -"Недоступний сервер призводить до нескінченної послідовності інших збоїв." +msgstr "Недоступний сервер призводить до нескінченної послідовності інших збоїв." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 -#| msgid "Tried to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf" msgid "Tried to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." msgstr "Спроба встановити «ServerName %1» в /etc/cups/client.conf." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 -#| msgid "Failed to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf" msgid "Failed to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." msgstr "Не вдалося встановити «ServerName %1» в /etc/cups/client.conf." @@ -4391,16 +4001,13 @@ #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 -#| msgid "Failed to set 'Browsing On' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgid "Failed to set 'Browsing On' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Не вдалося встановити «Browsing On» в /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 -#| msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Не вдалося встановити значення «BrowseAllow» «%1» в /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "Не вдалося встановити значення «BrowseAllow» «%1» в /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. @@ -4409,29 +4016,24 @@ #. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog. #. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 -#| msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Не вдалося встановити «BrowseAllow none» в /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. #. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615 -#| msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgid "At least one valid CUPS server name must be entered." msgstr "Хоча б один сервер CUPS повинен бути вказаний." #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 -#| msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "" -"Не вдалося встановити значення „BrowsePoll“ „%1“ в /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "Не вдалося встановити значення „BrowsePoll“ „%1“ в /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: #. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 -#| msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgid "Failed to set 'BrowsePoll none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "Не вдалося встановити „BrowseAllow none“ в /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" @@ -4451,12 +4053,8 @@ #. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 -#| msgid "" -#| "When switching from 'receive information' to 'do not receive information'\n" -#| "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" @@ -4471,13 +4069,11 @@ #. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64 -#| msgid "&Deny remote access" msgid "&Deny Remote Access" msgstr "&Заборонити віддалений доступ" #. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73 -#| msgid "&Allow remote access" msgid "&Allow Remote Access" msgstr "Доз&волити віддалений доступ" @@ -4494,14 +4090,12 @@ #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111 -#| msgid "&Publish printers by default within the local network" msgid "&Publish printers within the local network" msgstr "&Публікувати принтери в локальній мережі" #. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues #. via network interfaces specified in the table below: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121 -#| msgid "Network interface" msgid "Via network interfaces" msgstr "Через мережні інтерфейси" @@ -4513,7 +4107,6 @@ #. local print queues are published by default #. via the network interface in the other table column: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137 -#| msgid "Publish printers by default via this interface" msgid "Publish printers via this interface" msgstr "Публікувати принтери через цей інтерфейс" @@ -4538,30 +4131,20 @@ #. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues #. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169 -#| msgid "For Experts: Optional Specific IP Addresses or Networks" msgid "For Specific IP Addresses or Networks" msgstr "Для вказаних адрес IP або мереж" #. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -#| msgid "Allow remote access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Дозволити віддалений доступ з цих адрес IP або &мережі/мережних масок " -"(розділених пробілами)" +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "Дозволити віддалений доступ з цих адрес IP або &мережі/мережних масок (розділених пробілами)" #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -#| msgid "Publish to those IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" -msgstr "" -"Публікувати для цих адрес IP або мережних адрес &трансляцій (розділених " -"пробілами)" +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" +msgstr "Публікувати для цих адрес IP або мережних адрес &трансляцій (розділених пробілами)" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default #. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. @@ -4577,60 +4160,47 @@ #. Use the exact same wording "remote access" #. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261 -#| msgid "Allow remote access" msgid "A firewall may prevent remote access" msgstr "Мережний екран може обмежувати віддалений доступ" #. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 -#| msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Не вдалося встановити тільки «Listen localhost» в /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "Не вдалося встановити тільки «Listen localhost» в /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 -#| msgid "Failed to remove 'Allow' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgid "Failed to remove 'Allow' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Не вдалося вилучити записи «Allow» з /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 -#| msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Не вдалося вилучити записи «BrowseAddress» з /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 -#| msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Не вдалося встановити записи «Allow» «%1» в /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 -#| msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Не вдалося встановити записи «BrowseAddress» «%1» в /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "Не вдалося встановити записи «BrowseAddress» «%1» в /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 -#| msgid "Failed to set 'Listen *:631' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgid "Failed to set 'Listen *:631' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Не вдалося встановити «Listen *:631» в /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." -msgstr "" -"Параметр віддаленого сервера CUPS конфліктує з налаштуванням спільних " -"локальних принтерів." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." +msgstr "Параметр віддаленого сервера CUPS конфліктує з налаштуванням спільних локальних принтерів." #. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. #. For use with autoinstallation. @@ -4725,7 +4295,6 @@ #. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size #. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses). #: src/modules/Printer.rb:459 -#| msgid "Retrieved printer driver information" msgid "Retrieved Printer Driver Information" msgstr "Отримання інформації про драйвер для принтера" @@ -4749,7 +4318,6 @@ #. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar #. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above). #: src/modules/Printer.rb:579 -#| msgid "Patch installation finished." msgid "Printer detection finished" msgstr "Виявлення принтера завершено" @@ -4864,7 +4432,6 @@ #. Show a fallback text if there are no connections. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474 -#| msgid "Network connection" msgid "No connections." msgstr "Відсутні з'єднання." @@ -4895,11 +4462,8 @@ #. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594 -#| msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'More Drivers'." msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "" -"Не знайдено відповідного драйвера. Змініть текст пошуку або спробуйте «Більше " -"драйверів»." +msgstr "Не знайдено відповідного драйвера. Змініть текст пошуку або спробуйте «Більше драйверів»." #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: @@ -4927,13 +4491,11 @@ #. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2215 -#| msgid "New value" msgid "new value" msgstr "нове значення" #. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2217 -#| msgid "Set value" msgid "saved value" msgstr "збережене значення" @@ -4967,7 +4529,6 @@ #. so that even the netcat test is silently skipped #. and no negative feedback is shown when netcat is not executable: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2404 -#| msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'" msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'." msgstr "Неможливо запустити програму «netcat»." @@ -4980,7 +4541,6 @@ #. so that the less meaningful test is silently skipped #. and no negative feedback is shown when ping is not executable: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2445 -#| msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'" msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'." msgstr "Неможливо запустити програму «ping»." @@ -4991,7 +4551,6 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2483 -#| msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible" msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible." msgstr "Сервер «%1» — не доступний." @@ -4999,7 +4558,6 @@ #. so that the last test is silently skipped #. and no negative feedback is shown when host is not executable: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2546 -#| msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'" msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'." msgstr "Неможливо запустити програму «host»." @@ -5010,13 +4568,11 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2582 -#| msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network" msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network." msgstr "Сервер «%1» не відповідає в мережі." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2644 -#| msgid "The server '%1' is unknown" msgid "The server '%1' is unknown." msgstr "Сервер «%1» — невідомий." @@ -5024,13 +4580,6 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. #. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2673 -#| msgid "" -#| "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" -#| "This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n" -#| "or when the user who runs YaST has no DISPLAY environment variable set,\n" -#| "or when the YaST process is not allowed to access the graphical display.\n" -#| "In this case you should abort the scanner configuration now,\n" -#| "run hp-setup manually, and start the scanner configuration again afterwards.\n" msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" "This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n" @@ -5038,11 +4587,9 @@ "or when the YaST process is not allowed to access the graphical display.\n" "In this case you should run hp-setup manually directly as user 'root'.\n" msgstr "" -"Не вдалося запустити hp-setup, бо не зуміли відкрити графічний " -"дисплей.\n" +"Не вдалося запустити hp-setup, бо не зуміли відкрити графічний дисплей.\n" "Це може трапитися, зокрема, коли YaST працює в текстовому режимі,\n" -"або якщо для користувача, який запустив YaST, не встановлено змінної " -"середовища DISPLAY,\n" +"або якщо для користувача, який запустив YaST, не встановлено змінної середовища DISPLAY,\n" "або якщо процесу YaST заборонено доступ до графічного дисплея.\n" "У цьому випадку вам слід запустити hp-setup вручну як користувач 'root'.\n" @@ -5061,13 +4608,9 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691 -#| msgid "" -#| "Launched hp-setup.\n" -#| "You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Запущено hp-setup.\n" "Ви маєте завершити hp-setup, перш ніж продовжувати налаштування сканера.\n" @@ -5087,16 +4630,12 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Не встановлено потрібний пакунок %1 і немає наявного сховища з цим пакунком." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "Не встановлено потрібний пакунок %1 і немає наявного сховища з цим пакунком." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." msgstr "Не встановлено потрібний пакунок %1 і його немає у сховищі." #. Only a simple message because: @@ -5129,8 +4668,7 @@ #. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"Порушення залежностей може призвести до помилок в інших місцях системи." +msgstr "Порушення залежностей може призвести до помилок в інших місцях системи." #. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. @@ -5141,13 +4679,11 @@ #. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started #. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335 -#| msgid "Start local running CUPS daemon" msgid "Start locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "Запустити локально фонову службу CUPS" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337 -#| msgid "A local running CUPS daemon is needed." msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is needed." msgstr "Потрібна локально запущена фонова служба CUPS." @@ -5156,7 +4692,6 @@ msgstr "Не вдалось запустити фонову службу CUPS" #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432 -#| msgid "No local running CUPS daemon is accessible." msgid "No locally running CUPS daemon is accessible." msgstr "Нема доступної локально запущеної фонової служби CUPS." @@ -5167,13 +4702,11 @@ #. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment #. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400 -#| msgid "Restart local running CUPS daemon" msgid "Restart locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "Перезапуск локально запущеної фонової служби CUPS" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 -#| msgid "A restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs." msgid "A restart disrupts all currently active print jobs." msgstr "Перезапуск переб'є всі поточні активні завдання друку." @@ -5187,9 +4720,6 @@ #. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info #. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 -#| msgid "" -#| "Restarted the CUPS daemon.\n" -#| "Waiting half a minute so that it is ready to operate..." msgid "" "Restarted the CUPS daemon.\n" "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" @@ -5206,31 +4736,26 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 msgid "Currently the CUPS daemon is not started during system boot." -msgstr "" -"В даний час фонова служба CUPS не запускається під час завантаження системи." +msgstr "В даний час фонова служба CUPS не запускається під час завантаження системи." #. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment #. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461 -#| msgid "Stop local running CUPS daemon" msgid "Stop locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "Зупинити локально запущену фонову службу CUPS" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 -#| msgid "A stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs." msgid "A stop disrupts all currently active print jobs." msgstr "Зупинка переб'є всі поточні активні завдання друку." #. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 -#| msgid "A local running CUPS daemon is still accessible." msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is still accessible." msgstr "Локально запущена фонова служба CUPS ще доступна." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516 -#| msgid "The CUPS server '%1' is not accessible" msgid "The CUPS server '%1' is not accessible." msgstr "Сервер CUPS «%1» - недоступний." @@ -5241,7 +4766,6 @@ #. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 -#| msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgid "&Skip waiting" msgstr "&Пропустити очікування" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/product-creator.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/product-creator.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/product-creator.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: product-creator.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-01 09:55+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -21,13 +21,11 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module #: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 -#| msgid "Configuration of Image creator" msgid "Configuration of Image Creator" msgstr "Налаштування програми створення штампа" @@ -51,7 +49,6 @@ #. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module #: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 -#| msgid "Configuration of Product creator" msgid "Configuration of Product Creator" msgstr "Налаштування програми створення продукту" @@ -92,7 +89,6 @@ #. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option #: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 -#| msgid "GPG passhrase required for signing the source." msgid "GPG passphrase required for signing the source." msgstr "Щоб підписати джерело, потрібен рядок пароля GPG." @@ -313,7 +309,6 @@ #. menu button label #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 -#| msgid "&Create Product" msgid "&Create Product..." msgstr "&Створити продукт…" @@ -324,7 +319,6 @@ #. button label #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 -#| msgid "Directory Name" msgid "Directory Tree" msgstr "Дерево каталогів" @@ -337,11 +331,6 @@ #. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| " Please wait while the directory structure for the new ISO image is created.\n" -#| " \n" -#| " \n" msgid "" "Creating the directory structure for the new ISO image.\n" " \n" @@ -420,7 +409,6 @@ msgstr "Створення штампа КД..." #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 -#| msgid "This may take a while" msgid "This may take a while." msgstr "Це може зайняти трохи часу." @@ -452,9 +440,6 @@ msgstr "Немає" #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 -#| msgid "" -#| "Verify if the data in the summary box is correct then\n" -#| "press Finish to return to main dialog.\n" msgid "" "Verify the data in the summary box then\n" "press Finish to return to main dialog.\n" @@ -468,10 +453,6 @@ msgstr "Нетипові КД" #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 -#| msgid "" -#| "Please wait while the data and packages are verified...\n" -#| " \n" -#| " " msgid "" "Verifying data and packages...\n" " \n" @@ -548,30 +529,18 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 -#| msgid "Start the creating of new image configuration with Add." msgid "Start creating a new image configuration with Add." -msgstr "" -"Почніть створення налаштування нового штампа за допомогою кнопки " -"Додати." +msgstr "Почніть створення налаштування нового штампа за допомогою кнопки Додати." #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the " -"image." -msgstr "" -"Скористайтеся кнопкою Змінити, щоб змінити налаштування обраного " -"штампа або створення штампа." +msgid "Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the image." +msgstr "Скористайтеся кнопкою Змінити, щоб змінити налаштування обраного штампа або створення штампа." #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 -#| msgid "Delete the directory with selected configuration using Delete." -msgid "" -"Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " -"Delete." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете вилучити теку з вибраними налаштуваннями за допомогою кнопки " -"Вилучити." +msgid "Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting Delete." +msgstr "Ви можете вилучити теку з вибраними налаштуваннями за допомогою кнопки Вилучити." #. help text, %1 is directory #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 @@ -593,7 +562,6 @@ #. yes/no popup #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 -#| msgid "Delete configutation %1 (%2) now?" msgid "Delete configuration %1 (%2) now?" msgstr "Вилучити конфігурацію %1 (%2)?" @@ -665,9 +633,6 @@ #. error message #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 -#| msgid "" -#| "The file '%1' does not exist.\n" -#| "Choose another one." msgid "The file '%1' does not exist. Choose a correct one." msgstr "Файл «%1» не існує. Виберіть інший." @@ -805,12 +770,6 @@ #. error message #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1004 -#| msgid "" -#| "There is a mismatch between the selected\n" -#| "repositories and the machine architecture.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Either select another repositories or\n" -#| "change the target architecture." msgid "" "There is a mismatch between the selected\n" "repositories and the machine architecture.\n" @@ -878,14 +837,12 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Виберіть один із наступних варіантів основи і натисніть Детально" -",\n" +"Виберіть один із наступних варіантів основи і натисніть Детально,\n" "щоб додати додаткові програми та пакунки.\n" "" @@ -898,10 +855,6 @@ #. error message, %1 = details #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1603 -#| msgid "" -#| "The dependencies cannot be resolved.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "%1\n" msgid "" "Dependencies cannot be resolved.\n" "\n" @@ -921,30 +874,22 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 msgid "" "<big>Sign</big> \n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. " -"\n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository." msgstr "" "<big>Підписати</big> \n" "Щоб користувачі могли перевірити ваш продукт, підпишіть його ключем GPG. \n" -"Цей ключ буде перевірено, коли продукт буде додано як джерело встановлення.<" -"/p>" +"Цей ключ буде перевірено, коли продукт буде додано як джерело встановлення." #. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language #. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 -#| msgid "If the product is not signed Yast automatically adds option 'Insecure: 1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information." msgid "" -"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an " -"unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for " -"more information." +"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information." msgstr "" "Якщо продукт не підписано, то Yast автоматично додає параметр «Insecure:\n" -" 1» до конфігураційного файлу linuxrc, інакше linuxrc не дозволить " -"завантажити непідписану систему встановлення при завантаженні системи. Для " -"подробиць див. http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc." +" 1» до конфігураційного файлу linuxrc, інакше linuxrc не дозволить завантажити непідписану систему встановлення при завантаженні системи. Для подробиць див. http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc." #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" @@ -987,24 +932,15 @@ msgstr "Додати до носія цифровий підпис ключем GPG %1%2" #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1996 -#| msgid "" -#| "Verify if the data in the summary is correct then\n" -#| "press Next to continue.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Перевірте правильність даних в підсумку, а потім натисніть \"Далі\", щоб " -"продовжити.\n" +"Перевірте правильність даних в підсумку, а потім натисніть \"Далі\", щоб продовжити.\n" "\n" #. All helps are here #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Boot Options</big> \n" -#| "Here, add additional boot menu entries with some boot options.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "<big>Boot Options</big> \n" "Add additional boot menu entries with boot options.\n" @@ -1018,17 +954,14 @@ msgid "" "For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " -"original is used.\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.\n" msgstr "" "Наприклад, \n" "налаштуйте КД для автоматичних встановлень і вкажіть адресу джерела\n" -"встановлення. Якщо ви не впевнені, залиште файл без змін і буде використано " -"оригінал.\n" +"встановлення. Якщо ви не впевнені, залиште файл без змін і буде використано оригінал.\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 -#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "<big>Initializing Configuration</big>\n" msgstr "<big>Налаштування з'єднання</big>\n" @@ -1039,22 +972,15 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати." -"\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 -#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "<big>Saving Configuration</big>\n" msgstr "<big>Налаштування з'єднання</big>\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" -#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" -#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -1088,10 +1014,6 @@ #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -#| "Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n" -#| "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n" @@ -1103,7 +1025,6 @@ #. overview dialog help part 4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 -#| msgid "Use Create Product to create the ISO image or installation repository directory with selected product." msgid "" "Use Create Product to create the ISO image or installation\n" "repository directory with the selected product." @@ -1114,14 +1035,11 @@ #. overview dialog help part 5 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of " -"various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " -"system." +"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system." msgstr "" "Натисніть Створити штамп в KIWI... для додаткового налаштування\n" -"різновидів штампів, напр., \"живий\" носій або штамп Xen за допомогою системи " -"штампів KIWI." +"різновидів штампів, напр., \"живий\" носій або штамп Xen за допомогою системи штампів KIWI." #. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 @@ -1147,13 +1065,6 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 -#| msgid "" -#| "Package Manager\n" -#| "Use the package manager without any preselected packages. All\n" -#| "packages that would be automatically selected during installation must be\n" -#| "selected manually based on the hardware and architecture for which you are\n" -#| "creating this CD.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "Software Manager\n" "Use the software manager without any preselected packages. All\n" @@ -1180,29 +1091,19 @@ #. Source selection help 2/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Target Architecture</big> \n" -#| "It is possible to create a product for different architecture than the architecture of this machine.\n" -#| "All selected repositories must support the target architecture. \n" -#| "Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change the\n" -#| "architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.\n" msgid "" "<big>Target Architecture</big> \n" "It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture. \n" -"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " -"change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " -"configuration.\n" +"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Архітектура цілі</big> \n" -"Можна створити продукт з архітектурою, яка відрізняється від архітектури " -"цього комп'ютера.\n" +"Можна створити продукт з архітектурою, яка відрізняється від архітектури цього комп'ютера.\n" "Всі вибрані сховища мусять підтримувати цю архітектуру цілі.\n" "Примітка: KIWI ще не підтримує різні архітектури, тому не змінюйте\n" -"архітектуру, якщо ви хочете з поточного налаштування створити штамп за " -"допомогою KIWI.\n" +"архітектуру, якщо ви хочете з поточного налаштування створити штамп за допомогою KIWI.\n" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 @@ -1221,10 +1122,6 @@ #. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 -#| msgid "" -#| "Create an ISO image or just a directory that is suitable for \n" -#| "creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "Create an ISO image or a directory that is suitable for \n" "creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" @@ -1254,8 +1151,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " -"also\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" "bootable.\n" msgstr "" "Одне з використаних сховищ слід позначити як базове. Базове сховище\n" @@ -1264,26 +1160,18 @@ #. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository." +msgid "The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository." msgstr "Інші сховища буде використано як додаткові до базового сховища." #. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 -#| msgid "" -#| "The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" -#| "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong then select the right base\n" -#| "repository from the list." msgid "" -"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -"proposes\n" +"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.\n" msgstr "" -"Програма створення продукту розв'язує залежності вибраних продуктів і " -"пропонує\n" -"базовий продукт. Якщо запропоноване значення є неправильним, виберіть " -"правильне базове\n" +"Програма створення продукту розв'язує залежності вибраних продуктів і пропонує\n" +"базовий продукт. Якщо запропоноване значення є неправильним, виберіть правильне базове\n" "сховище зі списку.\n" #. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) @@ -1318,7 +1206,6 @@ #. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 -#| msgid "Packages to Delete" msgid "Packages to be included in Boot Image" msgstr "Пакунки для включення у завантажувальний штамп" @@ -1345,19 +1232,16 @@ #. combo box label, %1 is profile name #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 -#| msgid "Image, profile %1" msgid "Image, Profile %1" msgstr "Штамп, профіль %1" #. combo box label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 -#| msgid "&Xen Boot Image" msgid "Include in Boot Image" msgstr "Включити у завантажувальний штамп" #. popup label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 -#| msgid "Add new user" msgid "Add New User" msgstr "Додати нового користувача" @@ -1435,7 +1319,6 @@ #. removing 'import_' button id prefix #. popup for file selection dialog #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 -#| msgid "Path to File" msgid "Path to %1 File" msgstr "Шлях до файлу %1" @@ -1453,49 +1336,40 @@ #. deleting some repository) #. return true if there was no conflict #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 -#| msgid "Checking for package availability..." msgid "Checking packages availability..." msgstr "Перевірка наявності пакунків..." #. do not check bootinclude packages #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 -#| msgid "Missing package" msgid "Missing packages" msgstr "Відсутні пакунки" #. popup text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:<" -"/p>\n" +"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " -"selection or ignore the situation.\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.\n" "\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " -"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Пакунки з розділу '%1' недоступні в обраних сховищах:\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"Вилучіть пакунки з розділу, перевірте докладний вибір пакунків або " -"ігноруйте цю ситуацію.\n" +"Вилучіть пакунки з розділу, перевірте докладний вибір пакунків або ігноруйте цю ситуацію.\n" "\n" -"Перехід до докладного вибору пакунків і прийняття вибору без здійснення " -"змін призведе до видалення проблемних пакунків з розділу.\n" +"Перехід до докладного вибору пакунків і прийняття вибору без здійснення змін призведе до видалення проблемних пакунків з розділу.\n" "\n" #. button label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 -#| msgid "Removed Packages" msgid "Remove Packages" msgstr "Вилучити пакунки" #. button label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 -#| msgid "Check Minimal Package Selection" msgid "Check Package Selection" msgstr "Перевірити вибір пакунків" @@ -1609,12 +1483,8 @@ #. informative label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "" -"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " -"Studio." -msgstr "" -"Редагування таких файлів вимкнене для конфігурацій, імпортованих " -"з Studio." +msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." +msgstr "Редагування таких файлів вимкнене для конфігурацій, імпортованих з Studio." #. tab header #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 @@ -1628,15 +1498,12 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 -#| msgid "Select the value for image Compression. This will modify the flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for the meaning of the available values." msgid "" "Select the value for image Compression. This will modify the\n" -"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " -"explanation of available values." +"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values." msgstr "" "Виберіть значення для Стиснення штампа. Це змінить значення\n" -" прапорців типу штампа. Див. інструкцію kiwi для докладної інформації " -"про наявні значення." +" прапорців типу штампа. Див. інструкцію kiwi для докладної інформації про наявні значення." #. combo box label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 @@ -1654,13 +1521,8 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -#| msgid "For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on new line" -msgid "" -"For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " -"new line." -msgstr "" -"Зігнороване ПЗ введіть у вигляді списку з елементів по одному на " -"рядок (наприклад \"smtp_daemon\")." +msgid "For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line." +msgstr "Зігнороване ПЗ введіть у вигляді списку з елементів по одному на рядок (наприклад \"smtp_daemon\")." #. label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 @@ -1669,12 +1531,8 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "" -"Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be " -"uninstalled from the target image." -msgstr "" -"Кожен елемент списку Пакунки для вилучення — це одна назва пакунка, " -"який слід вилучити з остаточного штампа." +msgid "Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image." +msgstr "Кожен елемент списку Пакунки для вилучення — це одна назва пакунка, який слід вилучити з остаточного штампа." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 @@ -1694,12 +1552,10 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "Set the image Size in the specified Unit.\n" -"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it is " -"the minimal free space available on the image." +"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image." msgstr "" "Введіть Розмір штампа у вказаних Одиницях.\n" -"Якщо увімкнено Додаток, то значення Розмірувідрізняється: це " -"мінімальне вільне місце наявне для штампа." +"Якщо увімкнено Додаток, то значення Розмірувідрізняється: це мінімальне вільне місце наявне для штампа." #. combo box label (MB/GB values) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 @@ -1713,40 +1569,28 @@ #. check box label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 -#| msgid "Cre&ate Image with KIWI..." msgid "Encrypt Image with LUKS" msgstr "Зашифрувати штамп з допомогою LUKS" #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "" -"To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS " -"and enter the password." -msgstr "" -"Для створення шифрованої файлової системи позначте Зашифрувати " -"штамп за допомогою LUKS і введіть пароль." +msgid "To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS and enter the password." +msgstr "Для створення шифрованої файлової системи позначте Зашифрувати штамп за допомогою LUKS і введіть пароль." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 -#| msgid "Enter CA Password" msgid "Encrypted Image LUKS Password" msgstr "Пароль штампу, зашифрованого через LUKS" #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 -#| msgid "Here, edit the configuration scripts used to build your image." msgid "Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете змінити скрипти налаштування,що використовуватимуться для " -"створення штампа." +msgstr "Тут ви можете змінити скрипти налаштування,що використовуватимуться для створення штампа." #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 -#| msgid "Here, point to the configuration directories that should help to build your image." msgid "Point to the configuration directories for building your image." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете вказати теки з налаштуваннями, що допоможуть створити " -"штамп." +msgstr "Тут ви можете вказати теки з налаштуваннями, що допоможуть створити штамп." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 @@ -1755,14 +1599,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "" -"Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>" -"root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the " -"image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете визначити шлях до Теки з налаштуваннями системи (теки " -"<tt>root</tt>). Всю теку буде скопійовано до кореня штампа за допомогою " -"команди <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgid "Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "Тут ви можете визначити шлях до Теки з налаштуваннями системи (теки <tt>root</tt>). Всю теку буде скопійовано до кореня штампа за допомогою команди <tt>cp -a</tt>." #. label (above table) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 @@ -1776,14 +1614,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt>" -" directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree " -"using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете налаштувати Теку з налаштуваннями системи (теку <tt>" -"root</tt>). Всю теку буде скопійовано до кореня штампа за допомогою команди <" -"tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgid "Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "Тут ви можете налаштувати Теку з налаштуваннями системи (теку <tt>root</tt>). Всю теку буде скопійовано до кореня штампа за допомогою команди <tt>cp -a</tt>." #. label (above table) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 @@ -1797,14 +1629,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> " -"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " -"the image packages." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете налаштувати Теку зі скриптами (теку <tt>config</tt>). " -"Вона міститиме скрипти, які буде виконано після встановлення всіх пакунків " -"штампа." +msgid "Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "Тут ви можете налаштувати Теку зі скриптами (теку <tt>config</tt>). Вона міститиме скрипти, які буде виконано після встановлення всіх пакунків штампа." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 @@ -1824,14 +1650,8 @@ msgstr "С&крипт налаштування штампа" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "" -"Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " -"scripts have run." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете змінити Скрипт налаштування штампа, що називається <" -"tt>config.sh</tt>. Цей скрипт буде виконано наприкінці встановлення, але " -"перед виконанням скриптів пакунків." +msgid "Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run." +msgstr "Тут ви можете змінити Скрипт налаштування штампа, що називається <tt>config.sh</tt>. Цей скрипт буде виконано наприкінці встановлення, але перед виконанням скриптів пакунків." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 @@ -1839,13 +1659,8 @@ msgstr "&Шлях до каталогу зі скриптами" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "" -"The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) " -"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"Необов'язкова Тека зі скриптами (<tt>config</tt> тека) містить " -"скрипти, що виконуються після встановлення всіх пакунків штампа." +msgid "The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "Необов'язкова Тека зі скриптами (<tt>config</tt> тека) містить скрипти, що виконуються після встановлення всіх пакунків штампа." #. push button label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 @@ -1858,12 +1673,8 @@ msgstr "Скрипт о&чищення" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "" -"Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " -"at the beginning of the image creation process." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете змінити ваш Скрипт очищення (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Цей " -"скрипт виконується на початку процесу створення штампа." +msgid "Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process." +msgstr "Тут ви можете змінити ваш Скрипт очищення (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Цей скрипт виконується на початку процесу створення штампа." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 @@ -1877,12 +1688,8 @@ #. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "" -"Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information, " -"and the image Specification." -msgstr "" -"Встановіть значення для Автора, Інформації про контакти і " -"Специфікації штампа." +msgid "Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information, and the image Specification." +msgstr "Встановіть значення для Автора, Інформації про контакти і Специфікації штампа." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 @@ -1906,12 +1713,8 @@ #. help text for locale #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "" -"The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " -"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Значення Локалі (напр., <tt>uk_UA</tt>) визначає вміст змінної " -"RC_LANG в <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." +msgid "The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." +msgstr "Значення Локалі (напр., <tt>uk_UA</tt>) визначає вміст змінної RC_LANG в <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 @@ -1920,14 +1723,8 @@ #. help text for keytable #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -#| msgid "Keyboard layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." -msgid "" -"Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " -"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Розкладка клавіатури вказує назву карти клавіш консолі для " -"використання. Значення відповідає файлу карти в <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps<" -"/tt>." +msgid "Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." +msgstr "Розкладка клавіатури вказує назву карти клавіш консолі для використання. Значення відповідає файлу карти в <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 @@ -1936,20 +1733,13 @@ #. help text for timezone #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -#| msgid "It is also possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." -msgid "" -"It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones " -"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Також можливо вказати певний Часовий пояс. Наявні часові пояси " -"знаходяться в каталозі <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>." +msgid "It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." +msgstr "Також можливо вказати певний Часовий пояс. Наявні часові пояси знаходяться в каталозі <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>." #. general help for users tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 -#| msgid "Here, create users that should be available in the target system." msgid "Create users that should be available on the target system." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете створити користувачів, які мають бути у цільовій системі." +msgstr "Тут ви можете створити користувачів, які мають бути у цільовій системі." #. table header #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 @@ -1984,12 +1774,10 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 msgid "" -"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home " -"Directory and group\n" +"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home Directory and group\n" "to which the users belongs.\n" msgstr "" -"Для кожного користувача задайте Ім'я користувача, Пароль, " -"Домівку і групу,\n" +"Для кожного користувача задайте Ім'я користувача, Пароль, Домівку і групу,\n" "до якої належать користувачі.\n" #. dialog caption @@ -2019,19 +1807,12 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " -"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Введіть назву вашого налаштування штампа. Вхідні дані можна запозичити з " -"нового налаштування за шаблоном зі списку або з назви теки з існуючим " -"налаштуванням." +msgid "Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration." +msgstr "Введіть назву вашого налаштування штампа. Вхідні дані можна запозичити з нового налаштування за шаблоном зі списку або з назви теки з існуючим налаштуванням." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "" -"Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." +msgid "Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." msgstr "Розташуйте свої шаблони налаштування у теці <tt>%1</tt>." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. @@ -2046,18 +1827,11 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "" -"Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for " -"creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current " -"system repositories." -msgstr "" -"Змініть список Сховищ пакунків, які буде використано для створення " -"штампа. Скористайтеся кнопкою Додати з системи, щоб додати одне зі " -"сховищ поточної системи." +msgid "Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current system repositories." +msgstr "Змініть список Сховищ пакунків, які буде використано для створення штампа. Скористайтеся кнопкою Додати з системи, щоб додати одне зі сховищ поточної системи." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 -#| msgid "Use Next to continue with the configuration." msgid "Click Next to continue with the configuration." msgstr "Натисніть кнопку Далі, щоб продовжити налаштування." @@ -2073,9 +1847,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -#| msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration" -msgid "" -"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." +msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." msgstr "Вибрана тека не містить чинного опису системного налаштування." #. busy popup @@ -2100,13 +1872,11 @@ #. text entry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 -#| msgid "&Kiwi configuration" msgid "&Kiwi Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування &Kiwi" #. radio button label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 -#| msgid "&Start from Scratch" msgid "Create from Scratch" msgstr "&Створити заново" @@ -2132,7 +1902,6 @@ #. text entry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 -#| msgid "Output Directory" msgid "&Output Directory" msgstr "&Тека виводу" @@ -2143,7 +1912,6 @@ #. menu butto label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 -#| msgid "A&dd From System" msgid "A&dd from System" msgstr "&Додати з системи" @@ -2154,9 +1922,6 @@ #. popup error message, %1 is the package name #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 -#| msgid "" -#| "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" -#| "without having %1 package installed" msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -2205,26 +1970,20 @@ #. text box label #: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 -#| msgid "Path to directory with packages" msgid "Path to directory to store the log files" msgstr "Шлях до каталогу для зберігання файлів журналів" #. text box label #: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 -#| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Standard output file name" msgstr "Назву файлу стандартного виведення" #. text box label #: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 -#| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Error output file name" msgstr "Помилка назви файлу виведення" #: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 -#| msgid "" -#| "File %1 already exists.\n" -#| "Overwrite it?" msgid "" "File %1 already exists.\n" "Rewrite?" @@ -2247,7 +2006,6 @@ #. button label #: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 -#| msgid "&Save Log" msgid "Save logs" msgstr "Зберегти журнали" @@ -2268,7 +2026,6 @@ #. label (command result) #: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 -#| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Image creation canceled." msgstr "Створення штампа зазнало невдачі." @@ -2399,8 +2156,6 @@ #. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist #: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3359 -#| msgid "%1 package not available." -#| msgid_plural "%1 packages not available." msgid "%1 package not available." msgstr "%1 пакунок недоступний." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/proxy.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/proxy.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/proxy.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-01 09:50+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Commandline help title @@ -203,18 +202,14 @@ #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:454 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "" "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " -"take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " -"Please check \n" +"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " msgstr "" "Тут налаштуйте параметри (кешування) вашого проксі Інтернету.\n" "Примітка: Рекомендовано повторно увійти в систему, щоб ваші зміни\n" -"увійшли в дію, однак, в деяких випадках, програма може автоматично підхопити " -"нові\n" -"параметри. Виберіть те, що підтримує ваша програма (навігатор Тенет, " -"ftp-клієнт,...). " +"увійшли в дію, однак, в деяких випадках, програма може автоматично підхопити нові\n" +"параметри. Виберіть те, що підтримує ваша програма (навігатор Тенет, ftp-клієнт,...). " #. Proxy dialog help 2/8 #. Proxy dialog help 2/8 @@ -230,12 +225,10 @@ #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:465 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "" -"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured " -"access\n" +"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" -"URL HTTPS-проксі — назва проксі-сервера для вашого убезпеченого " -"доступу\n" +"URL HTTPS-проксі — назва проксі-сервера для вашого убезпеченого доступу\n" "до всесвітньої павутини (WWW).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 @@ -257,19 +250,13 @@ #. Proxy dialog help 5/8 #. Proxy dialog help 5/8 #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:475 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:425 -#| msgid "" -#| "If you have the Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols option checked, it is\n" -#| "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" -#| "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" msgid "" "If you check Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols, it is\n" "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" msgstr "" -"З увімкнутим параметром Використовувати один проксі для всіх " -"протоколів\n" -"достатньо ввести URL проксі HTTP, який буде використовуватися для всіх " -"протоколів\n" +"З увімкнутим параметром Використовувати один проксі для всіх протоколів\n" +"достатньо ввести URL проксі HTTP, який буде використовуватися для всіх протоколів\n" "(HTTP, HTTPS і FTP).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 6/8 @@ -287,20 +274,14 @@ #. Proxy dialog help 7/8 #. Proxy dialog help 7/8 #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:491 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:441 -#| msgid "" -#| "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" -#| "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only.\n" msgid "" "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks)." -"\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" msgstr "" "Якщо використовуєте сервер проксі з автентифікацією, введіть\n" "Ім'я користувача проксі і Пароль проксі. Коректне ім'я\n" -"користувача має складатися лише з друкованих символів ASCII (за винятком " -"лапок).\n" +"користувача має складатися лише з друкованих символів ASCII (за винятком лапок).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 @@ -515,4 +496,3 @@ #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:466 msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "FTP-проксі: %1" - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/qt-pkg.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/qt-pkg.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/qt-pkg.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-01 22:01+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:315 @@ -29,7 +28,6 @@ msgstr "П&роблеми з оновленням" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:342 -#| msgid "Patterns" msgid "Patter&ns" msgstr "&Шаблони" @@ -49,47 +47,47 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "Схови&ща" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "&Пошук" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "&Ключові слова" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "П&ідсумок встановлення" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "&Опис" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "&Технічні дані" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Залежності" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Версії" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "Список файлів" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Журнал змін" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -99,179 +97,175 @@ msgstr "&Скасувати" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Прийняти" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Файл" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Імпорт..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "&Експорт..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "Ви&хід -- відкинути зміни" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "&Вихід -- зберегти зміни" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Пакунок" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "Всі пакунки" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "Оновити, якщо є новіша версія" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Оновити безумовно" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Латка" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 -#| msgid "Configuration" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "&Налаштування" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "Схови&ща..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "Мере&жне оновлення..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "&Залежності" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "Переві&рити тепер" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "Ав&топеревірка" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Параметри" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "&Показати пакунки для розробки" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "Показувати пакунки -&debuginfo/-debugsource" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "Режим перевірки &системи" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "&Ігнорувати рекомендовані пакунки для вже встановлених пакунків" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 -#| msgid "Conflicting packages" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "&Очищати при вилученні пакунків" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "Д&озволити зміну постачальника" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 -#| msgid "&Extras" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "&Додаткові" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "Показати &продукти" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "Показати &зміни пакунка" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 -#| msgid "History" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "Показати &історію" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "Встановити всі відповідні пакунки -&devel" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "Встановити всі відповідні пакунки -de&buginfo" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "Встановити всі відповідні пакунки -debug&source" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "Створити &контрольний приклад розв'язання залежностей" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Довідка" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Огляд" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&Символи" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "&Ключі" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Всі залежності пакунків в порядку." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "&Латки" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "Зберегти список пакунків" @@ -279,64 +273,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Помилка" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "Помилка експорту списку пакунків у %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "Завантажити список пакунків" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "Помилка завантаження списку пакунків з %1" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "Пакунки буде оновлено - %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "&Продовжити" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "&Скасувати" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " -"packages to versions in repository %2" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Скасувати перехід</a> системних " -"пакунків на версії із сховища %2" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Скасувати перехід</a> системних пакунків на версії із сховища %2" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " -"versions in this repository (%2)" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Перевести системні пакунки</a> на версії " -"з цього сховища (%2)" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Перевести системні пакунки</a> на версії з цього сховища (%2)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "Додані підпакунки:" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 @@ -357,16 +343,8 @@ msgstr "Помилка: На диску немає вільного місця!" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " -"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " -"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and " -"deselect some packages." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви впевнені у своїх діях, то можете їх встановити, але це може " -"призвести до пошкодження системи і необхідності ручного втручання. Якщо ви не " -"маєте абсолютної впевненості як повестись у такому випадку, то натисніть " -"Скасувати і скасуйте вибір деяких пакунків." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." +msgstr "Якщо ви впевнені у своїх діях, то можете їх встановити, але це може призвести до пошкодження системи і необхідності ручного втручання. Якщо ви не маєте абсолютної впевненості як повестись у такому випадку, то натисніть Скасувати і скасуйте вибір деяких пакунків." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -390,12 +368,8 @@ msgstr "Автоматичні зміни" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "" -"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -"changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"На додаток до вашого вибору, для задоволення залежностей було змінено " -"наступні пакунки:" +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "На додаток до вашого вибору, для задоволення залежностей було змінено наступні пакунки:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 @@ -408,12 +382,8 @@ msgstr "Пакунки без підтримки" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "" -"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " -"requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "" -"Наступне вибране програмне забезпечення або не підтримується, або для " -"підтримки потребує додатковий контракт." +msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "Наступне вибране програмне забезпечення або не підтримується, або для підтримки потребує додатковий контракт." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." @@ -426,11 +396,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "" -"Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Примітка: Це просто короткий огляд. Для подробиць див. посібник." +msgid "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +msgstr "Примітка: Це просто короткий огляд. Для подробиць див. посібник." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 @@ -438,194 +405,92 @@ msgstr "В цьому вікні, виберіть латки для звантаження і встановлення." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "" -"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -"(estimated) download size." -msgstr "" -"Список ліворуч містить наявні латки, їх тип (безпека, рекомендовані, " -"необов'язкові) і (приблизний) розмір." +msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgstr "Список ліворуч містить наявні латки, їх тип (безпека, рекомендовані, необов'язкові) і (приблизний) розмір." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your " -"system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches " -"check box below the list." -msgstr "" -"Як правило, цей список містить тільки ті латки, які ще не встановлено у вашій " -"системі. Можна це змінити за допомогою прапорця Включити встановлені " -"латки, який знаходиться під списком." +msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." +msgstr "Як правило, цей список містить тільки ті латки, які ще не встановлено у вашій системі. Можна це змінити за допомогою прапорця Включити встановлені латки, який знаходиться під списком." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "" -"The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the " -"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " -"here." -msgstr "" -"Поле Опис латки містить довше пояснення для вибраної в даний час " -"латки. Клацніть на латку у списку, щоб там переглянути її опис." +msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +msgstr "Поле Опис латки містить довше пояснення для вибраної в даний час латки. Клацніть на латку у списку, щоб там переглянути її опис." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "" -"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " -"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " -"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "" -"Список пакунків праворуч показує вміст вибраної в даний час латки, тобто, " -"пакунки, які в ній містяться. Неможливо встановлювати або вилучати " -"індивідуальні пакунки з латки, а тільки цілу латку. Це зроблено навмисне, щоб " -"не завдати системі шкоди." +msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "Список пакунків праворуч показує вміст вибраної в даний час латки, тобто, пакунки, які в ній містяться. Неможливо встановлювати або вилучати індивідуальні пакунки з латки, а тільки цілу латку. Це зроблено навмисне, щоб не завдати системі шкоди." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "" -"In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter " -"views from Filter at the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"На додаток до латок можете також вибрати один з інших відфільтрованих " -"виглядів із Фільтр у верхньому лівому кутку:" +msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" +msgstr "На додаток до латок можете також вибрати один з інших відфільтрованих виглядів із Фільтр у верхньому лівому кутку:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "" -"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " -"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "" -"В цьому вікні виберіть які пакунки встановити, оновити або вилучити. Можна " -"вибирати індивідуальні пакунки або цілий \"вибір\" пакунків." +msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "В цьому вікні виберіть які пакунки встановити, оновити або вилучити. Можна вибирати індивідуальні пакунки або цілий \"вибір\" пакунків." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "" -"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -"right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "" -"Клацніть на піктограмі стану для пакунка або вибору, щоб змінити стан, або " -"клацніть на піктограмі правою кнопкою мишки, щоб відкрилось контекстне меню." +msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "Клацніть на піктограмі стану для пакунка або вибору, щоб змінити стан, або клацніть на піктограмі правою кнопкою мишки, щоб відкрилось контекстне меню." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "" -"Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. " -"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " -"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " -"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " -"you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "" -"Застосовуйте кнопку Перевірити залежності для розв'язання залежностей " -"пакунків. Деякі пакунки потребують встановлення інших пакунків. Деякі пакунки " -"можна встановити тільки, якщо також не встановлено деякі інші пакунки. Ця " -"перевірка автоматично позначить потрібні пакунки для встановлення і " -"попередить вас, якщо є конфлікти залежностей." +msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "Застосовуйте кнопку Перевірити залежності для розв'язання залежностей пакунків. Деякі пакунки потребують встановлення інших пакунків. Деякі пакунки можна встановити тільки, якщо також не встановлено деякі інші пакунки. Ця перевірка автоматично позначить потрібні пакунки для встановлення і попередить вас, якщо є конфлікти залежностей." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "" -"When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " -"be performed." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви покинете це вікно через кнопку Прийняти, цю перевірку буде " -"зроблено автоматично." +msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." +msgstr "Коли ви покинете це вікно через кнопку Прийняти, цю перевірку буде зроблено автоматично." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "" -"Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " -"the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Виберіть один з наявних відфільтрованих переглядів із комбінованого списку " -"Фільтр у верхньому лівому кутку:" +msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" +msgstr "Виберіть один з наявних відфільтрованих переглядів із комбінованого списку Фільтр у верхньому лівому кутку:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "" -"Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -"belong together." -msgstr "" -"Вибір показує деякі заздалегідь вибрані набори пакунків, які логічно " -"пов'язані між собою." +msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +msgstr "Вибір показує деякі заздалегідь вибрані набори пакунків, які логічно пов'язані між собою." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also " -"select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "" -"Використовуйте прапорець (кнопку з незалежною фіксацією) поряд з вибором, щоб " -"вибрати його як ціле. Можна також вибрати або скасувати вибір індивідуальних " -"пакунків у списку пакунків праворуч." +msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "Використовуйте прапорець (кнопку з незалежною фіксацією) поряд з вибором, щоб вибрати його як ціле. Можна також вибрати або скасувати вибір індивідуальних пакунків у списку пакунків праворуч." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "" -"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse " -"tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display " -"the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." -msgstr "" -"Групи пакунків показує пакунки за категоріями. Можна розгортати і " -"згортати елементи дерева, щоб деталізувати або узагальнити категорії. " -"Клацніть на будь-яку категорію, щоб побачити праворуч пакунки в цій категорії." +msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "Групи пакунків показує пакунки за категоріями. Можна розгортати і згортати елементи дерева, щоб деталізувати або узагальнити категорії. Клацніть на будь-яку категорію, щоб побачити праворуч пакунки в цій категорії." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid "" -" Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " -"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr "" -" Підказка: Є елемент \"яяя Всі\" у самому кінці списку, який покаже " -"всі пакунки. На повільних комп'ютерах це може зайняти декілька секунд." +msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr " Підказка: Є елемент \"яяя Всі\" у самому кінці списку, який покаже всі пакунки. На повільних комп'ютерах це може зайняти декілька секунд." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "" -"Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " -"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "" -"Пошук дає змогу шукати за пакунками, які відповідають різноманітним " -"критеріям. Зазвичай, це найпростіший спосіб пошуку за пакунком, якщо ви " -"знаєте його назву." +msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "Пошук дає змогу шукати за пакунками, які відповідають різноманітним критеріям. Зазвичай, це найпростіший спосіб пошуку за пакунком, якщо ви знаєте його назву." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -"certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." -msgstr "" -"Підказка: Цим також можна скористатись, щоб знайти пакунок, який " -"містить певну бібліотеку. Шукайте в полі RPM Надає." +msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." +msgstr "Підказка: Цим також можна скористатись, щоб знайти пакунок, який містить певну бібліотеку. Шукайте в полі RPM Надає." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "" -"Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- " -"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "" -"Зведення встановлення типово показує зміни у вашій системі -- які " -"пакунки будуть встановлені, вилучені або оновлені." +msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "Зведення встановлення типово показує зміни у вашій системі -- які пакунки будуть встановлені, вилучені або оновлені." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to <" -"b>Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " -"see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "" -"Як правило, рекомендуємо вживати Перевірити залежності, а тоді " -"перемкнути до Зведення встановлення перш, ніж натиснути Прийняти" -". Таким чином ви зможете бачити всі зміни у вашій системи." +msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "Як правило, рекомендуємо вживати Перевірити залежності, а тоді перемкнути до Зведення встановлення перш, ніж натиснути Прийняти. Таким чином ви зможете бачити всі зміни у вашій системи." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "" -"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " -"use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "" -"Також можна вибрати які пакунки і з яким станом тут мають бути показані; для " -"цього скористайтесь прапорцями ліворуч." +msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "Також можна вибрати які пакунки і з яким станом тут мають бути показані; для цього скористайтесь прапорцями ліворуч." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what " -"packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck " -"everything else." -msgstr "" -"Підказка: Можна повернути ефект цього фільтра. Ви можете бачити, які " -"пакунки у вашій системі залишаються без змін. Просто увімкніть Залишити" -" і вимкніть все інше." +msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." +msgstr "Підказка: Можна повернути ефект цього фільтра. Ви можете бачити, які пакунки у вашій системі залишаються без змін. Просто увімкніть Залишити і вимкніть все інше." #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -675,12 +540,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions " -"are the same)." -msgstr "" -"Цей пакунок вже встановлено. Оновіть або повторно встановіть його (якщо " -"версії однакові)." +msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +msgstr "Цей пакунок вже встановлено. Оновіть або повторно встановіть його (якщо версії однакові)." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 @@ -702,22 +563,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "" -"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " -"packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Цей пакунок не встановлений і не повинен бути встановлений ні в якому " -"випадку, особливо, в зв'язку з невирішеними залежностями, які можуть бути або " -"з'явитись в інших пакунках." +msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Цей пакунок не встановлений і не повинен бути встановлений ні в якому випадку, особливо, в зв'язку з невирішеними залежностями, які можуть бути або з'явитись в інших пакунках." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "" -"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -"installation media." -msgstr "" -"Пакунки з \"табу\" розглядаються як такі, що не існують на жодному носії " -"встановлення." +msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +msgstr "Пакунки з \"табу\" розглядаються як такі, що не існують на жодному носії встановлення." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 @@ -726,20 +577,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because " -"of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Цей пакунок встановлений і він не повинен бути змінений, особливо, в зв'язку " -"з невирішеними залежностями, які можуть бути або з'явитись в інших пакунках." +msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Цей пакунок встановлений і він не повинен бути змінений, особливо, в зв'язку з невирішеними залежностями, які можуть бути або з'явитись в інших пакунках." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " -"newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Вживайте цей стан для пакунків третьої сторони, які потрібно захистити від " -"перезапису новішими версіями, які можуть міститись в дистрибутиві." +msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Вживайте цей стан для пакунків третьої сторони, які потрібно захистити від перезапису новішими версіями, які можуть міститись в дистрибутиві." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -749,19 +592,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs " -"it." -msgstr "" -"Цей пакунок буде встановлено автоматично, бо деякі інші пакунки потребують " -"його." +msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +msgstr "Цей пакунок буде встановлено автоматично, бо деякі інші пакунки потребують його." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "" -"Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "" -"Підказка: Можливо, вам потрібно застосувати \"табу\", щоб позбутися " -"такого пакунка." +msgid "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "Підказка: Можливо, вам потрібно застосувати \"табу\", щоб позбутися такого пакунка." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 @@ -771,12 +607,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -"version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "" -"Цей пакунок вже встановлений, але деякі інші пакунки потребують новішої " -"версії, тому його буде автоматично оновлено." +msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "Цей пакунок вже встановлений, але деякі інші пакунки потребують новішої версії, тому його буде автоматично оновлено." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 @@ -786,18 +618,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " -"is deleted." -msgstr "" -"Цей пакунок вже встановлений, але залежності пакунків вимагають, щоб його " -"було вилучено." +msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +msgstr "Цей пакунок вже встановлений, але залежності пакунків вимагають, щоб його було вилучено." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." -msgstr "" -"Це може трапитись, напр., коли встановлення інших пакунків робить цей пакунок " -"застарілим." +msgstr "Це може трапитись, напр., коли встановлення інших пакунків робить цей пакунок застарілим." #. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 @@ -817,12 +643,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "" -"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "" -"Отримати цей пакунок. Встановити, якщо його ще не встановлено. Оновити до " -"найновішої версії, якщо він встановлений і є новіша версія." +msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "Отримати цей пакунок. Встановити, якщо його ще не встановлено. Оновити до найновішої версії, якщо він встановлений і є новіша версія." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 @@ -831,21 +653,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed " -"yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "" -"Позбутися цього пакунка. Позначити його \"не встановлювати\", якщо його ще не " -"встановлено. Вилучити його, якщо вже встановлено." +msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "Позбутися цього пакунка. Позначити його \"не встановлювати\", якщо його ще не встановлено. Вилучити його, якщо вже встановлено." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "" -"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " -"packages that are not installed." -msgstr "" -"Оновити цей пакунок, якщо він встановлений і є новіша версія. Ігнорувати " -"пакунки, які не встановлені." +msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +msgstr "Оновити цей пакунок, якщо він встановлений і є новіша версія. Ігнорувати пакунки, які не встановлені." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 @@ -854,23 +668,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "" -"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " -"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "" -"Скасувати зміни заподіяні \">\": Встановити пакунок до \"залишити\", якщо в " -"даний час його встановлено до \"оновити\". Ігнорувати всі інші пакунки." +msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "Скасувати зміни заподіяні \">\": Встановити пакунок до \"залишити\", якщо в даний час його встановлено до \"оновити\". Ігнорувати всі інші пакунки." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " -"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " -"that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Встановити стан пакунка до \"табу\", якщо його встановлено: запобігти " -"встановленню цього пакунка, особливо, в зв'язку з невирішеними залежностями, " -"які можуть бути або з'явитись в інших пакунках. " +msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Встановити стан пакунка до \"табу\", якщо його встановлено: запобігти встановленню цього пакунка, особливо, в зв'язку з невирішеними залежностями, які можуть бути або з'явитись в інших пакунках. " #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 @@ -879,22 +683,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " -"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -"other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Встановити стан цього пакунка до \"захищений\", якщо він встановлений: " -"запобігання, щоб пакунок не було модифіковано, особливо, в зв'язку з " -"невирішеними залежностями, які можуть бути або з'явитись в інших пакунках. " +msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Встановити стан цього пакунка до \"захищений\", якщо він встановлений: запобігання, щоб пакунок не було модифіковано, особливо, в зв'язку з невирішеними залежностями, які можуть бути або з'явитись в інших пакунках. " #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "" -"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -"versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Вживайте для пакунків третьої сторони, які не повинні перезаписуватись новими " -"версіями, що можуть міститись в дистрибутиві." +msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Вживайте для пакунків третьої сторони, які не повинні перезаписуватись новими версіями, що можуть міститись в дистрибутиві." #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 #: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 @@ -954,13 +748,8 @@ msgstr "Створити контрольний приклад розв'язання залежностей" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "" -"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"Вживайте це для створення розширеного журналу, який допоможе вислідити " -"вади в програмі розв'язання залежностей. Журнали будуть збережені в каталозі " -" <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "Вживайте це для створення розширеного журналу, який допоможе вислідити вади в програмі розв'язання залежностей. Журнали будуть збережені в каталозі <tt>%1</tt>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -968,12 +757,8 @@ msgstr "Контрольний приклад розв'язання залежностей" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "" -"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>" -"y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -msgstr "" -"Контрольний приклад розв'язання залежностей записано до <tt>%1</tt>" -"Приготувати архів <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> для долучення до Bugzilla?" +msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +msgstr "Контрольний приклад розв'язання залежностей записано до <tt>%1</tt>Приготувати архів <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> для долучення до Bugzilla?" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -982,13 +767,8 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "" -"Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " -"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"Помилка створення контрольного прикладу розв'язання залежностей." -"Будь ласка, перевірте чи є досить вільного місця на диску і права доступу " -"до <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "Помилка створення контрольного прикладу розв'язання залежностей.Будь ласка, перевірте чи є досить вільного місця на диску і права доступу до <tt>%1</tt>" #. startsWith #. filter @@ -1035,22 +815,18 @@ msgstr "Робить застарілим:" #: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:111 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:141 -#| msgid "Recommended" msgid "Recommends:" msgstr "Рекомендує:" #: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:112 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:142 -#| msgid "Suggested" msgid "Suggests:" msgstr "Пропонує:" #: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:113 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:143 -#| msgid "Finance" msgid "Enhances:" msgstr "Поліпшує:" #: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:114 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:144 -#| msgid "Supplemented patterns" msgid "Supplements:" msgstr "Доповнює:" @@ -1119,7 +895,6 @@ #. Dialog title #: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:83 -#| msgid "Package Repository" msgid "Package History" msgstr "Журнал пакунків" @@ -1136,7 +911,6 @@ msgstr "Дія" #: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114 -#| msgid "Version" msgid "Version/URL" msgstr "Версія/URL" @@ -1148,7 +922,6 @@ #. Translators: This is a (short) text indicating that something went #. wrong while trying to read history file. #: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:268 -#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgid "Unable to read history" msgstr "Неможливо читати історію" @@ -1435,17 +1208,14 @@ msgstr "Рекомендовані пакунки" #: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:95 -#| msgid "Changed Packages" msgid "Orphaned Packages" msgstr "Пошкоджені пакунки" #: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:96 -#| msgid "Unneeded Patches" msgid "Unneeded Packages" msgstr "Непотрібні пакунки" #: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:97 -#| msgid "Missing Packages" msgid "Multiversion Packages" msgstr "Пакунки з декількома версіями" @@ -1562,7 +1332,6 @@ msgstr "Пошук в" #: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:111 -#| msgid "Name" msgid "Nam&e" msgstr "&Назва" @@ -1575,12 +1344,10 @@ msgstr "О&пис" #: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:122 -#| msgid "RPM Provides" msgid "RPM \"P&rovides\"" msgstr "RPM „&Надає\"" #: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:124 -#| msgid "RPM Requires" msgid "RPM \"Re&quires\"" msgstr "RPM „&Потребує“" @@ -1719,25 +1486,6 @@ msgstr "Автори:" #: src/YQPkgUpdateProblemFilterView.cc:60 -#| msgid "" -#| " \n" -#| "<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "The packages in this list cannot be updated automatically.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Possible reasons:\n" -#| "<ul>\n" -#| "<li>They are obsoleted by other packages\n" -#| "<li>There is no newer version to update to on any installation media\n" -#| "<li>They are third-party packages\n" -#| "</ul>\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Please choose manually what to do with them.\n" -#| "The safest course of action is to delete them.\n" -#| "" msgid "" " \n" "<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n" @@ -1765,8 +1513,7 @@ "Ймовірні причини:\n" "<ul>\n" "<li>Вони стали застарілими через встановлення інших пакунків\n" -"<li>Немає новішої версії, до якої потрібно оновити на будь-якому носії " -"встановлення\n" +"<li>Немає новішої версії, до якої потрібно оновити на будь-якому носії встановлення\n" "<li>Вони надаються третіми сторонами\n" "</ul>\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/qt.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/qt.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/qt.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-01 22:02+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:180 @@ -67,7 +66,7 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "Редактор таблиці стилів" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" @@ -76,7 +75,7 @@ "натискання на ліву. Обміняти місцями ліву і праву кнопки?" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "Неочікуване клацання" @@ -124,7 +123,6 @@ #. #. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut #: src/YQWizard.cc:869 -#| msgid "Release Notes..." msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Примітки до випуску" @@ -137,4 +135,3 @@ #: src/YQWizard.cc:1328 msgid "Tree" msgstr "Дерево" - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/rdp.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/rdp.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/rdp.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-01 22:06+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Commandline help title @@ -38,9 +37,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Встановіть \"так\", щоб дозволити або \"ні\", щоб заборонити віддалене " -"адміністрування" +msgstr "Встановіть \"так\", щоб дозволити або \"ні\", щоб заборонити віддалене адміністрування" #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/rdp.rb:107 @@ -58,13 +55,11 @@ #. RichText label #: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:57 -#| msgid "Remote Administration" msgid "RDP Remote Administration" msgstr "Віддалене адміністрування RDP" #. Menu label #: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:59 -#| msgid "Remote Administration" msgid "RDP &Remote Administration" msgstr "&Віддалене адміністрування RDP" @@ -84,13 +79,6 @@ msgstr "&Не дозволяти віддалене адміністрування" #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:54 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" -#| "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" -#| "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" -#| "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -#| "a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" -#| "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -100,8 +88,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Параметри віддаленого адміністрування</big>\n" "Якщо увімкнено цю можливість, ви можете\n" -"адмініструвати цей комп'ютер з іншого комп'ютера. Скористайтеся клієнтом " -"RDP,\n" +"адмініструвати цей комп'ютер з іншого комп'ютера. Скористайтеся клієнтом RDP,\n" "таким як rdesktop (з'єднаним з <назвою вузла>:%1).\n" "Ця форма адміністрування небезпечніша, ніж використання SSH.\n" @@ -122,7 +109,6 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 -#| msgid "Configure Later" msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "Налаштувати xrdp" @@ -132,7 +118,6 @@ msgstr "Перезапуск служб" #: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 -#| msgid "Stop services" msgid "Stop the services" msgstr " Зупинити служби" @@ -146,7 +131,6 @@ msgstr "Запис параметрів фаєрволу..." #: src/modules/RDP.rb:115 -#| msgid "Configuring hardware..." msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "Налаштовується xrdp..." @@ -156,7 +140,6 @@ msgstr "Перезапуск служби..." #: src/modules/RDP.rb:137 -#| msgid "Stopping services..." msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "Зупиняється служба..." @@ -169,4 +152,3 @@ #: src/modules/RDP.rb:156 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Віддалене адміністрування вимкнено." - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/rear.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/rear.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/rear.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 09:07+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -16,48 +16,37 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xrear module #: src/clients/rear.rb:54 -#| msgid "Configuration of drbd" msgid "Configuration of Rear" msgstr "Налаштування Rear" #. command line help text for 'configure' action #: src/clients/rear.rb:67 -#| msgid "Change the IrDA configuration" msgid "Change the Rear configuration" msgstr "Змінити налаштування Rear" #: src/clients/rear.rb:73 -#| msgid "Output:" msgid "Output" msgstr "Виведення" #: src/clients/rear.rb:74 -#| msgid "New URL:\n" msgid "Netfs URL" msgstr "Netfs URL" #. Dialog shown, when system is not supported by rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:85 -#| msgid "This system does not support ACPI or APM." msgid "This system is not supported by rear, because:" msgstr "Ця система не підтримується rear, бо:" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you " -"ignore this warning." -msgstr "" -"Не думайте, що створена резервна копія знадобиться для відновлення " -"системи, якщо ви проігноруєте це попередження." +msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning." +msgstr "Не думайте, що створена резервна копія знадобиться для відновлення системи, якщо ви проігноруєте це попередження." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104 -#| msgid "This scanner is not supported." msgid "This system is not supported." msgstr "Ця система не підтримується." @@ -72,7 +61,6 @@ #. store original value of directories for the case that the users clicks cancel #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:143 -#| msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgid "Additional Directories to Backup" msgstr "Додаткові каталоги для резервування" @@ -81,23 +69,19 @@ msgstr "&Гаразд" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:171 -#| msgid "Cache Directory" msgid "Choose Directory" msgstr "Вибрати каталог" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:199 -#| msgid "Cannot read configuration file." msgid "Cannot write rear configuration file." msgstr "Неможливо записати налаштування rear." #. store original value of modules for the case that the users clicks cancel #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:221 -#| msgid "&No Additional YaST Modules" msgid "Additional Kernel Modules" msgstr "Додаткові модулі ядра" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:228 -#| msgid "Available Modules" msgid "Available Modules in current System:" msgstr "Доступні модулі у поточній системі:" @@ -111,114 +95,62 @@ #. Dialog to run rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:327 -#| msgid "Preparing for Image Creation" msgid "Preparing for Rear Execution." msgstr "Підготовка до виконання rear." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:348 -#| msgid "Running KInternet..." msgid "Running rear..." msgstr "Запускається rear…" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:372 -#| msgid "DBI Execution failed: %s." msgid "Execution failed with return value %1." msgstr "Збій виконання з кодом повернення %1." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:381 msgid "Finished. You are strongly advised to test the created backup." -msgstr "" -"Завершено. Наполегливо рекомендуємо перевірити створену резервну копію." +msgstr "Завершено. Наполегливо рекомендуємо перевірити створену резервну копію." #. For translators: Caption of the dialog #. The whole sequence #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:416 src/include/rear/ui.rb:680 -#| msgid "Printer Configuration" msgid "Rear Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування rear" #. help text for Rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419 -#| msgid "Here, configure an infrared interface (IrDA) for your computer." -msgid "" -"Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Налаштування Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) для вашого комп'ютера.<" -"/p>" +msgid "Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer." +msgstr "Налаштування Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) для вашого комп'ютера." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422 -msgid "" -"Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want to " -"boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." -msgstr "" -"Визначте спосіб запуску Системи відновлення. Виберіть USB, " -"якщо хочете завантажуватися із флешки, або ISO для CD-ROM відповідно." +msgid "Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." +msgstr "Визначте спосіб запуску Системи відновлення. Виберіть USB, якщо хочете завантажуватися із флешки, або ISO для CD-ROM відповідно." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 -msgid "" -"Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have to " -"use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as " -"follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store " -"your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть місце зберігання Резервної копії. Вкажіть NFS, якщо ви " -"використовуєте сервер, що пропонує мережну файлову систему. Вкажіть " -"розташування наступним чином: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. Також ви " -"можете вказати USB для зберігання резервної копії на флешці або USB-диску." -"" +msgid "Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." +msgstr "Виберіть місце зберігання Резервної копії. Вкажіть NFS, якщо ви використовуєте сервер, що пропонує мережну файлову систему. Вкажіть розташування наступним чином: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. Також ви можете вказати USB для зберігання резервної копії на флешці або USB-диску." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428 -msgid "" -"If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click " -"Rescan USB Devices." -msgstr "" -"Якщо не показується жодний USB-пристрій, під'єднайте флеш-носій або " -"USB-диск і натисніть Пересканувати USB-пристрої." +msgid "If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click Rescan USB Devices." +msgstr "Якщо не показується жодний USB-пристрій, під'єднайте флеш-носій або USB-диск і натисніть Пересканувати USB-пристрої." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy " -"to be overwritten." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть Зберегти стару резервну копію, якщо не хочете, щоб " -"попередня резервна копія була перезаписана." +msgid "Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten." +msgstr "Виберіть Зберегти стару резервну копію, якщо не хочете, щоб попередня резервна копія була перезаписана." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 -msgid "" -"The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the " -"backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's " -"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the " -"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." -msgstr "" -"Меню Додатково пропонує додати Додаткові каталоги для " -"резервного копіювання та Додаткові модулі ядра в системі " -"відновлення. Це корисно тільки для випадків, коли ваша резервна " -"копія не містить всіх необхідних каталогів або система відновлення не " -"завантажується через відсутні модулі ядра." +msgid "The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." +msgstr "Меню Додатково пропонує додати Додаткові каталоги для резервного копіювання та Додаткові модулі ядра в системі відновлення. Це корисно тільки для випадків, коли ваша резервна копія не містить всіх необхідних каталогів або система відновлення не завантажується через відсутні модулі ядра." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437 -msgid "" -"The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's output. " -"Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your " -"system!" -msgstr "" -"Кнопка Зберегти і запустити rear запускає rear і виводить " -"інформацію про його роботу. Обов'язково перевірте, що створена " -"резервна копія працює на вашій системі належним чином!" +msgid "The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!" +msgstr "Кнопка Зберегти і запустити rear запускає rear і виводить інформацію про його роботу. Обов'язково перевірте, що створена резервна копія працює на вашій системі належним чином!" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440 -msgid "" -"OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes the " -"configuration dialog without saving." -msgstr "" -"Гаразд зберігає налаштування перед виходом, а Скасувати " -"закриває " -"діалог налаштувань без збереження." +msgid "OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes the configuration dialog without saving." +msgstr "Гаразд зберігає налаштування перед виходом, а Скасувати закриває діалог налаштувань без збереження." #. prepare advanced menu #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:459 -#| msgid "Additional Repositories" msgid "Additional Directories in Backup" msgstr "Додаткові каталоги резервній копії" @@ -228,12 +160,10 @@ #. prepare main dialog #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:472 -#| msgid "Verify System" msgid "Recovery System" msgstr "Система відновлення" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:480 -#| msgid "&Media" msgid "&Boot Media" msgstr "&Завантажувальний носій" @@ -242,7 +172,6 @@ msgstr "Резервування" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:498 -#| msgid "&Backup" msgid "&Backup Media" msgstr "&Резервний носій" @@ -254,12 +183,10 @@ msgstr "Ад&реса" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:517 -#| msgid "&Before Backup" msgid "&Keep old backup" msgstr "&Зберегти стару резервну копію" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:521 -#| msgid "Rescan Devices" msgid "Rescan USB Devices" msgstr "Пересканувати пристрої USB" @@ -286,15 +213,10 @@ msgstr "Зазначено невідоме значення або помилковий формат NETFS_URL.\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590 -msgid "" -"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot " -"configure.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ваш файл налаштувань rear містить параметри, які не підтримуються цим модулем " -"YaST2.\n" +msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n" +msgstr "Ваш файл налаштувань rear містить параметри, які не підтримуються цим модулем YaST2.\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595 -#| msgid "Do you really want to cancel and thereby skip the Registration?" msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?" msgstr "Хочете продовжити і перезаписати ці налаштування?" @@ -306,27 +228,22 @@ #. true: read-only #. Rear read dialog caption #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:691 -#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" msgid "Reading Rear Configuration" msgstr "Читання налаштувань rear " #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -#| msgid "Reading general settings" msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "Читання параметрів rear" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -#| msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "Аналіз системи" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 -#| msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgid "Analyzing system..." msgstr "Аналізується система..." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 -#| msgid "Reading the settings..." msgid "Reading rear settings..." msgstr "Читаються параметри rear..." @@ -341,28 +258,23 @@ msgstr "Неможливо з'ясувати, який завантажувач використовується." #: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:68 -#| msgid "The provider %1 is in use." msgid "Bootloader %1 is used." msgstr "Використовується завантажувач %1." #. check devices #: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:106 -#| msgid "Service %1 does not exist." msgid "Device %1 is iscsi." msgstr "Пристрій %1 — iscsi." #: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:118 -#| msgid "Device path" msgid "Device %1 is multipath." msgstr "Пристрій %1 — multipath." #. check partitions #: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:134 -#| msgid "Partition Mounted" msgid "Partition %1 is mounted by uuid." msgstr "Розділ %1 змонтовано по uuid." #: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:151 msgid "Partition %1 uses an unsupported filesystem (%2)." msgstr "Розділ %1 використовує непідтримувану файлову систему (%2)." - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/registration.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/registration.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/registration.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" #. popup heading (in bold) @@ -161,9 +160,7 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? @@ -223,15 +220,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." msgstr "" #. error message @@ -575,7 +568,7 @@ #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ліцензійна угода" #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." @@ -611,9 +604,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" #. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) @@ -639,22 +630,17 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code." +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow @@ -684,9 +670,7 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product." +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 @@ -696,7 +680,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Identifier" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ідентифікатор" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 #, fuzzy @@ -705,7 +689,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Архітектура" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Release Type" @@ -738,7 +722,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Архітектура" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 msgid "&Release Type" @@ -747,30 +731,18 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." -msgstr "" -"Реєстрація продукту включає його в базу даних Novell, що дає можливість " -"виконувати мережне оновлення і отримувати технічну підтримку. Щоб " -"зареєструватись автоматично під час встановлення, виберіть Запустити " -"реєстрацію продукту. Для спрощення процедури включіть інформацію про " -"вашу систему в Профілі обладнання і Додатковій інформації." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "Реєстрація продукту включає його в базу даних Novell, що дає можливість виконувати мережне оновлення і отримувати технічну підтримку. Щоб зареєструватись автоматично під час встановлення, виберіть Запустити реєстрацію продукту. Для спрощення процедури включіть інформацію про вашу систему в Профілі обладнання і Додатковій інформації." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -"Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "" -"Якщо у вашій мережі розгорнуто нетиповий сервер SMT, будь ласка, вкажіть " -"URL сервера SMT і розташування сертифіката SMT у полі Параметри сервера " -"SMT. За подальшою довідкою зверніться до вашого підручника з SMT." +msgstr "Якщо у вашій мережі розгорнуто нетиповий сервер SMT, будь ласка, вкажіть URL сервера SMT і розташування сертифіката SMT у полі Параметри сервера SMT. За подальшою довідкою зверніться до вашого підручника з SMT." #. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 @@ -850,38 +822,27 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate." +msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk." +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid @@ -1094,8 +1055,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" @@ -1109,15 +1069,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " -#~ "Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1133,11 +1089,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " -#~ "product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -1149,12 +1103,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -1167,11 +1118,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " -#~ "such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" @@ -1179,26 +1128,21 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Регулярна синхронізація з центром підтримки перевіряє чинність \n" #~ "ваших джерел оновлення і додає нові, які стають доступними.\n" -#~ "Крім того, вона надсилає всі зміни у ваших включених даних до Novell, " -#~ "наприклад, \n" -#~ "інформацію про апаратне забезпечення, якщо задіяно Інформацію про " -#~ "апаратне забезпечення.\n" +#~ "Крім того, вона надсилає всі зміни у ваших включених даних до Novell, наприклад, \n" +#~ "інформацію про апаратне забезпечення, якщо задіяно Інформацію про апаратне забезпечення.\n" #~ "Цей параметр не вилучає жодного з джерел, вказаних вручну.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~| "Novell.\n" -#~| "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration " -#~| "with\n" +#~| "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" +#~| "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~| "Configure Later.\n" #~| "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" @@ -1213,28 +1157,20 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~| "system\n" +#~| "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~| "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~| "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~| "involved\n" -#~| " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " -#~| "Novell\n" -#~| "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~| "identity\n" +#~| "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~| " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" +#~| "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~| "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~| "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" -#~ "SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1252,23 +1188,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~| "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~| "support\n" -#~| "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~| "View\n" -#~| "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~| "tt>.\n" +#~| "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~| "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~| "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~| "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " -#~ "for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -1282,21 +1211,17 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~| "update \n" +#~| "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~| "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~| "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " -#~| "such \n" +#~| "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" #~| "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~| "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~| "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" -#~ "SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" @@ -1304,10 +1229,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Регулярна синхронізація з центром підтримки перевіряє чинність \n" #~ "ваших джерел оновлення і додає нові, які стають доступними.\n" -#~ "Крім того, вона надсилає всі зміни у ваших включених даних до Novell, " -#~ "наприклад, \n" -#~ "інформацію про апаратне забезпечення, якщо задіяно Інформацію про " -#~ "апаратне забезпечення.\n" +#~ "Крім того, вона надсилає всі зміни у ваших включених даних до Novell, наприклад, \n" +#~ "інформацію про апаратне забезпечення, якщо задіяно Інформацію про апаратне забезпечення.\n" #~ "Цей параметр не вилучає жодного з джерел, вказаних вручну.\n" #~ "" @@ -1389,11 +1312,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Не вдалося встановити наступні пакунки" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Щоб налаштувати ініціатор iSCSI, потрібно встановити пакунок %1." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "Щоб налаштувати ініціатор iSCSI, потрібно встановити пакунок %1." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." @@ -1449,39 +1369,18 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "Нечинний ключ." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get more information about the registration process with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Більше інформації про процес реєстрації можна отримати за допомогою " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgstr "Більше інформації про процес реєстрації можна отримати за допомогою <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration " -#~| "Data. Add a new key and value pair by pressing Add and " -#~| "then entering the appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that " -#~| "can be passed with <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Get more information " -#~| "about them with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a pair with Delete</" -#~| "b> or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~| msgid "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration Data. Add a new key and value pair by pressing Add and then entering the appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Get more information about them with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " -#~ "a\n" -#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " -#~ "Edit." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Іншу інформацію, яка вживається для реєстрації, показано в " -#~ "Реєстраційних даних. Додайте нову пару ключ-значення, натиснувши " -#~ "Додати, тоді введіть належні значення. Це параметри, які можна " -#~ "відсилати за допомогою <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Більше інформації про " -#~ "них можна отримати за допомогою <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Вилучити пару " -#~ "можна, натиснувши Вилучити, а редагувати існуючу пару - за " -#~ "допомогою Змінити." +#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~ msgstr "Іншу інформацію, яка вживається для реєстрації, показано в Реєстраційних даних. Додайте нову пару ключ-значення, натиснувши Додати, тоді введіть належні значення. Це параметри, які можна відсилати за допомогою <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Більше інформації про них можна отримати за допомогою <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Вилучити пару можна, натиснувши Вилучити, а редагувати існуючу пару - за допомогою Змінити." #~ msgid "SMT Server" #~ msgstr "Сервер SMT" @@ -1614,8 +1513,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Не вдалося завантажити файл сертифікати SMT з гнучкого диску." #~ msgid "Could not download the SMT certificate file from specified URL." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Не вдалося завантажити файл сертифіката SMT за вказаною адресою URL." +#~ msgstr "Не вдалося завантажити файл сертифіката SMT за вказаною адресою URL." #~ msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path." #~ msgstr "Не вдалося знайти файл сертифікати SMT за вказаним шляхом." @@ -1672,8 +1570,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" -#~| "You have to trust this certificate in order to continue with the " -#~| "Registration." +#~| "You have to trust this certificate in order to continue with the Registration." #~ msgid "" #~ "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" #~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" @@ -1749,9 +1646,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Натисніть Закінчити, щоб створити додатковий продукт в каталозі " -#~ "виводу." +#~ msgstr "Натисніть Закінчити, щоб створити додатковий продукт в каталозі виводу." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Edit Software Repositories" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/reipl.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/reipl.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/reipl.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: reipl.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 09:18+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xreipl module @@ -30,7 +29,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -45,7 +44,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -59,11 +58,7 @@ "з WWPN «%2»\n" "і LUN «%3».\n" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "After shutdown, reload the system\n" -#| "with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -129,7 +124,6 @@ msgstr "Прис&трій" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:129 -#| msgid "&World wide port number" msgid "&Worldwide port number" msgstr "Номер &інтернетного порту" @@ -142,7 +136,6 @@ msgstr "Вибір за&пуску програм" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:150 -#| msgid "ccw parameters" msgid "nss parameters" msgstr "параметри nss" @@ -160,9 +153,6 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:36 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing reipl Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing reipl Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -177,14 +167,10 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати." -"\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" -#| "" msgid "" "<big>Saving reipl Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -213,8 +199,7 @@ #. Configure dialog help 2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio " -"buttons\n" +"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" "listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" @@ -230,18 +215,13 @@ #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "The device must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" -"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device " -"ID>,\n" -"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a " -"DASD or to\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device ID>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" "an FCP adapter." msgstr "" -"Пристрій має бути правильним ІД шини пристроїв з буквами в нижньому " -"регістрі\n" -"у сумісному з sysfs форматі 0.<ІД набору підканалів>.<ІД " -"пристрою>,\n" -"наприклад, 0.0.5c51. У залежності від обраного методу це може посилатися на " -"DASD або\n" +"Пристрій має бути правильним ІД шини пристроїв з буквами в нижньому регістрі\n" +"у сумісному з sysfs форматі 0.<ІД набору підканалів>.<ІД пристрою>,\n" +"наприклад, 0.0.5c51. У залежності від обраного методу це може посилатися на DASD або\n" "FCP-адаптер." #. Configure dialog help 4 @@ -251,38 +231,27 @@ "configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n" "to select the default configuration." msgstr "" -"Loadparm повинен мати щонайбільше максимум 8 символів і вибирати " -"конфігурацію\n" +"Loadparm повинен мати щонайбільше максимум 8 символів і вибирати конфігурацію\n" "завантаження з меню завантажувача zipl. Використовуйте один порожній символ\n" "для вибору типової конфігурації." #. Configure dialog help 5 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:80 -#| msgid "" -#| "The world wide port number (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n" -#| "letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a." msgid "" "The worldwide port number (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n" "letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" msgstr "" -"Номер інтернетного порту (WWPN) треба ввести літерами в нижньому " -"регістрі\n" -"як 16-цифрове значення у шістнадцятковій системі числення, напр., " -"0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" +"Номер інтернетного порту (WWPN) треба ввести літерами в нижньому регістрі\n" +"як 16-цифрове значення у шістнадцятковій системі числення, напр., 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" #. Configure dialog help 6 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase " -"letters\n" -"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.<" -"/p>" +"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." msgstr "" -"Logical unit number (LUN) повинен бути введений літерами в нижньому " -"регістрі\n" -"як 16-цифрове значення у шістнадцятковій системі числення з усіма " -"завершальними нулями, " -"наприклад, 0x52ca000000000000." +"Logical unit number (LUN) повинен бути введений літерами в нижньому регістрі\n" +"як 16-цифрове значення у шістнадцятковій системі числення з усіма завершальними нулями, наприклад, 0x52ca000000000000." #. Configure dialog help 7 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88 @@ -292,8 +261,7 @@ "the default configuration." msgstr "" "Вибір програми завантаження повинен бути невід'ємним цілим числом,\n" -"вибирають конфігурацію завантаження з меню завантажувача zipl. Використовуйте " -"0 для\n" +"вибирають конфігурацію завантаження з меню завантажувача zipl. Використовуйте 0 для\n" "вибору типової конфігурації." #. Configure dialog help 8 @@ -308,8 +276,7 @@ #. Configure dialog help 9 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by " -"shutdown,\n" +"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device." msgstr "" "Після підтвердження в цьому діалозі, можливо буде потрібне\n" @@ -322,31 +289,31 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "Налаштовані методи reipl" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "Метод ccw налаштовано і зараз використовується." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "Метод ccw налаштовано." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "Метод ccw не підтримується." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "Метод fcp налаштовано і зараз використовується." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "Метод fcp налаштовано." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "Метод fcp не підтримується." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/relocation-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/relocation-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/relocation-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-04 21:38+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -16,13 +16,11 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the relocation-server module #: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 -#| msgid "Configuration of ftp-server" msgid "Configuration of relocation-server" msgstr "Налаштування relocation-сервера" @@ -37,12 +35,10 @@ #. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 -#| msgid "Select File" msgid "Select SSL Key File" msgstr "Виберіть файл ключа SSL" #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 -#| msgid "Select Certificate File" msgid "Select SSL Cert File" msgstr "Виберіть файл сертифіката SSL" @@ -66,12 +62,10 @@ msgstr "Номер порту не може бути порожнім." #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 -#| msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgid "Port number out of range." msgstr "Номер порту за межами допустимих значень." #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 -#| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists." msgid "Port number already exists." msgstr "Номер порту вже існує." @@ -105,28 +99,23 @@ msgstr "Глобальні параметри" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 -#| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Relocation Address:" msgstr "Адреса переспрямування:" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 -#| msgid "&Available Hosts:" msgid "Allowed Hosts:" msgstr "Дозволені вузли:" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 -#| msgid "&Set as Default" msgid "Use SSL as Default" msgstr "Використовувати SSL типово" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 -#| msgid "DNS Server" msgid "non-SSL Server" msgstr "не-SSL сервер" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 -#| msgid "&Port:" msgid "Port:" msgstr "Порт:" @@ -136,17 +125,14 @@ msgstr "Увімкнути" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 -#| msgid "DNS Server" msgid "SSL Server" msgstr "Сервер SSL" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 -#| msgid "&ISO Image File:" msgid "SSL Key File:" msgstr "Файл ключа SSL:" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 -#| msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgid "SSL Cert File:" msgstr "Файл сертифіката SSL:" @@ -156,7 +142,6 @@ msgstr "Фаєрвол" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 -#| msgid "Online Migration" msgid "Tunneled migration" msgstr "Тунельована міграція" @@ -165,7 +150,6 @@ msgstr "Переконайтеся, що тунельована міграція працює" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#| msgid "Online Migration" msgid "Plain migration" msgstr "Проста міграція" @@ -198,15 +182,11 @@ msgstr "&Вилучити" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 -#| msgid "Include &Default Repositories" msgid "Include default port range" msgstr "Включити типовий діапазон портів" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing kerberos-server Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -221,14 +201,10 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати." -"\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Saving kerberos-server Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -254,44 +230,28 @@ "Relocation Address \n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections\n" "Allowed Hosts \n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " -"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence " -"of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP " -"address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.\n" "SSL Key File/SSL Cert File \n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface" msgstr "" "Адреса переспрямування \n" "Адреса, яка прослуховується xend для з'єднань relocation-socket\n" "Дозволені вузли \n" -"Вузли, яким дозволене з'єднання із relocation-портом. Якщо поле порожнє, тоді " -"дозволені всі з'єднання. У іншому випадку воно повинно містити " -"розділену пробілами послідовність регулярних виразів. Буде прийнято з'єднання " -"від " -"будь-якого вузла з повним доменним ім'ям або IP-адресою, відповідними " -"одному з цих виразів.\n" +"Вузли, яким дозволене з'єднання із relocation-портом. Якщо поле порожнє, тоді дозволені всі з'єднання. У іншому випадку воно повинно містити розділену пробілами послідовність регулярних виразів. Буде прийнято з'єднання від будь-якого вузла з повним доменним ім'ям або IP-адресою, відповідними одному з цих виразів.\n" "Файл ключа SSL/Файл сертифіката SSL \n" "Ключ та сертифікат SSL для використання в інтерфейсі ssl relocation." #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Tunneled migration</big> \n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " -"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the " -"data stream.\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.\n" "<big>Plain migration</big> \n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " -"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " -"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." msgstr "" "<big>Тунельована міграція</big> \n" -"libvirtd вузла-джерела встановлює пряме з'єднання з libvirtd вузла-" -"приймача для відправки міграційних даних. Це дає можливість шифрування " -"потоку даних.\n" +"libvirtd вузла-джерела встановлює пряме з'єднання з libvirtd вузла-приймача для відправки міграційних даних. Це дає можливість шифрування потоку даних.\n" "<big>Проста міграція</big> \n" -"Віртуальна машина вузла-джерела встановлює пряме незашифроване TCP-" -"з'єднання з вузлом-приймачем для відправки міграційних даних. Якщо не " -"вказаний порт, libvirt вибере значення з типового діапазону." +"Віртуальна машина вузла-джерела встановлює пряме незашифроване TCP-з'єднання з вузлом-приймачем для відправки міграційних даних. Якщо не вказаний порт, libvirt вибере значення з типового діапазону." #. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration #. @return sequence result @@ -308,25 +268,21 @@ msgstr "&Xen Libxl" #: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 -#| msgid "Mail Server Configuration" msgid "Relocation Server Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування relocation-сервера" #. RelocationServer read dialog caption #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:303 -#| msgid "Initializing kerberos-server Configuration" msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "Започаткування конфігурації relocation-сервера" #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:313 -#| msgid "Read the current SSHD configuration" msgid "Read the current xend configuration" msgstr "Прочитати поточну конфігурацію xend" #. Progress stage 2/3 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:315 -#| msgid "Read the current SSHD state" msgid "Read the current xend state" msgstr "Прочитати поточний стан xend" @@ -338,13 +294,11 @@ #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:322 -#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD configuration..." msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..." msgstr "Читання поточної конфігурації xend..." #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:324 -#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD state..." msgid "Reading the current xend state..." msgstr "Читання поточного стану xend..." @@ -356,19 +310,16 @@ #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:335 -#| msgid "Read the current SSHD state" msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state" msgstr "Прочитати поточний стан libvirtd/sshd" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:342 -#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD state..." msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..." msgstr "Читання поточного стану libvirtd/sshd..." #. Error message #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:364 -#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state." msgstr "Неможливо прочитати поточний стан Xend." @@ -379,25 +330,21 @@ #. Error message #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:382 -#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state." msgstr "Неможливо прочитати поточний стан libvirtd/sshd." #. RelocationServer read dialog caption #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:401 -#| msgid "Saving kerberos-server Configuration" msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "Збереження конфігурації relocation-сервера" #. Progress stage 1 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:411 -#| msgid "Write the new settings" msgid "Write the Xend settings" msgstr "Записати параметри Xend" #. Progress stage 2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:413 -#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgid "Adjust the Xend service" msgstr "Налагодити службу Xend" @@ -409,13 +356,11 @@ #. Progress step 1 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:420 -#| msgid "Writing the settings..." msgid "Writing the Xend settings..." msgstr "Запис параметрів Xend..." #. Progress step 2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:422 -#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." msgstr "Налагодження служби Xend..." @@ -427,19 +372,16 @@ #. Progress stage 1 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 -#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "Налагодити службу libvirtd/sshd" #. Progress step 1 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:437 -#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "Налагодження служби libvirtd/sshd..." #. Error message #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:454 -#| msgid "Cannot write the SSHD settings." msgid "Cannot write the xend settings." msgstr "Неможливо записати параметри xend." @@ -447,5 +389,3 @@ #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:475 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "Не вдається записати параметри брандмауера." - - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/s390.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/s390.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/s390.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: s390.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-05 11:13+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -21,13 +21,11 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module #: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 -#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" msgid "Configuration of DASD" msgstr "Налаштування DASD" @@ -48,27 +46,21 @@ #. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module #: src/clients/dump.rb:48 -#| msgid "" -#| "Cannot create dump device %1:\n" -#| "%2" msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" msgstr "Створення пристроїв скидання S/390" #. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module #: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:44 -#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" msgstr "Налаштування сервера терміналів IUCV" #. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module #: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:44 -#| msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" msgstr "Налаштування параметрів терміналів IUCV" #. Command line help text for the Xirda module #: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 -#| msgid "Configuration of mail" msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" msgstr "Налаштування OnPanic" @@ -101,13 +93,11 @@ #. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module #: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 -#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" msgstr "Налаштування ZFCP" #. text for installation summary #: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 -#| msgid "No zFCP disk configured" msgid "No zFCP device configured" msgstr "Не налаштовано пристрою zFCP" @@ -150,13 +140,11 @@ #. menu button id #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 -#| msgid "File Format" msgid "Set Format On" msgstr "Форматування увімкн." #. menu button id #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 -#| msgid "File Format" msgid "Set Format Off" msgstr "Форматування вимкн." @@ -220,7 +208,6 @@ #. table header #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:413 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:422 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 -#| msgid "Channel" msgid "Channel ID" msgstr "ІД каналу" @@ -266,14 +253,12 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:445 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 -#| msgid "Mi&nimum Channel" msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" msgstr "Мі&німальний ІД каналу" #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 -#| msgid "Ma&ximum Channel" msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" msgstr "Ма&ксимальний ІД каналу" @@ -290,7 +275,6 @@ msgstr "Виконати ді&ю" #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:471 -#| msgid "&Selections" msgid "&Select All" msgstr "&Вибрати усе" @@ -312,7 +296,6 @@ #. text entry #. combo box #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:598 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 -#| msgid "Channel" msgid "&Channel ID" msgstr "ІД &каналу" @@ -328,9 +311,6 @@ #. yes-no popup #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:627 -#| msgid "" -#| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" -#| "All changes will be lost." msgid "" "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -355,9 +335,6 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... " msgid "" "<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -373,14 +350,10 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть утиліту налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.<" -"/p>" +"Безпечно припиніть утиліту налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... " msgid "" "<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -391,10 +364,6 @@ #. Write dialog help 2/2 #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" -#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" -#| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so." msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -417,16 +386,11 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 #. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 -#| msgid "" -#| "To filter disks that you want to have displayed, set\n" -#| "the Minimum Channel and the Maximum Channel\n" -#| "and click Filter." msgid "" "To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" "the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" msgstr "" -"Щоб фільтрувати диски, вкажіть Мінімальний канал і Максимальний " -"канал\n" +"Щоб фільтрувати диски, вкажіть Мінімальний канал і Максимальний канал\n" "й натисніть Фільтрувати.\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 @@ -439,24 +403,15 @@ msgid "" "To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" "Delete." -msgstr "" -" Щоб вилучити налаштований диск DASD, виберіть його і клацніть " -"Вилучити." +msgstr " Щоб вилучити налаштований диск DASD, виберіть його і клацніть Вилучити." #. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 -#| msgid "" -#| "All actions can be performed on multiple disks at once. To select disks\n" -#| "on which to perform an action, select the desired disks and click\n" -#| "Select or Deselect." msgid "" -"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " -"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "Select All or Deselect All.\n" msgstr "" -"Для виконання всіх дій відразу на декількох дисках виберіть їх. Для " -"вибору всіх відображуваних дисків (можливо після застосування фільтра) " -"натисніть\n" +"Для виконання всіх дій відразу на декількох дисках виберіть їх. Для вибору всіх відображуваних дисків (можливо після застосування фільтра) натисніть\n" "кнопку Вибрати все або Скасувати вибір.\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 @@ -465,16 +420,11 @@ "To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" "The action will be performed immediately!" msgstr "" -"Щоб виконати дію з вибраними дисками, скористайтеся кнопкою Виконати " -"дію.\n" +"Щоб виконати дію з вибраними дисками, скористайтеся кнопкою Виконати дію.\n" "Дію буде виконано одразу ж!" #. Disk add help 1/3 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" -#| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. To specify the disk, use the\n" -#| "Channel Number of the DASD disk." msgid "" "<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" "To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" @@ -486,9 +436,6 @@ #. Disk add help 1/3 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 -#| msgid "" -#| "To specify if the disk will be formatted,\n" -#| "use Format the Disk." msgid "" "If the disk should be formatted,\n" "use Format the Disk.\n" @@ -498,9 +445,6 @@ #. Disk add help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 -#| msgid "" -#| "To specify if DIAG mode will be used,\n" -#| "use Use DIAG." msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" msgstr "Щоб використовувати режим DIAG, оберіть Вживати DIAG.\n" @@ -514,54 +458,37 @@ #. @param what symbol a #. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 -#| msgid "Edit Dump Device" msgid "Create Dump Device" msgstr "Створити пристрій скидання" #. Dump dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." -msgstr "" -"Підготуйте не менше одного тому для використання в якості пристрою " -"скидання S/390." +msgstr "Підготуйте не менше одного тому для використання в якості пристрою скидання S/390." #. Dump dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "" -"Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " -"limited to DASD. " -msgstr "" -"Підтримуються пристрої ECKD, DASD і ZFCP, багатотомні - наразі тільки DASD." -" " +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "Підтримуються пристрої ECKD, DASD і ZFCP, багатотомні - наразі тільки DASD. " #. Dump dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk" -"." +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." msgstr "" -"Можна використовувати тільки диски повністю. Жодних розділів! Якщо диск " -"неправильно\n" -"відформатований/розмічений, поставте прапорець Примусовий перезапис диска<" -"/b>." +"Можна використовувати тільки диски повністю. Жодних розділів! Якщо диск неправильно\n" +"відформатований/розмічений, поставте прапорець Примусовий перезапис диска." #. Dump dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "" -"To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " -"ZFCP dialog. " -msgstr "" -"Для використання пристроїв DASD і ZFCP увімкніть (активуйте їх в " -"відповідному діалозі YaST. " +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "Для використання пристроїв DASD і ZFCP увімкніть (активуйте їх в відповідному діалозі YaST. " #. Dump dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Пристрої, які вже використовуються або мають змонтовані розділи, не " -"будуть показані." +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "Пристрої, які вже використовуються або мають змонтовані розділи, не будуть показані." #. Dump dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 @@ -589,27 +516,18 @@ msgstr "&ZFCP" #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 -#| msgid "How to write data to disk" msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" msgstr "&Примусово переписати диск" #. prevent leading space #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 -#| msgid "You have to select one device in the table" msgid "You haven't selected any device." msgstr "Ви не обрали жодного пристрою." #. warn only in case of force #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 -#| msgid "" -#| "The disk %1 will formatted as a dump device now.\n" -#| "Continue?" -msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " -"be lost! Continue?" -msgstr "" -"Диск %1 буде відформатовано як пристрій скидання. Усі дані на ньому будуть " -"втрачені. Продовжити?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "Диск %1 буде відформатовано як пристрій скидання. Усі дані на ньому будуть втрачені. Продовжити?" #. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 @@ -618,7 +536,6 @@ #. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 -#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" msgstr "<big>ІД z/VM</big>" @@ -627,36 +544,22 @@ "To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" " They are separated by line breaks.\n" msgstr "" -"Для налаштування сервера терміналів IUCV вкажіть ідентифікатори, що " -"використовуються " -"z/VM.\n" +"Для налаштування сервера терміналів IUCV вкажіть ідентифікатори, що використовуються z/VM.\n" " В якості роздільника використовуйте розрив рядка.\n" #. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 -#| msgid "<big>Shares</big>" msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" msgstr "<big>TS-оболонка</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user " -"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." -msgstr "" -"TS-оболонка дозволяє вказати Авторизацію для кожного користувача " -"групи TS-оболонка. Права групи успадковуються її учасниками." +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "TS-оболонка дозволяє вказати Авторизацію для кожного користувача групи TS-оболонка. Права групи успадковуються її учасниками." #. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, " -"defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all " -"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." -msgstr "" -"Кожен дозволений ідентифікатор z/VM або вибирається вручну в розділі " -"Вибір, або визначається регулярним виразом (Regex), або " -"завантажується з Файлу, в якому всі дозволені ідентифікатори z/VM " -"розділені розривом рядка." +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "Кожен дозволений ідентифікатор z/VM або вибирається вручну в розділі Вибір, або визначається регулярним виразом (Regex), або завантажується з Файлу, в якому всі дозволені ідентифікатори z/VM розділені розривом рядка." #. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 @@ -664,57 +567,40 @@ "Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" "User to remove users." msgstr "" -"Натисніть кнопку Новий користувач для створення нових " -"користувачів\n" -"TS-оболонки або кнопку Видалити користувача для видалення " -"користувачів." +"Натисніть кнопку Новий користувач для створення нових користувачів\n" +"TS-оболонки або кнопку Видалити користувача для видалення користувачів." #. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " -"change\n" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." msgstr "" -"Для додавання або видалення груп з таблиці авторизації TS-оболонка або " -"зміни\n" +"Для додавання або видалення груп з таблиці авторизації TS-оболонка або зміни\n" "членства в них зайдіть в Управління групами." #. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should " -"be gathered." -msgstr "" -"УID для обліку вкажіть ідентифікатори z/VM, для яких потрібно " -"збирати протоколи роботи." +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "УID для обліку вкажіть ідентифікатори z/VM, для яких потрібно збирати протоколи роботи." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 -#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" msgstr "<big>Новий користувач TS-оболонки</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and " -"Password has to be provided.\n" -"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting " -"them on the right." +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." msgstr "" -"Для створення нового користувача TS-Shell потрібно вказати Ім'я " -"користувача, Домашній каталог та Password.\n" -"\t Також можна вказати Додаткові групи, вибираючи їх у полі " -"справа." +"Для створення нового користувача TS-Shell потрібно вказати Ім'я користувача, Домашній каталог та Password.\n" +"\t Також можна вказати Додаткові групи, вибираючи їх у полі справа." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " -"activate Force Password Change." -msgstr "" -"Щоб користувач точно змінив свій пароль після першого входу, відмітьте " -"пункт Примусова зміна пароля." +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "Щоб користувач точно змінив свій пароль після першого входу, відмітьте пункт Примусова зміна пароля." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 @@ -727,7 +613,6 @@ #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 -#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" msgstr "<big>Управління групами для TS-авторизації</big>" @@ -743,66 +628,45 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or " -"Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." msgstr "" "Існуючі групи можуть бути додані або видалені з авторизації TS-оболонки.\n" -"Виберіть групи в таблиці і натискання на кнопку Виділити або зняти " -"виділення. Поточний стан показується у стовпці TS-авторизація." +"Виберіть групи в таблиці і натискання на кнопку Виділити або зняти виділення. Поточний стан показується у стовпці TS-авторизація." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" "selection." -msgstr "" -"Змінюйте склад виділеної групи TS-оболонки в полі TS-учасники." +msgstr "Змінюйте склад виділеної групи TS-оболонки в полі TS-учасники." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group " -"input field and confirming with Create.\n" -"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to " -"be used." +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." msgstr "" -"Нові групи можна створювати, ввівши ім'я в полі Нова група і " -"натиснувши Створити.\n" -"\t Для видалення раніше створених груп потрібно використовувати діалог " -"Користувачі YaST." +"Нові групи можна створювати, ввівши ім'я в полі Нова група і натиснувши Створити.\n" +"\t Для видалення раніше створених груп потрібно використовувати діалог Користувачі YaST." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 -#| msgid "You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the Edit button." msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." -msgstr "" -"Повертайте зміни у цьому діалозі натисканням кнопки Назад." +msgstr "Повертайте зміни у цьому діалозі натисканням кнопки Назад." #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 -#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" msgstr "<big>IUCVConn при вході</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " -"a password and home directory has to be provided." -msgstr "" -"Для використання IUCVConn при вході потрібно по одному користувачеві на " -"кожний ідентифікатор z/VM. Для створення цих користувачів потрібно вказати " -"пароль та домашній каталог." +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "Для використання IUCVConn при вході потрібно по одному користувачеві на кожний ідентифікатор z/VM. Для створення цих користувачів потрібно вказати пароль та домашній каталог." #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "" -"It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or " -"just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is " -"enabled. " -msgstr "" -"Існує можливість ручної синхронізації користувачів натисканням кнопки " -"Синхронізувати або простого підтвердження змін кнопкою Гаразд</" -"b> при увімкненому параметрі IUCVConn при вході." +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "Існує можливість ручної синхронізації користувачів натисканням кнопки Синхронізувати або простого підтвердження змін кнопкою Гаразд при увімкненому параметрі IUCVConn при вході." #. Text approval #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 @@ -816,13 +680,11 @@ #. Text for category user #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 -#| msgid "NIS users" msgid "user" msgstr "користувач" #. Text for category group #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 -#| msgid "Volgroup" msgid "group" msgstr "група" @@ -832,7 +694,6 @@ msgstr "z/&VM ID (автом. упорядкування)" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 -#| msgid "Enable TLS" msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" msgstr "&Увімкнути TS-Shell" @@ -854,22 +715,18 @@ #. table header #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 -#| msgid "Group Members" msgid "Groups/Members" msgstr "Група/Учасники" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 -#| msgid "&NIS Users" msgid "&New User" msgstr "&Новий користувач" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 -#| msgid "&Delete" msgid "&Delete User" msgstr "&Вилучити користувача" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 -#| msgid "Package Groups" msgid "&Manage Groups" msgstr "&Керування групами" @@ -878,13 +735,11 @@ msgstr "Дозволені ІД z/VM" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 -#| msgid "&Selections" msgid "&Selection" msgstr "&Вибране" #. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 -#| msgid "&Register" msgid "&Regex" msgstr "&Форм.вираз" @@ -898,7 +753,6 @@ #. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 -#| msgid "&Auditd" msgid "&Audited IDs" msgstr "&ID для обліку" @@ -918,7 +772,6 @@ #. table header #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 -#| msgid "Home Path" msgid "Home" msgstr "Домівка" @@ -928,7 +781,6 @@ msgstr "Оболонка" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 -#| msgid "Settings for Zone" msgid "Settings for new Users" msgstr "Налаштування для нових користувачів" @@ -962,12 +814,10 @@ msgstr "&Ім'я користувача" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 -#| msgid "Force Password Change" msgid "&Force Password Change" msgstr "&Примусова зміна пароля" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 -#| msgid "Additional Gr&oups" msgid "&Additonal Groups" msgstr "Додаткові гр&упи" @@ -983,7 +833,6 @@ #. table header #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 -#| msgid "Members" msgid "TS-Members" msgstr "TS-учасники" @@ -992,17 +841,14 @@ msgstr "Вибе&ріть або скасуйте вибір" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 -#| msgid "&Create..." msgid "C&reate" msgstr "&Створити" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 -#| msgid "&NIS Groups" msgid "&New Group" msgstr "&Нова група" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 -#| msgid "Members" msgid "TS-&Members" msgstr "TS-&учасники" @@ -1012,74 +858,57 @@ msgstr "ІД &z/VM" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 -#| msgid "Shell" msgid "&TS-Shell" msgstr "TS-&оболонка" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 -#| msgid "IUCV" msgid "&IUCVConn" msgstr "&IUCVConn" #. check and commit password #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 -#| msgid "" -#| "The passwords do not match.\n" -#| "Try again." msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." msgstr "Паролі не збігаються або неправильні." #. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 -#| msgid "The source is not valid." msgid "The username is not valid!" msgstr "Ім'я користувача - нечинне!" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 -#| msgid "A directory must be specified." msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" msgstr "Необхідно вказати домашній каталог!" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 -#| msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgid "Adding the user has failed." msgstr "Додавання користувача зазнало невдачі." #. delete group entry if disabled #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 -#| msgid "Configure General Settings " msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" msgstr "Налаштування параметрів сервера терміналів IUCV" #. update screen #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 -#| msgid "New System User" msgid "New TS-Shell User" msgstr "Новий користувач TS-оболонки" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 -#| msgid "User Authorization" msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" msgstr "Управління групами для TS-авторизації" #. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." -msgstr "" -"Неправильний z/VM ID «%1» в рядку %2, дозволено використовувати лише літери і " -"цифри." +msgstr "Неправильний z/VM ID «%1» в рядку %2, дозволено використовувати лише літери і цифри." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"Неправильний z/VM ID «%1» в рядку %2, цифри на початку не допускаються." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "Неправильний z/VM ID «%1» в рядку %2, цифри на початку не допускаються." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"Неправильний z/VM ID «%1» в рядку %2, більше восьми символів не допускається." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "Неправильний z/VM ID «%1» в рядку %2, більше восьми символів не допускається." #. only the last entry is allowed to be empty #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 @@ -1089,18 +918,15 @@ #. check password #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." -msgstr "" -"Для синхронізації користувачів IUCVConn потрібно ввести правильний пароль." +msgstr "Для синхронізації користувачів IUCVConn потрібно ввести правильний пароль." #. check home directory #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 -#| msgid "The specified directory does not exist." msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." msgstr "Вказаний домашній каталог IUCVConn не чинний." #. update ts member selection #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 -#| msgid "The source is not valid." msgid "The group name is not valid!" msgstr "Не чинне назва групи." @@ -1108,21 +934,14 @@ #. check for z/VM ID entries #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 -#| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." -msgstr "" -"Неможливо налаштувати сервер терміналів без правильних ідентифікаторів z/VM." +msgstr "Неможливо налаштувати сервер терміналів без правильних ідентифікаторів z/VM." #. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. #. @return true for valid inputs #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " -"allowed." -msgstr "" -"Помилкове введення. Дозволені лише літери в нижньому регістрі, цифри і в " -"якості " -"розділювача коми." +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "Помилкове введення. Дозволені лише літери в нижньому регістрі, цифри і в якості розділювача коми." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 msgid "Comma is only a separator." @@ -1130,12 +949,10 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." -msgstr "" -"У ідентифікаторах z/VM не можна використовувати більше восьми символів." +msgstr "У ідентифікаторах z/VM не можна використовувати більше восьми символів." #. Terminal id counting starts with 0 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 -#| msgid "Only 1 or 2 parameters are allowed." msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." msgstr "Неправильний ідентифікатор IUCV, можна тільки малі літери." @@ -1145,110 +962,67 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 -#| msgid "Locale Settings" msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" msgstr "<h2>Налаштування системних параметрів локального терміналу</h2>" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 -#| msgid "Status" msgid "IUCVtty" msgstr "IUCVtty" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal " -"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " -"combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance.<" -"br>" -msgstr "" -"Кілька примірників IUCVtty можуть бути запущені для " -"надання декількох пристроїв терміналу. Примірники розрізняються по " -"ідентифікатору, що складається з префікса ідентифікатора терміналу і " -"номера примірника. " +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "Кілька примірників IUCVtty можуть бути запущені для надання декількох пристроїв терміналу. Примірники розрізняються по ідентифікатору, що складається з префікса ідентифікатора терміналу і номера примірника. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm" -"", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Наприклад, якщо ви визначили 10 примірників з префіксом "lxterm</" -"i>",то доступні ідентифікатори від lxterm0 lxterm9." +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "Наприклад, якщо ви визначили 10 примірників з префіксом "lxterm",то доступні ідентифікатори від lxterm0 lxterm9." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 -#| msgid "Status" msgid "HVC" msgstr "HVC" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "" -"The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " -"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " -"login programs." -msgstr "" -"Драйвер пристрою HVC z/VM IUCV - це модуль ядра, що використовує вузли " -"пристроїв для включення до восьми терміналів HVC для зв'язку з getty і " -"програмами для входу." +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "Драйвер пристрою HVC z/VM IUCV - це модуль ядра, що використовує вузли пристроїв для включення до восьми терміналів HVC для зв'язку з getty і програмами для входу." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "" -"With restrict access, allow only connections from certain " -"terminal servers." -msgstr "" -"З допомогою обмеження доступу дозвольте з'єднання тільки для " -"конкретних терміналів серверів." +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "З допомогою обмеження доступу дозвольте з'єднання тільки для конкретних терміналів серверів." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one " -"separately." -msgstr "" -"Вкажіть емуляцію відразу для всіх екземплярів або для кожного окремо." +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "Вкажіть емуляцію відразу для всіх екземплярів або для кожного окремо." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" "Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " -msgstr "" -"Увімкніть отримувати повідомлення ядра на hvc0 для перенаправлення " -"повідомлень ядра з ttyS0 на пристрій hvc0. " +msgstr "Увімкніть отримувати повідомлення ядра на hvc0 для перенаправлення повідомлень ядра з ttyS0 на пристрій hvc0. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " -"console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " -"YaST bootloader module." -msgstr "" -"Щоб повідомлення ядра все одно показувалися на ttyS0, вручну допишіть " -"параметр console=ttyS0 до параметрів завантаження ядра у модулі " -"завантажувача YaST." +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "Щоб повідомлення ядра все одно показувалися на ttyS0, вручну допишіть параметр console=ttyS0 до параметрів завантаження ядра у модулі завантажувача YaST." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the " -"shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" -msgstr "" -"<h3>Увага: Термінали HVC зберігають сесію до виходу з допомогою ручного " -"сполучення клавіш ctrl+d</h3>" +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>Увага: Термінали HVC зберігають сесію до виходу з допомогою ручного сполучення клавіш ctrl+d</h3>" #. Dialog content #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 -#| msgid "IUCV" msgid "&IUCVtty" msgstr "&IUCVtty" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 -#| msgid "Terminal Definition" msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" msgstr "&Префікс ідентифікатора терміналу" @@ -1257,7 +1031,6 @@ msgstr "Примірники I&UCVtty" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 -#| msgid "VNC" msgid "HVC" msgstr "HVC" @@ -1270,7 +1043,6 @@ msgstr "Обмежити &доступ до" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 -#| msgid "Allowed Services" msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" msgstr "Дозволені &сервери терміналів" @@ -1280,60 +1052,43 @@ #. if settings were changed don't exit without asking #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 -#| msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgid "Really leave without saving?" msgstr "Дійсно вийти без збереження?" #. check iucv id #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 -#| msgid "The source is not valid." msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." msgstr "Неправильний ідентифікатор IUCV." #. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 -#| msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." msgstr "Неправильні сервери терміналів." #. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 -#| msgid "" -#| "The domain has changed.\n" -#| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." msgstr "Необхідно перезавантажити комп'ютер, щоб ці зміни увійшли в дію." #. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 -#| msgid "Only 2 parameters are allowed." msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." msgstr "Тільки %1 рядки(ів) дозволено для VMCMD." #. For translators: Caption of the dialog #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 -#| msgid "Basic Configuration" msgid "On Panic Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування дій при паніці" #. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 -#| msgid "" -#| "Configuration of the Repository \n" -#| "\n" -msgid "" -"Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" msgstr "Налаштуйте дії, здійснювані при паніці ядра" #. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " -"during kernel panics." -msgstr "" -"Фонова служба dumpconf повинна бути увімкнена для зміни поведінки " -"при " -"паніці ядра." +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "Фонова служба dumpconf повинна бути увімкнена для зміни поведінки при паніці ядра." #. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 @@ -1358,15 +1113,11 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " -"available\n" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " msgstr "" -"dump_reipl Зробити дамп Linux і перезавантажити систему. Цей параметр " -"доступний\n" -"тільки на LPAR з машинами z9(r) і пізніше, а також на z/VM версії 5.3 і " -"пізніше." -" " +"dump_reipl Зробити дамп Linux і перезавантажити систему. Цей параметр доступний\n" +"тільки на LPAR з машинами z9(r) і пізніше, а також на z/VM версії 5.3 і пізніше. " #. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 @@ -1375,57 +1126,35 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "" -"The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified " -"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " -"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Час, вказаний у полі Затримка у хвилинах, є відтермінуванням " -"перед виконанням зазначених дій при паніці ядра на щойно запущеній " -"системи для запобігання нескінченних циклів. Якщо система падає до того, " -"як закінчиться зазначений час, виконується типова дія (зупинка)." +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "Час, вказаний у полі Затримка у хвилинах, є відтермінуванням перед виконанням зазначених дій при паніці ядра на щойно запущеній системи для запобігання нескінченних циклів. Якщо система падає до того, як закінчиться зазначений час, виконується типова дія (зупинка)." #. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "" -"The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If " -"no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices " -"dialog." -msgstr "" -"Пристрій для запису дампа пам'яті можна задати у полі Пристрій " -"скидання. Якщо жодний пристрій не відображається, вам потрібно створити " -"такий пристрій за допомогою діалогу Пристрій скидання YaST." +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "Пристрій для запису дампа пам'яті можна задати у полі Пристрій скидання. Якщо жодний пристрій не відображається, вам потрібно створити такий пристрій за допомогою діалогу Пристрій скидання YaST." #. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " -"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." -msgstr "" -"З допомогою VMCMD вкажіть команди CP, що виконуються перед зупинкою " -"системи. Дозволено тільки %1 рядків і всього %2 символів." +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "З допомогою VMCMD вкажіть команди CP, що виконуються перед зупинкою системи. Дозволено тільки %1 рядків і всього %2 символів." #. radio button label #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 -#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" msgstr "&Не запускати Dumpconf" #. radio button label #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 -#| msgid "Start Detection" msgid "&Start Dumpconf" msgstr "&Запустити Dumpconf" #. combobox label #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 -#| msgid "&Action" msgid "&Panic Action" msgstr "&Дію при паніці" #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 -#| msgid "&Minute" msgid "Delay &Minutes" msgstr "Затримка у &хвилинах" @@ -1440,19 +1169,16 @@ #. don't allow dumps if no device is available #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 -#| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." msgstr "Неможливо увімкнути процес скидання без належного пристрою." #. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 -#| msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." msgstr "Неможливо використовувати vmcmd без вказівки хоча б однієї команди." #. Dialog caption #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 -#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "Налаштовані пристрої ZFCP" @@ -1471,9 +1197,6 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:387 -#| msgid "" -#| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" -#| "All changes will be lost." msgid "" "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1483,7 +1206,6 @@ #. dialog caption #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 -#| msgid "Add New ZFCP Disk" msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" msgstr "Додати новий пристрій ZFCP" @@ -1515,15 +1237,11 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:416 -#| msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." msgstr "Введено нечинний LUN." #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing ZFCP Disk Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... " msgid "" "<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -1533,9 +1251,6 @@ #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Saving ZFCP Disk Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... " msgid "" "<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -1545,9 +1260,6 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Configured ZFCP Disks</big> \n" -#| "In this dialog, manage ZFCP disks on your system." msgid "" "<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" "Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" @@ -1557,15 +1269,11 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 -#| msgid "To configure a new ZFCP disk, click Add." msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." msgstr "Щоб налаштувати новий пристрій ZFCP, клацніть Додати." #. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 -#| msgid "" -#| "To remove a configured ZFCP disk, select it and click\n" -#| "Delete." msgid "" "To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" "Delete." @@ -1591,11 +1299,6 @@ #. Disk add help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Add New ZFCP Disk</big> \n" -#| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. Enter the\n" -#| "Channel Number of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" -#| "(WWPN), and the FCP-LUN number." msgid "" "<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" "Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" @@ -1609,32 +1312,19 @@ #. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 -#| msgid "" -#| "The Channel Number must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" -#| "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -#| "The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" -#| "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -#| "The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" -#| "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." msgid "" -"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " -"conforming\n" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " -"such as\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -"with\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." msgstr "" -"Номер каналу слід ввести маленькими літерами у відповідності до " -"формату sysfs\n" +"Номер каналу слід ввести маленькими літерами у відповідності до формату sysfs\n" "0.0.<devno>, наприклад, <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"WWPN слід вводити маленькими літерами у форматі шістнадцяткового числа з " -"16 цифр, наприклад,\n" +"WWPN слід вводити маленькими літерами у форматі шістнадцяткового числа з 16 цифр, наприклад,\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"LUN слід вводити маленькими літерами у форматі шістнадцяткового числа з " -"усіма\n" +"LUN слід вводити маленькими літерами у форматі шістнадцяткового числа з усіма\n" "завершальними нулями, наприклад <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." #. popup label @@ -1646,12 +1336,10 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices #. @return summary of the current configuration #: src/modules/DASDController.rb:318 -#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "ІД каналу: %1, Формат: %2, DIAG: %3" #: src/modules/DASDController.rb:331 -#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "ІД каналу: %1, Пристрій: %2, DIAG: %3" @@ -1684,31 +1372,26 @@ #. error report, %1 is device identification #: src/modules/DASDController.rb:481 -#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." msgstr "%1: Не вдалося змінити стан пристрою." #. error report, %1 is device identification #: src/modules/DASDController.rb:490 -#| msgid "%1: device is not a DASD" msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." msgstr "%1: пристрій не являється DASD." #. error report, %1 is device identification #: src/modules/DASDController.rb:499 -#| msgid "%1: Could not load module" msgid "%1: Could not load module." msgstr "%1: Не вдалося завантажити модуль." #. error report, %1 is device identification #: src/modules/DASDController.rb:508 -#| msgid "Failed to activate %1." msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." msgstr "%1: не вдалось увімкнути DASD." #. error report, %1 is device identification #: src/modules/DASDController.rb:517 -#| msgid "Do &not format" msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." msgstr "%1: DASD не відформатований." @@ -1722,14 +1405,12 @@ #. progress bar #: src/modules/DASDController.rb:638 -#| msgid "Formatted" msgid "Formatting %1:" msgstr "Форматування %1:" #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) #: src/modules/DASDController.rb:667 src/modules/DASDController.rb:764 -#| msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1" msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." msgstr "Помилка форматування диска. Код помилки: %1." @@ -1743,31 +1424,26 @@ #. Get a List of available Disks of type #. @return [Array<String>] of disks #: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 -#| msgid "Checking status..." msgid "Checking Disks" msgstr "Перевірка дисків" #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 -#| msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgid "Checking DASD disks" msgstr "Перевірка дисків DASD" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 -#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" msgstr "Перевірка дисків ZFCP" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 -#| msgid "Checking status..." msgid "Checking DASD disks..." msgstr "Перевірка дисків DASD..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 -#| msgid "Checking status..." msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." msgstr "Перевірка дисків ZFCP..." @@ -1791,27 +1467,21 @@ #. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter #. @return [Boolean] true on success #: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 -#| msgid "Edit Dump Device" msgid "Creating Dump Device" msgstr "Створення пристрою скидання" #. Progress stage 1/1 #: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 -#| msgid "" -#| "Cannot create dump device %1:\n" -#| "%2" msgid "Creating dump device" msgstr "Створення пристрою скидання" #. Progress step 1/1 #: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 -#| msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." msgstr "Створення пристрою скидання. Цей процес може зайняти трохи часу." #. error description #: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 -#| msgid "Invalid or Obsolete Lines in fstab" msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." msgstr "Неправильний або несправний диск (фатальна помилка)." @@ -1822,19 +1492,16 @@ #. error description #: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 -#| msgid "Detecting supported TV norms..." msgid "Missing support programs." msgstr "Відсутні програми підтримки." #. error description #: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 -#| msgid "Detecting supported TV norms..." msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." msgstr "Відсутні або неправильні параметри." #. error description #: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 -#| msgid "Access Type" msgid "Access problem." msgstr "Проблема доступу." @@ -1855,85 +1522,71 @@ #. Read all settings #. @return true on success #: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 -#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "Завантаження налаштувань терміналу IUCV" #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 -#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" msgstr "Перевірити записи IUCVtty" #. Progress stage 2/3 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 -#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" msgid "Check HVC entries" msgstr "Перевірити записи HVC" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 -#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" msgid "Read kernel parameters" msgstr "Прочитати параметри ядра" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 -#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." msgstr "Перевірка записів IUCVtty..." #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 -#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." msgid "Checking HVC entries..." msgstr "Перевірка записів HVC..." #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 -#| msgid "Optional Kernel Parameters" msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." msgstr "Читання параметрів ядра..." #. Inittab write dialog caption #: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 -#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "Збереження налаштувань терміналу IUCV" #. Progress stage 1/4 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 -#| msgid "Write IRC settings" msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" msgstr "Записати установки IUCVtty" #. Progress stage 2/4 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 -#| msgid "Write IRC settings" msgid "Write HVC settings" msgstr "Записати установки HVC" #. Progress stage 3/4 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 -#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" msgid "Write kernel parameters" msgstr "Записати параметри ядра" #. Progress step 1/4 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 -#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." msgstr "Запис налаштувань IUCVtty..." #. Progress step 2/4 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 -#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." msgid "Writing HVC settings..." msgstr "Запис налаштувань HVC..." #. Progress step 3/4 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 -#| msgid "Optional Kernel Parameters" msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." msgstr "Запис параметрів ядра..." @@ -1945,85 +1598,71 @@ #. Read all settings #. @return true on success #: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 -#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" msgstr "Завантаження налаштувань сервера терміналів IUCV" #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 -#| msgid "Read configuration file" msgid "Read configuration files" msgstr "Читати файли налаштувань" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 -#| msgid "Load current settings" msgid "Load user/group settings" msgstr "Завантажити налаштування користувачів/груп" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 -#| msgid "Reading configuration file..." msgid "Reading configuration files..." msgstr "Читання файлів налаштувань..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 -#| msgid "Loading current settings..." msgid "Loading user/group settings..." msgstr "Завантаження налаштувань користувачів/груп..." #. no need to write anything if unmodified #: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 -#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" msgstr "Збереження налаштувань сервера терміналів IUCV" #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 -#| msgid "Write configuration" msgid "Write configuration files" msgstr "Записати файли налаштувань" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 -#| msgid "Update runlevel settings" msgid "Update user settings" msgstr "Оновити налаштування" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 -#| msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgid "Writing configuration files..." msgstr "Запис файлів налаштувань..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 -#| msgid "Updating runlevel settings..." msgid "Updating user settings..." msgstr "Оновлення користувацьких налаштувань..." #. Dumpconf read dialog caption #: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 -#| msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" msgstr "Читання конфігурації Dumpconf " #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 -#| msgid "Checking dependencies" msgid "Checking dump devices" msgstr "Перевірка пристроїв скидання" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 -#| msgid "Reading the settings..." msgid "Reading settings" msgstr "Читання параметрів" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 -#| msgid "Checking floppy device..." msgid "Checking dump devices..." msgstr "Перевірка пристроїв скидання..." @@ -2034,7 +1673,6 @@ #. Dumpconf write dialog caption #: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 -#| msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" msgstr "Збереження конфігурації Dumpconf" @@ -2061,18 +1699,15 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices #. @return summary of the current configuration #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:302 -#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" msgstr "ІД каналу: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:311 -#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" msgstr "ІД каналу: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Пристрій: %4" #. popup label #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:367 -#| msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Disks" msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "Читання налаштованих пристроїв ZFCP" @@ -2088,7 +1723,6 @@ #. error report, %1 is device identification #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 -#| msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP disk." msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." msgstr "%1: Не вдалося активувати пристрій ZFCP." @@ -2099,13 +1733,11 @@ #. error report, %1 is device identification #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 -#| msgid "%1: ZFCP LUN could not be unregistered." msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." msgstr "%1: не вдалося зняти реєстрацію LUN." #. error report, %1 is device identification #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 -#| msgid "%1: ZFCP WWPN could not be unregistered." msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." msgstr "%1: не вдалося зняти реєстрацію WWPN." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/samba-client.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/samba-client.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/samba-client.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" #. translators: command line help text for Samba client module @@ -171,12 +170,8 @@ #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" -"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." -msgstr "" -"Вкажіть діапазон для ідентифікаторів користувачів і груп Samba " -"(значення <tt>winbind uid</tt> і <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." +msgid "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." +msgstr "Вкажіть діапазон для ідентифікаторів користувачів і груп Samba (значення <tt>winbind uid</tt> і <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 @@ -411,8 +406,7 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -484,8 +478,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть роботу засобу налаштування, натиснувши Перервати.</" -"p>\n" +"Безпечно припиніть роботу засобу налаштування, натиснувши Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 @@ -520,8 +513,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.\n" msgstr "" "Клієнт Linux може бути членом робочої групи, домену NT або\n" @@ -533,19 +525,15 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" msgstr "" -"Також вживати інформацію SMB для автентифікації в Linux дає " -"змогу \n" -"перевіряти паролі через сервер NT або сервер Kerberos, якщо приєднуєтесь до " -"домену Активних каталогів (AD).\n" +"Також вживати інформацію SMB для автентифікації в Linux дає змогу \n" +"перевіряти паролі через сервер NT або сервер Kerberos, якщо приєднуєтесь до домену Активних каталогів (AD).\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups." msgstr "" @@ -554,8 +542,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" msgstr "" "Коли ви натиснете Закінчити, то система перевірить членство\n" "і чи це є домен NT, та дозволить вузлу приєднатись до домену.\n" @@ -576,36 +563,17 @@ #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home " -"directories created on the first login." -msgstr "" -"Позначте Створити домашню теку під час входу, щоб під час першого " -"входу в систему було створено каталог домівки." +msgid "Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories created on the first login." +msgstr "Позначте Створити домашню теку під час входу, щоб під час першого входу в систему було створено каталог домівки." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." -msgstr "" -"Автономна автентифікація дозволяє користувачам входити в систему, " -"навіть, якщо нема з'єднання з контролером домену. Щоб цей параметр працював, " -"потрібно увійти в свій домен принаймні один раз. Після цього інформація про " -"користувача буде збережена в зашифрованому вигляді на вашому комп'ютері і " -"вживатиметься для входу в домен, коли неможливо приєднатися до контролера " -"домену. Це особливо важливо для мобільних користувачів." +msgid "Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." +msgstr "Автономна автентифікація дозволяє користувачам входити в систему, навіть, якщо нема з'єднання з контролером домену. Щоб цей параметр працював, потрібно увійти в свій домен принаймні один раз. Після цього інформація про користувача буде збережена в зашифрованому вигляді на вашому комп'ютері і вживатиметься для входу в домен, коли неможливо приєднатися до контролера домену. Це особливо важливо для мобільних користувачів." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" -"p>" +msgid "Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." msgstr "" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config @@ -617,26 +585,14 @@ #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Set the Username and Password that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." -msgstr "" -"Вкажіть Ім'я користувача і Пароль, які потрібно вживати для " -"приєднання до вибраного домену під час автоматичного встановлення. Зверніть " -"увагу на те, що пароль буде збережено у профілі в формі відкритого тексту " -"(не шифрований)." +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +msgstr "Вкажіть Ім'я користувача і Пароль, які потрібно вживати для приєднання до вибраного домену під час автоматичного встановлення. Зверніть увагу на те, що пароль буде збережено у профілі в формі відкритого тексту (не шифрований)." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"Вкажіть Сервер AD, який потрібно використовувати для приєднання до " -"домену Active Directory. Це також вживається як значення для KDC в " -"налаштуванні Kerberos." +msgid "Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration." +msgstr "Вкажіть Сервер AD, який потрібно використовувати для приєднання до домену Active Directory. Це також вживається як значення для KDC в налаштуванні Kerberos." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 @@ -772,13 +728,8 @@ #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 -msgid "" -"If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете використовувати Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service " -"(WINS) для розв’язання назв, увімкніть Використовувати WINS для " -"розв’язання назв вузлів." +msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." +msgstr "Якщо ви хочете використовувати Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) для розв’язання назв, увімкніть Використовувати WINS для розв’язання назв вузлів." #. check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405 @@ -787,12 +738,8 @@ #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 -msgid "" -"Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP." -msgstr "" -"Увімкніть Отримати сервер WINS через DHCP, щоб вживати сервер " -"WINS, який надано через DHCP." +msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." +msgstr "Увімкніть Отримати сервер WINS через DHCP, щоб вживати сервер WINS, який надано через DHCP." #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432 @@ -826,76 +773,37 @@ #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the " -"group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" -"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access." -msgstr "" -"Дозволити користувачам надавати спільний доступ до їхніх тек " -"уможливлює членам в Дозволеній групі надавати спільний доступ до " -"своїх каталогів іншим користувачам. Наприклад, <tt>користувачі</tt> для " -"локального обсягу <tt>ДОМЕН%1користувачі</tt> для обсягу домену. Користувач " -"повинен також переконатись, що права доступу до файлової системи це " -"дозволяють." +msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." +msgstr "Дозволити користувачам надавати спільний доступ до їхніх тек уможливлює членам в Дозволеній групі надавати спільний доступ до своїх каталогів іншим користувачам. Наприклад, <tt>користувачі</tt> для локального обсягу <tt>ДОМЕН%1користувачі</tt> для обсягу домену. Користувач повинен також переконатись, що права доступу до файлової системи це дозволяють." #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою Максимальна кількість спільних ресурсів обмежується " -"загальна кількість спільних ресурсів, які можна створити." +msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." +msgstr "За допомогою Максимальна кількість спільних ресурсів обмежується загальна кількість спільних ресурсів, які можна створити." #. membership dialog help common part #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 -msgid "" -"To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow " -"Guest Access." -msgstr "" -"Щоб без автентифікації дозволити доступ до спільних ресурсів " -"користувачів, увімкнуть Дозволити доступ для гостей." +msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." +msgstr "Щоб без автентифікації дозволити доступ до спільних ресурсів користувачів, увімкнуть Дозволити доступ для гостей." #. help text for PAM Mount table #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" -"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." -msgstr "" -"В таблиці Змонтувати каталоги сервера ви можете вказати каталоги " -"сервера (такі як каталог домівки), які потрібно змонтувати локально при " -"вході користувача в систему. Якщо монтування повинно робитись залежно від " -"користувача, то вкажіть Ім’я користувача для вибраного правила. " -"Інакше, каталоги монтуватимуться для кожного користувача. Для докладнішої " -"інформації див. інструкцію для pam_mount.conf." +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +msgstr "В таблиці Змонтувати каталоги сервера ви можете вказати каталоги сервера (такі як каталог домівки), які потрібно змонтувати локально при вході користувача в систему. Якщо монтування повинно робитись залежно від користувача, то вкажіть Ім’я користувача для вибраного правила. Інакше, каталоги монтуватимуться для кожного користувача. Для докладнішої інформації див. інструкцію для pam_mount.conf." #. help text for PAM Mount table: example #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 -msgid "" -"For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of Options." -msgstr "" -"Наприклад, можете використовувати значення <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> " -"для Віддаленого шляху, значення <tt>~/</tt> для Локальної точки " -"монтування, щоб змонтувати каталог домівки, разом зі значенням <tt>user=" -"%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> як частину Параметрів." +msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." +msgstr "Наприклад, можете використовувати значення <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> для Віддаленого шляху, значення <tt>~/</tt> для Локальної точки монтування, щоб змонтувати каталог домівки, разом зі значенням <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> як частину Параметрів." #. help text for kerberos method option #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 -msgid "" -"The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details." +msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." msgstr "" #. translators: initialization dialog caption @@ -961,52 +869,52 @@ #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Встановити необхідні пакунки" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Встановлення потрібних пакунків..." #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вхід PAM" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вживати Kerberos" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не вживати Kerberos" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Типова область" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 msgid "Default Domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Типовий домен" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Адреса сервера KDC" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Похибка часу" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сервер KDC: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 @@ -1017,7 +925,7 @@ #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Типова область: %1 " #. summary text (yes/no follows) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 @@ -1040,7 +948,7 @@ #. summary line #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Потрібне налаштування через DNS" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 @@ -1048,6 +956,8 @@ "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" +"Нечинна похибка часу.\n" +"Спробуйте знов.\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 @@ -1055,6 +965,8 @@ "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" +"Нечинний час життя.\n" +"Спробуйте знов." #. Samba-client read dialog caption #: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/samba-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/samba-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/samba-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 10:50+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -20,15 +20,13 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for samba-server module #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "" -"Модуль налаштування сервера Samba (для подробиць див. документацію Samba)" +msgstr "Модуль налаштування сервера Samba (для подробиць див. документацію Samba)" #. translators: command line help text for share action #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 @@ -108,28 +106,22 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share printable option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 msgid "Flag if the share should act as a printer" -msgstr "" -"Прапорець, що позначає, чи слід використовувати спільний ресурс як принтер" +msgstr "Прапорець, що позначає, чи слід використовувати спільний ресурс як принтер" #. translators: command line help text for share read_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" -msgstr "" -"Список, розділених комами, користувачів, яким дозволено записувати до " -"спільного ресурсу" +msgstr "Список, розділених комами, користувачів, яким дозволено записувати до спільного ресурсу" #. translators: command line help text for share write_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" -msgstr "" -"Список, розділених комами, користувачів, яким дозволено записувати до " -"спільного ресурсу" +msgstr "Список, розділених комами, користувачів, яким дозволено записувати до спільного ресурсу" #. translators: command line help text for share browseable option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN" -msgstr "" -"Прапорець для позначення видимості спільного ресурсу під час перегляду LAN" +msgstr "Прапорець для позначення видимості спільного ресурсу під час перегляду LAN" #. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 @@ -139,9 +131,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" -msgstr "" -"Список, розділених комами, користувачів, яким дозволений доступ до спільного " -"ресурсу" +msgstr "Список, розділених комами, користувачів, яким дозволений доступ до спільного ресурсу" #. translators: command line help text for PDC role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 @@ -161,9 +151,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" -msgstr "" -"Сервер повинен надавати спільні ресурси, але не повинен дозволяти входи до " -"домену" +msgstr "Сервер повинен надавати спільні ресурси, але не повинен дозволяти входи до домену" #. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 @@ -197,15 +185,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" msgstr "Суфікс DN LDAP для керування інформацією користувачів на сервері LDAP" #. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" msgstr "DN LDAP для зміни вмісту сервера LDAP (наприклад, для зміни паролів)" #. translators: error message for share command line action @@ -270,8 +255,7 @@ msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgstr "" "Оскільки в даний час є користувачі, які з'єднані з сервером Samba,\n" @@ -307,7 +291,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 -#| msgid "Multiple optional values for one back-end must be quoted." msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." msgstr "Декілька додаткових значень для однієї бази даних слід брати у лапки." @@ -327,7 +310,6 @@ #. we are already initialized #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481 -#| msgid "At least one back-end must be specified." msgid "At least one backend must be specified." msgstr "Слід задати принаймні одну базу даних." @@ -489,15 +471,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:621 -#| msgid "Please enter a new share name." msgid "Enter a new share name." msgstr "Введіть нову назву спільного ресурсу." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:630 -#| msgid "" -#| "Share '%1' already exists.\n" -#| "Please choose another share name." msgid "" "Share '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose another share name.\n" @@ -684,7 +662,6 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 -#| msgid "Allow &Guest Access" msgid "Guest Access" msgstr "Доступ для гостей" @@ -875,8 +852,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати." -"\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 @@ -902,62 +878,41 @@ #. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -#| "All available workgroups or domains found on your network are listed here. Select one of them or type your own new name and click Next.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click Next.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Робоча група або домен</big> \n" -"Виберіть наявну у вашій мережі робочу групу або домен чи введіть нову назву і " -"клацніть Далі.\n" +"Виберіть наявну у вашій мережі робочу групу або домен чи введіть нову назву і клацніть Далі.\n" "\n" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -#| "A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" -#| "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -#| "The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" -#| "The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection." msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style " -"domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases." +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." msgstr "" "<big>Тип сервера Samba</big>\n" "Контролер домену дозволяє клієнтам Windows входити в домен Windows.\n" "Резервний контролер вживає інший контролер домену для перевірки.\n" -"Головний контролер вживає свою власну інформацію про користувачів та паролі.<" -"/p>\n" -"Параметри, наявні у вікнах налаштування, залежать від вибраних тут " -"параметрів. Функціональність контролера домену Windows NT буде видалена у " -"майбутніх випусках." +"Головний контролер вживає свою власну інформацію про користувачів та паролі.\n" +"Параметри, наявні у вікнах налаштування, залежать від вибраних тут параметрів. Функціональність контролера домену Windows NT буде видалена у майбутніх випусках." #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.<" -"/p>\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" "The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection." msgstr "" "<big>Тип сервера Samba</big>\n" "Контролер домену дозволяє клієнтам Windows входити в домен Windows.\n" -"Параметри, наявні у вікнах налаштування, залежать від вибраних тут " -"параметрів." +"Параметри, наявні у вікнах налаштування, залежать від вибраних тут параметрів." #. Share list dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 @@ -1030,17 +985,14 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain " -"Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "Not a DC value.\n" msgstr "" "Основні параметри визначають домен і роль сервера.\n" -"server role. Резервний контролер домену і Головний контролер " -"домену дозволяють клієнтам Windows входити в домен Windows.\n" +"server role. Резервний контролер домену і Головний контролер домену дозволяють клієнтам Windows входити в домен Windows.\n" "Резервний контролер вживає для перевірки інший контролер домену.\n" "Головний контролер вживає свою власну інформацію про користувачів та паролі.\n" "Якщо сервер не призначений як контролер домену, виберіть\n" @@ -1089,12 +1041,10 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Додаткові параметри надають доступ до\n" -"детального налаштування, джерел автентифікації користувачів і глобальних " -"параметрів для експертів.\n" +"детального налаштування, джерел автентифікації користувачів і глобальних параметрів для експертів.\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" @@ -1149,10 +1099,8 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Скористайтеся кнопкою Додати, щоб додати новий параметр " -"налаштування,\n" -"Змінити, щоб змінити існуючий, і Вилучити, щоб вилучити " -"параметр.\n" +"Скористайтеся кнопкою Додати, щоб додати новий параметр налаштування,\n" +"Змінити, щоб змінити існуючий, і Вилучити, щоб вилучити параметр.\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 @@ -1169,10 +1117,8 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Скористайтеся кнопкою Додати, щоб додати новий параметр " -"налаштування,\n" -"Змінити, щоб змінити вже існуючий, і Вилучити, щоб вилучити " -"параметр.\n" +"Скористайтеся кнопкою Додати, щоб додати новий параметр налаштування,\n" +"Змінити, щоб змінити вже існуючий, і Вилучити, щоб вилучити параметр.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 @@ -1189,43 +1135,31 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN" -" is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" msgstr "" "Пошук в базовій DN (відома назва) є\n" -"базою, на якій слід розпочинати пошук інформації. Адміністративна DN " -"використовується для\n" +"базою, на якій слід розпочинати пошук інформації. Адміністративна DN використовується для\n" "створення нових користувачів і груп. Якщо адміністративна DN потребує\n" "вводу пароля для доступу на запис, встановіть пароль за допомогою\n" "Встановити адміністративний пароль LDAP.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is " -"set.\n" -msgstr "" -"Зауваження: Параметри зберігаються перед встановленням " -"адміністративного пароля LDAP.\n" +msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" +msgstr "Зауваження: Параметри зберігаються перед встановленням адміністративного пароля LDAP.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>User Authentication Information Back-Ends</big> \n" -#| "Here, choose where the Samba server should look for the authentication\n" -#| "information. Samba does not support multiple back-ends at once anymore,\n" -#| "only one is allowed.\n" msgid "" "<big>User Authentication Information Backends</big> \n" "Choose where the Samba server should look for the authentication\n" "information. Samba does not support multiple backends at once anymore,\n" "only one is allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>База даних інформації щодо автентифікації користувачів</big><" -"br>\n" +"<big>База даних інформації щодо автентифікації користувачів</big> \n" "Тут ви можете вибрати місце, де сервер Samba повинен шукати реєстраційну\n" "інформацію. Samba більше не підтримує декілька типів баз даних одночасно.\n" "Дозволено лише одну.\n" @@ -1233,14 +1167,11 @@ #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете змінити джерело аутентифікації користувачів, спочатку " -"вилучіть поточне\n" -"натисканням кнопки Видалити, а потім додайте нове кнопкою Додати" -".\n" +"Якщо ви хочете змінити джерело аутентифікації користувачів, спочатку вилучіть поточне\n" +"натисканням кнопки Видалити, а потім додайте нове кнопкою Додати.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 @@ -1270,8 +1201,7 @@ "TDB database uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" "to store and look up the information.\n" msgstr "" -"База даних TDB використовує внутрішній двійковий формат бази даних " -"Samba\n" +"База даних TDB використовує внутрішній двійковий формат бази даних Samba\n" "для зберігання і пошуку інформації.\n" #. we don't seem to support mysql anymore @@ -1300,8 +1230,7 @@ "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Додати новий спільний ресурс</big> \n" -"Тут ви можете ввести основну інформацію щодо спільного ресурсу, що " -"додається.\n" +"Тут ви можете ввести основну інформацію щодо спільного ресурсу, що додається.\n" #. add new share dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 @@ -1350,34 +1279,14 @@ #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must " -"also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further " -"details." +msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" -"При виборі пункту Використовувати знімки Samba буде надавати " -"створені в Snapper знімки для доступу і управління клієнтам CIFS/SMB.\n" -"Цей параметр доступний тільки якщо Samba пропонує підтримку Snapper, а шлях " -"до " -"спільного ресурсу вказує на підтом Btrfs з налаштованим Snapper. Повинні " -"бути видані відповідні права доступу, подальші подробиці наведені " -"на сторінці посібника Samba vfs_btrfs(8)." +"При виборі пункту Використовувати знімки Samba буде надавати створені в Snapper знімки для доступу і управління клієнтам CIFS/SMB.\n" +"Цей параметр доступний тільки якщо Samba пропонує підтримку Snapper, а шлях до спільного ресурсу вказує на підтом Btrfs з налаштованим Snapper. Повинні бути видані відповідні права доступу, подальші подробиці наведені на сторінці посібника Samba vfs_btrfs(8)." #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." -msgstr "" -"Використовувати можливості Btrfs дозволяє скористатися Samba " -"перевагами функцій, характерних тільки для файлової системи Btrfs. Цей " -"параметр доступний тільки, якщо Samba пропонує підтримку Snapper, а шлях до " -"спільного ресурсу вказує на підтом Btrfs. Подальші подробиці наведені на " -"сторінці посібника Samba vfs_btrfs(8)." +msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." +msgstr "Використовувати можливості Btrfs дозволяє скористатися Samba перевагами функцій, характерних тільки для файлової системи Btrfs. Цей параметр доступний тільки, якщо Samba пропонує підтримку Snapper, а шлях до спільного ресурсу вказує на підтом Btrfs. Подальші подробиці наведені на сторінці посібника Samba vfs_btrfs(8)." #. help for LDAP Settings dialog #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 @@ -1386,88 +1295,53 @@ "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store " -"SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings" -"." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." msgstr "" "<big>Налаштування LDAP</big> \n" "Вкажіть сервер LDAP, використовуваний для аутентифікації.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Задання Механізму паролів LDAP дозволяє зберігати відомості про " -"користувачів у дереві LDAP за вказаною URL. При використанні " -"Механізму LDAP Idmap можна зберігати таблиці відповідності SID/uid/gid " -"в " -"LDAP.\n" +"Задання Механізму паролів LDAP дозволяє зберігати відомості про користувачів у дереві LDAP за вказаною URL. При використанні Механізму LDAP Idmap можна зберігати таблиці відповідності SID/uid/gid в LDAP.\n" "\n" -"У розділі Аутентифікація укажіть облікові дані сервера LDAP, включаючи повний " -"DN адміністратора.\n" +"У розділі Аутентифікація укажіть облікові дані сервера LDAP, включаючи повний DN адміністратора.\n" "\n" -"Основний DN пошуку - це суфікс LDAP, що додається до Samba-" -"специфічним об'єктам LDAP.\n" +"Основний DN пошуку - це суфікс LDAP, що додається до Samba-специфічним об'єктам LDAP.\n" "\n" -"Для перевірки під'єднання до вашого сервера LDAP натисніть Перевірити " -"з'єднання. Для налаштування додаткових параметрів LDAP або використання " -"типових значень натисніть Додаткові налаштування." +"Для перевірки під'єднання до вашого сервера LDAP натисніть Перевірити з'єднання. Для налаштування додаткових параметрів LDAP або використання типових значень натисніть Додаткові налаштування." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "" -"User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, " -"Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for " -"machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." -msgstr "" -"Суфікс користувачів вказує, в яке місце дерева LDAP додавати " -"користувачів. Значення дописується перед значенням Основний " -"DN пошуку. Аналогічно, Суфікс груп вказує місце для розміщення " -"груп, Суфікс машин - для машин, а Суфікс Idmap - для таблиць " -"відповідності idmap." +msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." +msgstr "Суфікс користувачів вказує, в яке місце дерева LDAP додавати користувачів. Значення дописується перед значенням Основний DN пошуку. Аналогічно, Суфікс груп вказує місце для розміщення груп, Суфікс машин - для машин, а Суфікс Idmap - для таблиць відповідності idmap." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" "Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." msgstr "" -"Очікування реплікації - це час очікування Samba у мілісекундах " -"після запису на сервер LDAP, щоб його відбитки встигли підхопити зміни.\n" +"Очікування реплікації - це час очікування Samba у мілісекундах після запису на сервер LDAP, щоб його відбитки встигли підхопити зміни.\n" "Час очікування визначає затримку операцій з LDAP в секундах." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Вкажіть необхідність використання SSL для з'єднань LDAP за допомогою " -"Використовувати SSL або TLS." +msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." +msgstr "Вкажіть необхідність використання SSL для з'єднань LDAP за допомогою Використовувати SSL або TLS." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" -"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details." +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." msgstr "" -"Видалити DN визначає, чи повністю видаляти увесь запис LDAP або " -"тільки Samba-специфічні атрибути.\n" -"Пункт Синхронізувати паролі вказує на необхідність " -"синхронізації паролів LDAP з хешами NT та LM. Детальніше див. сторінку " -"посібника <tt>smb.conf</tt>." +"Видалити DN визначає, чи повністю видаляти увесь запис LDAP або тільки Samba-специфічні атрибути.\n" +"Пункт Синхронізувати паролі вказує на необхідність синхронізації паролів LDAP з хешами NT та LM. Детальніше див. сторінку посібника <tt>smb.conf</tt>." #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 @@ -1478,8 +1352,7 @@ "no longer authenticate as domain members.\n" msgstr "" "Якщо ви змінюєте назву вузла NetBIOS, Samba створює\n" -"ідентифікатор служби (SID) для вашого сервера за першого клієнтського " -"з'єднання.\n" +"ідентифікатор служби (SID) для вашого сервера за першого клієнтського з'єднання.\n" "Оскільки новий SID відрізняється від старого, клієнти можуть\n" "бути позбавлені автентифікації як члени домену.\n" @@ -1526,8 +1399,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Додаткові параметри надають доступ до\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/samba-users.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/samba-users.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/samba-users.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 10:52+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. helptext @@ -33,19 +32,12 @@ msgstr "Якщо не введено нетипові значення для " #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon " -"Script " -msgstr "" -"Диска домівки, Шляху домівки, Шляху профілю і Скрипту " -"входу, " +msgid "Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon Script " +msgstr "Диска домівки, Шляху домівки, Шляху профілю і Скрипту входу, " #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "" -"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be " -"used." -msgstr "" -"то будуть вживатися типові значення з локального налаштування Samba." +msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." +msgstr "то будуть вживатися типові значення з локального налаштування Samba." #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 msgid "Home Drive" @@ -86,30 +78,18 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 -#| msgid "" -#| "This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" -#| "The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name Attribute,\n" -#| "which is the Name of the Group as it should appear for Samba-Clients. All other\n" -#| "settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name empty,\n" -#| "the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will be used." msgid "" -"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -"Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name " -"attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " -"other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name" -"\n" +"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name\n" "empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" "be used.\n" msgstr "" "Цей втулок можна використати, щоб зробити групу LDAP доступною для Samba.\n" -"Єдиний параметр, який тут можна змінити - це атрибут Назва групи Samba" -",\n" +"Єдиний параметр, який тут можна змінити - це атрибут Назва групи Samba,\n" "що є назвою групи так як її буде показано клієнтам Samba. Всі інші\n" -"параметри визначаються автоматично. Якщо ви залишите Назву групи Samba " -"порожньою,\n" +"параметри визначаються автоматично. Якщо ви залишите Назву групи Samba порожньою,\n" "то буде вживатись назва цієї групи з глобальних параметрів.\n" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 @@ -142,4 +122,3 @@ #: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 msgid "Manage Samba attribute of LDAP groups" msgstr "Керування атрибутами Samba груп LDAP" - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/scanner.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/scanner.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/scanner.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-04 21:57+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Text for the command_line_description: @@ -273,13 +272,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -#| msgid "The epkowa driver (package iscan) is only available for i386-compatible architectures." -msgid "" -"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit " -"i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "" -"Драйвер epkowa наявний тільки для i386-сумісних архітектур (32-бітна i386 та " -"64-бітна x86_64)." +msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "Драйвер epkowa наявний тільки для i386-сумісних архітектур (32-бітна i386 та 64-бітна x86_64)." #. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 @@ -290,12 +284,8 @@ #. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64. #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 -#| msgid "" -#| "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit architectures.\n" -#| "See our support database for details." msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture." -msgstr "" -"Драйвер epkowa може спричиняти проблеми на 64-бітових архітектурах x86_64." +msgstr "Драйвер epkowa може спричиняти проблеми на 64-бітових архітектурах x86_64." #. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 @@ -407,8 +397,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner Configuration</big> \n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " -"scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -422,15 +411,13 @@ "\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press Edit.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual " -"configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual configuration.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "Щоб встановити новий сканер, виберіть сканер зі списку\n" "виявлених сканерів і натисніть Змінити.\n" -"Якщо ваш сканер не виявлено, вживайте Додати, щоб налаштувати його " -"вручну.\n" +"Якщо ваш сканер не виявлено, вживайте Додати, щоб налаштувати його вручну.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 3/8: @@ -440,25 +427,6 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. #. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "A normal USB scanner should be detected automatically.\n" -#| "By default only those USB scanners are shown\n" -#| "for which the UDB vendor and product IDs are known.\n" -#| "If a USB scanner is not shown or if there are unexpected results,\n" -#| "try Other and Restart Detection.\n" -#| "Then it might happen that particular USB devices which are not scanners\n" -#| "are shown too because then all USB devices which might be scanners are shown.\n" -#| "The reason is that there is no generic way to reliably distinguish a scanner\n" -#| "from other USB devices because there is no USB device class for scanners.\n" -#| "It may also work to proceed with Add.\n" -#| "For HP all-in-one devices you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt>\n" -#| "via Other and Run hp-setup before you can \n" -#| "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" -#| "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner here,\n" -#| "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -#| "If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "\n" "A normal USB scanner should be detected automatically.\n" @@ -475,8 +443,7 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " -"scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -486,12 +453,10 @@ "Якщо сканер не виявлено або отримано несподівані результати,\n" "спробуйте вибрати Інше або Перезапустити виявлення.\n" "Може трапитись, що буде показано і пристрої USB, які не є сканерами. Причина\n" -"в тому, що немає простого і надійного способу, щоб відрізнити сканер від " -"інших\n" +"в тому, що немає простого і надійного способу, щоб відрізнити сканер від інших\n" "пристроїв USB, тому що не існує окремого класу USB-пристроїв для сканерів.\n" "Також можна спробувати кнопку Додати.\n" -"Для пристроїв все-в-одному HP вам, можливо, потрібно буде запустити <tt>" -"hp-setup</tt>\n" +"Для пристроїв все-в-одному HP вам, можливо, потрібно буде запустити <tt>hp-setup</tt>\n" "за допомогою кнопки Інше і Запустити hp-setup перш ніж\n" "запрацює налаштування модуля сканера цим інструментом.\n" "Якщо ви маєте проблеми з налаштуванням сканера,\n" @@ -508,8 +473,7 @@ "If difficulties arise proceeding with Add,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " -"loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -523,16 +487,6 @@ #. Overview dialog help 5/8: #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "Parallel port scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" -#| "except for HP all-in-one devices.\n" -#| "Usual parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" -#| "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device\n" -#| "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -#| "you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" -#| "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "\n" "Parallel port scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" @@ -540,8 +494,7 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup" -"\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -551,8 +504,7 @@ "Зазвичай, сканери на паралельному порті слід налаштовувати вручну.\n" "Щоб встановити модуль сканера для пристрою HP все-в-одному,\n" "який приєднано до паралельного порту, можливо, вам потрібно буде запустити\n" -"<tt>hp-setup</tt> за допомогою кнопок Інше і Запустити hp-setup" -",\n" +"<tt>hp-setup</tt> за допомогою кнопок Інше і Запустити hp-setup,\n" "перш ніж запрацює налаштування сканера за допомогою кнопки Додати.\n" "\n" @@ -564,20 +516,6 @@ #. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "Network scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" -#| "except for HP all-in-one devices.\n" -#| "Network scanners must be configured manually.\n" -#| "A network scanner is a scanner that has a network interface\n" -#| "so it is directly accessible in the network.\n" -#| "In contrast, scanning via network means accessing a remote scanner\n" -#| "connected to another host in the network.\n" -#| "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device\n" -#| "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -#| "you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" -#| "before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "\n" "Network scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" @@ -589,15 +527,12 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup" -"\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add" -".\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Мережні сканери, за винятком багатофункціональних пристроїв від HP, цією " -"програмою налаштувати неможливо.\n" +"Мережні сканери, за винятком багатофункціональних пристроїв від HP, цією програмою налаштувати неможливо.\n" "Ці пристрої потребують ручного налаштовування.\n" "Мережний сканер — це сканер, який має мережний інтерфейс,\n" "отже до нього можливий безпосередній доступ з мережі.\n" @@ -605,10 +540,8 @@ "віддаленого сканера, який приєднаний до іншого вузла в мережі.\n" "Щоб встановити модуль сканера для пристрою HP все-в-одному,\n" "який приєднано за допомогою вбудованого інтерфейсу мережі,\n" -"можливо, вам потрібно буде запустити <tt>hp-setup</tt> за допомогою кнопок " -"Інше і Запустити hp-setup,\n" -"перш ніж запрацює налаштування сканера за допомогою кнопки Додати " -"цього інструмента.\n" +"можливо, вам потрібно буде запустити <tt>hp-setup</tt> за допомогою кнопок Інше і Запустити hp-setup,\n" +"перш ніж запрацює налаштування сканера за допомогою кнопки Додати цього інструмента.\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 7/8: @@ -625,8 +558,7 @@ "Press Add to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press Edit to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press Delete to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled " -"drivers,\n" +"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -654,8 +586,7 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " -"reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -665,14 +596,12 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Якщо драйвер встановлено, але не виявлено жодного сканера, що розпізнається " -"драйвером, можливими причинами є:\n" +"Якщо драйвер встановлено, але не виявлено жодного сканера, що розпізнається драйвером, можливими причинами є:\n" "Сканер не з'єднано або вимкнено,\n" "драйвер не відповідає вашій моделі пристрою\n" "(навіть невеликі відмінності у назві моделі або внутрішні відмінності у\n" "пристроях однієї серії моделей можуть потребувати інших драйверів),\n" -"існують низькорівневі (пов'язані з ядром) проблеми обміну інформацією з " -"пристроєм\n" +"існують низькорівневі (пов'язані з ядром) проблеми обміну інформацією з пристроєм\n" "(наприклад, низькорівнева проблема з USB або SCSI).\n" "" @@ -683,8 +612,7 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner Model Selection</big> \n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing Next<" -"/b>.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing Next.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" @@ -704,31 +632,22 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -"available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the " -"sane-backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete. " -"\n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " -"does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete. \n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " -"internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " -"driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "Модель сканера підтримується, якщо є хоча б один відповідний драйвер.\n" "Більшість драйверів надані проектом SANE в пакеті sane-backends.\n" -"Статус підтримки конкретної моделі варіюється від мінімальної до повної." -" \n" -"Якщо драйвер \"не підтримується\", це зовсім не означає, що він не " -"працює.\n" +"Статус підтримки конкретної моделі варіюється від мінімальної до повної. \n" +"Якщо драйвер \"не підтримується\", це зовсім не означає, що він не працює.\n" "Навпаки, він може працювати просто ідеально.\n" -"Просто це означає, що тепер немає нікого, хто б розбирався у внутрішній " -"структурі\n" +"Просто це означає, що тепер немає нікого, хто б розбирався у внутрішній структурі\n" "цього драйвера і у кого можна було б попросити допомоги у разі проблем.\n" "" @@ -736,10 +655,8 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " -"driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " -"unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -768,32 +685,23 @@ "\n" "Use the Search String to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also " -"possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " -"list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*<" -"/tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " -"string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>" -"^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200<" -"/tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "Для того щоб швидко знайти об'єкт використовуйте Рядок пошуку.\n" "Щоб знайти текст у будь-якому місці таблиці, введіть його у це поле.\n" -"Повніший пошук з використанням нечутливих до регістру формальних виразів " -"також можливий.\n" +"Повніший пошук з використанням нечутливих до регістру формальних виразів також можливий.\n" "Якщо сканер було виявлено і назва фірми-виробника є у списку,\n" "пошуковий рядок встановлюється у назву виробника, таку як <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" "Щоб покращити результат пошуку, додайте дані про модель до пошукового рядка.\n" -"Наприклад, додайте слово, що є частиною назви моделі, наприклад, <tt>" -"^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" -"або додайте цифри, які є частиною назви моделі, наприклад, <tt>^Epson.*1200<" -"/tt>.\n" +"Наприклад, додайте слово, що є частиною назви моделі, наприклад, <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"або додайте цифри, які є частиною назви моделі, наприклад, <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "" #. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: @@ -802,8 +710,7 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big> \n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next" -".\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next.\n" "If you press Back, the driver is deactivated.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -817,14 +724,6 @@ #. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "<big>Additional Packages</big> \n" -#| "If the package that provides the driver is not yet installed,\n" -#| "an appropriate dialog is shown to install the package.\n" -#| "Such packages may not be available for all architectures\n" -#| "(for example, the iscan package is only available for i386 architectures).\n" -#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Additional Packages</big> \n" @@ -871,14 +770,10 @@ "<big>HP All-in-One Devices</big> \n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " -"devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " -"available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP " -"all-in-one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " -"driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -889,18 +784,15 @@ "<big>Пристрої все-в-одному HP</big> \n" "Пристрої все-в-одному від HP потребують особливого встановлення.\n" "У цьому випадку буде показано відповідний діалог.\n" -"Існує два програмних пакунки, що забезпечують підтримку пристроїв " -"все-в-одному від HP:\n" +"Існує два програмних пакунки, що забезпечують підтримку пристроїв все-в-одному від HP:\n" "стара програма HPOJ (пакунок hp-officeJet),\n" -"яка містить систему PTAL system (з службою ptal) для доступу до пристроїв " -"все-в-одному від HP,\n" +"яка містить систему PTAL system (з службою ptal) для доступу до пристроїв все-в-одному від HP,\n" "і нова програма HPLIP (пакунок hplip),\n" "яка містить службу hplip для доступу до пристроїв все-в-одному від HP.\n" "Обидва програмні пакунки можна встановити одночасно,\n" "але служби не можуть працювати разом.\n" "Оскільки запущена служба потребує доступу до пристрою,\n" -"слід використовувати або ptal, або hplip для доступу до пристроїв " -"все-в-одному від HP.\n" +"слід використовувати або ptal, або hplip для доступу до пристроїв все-в-одному від HP.\n" "" #. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: @@ -916,8 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Сканування через мережу</big> \n" -"Введіть відповідну інформацію і натисніть кнопку Далі, щоб налаштувати " -"сканування через мережу.\n" +"Введіть відповідну інформацію і натисніть кнопку Далі, щоб налаштувати сканування через мережу.\n" "" #. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: @@ -926,36 +817,12 @@ #. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. #. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "<big>Server Settings</big> \n" -#| "If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" -#| "set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" -#| "In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" -#| "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" -#| "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" -#| "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" -#| "If saned is activated, xinetd is also activated and set up for saned.\n" -#| "Clients contact saned via the sane-port (TCP port 6566)\n" -#| "but scanning data is transferred via an additional random port.\n" -#| "The default Firewall Settings during system installation\n" -#| "protect your host from external access.\n" -#| "This is not a problem when using scanners in an internal network\n" -#| "(when the network interface belongs to the internal network zone)\n" -#| "unless you have firewall protection enabled for the internal zone.\n" -#| "Allowing access from an external network does not make sense\n" -#| "because scanning documents requires physical scanner access.\n" -#| "Therefore access from the external zone can only be denied\n" -#| "if it was accidentally allowed by insecure firewall settings.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Server Settings</big> \n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " -"the network,\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" "set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" -"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access " -"saned on your server.\n" +"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -964,18 +831,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Параметри сервера</big> \n" -"Якщо ви маєте локально з'єднані сканери і хочете зробити їх доступними з " -"мережі,\n" -"встановіть мережну фонову службу сканування saned, отже зробіть комп'ютер " -"сервером.\n" -"У полі Дозволені клієнти, введіть адреси комп'ютерів-клієнтів, яким " -"дозволено доступ до вашого saned на вашому сервері.\n" -"Введіть розділений комами список адрес клієнтів (назв комп'ютерів або " -"IP-адрес)\n" +"Якщо ви маєте локально з'єднані сканери і хочете зробити їх доступними з мережі,\n" +"встановіть мережну фонову службу сканування saned, отже зробіть комп'ютер сервером.\n" +"У полі Дозволені клієнти, введіть адреси комп'ютерів-клієнтів, яким дозволено доступ до вашого saned на вашому сервері.\n" +"Введіть розділений комами список адрес клієнтів (назв комп'ютерів або IP-адрес)\n" "або підмереж (у позначеннях CIDR, таких як 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "Якщо не дозволити доступ, saned не буде активовано.\n" -"Якщо saned активовано, то буде активовано і налаштовано на saned також і " -"xinetd.\n" +"Якщо saned активовано, то буде активовано і налаштовано на saned також і xinetd.\n" "" #. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: @@ -1021,8 +883,7 @@ "<big>Про мережний екран</big> \n" "Мережний екран використовується для захисту запущених на сервері процесів\n" "від небажаного доступу по мережі.\n" -"Для використання сканерів по мережі повинен бути запущений мережна фонова " -"служба SANE\n" +"Для використання сканерів по мережі повинен бути запущений мережна фонова служба SANE\n" "(the saned), аби віддалені клієнти могли отримати доступ до сканерів,\n" "під'єднаних до вашої локальної машині.\n" "Клієнтські машини зв'язуються з saned через порт sane (TCP-порт 6566),\n" @@ -1030,8 +891,7 @@ "Таким чином, тільки порту 6566 недостатньо для сканування по мережі. \n" "Не відкривайте порт sane 6566 або будь-який інший порт, що відноситься до\n" "використання сканерів з зовнішньої зони брандмауера.\n" -"Це небезпечно, так як дозволяє отримати доступ до saned з невідомих сайтів " -"мережі,\n" +"Це небезпечно, так як дозволяє отримати доступ до saned з невідомих сайтів мережі,\n" "так що брандмауер більше не зможе забезпечувати захист для saned.\n" "Дозвіл доступу для зовнішньої мережі (наприклад, для зовнішньої зони)\n" "не має сенсу, так як сканування вимагає фізичної\n" @@ -1042,8 +902,7 @@ "призначте мережного інтерфейсу, який належить внутрішньої мережі,\n" "внутрішню зону брандмауера.\n" "Використовуйте для цього модуль налаштування брандмауера зі складу YaST,\n" -"і сканування по мережі буде працювати без подальшої настройки брандмауера." -" \n" +"і сканування по мережі буде працювати без подальшої настройки брандмауера. \n" "Докладніше див. у статті бази підтримки openSUSE\n" "'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' за адресою \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" @@ -1054,23 +913,11 @@ #. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. #. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "<big>Client Settings</big> \n" -#| "If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" -#| "set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" -#| "saned and firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" -#| "In Servers Used, enter which servers should be used.\n" -#| "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" -#| "If no servers are entered, net is not activated.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Client Settings</big> \n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " -"network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " -"servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In Servers Used, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -1079,13 +926,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Параметри клієнта</big> \n" -"Якщо ви бажаєте мати доступ до сканерів, з'єднаних з іншими комп'ютерами " -"(серверами) у вашій мережі,\n" -"встановіть метадрайвер мережі для доступу до сканерів через фонову службу, " -"запущену на серверах.\n" +"Якщо ви бажаєте мати доступ до сканерів, з'єднаних з іншими комп'ютерами (серверами) у вашій мережі,\n" +"встановіть метадрайвер мережі для доступу до сканерів через фонову службу, запущену на серверах.\n" "saned і мережний екран на серверах мають дозволяти такий доступ.\n" -"У полі Сервери, що використовуються введіть назви серверів, які " -"використовуватимуться.\n" +"У полі Сервери, що використовуються введіть назви серверів, які використовуватимуться.\n" "Введіть розділений комами список серверів (назв серверів або їх IP-адрес).\n" "Якщо не буде введено серверів, то мережу не буде активовано.\n" "" @@ -1155,8 +999,7 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " -"Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -1171,37 +1014,29 @@ "model dependant 'iscan-plugin' package with the proprietary module.\n" msgstr "" "Необхідний сторонній драйвер Image від Epson Scan/Avasys.\n" -"Драйвер Image Scan написаний і поставляється Epson (раніше Avasys) за " -"адресою\n" +"Драйвер Image Scan написаний і поставляється Epson (раніше Avasys) за адресою\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(раніше http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/),\n" -"де можна завантажити RPM-пакунки для 32-бітної (i386) і для 64-бітної " -"(x86_64)\n" +"де можна завантажити RPM-пакунки для 32-бітної (i386) і для 64-бітної (x86_64)\n" "архітектур (якщо ви приймете ліцензійні угоди Epson/Avasys).\n" "Драйвер Image Scan містить закритий двійковий код.\n" "Для деяких моделей він доступний тільки в 32-бітному (i386) варіанті,\n" "тобто не буде працювати, якщо у вас 64-бітна система.\n" "Деякі сканери також підтримуються іншим (вільним) драйвером.\n" -"Якщо для вашої моделі сканера потрібно невільний (закритий) DFSG-" -"модуль,\n" +"Якщо для вашої моделі сканера потрібно невільний (закритий) DFSG-модуль,\n" "вам потрібно завантажити і встановити два пакунки від Epson/Avasys:\n" "пакет 'iscan', що містить основну частину програмного забезпечення, та\n" -"додатковий пакет 'iscan-plugin' з закритим модулем для конкретної " -"моделі.\n" +"додатковий пакет 'iscan-plugin' з закритим модулем для конкретної моделі.\n" #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Не встановлено потрібний пакунок %1 і немає наявного сховища з цим пакунком." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "Не встановлено потрібний пакунок %1 і немає наявного сховища з цим пакунком." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." msgstr "Не встановлено потрібний пакунок %1 і його немає у сховищі." #. Only a simple message because: @@ -1217,23 +1052,13 @@ #. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497 -#| msgid "" -#| "Failed to determine the active scanners.\n" -#| "When the net metadriver is activated and something is wrong\n" -#| "in the network, it can happen that there is no response from\n" -#| "the 'scanimage -L' command. For example when the communication\n" -#| "with a server which should be used by the net metadriver\n" -#| "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -#| "In this case it should help to disable the net metadriver\n" -#| "as a workaround until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" msgid "" "Failed to determine the active scanners.\n" "If the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\n" "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " -"fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" msgstr "" "Не вдалося виявити активні сканери.\n" "Коли активовано мережний метадрайвер і щось негаразд з мережею,\n" @@ -1425,13 +1250,6 @@ #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099 -#| msgid "" -#| "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" -#| "This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n" -#| "or when the user who runs YaST has no DISPLAY environment variable set,\n" -#| "or when the YaST process is not allowed to access the graphical display.\n" -#| "In this case you should abort the scanner configuration now,\n" -#| "run hp-setup manually, and start the scanner configuration again afterwards.\n" msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \n" "This happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \n" @@ -1440,11 +1258,9 @@ "configuration, run hp-setup manually, and start the scanner configuration\n" "again afterwards.\n" msgstr "" -"Не вдалося запустити hp-setup, оскільки не вдалося відкрити графічний " -"дисплей.\n" +"Не вдалося запустити hp-setup, оскільки не вдалося відкрити графічний дисплей.\n" "Це може трапитися, зокрема, якщо YaST працює в текстовому режимі,\n" -"або якщо для користувача, який запустив YaST, не встановлено змінної " -"середовища DISPLAY,\n" +"або якщо для користувача, який запустив YaST, не встановлено змінної середовища DISPLAY,\n" "або якщо процесу YaST заборонено доступ до графічного дисплея.\n" "У цьому випадку вам слід перервати налаштування сканера,\n" "запустити hp-setup вручну і почати налаштування сканера згодом.\n" @@ -1453,15 +1269,11 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111 -#| msgid "" -#| "It seems hplip is not installed which is required to run hp-setup.\n" -#| "Should the hplip package be installed?\n" msgid "" "It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n" "Should the hplip package be installed?\n" msgstr "" -"Виглядає на те, що потрібного для запуску hp-setup пакунку hplip не " -"встановлено.\n" +"Виглядає на те, що потрібного для запуску hp-setup пакунку hplip не встановлено.\n" "Чи слід встановити пакунок hplip?\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. @@ -1481,8 +1293,7 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Запущено hp-setup.\n" "Ви маєте завершити hp-setup перш ніж продовжувати налаштування сканера.\n" @@ -1554,20 +1365,17 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name #. which provides the driver for the particular model: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527 -#| msgid "Package %1 of %2" msgid "Package %1" msgstr "Пакунок %1" #. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 -#| msgid "Driver %1 (package %2) provides good functionality." msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality." msgstr "Непідтримуваний драйвер %1 може надати добру функціональність." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 -#| msgid "Driver %1 (package %2) provides good functionality." msgid "Driver %1 should provide good functionality." msgstr "Драйвер %1 надає добру функціональність." @@ -1579,59 +1387,50 @@ #. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566 -#| msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1 (package %2)." msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1." msgstr "Цей сканер не підтримується драйвером %1." #. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 -#| msgid "Driver %1 (package %2) provides complete functionality." msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality." msgstr "Непідтримуваний драйвер %1 надає повну функціональність." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 -#| msgid "Driver %1 (package %2) provides complete functionality." msgid "Driver %1 should provide complete functionality." msgstr "Драйвер %1 надає повну функціональність." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592 -#| msgid "Driver %1 (package %2) may work, but was not tested." msgid "Driver %1 may work, but was not tested." msgstr "Драйвер %1 може працювати, але не перевірений." #. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601 -#| msgid "Driver %1 (package %2) provides basic functionality." msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality." msgstr "Непідтримуваний драйвер %1 надає основну функціональність." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609 -#| msgid "Driver %1 (package %2) provides basic functionality." msgid "Driver %1 should provide basic functionality." msgstr "Непідтримуваний драйвер %1 надає основну функціональність." #. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 -#| msgid "Driver %1 (package %2) provides minimal functionality." msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality." msgstr "Непідтримуваний драйвер %1 може надати мінімальну функціональність." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 -#| msgid "Driver %1 (package %2) provides minimal functionality." msgid "Driver %1 should provide minimal functionality." msgstr "Драйвер %1 надає мінімальну функціональність." #. which are listed but without a known support status: #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 -#| msgid "Driver %1 (package %2) may work, but the functionality is unknown." msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown." msgstr "Драйвер %1 може працювати, але функціональність невідома." @@ -1642,68 +1441,39 @@ #. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892 -#| msgid "" -#| "A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" -#| "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" -#| "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -#| "Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's Web site.\n" -#| "Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" -#| "Find additional useful information on the SANE Web site at\n" -#| "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -#| "The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" -#| "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " -"memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " -"distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " -"site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " -"scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " -"upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" -"Файл мікропрограмного забезпечення містить ПЗ, яке треба вивантажити в " -"пам'ять сканера.\n" +"Файл мікропрограмного забезпечення містить ПЗ, яке треба вивантажити в пам'ять сканера.\n" "Сканер не може працювати без мікропрограмного забезпечення.\n" "\n" -"Мікропрограмне забезпечення ліцензується виробником, і не можемо його " -"розповсюджувати.\n" -"Зазвичай, файл з мікропрограмним забезпеченням розміщений десь на КД " -"виробника.\n" +"Мікропрограмне забезпечення ліцензується виробником, і не можемо його розповсюджувати.\n" +"Зазвичай, файл з мікропрограмним забезпеченням розміщений десь на КД виробника.\n" "Крім цього, ймовірно, його можна звантажити зі сторінки виробника.\n" "Запитайте в виробника де знайти цей файл для вашого сканера.\n" "Додаткову інформацію можна знайти на сторінці SANE у мережі: \n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "Після того як ви дістанете цей файл, мусите налаштувати драйвер вручну.\n" -"Файл інструкції для драйвера має опис як налаштувати його для вивантаження " -"мікропроцесорного забезпечення.\n" -"За допомогою наступної команди ви зможете отримати доступ до цієї " -"інструкції:\n" +"Файл інструкції для драйвера має опис як налаштувати його для вивантаження мікропроцесорного забезпечення.\n" +"За допомогою наступної команди ви зможете отримати доступ до цієї інструкції:\n" #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1911 -#| msgid "" -#| "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" -#| "It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n" -#| "and all print queues that use the ptal service would no longer work.\n" -#| "When you proceed, change the printer configuration to use HPLIP.\n" msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n" @@ -1713,8 +1483,7 @@ "Виявлено принаймні один принтер, що використовує службу ptal.\n" "Можна продовжувати, але тоді службу ptal слід зупинити,\n" "а всі черги друку, які використовують службу ptal, більше не працюватимуть.\n" -"Якщо хочете продовжити, то змініть налаштування принтера на використання " -"служби HPLIP.\n" +"Якщо хочете продовжити, то змініть налаштування принтера на використання служби HPLIP.\n" #. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver #. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. @@ -1732,8 +1501,7 @@ "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " -"fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" "a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" @@ -1744,8 +1512,7 @@ "Драйвер hpoj потребує запуску і роботи системи PTAL.\n" "Зокрема, службу ptal має бути запущено.\n" "Перш ніж службу ptal буде запущено, систему PTAL слід ініціалізувати.\n" -"Крім того, служба ptal повинна бути налаштована на запуск під час " -"завантаження.\n" +"Крім того, служба ptal повинна бути налаштована на запуск під час завантаження.\n" "Система PTAL і служба hplip не можуть бути запущені одночасно.\n" "Тому запущену службу hplip слід зупинити або деактивувати,\n" "перш ніж ви проведете активацію і запуск системи PTAL.\n" @@ -1753,12 +1520,10 @@ "Якщо ви маєте не-USB пристрій або якщо автоматична ініціалізація\n" "для USB зазнала невдачі, встановіть систему PTAL вручну.\n" "Якщо у вас пристрій типу все в одному (сканер+друкарка), зауважте що\n" -"запущена служба монопольно використовує файл USB-пристрою (наприклад, " -"/dev/usb/lp0),\n" +"запущена служба монопольно використовує файл USB-пристрою (наприклад, /dev/usb/lp0),\n" "отже друкаркою вже не можна керувати через файл USB-пристрою.\n" "\n" -"Чи слід ініціалізувати, активувати і запустити службу PTAL для USB прямо " -"зараз?\n" +"Чи слід ініціалізувати, активувати і запустити службу PTAL для USB прямо зараз?\n" #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. @@ -1771,16 +1536,14 @@ "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " -"service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" msgstr "" "Виявлено принаймні одну друкарку, що використовує службу hplip.\n" "Можна продовжувати, але тоді службу hplip слід зупинити,\n" "а всі черги друку, які використовують службу hplip, більше не працюватимуть.\n" "Якщо сканер також підтримується драйвером hpaio, не продовжуйте.\n" "Замість продовження використайте hpaio для налаштування сканера.\n" -"У іншому випадку можете продовжувати, змінивши налаштування друкарки на " -"використання служби ptal.\n" +"У іншому випадку можете продовжувати, змінивши налаштування друкарки на використання служби ptal.\n" #. %1 will be replaced by the backend name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 @@ -1896,12 +1659,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291 -msgid "" -"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " -"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "" -"Вимкнено драйвер hpoj, але не вимкнено пов'язану службу ptal, тому що вона " -"потрібна для системи друку CUPS." +msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "Вимкнено драйвер hpoj, але не вимкнено пов'язану службу ptal, тому що вона потрібна для системи друку CUPS." #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. @@ -2021,10 +1780,8 @@ #. regarding scanning via network and firewall. #. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2596 -#| msgid "Failed to write firewall settings regarding scanning via network." msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network." -msgstr "" -"Не вдалось записати параметри мережного екрану для сканування через мережу." +msgstr "Не вдалось записати параметри мережного екрану для сканування через мережу." #. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/security.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/security.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/security.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-05 11:17+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for Securoty module @@ -157,12 +156,10 @@ msgstr "Запускати фонову службу DHCP як користувач dhcp" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:85 -#| msgid "Disable remote root login in the display manager" msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "Віддалений вхід адміністратора до менеджера дисплея" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:88 -#| msgid "Disable remote access to the X server" msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "Віддалений доступ до сервера X" @@ -171,12 +168,10 @@ msgstr "Віддалений доступ до підсистеми доставки ел. пошти" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:94 -#| msgid "Restart services" msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "Перезапустити служби під час оновлення" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:97 -#| msgid "Disable service stop on removal" msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "Зупинити служби при вилученні" @@ -185,12 +180,10 @@ msgstr "Увімкнути TCP syncook-и" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 -#| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "Перенаправлення IPv4" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 -#| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "Перенаправлення IPv6" @@ -258,12 +251,8 @@ #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 -msgid "" -"These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2<" -"/P>" -msgstr "" -"Ці основні системні служби не увімкнено в рівні виконання %1: %2" -"" +msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" +msgstr "Ці основні системні служби не увімкнено в рівні виконання %1: %2" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "All basic services are enabled." @@ -271,8 +260,7 @@ #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" -msgstr "" -"Ці додаткові служби увімкнено в рівні виконання %1: %2" +msgstr "Ці додаткові служби увімкнено в рівні виконання %1: %2" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." @@ -403,8 +391,7 @@ "In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." msgstr "" "<big>Безпека завантаження системи</big>\n" -"В цьому вікні можна змінювати різні параметри завантаження системи, які " -"стосуються безпеки." +"В цьому вікні можна змінювати різні параметри завантаження системи, які стосуються безпеки." #. Boot dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 @@ -425,9 +412,6 @@ #. Boot dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:68 -#| msgid "" -#| "Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" -#| "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM or GDM.\n" msgid "" "Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.\n" @@ -439,32 +423,25 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication " -"in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" msgstr "" "Перехід в сплячий режим:\n" -"Вкажіть умови, які дозволяють користувачам переводити систему в сплячий " -"режим. Типово у користувача на активній консолі є таке право.\n" -"Інші варіанти - це дозволити всім користувачам або вимагати у всіх " -"випадках автентифікації.\n" +"Вкажіть умови, які дозволяють користувачам переводити систему в сплячий режим. Типово у користувача на активній консолі є таке право.\n" +"Інші варіанти - це дозволити всім користувачам або вимагати у всіх випадках автентифікації.\n" #. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Налаштування локальної безпеки</BIG>\n" "За допомогою типових значень можна змінити параметри локальної безпеки,\n" -" напр., завантаження, вхід в систему, пароль, створення користувачів і " -"права\n" +" напр., завантаження, вхід в систему, пароль, створення користувачів і права\n" " доступу до файлів. Типові параметри можна, при потребі, змінити.\n" "" @@ -515,38 +492,27 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>" -")." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." msgstr "" "Затримка після безуспішної спроби входу:\n" "Рекомендовано, щоб була затримка після безуспішної спроби входу\n" -"в систему, щоб запобігти вгадуванню паролів. Встановіть затримку досить " -"короткою,\n" +"в систему, щоб запобігти вгадуванню паролів. Встановіть затримку досить короткою,\n" "щоб законні користувачі, які помилились при вводі пароля, не мусили\n" "чекати. Оптимальне значення - 3 секунди (<tt>3</tt>)." #. Login dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 -#| msgid "" -#| "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" -#| "attempts is useful. It can help to warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -#| "system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" -#| "" msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Записувати успішні спроби входу: Корисно записувати до журналу\n" "успішні спроби входу. Це може допомогти у попередженні небажаного\n" -"доступу до системи (напр., користувачів, що входять не зі свого звичайного " -"місця).\n" +"доступу до системи (напр., користувачів, що входять не зі свого звичайного місця).\n" "\n" #. Login dialog help 4/4 @@ -556,11 +522,9 @@ "to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk." msgstr "" -"Дозволити віддалений графічний вхід: Якщо ви це позначите, доступ " -"до графічного екрану входу до системи\n" +"Дозволити віддалений графічний вхід: Якщо ви це позначите, доступ до графічного екрану входу до системи\n" "буде дозволено з мережі. Віддалений доступ\n" -"до вашого комп'ютера з використанням графічного входу може бути небезпечним.<" -"/p>" +"до вашого комп'ютера з використанням графічного входу може бути небезпечним." #. Password dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:126 @@ -575,27 +539,19 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" "Перевіряти нові паролі: Розважливо вибирати паролі, які\n" -"не можна знайти у словнику і які не є іменами або іншими простими, звичайними " -"словами.\n" +"не можна знайти у словнику і які не є іменами або іншими простими, звичайними словами.\n" "Залиште тут позначку, щоб перевіряти паролі згідно до вищезгаданих правил." #. Password dialog help #: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 -#| msgid "" -#| "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" -#| "The minimum number of characters in an acceptable password. Attempts to\n" -#| "assign passwords with fewer characters are rejected. A zero value\n" -#| "suppresses this check. This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" @@ -603,20 +559,17 @@ "Мінімально допустимий розмір нового паролю зменшується при використанні\n" "різних видів символів (цифри, великі і малі літери, інші символи).\n" "Докладніше пояснення можна знайти в man pam_cracklib.\n" -" Цей параметр можна змінити тільки тоді, коли увімкнено Перевіряти нові " -"паролі." +" Цей параметр можна змінити тільки тоді, коли увімкнено Перевіряти нові паролі." #. Password dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "Паролі для запам'ятовування:\n" -"Введіть кількість паролів користувача, які будуть зберігатися у сховищі для " -"запобігання їх повторному використанню.\n" +"Введіть кількість паролів користувача, які будуть зберігатися у сховищі для запобігання їх повторному використанню.\n" "Введіть 0, щоб не запам'ятовувати паролі." #. Password dialog help 5a/8 @@ -626,18 +579,12 @@ #. Password dialog help 5b/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 -#| msgid "" -#| "des, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -#| "but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" -#| "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" -"DES - типовий метод Linux, який працює у всіх мережних " -"середовищах,\n" +"DES - типовий метод Linux, який працює у всіх мережних середовищах,\n" "але паролі не можуть бути довшими за 8 символів. Якщо вам\n" "потрібна сумісність з іншими системами, вживайте цей метод." @@ -652,13 +599,8 @@ #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms " -"is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." -msgstr "" -"SHA-512 є нинішнім стандартним методом хешування. " -"Використання інших алгоритмів не рекомендується за винятком забезпечення " -"сумісності." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgstr "SHA-512 є нинішнім стандартним методом хешування. Використання інших алгоритмів не рекомендується за винятком забезпечення сумісності." #. Password dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 @@ -673,15 +615,12 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" "Днів до попередження про завершення строку дії пароля\n" -"Цей запис встановлює кількість днів, за які користувачів попереджають про " -"завершенням строку дії пароля.\n" -"Чим більший цей час, тим меншою є ймовірність, що хтось зможе вгадати " -"пароль." +"Цей запис встановлює кількість днів, за які користувачів попереджають про завершенням строку дії пароля.\n" +"Чим більший цей час, тим меншою є ймовірність, що хтось зможе вгадати пароль." #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 @@ -690,8 +629,7 @@ "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" "<big>Безпека користувачів</big>\n" -"В цьому вікні редагуйте різні параметри, які вживаються для створення " -"користувачів." +"В цьому вікні редагуйте різні параметри, які вживаються для створення користувачів." #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 @@ -700,8 +638,7 @@ "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID." msgstr "" "Обмеження ІД користувачів:\n" -"Встановіть мінімальний і максимальний допустимий ідентифікатор користувачів.<" -"/p>" +"Встановіть мінімальний і максимальний допустимий ідентифікатор користувачів." #. Adduser dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:184 @@ -716,65 +653,49 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.<" -"/p>" +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" "<big>Інші параметри безпеки</big>\n" -"В цьому вікні можна змінювати інші параметри, що стосуються локальної " -"безпеки." +"В цьому вікні можна змінювати інші параметри, що стосуються локальної безпеки." #. Misc dialog help 2/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in " -"/etc/permissions.secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" "Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" "be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.\n" msgstr "" "Дозволи на файл: Параметри для доступу\n" -"до деяких системних файлів встановлюються у відповідності з даними " -"/etc/permissions.secure\n" -"або /etc/permissions.easy. Використання якогось з цих файлів залежить від " -"вашого вибору.\n" -"Запуск SuSEconfig встановлює ці дозволи у відповідності з " -"/etc/permissions.*.\n" -"Таким чином можна виправити некоректні дозволи на файли, які виникли " -"випадково або\n" +"до деяких системних файлів встановлюються у відповідності з даними /etc/permissions.secure\n" +"або /etc/permissions.easy. Використання якогось з цих файлів залежить від вашого вибору.\n" +"Запуск SuSEconfig встановлює ці дозволи у відповідності з /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"Таким чином можна виправити некоректні дозволи на файли, які виникли випадково або\n" "внаслідок зовнішнього втручання.\n" -"Якщо вибрати Простий рівень, більшість системних файлів, які на " -"Безпечному рівні може читати лише користувач root,\n" +"Якщо вибрати Простий рівень, більшість системних файлів, які на Безпечному рівні може читати лише користувач root,\n" "зможуть читати і інші користувачі.\n" -"За використання Безпечного рівня, деякі системні файли, такі як " -"/var/log/messages, зможе\n" -"переглядати лише користувач root. Деякі програми можна буде запустити лише " -"від користувача root або\n" +"За використання Безпечного рівня, деякі системні файли, такі як /var/log/messages, зможе\n" +"переглядати лише користувач root. Деякі програми можна буде запустити лише від користувача root або\n" "лише фоновими службами, але не від звичайних користувачів.\n" -"Найбезпечнішим є Параноїдальний рівень. Якщо його використовувати, " -"слід спершу\n" -"вирішити, які користувачі матимуть дозвіл на запуск графічний програм (X) і " -"програм setuid.\n" +"Найбезпечнішим є Параноїдальний рівень. Якщо його використовувати, слід спершу\n" +"вирішити, які користувачі матимуть дозвіл на запуск графічний програм (X) і програм setuid.\n" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody" -"\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "Запуск користувачем updatedb: Програма updatedb\n" @@ -801,8 +722,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" @@ -816,21 +736,17 @@ msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs " -"in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" "Деякі системи надають обхідний спосіб, додаючи крапку (\".\")\n" "до шляху пошуку, що дозволяє знайти і запустити файли, які знаходяться\n" "в поточному шляху. Це дуже небезпечно, тому що ви можете випадково\n" -"запустити невідомі програми в поточному каталозі, замість звичних " -"всесистемних файлів.\n" +"запустити невідомі програми в поточному каталозі, замість звичних всесистемних файлів.\n" "В результаті, якщо увімкнуто цей параметр, дуже легко можна запустити\n" -"троянські коні, які експлуатують цю слабкість і вторгаються, в " -"систему." +"троянські коні, які експлуатують цю слабкість і вторгаються, в систему." #. Misc dialog help 13/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:239 @@ -854,65 +770,41 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" "Увімкнути магічні ключі SysRq Якщо увімкнути цей параметр,\n" -"то будете мати якийсь контроль над системою, навіть, якщо вона зазнає краху " -"(напр., під час\n" -"зневадження ядра). Для подробиць, див. /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt<" -"/p>" +"то будете мати якийсь контроль над системою, навіть, якщо вона зазнає краху (напр., під час\n" +"зневадження ядра). Для подробиць, див. /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 -#| msgid "Security Overview This is overview of the most important security settings." -msgid "" -"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " -"security settings." -msgstr "" -"Огляд безпеки Це огляд найважливіших параметрів безпеки." +msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." +msgstr "Огляд безпеки Це огляд найважливіших параметрів безпеки." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 -#| msgid "To change the current value click the link associated to the option." -msgid "" -"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." -msgstr "" -"Щоб змінити поточне значення, клацніть на посилання для цього параметра.<" -"/P>" +msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +msgstr "Щоб змінити поточне значення, клацніть на посилання для цього параметра." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 -#| msgid "Check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." -msgid "" -" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure." -msgstr "" -"Позначка в колонці Стан безпеки означає, що поточне значення " -"параметра є безпечне." +msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." +msgstr "Позначка в колонці Стан безпеки означає, що поточне значення параметра є безпечне." #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 -#| msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing in the system." -msgid "" -"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system." -msgstr "" -"Не вдалося прочитати поточне значення. Ймовірно, службу не встановлено, " -"або цей параметр відсутній в системі." +msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgstr "Не вдалося прочитати поточне значення. Ймовірно, службу не встановлено, або цей параметр відсутній в системі." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" "are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" @@ -922,126 +814,63 @@ "дані по мережі. Якщо це не повністю надійна мережа, то мережевий трафік\n" "може проглядатися зловмисником, який отримує доступ не тільки до\n" "графічного вмісту екрану, але і до використовуваних імен користувачів\n" -"і паролів.Якщо вам не потрібен XDMCP для віддалених " -"графічних\n" +"і паролів.Якщо вам не потрібен XDMCP для віддалених графічних\n" "входів, то вимкніть цей параметр." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 msgid "" "Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages." msgstr "" -"При запуску системний час встановлюється з апаратних годинника " -"комп'ютера.\n" +"При запуску системний час встановлюється з апаратних годинника комп'ютера.\n" "Отже, необхідно налаштувати апаратний годинник перед вимиканням.\n" -"Узгоджений системний час важливий для створення системою правильних " -"повідомлень журналу." +"Узгоджений системний час важливий для створення системою правильних повідомлень журналу." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." -msgstr "" -"Неполадки в системі зазвичай виявляються по аномаліям у її поведінці. " -"Повідомлення syslog про події, що відбуваються на постійній основі, важливі " -"для " -"знаходження причин проблем, і відсутність одного запису може сказати більше, " -"ніж відсутність усіх записів журналу.Таким чином, повідомлення syslog " -"про " -"системні події корисні тільки, коли вони є." +msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgstr "Неполадки в системі зазвичай виявляються по аномаліям у її поведінці. Повідомлення syslog про події, що відбуваються на постійній основі, важливі для знаходження причин проблем, і відсутність одного запису може сказати більше, ніж відсутність усіх записів журналу.Таким чином, повідомлення syslog про системні події корисні тільки, коли вони є." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 -msgid "" -"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that " -"it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process " -"with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." -msgstr "" -"Середовища виконання chroot обмежують доступ процесу до файлів тільки тими " -"файлами, які йому потрібні, поміщаючи їх в окремий підкаталог і запускаючи " -"процес зі зміненим кореневим каталогом." +msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgstr "Середовища виконання chroot обмежують доступ процесу до файлів тільки тими файлами, які йому потрібні, поміщаючи їх в окремий підкаталог і запускаючи процес зі зміненим кореневим каталогом." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 -msgid "" -"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a " -"possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " -"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective." -msgstr "" -"Фонова служба DHCP повинна запускатися користувачем dhcpd для " -"зменшення можливої загрози, якщо служба стане вразливою через помилки в її " -"програмному коді.Зверніть увагу, що dhcpd ніколи не повинен " -"запускати від імені root або з увімкненою можливістю " -"CAP_SYS_CHROOT, щоб обмеження chroot мали сенс." +msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." +msgstr "Фонова служба DHCP повинна запускатися користувачем dhcpd для зменшення можливої загрози, якщо служба стане вразливою через помилки в її програмному коді.Зверніть увагу, що dhcpd ніколи не повинен запускати від імені root або з увімкненою можливістю CAP_SYS_CHROOT, щоб обмеження chroot мали сенс." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 -msgid "" -"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password." -msgstr "" -"Для зменшення використання привілеїв root адміністратори ніколи не " -"повинні входити як root у сесію X Window.Цей параметр не " -"допоможе від необережних адміністраторів, але запобігає можливості входу " -"як root через менеджер дисплея для зловмисників, якщо вони " -"вгадали або якось інакше отримали пароль." +msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." +msgstr "Для зменшення використання привілеїв root адміністратори ніколи не повинні входити як root у сесію X Window.Цей параметр не допоможе від необережних адміністраторів, але запобігає можливості входу як root через менеджер дисплея для зловмисників, якщо вони вгадали або якось інакше отримали пароль." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (" -"ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection." +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" -"Клієнти X Window, тобто програми, що відкривають вікно на вашому екрані, " -"підключаються\n" -"до X-сервера, запущеного на фізичній машині. Програми також можуть бути " -"запущені на\n" -"іншій системі і відображати вміст на X-сервері через мережні з'єднання." -"\n" -"Коли ввімкнено, X-сервер прослуховує порт 6000 плюс номер дисплея. Тому " -"мережевий\n" -"трафік передається незашифрованим і таким чином є об'єктом мережевого " -"перехоплення,\n" -"а відкритий сервером X порт відкриває можливості для атаки. Отож, це безпечно " -"буде\n" -"відімкнути.Для відображення клієнтів X Window через мережу ми " -"рекомендуємо\n" -"використання безпечної оболонки (ssh), що дозволяє клієнтам X " -"Window підключатися до X-сервера через зашифроване з'єднання ssh." +"Клієнти X Window, тобто програми, що відкривають вікно на вашому екрані, підключаються\n" +"до X-сервера, запущеного на фізичній машині. Програми також можуть бути запущені на\n" +"іншій системі і відображати вміст на X-сервері через мережні з'єднання.\n" +"Коли ввімкнено, X-сервер прослуховує порт 6000 плюс номер дисплея. Тому мережевий\n" +"трафік передається незашифрованим і таким чином є об'єктом мережевого перехоплення,\n" +"а відкритий сервером X порт відкриває можливості для атаки. Отож, це безпечно буде\n" +"відімкнути.Для відображення клієнтів X Window через мережу ми рекомендуємо\n" +"використання безпечної оболонки (ssh), що дозволяє клієнтам X Window підключатися до X-сервера через зашифроване з'єднання ssh." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " -"expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " -"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " -"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" "Підсистема доставки пошти запускається завжди. Тим не менш, типово вона\n" -"не виявляє себе зовні системи, бо не прослуховує SMTP порт 25.Якщо ви " -"не доставляє пошту в вашу систему за протоколом SMTP, тоді вимкніть цей " -"параметр." +"не виявляє себе зовні системи, бо не прослуховує SMTP порт 25.Якщо ви не доставляє пошту в вашу систему за протоколом SMTP, тоді вимкніть цей параметр." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 msgid "" @@ -1056,13 +885,10 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо оновлюється пакунок, що містить службу, яка зараз запущена,\n" "то служба перезавантажиться після установки файлів пакунку.Це розумно\n" -"і безпечно у більшості випадків, враховуючи, що багатьом службам потрібен " -"доступ\n" +"і безпечно у більшості випадків, враховуючи, що багатьом службам потрібен доступ\n" "або до своїх двійковим, або конфігураційних файлів. Інакше ці служби будуть\n" -"продовжувати виконуватися, поки не будуть зупинені, наприклад, вбиті " -"запущені\n" -"фонові служби.Ця установка повинна змінюватися тільки, коли є особлива " -"причина\n" +"продовжувати виконуватися, поки не будуть зупинені, наприклад, вбиті запущені\n" +"фонові служби.Ця установка повинна змінюватися тільки, коли є особлива причина\n" "так вчинити." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 @@ -1080,45 +906,16 @@ "зупиняється до видалення файлів пакунку.Це розумно і безпечно\n" "у більшості випадків, бо багатьом службам потрібен доступ до\n" "своїх двійкових або конфігураційних файлів. Ці служби будуть продовжувати\n" -"виконуватися, поки не будуть зупинені, наприклад, вбиті запущені фонові " -"служби.\n" -"Ця установка повинна змінюватися, тільки якщо є особлива причина так " -"зробити." +"виконуватися, поки не будуть зупинені, наприклад, вбиті запущені фонові служби.\n" +"Ця установка повинна змінюватися, тільки якщо є особлива причина так зробити." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 -msgid "" -"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." -msgstr "" -"Система може бути завалена безліччю спроб з'єднання, тому у " -"системи закінчиться пам'ять, призводячи до уразливості Denial of Service " -"(DoS).</" -"P>Використання syncookies - це метод, що допомагає в таких ситуаціях, але " -"в конфігураціях з дуже великим числом законних спроб з'єднання від одного " -"джерела налаштування Увімкнено може призвести до проблем з " -"відхиленими TCP-з'єднаннями при високому навантаженні.Тим не менш для " -"більшості середовищ syncookies - перша лінія оборони проти DoS-атак, тому " -"безпечна установка - Увімкнено." +msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgstr "Система може бути завалена безліччю спроб з'єднання, тому у системи закінчиться пам'ять, призводячи до уразливості Denial of Service (DoS).Використання syncookies - це метод, що допомагає в таких ситуаціях, але в конфігураціях з дуже великим числом законних спроб з'єднання від одного джерела налаштування Увімкнено може призвести до проблем з відхиленими TCP-з'єднаннями при високому навантаженні.Тим не менш для більшості середовищ syncookies - перша лінія оборони проти DoS-атак, тому безпечна установка - Увімкнено." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 -msgid "" -"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need " -"that routing functionality, then disable this option." -msgstr "" -"IP-переадресація означає пропуск отриманих мережних пакунків, не " -"призначених для жодного з налаштованих мережних інтерфейсів системи, тобто" -" адрес мережних інтерфейсів.Якщо система переадресує трафік на " -"рівні ISO/OSI 3, то вона називається маршрутизатором. Якщо вам не потрібен " -"функціонал маршрутизатора, вимкніть цей параметр." +msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgstr "IP-переадресація означає пропуск отриманих мережних пакунків, не призначених для жодного з налаштованих мережних інтерфейсів системи, тобто адрес мережних інтерфейсів.Якщо система переадресує трафік на рівні ISO/OSI 3, то вона називається маршрутизатором. Якщо вам не потрібен функціонал маршрутизатора, вимкніть цей параметр." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." @@ -1129,40 +926,20 @@ msgstr "Цей параметр стосується тільки IPv6." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." -msgstr "" -"Магічні ключі SysRq надають якийсь контроль над системою, навіть, якщо " -"вона зазнає краху (напр., під час зневадження ядра) або якщо система не " -"реагує." +msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgstr "Магічні ключі SysRq надають якийсь контроль над системою, навіть, якщо вона зазнає краху (напр., під час зневадження ядра) або якщо система не реагує." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 -msgid "" -"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." -msgstr "" -"У файлах /etc/permissions.* є заздалегідь визначені права доступу до " -"файлів. Визначення з найбільшими обмеженнями доступу — файл «secure» або " -"«paranoid»." +msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." +msgstr "У файлах /etc/permissions.* є заздалегідь визначені права доступу до файлів. Визначення з найбільшими обмеженнями доступу — файл «secure» або «paranoid»." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352 -#| msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security related services." -msgid "" -"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to " -"run the security-related services." -msgstr "" -"Основні системні служби мусять бути увімкнені для одноманітності системи і " -"для виконання служб потрібних для безпеки." +msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." +msgstr "Основні системні служби мусять бути увімкнені для одноманітності системи і для виконання служб потрібних для безпеки." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358 -msgid "" -"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system." -msgstr "" -"Кожна запущена служба може бути потенційною ціллю для атак. Тому, " -"рекомендовано вимкнути в системі всі служби, які не використовуються." +msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." +msgstr "Кожна запущена служба може бути потенційною ціллю для атак. Тому, рекомендовано вимкнути в системі всі служби, які не використовуються." #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:51 @@ -1260,7 +1037,6 @@ #. CheckBox label #: src/include/security/widgets.rb:136 -#| msgid "Enable &Magic SysRq Keys" msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "&Магічні ключі SysRq" @@ -1271,7 +1047,6 @@ #. ComboBox value #: src/include/security/widgets.rb:141 -#| msgid "Enable AppArmor Functions" msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "Увімкнути усі функції" @@ -1294,7 +1069,6 @@ #. ComboBox label #: src/include/security/widgets.rb:168 -#| msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:" msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" msgstr "Поведінка ви&мкнення з менеджера входу KDM:" @@ -1322,7 +1096,6 @@ #. ComboBox label #: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188 -#| msgid "System Information" msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "Перехід у сплячий режим" @@ -1338,7 +1111,6 @@ #. ComboBox value #: src/include/security/widgets.rb:195 -#| msgid "Authentication Realms" msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "Завжди вимагати автентифікації" @@ -1438,7 +1210,6 @@ #. Progress stage 4/4 #: src/modules/Security.rb:655 -#| msgid "Save system settings" msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "Оновити системні параметри" @@ -1459,7 +1230,6 @@ #. Progress step 4/5 #: src/modules/Security.rb:665 -#| msgid "Saving system settings..." msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "Оновлення системних параметрів..." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/services-manager.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/services-manager.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/services-manager.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -15,8 +15,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 msgid "Saving default systemd target..." @@ -45,34 +44,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units " -"whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " -"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " -"page." +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " -"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "" -"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " -"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "" -"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " -"graphical target." +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 @@ -116,15 +104,14 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 -msgid "" -"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" msgstr "" #. Default for double-click in the table #. Default for double-click in the table #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 msgid "Writing configuration..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запис конфігурації..." #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" @@ -138,14 +125,14 @@ #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Служба" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 #: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Увімкнено" #. The current state matches the futural state #. The current state matches the futural state @@ -153,11 +140,11 @@ #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 #: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 msgid "Active" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активний" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 msgid "Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Опис" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 msgid "&Start/Stop" @@ -169,7 +156,7 @@ #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 msgid "Show &Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Показати &подробиці" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 @@ -186,7 +173,7 @@ #: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вимкнено" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 #: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 @@ -217,7 +204,7 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Служби" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" @@ -228,18 +215,14 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " -"the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" " list of services.\n" -"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " -"enabled\n" +"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " -"%link" +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 @@ -273,7 +256,7 @@ #. AutoYast summary #: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ще не налаштовано." #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state #. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/slp-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/slp-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/slp-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 10:21+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module @@ -172,8 +171,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати." -"\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 @@ -264,57 +262,33 @@ #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "To show the slpd log file, use Show Log." -msgstr "" -"Щоб показати файл журналу slpd, вживайте Показати журнал." +msgstr "Щоб показати файл журналу slpd, вживайте Показати журнал." #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 -#| msgid "" -#| "Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is Broadcast.\n" -#| "In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -#| "sent by multicast in appropriates SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -#| "about statically and dynamically registrated services. The last options is Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" -#| "answers.\n" msgid "" -"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " -"Broadcast.\n" -"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode " -"is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it " -"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " -"Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" +"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is Broadcast.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" "answers.\n" msgstr "" -"Тут вкажіть режим, в якому запустити фонову службу SLP. Найпростіший режим " -"- це Трансляція.\n" -"У ньому фонова служба SLP відповідає на всі запити, надіслані через " -"трансляцію. Наступний режим Групова трансляція.\n" -"У ньому фонова служба SLP відповідає на запити, надіслані через групову " -"трансляцію у відповідних діапазонах. У режимі\n" -"Сервера DA він інформує сервери DA на вказаних адресах IP про статично " -"і динамічно зареєстровані служби.\n" -"Останній спосіб - це Стати сервером DA. Це сервер кешу для служби " -"відповідей.\n" +"Тут вкажіть режим, в якому запустити фонову службу SLP. Найпростіший режим - це Трансляція.\n" +"У ньому фонова служба SLP відповідає на всі запити, надіслані через трансляцію. Наступний режим Групова трансляція.\n" +"У ньому фонова служба SLP відповідає на запити, надіслані через групову трансляцію у відповідних діапазонах. У режимі\n" +"Сервера DA він інформує сервери DA на вказаних адресах IP про статично і динамічно зареєстровані служби.\n" +"Останній спосіб - це Стати сервером DA. Це сервер кешу для служби відповідей.\n" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"With Expert Settings, access all options available in " -"/etc/slp.conf." -msgstr "" -"Через Параметри для експертів ви маєте доступ до всіх наявних в " -"/etc/slp.conf параметрів." +msgid "With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf." +msgstr "Через Параметри для експертів ви маєте доступ до всіх наявних в /etc/slp.conf параметрів." #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create a " -"new empty file. With Modify,\n" -"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible to " -"delete files not owned by any package." +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create a new empty file. With Modify,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." msgstr "" -"Конфігураційні файли для статичної реєстрації на SLP. За допомогою Додати<" -"/b> створіть новий порожній файл. За допомогою Змінити\n" -"змініть значення в будь-якому існуючому файлі. За допомогою Delete " -"можна вилучити файли, які не належать до жодного пакунка." +"Конфігураційні файли для статичної реєстрації на SLP. За допомогою Додати створіть новий порожній файл. За допомогою Змінити\n" +"змініть значення в будь-якому існуючому файлі. За допомогою Delete можна вилучити файли, які не належать до жодного пакунка." #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "Help for regedit" @@ -327,10 +301,8 @@ #. check for package openslp-server installed #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 -msgid "" -"To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати SLP-сервер, потрібно встановити пакунок %1." +msgid "To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Щоб налаштувати SLP-сервер, потрібно встановити пакунок %1." #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 msgid "Do you want to install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/snapper.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/snapper.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/snapper.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-05 10:45+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -16,153 +16,137 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. The main () #: src/clients/snapper.rb:53 -#| msgid "Configuration of sshd" msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "Налаштування знімків системи" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "Опис" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 -#| msgid "User name" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "User data" msgstr "Дані користувача" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 -#| msgid "C&leanup Script" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "Алгоритм очищення" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 -#| msgid "Modify %1" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "Змінити знімок %1" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "Змінити знімки %1 - %2" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 -#| msgid "PReP (%1)" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "Перед (%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 -#| msgid "Host %1" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "Після (%1)" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 -#| msgid "Create New " +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Створити новий знімок" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 -#| msgid "Single Head" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "Один знімок" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Перед" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "Післязнімок у парі з:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 -#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "Дійсно вилучити знімок \"%1\"?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Знімки" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 -#| msgid "Single Head" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 msgid "Single" msgstr "Одинарний" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "Перед і післязнімок" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 -#| msgid "Reading list of users..." +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Читання списку знімків..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 -#| msgid "Current Configuration:" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Поточна конфігурація" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "ІД" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "Тип" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Дата початку" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Дата завершення" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 -#| msgid "Us&er Data" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "User Data" msgstr "Дані користувача" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 -#| msgid "No Change" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Показати зміни" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 -#| msgid "&Modify" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "Змінити" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -171,143 +155,131 @@ "Неможливо показати відмінності." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 -#| msgid "Selected Service" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Огляд вибраного знімку" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 -#| msgid "Next %1: %2" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 -#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Підрахунок змінених файлів..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 -#| msgid "Accepting failed verifications" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Підрахунок змін у файлах…" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "Створений новий файл." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 -#| msgid "Card removed" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "Файл було вилучено." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "Вміст файлу не змінилося." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 -#| msgid "File %1 does not exists" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Файл відсутній у всіх знімках." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 -#| msgid "File Contents: %1" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Вміст файлу змінено." #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Режим файлу змінено із '%1' на '%2'." #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Власник файлу змінився з '%1' на '%2'." #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Група файлу змінилася з '%1' на '%2'." #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 -#| msgid "R&estore and Reset" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "В&ідновити із першого" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 -#| msgid "Restore Options" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Відновити" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 -#| msgid "No Driver Selected" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Відновити із &другого" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "Показати відмінності між знімком і поточною системою" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "Показати відмінності між поточним і вибраним знімками:" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "Показати відмінності між першим і другим знімками" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "Показати відмінності між першим знімком і поточною системою" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "Показати відмінності між другим знімком і поточною системою" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "Час виготовлення першого знімка:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "Час виготовлення другого знімка:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "Час виготовлення знімка:" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Відкрити" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 -#| msgid "No Driver Selected" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Відновити обране" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 -#| msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -323,8 +295,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 -#| msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -339,19 +310,17 @@ "із знімку '%2' в поточну систему?" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 -#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "Не вибрано файлів для відновлення." #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 -#| msgid "Restoring Files" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Відновлення файлів" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" @@ -364,15 +333,11 @@ "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Файли, присутні у вихідному знімку, будуть скопійовані в поточну " -"систему.\n" +"Файли, присутні у вихідному знімку, будуть скопійовані в поточну систему.\n" "Файли, які відсутні в знімку, будуть видалені.Ви впевнені?" #. Read dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Creating the Add-On</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Reading the list of snapshots</big> \n" "\n" @@ -384,30 +349,17 @@ #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in " -"the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see " -"the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Конфігурація знімків</big>\n" -"У таблиці наведені знімки кореневої файлової системи. Існує три типи " -"знімків:\n" -"одинарний, перед та після. Одинарні знімки " -"використовуються " -"для збереження\n" -"стану файлової системи в певний час, а перед - і післязнімки " -"використовуються для визначення змін, зроблених операцією, яка виконувалася " -"між виготовленням цих знімків. Перед - і післязнімки в таблиці вказані " -"попарно.\n" -"Виберіть знімок або пару знімків і натисніть Показати зміни для " -"перегляду\n" +"У таблиці наведені знімки кореневої файлової системи. Існує три типи знімків:\n" +"одинарний, перед та після. Одинарні знімки використовуються для збереження\n" +"стану файлової системи в певний час, а перед - і післязнімки використовуються для визначення змін, зроблених операцією, яка виконувалася між виготовленням цих знімків. Перед - і післязнімки в таблиці вказані попарно.\n" +"Виберіть знімок або пару знімків і натисніть Показати зміни для перегляду\n" "змін файлової системи в обраному знімку.\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help @@ -415,27 +367,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Перегляд знімків</big>\n" "\n" -"У дереві показані всі файли, змінені між створенням першого («перед-») і " -"другого («після-») знімків. Праворуч ви бачите опис, створений при " -"виготовленні першого знімка, і час створення обох знімків.\n" +"У дереві показані всі файли, змінені між створенням першого («перед-») і другого («після-») знімків. Праворуч ви бачите опис, створений при виготовленні першого знімка, і час створення обох знімків.\n" "\n" "\n" -"При виборі файлу в дереві ви бачите зроблені в ньому зміни. Типово " -"показуються зміни між вибраними парними знімками, але можна " -"порівнювати файл з різними версіями.\n" +"При виборі файлу в дереві ви бачите зроблені в ньому зміни. Типово показуються зміни між вибраними парними знімками, але можна порівнювати файл з різними версіями.\n" "\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots @@ -443,29 +386,22 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Перегляд знімків</big>\n" "\n" -"У дереві показані всі файли вибраного знімка, які мають відмінності від " -"поточної " -"системи. Праворуч ви побачите опис знімка і час його створення.\n" +"У дереві показані всі файли вибраного знімка, які мають відмінності від поточної системи. Праворуч ви побачите опис знімка і час його створення.\n" "\n" "\n" -"При виборі файлу в дереві ви бачите відмінності між версією знімка і " -"поточною системою.\n" +"При виборі файлу в дереві ви бачите відмінності між версією знімка і поточною системою.\n" "\n" #. popup error #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91 -#| msgid "Package '%s' was not found." msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." msgstr "Знімок «%s» не було знайдено." @@ -479,23 +415,19 @@ #. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264 #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303 -#| msgid "(not known)" msgid "Reason not known." msgstr "Причина невідома." #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238 -#| msgid "Configuration of autofs" msgid "Configuration not found." msgstr "Конфігурацію не знайдено." #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240 -#| msgid "Configuration of an isns service" msgid "Configuration is not valid." msgstr "Неправильна конфігурація." #. error popup #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247 -#| msgid "Failed to initialize the software repository." msgid "" "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" "%1" @@ -504,13 +436,11 @@ "%1" #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266 -#| msgid "Package '%s' was not found." msgid "Snapshot was not found." msgstr "Знімок не було знайдено." #. error popup #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271 -#| msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." msgid "" "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" "%1" @@ -520,7 +450,6 @@ #. error popup #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289 -#| msgid "Failed to modify %1." msgid "" "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" "%1" @@ -533,18 +462,15 @@ msgstr "Вказаний неправильний тип знімка." #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308 -#| msgid "Package '%s' was not found." msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." msgstr "Передзнімок не було знайдено." #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310 -#| msgid "Package '%s' was not found." msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." msgstr "Вказаний передзнімок не було знайдено." #. error popup #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316 -#| msgid "Failed to create the new map." msgid "" "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" "%1" @@ -554,7 +480,6 @@ #. Snapper read dialog caption #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 -#| msgid "Initializing fonts" msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "Започаткування Snapper" @@ -586,19 +511,16 @@ #. label for log window #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395 -#| msgid "Restoring Files" msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "Відновлення файлів…" #. log entry (%1 is file name) #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424 -#| msgid "Delete" msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "Вилучено %1\n" #. log entry (%1 is file name) #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477 -#| msgid "Skipped\n" msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 пропущено\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/sound.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/sound.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/sound.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 10:28+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -20,16 +20,13 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. popup error message #: src/clients/sound.rb:49 msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." -msgstr "" -"Не знайдено базу даних із звуковими платами. Будь ласка, перевірте вашу " -"інсталяцію." +msgstr "Не знайдено базу даних із звуковими платами. Будь ласка, перевірте вашу інсталяцію." #. translators: command line help text for Sound module #: src/clients/sound.rb:59 @@ -74,12 +71,8 @@ #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' #: src/clients/sound.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list " -"of allowed parameters." -msgstr "" -"Значення певного параметра модуля. Використовувати команду 'show', щоб " -"побачити список дозволених параметрів." +msgid "Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list of allowed parameters." +msgstr "Значення певного параметра модуля. Використовувати команду 'show', щоб побачити список дозволених параметрів." #. translators: command line help text for volume action #: src/clients/sound.rb:131 @@ -89,12 +82,8 @@ #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name #: src/clients/sound.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a " -"list of available channels." -msgstr "" -"Значення для певного каналу (0-100). Використовувати команду 'channels', щоб " -"побачити список наявних каналів." +msgid "Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a list of available channels." +msgstr "Значення для певного каналу (0-100). Використовувати команду 'channels', щоб побачити список наявних каналів." #. translators: command line help text for modules action #: src/clients/sound.rb:144 @@ -266,8 +255,7 @@ "Enable or add an additional software repository containing the packages.\n" msgstr "" "Нижчеперераховані обов’язкові пакунки відсутні: %1\n" -"Деякі звукові пристрої можуть не працювати або не буде підтримки деяких з їх " -"можливостей.\n" +"Деякі звукові пристрої можуть не працювати або не буде підтримки деяких з їх можливостей.\n" "\n" "Увімкніть або додайте додаткове сховище програм, що містить ці пакунки.\n" @@ -358,7 +346,6 @@ #. menu item, do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) #: src/include/sound/complex.rb:507 -#| msgid "&Install soundfonts..." msgid "&Install SoundFonts..." msgstr "&Встановити звукові шрифти..." @@ -557,15 +544,11 @@ #. help text - mixer setting #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 msgid "" -"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound " -"card. \n" -"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore " -"the original settings." +"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n" +"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore the original settings." msgstr "" -"В цьому вікні можна вказати гучність кожного каналу вибраної звукової " -"плати. \n" -"Натисніть Далі, щоб зберегти параметри гучності; Натисніть Назад" -", щоб відновити оригінальні параметри." +"В цьому вікні можна вказати гучність кожного каналу вибраної звукової плати. \n" +"Натисніть Далі, щоб зберегти параметри гучності; Натисніть Назад, щоб відновити оригінальні параметри." #. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385 @@ -1059,15 +1042,11 @@ #. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:205 -#| msgid "Install Soundfonts" msgid "Install SoundFonts" msgstr "Встановити звукові шрифти" #. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:208 -#| msgid "" -#| "Should YaST2 install the wavetable sound fonts from \n" -#| "your Soundblaster Live! or AWE driver CD?\n" msgid "" "Should YaST2 install the wavetable SoundFont-files from \n" "your Soundblaster Live! or AWE driver CD?\n" @@ -1086,13 +1065,11 @@ #. To translators: the message below will look like this: "14 SoundFont-files have been installed in /usr/share/..." #. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:217 -#| msgid "%1 soundfont-files have been installed in %2." msgid "%1 SoundFont-files have been installed in %2." msgstr "%1 файлів звукових шрифтів було встановлено в %2." #. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:220 -#| msgid "No Soundfont-files found." msgid "No SoundFont-files found." msgstr "Не знайдено файли звукових шрифтів." @@ -1187,38 +1164,29 @@ "\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270 -#| msgid "" -#| "PulseAudio daemon can used to play sounds,\n" -#| "use PulseAudio Configuration to enable or disable it." msgid "" "PulseAudio daemon can be used to play sounds.\n" "Use PulseAudio Configuration to enable or disable it.\n" msgstr "" "Фонову службу PulseAudio можна використовувати для програвання звуків.\n" -" Для вмикання чи вимикання скористайтесь Налаштуванням PulseAudio." -"\n" +" Для вмикання чи вимикання скористайтесь Налаштуванням PulseAudio.\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 msgid "" -"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and " -"applications.\n" +"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n" "Use Other to set the selected sound device as the primary device." msgstr "" -"Звуковий пристрій з індексом 0 - це типовий пристрій, який вживається " -"системою і програмами.\n" -"Вживайте Інше, щоб встановити вибраний звуковий пристрій як головний " -"пристрій." +"Звуковий пристрій з індексом 0 - це типовий пристрій, який вживається системою і програмами.\n" +"Вживайте Інше, щоб встановити вибраний звуковий пристрій як головний пристрій." #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 msgid "" "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" -"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> " -"to\n" +"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" "start the application." msgstr "" "Програми, які застосовують відкриту систему звуку (OSS), можуть\n" -"вживати програмний мікшер за допомогою обгортання aoss. Вживайте команду <tt>" -"aoss <програма></tt>,\n" +"вживати програмний мікшер за допомогою обгортання aoss. Вживайте команду <tt>aoss <програма></tt>,\n" "щоб запустити програму." #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/squid.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/squid.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/squid.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-24 22:59-0700\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <translation(a)linux.org.ua>\n" @@ -1658,11 +1658,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Африкаанська" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Арабський" # AM # fuzzy @@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перська" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Індонезійська" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1748,7 +1748,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Хорватська" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1756,7 +1756,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Малайська" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1818,7 +1818,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тайландський" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1832,11 +1832,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Узбецька" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "В'єтнамський" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/sshd.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/sshd.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/sshd.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sshd.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-05 10:51+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -21,15 +21,13 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. SSHD read dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:155 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:175 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:78 -#| msgid "Initializing the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Initializing SSHD Configuration" msgstr "Започаткування налаштування SSHD" @@ -37,7 +35,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:161 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:181 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:84 -#| msgid "Read the current SSHD configuration" msgid "Read current SSHD configuration" msgstr "Прочитати поточну конфігурацію SSHD" @@ -45,7 +42,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:163 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:183 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:86 -#| msgid "Read the current SSHD state" msgid "Read current SSHD state" msgstr "Прочитати поточний стан SSHD" @@ -53,7 +49,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:166 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:186 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:89 -#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD configuration..." msgid "Reading current SSHD configuration..." msgstr "Читання поточної конфігурації SSHD..." @@ -61,7 +56,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:168 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:188 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:91 -#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD state..." msgid "Reading current SSHD state..." msgstr "Читання поточного стану SSHD..." @@ -69,7 +63,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:186 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:206 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:109 -#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." msgid "Cannot read current SSHD state." msgstr "Неможливо прочитати поточний стан SSHD." @@ -77,7 +70,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:204 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:224 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:127 -#| msgid "Saving the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Saving SSHD Configuration" msgstr "Збереження конфігурації SSHD" @@ -92,7 +84,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:212 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:232 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:135 -#| msgid "Adjust the SSHD service" msgid "Adjust the SSHD service" msgstr "Налагодження служби SSHD" @@ -107,7 +98,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:217 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:237 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:140 -#| msgid "Adjusting the SSHD service..." msgid "Adjusting the SSHD service..." msgstr "Налагодження служби SSHD..." @@ -115,7 +105,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:228 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:248 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:151 -#| msgid "Cannot write the SSHD settings." msgid "Cannot write SSHD settings." msgstr "Неможливо записати параметри SSHD." @@ -194,7 +183,6 @@ #. a dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:106 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:100 -#| msgid "General Login Settings" msgid "SSHD Server Login Settings" msgstr "Параметри входу на сервер SSHD" @@ -206,7 +194,6 @@ #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:113 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:107 -#| msgid "Print &Message of the Day After Login" msgid "Print &Message of the Day After Login" msgstr "Після входу у систему показати повідом&лення дня" @@ -230,33 +217,28 @@ #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:125 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:119 -#| msgid "Ma&ximum Authentication Tries" msgid "Pa&sswordAuthentication" msgstr "&Розпізнавання по паролю" #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:127 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:121 -#| msgid "Authentication Settings" msgid "RSA Authenti&cation" msgstr "Автентифікація &RSA" #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:129 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:123 -#| msgid "Public &Key Authentication (Protocol V. 2 Only)" msgid "Public &Key Authentication" msgstr "Автентифікація відкритим &ключем" #. Sshd read dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:28 -#| msgid "Initializing the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Initializing sshd Configuration" msgstr "Започаткування налаштування sshd" #. Sshd write dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:53 -#| msgid "Saving the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Saving sshd Configuration" msgstr "Збереження конфігурації sshd" @@ -281,15 +263,11 @@ #. Sshd configure1 dialog contents #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-dialogs.ycp:28 -#| msgid "Configuration of sshd" msgid "First part of configuration of sshd" msgstr "Перша частина конфігурації sshd" #. Read dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:18 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing the sshd Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... " msgid "" "<big>Initializing sshd Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -299,9 +277,6 @@ #. Write dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:22 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Saving the sshd Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... " msgid "" "<big>Saving sshd Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -320,9 +295,6 @@ #. Login Settings dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:30 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Server Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Configure SSHD here. " msgid "" "<big>Login Settings</big> \n" "Configure SSHD login settings here. " Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/storage.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/storage.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/storage.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" #. popup text @@ -36,12 +35,10 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Вживайте цю програму тільки тоді, коли ви знаєте як розподіляти тверді " -"диски.\n" +"Вживайте цю програму тільки тоді, коли ви знаєте як розподіляти тверді диски.\n" "\n" "Ніколи не розподіляйте диски, які знаходяться у вжитку\n" -"(напр., змонтовані, свопінг і т.п.), якщо ви не маєте абсолютної впевненості " -"в тому, що робите.\n" +"(напр., змонтовані, свопінг і т.п.), якщо ви не маєте абсолютної впевненості в тому, що робите.\n" "Бо інакше, таблицю розподілу не буде передано до ядра,\n" "а це, скоріше за все, призведе до втрати даних.\n" "\n" @@ -418,8 +415,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Використано Windows — це розмір використаної частини розділу " -"Windows.\n" +"Використано Windows — це розмір використаної частини розділу Windows.\n" " " #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -678,11 +674,8 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Не знайдено жодного диска. Спробуйте скористатися КД для оновлення, якщо він " -"у вас є, для встановлення." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Не знайдено жодного диска. Спробуйте скористатися КД для оновлення, якщо він у вас є, для встановлення." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -697,8 +690,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Тут показано всі жорсткі диски на вашій системі, які було виявлено " -"автоматично.\n" +"Тут показано всі жорсткі диски на вашій системі, які було виявлено автоматично.\n" "Виберіть той, на який слід встановити &product;.\n" "\n" @@ -963,8 +955,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Схоже, вибраний жорсткий диск вже використовується Windows. Для &product; " -"місця\n" +"Схоже, вибраний жорсткий диск вже використовується Windows. Для &product; місця\n" "не вистачить. Ви повинні або повністю вилучити Windows\n" "або зменшити розділ, щоб дістати вільне місце на диску.\n" "" @@ -981,8 +972,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Якщо ви вилучите Windows, всі дані цього розділу буде під час\n" -"встановлення назавжди втрачено. Якщо розділ Windows буде зменшено, " -"ми\n" +"встановлення назавжди втрачено. Якщо розділ Windows буде зменшено, ми\n" "наполегливо рекомендуємо створити резервну копію, оскільки. дані\n" "слід перевпорядкувати. В рідкісних випадках це може призвести до їх втрати.\n" "\n" @@ -1251,8 +1241,7 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1260,8 +1249,7 @@ "\n" "Ви не призначили розділ для свопінгу. Це не критично, але\n" "у більшості випадків наполегливо рекомендують створити і призначити\n" -"розділ свопінгу. Розділи свопінгу вашої системи перелічено у головному " -"вікні \n" +"розділ свопінгу. Розділи свопінгу вашої системи перелічено у головному вікні \n" "з типом «Linux Swap». Призначений розділ свопінгу має точку монтування\n" "«swap». Ви можете визначити декілька розділів свопінгу, якщо забажаєте.\n" "\n" @@ -1299,13 +1287,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Якщо ви непевні, можете повернутися назад і позначити цей розділ\n" -"для форматування; особливо, якщо його призначено під стандартну точку " -"монтування,\n" +"для форматування; особливо, якщо його призначено під стандартну точку монтування,\n" "таку як /, /boot, /usr, /opt або /var.\n" #. continued popup text @@ -1383,17 +1369,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Вибраний розширений розділ містить змонтовані розділи:\n" "%1\n" -"*Наполегливо* рекомендуємо відмонтувати ці розділи перед вилученням " -"розширеного розділу.\n" +"*Наполегливо* рекомендуємо відмонтувати ці розділи перед вилученням розширеного розділу.\n" "Будь ласка, виберіть \"Скасувати\", якщо ви не знаєте точно, що робите.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1566,15 +1549,13 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Монтувати в /etc/fstab за:\n" "Зазвичай, файлову систему для монтування визначають у /etc/fstab\n" "за назвою пристрою. Цю ідентифікацію можна змінити так, щоб файлова система\n" -"для монтування знаходилася за пошуком UUID або надписом тому. Не всі " -"файлові\n" +"для монтування знаходилася за пошуком UUID або надписом тому. Не всі файлові\n" "системи можна монтувати за UUID або надписом тому. Якщо параметр вимкнено,\n" "ця дія неможлива.\n" @@ -1582,14 +1563,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Надпис тому:\n" -"Назва, вказана у цьому полі, використовується в як надпис тому. Зазвичай, це " -"має сенс\n" +"Назва, вказана у цьому полі, використовується в як надпис тому. Зазвичай, це має сенс\n" "лише у випадку, якщо ви активували параметр монтування за надписом тому.\n" "Надпис тому не повинен містити символу / або пробілів.\n" @@ -1717,8 +1696,7 @@ "пошкоджено.\n" "\n" "Якщо можете, відмонтуйте розділ. Якщо\n" -"ви непевні, рекомендуємо перервати встановлення. Не продовжуйте, якщо не " -"знаєте\n" +"ви непевні, рекомендуємо перервати встановлення. Не продовжуйте, якщо не знаєте\n" "точно, що ви робите.\n" "\n" "Продовжити?\n" @@ -1732,8 +1710,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Файлову систему на розділі не можна зменшити в YaST2.\n" -"Лише файлові системи fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, і reiser дозволяють себе " -"зменшувати." +"Лише файлові системи fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, і reiser дозволяють себе зменшувати." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 @@ -1744,8 +1721,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Файлову систему на логічному томі не можна зменшити в YaST2.\n" -"Лише файлові системи fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, і reiser дозволяють себе " -"зменшувати." +"Лише файлові системи fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, і reiser дозволяють себе зменшувати." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 @@ -1770,8 +1746,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Файлова система на вибраному розділі не може бути розширена в YaST2.\n" -"Лише файлові системи fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, і reiser дозволяють себе " -"розширювати." +"Лише файлові системи fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, і reiser дозволяють себе розширювати." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 @@ -1782,8 +1757,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Файлова система на вибраному логічному томі не може бути розширена в YaST2.\n" -"Лише файлові системи fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, і reiser дозволяють себе " -"розширювати." +"Лише файлові системи fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, і reiser дозволяють себе розширювати." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "Continue resizing?" @@ -1808,8 +1782,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Файлову систему reiser можна зменшувати, але цю можливість\n" -"ще недостатньо випробувано. Рекомендуємо виконати резервне копіювання " -"даних.\n" +"ще недостатньо випробувано. Рекомендуємо виконати резервне копіювання даних.\n" "\n" "Зменшити файлову систему зараз?" @@ -1839,14 +1812,12 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Вибраний пристрій містить змонтовані розділи:\n" "%1\n" -"*Наполегливо* рекомендуємо відмонтувати ці розділи перш ніж вилучати таблицю " -"розділів.\n" +"*Наполегливо* рекомендуємо відмонтувати ці розділи перш ніж вилучати таблицю розділів.\n" "Виберіть \"Скасувати\", якщо ви не впевнені у своїх діях.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -2008,8 +1979,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -2029,8 +1999,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -2038,8 +2007,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Якщо ви забудете ваш пароль, ви втратите доступ до даних файлової\n" -"системи! Ретельно вибирайте пароль. Рекомендуємо використовувати комбінацію " -"з літер і\n" +"системи! Ретельно вибирайте пароль. Рекомендуємо використовувати комбінацію з літер і\n" "цифр. Щоб переконатися, що пароль було введено правильно,\n" "введіть його двічі.\n" "\n" @@ -2050,16 +2018,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Вам слід розрізняти великі і малі літери. Пароль має складатися не\n" -"менше ніж з %1 символів і, як правило, не повинен містити спеціальних " -"символів (наприклад, акцентованих літер або умляутів).\n" +"менше ніж з %1 символів і, як правило, не повинен містити спеціальних символів (наприклад, акцентованих літер або умляутів).\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -2106,16 +2072,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Якщо шифрована файлова система не містить жодного системного файла, то\n" -"її і не слід оновлювати: можна натиснути кнопку \"Пропустити\". В цьому " -"випадку\n" +"її і не слід оновлювати: можна натиснути кнопку \"Пропустити\". В цьому випадку\n" "оновлення не стосуватиметься цієї файлової системи.\n" "\n" @@ -2238,17 +2202,13 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"Файлова система FAT вживається для точки монтування системи (/, /usr, /opt, /" -"var, /home).\n" +"Файлова система FAT вживається для точки монтування системи (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "Це неможливо." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Нечинний символ в точці монтування. Не використовуйте в точці монтування «`'!" -"%#»." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Нечинний символ в точці монтування. Не використовуйте в точці монтування «`'!%#»." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 @@ -2838,8 +2798,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Зміна шифрування існуючого тому\n" @@ -2946,8 +2905,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Для цього тому використовується файлова система swap. Можете залишити\n" -"пароль шифрування порожнім, але тоді пристрій свопінгу не можна буде " -"вживати\n" +"пароль шифрування порожнім, але тоді пристрій свопінгу не можна буде вживати\n" "для сну системи (зі збереженням на диск).\n" "\n" @@ -2989,9 +2947,7 @@ msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" -msgstr "" -"Неможливо змінити розмір розділу %1, оскільки його файлова система, можливо, " -"є неузгодженою.\n" +msgstr "Неможливо змінити розмір розділу %1, оскільки його файлова система, можливо, є неузгодженою.\n" #. Heading for dialog #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 @@ -3727,10 +3683,8 @@ "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" msgstr "" -"<BIG>Увага:</BIG> YaST2 прозондував ваші жорсткі диски і " -"знайшов стару систему Linux\n" -"з точками монтування. Праворуч, перегляньте список зі знайденими точками " -"монтування. \n" +"<BIG>Увага:</BIG> YaST2 прозондував ваші жорсткі диски і знайшов стару систему Linux\n" +"з точками монтування. Праворуч, перегляньте список зі знайденими точками монтування. \n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 @@ -3900,8 +3854,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -4208,8 +4161,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Введіть розмір, а також кількість і розмір \n" @@ -4258,8 +4210,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" @@ -4267,16 +4218,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" #. heading for frame @@ -4335,17 +4284,14 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "Немає досить відповідних невикористаних пристроїв для створення\n" "групи томів.\n" "\n" -"Щоб використовувати LVM, потрібно мати принаймні один невикористаний " -"пристрій\n" -"типу 0x8e (або 0x83) або один невикористаний пристрій RAID. Відповідно " -"змініть\n" +"Щоб використовувати LVM, потрібно мати принаймні один невикористаний пристрій\n" +"типу 0x8e (або 0x83) або один невикористаний пристрій RAID. Відповідно змініть\n" "вашу таблицю розділів." #. error popup @@ -4581,12 +4527,8 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Налаштування NFS не наявне. Перевірте чи встановлено пакунок yast2-nfs-" -"client." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "Налаштування NFS не наявне. Перевірте чи встановлено пакунок yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4618,8 +4560,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Цей рівень збільшує швидкодію диска.\n" "В цьому режимі НЕМА надлишковості. Якщо один з приводів\n" @@ -4629,10 +4570,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Цей режим має найкращу надлишковість. Його\n" @@ -4645,15 +4584,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: Цей режим об'єднує керування більшою кількістю\n" "дисків, зберігаючи деяку надлишковість. Цей режим можна вживати на\n" -"трьох або більше дисках. Якщо один диск вийде з ладу, всі дані залишаться " -"цілі.\n" +"трьох або більше дисках. Якщо один диск вийде з ладу, всі дані залишаться цілі.\n" "Якщо одночасно вийдуть з ладу два диски, то всі дані буде втрачено\n" #. helptext @@ -4668,10 +4604,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Додати розділи до RAID. Згідно до вибраного\n" "типу RAID, розмір диска це сума цих розділів (RAID0), розмір\n" @@ -4739,10 +4673,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Розмір шматка: Це найменший, «атомарний»,\n" "об’єм даних, який може бути записано на пристрої. Прийнятний розмір\n" @@ -4759,12 +4691,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Алгоритм парності: Алгоритм парності для використання у RAID5.\n" -"Ліво-симетричний дає найкращу швидкодію звичайних дисків з пластинами, що " -"обертаються.\n" +"Ліво-симетричний дає найкращу швидкодію звичайних дисків з пластинами, що обертаються.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -5044,11 +4974,9 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5066,9 +4994,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5344,8 +5270,7 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" @@ -5353,12 +5278,9 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" @@ -5381,8 +5303,7 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" #. dialog help text @@ -5397,16 +5318,12 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" @@ -5445,8 +5362,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" @@ -5467,8 +5383,7 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Пріоритет свопінгу:\n" -"Введіть пріоритет свопінгу. Більші значення визначають більший пріоритет.</" -"p>\n" +"Введіть пріоритет свопінгу. Більші значення визначають більший пріоритет.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 @@ -5481,8 +5396,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Змонтувати лише для читання:\n" @@ -5517,8 +5431,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Користувач може монтувати:\n" -"Файлова система може бути змонтована звичайним користувачем. Типово вимкнено." -"\n" +"Файлова система може бути змонтована звичайним користувачем. Типово вимкнено.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 @@ -5532,16 +5445,12 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Не монтувати при запуску системи:\n" -"Файлову систему не буде автоматично змонтовано під час завантаження " -"системи.\n" -"Буде створено запис у /etc/fstab і файлова система буде монтуватися з " -"відповідними налаштуваннями\n" +"Файлову систему не буде автоматично змонтовано під час завантаження системи.\n" +"Буде створено запис у /etc/fstab і файлова система буде монтуватися з відповідними налаштуваннями\n" "командою <tt>mount <точка монтування></tt>\n" "(<точка монтування> — це тека, куди монтується файлова система).\n" "Типово вимкнено.\n" @@ -5576,10 +5485,8 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Режим журналювання даних:\n" "Визначає режим журналювання для даних файлів.\n" @@ -5587,8 +5494,7 @@ "записано до основною файлової системи. Найбільший вплив на швидкодію.\n" "<tt>ordered</tt> — Всі дані примусово спрямовуються у файлову систему\n" "перш ніж метадані буде записано до журналу. Посередній вплив на швидкодію.\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> — Порядок даних не зберігається. Не впливає на швидкодію." -"\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> — Порядок даних не зберігається. Не впливає на швидкодію.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 @@ -5616,8 +5522,7 @@ "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Розширені атрибути користувачів:\n" -"Дозволяє використання розширених атрибутів користувачів на файловій системі." -"\n" +"Дозволяє використання розширених атрибутів користувачів на файловій системі.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 @@ -5627,24 +5532,18 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Нечинний символ в точці монтування. Не використовуйте в точці монтування «`'!" -"%#»." +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Нечинний символ в точці монтування. Не використовуйте в точці монтування «`'!%#»." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Довільний параметр:\n" -"введіть в це поле будь який параметр монтування, який дозволено " -"використовувати у четвертім полі / etc/fstab.\n" +"введіть в це поле будь який параметр монтування, який дозволено використовувати у четвертім полі / etc/fstab.\n" "Якщо параметрів декілька, розділіть їх комами.\n" #. label text @@ -5659,8 +5558,7 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Набір символів для назв файлів:\n" -"Встановіть набір символів, що використовуватиметься для відображення назв " -"файлів на розділах Windows.\n" +"Встановіть набір символів, що використовуватиметься для відображення назв файлів на розділах Windows.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 @@ -5671,12 +5569,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Кодова сторінка для коротких назв FAT:\n" -"Ця кодова сторінка використовується для перетворення у символи коротких назв " -"файлової системи FAT.\n" +"Ця кодова сторінка використовується для перетворення у символи коротких назв файлової системи FAT.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 @@ -5687,12 +5583,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Кількість FAT:\n" -"Вкажіть кількість таблиць розміщення файлів у файловій системі. Типове " -"значення — 2." +"Вкажіть кількість таблиць розміщення файлів у файловій системі. Типове значення — 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 @@ -5705,14 +5599,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Розмір FAT:\n" -"Визначає тип таблиць розташування файлів (12, 16 або 32-бітовий). Якщо " -"вказано «auto», YaST2 автоматично вибере значення, що найкраще пасують до " -"розміру файлової системи.\n" +"Визначає тип таблиць розташування файлів (12, 16 або 32-бітовий). Якщо вказано «auto», YaST2 автоматично вибере значення, що найкраще пасують до розміру файлової системи.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 @@ -5724,9 +5614,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 #, fuzzy msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"Мінімальний розмір для \"записів кореневого каталогу\" — це112. Будь ласка, " -"спробуйте ще раз." +msgstr "Мінімальний розмір для \"записів кореневого каталогу\" — це112. Будь ласка, спробуйте ще раз." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 @@ -5749,12 +5637,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Хеш-функція\n" -"Тут можна задати назву хеш-функції, яку буде використано для впорядкування " -"назв файлів у каталогах." +"Тут можна задати назву хеш-функції, яку буде використано для впорядкування назв файлів у каталогах." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 @@ -5767,15 +5653,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Модифікація ФС:\n" -"Цей параметр визначає версію формату reiserfs. \"3.5\" для зворотної " -"сумісності з ядром версій 2.2.x. \"3.6\" використовується частіше, але її " -"можна використовувати лише з ядрами версій старших або рівних 2.4.\n" +"Цей параметр визначає версію формату reiserfs. \"3.5\" для зворотної сумісності з ядром версій 2.2.x. \"3.6\" використовується частіше, але її можна використовувати лише з ядрами версій старших або рівних 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5789,14 +5670,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Розмір блоку:\n" -"Вкажіть розмір блоку в байтах. Правильні значення: 1024, 2048 і 4096 байт. " -"Якщо вибрано \"auto\", то використовується стандартний розмір блоку 4096.</" -"p>\n" +"Вкажіть розмір блоку в байтах. Правильні значення: 1024, 2048 і 4096 байт. Якщо вибрано \"auto\", то використовується стандартний розмір блоку 4096.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5825,12 +5702,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Відсоток місця під i-вузли:\n" -"Параметр \"Відсоток місця під i-вузли\" визначає максимальний відсоток місця " -"у файловій системі, яке може бути зайняте i-вузлами.\n" +"Параметр \"Відсоток місця під i-вузли\" визначає максимальний відсоток місця у файловій системі, яке може бути зайняте i-вузлами.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 @@ -5843,14 +5718,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Вирівнювання i-вузлів:\n" -"Параметр \"Вирівнювання i-вузлів\" використовується для визначення того, чи " -"слід вирівнювати i-вузли.\n" +"Параметр \"Вирівнювання i-вузлів\" використовується для визначення того, чи слід вирівнювати i-вузли.\n" "Типове значення — вирівнювати. Доступ до вирівняного i-вузла,\n" "зазвичай, ефективніший ніж до невирівняного.\n" @@ -5876,12 +5749,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Розмір журналу\n" -"Вкажіть розмір журналу (у Мб). Якщо вказано \"auto\", використовується 40% " -"від загального розміру." +"Вкажіть розмір журналу (у Мб). Якщо вказано \"auto\", використовується 40% від загального розміру." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 @@ -5913,8 +5784,7 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "Довжина кроку у блоках:\n" -"Встановіть параметри для файлової системи, пов’язані з RAID. На даний " -"момент\n" +"Встановіть параметри для файлової системи, пов’язані з RAID. На даний момент\n" "підтримується лише аргумент \"stride\", який визначає число блоків у\n" "зв’язці RAID.\n" @@ -5923,14 +5793,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Розмір блоку:\n" -"Вкажіть розмір блоку в байтах. Правильні значення: 1024, 2048 і 4096 байт. " -"Якщо вибрано \"auto\", то розмір блока визначається розміром файлової " -"системи і очікуваним використанням файлової системи.\n" +"Вкажіть розмір блоку в байтах. Правильні значення: 1024, 2048 і 4096 байт. Якщо вибрано \"auto\", то розмір блока визначається розміром файлової системи і очікуваним використанням файлової системи.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 @@ -5948,19 +5814,13 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Байтів на i-вузол:\n" -"Визначте значення байт/i-вузол. YaST2 створює i-вузол для кожного <байтів-" -"на-i-вузол> байтів місця на диску. Чим більшим є співвідношення байт/i-" -"вузол, тим менше i-вузлів буде створено.\n" -"Загалом, це значення не повинно бути меншим за розмір блоку файлової " -"системи, інакше буде створено забагато i-вузлів. Після створення файлової " -"системи\n" -"збільшити кількість i-вузлів неможливо, отже, введіть правильне значення " -"цього параметра.\n" +"Визначте значення байт/i-вузол. YaST2 створює i-вузол для кожного <байтів-на-i-вузол> байтів місця на диску. Чим більшим є співвідношення байт/i-вузол, тим менше i-вузлів буде створено.\n" +"Загалом, це значення не повинно бути меншим за розмір блоку файлової системи, інакше буде створено забагато i-вузлів. Після створення файлової системи\n" +"збільшити кількість i-вузлів неможливо, отже, введіть правильне значення цього параметра.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 @@ -5982,15 +5842,8 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Відсоток блоків зарезервованих для root: Тут ви можете вказати " -"відсоток блоків зарезервованих для суперкористувача. Типове значення — 5%.</" -"p>" +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Відсоток блоків зарезервованих для root: Тут ви можете вказати відсоток блоків зарезервованих для суперкористувача. Типове значення — 5%." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 @@ -6020,8 +5873,7 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Індекс каталогу:\n" -"Вмикає використання хешованих b-дерев для збільшення швидкості пошуку у " -"великих каталогах.\n" +"Вмикає використання хешованих b-дерев для збільшення швидкості пошуку у великих каталогах.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 @@ -6032,8 +5884,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" @@ -6272,8 +6123,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 @@ -6283,8 +6133,7 @@ "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Пристрій %1 неможливо змінити, оскільки він містить активний розділ " -"свопінгу,\n" +"Пристрій %1 неможливо змінити, оскільки він містить активний розділ свопінгу,\n" "який потрібен для виконання встановлення.\n" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 @@ -6304,8 +6153,7 @@ "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Пристрій %1 неможливо вилучити, оскільки він містить активний розділ " -"свопінгу,\n" +"Пристрій %1 неможливо вилучити, оскільки він містить активний розділ свопінгу,\n" "який потрібен для виконання встановлення.\n" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 @@ -6637,8 +6485,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Монтувати за позначає спосіб монтування\n" @@ -6652,8 +6499,7 @@ msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Знак питання (?) позначає те, що\n" @@ -6674,8 +6520,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Зірочка (*) після точки монтування вказує,\n" @@ -7050,12 +6895,8 @@ #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Зміна розміру неможлива через непослідовність файлової системи. Спробуйте " -"перевірити файлову систему у Windows." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Зміна розміру неможлива через непослідовність файлової системи. Спробуйте перевірити файлову систему у Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 @@ -7249,17 +7090,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You tried to mount a fat partition to the\n" -#~| "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux " -#~| "file\n" +#~| "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" #~| "system, such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " -#~ "system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" -#~ "boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -7346,20 +7184,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -#~ "tmp.\n" -#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " -#~ "create \n" -#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " -#~ "all \n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ця точка монтування відповідає тимчасовій файловій системі на зразок /tmp " -#~ "або /var/ tmp.\n" -#~ "Ви можете залишити пароль шифрування порожнім. У такому випадку під час " -#~ "завантаження система сама\n" +#~ "Ця точка монтування відповідає тимчасовій файловій системі на зразок /tmp або /var/ tmp.\n" +#~ "Ви можете залишити пароль шифрування порожнім. У такому випадку під час завантаження система сама\n" #~ "створить випадковий пароль. Це означає, що після завершення \n" #~ "роботи системи всі дані таких файлових систем буде втрачено.\n" #~ " \n" @@ -7431,8 +7264,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Щоб вживати ці точки монтування, натисніть Так." #~ msgid "To ignore these mount points, press No." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Щоб ігнорувати ці точки монтування, натисніть Ні." +#~ msgstr "Щоб ігнорувати ці точки монтування, натисніть Ні." #~ msgid "" #~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n" @@ -7486,8 +7318,7 @@ #~ " " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Будь ласка, зачекайте поки ваш жорсткий диск буде приготовано для " -#~ "встановлення...\n" +#~ "Будь ласка, зачекайте поки ваш жорсткий диск буде приготовано для встановлення...\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -7501,24 +7332,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this " -#~ "action\n" -#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large " -#~ "disks.\n" -#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it " -#~ "looks\n" +#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this action\n" +#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large disks.\n" +#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it looks\n" #~ "slow near the end (\"95 %\"), please be patient. The formatting tool \n" #~ "performs various checks. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Залежно від розміру вашого жорсткого диска і швидкості процесора, " -#~ "виконання цієї операції\n" -#~ "може тривати деякий час. П’ять хвилин — звичайний час для справді великих " -#~ "дисків.\n" -#~ "Часто лінійка поступу показує нерівномірний поступ. Навіть, якщо " -#~ "здається,\n" -#~ "що ближче до завершення (\"95%\") процес уповільнився, зачекайте. " -#~ "Інструмент форматування\n" +#~ "Залежно від розміру вашого жорсткого диска і швидкості процесора, виконання цієї операції\n" +#~ "може тривати деякий час. П’ять хвилин — звичайний час для справді великих дисків.\n" +#~ "Часто лінійка поступу показує нерівномірний поступ. Навіть, якщо здається,\n" +#~ "що ближче до завершення (\"95%\") процес уповільнився, зачекайте. Інструмент форматування\n" #~ "виконує різні перевірки. " #~ msgid "Preparing Your Hard Disk" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/sudo.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/sudo.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/sudo.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-04 21:16+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xsudo module @@ -163,7 +162,6 @@ msgstr "Назви вузлів або мереж в псевдонімі" #: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54 -#| msgid "Host Names/Networks" msgid "Hostnames/Networks" msgstr "Назви вузлів / мережі" @@ -212,17 +210,14 @@ #. next #: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152 -#| msgid "User name must not be empty." msgid "Username must not be empty." msgstr "Ім'я користувача не може бути порожнім." #: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157 -#| msgid "Host name must not be empty." msgid "Hostname must not be empty." msgstr "Назва вузла не може бути порожньою." #: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166 -#| msgid "Command list must have at least one entry" msgid "Command list must have at least one entry." msgstr "Список команд повинен мати принаймні один запис." @@ -335,65 +330,42 @@ #. current_alias_name = ""; #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 -#| msgid "" -#| "Host alias %1 is being used in one of sudo rules.\n" -#| "Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it ?\n" msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "Псевдонім вузла %1 вживається в одному з правил sudo.\n" -" Вилучення його може призвести до порушення цілісності файла конфігурації " -"sudo. Дійсно вилучити?\n" +" Вилучення його може призвести до порушення цілісності файла конфігурації sudo. Дійсно вилучити?\n" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 -#| msgid "" -#| "User alias %1 is being used in one of sudo rules .\n" -#| "Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it ?\n" msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "Псевдонім користувача %1 вживається в одному з правил sudo.\n" -" Вилучення його може призвести до порушення цілісності файла конфігурації " -"sudo. Дійсно вилучити?\n" +" Вилучення його може призвести до порушення цілісності файла конфігурації sudo. Дійсно вилучити?\n" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 -#| msgid "" -#| "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of sudo rules.\n" -#| "Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it ?\n" msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "Псевдонім \"виконати як\" %1 вживається в одному з правил sudo.\n" -" Вилучення його може призвести до порушення цілісності файла конфігурації " -"sudo. Дійсно вилучити?\n" +" Вилучення його може призвести до порушення цілісності файла конфігурації sudo. Дійсно вилучити?\n" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 -#| msgid "" -#| "Command alias %1 is being used in one of sudo rules.\n" -#| "Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it ?\n" msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "Псевдонім команди %1 вживається в одному з правил sudo.\n" -" Вилучення його може призвести до порушення цілісності файла конфігурації " -"sudo. Дійсно вилучити?\n" +" Вилучення його може призвести до порушення цілісності файла конфігурації sudo. Дійсно вилучити?\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing sudo Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing sudo Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -408,14 +380,10 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати." -"\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Saving sudo Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving sudo Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -449,12 +417,9 @@ "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Правила для sudo</big> \n" -"\tПравила для sudo, загалом, визначає команди, які користувач може " -"виконувати\n" -"\tна визначених вузлах (крім того можна визначити і самого користувача для " -"команд). Кожна специфікація користувача —\n" -"\tце кортеж, що складається з імені користувача, вузла і списку команд з " -"необов'язковою\n" +"\tПравила для sudo, загалом, визначає команди, які користувач може виконувати\n" +"\tна визначених вузлах (крім того можна визначити і самого користувача для команд). Кожна специфікація користувача —\n" +"\tце кортеж, що складається з імені користувача, вузла і списку команд з необов'язковою\n" "\tспецифікацією RunAs і додатковими мітками. Все це підсумовано у розміщеній\n" "\tнижче таблиці. \n" "\t\n" @@ -469,11 +434,9 @@ "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Стовпчик Користувачі визначає локальних або системних користувачів " -"або їх псевдоніми. \n" +"Стовпчик Користувачі визначає локальних або системних користувачів або їх псевдоніми. \n" "\tСтовпчик Вузли визначає, на яких вузлах, або групах вузлів,\n" -"\tна які посилається псевдонім вузла, користувач може виконувати вказані " -"команди.\n" +"\tна які посилається псевдонім вузла, користувач може виконувати вказані команди.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -481,17 +444,14 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "RunAs column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " -"privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining " -"whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Стовпчик RunAs — це\n" -"\tнеобов'язковий параметр, що містить ім'я користувача (або псевдонім), чиї " -"права буде використано\n" +"\tнеобов'язковий параметр, що містить ім'я користувача (або псевдонім), чиї права буде використано\n" "\tдля запуску команди. NOPASSWD — це мітка, що визначає, чи\n" "\tповинні користувачі проходити авторизацію перш ніж виконувати команди.\n" "\t\n" @@ -505,8 +465,7 @@ "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Набір команд, які користувач може виконувати на певних вузлах, " -"підсумовано\n" +"Набір команд, які користувач може виконувати на певних вузлах, підсумовано\n" "\tу стовпчику Команди. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -519,10 +478,8 @@ "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -" Щоб додати нове правило, натисніть кнопку Додати і заповніть " -"відповідні \n" -"\tполя. Ім'я користувача, назва вузла і список команд не повинні залишитись " -"порожніми.\n" +" Щоб додати нове правило, натисніть кнопку Додати і заповніть відповідні \n" +"\tполя. Ім'я користувача, назва вузла і список команд не повинні залишитись порожніми.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -530,118 +487,82 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete " -"button.\n" +"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button.\n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" "Щоб змінити існуюче правило, виберіть рядок в таблиці і клацніть \n" -"\tна кнопку Змінити. Щоб вилучити вибраний рядок, натисніть на " -"Вилучити.\n" +"\tна кнопку Змінити. Щоб вилучити вибраний рядок, натисніть на Вилучити.\n" "\t \n" "\t" #. Single User Specification help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " -"group name prefixed\n" +"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " -"groups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Ім'я користувача або Псевдонім можна заповнити окремим ім'ям " -"користувача (наприклад foo), назвою групи\n" -"\tз префіксом \"%\" (наприклад %bar), або назвою псевдоніма користувача. " -"Ключове слово \"ALL\",\n" -"\tпозначає будь-якого користувача. Ви можете зробити вибір серед існуючих " -"користувачів, груп або псевдонімів \n" +"Ім'я користувача або Псевдонім можна заповнити окремим ім'ям користувача (наприклад foo), назвою групи\n" +"\tз префіксом \"%\" (наприклад %bar), або назвою псевдоніма користувача. Ключове слово \"ALL\",\n" +"\tпозначає будь-якого користувача. Ви можете зробити вибір серед існуючих користувачів, груп або псевдонімів \n" "\tу контекстному меню, або ввести власне значення. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. " -"www.example.com) single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " -"alias. If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " -"against your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " -"between multiple machines, \n" +"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com) single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Запис Назва вузла або Псевдонім складається або з назви вузла " -"(наприклад, www.example.com) одної IP-адреси\n" -"\t(наприклад, 192.168.0.1) або IP-адреси у сполученні з маскою мережі, або " -"псевдонім вузла. Якщо команди можна\n" -"\tвиконувати з будь-якого вузла, скористайтеся ключовим словом \"ALL\". Якщо " -"назва вузла або IP-адреса відповідає вашому вузлу\n" -"\tабо вашій IP-адресі, і ви не маєте наміру поділяти один файл /etc/sudoers " -"між декількома комп'ютерами, \n" -"\tключового слова \"ALL\" або \"localhost\" буде достатньо для майже всіх " -"випадків.\n" +"Запис Назва вузла або Псевдонім складається або з назви вузла (наприклад, www.example.com) одної IP-адреси\n" +"\t(наприклад, 192.168.0.1) або IP-адреси у сполученні з маскою мережі, або псевдонім вузла. Якщо команди можна\n" +"\tвиконувати з будь-якого вузла, скористайтеся ключовим словом \"ALL\". Якщо назва вузла або IP-адреса відповідає вашому вузлу\n" +"\tабо вашій IP-адресі, і ви не маєте наміру поділяти один файл /etc/sudoers між декількома комп'ютерами, \n" +"\tключового слова \"ALL\" або \"localhost\" буде достатньо для майже всіх випадків.\n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Single User Specification help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an " -"user, \n" +"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is " -"the default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as " -"alias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " -"your own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Ім'я користувача або псевдонім RunAs— це необов'язковий параметр, " -"що визначає користувача, \n" +"Ім'я користувача або псевдонім RunAs— це необов'язковий параметр, що визначає користувача, \n" "\tчиї права буде \n" -"\tвикористано для виконання певної команди. Якщо нічого не буде вказано, " -"типово буде використано користувача root.\n" -"\tЦе, знову ж таки, може бути одне ім'я користувача, назва групи з префіксом " -"\"%\" або інший псевдонім RunAs.\n" -"\tВиберіть з існуючих користувачів, груп і псевдонімів з контекстного меню, " -"або введіть власне значення.\n" +"\tвикористано для виконання певної команди. Якщо нічого не буде вказано, типово буде використано користувача root.\n" +"\tЦе, знову ж таки, може бути одне ім'я користувача, назва групи з префіксом \"%\" або інший псевдонім RunAs.\n" +"\tВиберіть з існуючих користувачів, груп і псевдонімів з контекстного меню, або введіть власне значення.\n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Single User Specification help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 -#| msgid "" -#| "No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" -#| "\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own passwod, not root's one) before running particular \n" -#| "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" -#| "\tdisable this authentication\n" -#| "\t\n" -#| "\t" msgid "" -"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " -"authenticate\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " -"particular \n" +"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Без пароля — це необов'язковий параметр. Зазвичай, користувачі " -"мають ідентифікувати\n" -"\tсебе (тобто надати свій пароль, а не пароль адміністратора) перш ніж " -"виконати якусь\n" -"\tкоманду. Встановіть мітку \"Без пароля\" у значення \"Так\", якщо ви " -"бажаєте вимкнути\n" +"Без пароля — це необов'язковий параметр. Зазвичай, користувачі мають ідентифікувати\n" +"\tсебе (тобто надати свій пароль, а не пароль адміністратора) перш ніж виконати якусь\n" +"\tкоманду. Встановіть мітку \"Без пароля\" у значення \"Так\", якщо ви бажаєте вимкнути\n" "\tтаку автентифікацію\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -650,37 +571,28 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "Commands to Run table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " -"allowed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " -"run. \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Таблиця Виконувані команди є списком команд (можна з\n" -"\tпараметрами), каталогів і псевдонімів команд, які окремий користувач зможе " -"виконувати.\n" -"\tЯкщо використано назву каталогу, можна буде запускати будь-яку команду з " -"цього каталогу. \n" -"\tКрім того, ключове слово \"ALL\" замінює будь-яку команду, тому " -"використовуйте його обережно.\n" +"\tпараметрами), каталогів і псевдонімів команд, які окремий користувач зможе виконувати.\n" +"\tЯкщо використано назву каталогу, можна буде запускати будь-яку команду з цього каталогу. \n" +"\tКрім того, ключове слово \"ALL\" замінює будь-яку команду, тому використовуйте його обережно.\n" "\t\n" "\t" #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with " -"optional\n" -"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate entry " -"from the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with optional\n" +"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" "\tand click on Delete button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Щоб додати нову команду, натисніть на кнопку Додати, введіть назву " -"команди\n" -"\tі, якщо потрібно, її параметри й клацніть Гаразд. Щоб вилучити " -"команду, виберіть\n" +"Щоб додати нову команду, натисніть на кнопку Додати, введіть назву команди\n" +"\tі, якщо потрібно, її параметри й клацніть Гаразд. Щоб вилучити команду, виберіть\n" "\tвідповідний рядок в таблиці і клацніть на кнопку Вилучити.\n" "\t" @@ -688,48 +600,39 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>User Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Псевдоніми користувачів</big> \n" -"\tУ цьому діалозі, ви можете налаштувати псевдоніми користувачів. Псевдонім " -"користувача — це набір користувачів, якому надано\n" -"\tунікальну назву. Ця назва пізніше використовуватиметься для посилання на " -"всіх користувачів з цього набору у налаштуваннях sudo. \n" +"\tУ цьому діалозі, ви можете налаштувати псевдоніми користувачів. Псевдонім користувача — це набір користувачів, якому надано\n" +"\tунікальну назву. Ця назва пізніше використовуватиметься для посилання на всіх користувачів з цього набору у налаштуваннях sudo. \n" "\t \n" "\t" #. User Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Щоб додати новий псевдонім користувача, натисніть кнопку Додати і " -"заповніть відповідні поля. \n" -"\tНазва псевдоніма і список користувачів у псевдонімі повинні бути " -"непорожніми.\n" +"Щоб додати новий псевдонім користувача, натисніть кнопку Додати і заповніть відповідні поля. \n" +"\tНазва псевдоніма і список користувачів у псевдонімі повинні бути непорожніми.\n" "\t\n" "\t" #. User Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on <" -"b>Edit\n" +"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Щоб змінити існуючий псевдонім користувача, виберіть відповідний запис у " -"таблиці і натисніть кнопку Змінити.\n" +"Щоб змінити існуючий псевдонім користувача, виберіть відповідний запис у таблиці і натисніть кнопку Змінити.\n" "\tЩоб вилучити вибраний запис, натисніть кнопку Вилучити. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -738,48 +641,39 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Host Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " -"hosts that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Псевдоніми вузлів</big> \n" -"\tВ цьому діалозі, ви можете налаштувати псевдоніми вузлів. Псевдонім вузла — " -"це набір вузлів, якому надається\n" -"\tунікальна назва. Цю назву потім використовують для посилання на всі вузли з " -"цього набору у налаштуваннях sudo. \n" +"\tВ цьому діалозі, ви можете налаштувати псевдоніми вузлів. Псевдонім вузла — це набір вузлів, якому надається\n" +"\tунікальна назва. Цю назву потім використовують для посилання на всі вузли з цього набору у налаштуваннях sudo. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Host Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Щоб додати новий псевдонім вузла, натисніть кнопку Додати і " -"заповніть відповідні поля. \n" -"\tНазва псевдоніма і список вузлів в псевдонімі не повинні залишитися " -"порожніми. \n" +"Щоб додати новий псевдонім вузла, натисніть кнопку Додати і заповніть відповідні поля. \n" +"\tНазва псевдоніма і список вузлів в псевдонімі не повинні залишитися порожніми. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Host Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on <" -"b>Edit\n" +"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Щоб змінити існуючий псевдонім вузла, виберіть відповідний запис в таблиці " -"і натисніть кнопку Змінити.\n" +"Щоб змінити існуючий псевдонім вузла, виберіть відповідний запис в таблиці і натисніть кнопку Змінити.\n" "\tЩоб вилучити вибраний запис, натисніть кнопку Вилучити. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -788,48 +682,39 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Псевдоніми RunAs</big> \n" -"\tВ цьому діалозі, ви можете налаштувати псевдоніми RunAs. Псевдонім RunAs — " -"це набір користувачів, якому надається\n" -"\tунікальна назва. Цю назву потім використовують для всіх користувачів з " -"цього набору у налаштуваннях sudo. \n" +"\tВ цьому діалозі, ви можете налаштувати псевдоніми RunAs. Псевдонім RunAs — це набір користувачів, якому надається\n" +"\tунікальна назва. Цю назву потім використовують для всіх користувачів з цього набору у налаштуваннях sudo. \n" "\t \n" "\t" #. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Щоб додати новий псевдонім RunAs, натисніть кнопку Додати і " -"заповніть відповідні поля. \n" -"\tНазва псевдоніма і список користувачів у псевдонімі не повинні залишитися " -"порожніми. \n" +"Щоб додати новий псевдонім RunAs, натисніть кнопку Додати і заповніть відповідні поля. \n" +"\tНазва псевдоніма і список користувачів у псевдонімі не повинні залишитися порожніми. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Щоб змінити існуючий псевдонім RunAs, виберіть запис з таблиці і натисніть " -"кнопку Змінити.\n" +"Щоб змінити існуючий псевдонім RunAs, виберіть запис з таблиці і натисніть кнопку Змінити.\n" "\tЩоб вилучити вибраний запис, натисніть кнопку Вилучити. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -838,19 +723,15 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<big>Command Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " -"of commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " -"then used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Псевдоніми команд</big> \n" -"\tВ цьому діалозі, ви можете налаштувати псевдоніми команд. Псевдонім команд " -"— це набір команд \n" -"\t(можна з параметрами), якому дається унікальна назва. Цю назву потім " -"використовують для посилання\n" +"\tВ цьому діалозі, ви можете налаштувати псевдоніми команд. Псевдонім команд — це набір команд \n" +"\t(можна з параметрами), якому дається унікальна назва. Цю назву потім використовують для посилання\n" "\tна всі команди у цьому наборі у налаштуваннях sudo. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -858,30 +739,25 @@ #. Command Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Щоб додати новий псевдонім команди, натисніть кнопку Додати і " -"заповніть відповідні поля. \n" -"\tНазва псевдоніма і список команд у псевдонімі не повинні залишитися " -"порожніми. \n" +"Щоб додати новий псевдонім команди, натисніть кнопку Додати і заповніть відповідні поля. \n" +"\tНазва псевдоніма і список команд у псевдонімі не повинні залишитися порожніми. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Command Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 msgid "" -"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " -"on Edit\n" +"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Щоб змінити псевдонім команди, виберіть запис в таблиці і натисніть кнопку " -"Змінити.\n" +"Щоб змінити псевдонім команди, виберіть запис в таблиці і натисніть кнопку Змінити.\n" "\tЩоб вилучити вибраний запис, натисніть кнопку Вилучити. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -890,21 +766,15 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<big>User Alias</big> \n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') " -"or other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " -"this alias.\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Псевдонім користувача</big> \n" -"\tПсевдонім користувача складається з одного або декількох користувачів, " -"системних груп (з префіксом \"%\") або інших\n" -"\tпсевдонімів користувачів. Таким чином створюється назва (повинна складатися " -"лише з великих літер, \n" -"\tцифр і знаків підкреслювання), яку потім використовують для посилання на " -"всіх користувачів \n" +"\tПсевдонім користувача складається з одного або декількох користувачів, системних груп (з префіксом \"%\") або інших\n" +"\tпсевдонімів користувачів. Таким чином створюється назва (повинна складатися лише з великих літер, \n" +"\tцифр і знаків підкреслювання), яку потім використовують для посилання на всіх користувачів \n" "\tцього псевдоніма.\t\n" "\t" @@ -912,22 +782,16 @@ #. Single User Alias Help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or " -"groups to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " -"Add button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " -"click on\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on Add button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Введіть унікальне ім'я до текстового поля Назва псевдоніма. Щоб " -"додати користувачів або групи до псевдоніма,\n" -"\tвиберіть користувача або групу з контекстного меню і натисніть кнопку " -"Додати.\n" -"\tЩоб вилучити користувача з псевдоніма, виберіть відповідний запис з " -"таблиці, і натисніть кнопку\n" +"Введіть унікальне ім'я до текстового поля Назва псевдоніма. Щоб додати користувачів або групи до псевдоніма,\n" +"\tвиберіть користувача або групу з контекстного меню і натисніть кнопку Додати.\n" +"\tЩоб вилучити користувача з псевдоніма, виберіть відповідний запис з таблиці, і натисніть кнопку\n" "\tВилучити. Щоб завершити налаштування, натисніть Гаразд.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -939,38 +803,30 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " -"member.\n" +"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Зауваження: Назва псевдоніма не повинна залишитися порожньою. Кожен " -"псевдонім повинен мати хоча б одного представника.\n" +"Зауваження: Назва псевдоніма не повинна залишитися порожньою. Кожен псевдонім повинен мати хоча б одного представника.\n" "\t" #. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<big>Host Alias</big> \n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " -"addresses\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " -"It is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " -"only), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Псевдонім вузла</big> \n" -"\tПсевдонім вузла складається з одної або декількох назв вузлів, окремих " -"IP-адрес, IP-адрес\n" +"\tПсевдонім вузла складається з одної або декількох назв вузлів, окремих IP-адрес, IP-адрес\n" "\tу сполученні з маскою мережі (наприклад, 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) або\n" "\tCIDR номером (наприклад, 192.168.0.0/24), або інших псевдонімів вузлів. \n" "\tЙому надається одна назва (повинна складатися лише з великих літер, \n" -"\tцифр і знаків підкреслювання), яку потім використовують для посилання на " -"всіх вузлів\n" +"\tцифр і знаків підкреслювання), яку потім використовують для посилання на всіх вузлів\n" "\tцього псевдоніма.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -979,16 +835,13 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " -"can enter\n" +"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Введіть унікальну назву у текстове поле Назва псевдоніма. Щоб " -"додати вузли до\n" -"\tпсевдоніма, натисніть кнопку Додати. З'явиться вигулькне вікно, в " -"якому ви зможете ввести\n" +"Введіть унікальну назву у текстове поле Назва псевдоніма. Щоб додати вузли до\n" +"\tпсевдоніма, натисніть кнопку Додати. З'явиться вигулькне вікно, в якому ви зможете ввести\n" "\tназву вузла або IP-адресу, а потім натисніть Гаразд.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -996,16 +849,13 @@ #. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " -"click on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Щоб вилучити вузол з псевдоніма, виберіть відповідний рядок в таблиці, і " -"натисніть\n" -"\tна кнопку Вилучити. Щоб завершити налаштування, клацніть Гаразд<" -"/b>.\n" +"Щоб вилучити вузол з псевдоніма, виберіть відповідний рядок в таблиці, і натисніть\n" +"\tна кнопку Вилучити. Щоб завершити налаштування, клацніть Гаразд.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -1013,23 +863,17 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Alias</big> \n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " -"users, system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " -"contain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " -"refer to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Псевдонім RunAs</big> \n" -"\tПсевдонім RunAs дуже схожий на Псевдонім користувача. Він складається з " -"одного або декількох користувачів, системних груп \n" -"\t(з префіксом \"%\") або інших псевдонімів RunAs. Йому надається одна назва " -"(повинна складатися лише з великих літер, \n" -"\tцифр і знаків підкреслювання), яку потім використовують для посилання на " -"всіх користувачів \n" +"\tПсевдонім RunAs дуже схожий на Псевдонім користувача. Він складається з одного або декількох користувачів, системних груп \n" +"\t(з префіксом \"%\") або інших псевдонімів RunAs. Йому надається одна назва (повинна складатися лише з великих літер, \n" +"\tцифр і знаків підкреслювання), яку потім використовують для посилання на всіх користувачів \n" "\tцього псевдоніма.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -1038,74 +882,50 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<big>Command Alias</big> \n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), " -"directories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " -"letters, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " -"have one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " -"parameters only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Псевдонім команди</big> \n" -"\tПсевдонім команди — це список з однієї або декількох команд (можна з " -"параметрами), каталогів, або\n" -"\tінших псевдонімів команд. Йому надається одна назва (має складатися лише з " -"великих літер,\n" +"\tПсевдонім команди — це список з однієї або декількох команд (можна з параметрами), каталогів, або\n" +"\tінших псевдонімів команд. Йому надається одна назва (має складатися лише з великих літер,\n" "\tцифр і значків підкреслювання), яку потім використовують\n" -"\tдля посилання на всі команди цього псевдоніма. Для команди можна визначити " -"один або декілька\n" -"\tпараметрів. Якщо їх вказано, користувач зможе виконувати команду лише з " -"цими параметрами. Якщо\n" -"\tвикористано назву каталогу, можна буде виконувати будь-яку команду з цього " -"каталогу. \n" +"\tдля посилання на всі команди цього псевдоніма. Для команди можна визначити один або декілька\n" +"\tпараметрів. Якщо їх вказано, користувач зможе виконувати команду лише з цими параметрами. Якщо\n" +"\tвикористано назву каталогу, можна буде виконувати будь-яку команду з цього каталогу. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 -#| msgid "" -#| "Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" -#| "\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" -#| "\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. Additionaly, you can\n" -#| "\tspecify command parameters in Parameters text entry\n" -#| "\t" msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command " -"to the alias,\n" -"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter " -"command name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. " -"Additionally, you can\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in Parameters text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Введіть унікальну назву до текстового поля Назва псевдоніма. Щоб " -"додати нову команду до псевдоніма,\n" -"\tнатисніть на кнопку Додати. З'явиться вікно, де ви зможете ввести " -"назву команди\n" -"\t(або вибрати її у переглядачі, натиснувши кнопку Перегляд). Крім " -"того, ви можете\n" +"Введіть унікальну назву до текстового поля Назва псевдоніма. Щоб додати нову команду до псевдоніма,\n" +"\tнатисніть на кнопку Додати. З'явиться вікно, де ви зможете ввести назву команди\n" +"\t(або вибрати її у переглядачі, натиснувши кнопку Перегляд). Крім того, ви можете\n" "\tвказати параметри команди у текстовому полі Параметри\n" "\t" #. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Щоб вилучити команду з псевдоніма, виберіть відповідний рядок в таблиці, і " -"натисніть\n" -"\tна кнопку Вилучити. Щоб завершити налаштування, клацніть Гаразд<" -"/b>.\n" +"Щоб вилучити команду з псевдоніма, виберіть відповідний рядок в таблиці, і натисніть\n" +"\tна кнопку Вилучити. Щоб завершити налаштування, клацніть Гаразд.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -1116,8 +936,7 @@ #. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; #. } #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 -msgid "" -"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" msgstr "Це системне правило, яке потрібне для належного функціонування sudo.\n" #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 @@ -1138,11 +957,8 @@ #. end Commands #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 -#| msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving ?" -msgid "" -"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" -msgstr "" -"Усі зміни буде втрачено. Справді облишити налаштування sudo без збереження?" +msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +msgstr "Усі зміни буде втрачено. Справді облишити налаштування sudo без збереження?" #. Error message #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 @@ -1168,4 +984,3 @@ #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Не вдається записати параметри." - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/support.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/support.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/support.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -15,8 +15,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Command line help text for the Xsupport module #: src/clients/support.rb:56 @@ -26,7 +25,7 @@ #. Rich text title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Підтримка" #. Menu title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 @@ -49,7 +48,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Відкрити" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" @@ -94,7 +93,7 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Save as" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зберегти як" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "Directory to Save" @@ -119,7 +118,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не вдається записати параметри." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -178,11 +177,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Параметри для експертів" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Параметри" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -210,11 +209,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Адреса ел. пошти" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Назва" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -251,7 +250,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поступ" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -261,7 +260,7 @@ #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Назва файла" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" @@ -280,6 +279,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -296,6 +297,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Переривання збереження:</big> \n" +"Перервіть процедуру збереження, натиснувши Перервати.\n" +"Додаткове вікно інформує чи це безпечно робити.\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -320,16 +325,17 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Редагування або вилучення:</big> \n" +"Якщо ви натиснете Змінити, відкриється додаткове вікно,\n" +"в якому можна змінити налаштування.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -352,8 +358,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" @@ -370,38 +375,31 @@ msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" -"p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" msgstr "" #. Expert dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" @@ -409,8 +407,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" @@ -418,10 +415,8 @@ #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -435,16 +430,14 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" @@ -455,8 +448,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" @@ -473,8 +465,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" @@ -487,6 +478,9 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<big>Друга частина налаштування</big> \n" +"Натисніть Далі, щоб продовжити.\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -495,6 +489,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" +"<big>Вибір чогось:</big> \n" +"Це неможливо, спочатку треба написати код :-)\n" +"" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -555,15 +552,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 @@ -583,9 +576,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 @@ -641,9 +632,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 @@ -663,9 +652,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 @@ -678,10 +665,8 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" @@ -714,21 +699,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 @@ -736,21 +715,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 @@ -770,47 +743,33 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -821,7 +780,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Започаткування..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -830,7 +789,7 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пароль адміністратора (root)" #: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" @@ -849,30 +808,30 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Записати параметри" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запустити SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запис параметрів..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виконання SuSEconfig..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Завершено" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зведення налаштування..." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/sysconfig.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/sysconfig.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/sysconfig.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-04 21:12+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. help text header - sysconfig editor @@ -37,8 +36,7 @@ #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" -msgstr "" -"Встановити значення змінної. Потребує параметри \"variable\" і \"value\"" +msgstr "Встановити значення змінної. Потребує параметри \"variable\" і \"value\"" #. help text for command 'set' 2/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. @@ -314,25 +312,17 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" msgstr "" "Після того як ви збережете зміни, цей редактор поміняє змінні у\n" -"відповідному файлі sysconfig. Потім він запускає команди активації, які " -"модифікують інші конфігураційні файли, зупиняє та запускає фонові служби\n" -"й запускає засоби (низького рівня), щоб привести в дію ваше налаштування в " -"sysconfig.\n" +"відповідному файлі sysconfig. Потім він запускає команди активації, які модифікують інші конфігураційні файли, зупиняє та запускає фонові служби\n" +"й запускає засоби (низького рівня), щоб привести в дію ваше налаштування в sysconfig.\n" #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "" -"Важливо: Можна буде редагувати окремо кожний конфігураційний файл " -"вручну. Назву файла показано в описі змінної." +msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "Важливо: Можна буде редагувати окремо кожний конфігураційний файл вручну. Назву файла показано в описі змінної." #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" @@ -345,24 +335,13 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -#| msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST2 to configure your hardware and system settings." -msgid "" -"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "" -"Редактор системної конфігураціїЗа допомогою редактора " -"системної конфігурації можна змінити деякі параметри системи. Також за " -"допомогою YaST можна налаштувати параметри обладнання та системи." +msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "Редактор системної конфігураціїЗа допомогою редактора системної конфігурації можна змінити деякі параметри системи. Також за допомогою YaST можна налаштувати параметри обладнання та системи." #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files." -msgstr "" -"Примітка: Описи не перекладені, тому що вони зчитуються " -"безпосередньо з конфігураційних файлів." +msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." +msgstr "Примітка: Описи не перекладені, тому що вони зчитуються безпосередньо з конфігураційних файлів." #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 @@ -376,7 +355,6 @@ #. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 -#| msgid "Modified Variables" msgid "Save Modified Variables" msgstr "Зберегти змінені змінні" @@ -392,13 +370,8 @@ #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Тут показано результати пошуку. Якщо ви бачите необхідний елемент, виберіть " -"його і натисніть \"Перейти до\". Інакше, натисніть \"скасувати\", щоб закрити " -"це вікно." +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "Тут показано результати пошуку. Якщо ви бачите необхідний елемент, виберіть його і натисніть \"Перейти до\". Інакше, натисніть \"скасувати\", щоб закрити це вікно." #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -516,51 +489,111 @@ "Зачекайте, будь ласка... \n" "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" -#~ " it will not touch it.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " SuSEconfig зберігає контрольну суму кожного конфігураційного файла, щоб\n" -#~ "можна було взнати чи ви змінили будь-який з них вручну. Якщо ви вручну\n" -#~ "змінили конфігураційний файл, він залишиться недоторканим.\n" +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Пошук..." -#~ msgid "Searching..." -#~ msgstr "Пошук..." +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Команда: " -#~ msgid "Command: " -#~ msgstr "Команда: " +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "Пр&опустити" -#~ msgid "S&kip" -#~ msgstr "Пр&опустити" +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "Команду буде виконано" -#~ msgid "A command will be executed" -#~ msgstr "Команду буде виконано" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Запуск команди: %1..." -#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..." -#~ msgstr "Запуск команди: %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Команда \"%1\" зазнала невдачі" -#~ msgid "Command %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Команда \"%1\" зазнала невдачі" +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "Збереження налаштування sysconfig" -#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Збереження налаштування sysconfig" +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "Записати нові параметри" -#~ msgid "Write the new settings" -#~ msgstr "Записати нові параметри" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "Активувати зміни" -#~ msgid "Activate the changes" -#~ msgstr "Активувати зміни" +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "Збереження змінної %1 у файл %2 зазнало невдачі." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -#~ msgstr "Збереження змінної %1 у файл %2 зазнало невдачі." +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "Збереження змінної %1..." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..." -#~ msgstr "Збереження змінної %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "Збереження змін у файли..." -#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..." -#~ msgstr "Збереження змін у файли..." +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "Буде перезавантажено службу %1" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "Перезавантаження служби %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Перезавантаження служби %1 зазнало невдачі" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "Буде перезапущено службу %1" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "Перезапуск служби %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Перезапуск служби %1 зазнав невдачі" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Завершено" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Підсумок налаштування" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " it will not touch it.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " SuSEconfig зберігає контрольну суму кожного конфігураційного файла, щоб\n" +#~ "можна було взнати чи ви змінили будь-який з них вручну. Якщо ви вручну\n" +#~ "змінили конфігураційний файл, він залишиться недоторканим.\n" + #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." #~ msgstr "Будуть запущені всі скрипти налаштування." @@ -579,30 +612,6 @@ #~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." #~ msgstr "Модуль налаштування %1 зазнав невдачі." -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -#~ msgstr "Буде перезавантажено службу %1" - -#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Перезавантаження служби %1..." - -#~ msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Перезавантаження служби %1 зазнало невдачі" - -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -#~ msgstr "Буде перезапущено службу %1" - -#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Перезапуск служби %1..." - -#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Перезапуск служби %1 зазнав невдачі" - -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "Завершено" - -#~ msgid "Configuration Summary" -#~ msgstr "Підсумок налаштування" - #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n" #~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/tftp-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/tftp-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/tftp-server.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 10:33+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. description map for command line @@ -88,12 +87,8 @@ #. dialog help text #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "" -"Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The " -"server will be started using xinetd." -msgstr "" -"Тут можна увімкнути сервер для TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol). " -"Сервер буде запущено за допомогою xinetd." +msgid "Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd." +msgstr "Тут можна увімкнути сервер для TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol). Сервер буде запущено за допомогою xinetd." #. enlighten newbies, #102946 #. dialog help text @@ -103,24 +98,16 @@ #. dialog help text #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 -#| msgid "" -#| "Boot Image Directory:\n" -#| "Specify the directory where served files are\n" -#| "located. The usual value is <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. It is created if it\n" -#| "does not exist. The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" msgid "" "Boot Image Directory:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option)." -"\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" msgstr "" "Каталог штампа завантаження:\n" -"Вкажіть каталог, в якому знаходяться файли, що подаються сервером. Типове " -"значення:\n" +"Вкажіть каталог, в якому знаходяться файли, що подаються сервером. Типове значення:\n" " <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. Каталог буде створено, якщо він не існує.\n" -" Сервер використовує його як свій кореневий каталог (з параметром <tt>-s</tt>" -").\n" +" Сервер використовує його як свій кореневий каталог (з параметром <tt>-s</tt>).\n" #. Radio button label, disable TFTP server #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 @@ -202,4 +189,3 @@ #: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 msgid "Boot Image Directory:" msgstr "Каталог штампа завантаження:" - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/timezone_db.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/timezone_db.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/timezone_db.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 10:30+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. name of time zone region @@ -1339,7 +1338,6 @@ #. CN #. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:547 -#| msgid "Katmandu" msgid "Kathmandu" msgstr "Катманду" @@ -2528,4 +2526,3 @@ #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 msgid "GMT-9" msgstr "GMT-9" - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/tune.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/tune.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/tune.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -20,18 +20,13 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Виявлення обладнання — цей модуль не підтримує інтерфейсу командного рядка, " -"замість нього вживайте \"%1\"." +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Виявлення обладнання — цей модуль не підтримує інтерфейсу командного рядка, замість нього вживайте \"%1\"." #. translators: popup heading #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 @@ -64,16 +59,11 @@ "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" "Модуль Інформація про обладнання показує подробиці\n" -"про обладнання вашого комп'ютера. Клацніть на один з вузлів для показу " -"докладнішої інформації.\n" +"про обладнання вашого комп'ютера. Клацніть на один з вузлів для показу докладнішої інформації.\n" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File " -"and enter the filename." -msgstr "" -"Інформацію про обладнання можна зберегти у файл. Клацніть Зберегти у " -"файл і введіть назву файла." +msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." +msgstr "Інформацію про обладнання можна зберегти у файл. Клацніть Зберегти у файл і введіть назву файла." #. installation proposal header #: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 @@ -98,12 +88,8 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here." -msgstr "" -"ПодробиціТут показано подробиці про вибраний компонент " -"обладнання." +msgid "DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are displayed here." +msgstr "ПодробиціТут показано подробиці про вибраний компонент обладнання." #. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 @@ -154,21 +140,13 @@ #. help text - part 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system." -msgstr "" -"Виявлене обладнання Ця таблиця містить всі компоненти " -"обладнання, які виявлено у вашій системі." +msgid "Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components detected in your system." +msgstr "Виявлене обладнання Ця таблиця містить всі компоненти обладнання, які виявлено у вашій системі." #. help text - part 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Details Select a component and press Details to see a " -"more detailed description of the component." -msgstr "" -"Подробиці Виберіть компонент і натисніть Подробиці, щоб " -"побачити детальніший опис компонента." +msgid "Details Select a component and press Details to see a more detailed description of the component." +msgstr "Подробиці Виберіть компонент і натисніть Подробиці, щоб побачити детальніший опис компонента." #. help text - part 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 @@ -307,50 +285,28 @@ #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices." -msgstr "" -"Можна вручну додати PCI ІД для драйвера пристрою, щоб розширити його " -"внутрішню базу відомих пристроїв, що підтримуються." +msgid "It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices." +msgstr "Можна вручну додати PCI ІД для драйвера пристрою, щоб розширити його внутрішню базу відомих пристроїв, що підтримуються." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS " -"Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." -msgstr "" -"Номери PCI ІД вводяться і відображаються у вигляді шістнадцяткових чисел. " -"Тека SysFS — це назва теки у теці /sys/bus/pci/drivers. Якщо вона " -"порожня, у якості назви буде використано назву драйвера." +msgid "PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." +msgstr "Номери PCI ІД вводяться і відображаються у вигляді шістнадцяткових чисел. Тека SysFS — це назва теки у теці /sys/bus/pci/drivers. Якщо вона порожня, у якості назви буде використано назву драйвера." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " -"and enter the SysFS directory name instead." -msgstr "" -"Якщо драйвер вкомпільовано до ядра, залиште поле назви драйвера порожнім, " -"а у поле теки введіть назву теки SysFS." +msgid "If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead." +msgstr "Якщо драйвер вкомпільовано до ядра, залиште поле назви драйвера порожнім, а у поле теки введіть назву теки SysFS." #. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press " -"%1 to activate the settings." -msgstr "" -"Використайте кнопки, розміщені під таблицею, для зміни у списку PCI ІД. " -"Натисніть %1, щоб активувати ці параметри." +msgid "Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press %1 to activate the settings." +msgstr "Використайте кнопки, розміщені під таблицею, для зміни у списку PCI ІД. Натисніть %1, щоб активувати ці параметри." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " -"know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Попередження: Це налаштування для експертів. Продовжуйте тільки, " -"якщо ви знаєте що робите." +msgid "Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "Попередження: Це налаштування для експертів. Продовжуйте тільки, якщо ви знаєте що робите." #. tree node string #: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 @@ -1104,22 +1060,16 @@ msgid "" "<big>Global I/O Scheduler</big> \n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Загальний планувальник Вводу/Виводу</big> \n" "Можна обрати алгоритм, що віддає і надсилає команди дисковим\n" -"пристроям. Це загальний параметр, його буде використано для всіх дискових " -"пристроїв\n" -"системи. Якщо цей параметр не налаштовано, буде використано типовий " -"планувальник (зазвичай \"cfq\").\n" -"Щоб дізнатися більше, прочитайте документацію у теці /usr/src/linux/" -"Documentation/block\n" +"пристроям. Це загальний параметр, його буде використано для всіх дискових пристроїв\n" +"системи. Якщо цей параметр не налаштовано, буде використано типовий планувальник (зазвичай \"cfq\").\n" +"Щоб дізнатися більше, прочитайте документацію у теці /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "(пакунок kernel-source).\n" #. .sysconfig.sysctl @@ -1131,14 +1081,11 @@ #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Enable SysRq Keys</big> \n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</" -"p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Увімкнути клавіші SysRq</big> \n" "Якщо увімкнути клавіші SysRq, то буде можливий деякий контроль\n" @@ -1392,8 +1339,7 @@ #~ "Please wait...\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Започаткування модуля налаштування режиму IDE DMA</BIG></" -#~ "B> \n" +#~ "<BIG>Започаткування модуля налаштування режиму IDE DMA</BIG> \n" #~ "Зачекайте, будь ласка...\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1418,8 +1364,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The table contains information about all attached IDE devices. \n" #~ "Current DMA Mode shows the actual settings. Required DMA\n" -#~ "Mode shows settings that will be applied after Finish is " -#~ "pressed and\n" +#~ "Mode shows settings that will be applied after Finish is pressed and\n" #~ "after each boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Таблиця містить інформацію про всі приєднані пристрої IDE. \n" @@ -1430,13 +1375,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Changing the IDE DMA Mode</BIG> \n" -#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from DMA " -#~ "Mode.\n" +#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from DMA Mode.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Зміна режиму IDE DMA</BIG> \n" -#~ "Виберіть в таблиці пристрій, а потім виберіть бажаний режим DMA з " -#~ "Режим DMA.\n" +#~ "Виберіть в таблиці пристрій, а потім виберіть бажаний режим DMA з Режим DMA.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/update.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/update.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/update.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Proposal for backup during update @@ -109,8 +108,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 msgid "" "Create a Complete Backup of\n" -"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of " -"the\n" +"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" "sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.\n" msgstr "" "Створити повну резервну копію\n" @@ -226,8 +224,7 @@ msgid "" "With New Software: This default setting\n" "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" -"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former " -"predefined\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" "software selection.\n" msgstr "" "З новим ПЗ: Цей типовий параметр\n" @@ -240,8 +237,7 @@ msgid "" "Only Installed Packages: This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. Note:\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " -"is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.\n" msgstr "" "Тільки встановлені пакунки: Цей вибір\n" @@ -253,8 +249,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete " -"those\n" +"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete those\n" "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" "Після оновлення деякі програми можуть не працювати.\n" @@ -371,9 +366,7 @@ #. error message in proposal #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "" -"The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation " -"media." +msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "Встановлений продукт несумісний з продуктом на носії встановлення." #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) @@ -389,13 +382,11 @@ #. %2 is the version being installed #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " -"running system. \n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" -"Оновлення системи до іншої версії (%1 -> %2) не підтримується на системі, " -"яка активна. \n" +"Оновлення системи до іншої версії (%1 -> %2) не підтримується на системі, яка активна. \n" "Будь ласка, завантажте носій встановлення і скористайтесь процедурою\n" "оновлення або вимкніть джерела встановлення продуктів з іншими версіями.\n" @@ -571,8 +562,7 @@ #. pop-up question #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " -"partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" "На вибраному розділі було виявлено незавершене встановлення.\n" @@ -692,8 +682,7 @@ #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " -"fit.\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" @@ -786,10 +775,8 @@ #. a popup message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" -"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " -"upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " -"manually\n" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" "Ваша система використовує окремий розділ /var, який потрібний для процесу\n" @@ -827,16 +814,13 @@ #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " -"is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " -"the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" "Деякі розділи в системі на %1 змонтовано під назвою пристрою ядра.\n" -"Цей спосіб ненадійний для оновлення, оскільки назви пристроїв ядра " -"змінюються.\n" +"Цей спосіб ненадійний для оновлення, оскільки назви пристроїв ядра змінюються.\n" "Рекомендовано запустити стару систему і змінити метод монтування для\n" "всіх розділів на якийсь інший." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/users.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/users.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/users.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-05 11:21+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for Users module @@ -102,12 +101,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"Список членів групи, як правило імена користувачів, розділені комами. Список " -"DN користувачів LDAP повинен бути розділений двокрапками." +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "Список членів групи, як правило імена користувачів, розділені комами. Список DN користувачів LDAP повинен бути розділений двокрапками." #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option #: src/clients/groups.rb:225 @@ -133,7 +128,6 @@ #. translators: command line help text for batchmode option #. translators: command line help text for batchmode option #: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295 -#| msgid "Don't ask for missing data; return error instead." msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." msgstr "Не запитувати про відсутні дані; просто повернути помилку." @@ -159,26 +153,13 @@ #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "" -"Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files " -"/etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть Локальний, для автентифікації за допомогою локальних " -"файлів /etc/passwd та /etc/shadow." +msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." +msgstr "Виберіть Локальний, для автентифікації за допомогою локальних файлів /etc/passwd та /etc/shadow." #. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "" -"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to " -"create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a " -"Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home " -"directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви маєте попереднє встановлення або альтернативну систему, то можливо " -"створювати користувачів на основі цього джерела. Щоб це зробити, виберіть " -"Прочитати дані користувачів з попереднього встановлення. Цей параметр " -"вживає існуючий або створює новий каталог домівки для кожного користувача за " -"адресою вказаною для цього встановлення." +msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +msgstr "Якщо ви маєте попереднє встановлення або альтернативну систему, то можливо створювати користувачів на основі цього джерела. Щоб це зробити, виберіть Прочитати дані користувачів з попереднього встановлення. Цей параметр вживає існуючий або створює новий каталог домівки для кожного користувача за адресою вказаною для цього встановлення." #. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 @@ -217,28 +198,21 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " -"Then\n" +"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте сервер NIS або LDAP для збереження даних про " -"користувачів\n" -"або, якщо ви хочете робити автентифікацію через сервер NT, виберіть " -"відповідне значення.\n" -"Після цього продовжіть налаштування вашого клієнта, натиснувши Далі.<" -"/p>" +"Якщо ви використовуєте сервер NIS або LDAP для збереження даних про користувачів\n" +"або, якщо ви хочете робити автентифікацію через сервер NT, виберіть відповідне значення.\n" +"Після цього продовжіть налаштування вашого клієнта, натиснувши Далі." #. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " -"your client." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте сервер NIS або LDAP для збереження даних про " -"користувачів,\n" -"виберіть відповідне значення. Після цього продовжіть налаштування вашого " -"клієнта, натиснувши Далі." +"Якщо ви використовуєте сервер NIS або LDAP для збереження даних про користувачів,\n" +"виберіть відповідне значення. Після цього продовжіть налаштування вашого клієнта, натиснувши Далі." #. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 @@ -247,32 +221,23 @@ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте сервер LDAP для збереження даних про користувачів " -"або,\n" -"якщо ви хочете робити автентифікацію через сервер NT, виберіть відповідне " -"значення.\n" -"Після цього продовжіть налаштування вашого клієнта, натиснувши Далі.<" -"/p>" +"Якщо ви використовуєте сервер LDAP для збереження даних про користувачів або,\n" +"якщо ви хочете робити автентифікацію через сервер NT, виберіть відповідне значення.\n" +"Після цього продовжіть налаштування вашого клієнта, натиснувши Далі." #. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 msgid "" "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " -"your client." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" "Якщо ви використовуєте сервер LDAP для збереження даних про користувачів,\n" -"виберіть відповідне значення. Після цього продовжіть налаштування клієнта, " -"натиснувши Далі." +"виберіть відповідне значення. Після цього продовжіть налаштування клієнта, натиснувши Далі." #. helptext: additional kerberos support #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "" -"Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after " -"configuring the user data source." -msgstr "" -"Увімкніть Встановити автентифікацію &Kerberos, щоб налаштувати " -"Kerberos після налаштування джерела даних користувачів." +msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." +msgstr "Увімкніть Встановити автентифікацію &Kerberos, щоб налаштувати Kerberos після налаштування джерела даних користувачів." #. check box label #. check box label @@ -315,7 +280,7 @@ msgstr "Пароль для системного адміністратора \"root\"" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "Не забудьте те, що ви тут вводите." @@ -369,8 +334,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" @@ -389,8 +353,7 @@ "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -424,12 +387,8 @@ #. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "" -"To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering " -"text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "" -"Щоб перевірити коректність поточної розкладки клавіатури, спробуйте ввести " -"текст у поле Перевірити розкладку клавіатуриd." +msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." +msgstr "Щоб перевірити коректність поточної розкладки клавіатури, спробуйте ввести текст у поле Перевірити розкладку клавіатуриd." #. report misspellings of the password #. report misspellings of the password @@ -570,27 +529,19 @@ #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160 -#| msgid "Login Settings" msgid "Authentication " msgstr "Розпізнавання" #. Help text for password expert dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166 -#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть метод шифрування пароля для локальних і системних користувачів.<" -"/p>" +msgstr "Виберіть метод шифрування пароля для локальних і системних користувачів." #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms " -"is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" -"SHA-512 є нинішнім стандартним методом хешування. Використання " -"інших алгоритмів не рекомендується за винятком забезпечення сумісності." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "SHA-512 є нинішнім стандартним методом хешування. Використання інших алгоритмів не рекомендується за винятком забезпечення сумісності." #. text entry #. text entry @@ -656,8 +607,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Введіть Повне ім'я користувача, Ім'я користувача і Пароль" -"\n" +"Введіть Повне ім'я користувача, Ім'я користувача і Пароль\n" "для рахунка цього користувача.\n" "\n" @@ -680,8 +630,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -692,15 +641,11 @@ #. additional help text about password #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458 -#| msgid "" -#| "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long." msgid "" "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %s characters long." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви маєте намір використовувати цей пароль для створення " -"сертифікатів,\n" +"Якщо ви маєте намір використовувати цей пароль для створення сертифікатів,\n" "то він повинен мати довжину не меншу за %1 символів." #. help text for main add user dialog @@ -721,10 +666,8 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" @@ -739,13 +682,8 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 -msgid "" -"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "" -"Позначте Використовувати цей пароль для адміністратора системи, " -"якщо пароль, введений для першого користувача, слід використовувати для " -"адміністратора." +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "Позначте Використовувати цей пароль для адміністратора системи, якщо пароль, введений для першого користувача, слід використовувати для адміністратора." #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time @@ -753,27 +691,20 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ім'я користувача і пароль, які ви тут створили, потрібні для входу в вашу " -"систему Linux і роботи в ній. З увімкненим Автоматичним входом в систему<" -"/b> процедуру входу буде пропущено. Користувач входить в систему " -"автоматично.\n" +"Ім'я користувача і пароль, які ви тут створили, потрібні для входу в вашу систему Linux і роботи в ній. З увімкненим Автоматичним входом в систему процедуру входу буде пропущено. Користувач входить в систему автоматично.\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail<" -"/b>.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Пошту для адміністратора (root) буде перенаправлено до цього користувача, " -"коли увімкнено параметр Отримувати системну пошту.\n" +"Пошту для адміністратора (root) буде перенаправлено до цього користувача, коли увімкнено параметр Отримувати системну пошту.\n" #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) @@ -789,13 +720,11 @@ #. summary label #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619 -#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." msgid "The password encryption method is %s." msgstr "Методом шифрування паролів є %1." #. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626 -#| msgid "User %1 will be imported." msgid "User %s will be imported." msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." msgstr[0] "Користувач %1 буде імпортований." @@ -814,9 +743,6 @@ #. yes/no popup question, %s is a number #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700 -#| msgid "" -#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n" -#| "the password should have at least %1 characters." msgid "" "If you intend to create certificates,\n" "the password should have at least %s characters." @@ -954,12 +880,10 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that " -"were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"Тут показано таблицю всіх дозволених атрибутів для поточного запису LDAP, які " -"не було вказано в попередніх вікнах." +"Тут показано таблицю всіх дозволених атрибутів для поточного запису LDAP, які не було вказано в попередніх вікнах." #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values @@ -982,13 +906,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client " -"Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Редагуйте кожний атрибут за допомогою Змінити. Деякі атрибути\n" -"можуть бути необхідні, як визначені в шаблоні користувача Модуль клієнтів " -"LDAP.\n" +"можуть бути необхідні, як визначені в шаблоні користувача Модуль клієнтів LDAP.\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -1007,14 +929,8 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy " -"object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified " -"user." -msgstr "" -"Приписати об'єкт правил паролів цьому користувачеві у DN об'єкта правил " -"паролів. Активуйте Скинути пароль, щоб скинути пароль користувача, " -"дані якого буде змінено." +msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." +msgstr "Приписати об'єкт правил паролів цьому користувачеві у DN об'єкта правил паролів. Активуйте Скинути пароль, щоб скинути пароль користувача, дані якого буде змінено." #. check box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 @@ -1109,102 +1025,51 @@ #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 -#| msgid "Here, configure quota settings of the user on selected file systems." msgid "Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems." -msgstr "" -"Тут можна налаштувати параметри квоти користувачів на вибраних файлових " -"системах." +msgstr "Тут можна налаштувати параметри квоти користувачів на вибраних файлових системах." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.<" -"/p>\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Визначте граничний розмір встановленням кількості блоків у 1 Кб,\n" -"які користувач може мати на цій файловій системі. Крім того, ви можете " -"визначити граничне значення inode-ів встановленням кількості inode-ів, які " -"користувач може мати на цій файловій системі.\n" +"які користувач може мати на цій файловій системі. Крім того, ви можете визначити граничне значення inode-ів встановленням кількості inode-ів, які користувач може мати на цій файловій системі.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете задати м'які і жорсткі обмеження на розмір і кількість inode-ів. " -"М'які обмеження визначають рівень заповнення, за якого користувача буде " -"попереджено, що він наблизився до граничного значення, тоді як жорсткі " -"обмеження визначають величину, за якої дозвіл на запис блокується." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "Ви можете задати м'які і жорсткі обмеження на розмір і кількість inode-ів. М'які обмеження визначають рівень заповнення, за якого користувача буде попереджено, що він наблизився до граничного значення, тоді як жорсткі обмеження визначають величину, за якої дозвіл на запис блокується." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"Як тільки користувач перевищить м'яке обмеження, буде активовано поля " -"вводу для часу лояльності. У них можна визначити проміжок часу, протягом " -"якого користувачеві буде дозволено перевищення м'яких обмежень, встановлених " -"вище. Зворотній відлік часу лояльності починається негайно після " -"перевищення." +msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "Як тільки користувач перевищить м'яке обмеження, буде активовано поля вводу для часу лояльності. У них можна визначити проміжок часу, протягом якого користувачеві буде дозволено перевищення м'яких обмежень, встановлених вище. Зворотній відлік часу лояльності починається негайно після перевищення." #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 -#| msgid "Here, configure quota settings of the group on selected file systems." msgid "Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems." -msgstr "" -"Тут можна налаштувати параметри квоти груп на вибраних файлових системах.<" -"/p>" +msgstr "Тут можна налаштувати параметри квоти груп на вибраних файлових системах." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 -#| msgid "" -#| "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -#| "group may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may have on the file system.\n" msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.<" -"/p>\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Визначте граничний розмір встановленням кількості блоків у 1 Кб,\n" -"які група може мати на цій файловій системі. Крім того, ви можете визначити " -"граничне значення inode-ів встановленням кількості inode-ів, які група " -"користувачів може мати на цій файловій системі.\n" +"які група може мати на цій файловій системі. Крім того, ви можете визначити граничне значення inode-ів встановленням кількості inode-ів, які група користувачів може мати на цій файловій системі.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете задати м'які і жорсткі обмеження на розмір і кількість inode-ів. " -"М'які обмеження визначають рівень заповнення, за якого користувачів групи " -"буде попереджено, що вони наблизився до граничного значення, тоді як жорсткі " -"обмеження визначають величину, за якої дозвіл на запис блокується." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "Ви можете задати м'які і жорсткі обмеження на розмір і кількість inode-ів. М'які обмеження визначають рівень заповнення, за якого користувачів групи буде попереджено, що вони наблизився до граничного значення, тоді як жорсткі обмеження визначають величину, за якої дозвіл на запис блокується." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"Як тільки група користувачів перевищить м'яке обмеження, буде активовано " -"поля вводу для часу лояльності. У них можна визначити проміжок часу, протягом " -"якого групі користувачів буде дозволено перевищення м'яких обмежень, " -"встановлених вище. Зворотній відлік часу лояльності починається негайно після " -"перевищення." +msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "Як тільки група користувачів перевищить м'яке обмеження, буде активовано поля вводу для часу лояльності. У них можна визначити проміжок часу, протягом якого групі користувачів буде дозволено перевищення м'яких обмежень, встановлених вище. Зворотній відлік часу лояльності починається негайно після перевищення." #. combo box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 @@ -1228,7 +1093,6 @@ #. frame label #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:231 -#| msgid "I-nodes Limits" msgid "I-nodes Limit" msgstr "Обмеження inode" @@ -1244,7 +1108,6 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:306 -#| msgid "Soft limit cannot be set higher than the hard limit." msgid "Soft limit cannot be higher than the hard limit." msgstr "Гнучке обмеження не може бути вищим за жорстке." @@ -1523,15 +1386,13 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" "Виявлено зашифрований штамп каталогу і файли ключів\n" "'%1' та '%2'\n" "Використовувати їх для поточного користувача?\n" "\n" -"Це означає, що дані цього штампу будуть використовуватися замість поточного " -"домашнього каталогу." +"Це означає, що дані цього штампу будуть використовуватися замість поточного домашнього каталогу." #. popup label, %1 is path to directory #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 @@ -1560,8 +1421,7 @@ #. label text #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." -msgstr "" -"Для віддалених користувачів можна змінити тільки членство в додаткових групах." +msgstr "Для віддалених користувачів можна змінити тільки членство в додаткових групах." #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 @@ -1852,8 +1712,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Тут вкажіть типові значення для використання при створенні нових локальних чи " -"системних користувачів.\n" +"Тут вкажіть типові значення для використання при створенні нових локальних чи системних користувачів.\n" "\n" #. Help text 1/6 @@ -1886,45 +1745,35 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "Типова оболонка входу \n" -"Назва типової оболонки входу для нового користувача. Виберіть її зі списку " -"або введіть шлях до оболонки.\n" +"Назва типової оболонки входу для нового користувача. Виберіть її зі списку або введіть шлях до оболонки.\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Типова домівка \n" -"Початковий префікс шляху для домашнього каталогу нового користувача. Ім'я " -"користувача\n" -"додається в кінці значення, щоб створити типову назву домашнього каталогу " -"користувача.\n" +"Початковий префікс шляху для домашнього каталогу нового користувача. Ім'я користувача\n" +"додається в кінці значення, щоб створити типову назву домашнього каталогу користувача.\n" "\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "Каталог-структура \n" -"Вміст цього каталогу буде скопійовано в домашній каталог користувача під час " -"додавання нового користувача. \n" +"Вміст цього каталогу буде скопійовано в домашній каталог користувача під час додавання нового користувача. \n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 -#| msgid "" -#| "Umask for Home Directory \n" -#| "Umask which is used for creating new home directories.\n" msgid "" "Umask for Home Directory \n" "Umask to use for creating new home directories.\n" @@ -1937,8 +1786,7 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "Дата застаріння \n" @@ -1954,8 +1802,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Днів після застаріння пароля, коли він ще дійсний \n" -"Користувачі можуть входити в систему після застаріння паролів. Вкажіть " -"кількість\n" +"Користувачі можуть входити в систему після застаріння паролів. Вкажіть кількість\n" "днів після застаріння, коли ще дозволений вхід. -1 для необмеженого доступу.\n" "\n" @@ -2029,8 +1876,7 @@ "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" @@ -2050,11 +1896,9 @@ "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2067,12 +1911,8 @@ #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Натиснути Керування користувачами, щоб ще додати у вашу систему " -"інших користувачів та інші групи." +msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." +msgstr "Натиснути Керування користувачами, щоб ще додати у вашу систему інших користувачів та інші групи." #. alternative help text 4/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 @@ -2091,12 +1931,10 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Щоб редагувати різні параметри пароля для цього користувача (напр., дату " -"застаріння), натисніть Параметри пароля.\n" +"Щоб редагувати різні параметри пароля для цього користувача (напр., дату застаріння), натисніть Параметри пароля.\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -2161,8 +1999,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -2209,8 +2046,7 @@ " group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." msgstr "" "Другий список показує користувачів, для яких ця група є\n" -" типовою. Типову групу можна тільки змінити через редагування " -"користувача." +" типовою. Типову групу можна тільки змінити через редагування користувача." #. help text 1/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:392 @@ -2276,12 +2112,8 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "" -"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's " -"home directory different from the default." -msgstr "" -"Додатково, вкажіть Режим прав доступу домашнього каталогу для " -"каталогу домівки цього користувача, які відрізняються від типових." +msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." +msgstr "Додатково, вкажіть Режим прав доступу домашнього каталогу для каталогу домівки цього користувача, які відрізняються від типових." #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -2296,48 +2128,23 @@ #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. " -"Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви змінюєте розташування домашньої теки користувача, пересуньте її " -"вміст поточної теки з увімкненим параметром Пересунути на нове місце, " -"який типово активовано. Якщо ви його вимкнете, буде створено нову домашню " -"теку без вже існуючих даних." +msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." +msgstr "Якщо ви змінюєте розташування домашньої теки користувача, пересуньте її вміст поточної теки з увімкненим параметром Пересунути на нове місце, який типово активовано. Якщо ви його вимкнете, буде створено нову домашню теку без вже існуючих даних." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 -#| msgid "To encrypt the user's home directory, enable Use Encrypted Home Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system security, obtain another user's key, and gain access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." msgid "" "To encrypt the user's home directory, enable Use Encrypted Home\n" "Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" "does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared." -msgstr "" -"Щоб зашифрувати домашню теку користувача, увімкніть Використовувати " -"шифрування домашньої теки і встановіть розмір теки. Шифрування домашньої " -"теки користувача не забезпечує сильного захисту від інших користувачів. Якщо " -"цей комп'ютер використовується декількома користувачами, користувач може " -"зруйнувати систему безпеку системи, дістати ключ іншого користувача і " -"отримати доступ до зашифрованих даних. Якщо вам потрібна потужна система " -"безпеки, фізичний доступ до системи слід заборонити." +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." +msgstr "Щоб зашифрувати домашню теку користувача, увімкніть Використовувати шифрування домашньої теки і встановіть розмір теки. Шифрування домашньої теки користувача не забезпечує сильного захисту від інших користувачів. Якщо цей комп'ютер використовується декількома користувачами, користувач може зруйнувати систему безпеку системи, дістати ключ іншого користувача і отримати доступ до зашифрованих даних. Якщо вам потрібна потужна система безпеки, фізичний доступ до системи слід заборонити." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -#| msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted when fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." -msgid "" -"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration " -"first." -msgstr "" -"Домашні каталоги не можна зашифрувати, коли використовується пристрій " -"сканування відбитків пальців. Щоб зашифрувати домівку користувача, спочатку " -"вимкніть конфігурацію відбитків пальців." +msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." +msgstr "Домашні каталоги не можна зашифрувати, коли використовується пристрій сканування відбитків пальців. Щоб зашифрувати домівку користувача, спочатку вимкніть конфігурацію відбитків пальців." #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -2399,11 +2206,6 @@ #. help text 8/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:531 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "Additional Groups:\n" -#| "Select the additional groups in which the user should be a member.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "\n" "Additional Groups:\n" @@ -2435,12 +2237,8 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "" -"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " -"Launch." -msgstr "" -"Розпочніть детальне налаштування певного втулка, натиснувши Запуск" -"." +msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." +msgstr "Розпочніть детальне налаштування певного втулка, натиснувши Запуск." #. help texts 1/1 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 @@ -2455,15 +2253,11 @@ #. Help text 1/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:573 -#| msgid "Activate Force Password Change to force user to change the password at the next login. If Last Password Change is set to Never, user will be forced to change the password." msgid "" "Activate Force Password Change to force the user to change the\n" "password at the next login. If Last Password Change is set to\n" "Never, the user will be forced to change the password." -msgstr "" -"Увімкніть Примусова зміна пароля, щоб заставити користувача змінити " -"пароль при наступному вході в систему. Якщо Остання зміна пароля " -"задана як Ніколи, користувач буде змушений змінити пароль." +msgstr "Увімкніть Примусова зміна пароля, щоб заставити користувача змінити пароль при наступному вході в систему. Якщо Остання зміна пароля задана як Ніколи, користувач буде змушений змінити пароль." #. Help text 2/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:579 @@ -2477,10 +2271,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Днів перед застарінням пароля, щоб дати попередження \n" -"Користувачі можуть бути попереджені перед закінченням терміну дії їх " -"паролів.\n" -"Вкажіть за скільки днів перед застарінням давати попередження. -1 - вимикає " -"попередження.\n" +"Користувачі можуть бути попереджені перед закінченням терміну дії їх паролів.\n" +"Вкажіть за скільки днів перед застарінням давати попередження. -1 - вимикає попередження.\n" "\n" #. Help text 3/6 @@ -2492,31 +2284,26 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Днів після застаріння пароля з дійсним входом \n" -"Користувачі можуть входити в систему після застаріння паролів. Вкажіть " -"кількість\n" +"Користувачі можуть входити в систему після застаріння паролів. Вкажіть кількість\n" "днів після застаріння, коли ще дозволений вхід. -1 для необмеженого доступу.\n" "\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a " -"user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Максимальна кількість днів для того самого пароля Вкажіть " -"скільки днів користувач\n" +"Максимальна кількість днів для того самого пароля Вкажіть скільки днів користувач\n" "може вживати той самий пароль перед закінченням його терміну.\n" #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age " -"of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" msgstr "" -"Мінімальна кількість днів для того самого пароля Вкажіть " -"мінімальний час дії\n" +"Мінімальна кількість днів для того самого пароля Вкажіть мінімальний час дії\n" "пароля перед тим, як користувачу дозволено змінити його.\n" #. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format @@ -2550,173 +2337,88 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Зміна значень \n" -"Ви можете налаштувати ці параметри, запустивши відповідні модулі. Виберіть " -"модуль через Налаштувати.\n" +"Ви можете налаштувати ці параметри, запустивши відповідні модулі. Виберіть модуль через Налаштувати.\n" "\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies" -", and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of " -"attributes to configure." -msgstr "" -"Скористайтеся сторінками Правила зміни паролів, Правила " -"застаріння паролів і Правила блокування для налаштування " -"відповідних груп атрибутів правил паролів LDAP." +msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." +msgstr "Скористайтеся сторінками Правила зміни паролів, Правила застаріння паролів і Правила блокування для налаштування відповідних груп атрибутів правил паролів LDAP." #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"Укажіть Максимальну кількість паролів в історії, щоб задати " -"максимальну кількість вже використаних паролів, які слід зберігати. Збережені " -"паролі використовувати не можна." +msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." +msgstr "Укажіть Максимальну кількість паролів в історії, щоб задати максимальну кількість вже використаних паролів, які слід зберігати. Збережені паролі використовувати не можна." #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"Позначте Після скидання користувач мусить змінити пароль, щоб " -"змусити користувачів змінювати паролі після того, як пароль було скинуто або " -"змінено адміністратором." +msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." +msgstr "Позначте Після скидання користувач мусить змінити пароль, щоб змусити користувачів змінювати паролі після того, як пароль було скинуто або змінено адміністратором." #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -"passwords." -msgstr "" -"Позначте Користувач може змінювати пароль, щоб дозволити " -"користувачам змінювати їх паролі." +msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." +msgstr "Позначте Користувач може змінювати пароль, щоб дозволити користувачам змінювати їх паролі." #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check Old Password Required for Password Change." -msgstr "" -"Якщо разом з новим паролем слід зазначати і старий пароль, позначте Для " -"зміни пароля потрібний старий пароль." +msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgstr "Якщо разом з новим паролем слід зазначати і старий пароль, позначте Для зміни пароля потрібний старий пароль." #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are " -"modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть режим перевірки складності паролів під час їх додавання або " -"зміни. Виберіть Без перевірки, якщо перевірка пароля непотрібна. " -"Приймати паролі, які не можна перевірити: паролі буде прийнято, навіть " -"якщо їх перевірку неможливо виконати (наприклад, якщо користувач вказав " -"зашифрований пароль). Приймати лише перевірені паролі: пароль буде " -"відхилено, якщо перевірку складності неможливо виконати або її не буде " -"пройдено." +msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." +msgstr "Виберіть режим перевірки складності паролів під час їх додавання або зміни. Виберіть Без перевірки, якщо перевірка пароля непотрібна. Приймати паролі, які не можна перевірити: паролі буде прийнято, навіть якщо їх перевірку неможливо виконати (наприклад, якщо користувач вказав зашифрований пароль). Приймати лише перевірені паролі: пароль буде відхилено, якщо перевірку складності неможливо виконати або її не буде пройдено." #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -"Minimum Password Length." -msgstr "" -"В полі Мінімальна довжина пароля встановіть мінімальну кількість " -"символів в паролі." +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." +msgstr "В полі Мінімальна довжина пароля встановіть мінімальну кількість символів в паролі." #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password." -msgstr "" -"Мінімальний строк дії пароля задає скільки часу має проходити між " -"змінами пароля." +msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." +msgstr "Мінімальний строк дії пароля задає скільки часу має проходити між змінами пароля." #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password " -"expires." -msgstr "" -"Максимальний вік пароля: Вкажіть максимальну кількість днів " -"використання пароля." +msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." +msgstr "Максимальний вік пароля: Вкажіть максимальну кількість днів використання пароля." #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should " -"be given to an authenticating user." -msgstr "" -"В полі Час між появою попередження і завершенням дії пароля задайте " -"час між завершенням строку дії пароля і попередженням, яке бачитимуть " -"автентифіковані користувачі." +msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." +msgstr "В полі Час між появою попередження і завершенням дії пароля задайте час між завершенням строку дії пароля і попередженням, яке бачитимуть автентифіковані користувачі." #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in " -"Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgstr "" -"Поле Припустима кількість використань застарілого пароля визначає " -"кількість разів, які можна використовувати застарілий пароль для " -"автентифікації." +msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgstr "Поле Припустима кількість використань застарілого пароля визначає кількість разів, які можна використовувати застарілий пароль для автентифікації." #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -msgstr "" -"Позначте Увімкнути блокування пароля, щоб заборонити використання " -"пароля після заданої кількості послідовних невдалих спроб прив'язки." +msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgstr "Позначте Увімкнути блокування пароля, щоб заборонити використання пароля після заданої кількості послідовних невдалих спроб прив'язки." #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"В полі Кількість невдач прив'язки для блокування пароля встановіть " -"кількість послідовних невдалих спроб прив'язки, після якої пароль не може " -"бути використано для автентифікації." +msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." +msgstr "В полі Кількість невдач прив'язки для блокування пароля встановіть кількість послідовних невдалих спроб прив'язки, після якої пароль не може бути використано для автентифікації." #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration" -"." -msgstr "" -"В полі Тривалість блокування пароля встановіть час, протягом якого " -"пароль не можна буде використати. " +msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +msgstr "В полі Тривалість блокування пароля встановіть час, протягом якого пароль не можна буде використати. " #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures " -"are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication " -"has occurred." -msgstr "" -"Поле Тривалість кешування невдалих спроб прив'язки визначає час, за " -"який невдалі спроби введення пароля буде вилучено з лічильника невдач, навіть " -"у разі відсутності успішної автентифікації." +msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." +msgstr "Поле Тривалість кешування невдалих спроб прив'язки визначає час, за який невдалі спроби введення пароля буде вилучено з лічильника невдач, навіть у разі відсутності успішної автентифікації." #. tab label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 @@ -2836,19 +2538,13 @@ #. help text #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:668 -#| msgid "" -#| "If home directories of users should be stored on this machine,\n" -#| "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" -#| "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" -#| "user home directories.\n" msgid "" "If home directories of LDAP users should be stored on this machine,\n" "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" "user home directories.\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо на цьому комп'ютері слід зберігати домашні каталоги користувачів " -"LDAP,\n" +"Якщо на цьому комп'ютері слід зберігати домашні каталоги користувачів LDAP,\n" "позначте відповідний параметр. Зміна цього значення не спричиняє якоїсь\n" "прямої дії. Це лише інформація для модуля користувачів YaST,\n" "який може керувати домашніми каталогами користувачів.\n" @@ -2858,13 +2554,11 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Натисніть кнопку Налаштувати, щоб налаштувати параметри,\n" -"що зберігаються на сервері LDAP. Вас запитають про пароль, якщо Ви ще не " -"з'єдналися або\n" +"що зберігаються на сервері LDAP. Вас запитають про пароль, якщо Ви ще не з'єдналися або\n" "змінили ваші налаштування.\n" #. password policy help text caption @@ -2875,14 +2569,11 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to " -"add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте вибрані правила паролів за допомогою кнопки Змінити. " -"Скористайтеся кнопкою Додати, щоб додати нове правило паролів.\n" -"Налаштування можливе лише за умови, якщо на сервері LDAP вже увімкнено " -"правила паролів." +"Налаштуйте вибрані правила паролів за допомогою кнопки Змінити. Скористайтеся кнопкою Додати, щоб додати нове правило паролів.\n" +"Налаштування можливе лише за умови, якщо на сервері LDAP вже увімкнено правила паролів." #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 @@ -2901,7 +2592,6 @@ #. dialog title #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:727 -#| msgid "Ad&ministration Settings" msgid "LDAP Administration Settings" msgstr "Адміністративні параметри LDAP" @@ -3166,15 +2856,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Виберіть метод шифрування паролів для локальних та системних користувачів.\n" -"DES -- це типовий метод для Linux, працює у всіх мережних " -"середовищах,\n" +"DES -- це типовий метод для Linux, працює у всіх мережних середовищах,\n" "але обмежує довжину паролів до восьми або менше символів.\n" "\n" @@ -3212,11 +2900,6 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 -#| msgid "" -#| "It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" -#| "you could be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" -#| "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" @@ -3250,26 +2933,19 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters." -msgstr "" -"Тут можна розширити можливості фільтрів пошуку для користувачів та груп.<" -"/p>" +msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." +msgstr "Тут можна розширити можливості фільтрів пошуку для користувачів та груп." #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" "Через Типовий завантажте типовий фільтр з модулів\n" -"налаштування користувачів та груп, збережених на сервері LDAP (значення " -"атрибутів\n" -"«suseSearchFilter»). Якщо ви ще не з'єднані, у вас вимагатиметься пароль." -"\n" +"налаштування користувачів та груп, збережених на сервері LDAP (значення атрибутів\n" +"«suseSearchFilter»). Якщо ви ще не з'єднані, у вас вимагатиметься пароль.\n" #. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740 @@ -3286,8 +2962,7 @@ " \n" "<tt>(&(objectClass=posixAccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n" " \n" -"отримати тільки користувачів, користувацькі імена яких починаються на «u»." -"\n" +"отримати тільки користувачів, користувацькі імена яких починаються на «u».\n" #. radiobutton label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763 @@ -3367,39 +3042,32 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Можливості, описані нижче, наявні тільки при використанні програми KDM або " -"GDM як менеджера входу в систему\n" +"Можливості, описані нижче, наявні тільки при використанні програми KDM або GDM як менеджера входу в систему\n" "\n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Автоматичний вхід в систему \n" -"Процедуру входу в систему можна обійти, якщо увімкнено Автоматичний вхід в " -"систему. Користувач, вибраний зі списку, увійде в систему автоматично." -"\n" +"Процедуру входу в систему можна обійти, якщо увімкнено Автоматичний вхід в систему. Користувач, вибраний зі списку, увійде в систему автоматично.\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Вхід без пароля \n" "Якщо цей параметр увімкнено, всім користувачам дозволяється вхід в\n" -"систему без паролів. Інакше, буде вимагатись пароль, навіть, при " -"автоматичному вході.\n" +"систему без паролів. Інакше, буде вимагатись пароль, навіть, при автоматичному вході.\n" #. dialog label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 @@ -3424,8 +3092,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Не вдається вилучити користувача %1. Це повинно бути зроблено на сервері NIS." +msgstr "Не вдається вилучити користувача %1. Це повинно бути зроблено на сервері NIS." #. Continue/Cancel popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 @@ -3573,23 +3240,19 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Linux -- це мульти-користувацька система. Декілька різних користувачів\n" -"можуть увійти і працювати в системі одночасно. Щоб запобігти плутанині, " -"кожний користувач\n" -"мусить мати унікальний профіль. Крім того, кожний користувач належить " -"принаймні до однієї групи.\n" +"можуть увійти і працювати в системі одночасно. Щоб запобігти плутанині, кожний користувач\n" +"мусить мати унікальний профіль. Крім того, кожний користувач належить принаймні до однієї групи.\n" "\n" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown " -"in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Користувачі та групи класифіковані в різноманітні набори. Змініть набір, який " -"в даний час показано в таблиці, за допомогою Вказати фільтр.\n" +"Користувачі та групи класифіковані в різноманітні набори. Змініть набір, який в даний час показано в таблиці, за допомогою Вказати фільтр.\n" "Налаштуйте перегляд через Змінити фільтр.\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -3602,11 +3265,9 @@ "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Натисніть Параметри для експертів, щоб редагувати різні додаткові " -"параметри:\n" +"Натисніть Параметри для експертів, щоб редагувати різні додаткові параметри:\n" "тип шифрування пароля, метод автентифікації користувачів, типові значення\n" -"для нових користувачів або параметри входу в систему. Через Записати зміни " -"тепер\n" +"для нових користувачів або параметри входу в систему. Через Записати зміни тепер\n" "збережіть всі зміни зроблені дотепер без закриття модуля налаштування.\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label @@ -3633,8 +3294,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"В цьому вікні можна отримати інформацію про існуючих користувачів і додати " -"або змінити користувачів.\n" +"В цьому вікні можна отримати інформацію про існуючих користувачів і додати або змінити користувачів.\n" "\n" #. help text 2/4 @@ -3679,14 +3339,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"В цьому вікні можна отримати інформацію про існуючі групи і додати або " -"змінити групи.\n" +"В цьому вікні можна отримати інформацію про існуючі групи і додати або змінити групи.\n" "\n" #. help text 2/4 @@ -4170,7 +3828,6 @@ #. User name for user: "lighttpd" #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:276 -#| msgid "user for lighttpd" msgid "User for lighttpd" msgstr "Користувач для lighttpd" @@ -4544,9 +4201,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." -msgstr "" -"Сталась помилка під час встановлення пересилання для пошти адміністратора " -"(root)." +msgstr "Сталась помилка під час встановлення пересилання для пошти адміністратора (root)." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 @@ -4609,9 +4264,6 @@ "Дійсно змінити тип користувача на \"системний\"?" #: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "The existing username might belong to NIS or LDAP user." msgid "" "\n" "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" @@ -4704,10 +4356,6 @@ #. yes/no popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 #, perl-format -#| msgid "" -#| "The home directory selected (%s)\n" -#| "already exists and is owned by the currently edited user.\n" -#| "Use this directory?" msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" "already exists and is owned by the currently edited user.\n" @@ -4871,22 +4519,22 @@ "вилучіть з групи користувачів." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Користувачі</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Групи</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Параметри входу в систему</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "Користувача %1 налаштовано для автоматичного входу" @@ -4907,7 +4555,6 @@ #. plugin name #: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122 -#| msgid "Quota Configuration" msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Конфігурація Kerberos" @@ -5052,7 +4699,7 @@ "%2" #. the ']' is or-ed... -#. error popup +#. error popup #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -5067,8 +4714,7 @@ #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/vm.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/vm.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/vm.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" #. progress step title @@ -37,9 +36,7 @@ #. check for kernel-bigsmp #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported @@ -69,44 +66,25 @@ #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 -msgid "" -"<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts." -msgstr "" -"<big>Налаштування сервера ВМ </big>Налаштування сервера " -"віртуальної машини (домен 0) складається з двох частин." +msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." +msgstr "<big>Налаштування сервера ВМ </big>Налаштування сервера віртуальної машини (домен 0) складається з двох частин." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 -msgid "" -"The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " -"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." -msgstr "" -"Потрібні пакунки спочатку встановлюються в систему. Після цього " -"завантажувач буде замінено на GRUB, якщо вживався якийсь інший, і в меню " -"завантажувача буде додано елемент для запуску Xen, якщо його там ще немає.</" -"p>" +msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." +msgstr "Потрібні пакунки спочатку встановлюються в систему. Після цього завантажувач буде замінено на GRUB, якщо вживався якийсь інший, і в меню завантажувача буде додано елемент для запуску Xen, якщо його там ще немає." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -"boot Xen and the Linux kernel." -msgstr "" -"Потрібний завантажувач GRUB, оскільки він має підтримку завантаження " -"багатьох систем, а це вимагається для завантаження Xen і ядра Linux." +msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." +msgstr "Потрібний завантажувач GRUB, оскільки він має підтримку завантаження багатьох систем, а це вимагається для завантаження Xen і ядра Linux." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"Після успішного завершення налаштування, сервер ВМ можна запустити з меню " -"завантажувача системи." +msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." +msgstr "Після успішного завершення налаштування, сервер ВМ можна запустити з меню завантажувача системи." #. error popup #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 @@ -227,12 +205,8 @@ #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" -msgstr "" -"Для звичайних мережних налаштувань, xen потребує мережний міст.</" -"p>Налаштувати типовий мережний міст?" +msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" +msgstr "Для звичайних мережних налаштувань, xen потребує мережний міст.Налаштувати типовий мережний міст?" #. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV #. Progress::NextStage(); @@ -249,25 +223,19 @@ #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " -"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" "Комп'ютер готовий для запуску сервера ВМ.\n" "\n" -"Перезапустіть комп'ютер і виберіть у меню завантажувача Xen, щоб його " -"запустити.\n" +"Перезапустіть комп'ютер і виберіть у меню завантажувача Xen, щоб його запустити.\n" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" "Комп'ютер готовий для запуску сервера ВМ.\n" "\n" -"Перезапустіть комп'ютер і виберіть у меню завантажувача Xen, щоб його " -"запустити.\n" +"Перезапустіть комп'ютер і виберіть у меню завантажувача Xen, щоб його запустити.\n" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/wagon.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/wagon.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/wagon.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wagon.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-19 20:38-0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <translation(a)linux.org.ua>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/wol.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/wol.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/wol.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-04 17:43+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <translation(a)linux.org.ua>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/xpram.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/xpram.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/xpram.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xpram\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 10:29+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xxpram module @@ -61,22 +60,13 @@ #. help text for XPRAM 2/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one " -"partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features " -"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 " -"stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." -msgstr "" -"Цей засіб в даний час підтримує тільки призначення цілого XPRAM до одного " -"розділу. Щоб мати декілька розділів, див. потік \"Device Drivers, Features " -"and Commands November 30, 2004\" для ядра Linux 2.6 - квітень 2004.У " -"цьому випадку вимкніть XPRAM в цьому модулі." +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "Цей засіб в даний час підтримує тільки призначення цілого XPRAM до одного розділу. Щоб мати декілька розділів, див. потік \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" для ядра Linux 2.6 - квітень 2004.У цьому випадку вимкніть XPRAM в цьому модулі." #. help text for XPRAM 3/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть правильну точку монтування для Точка монтування." +msgstr "Виберіть правильну точку монтування для Точка монтування." #. help text for XPRAM 4/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 @@ -148,14 +138,11 @@ msgstr "Завершено" #: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 -#| msgid "Error stopping xpram. Please try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." msgstr "Помилка зупинки xpram. Спробуйте вручну виконати \"rcxpram stop\"." #. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); #. y2milestone("got %1", out); #: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 -#| msgid "Error starting xpram. Please try \"rcxpram start\" manually." msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." msgstr "Помилка запуску xpram. Спробуйте вручну виконати \"rcxpram start\"." - Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/yast2-apparmor.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/yast2-apparmor.uk.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/yast2-apparmor.uk.po 2014-10-07 15:24:45 UTC (rev 89741) @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" #. Globalz @@ -67,9 +66,7 @@ #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " -"profile." +msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." msgstr "" "Будь ласка, виберіть \n" "\t\tодин з профілів і натисніть Далі, щоб його вилучити." @@ -82,8 +79,7 @@ #: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a listed profile and press Edit to edit it." -msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, виберіть один з профілів і натисніть Далі, щоб його змінити." +msgstr "Будь ласка, виберіть один з профілів і натисніть Далі, щоб його змінити." #: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:89 msgid "Edit Profile - Choose profile to edit" @@ -160,12 +156,8 @@ #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and " -"AppArmor profile settings." -msgstr "" -"Під час виконання цієї операції сталася помилка. Будь ласка, перевірте " -"встановлені компоненти і параметри профілю AppArmor." +msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings." +msgstr "Під час виконання цієї операції сталася помилка. Будь ласка, перевірте встановлені компоненти і параметри профілю AppArmor." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103 #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115 @@ -251,8 +243,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:270 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:310 #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:350 msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method." -msgstr "" -"Для всіх вибраних методів повідомлення потрібна адреса електронної пошти." +msgstr "Для всіх вибраних методів повідомлення потрібна адреса електронної пошти." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:394 msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: " @@ -278,8 +269,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 msgid "" -"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -"enforcement \n" +"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning." msgstr "" @@ -363,12 +353,8 @@ msgstr "Знайдено помилки в профілях AppArmor" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 -msgid "" -"These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the " -"profile management tools can be used. " -msgstr "" -"Потрібно виправити ці проблеми перед запуском AppArmor і спробою вживання " -"засобів керування профілями. " +msgid "These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used. " +msgstr "Потрібно виправити ці проблеми перед запуском AppArmor і спробою вживання засобів керування профілями. " #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 #, fuzzy @@ -377,12 +363,8 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " -"Administration guide located in the directory: " -msgstr "" -"Докладна документація для AppArmor знаходиться в в Посібнику " -"адміністрування. Він міститься в каталозі: " +msgid "Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgstr "Докладна документація для AppArmor знаходиться в в Посібнику адміністрування. Він міститься в каталозі: " #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -818,8 +800,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 msgid "" "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE." -"</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Придушує весь доступ DAC, разом з доступом на виконання ACL,\n" "якщо визначено параметр [_POSIX_ACL]. Виключенням є доступ DAC,\n" @@ -828,8 +809,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" -"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " -"defined. \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" "Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Придушує всі обмеження DAC, що стосуються читання і пошуку\n" @@ -839,44 +819,24 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where " -"file\n" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" "applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Придушує всі обмеження, що стосуються операцій над файлами, у яких " -"ІД власника файла і ІД користувача мають збігатися, за виключенням випадків, " -"коли можна застосувати CAP_FSETID. Не придушуються обмеження MAC і DAC. </" -"li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Придушує всі обмеження, що стосуються операцій над файлами, у яких ІД власника файла і ІД користувача мають збігатися, за виключенням випадків, коли можна застосувати CAP_FSETID. Не придушуються обмеження MAC і DAC. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file " -"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the " -"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the " -"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and " -"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -"implemented). </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Придушує такі обмеження: вимогу збігу ІД ефективного користувача і " -"ІД власника файла під час встановлення біті S_ISUID і S_ISGID для цього " -"файла; вимогу збігу ІД ефективної групи (або одного з додаткових ІД групи) і " -"ІД власника файла під час встановлення біта S_ISGID для цього файла; вимогу " -"очищення бітів S_ISUID і S_ISGID після успішного завершення chown(2) (не " -"реалізовано). </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Придушує такі обмеження: вимогу збігу ІД ефективного користувача і ІД власника файла під час встановлення біті S_ISUID і S_ISGID для цього файла; вимогу збігу ІД ефективної групи (або одного з додаткових ІД групи) і ІД власника файла під час встановлення біта S_ISGID для цього файла; вимогу очищення бітів S_ISUID і S_ISGID після успішного завершення chown(2) (не реалізовано). </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" -"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of " -"the process \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" "receiving the signal.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Придушує обмеження вимогу збігу ІД дійсного або ефективного " -"користувача\n" -"процесу, що надсилає сигнал, з ІД дійсного або ефективного власника " -"процесу,\n" +"<ul><li>Придушує обмеження вимогу збігу ІД дійсного або ефективного користувача\n" +"процесу, що надсилає сигнал, з ІД дійсного або ефективного власника процесу,\n" "що отримує цей сигнал.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79 @@ -885,8 +845,7 @@ "<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Дозволяє керування setgid(2) </li> <li> Дозволяє setgroups(2) </li>\n" -"<li> Дозволяє фіктивні gid під час передавання облікових даних через гніздо. " -"</li></ul>" +"<li> Дозволяє фіктивні gid під час передавання облікових даних через гніздо. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85 msgid "" @@ -894,26 +853,20 @@ "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Дозволяє керування setuid(2) (разом з fsuid) </li>\n" -"<li> Дозволяє фіктивні pid під час передавання облікових даних через гніздо. " -"</li></ul>" +"<li> Дозволяє фіктивні pid під час передавання облікових даних через гніздо. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91 msgid "" "<ul><li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, \n" "remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Переносить будь-яку можливість у вашому дозволеному наборі на будь-" -"який pid,\n" -"вилучає будь-яку можливість з вашого дозволеного набору з будь-якого pid</" -"li></ul>" +"<ul><li> Переносить будь-яку можливість у вашому дозволеному наборі на будь-який pid,\n" +"вилучає будь-яку можливість з вашого дозволеного набору з будь-якого pid</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</" -"li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Дозволити зміну атрибутів файлів S_IMMUTABLE і S_APPEND</li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Дозволити зміну атрибутів файлів S_IMMUTABLE і S_APPEND</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 msgid "" @@ -926,37 +879,31 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "<ul><li> Allows broadcasting, listen to multicast </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Дозволити широкосмугову трансляцію, слухання багатоадресних пакетів " -"</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> Дозволити широкосмугову трансляцію, слухання багатоадресних пакетів </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Дозволити налаштування інтерфейсу</li> \n" -"<li> Дозволити адміністрування фаєрволу адрес IP, маскарадування і обліку</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Дозволити адміністрування фаєрволу адрес IP, маскарадування і обліку</li> \n" "<li> Дозволити встановлення можливості зневадження на сокетах</li> \n" "<li> Дозволити зміни в таблицях маршрутів</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" "<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Дозволити призначення довільного процесу (групи процесів) власниками " -"сокетів</li>\n" +"<li> Дозволити призначення довільного процесу (групи процесів) власниками сокетів</li>\n" "<li> Дозволити прив’язку до будь-якої адреси для прозорого заміщення</li>\n" "<li> Дозволити встановлення TOS (типу служби)</li>\n" "<li> Дозволити встановлення невпорядкованого режиму</li>\n" @@ -987,8 +934,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock " -"and\n" +"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" "mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Дозволити блокування спільних сегментів пам’яті</li>\n" @@ -1000,12 +946,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</" -"li> \n" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Встановлювати і вилучати модулі ядра — змінювати ядро без обмежень</" -"li>\n" +"<ul><li> Встановлювати і вилучати модулі ядра — змінювати ядро без обмежень</li>\n" "<li> Змінити cap_bset </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 @@ -1015,8 +959,7 @@ "<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Дозволити доступ до ioperm/iopl</li>\n" -"<li> Дозволити надсилання повідомлень USB будь-якому пристрою через /proc/" -"bus/usb </li></ul>" +"<li> Дозволити надсилання повідомлень USB будь-якому пристрою через /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 #, fuzzy @@ -1079,8 +1022,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 msgid "" "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " -"and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" @@ -1091,8 +1033,7 @@ "<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -"ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 @@ -1105,8 +1046,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 msgid "" -"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" "<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" @@ -1127,48 +1067,38 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different " -"UID) processes</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " -"processes and setting \n" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Дозволити підвищення і встановлення пріоритету інших (з іншим UID) " -"процесів</li>\n" -"<li> Дозволити використання FIFO і циклічного (у реальному часу) " -"обслуговування\n" +"<ul><li> Дозволити підвищення і встановлення пріоритету інших (з іншим UID) процесів</li>\n" +"<li> Дозволити використання FIFO і циклічного (у реальному часу) обслуговування\n" "планування для власних процесів і встановлення алгоритму планування\n" ", який використовується іншим процесом.</li>\n" -"<li> Дозволити встановлення прив’язки до процесора для інших процесів </li></" -"ul>" +"<li> Дозволити встановлення прив’язки до процесора для інших процесів </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245 msgid "" "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling " -"resources)</li>" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you " -"can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" "<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<li>ЗАУВАЖЕННЯ: ext2 враховує fsuid під час перевірки придушення ресурсів, " -"отже, ви можете також придушити за допомогою fsuid</li>\n" +"<li>ЗАУВАЖЕННЯ: ext2 враховує fsuid під час перевірки придушення ресурсів, отже, ви можете також придушити за допомогою fsuid</li>\n" "<li> Придушити обмеження на розмір черг повідомлень IPC</li>\n" -"<li> Дозволити більшу за 64Гц, частоту переривань годинника реального часу</" -"li>\n" -"<li> Перевизначити максимальну кількість консолей при розподілі консолей </" -"li>\n" +"<li> Дозволити більшу за 64Гц, частоту переривань годинника реального часу</li>\n" +"<li> Перевизначити максимальну кількість консолей при розподілі консолей </li>\n" "<li> Перевизначити максимальну кількість розкладок клавіатури </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:261 @@ -1349,8 +1279,7 @@ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" " For example: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -1415,8 +1344,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<li>Select Include unknown security events if \n" -"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</" -"li>" +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" msgstr "" #. ---------------------------- @@ -1426,8 +1354,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control " -"module. \n" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" "You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" "by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." msgstr "" @@ -1455,9 +1382,7 @@ msgstr "Режими доступу " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six " -"modes:" +msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 @@ -1592,14 +1517,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" +msgid "<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 -msgid "" -"<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</" -"li>" +msgid "<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 @@ -1607,19 +1529,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 -msgid "" -"<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match " -"cd</li>" +msgid "<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 @@ -1792,30 +1710,19 @@ msgstr "" "Ви не задали назву надбудови, яку ви бажаєте додати.\n" "Будь ласка, \n" -"введіть назву надбудови, щоб створити нову надбудову, або натисніть кнопку " -"«Перервати», щоб вийти з цього майстра." +"введіть назву надбудови, щоб створити нову надбудову, або натисніть кнопку «Перервати», щоб вийти з цього майстра." #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name " -"or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgstr "" -"Профіль вже містить надбудову з такою назвою. Будь ласка, введіть іншу " -"назву, щоб повторити спробу, або натисніть кнопку \"Перервати\", щоб вийти з " -"майстра." +msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr "Профіль вже містить надбудову з такою назвою. Будь ласка, введіть іншу назву, щоб повторити спробу, або натисніть кнопку \"Перервати\", щоб вийти з майстра." #. FIXME: format these texts better #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing " -"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." -msgstr "" -"В цій формі можна переглянути і змінити вміст окремого профілю. Для " -"існуючих записів, ви можете подвійним клацанням на дозволах отримати доступ " -"до вікна змін." +msgid "View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." +msgstr "В цій формі можна переглянути і змінити вміст окремого профілю. Для існуючих записів, ви можете подвійним клацанням на дозволах отримати доступ до вікна змін." #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 @@ -1827,21 +1734,15 @@ "U -unconstrained (*clean exec)</code>" msgstr "" "Визначення дозволів: <code> r - читання \n" -"w -запис l - зв’язування m - mmap PROT_EXEC k - замикання " -"файла \n" +"w -запис l - зв’язування m - mmap PROT_EXEC k - замикання файла \n" "a - додавання до файла x - виконання i - успадкування \n" -"p - дискретний профіль P - дискретний профіль (*чисте " -"виконання) \n" +"p - дискретний профіль P - дискретний профіль (*чисте виконання) \n" "u - необмежений U - необмежений (*чисте виконання)</code>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 -msgid "" -"Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop " -"down list." -msgstr "" -"Додати запис: Виберіть з комбо-списку тип ресурсу, який ви " -"хочете додати." +msgid "Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list." +msgstr "Додати запис: Виберіть з комбо-списку тип ресурсу, який ви хочете додати." #. help text - part x1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 @@ -1859,32 +1760,26 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955 #, fuzzy msgid "<li>Capability Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>Можливість Додати до цього профілю запис про можливість</li>" +msgstr "<li>Можливість Додати до цього профілю запис про можливість</li>" #. help text - part x4 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 msgid "" "<li>Include Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" -"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load " -"time.</li>" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Включення Додати до цього профілю запис про включення.\n" -"Цей параметр включає вміст іншого файла в цей профіль під час завантаження.</" -"li>" +"Цей параметр включає вміст іншого файла в цей профіль під час завантаження.</li>" #. help text - part x5 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 msgid "" "<li>Network Entry Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" -"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the " -"profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>Мережний запис Додайте запис правила мережі до цього " -"профілю. \n" -"Цей параметр дозволить вам задати дозволи доступу до мережі для вашого " -"профілю. \n" +"<li>Мережний запис Додайте запис правила мережі до цього профілю. \n" +"Цей параметр дозволить вам задати дозволи доступу до мережі для вашого профілю. \n" "Ви можете задати родину мережних адрес і тип сокета.</li>" #. help text - part x6 @@ -1892,20 +1787,15 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<li>Hat Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" -"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be " -"selected\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a changehat\n" "aware application. \n" -"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system " -"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Надбудова Додає до цього профілю підпрофіль (Hat). \n" -"Цей параметр аналогічний до створення профілю вручну, який можна вибрати " -"лише\n" -"у контексті запиту з боку програми changehat aware. Щоб отримати " -"більше\n" -"інформації про changehat, перегляньте, будь ласка, результат виконання " -"програми\n" +"Цей параметр аналогічний до створення профілю вручну, який можна вибрати лише\n" +"у контексті запиту з боку програми changehat aware. Щоб отримати більше\n" +"інформації про changehat, перегляньте, будь ласка, результат виконання програми\n" "man changehat або в довідник адміністрування AppArmor від Novell.</li>" #. help text - part x7 @@ -1915,24 +1805,16 @@ #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 -msgid "" -"Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." -msgstr "" -"Вилучити запис: Вилучає вибраний запис з цього профілю." +msgid "Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." +msgstr "Вилучити запис: Вилучає вибраний запис з цього профілю." #. help text - part y1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 msgid "" "*Clean Exec The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" -"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping " -"the environment \n" -"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These " -"variables are:" -msgstr "" -"*Чисте виконання Параметр Чисте виконання (Clean Exec) для " -"дискретного профілю і необмежених прав виконання надає додаткові можливості " -"безпеки шляхом розбирання середовища, яке успадковує програма-нащадок з " -"особливими змінними. Цими змінними є:" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" +msgstr "*Чисте виконання Параметр Чисте виконання (Clean Exec) для дискретного профілю і необмежених прав виконання надає додаткові можливості безпеки шляхом розбирання середовища, яке успадковує програма-нащадок з особливими змінними. Цими змінними є:" #. help text - part y2 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:998 @@ -1996,12 +1878,8 @@ #. Widget activated in the table #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include " -"entries." -msgstr "" -"Записи включення неможливо редагувати. Для керування цими записами вживайте " -"Додати або Вилучити." +msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgstr "Записи включення неможливо редагувати. Для керування цими записами вживайте Додати або Вилучити." #. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294 @@ -2014,12 +1892,8 @@ msgstr "Виберіть файл для включення" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 -msgid "" -"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " -"directories: \n" -msgstr "" -"Нечинний файл #include. Файли включення мають бути розташовані у одному з " -"таких каталогів: \n" +msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" +msgstr "Нечинний файл #include. Файли включення мають бути розташовані у одному з таких каталогів: \n" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 #, fuzzy @@ -2068,124 +1942,48 @@ #~ msgstr "&Оновити профіль" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously " -#~| "generated reports, located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived " -#~| "directory. The checkboxes at the top of the form enable you to narrow-" -#~| "down the category of reports shown in the list to the following: SIR " -#~| "Reports, AUD Reports, or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a " -#~| "report and click the View button. You can view reports " -#~| "from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /var/log/" -#~| "apparmor/reports-archived directory." +#~| msgid "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously generated reports, located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. The checkboxes at the top of the form enable you to narrow-down the category of reports shown in the list to the following: SIR Reports, AUD Reports, or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the View button. You can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously " -#~ "generated\n" -#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use " -#~ "the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in " -#~ "the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report " -#~ "details, select a report and click the View button. You " -#~ "can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /" -#~ "var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Форма перегляду архівних звітів дозволяє вам переглядати раніше " -#~ "створені звіти, які розташовано у каталозі /var/log/apparmor/reports-" -#~ "archived. Поля позначок нагорі форми дозволяють вам обмежити категорію " -#~ "звітів у списку до таких: звіти SIR, звіти AUD або звіти ESS. Щоб " -#~ "переглянути деталі звіту, виберіть звіт і натисніть кнопку Перегляд</" -#~ "b>. Ви можете переглядати звіти з одної або декількох систем, " -#~ "якщо пересунете їх до каталогу /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived." +#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously generated\n" +#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the View button. You can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." +#~ msgstr "Форма перегляду архівних звітів дозволяє вам переглядати раніше створені звіти, які розташовано у каталозі /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. Поля позначок нагорі форми дозволяють вам обмежити категорію звітів у списку до таких: звіти SIR, звіти AUD або звіти ESS. Щоб переглянути деталі звіту, виберіть звіт і натисніть кнопку Перегляд. Ви можете переглядати звіти з одної або декількох систем, якщо пересунете їх до каталогу /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived." #~ msgid "repConfHelp" #~ msgstr "repConfHelp" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a " -#~ "resource \n" -#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</" -#~ "li> \n" -#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications " -#~ "and \n" -#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a " -#~ "policy \n" -#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</" -#~ "li></ul> \n" -#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report " -#~ "details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Звіт про порушення безпеки (SIR): Звіт, у якому відображено " -#~ "події безпеки, цікаві для адміністратора. У SIR повідомляється про " -#~ "порушення правил безпеки локально обмеженими програмами у визначений " -#~ "період часу. У звіті SIR містяться виключення правил і зміни стану рушія " -#~ "правил. Ці два типи подій безпеки визначено так: <ul> <li>Виключення " -#~ "правила: Якщо програма надіслала запит на ресурси. які не визначено у " -#~ "її профілі, створюється відповідне повідомлення. <li>Зміна стану рушія " -#~ "правил: Обмежує правила для програм і підтримує власний стан, разом з " -#~ "запуском або зупинкою рушія, перезавантаженням правил, увімкненням або " -#~ "вимкненням глобального параметра безпеки. </ul> Виберіть архівний звіт, а " -#~ "потім натисніть кнопку Перегляд, щоб дізнатися про подробиці звіту." -#~ "" +#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a resource \n" +#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications and \n" +#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a policy \n" +#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</li></ul> \n" +#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report details." +#~ msgstr "Звіт про порушення безпеки (SIR): Звіт, у якому відображено події безпеки, цікаві для адміністратора. У SIR повідомляється про порушення правил безпеки локально обмеженими програмами у визначений період часу. У звіті SIR містяться виключення правил і зміни стану рушія правил. Ці два типи подій безпеки визначено так: <ul> <li>Виключення правила: Якщо програма надіслала запит на ресурси. які не визначено у її профілі, створюється відповідне повідомлення. <li>Зміна стану рушія правил: Обмежує правила для програм і підтримує власний с тан, разом з запуском або зупинкою рушія, перезавантаженням правил, увімкненням або вимкненням глобального параметра безпеки. </ul> Виберіть архівний звіт, а потім натисніть кнопку Перегляд, щоб дізнатися про подробиці звіту." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports " -#~| "which application servers are running and whether they are confined by " -#~| "AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming " -#~| "network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, " -#~| "the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the " -#~| "unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a " -#~| "placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID " -#~| "number, The state of the program (confined or unconfined), and the type " -#~| "of confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports " -#~ "which application servers are running and whether they are confined by " -#~ "AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming " -#~ "network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, " -#~ "the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the " -#~ "unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a " -#~ "placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID " -#~ "number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of " -#~ "confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Звіт аудиту програм (AUD): Інструмент аудиту, який повідомляє " -#~ "про запущені сервери програм і їх обмеження з боку AppArmor. Сервери " -#~ "програм — це програми, які приймають вхідні з’єднання з мережею. У цьому " -#~ "звіті показано IP-адресу вузла, дату запуску Звіту аудиту програм, назву " -#~ "і шлях до необмеженої програми або сервера програм, запропонований " -#~ "профіль або заповнювач профілю для необмеженої програми, ІД-номер " -#~ "процесу, стан програми (обмежена або необмежена), і тип обмеження, який " -#~ "здійснює профіль (жорстке/м’яке)." +#~| msgid "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID number, The state of the program (confined or unconfined), and the type of confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." +#~ msgid "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." +#~ msgstr "Звіт аудиту програм (AUD): Інструмент аудиту, який повідомляє про запущені сервери програм і їх обмеження з боку AppArmor. Сервери програм — це програми, які приймають вхідні з’єднання з мережею. У цьому звіті показано IP-адресу вузла, дату запуску Звіту аудиту програм, назву і шлях до необмеженої програми або сервера програм, запропонований профіль або заповнювач профілю для необмеженої програми, ІД-номер процесу, стан програми (обмежена або необмежена), і тип обмеження, який здійснює профіль (жорстке/м’яке)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Executive Security Summary (ESS): A combined report, \n" -#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. " -#~ "This \n" -#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines " -#~ "if each \n" +#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. This \n" +#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines if each \n" #~ "machine's data is copied to the reports archive directory, which is \n" -#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the " -#~ "host \n" -#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total " -#~ "number \n" -#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, " -#~ "and the \n" -#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a " -#~ "range \n" +#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the host \n" +#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total number \n" +#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, and the \n" +#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a range \n" #~ "of SIR reports." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Сервісне зведення безпеки (ESS): Комбінований звіт,\n" -#~ "що складається з одного або декількох високорівневих звітів з одного або " -#~ "декількох\n" -#~ "комп’ютерів. Цей звіт надає цілісну картину подій безпеки на декількох " -#~ "комп’ютерах,\n" +#~ "що складається з одного або декількох високорівневих звітів з одного або декількох\n" +#~ "комп’ютерів. Цей звіт надає цілісну картину подій безпеки на декількох комп’ютерах,\n" #~ "якщо дані з кожного комп’ютера було скопійовано до теки архівів звітів\n" -#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. У цьому звіті зазначені IP-" -#~ "адреса вузла,\n" -#~ "початкова і кінцева дати записаних подій, загальна кількість відмов, " -#~ "загальна кількість\n" -#~ "подій, середній рівень важливості подій і найвищий її рівень. Один рядок " -#~ "звіту ESS\n" +#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. У цьому звіті зазначені IP-адреса вузла,\n" +#~ "початкова і кінцева дати записаних подій, загальна кількість відмов, загальна кількість\n" +#~ "подій, середній рівень важливості подій і найвищий її рівень. Один рядок звіту ESS\n" #~ "являє собою цілий діапазон звітів SIR." #~ msgid "Archived Security Incident Report - Page " @@ -2366,15 +2164,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "AppArmor Security Events\n" -#~| " This table displays the events found that match your " -#~| "search criteria." +#~| " This table displays the events found that match your search criteria." #~ msgid "" #~ "AppArmor Security Events\n" #~ "This table displays the events that match your search criteria.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Події безпеки AppArmor\n" -#~ " В цій таблиці показано події, які відповідають " -#~ "критеріям пошуку." +#~ " В цій таблиці показано події, які відповідають критеріям пошуку." #~ msgid "AppArmor Event Report Data" #~ msgstr "Дані звіту про події AppArmor" @@ -2636,15 +2432,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Аудит" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "SubDomain does not appear to be started. Please enable SubDomain and " -#~| "try again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try " -#~ "again." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Здається, SubDomain не запущено. Будь ласка, увімкніть SubDomain і " -#~ "спробуйте знов." +#~| msgid "SubDomain does not appear to be started. Please enable SubDomain and try again." +#~ msgid "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try again." +#~ msgstr "Здається, SubDomain не запущено. Будь ласка, увімкніть SubDomain і спробуйте знов." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Updating AppArmor profiles in %s." @@ -2918,9 +2708,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Не вдалося відкрити %s. Неможливо додати звіт: %s" #~ msgid "Duplicate report name not allowed. Didn't schedule new report: %s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Не дозволено вживати однакові назви для звітів. Не заплановано новий " -#~ "звіт: %s" +#~ msgstr "Не дозволено вживати однакові назви для звітів. Не заплановано новий звіт: %s" #~ msgid "Couldn't open %s. No changes performed." #~ msgstr "Неможливо відкрити %s. Не зроблено змін." @@ -2928,40 +2716,29 @@ #~ msgid "ag_reports_sched: Unknown instruction %s or arg: %s" #~ msgstr "ag_reports_sched: Невідома інструкція %s або аргумент: %s" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor" +#~ msgid "Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor" #~ msgstr "В ньому можна знайти докладнішу інформація про AppArmor" #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions about allowed operations on files,\n" -#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID " -#~ "is \n" +#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is \n" #~ "applicable. It doesn't override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<ul><li>Придушує всі обмеження, що стосуються дій над файлами,\n" -#~ "у яких ІД власника файла і ІД користувача мають збігатися, за виключенням " -#~ "випадків,\n" -#~ "коли можна застосувати CAP_FSETID. Не придушуються обмеження MAC і DAC. </" -#~ "li></ul>" +#~ "у яких ІД власника файла і ІД користувача мають збігатися, за виключенням випадків,\n" +#~ "коли можна застосувати CAP_FSETID. Не придушуються обмеження MAC і DAC. </li></ul>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions that the effective user \n" -#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID " -#~ "bits on that \n" -#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) " -#~ "shall match \n" -#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the " -#~ "S_ISUID and \n" -#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -#~ "implemented). </li></ul>" +#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that \n" +#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) shall match \n" +#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the S_ISUID and \n" +#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<ul><li>Придушує такі обмеження: вимогу збігу ІД ефективного користувача\n" -#~ "і ІД власника файла під час встановлення бітів S_ISUID і S_ISGID для " -#~ "цього файла;\n" -#~ "вимогу збігу ІД ефективної групи (або одного з додаткових ІД групи) і ІД " -#~ "власника файла\n" -#~ "під час встановлення біта S_ISGID для цього файла; вимогу очищення бітів " -#~ "S_ISUID\n" +#~ "і ІД власника файла під час встановлення бітів S_ISUID і S_ISGID для цього файла;\n" +#~ "вимогу збігу ІД ефективної групи (або одного з додаткових ІД групи) і ІД власника файла\n" +#~ "під час встановлення біта S_ISGID для цього файла; вимогу очищення бітів S_ISUID\n" #~ "і S_ISGID після успішного завершення chown(2) (не впроваджено). </li></ul>" #~ msgid "Please select an action to perform from the buttons below." @@ -2969,29 +2746,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The profile already contains the provided hat name. \n" -#~ "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this " -#~ "wizard." +#~ "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Профіль вже містить надбудову з такою назвою.\n" -#~ "Будь ласка, введіть іншу назву, щоб повторити спробу, або натисніть " -#~ "кнопку «Перервати», щоб вийти з майстра." +#~ "Будь ласка, введіть іншу назву, щоб повторити спробу, або натисніть кнопку «Перервати», щоб вийти з майстра." #~ msgid "" -#~ "In this form you can view and modify the contents of an individual " -#~ "profile. \n" -#~ "For existing entries you can double click the permissions to access a " -#~ "modification dialog." +#~ "In this form you can view and modify the contents of an individual profile. \n" +#~ "For existing entries you can double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." #~ msgstr "" #~ "В цій формі можна переглянути і змінити вміст окремого профілю.\n" -#~ "Для існуючих записів, ви можете подвійним клацанням на дозволах отримати " -#~ "доступ до вікна змін." +#~ "Для існуючих записів, ви можете подвійним клацанням на дозволах отримати доступ до вікна змін." #~ msgid "" #~ "Generate Reports Help If there were, in fact, \n" -#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to " -#~ "be), \n" -#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your " -#~ "time, \n" +#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to be), \n" +#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your time, \n" #~ "and have a nice day." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Довідка зі створення звітів Якщо хоч якась довідка\n" @@ -3001,60 +2771,38 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view \n" -#~ "previously generated reports, located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-" -#~ "archived \n" -#~ "directory. The checkboxes at the top of the form enable you to narrow-" -#~ "down \n" -#~ "the category of reports shown in the list to the following: SIR Reports, " -#~ "AUD \n" -#~ "Reports, or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click " -#~ "the \n" -#~ "View button. You can view reports from one or more systems " -#~ "if \n" -#~ "you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." -#~ "" +#~ "previously generated reports, located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived \n" +#~ "directory. The checkboxes at the top of the form enable you to narrow-down \n" +#~ "the category of reports shown in the list to the following: SIR Reports, AUD \n" +#~ "Reports, or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the \n" +#~ "View button. You can view reports from one or more systems if \n" +#~ "you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Форма перегляду архівних звітів дозволяє вам переглядати\n" -#~ "раніше створені звіти, які розташовано у каталозі /var/log/apparmor/" -#~ "reports-archived.\n" -#~ "Поля позначок нагорі форми дозволяють вам обмежити категорію звітів у " -#~ "списку\n" -#~ "до таких: звіти SIR, звіти AUD або звіти ESS. Щоб переглянути деталі " -#~ "звіту, виберіть звіт\n" -#~ "і натисніть кнопку Перегляд. Ви можете переглядати звіти з " -#~ "одної або\n" -#~ "декількох систем, якщо пересунете їх до каталогу /var/log/apparmor/" -#~ "reports-archived." +#~ "раніше створені звіти, які розташовано у каталозі /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived.\n" +#~ "Поля позначок нагорі форми дозволяють вам обмежити категорію звітів у списку\n" +#~ "до таких: звіти SIR, звіти AUD або звіти ESS. Щоб переглянути деталі звіту, виберіть звіт\n" +#~ "і натисніть кнопку Перегляд. Ви можете переглядати звіти з одної або\n" +#~ "декількох систем, якщо пересунете їх до каталогу /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived." #~ msgid "" #~ "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool \n" -#~ "that reports which application servers are running and whether they are " -#~ "confined \n" -#~ "by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming " -#~ "network \n" -#~ "connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date " -#~ "the \n" -#~ "Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined " -#~ "program or \n" -#~ "application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile " -#~ "for an \n" -#~ "unconfined program, the process ID number, The state of the program " -#~ "(confined or \n" +#~ "that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined \n" +#~ "by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network \n" +#~ "connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the \n" +#~ "Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or \n" +#~ "application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an \n" +#~ "unconfined program, the process ID number, The state of the program (confined or \n" #~ "unconfined), and the type of confinement that the profile is performing \n" #~ "(enforce/complain)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Звіт аудиту програм (AUD): Інструмент аудиту,\n" -#~ "який повідомляє про запущені сервери програм і їх обмеження з боку " -#~ "AppArmor.\n" +#~ "який повідомляє про запущені сервери програм і їх обмеження з боку AppArmor.\n" #~ "Сервери програм — це програми, які приймають вхідні з’єднання з мережею.\n" -#~ "У цьому звіті показано IP-адресу вузла, дату запуску Звіту аудиту " -#~ "програм, назву і\n" -#~ "шлях до необмеженої програми або сервера програм, запропонований профіль " -#~ "або\n" -#~ "заповнювач профілю для необмеженої програми, ІД-номер процесу, стан " -#~ "програми\n" -#~ "(обмежена або необмежена), і тип обмеження, який здійснює профіль " -#~ "(жорстке/м’яке)." +#~ "У цьому звіті показано IP-адресу вузла, дату запуску Звіту аудиту програм, назву і\n" +#~ "шлях до необмеженої програми або сервера програм, запропонований профіль або\n" +#~ "заповнювач профілю для необмеженої програми, ІД-номер процесу, стан програми\n" +#~ "(обмежена або необмежена), і тип обмеження, який здійснює профіль (жорстке/м’яке)." #~ msgid "Weds" #~ msgstr "ср" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89740 - trunk/yast/de/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 11:08:07 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89740 Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/s390.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/storage.de.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/s390.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/s390.de.po 2014-10-07 09:00:18 UTC (rev 89739) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/s390.de.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) @@ -197,8 +197,7 @@ "Really format the following disks? \n" "%1" msgstr "" -"Durch die Formatierung dieser Datenträger werden sämtliche darauf enthaltenen " -"Daten zerstört. \n" +"Durch die Formatierung dieser Datenträger werden sämtliche darauf enthaltenen Daten zerstört. \n" "Möchten Sie die folgenden Datenträger wirklich formatieren? \n" " %1" @@ -320,8 +319,7 @@ "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." msgstr "" -"Wollen Sie wirklich die Konfiguration der DASD-Platte verlassen ohne zu " -"speichern? \n" +"Wollen Sie wirklich die Konfiguration der DASD-Platte verlassen ohne zu speichern? \n" "Alle Ihre Änderungen gehen dabei verloren." #. error popup @@ -378,8 +376,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Speichervorgang abbrechen:</big> \n" "Brechen Sie den Speichervorgang mit Abbrechen ab.\n" -"Ein zusätzlicher Dialog wird Sie darüber informieren, ob dies eine sichere " -"Aktion ist.\n" +"Ein zusätzlicher Dialog wird Sie darüber informieren, ob dies eine sichere Aktion ist.\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 #. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 @@ -405,9 +402,7 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." -msgstr "" -"Zum Konfigurieren einer neuen DASD-Platte drücken Sie auf Hinzufügen" -"." +msgstr "Zum Konfigurieren einer neuen DASD-Platte drücken Sie auf Hinzufügen." #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 @@ -421,13 +416,10 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " -"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "Select All or Deselect All.\n" msgstr "" -"Sollen Aktionen für mehrere Festplatten gleichzeitig ausgeführt werden, " -"markieren Sie die gewünschten Festplatten. Um die Auswahl aller Festplatten " -"aufzuheben (z. B. nach dem Anwenden eines Filters), klicken Sie auf\n" +"Sollen Aktionen für mehrere Festplatten gleichzeitig ausgeführt werden, markieren Sie die gewünschten Festplatten. Um die Auswahl aller Festplatten aufzuheben (z. B. nach dem Anwenden eines Filters), klicken Sie auf\n" "Alle auswählen oder Alle abwählen.\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 @@ -447,8 +439,7 @@ "identifier." msgstr "" "<big>Neue DASD-Platte hinzufügen</big> \n" -"Um eine Platte hinzuzufügen, geben Sie die Kanalnummer der DASD-Platte " -"als\n" +"Um eine Platte hinzuzufügen, geben Sie die Kanalnummer der DASD-Platte als\n" "Kennung an." #. Disk add help 1/3 @@ -463,8 +454,7 @@ #. Disk add help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" -msgstr "" -"Um den DIAG-Modus zu verwenden, wählen Sie DIAG verwenden.\n" +msgstr "Um den DIAG-Modus zu verwenden, wählen Sie DIAG verwenden.\n" #. Initialization dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -482,45 +472,29 @@ #. Dump dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." -msgstr "" -"Richten Sie ein oder mehrere Volumen als S/390-Dump-Geräte ein." +msgstr "Richten Sie ein oder mehrere Volumen als S/390-Dump-Geräte ein." #. Dump dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "" -"Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " -"limited to DASD. " -msgstr "" -"Es werden ECKD-, DASD- und ZFCP-Platten unterstützt. Die Unterstützung von " -"Multi-Volumes beschränkt sich auf DASD. " +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "Es werden ECKD-, DASD- und ZFCP-Platten unterstützt. Die Unterstützung von Multi-Volumes beschränkt sich auf DASD. " #. Dump dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk" -"." -msgstr "" -"Es können nur ganze Platten genutzt werden, keine Partitionen. Falls das " -"Gerät in einer inkompatiblen Weise formatiert oder partitioniert ist, " -"aktivieren Sie die Kontrollbox Überschreiben der Platte erzwingen." +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "Es können nur ganze Platten genutzt werden, keine Partitionen. Falls das Gerät in einer inkompatiblen Weise formatiert oder partitioniert ist, aktivieren Sie die Kontrollbox Überschreiben der Platte erzwingen." #. Dump dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "" -"To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " -"ZFCP dialog. " -msgstr "" -"Um DASD- und ZFCP-Geräte zu nutzen, aktivieren Sie diese im entsprechenden " -"YaST-DSAD- oder ZFCP-Dialog. " +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "Um DASD- und ZFCP-Geräte zu nutzen, aktivieren Sie diese im entsprechenden YaST-DSAD- oder ZFCP-Dialog. " #. Dump dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Geräte, die gerade in Benutzung sind oder eingehängte Partitionen haben, " -"werden nicht angezeigt." +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "Geräte, die gerade in Benutzung sind oder eingehängte Partitionen haben, werden nicht angezeigt." #. Dump dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 @@ -528,10 +502,8 @@ "dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" "device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." msgstr "" -"Die Angabe dumpdevice nach einer Festplatte weist darauf hin, dass " -"diese als\n" -"Dump-Gerät genutzt werden kann. Dump-Geräte mit mehreren Volumen sind an " -"einer Liste von DASD-IDs erkennbar." +"Die Angabe dumpdevice nach einer Festplatte weist darauf hin, dass diese als\n" +"Dump-Gerät genutzt werden kann. Dump-Geräte mit mehreren Volumen sind an einer Liste von DASD-IDs erkennbar." #. Dump dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 @@ -560,18 +532,13 @@ #. warn only in case of force #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 -msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " -"be lost! Continue?" -msgstr "" -"Die Platte %1 wird nun als Dump-Gerät formatiert. Alle sich darauf befinden " -"Daten gehen verloren! Weiter?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "Die Platte %1 wird nun als Dump-Gerät formatiert. Alle sich darauf befinden Daten gehen verloren! Weiter?" #. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" -msgstr "" -"Operation erfolgreich. Soll ein weiteres Dump-Gerät initialisiert werden?" +msgstr "Operation erfolgreich. Soll ein weiteres Dump-Gerät initialisiert werden?" #. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -583,8 +550,7 @@ "To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" " They are separated by line breaks.\n" msgstr "" -"Um den IUCV-Terminalserver einzurichten, müssen Sie die z/VM-IDs angeben, " -"die benutzt werden sollen.\n" +"Um den IUCV-Terminalserver einzurichten, müssen Sie die z/VM-IDs angeben, die benutzt werden sollen.\n" " Trennen Sie diese durch Zeilenumbrüche.\n" #. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 @@ -593,55 +559,33 @@ msgstr "<big>TS-Shell</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user " -"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." -msgstr "" -"TS-Shell erlaubt es, Berechtigungen für jeden TS-Shell-Benutzer und " -"TS-Shell-Gruppen festzulegen. Die Rechte von Gruppen werden von ihren " -"Mitgliedern geerbt." +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "TS-Shell erlaubt es, Berechtigungen für jeden TS-Shell-Benutzer und TS-Shell-Gruppen festzulegen. Die Rechte von Gruppen werden von ihren Mitgliedern geerbt." #. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, " -"defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all " -"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." -msgstr "" -"Jede zulässige z/VM-ID kann von Hand unter Auswahl eingetragen, " -"durch einen RegEx definiert oder aus einer Datei geladen " -"werden. Diese muss alle zulässigen z/VM-IDs, durch Zeilenumbrüche getrennt, " -"beinhalten." +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "Jede zulässige z/VM-ID kann von Hand unter Auswahl eingetragen, durch einen RegEx definiert oder aus einer Datei geladen werden. Diese muss alle zulässigen z/VM-IDs, durch Zeilenumbrüche getrennt, beinhalten." #. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" "User to remove users." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf Neuer Benutzer, um einen neuen TS-Shell-Benutzer " -"anzulegen oder auf Benutzer Löschen um Benutzer zu entfernen." +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf Neuer Benutzer, um einen neuen TS-Shell-Benutzer anzulegen oder auf Benutzer Löschen um Benutzer zu entfernen." #. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " -"change\n" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." -msgstr "" -"Zum Hinzufügen und Löschen von Gruppen, aus der " -"TS-Shell-Authentifizierungstabelle oder um die Mitgliedschaft von Benutzern " -"zu ändern, gehen Sie zur Gruppenverwaltung." +msgstr "Zum Hinzufügen und Löschen von Gruppen, aus der TS-Shell-Authentifizierungstabelle oder um die Mitgliedschaft von Benutzern zu ändern, gehen Sie zur Gruppenverwaltung." # Does this even make sense? #. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should " -"be gathered." -msgstr "" -"Spezifizieren Sie mit Geprüfte IDs, die z/VM IDs von welcher die " -"Protokolle erfasst werden sollen." +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "Spezifizieren Sie mit Geprüfte IDs, die z/VM IDs von welcher die Protokolle erfasst werden sollen." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 @@ -650,60 +594,43 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and " -"Password has to be provided.\n" -"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting " -"them on the right." +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." msgstr "" -"Zur Erstellung eines neuen TS-Shell-Benutzers muss der Benutzername" -", das Basisverzeichnis und das Passwort angegeben werden.\n" -"\t Es ist auch möglich, Zusätzliche Gruppen durch Auswahl auf der " -"rechten Seite anzugeben." +"Zur Erstellung eines neuen TS-Shell-Benutzers muss der Benutzername, das Basisverzeichnis und das Passwort angegeben werden.\n" +"\t Es ist auch möglich, Zusätzliche Gruppen durch Auswahl auf der rechten Seite anzugeben." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " -"activate Force Password Change." -msgstr "" -"Um sicherzustellen, dass der Benutzer nach dem ersten Anmelden sein " -"Passwort ändert, aktivieren Sie Passwortwechsel erzwingen." +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "Um sicherzustellen, dass der Benutzer nach dem ersten Anmelden sein Passwort ändert, aktivieren Sie Passwortwechsel erzwingen." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" "data will be stored there." -msgstr "" -"Sie können für jeden TS-Shell-Benutzer das gleiche Home-Verzeichnis " -"auswählen, da darin keine Daten gespeichert werden." +msgstr "Sie können für jeden TS-Shell-Benutzer das gleiche Home-Verzeichnis auswählen, da darin keine Daten gespeichert werden." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" -msgstr "" -"<big>Gruppenverwaltung für die TS-Authentifizierung</big>" +msgstr "<big>Gruppenverwaltung für die TS-Authentifizierung</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" "member of this groups to inherit the same rights." -msgstr "" -"Definieren Sie TS-Shell-Authentifizierungen pro Gruppe, wenn Sie wollen, " -"dass jedes TS-Shell-Mitglied dieser Gruppe die selben Rechte erbt." +msgstr "Definieren Sie TS-Shell-Authentifizierungen pro Gruppe, wenn Sie wollen, dass jedes TS-Shell-Mitglied dieser Gruppe die selben Rechte erbt." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or " -"Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." msgstr "" "Vorhandene Gruppen können zur TS-Shell-Autorisierung\n" -"hinzugefügt und aus dieser entfernt werden. Wählen Sie die gewünschten " -"Gruppen in der Tabelle aus, und klicken Sie auf Selektieren oder " -"Deselektieren. Der aktuelle Status wird in der Spalte " -"TS-Autorisierung angezeigt." +"hinzugefügt und aus dieser entfernt werden. Wählen Sie die gewünschten Gruppen in der Tabelle aus, und klicken Sie auf Selektieren oder Deselektieren. Der aktuelle Status wird in der Spalte TS-Autorisierung angezeigt." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 @@ -717,22 +644,16 @@ #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group " -"input field and confirming with Create.\n" -"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to " -"be used." +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." msgstr "" -"Neue Gruppen können durch Eingabe des Namens im Eingabefeld Neue " -"Gruppe und durch Bestätigung mit Erstellen erstellt werden.\n" -"\t Früher erstellte Gruppen müssen über das Dialogfeld YaST-Benutzer" -" gelöscht werden." +"Neue Gruppen können durch Eingabe des Namens im Eingabefeld Neue Gruppe und durch Bestätigung mit Erstellen erstellt werden.\n" +"\t Früher erstellte Gruppen müssen über das Dialogfeld YaST-Benutzer gelöscht werden." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." -msgstr "" -"Machen Sie die Änderungen in diesem Dialog rückgängig, indem Sie die " -"Schaltfläche Zurück betätigen." +msgstr "Machen Sie die Änderungen in diesem Dialog rückgängig, indem Sie die Schaltfläche Zurück betätigen." #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 @@ -740,24 +661,13 @@ msgstr "<big>IUCVConn beim Anmelden aktivieren</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " -"a password and home directory has to be provided." -msgstr "" -"IUCVConn beim Anmelden benötigt einen Benutzer für jede z/VM-ID. Um diese " -"Benutzer zu erstellen muss ein Passwort und ein Home-Verzeichnis" -" angegeben werden." +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "IUCVConn beim Anmelden benötigt einen Benutzer für jede z/VM-ID. Um diese Benutzer zu erstellen muss ein Passwort und ein Home-Verzeichnis angegeben werden." #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "" -"It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or " -"just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is " -"enabled. " -msgstr "" -"Es ist möglich, die Benutzer manuell zu synchronisieren, indem Sie auf " -"Synchronisieren klicken oder die Änderungen mit Ok bestätigen, " -"während IUCVConn beim Anmelden aktivieren aktiviert ist. " +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "Es ist möglich, die Benutzer manuell zu synchronisieren, indem Sie auf Synchronisieren klicken oder die Änderungen mit Ok bestätigen, während IUCVConn beim Anmelden aktivieren aktiviert ist. " #. Text approval #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 @@ -993,34 +903,25 @@ #. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." -msgstr "" -"Falsche z/VM ID \"%1\" in Zeile %2, nur Buchstaben und Nummern sind erlaubt." +msgstr "Falsche z/VM ID \"%1\" in Zeile %2, nur Buchstaben und Nummern sind erlaubt." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"Falsche z/VM-ID \"%1\" in Zeile %2, IDs dürfen nicht mit Zahlen beginnen." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "Falsche z/VM-ID \"%1\" in Zeile %2, IDs dürfen nicht mit Zahlen beginnen." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"Falsche z/VM-ID \"%1\" in Zeile %2, mehr als acht Zeichen sind nicht erlaubt." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "Falsche z/VM-ID \"%1\" in Zeile %2, mehr als acht Zeichen sind nicht erlaubt." #. only the last entry is allowed to be empty #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." -msgstr "" -"Falsche z/VM-ID \"%1\" in Zeile %2, es muss mindestens ein Buchstabe " -"angegeben werden." +msgstr "Falsche z/VM-ID \"%1\" in Zeile %2, es muss mindestens ein Buchstabe angegeben werden." #. check password #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." -msgstr "" -"Um IUCVconn-Benutzer zu synchronisieren, ist ein korrekt eingegebenes " -"Passwort erforderlich." +msgstr "Um IUCVconn-Benutzer zu synchronisieren, ist ein korrekt eingegebenes Passwort erforderlich." #. check home directory #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 @@ -1037,18 +938,13 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." -msgstr "" -"Der Terminalserver kann ohne gültige z/VM-IDs nicht eingerichtet werden." +msgstr "Der Terminalserver kann ohne gültige z/VM-IDs nicht eingerichtet werden." #. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. #. @return true for valid inputs #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " -"allowed." -msgstr "" -"Falsche Eingabe: Nur klein geschriebene Buchstaben, Zahlen und Kommas (zum " -"separieren) sind erlaubt." +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "Falsche Eingabe: Nur klein geschriebene Buchstaben, Zahlen und Kommas (zum separieren) sind erlaubt." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 msgid "Comma is only a separator." @@ -1061,8 +957,7 @@ #. Terminal id counting starts with 0 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." -msgstr "" -"Falsche IUCV-ID, es werden nur kleingeschriebene Buchstaben akzeptiert." +msgstr "Falsche IUCV-ID, es werden nur kleingeschriebene Buchstaben akzeptiert." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." @@ -1080,27 +975,13 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal " -"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " -"combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance.<" -"br>" -msgstr "" -"Es können mehrere IUCVtty-Instanzen betrieben werden um ein " -"Multi-Terminal-Gerät bereitzustellen. Die Instanzen werden durch eine " -"Terminal-ID unterschieden, welche eine Kombination der Terminal-ID-Präfix<" -"/b> und der Nummer der Instanz ist. " +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "Es können mehrere IUCVtty-Instanzen betrieben werden um ein Multi-Terminal-Gerät bereitzustellen. Die Instanzen werden durch eine Terminal-ID unterschieden, welche eine Kombination der Terminal-ID-Präfix und der Nummer der Instanz ist. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm" -"", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie beispielsweise zehn Instanzen mit dem Präfix "lxterm" -"" definieren, stehen die Terminal-IDs lxterm0 bis lxterm9 " -"zur Verfügung." +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "Wenn Sie beispielsweise zehn Instanzen mit dem Präfix "lxterm" definieren, stehen die Terminal-IDs lxterm0 bis lxterm9 zur Verfügung." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 @@ -1109,32 +990,18 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "" -"The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " -"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " -"login programs." -msgstr "" -"Der z/VM IUCV HVC-Gerätetreiber ist ein Kernel-Modul und benutzt " -"Gerätedateien, sodass bis zu acht HVC-Endgeräte mit getty und " -"Login-Programmen kommunizieren können." +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "Der z/VM IUCV HVC-Gerätetreiber ist ein Kernel-Modul und benutzt Gerätedateien, sodass bis zu acht HVC-Endgeräte mit getty und Login-Programmen kommunizieren können." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "" -"With restrict access, allow only connections from certain " -"terminal servers." -msgstr "" -"Mit Zugriff beschränken auf erlauben Sie es nur bestimmten " -"Verbindungen auf den Terminalserver zuzugreifen." +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "Mit Zugriff beschränken auf erlauben Sie es nur bestimmten Verbindungen auf den Terminalserver zuzugreifen." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one " -"separately." -msgstr "" -"Definieren Sie die Emulation für alle Instanzen auf einmal oder für jede " -"einzeln." +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "Definieren Sie die Emulation für alle Instanzen auf einmal oder für jede einzeln." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 @@ -1142,29 +1009,18 @@ "Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " msgstr "" -"Mit Kernel-Meldungen an hvc0 weiterleiten werden die " -"Kernel-Meldungen an\n" +"Mit Kernel-Meldungen an hvc0 weiterleiten werden die Kernel-Meldungen an\n" "das hvc0-Gerät statt an ttyS0 weitergeleitet. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " -"console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " -"YaST bootloader module." -msgstr "" -"Wenn auf ttyS0 noch immer Kernel-Meldungen angezeigt werden, fügen Sie im " -"Bootloader-Modul von YaST den Parametern für die Kernel-Befehlszeile von " -"Hand console=ttyS0 hinzu." +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "Wenn auf ttyS0 noch immer Kernel-Meldungen angezeigt werden, fügen Sie im Bootloader-Modul von YaST den Parametern für die Kernel-Befehlszeile von Hand console=ttyS0 hinzu." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the " -"shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" -msgstr "" -"<h3>Warnung: HVC-Endgeräte bleiben ohne manuelle Abmeldung über die " -"Tastenkombination strg _ d angemeldet!</h3>" +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>Warnung: HVC-Endgeräte bleiben ohne manuelle Abmeldung über die Tastenkombination strg _ d angemeldet!</h3>" #. Dialog content #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 @@ -1217,9 +1073,7 @@ #. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." -msgstr "" -"Sie müssen den Rechner neu starten, damit die Änderungen wirksam werden " -"können." +msgstr "Sie müssen den Rechner neu starten, damit die Änderungen wirksam werden können." #. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 @@ -1233,20 +1087,13 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" -msgstr "" -"Legen Sie diejenigen Aktionen fest, die ausgeführt werden sollen, wenn " -"eine Kernel-Panic auftritt" +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "Legen Sie diejenigen Aktionen fest, die ausgeführt werden sollen, wenn eine Kernel-Panic auftritt" #. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " -"during kernel panics." -msgstr "" -"Der Dumpconf-Daemon muss aktiviert sein, um das Verhalten während " -"einer Kernel-Panic zu beeinflussen." +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "Der Dumpconf-Daemon muss aktiviert sein, um das Verhalten während einer Kernel-Panic zu beeinflussen." #. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 @@ -1271,14 +1118,11 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " -"available\n" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " msgstr "" -"dump_reipl Einen Dump von Linux erstellen und das System neustarten. " -"Diese Option ist nur\n" -"Verfügbar auf LPAR-Maschinen mit z9(r) und neuer, sowie auf z/VMversion 5.3 " -"und später. " +"dump_reipl Einen Dump von Linux erstellen und das System neustarten. Diese Option ist nur\n" +"Verfügbar auf LPAR-Maschinen mit z9(r) und neuer, sowie auf z/VMversion 5.3 und später. " #. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 @@ -1287,37 +1131,18 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "" -"The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified " -"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " -"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Die unter Minuten Verzögerung definierte Zeitspanne verschiebt die " -"Ausführung der gegebenen Panik-Aktion bei einem gerade gestarteten System, um " -"Schleifen zu vermeiden. Wenn das System abstürzt, bevor diese Zeit " -"verstrichen ist, wird die Standard-Aktion (Stop) ausgeführt." +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "Die unter Minuten Verzögerung definierte Zeitspanne verschiebt die Ausführung der gegebenen Panik-Aktion bei einem gerade gestarteten System, um Schleifen zu vermeiden. Wenn das System abstürzt, bevor diese Zeit verstrichen ist, wird die Standard-Aktion (Stop) ausgeführt." #. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "" -"The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If " -"no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices " -"dialog." -msgstr "" -"Das Gerät, auf das das Speicherabbild geschrieben werden soll, kann unter " -"Dump-Gerät gewählt werden. Wenn kein Gerät angezeigt wird, müssen Sie " -"mit dem YaST-Modul Dump-Geräte eines erstellen." +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "Das Gerät, auf das das Speicherabbild geschrieben werden soll, kann unter Dump-Gerät gewählt werden. Wenn kein Gerät angezeigt wird, müssen Sie mit dem YaST-Modul Dump-Geräte eines erstellen." #. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " -"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." -msgstr "" -"Mit VMCMD legen Sie CP-Befehle fest, die ausgeführt werden, bevor " -"das Linux-System angehalten wird. Erlaubt sind nur %1 Zeilen und insgesamt %2 " -"Zeichen." +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "Mit VMCMD legen Sie CP-Befehle fest, die ausgeführt werden, bevor das Linux-System angehalten wird. Erlaubt sind nur %1 Zeilen und insgesamt %2 Zeichen." #. radio button label #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 @@ -1355,8 +1180,7 @@ #. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." -msgstr "" -"VMCMD kann nicht benutzt werden, ohne mindestens einen Befehl festzulegen." +msgstr "VMCMD kann nicht benutzt werden, ohne mindestens einen Befehl festzulegen." #. Dialog caption #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 @@ -1382,8 +1206,7 @@ "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." msgstr "" -"Wollen Sie wirklich die Konfiguration der ZFCP-Gerät verlassen ohne zu " -"speichern? \n" +"Wollen Sie wirklich die Konfiguration der ZFCP-Gerät verlassen ohne zu speichern? \n" "Alle Ihre Änderungen gehen dabei verloren." #. dialog caption @@ -1452,9 +1275,7 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." -msgstr "" -"Zum Konfigurieren eines neuen ZFCP-Geräts drücken Sie auf Hinzufügen" -"." +msgstr "Zum Konfigurieren eines neuen ZFCP-Geräts drücken Sie auf Hinzufügen." #. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 @@ -1497,26 +1318,19 @@ #. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " -"conforming\n" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " -"such as\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -"with\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." msgstr "" -"Die Kanalnummer muss in Kleinbuchstaben in einer sysfs-konformen " -"Weise eingegeben werden, das\n" -"Format 0.0.<devno> entspricht, wie beispielsweise <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>." -"\n" -"Die WWPN muss in Kleinbuchstaben als 16-stelliger Hexadezimalwert " -"eingegeben werden, wie beispielsweise\n" +"Die Kanalnummer muss in Kleinbuchstaben in einer sysfs-konformen Weise eingegeben werden, das\n" +"Format 0.0.<devno> entspricht, wie beispielsweise <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"Die WWPN muss in Kleinbuchstaben als 16-stelliger Hexadezimalwert eingegeben werden, wie beispielsweise\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" "Die LUN muss in Kleinbuchstaben als 16-stelliger Hexadezimalwert mit\n" -"allen nachfolgenden Nullen eingegeben werden, wie beispielsweise <tt>" -"0x52ca000000000000</tt>." +"allen nachfolgenden Nullen eingegeben werden, wie beispielsweise <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." #. popup label #. popup label @@ -1679,9 +1493,7 @@ #. error description #: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." -msgstr "" -"Inkompatible Formatierung oder Partitionierung, bitte mit 'Erzwingen' " -"korrigieren." +msgstr "Inkompatible Formatierung oder Partitionierung, bitte mit 'Erzwingen' korrigieren." #. error description #: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/storage.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/storage.de.po 2014-10-07 09:00:18 UTC (rev 89739) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/storage.de.po 2014-10-07 09:08:07 UTC (rev 89740) @@ -186,16 +186,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"Es ist nicht genug Speicher verfügbar um Snapshots für die root-Partition " -"vorzuschlagen." +msgstr "Es ist nicht genug Speicher verfügbar um Snapshots für die root-Partition vorzuschlagen." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." -msgstr "" -"Es ist nicht genug Speicher verfügbar um ein separates /home/-Verzeichnis " -"vorzuschlagen." +msgstr "Es ist nicht genug Speicher verfügbar um ein separates /home/-Verzeichnis vorzuschlagen." #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" @@ -293,10 +289,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Das tatsächliche Anpassen der Größe der Partition wird erst dann " -"vorgenommen,\n" -"wenn Sie all Ihre Einstellungen im letzten Dialog der Installation " -"bestätigt\n" +"Das tatsächliche Anpassen der Größe der Partition wird erst dann vorgenommen,\n" +"wenn Sie all Ihre Einstellungen im letzten Dialog der Installation bestätigt\n" "haben. Bis dahin wird Ihre Windows-Partition nicht angerührt werden.\n" "\n" @@ -411,8 +405,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Geben Sie einen Wert für den Speicherplatz Ihrer Linux-" -"Installation ein.\n" +"Geben Sie einen Wert für den Speicherplatz Ihrer Linux-Installation ein.\n" "Innerhalb dieses Speicherplatzes werden benötigte Partitionen\n" "für &product; automatisch angelegt.\n" "\n" @@ -428,8 +421,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows belegt ist die Größe des Speicherplatzes den Ihre Windows-" -"Partition belegt.\n" +"Windows belegt ist die Größe des Speicherplatzes den Ihre Windows-Partition belegt.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -471,8 +463,7 @@ "Auf der Windows-Partition stand nicht genügend Speicherplatz für die\n" "Minimalinstallation von Linux zur Verfügung.\n" "\n" -"Wenn Sie Linux dennoch installieren möchten, booten Sie Windows und " -"deinstallieren Sie einige\n" +"Wenn Sie Linux dennoch installieren möchten, booten Sie Windows und deinstallieren Sie einige\n" "Anwendungen oder löschen Sie Daten um Speicherplatz freizugeben.\n" "\n" "Auf dem Windows-Gerät ist mindestens %1 MB freier Speicher, einschließlich\n" @@ -517,8 +508,7 @@ "Booten Sie Windows und beheben Sie die Fehler durch Ausführen von\n" "scandisk und defrag.\n" "\n" -"Falls das Problem beim nächsten Versuch erneut auftritt, ändern Sie die " -"Größe der\n" +"Falls das Problem beim nächsten Versuch erneut auftritt, ändern Sie die Größe der\n" "Windows-Partition auf andere Weise.\n" #. now let the automatic partitioner do its work @@ -551,9 +541,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"Das System kann nur mit der benutzerdefinierten Partitionierungsoption " -"konfiguriert werden." +msgstr "Das System kann nur mit der benutzerdefinierten Partitionierungsoption konfiguriert werden." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -575,8 +563,7 @@ "nicht mit dem Werkzeug zur Größenänderung kompatibel.\n" "Eine Verkleinerung der Windows-Partition ist nicht möglich.\n" "\n" -"Wählen Sie eine andere Festplatte aus oder brechen Sie die Installation ab " -"und\n" +"Wählen Sie eine andere Festplatte aus oder brechen Sie die Installation ab und\n" "verkleinern Sie die Windows-Partition auf andere Weise.\n" #. local error @@ -595,8 +582,7 @@ "\n" "Daher ist eine Verkleinerung der Windows-Partition nicht möglich.\n" "\n" -"Wählen Sie eine andere Festplatte aus oder brechen Sie die Installation ab " -"und\n" +"Wählen Sie eine andere Festplatte aus oder brechen Sie die Installation ab und\n" "verkleinern Sie die Windows-Partition auf andere Weise.\n" #. OK --> No NT or 2000 @@ -692,11 +678,8 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Keine Festplatten gefunden. Falls verfügbar, verwenden Sie für die " -"Installation die Aktualisierungs-CD." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Keine Festplatten gefunden. Falls verfügbar, verwenden Sie für die Installation die Aktualisierungs-CD." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -711,8 +694,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Alle automatisch erkannten Festplatten auf Ihrem System werden hier " -"angezeigt.\n" +"Alle automatisch erkannten Festplatten auf Ihrem System werden hier angezeigt.\n" "Wählen Sie die Festplatte, auf der &product; installiert werden soll.\n" "\n" @@ -740,8 +722,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Mit der Option Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung für Experten kann " -"die\n" +"Mit der Option Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung für Experten kann die\n" "Partitionierung der Festplatten und die Zuweisung der Partitionen zu\n" "Einhängepunkten bei der Installation von &product; frei gewählt werden.\n" "\n" @@ -825,8 +806,7 @@ "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" -"Die /home-Partition wird nicht formatiert. Prüfen Sie nach der " -"Installation,\n" +"Die /home-Partition wird nicht formatiert. Prüfen Sie nach der Installation,\n" "dass die Eigentümer der Stammverzeichnisse richtig gesetzt sind." #. label text @@ -942,10 +922,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Achtung: Wenn Sie eine Partition auswählen, die nicht als frei " -"gekennzeichnet\n" -"ist, können Sie Daten verlieren. Das kann auch andere Betriebssysteme " -"beeinträchtigen.\n" +"Achtung: Wenn Sie eine Partition auswählen, die nicht als frei gekennzeichnet\n" +"ist, können Sie Daten verlieren. Das kann auch andere Betriebssysteme beeinträchtigen.\n" "" #. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 @@ -957,8 +935,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Die markierten Bereiche werden gelöscht. Alle darin befindlichen " -"Daten\n" +"Die markierten Bereiche werden gelöscht. Alle darin befindlichen Daten\n" "gehen somit verloren. Einmal gelöscht, gibt es keine Möglichkeit,\n" "die Daten wiederherzustellen.\n" "\n" @@ -1047,10 +1024,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Sie haben versucht, eine FAT-Partition unter einem der folgenden\n" -"Einhängepunkte einzuhängen: /, /usr, /home, /opt oder /var. Dies wird sehr " -"wahrscheinlich\n" -"Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie für diese Einhängepunkte ein Linux-" -"Dateisystem, wie ext3 oder ext4.\n" +"Einhängepunkte einzuhängen: /, /usr, /home, /opt oder /var. Dies wird sehr wahrscheinlich\n" +"Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie für diese Einhängepunkte ein Linux-Dateisystem, wie ext3 oder ext4.\n" "\n" "Diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" @@ -1064,8 +1039,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Sie haben versucht, eine FAT-Partition am Einhängepunkt /boot einzuhängen.\n" -"Dies wird sehr wahrscheinlich Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie für diesen " -"Einhängepunkt ein\n" +"Dies wird sehr wahrscheinlich Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie für diesen Einhängepunkt ein\n" "Linux-Dateisystem wie ext3 oder ext4.\n" "\n" "Diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" @@ -1130,8 +1104,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Warnung: Es gibt keine Partition vom Typ bios_grub.\n" -"Um von einer GPT-Festplatte mittels grub2 booten zu können, wird eine solche " -"Partition benötigt.\n" +"Um von einer GPT-Festplatte mittels grub2 booten zu können, wird eine solche Partition benötigt.\n" "\n" "Möchten Sie wirklich diese Einstellungen benutzen?\n" @@ -1150,8 +1123,7 @@ msgstr "" "Warnung: Es ist keine Partition als /boot eingehängt.\n" "Um von Ihrer Festplatte zu booten ist eine kleine /boot-Partition\n" -"(ca. %1) erforderlich. Sie sollten eine erstellen. Diese Partition wird dann " -"automatisch\n" +"(ca. %1) erforderlich. Sie sollten eine erstellen. Diese Partition wird dann automatisch\n" "zum Typ 0x41 PReP/CHRP umgewandelt.\n" "\n" "Wollen Sie wirklich diese Einstellung ohne /boot-Partition verwenden?\n" @@ -1246,15 +1218,12 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Warnung: Mit Ihrer derzeitigen Konfiguration wird Ihre %2-Installation " -"voraussichtlich auf Probleme \n" -"beim Systemstart treffen, da Ihre RAID-Platte keine separate %1-Partition " -"hat.\n" +"Warnung: Mit Ihrer derzeitigen Konfiguration wird Ihre %2-Installation voraussichtlich auf Probleme \n" +"beim Systemstart treffen, da Ihre RAID-Platte keine separate %1-Partition hat.\n" "\n" "Dies führt mit der üblichen Boot-Konfiguration zu erheblichen Problemen.\n" "\n" -"Wenn Sie sich Ihrer Sache nicht absolut sicher sind, sollten Sie für die " -"Dateien\n" +"Wenn Sie sich Ihrer Sache nicht absolut sicher sind, sollten Sie für die Dateien\n" "in %1 eine normale Partition verwenden.\n" "\n" "Wollen Sie diese Konfiguration wirklich verwenden?\n" @@ -1271,25 +1240,21 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Sie haben keine Auslagerungspartition aktiviert. In der Regel ist es aber " -"sehr\n" +"Sie haben keine Auslagerungspartition aktiviert. In der Regel ist es aber sehr\n" "empfehlenswert, eine Auslagerungspartition anzulegen und zu aktivieren.\n" "Auslagerungspartitionen werden im Hauptfenster mit dem Typ \"Linux Swap\"\n" -"angezeigt. Eine aktivierte Auslagerungspartition hat \"swap\" als " -"Einhängepunkt.\n" +"angezeigt. Eine aktivierte Auslagerungspartition hat \"swap\" als Einhängepunkt.\n" "Wenn gewünscht, können Sie auch mehr als eine Auslagerungspartition\n" "aktivieren.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Wollen Sie wirklich diese Konfiguration ohne Auslagerungspartition " -"verwenden?\n" +"Wollen Sie wirklich diese Konfiguration ohne Auslagerungspartition verwenden?\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 @@ -1321,8 +1286,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Im Zweifel sollten Sie zurückgehen und die Partition zur Formatierung\n" @@ -1402,15 +1366,12 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"Die gewählte erweiterte Partition enthält Partitionen, die derzeit " -"eingehängt sind:\n" +"Die gewählte erweiterte Partition enthält Partitionen, die derzeit eingehängt sind:\n" "%1\n" "Es wird *dringend* empfohlen, vor dem Löschen der erweiterten Partition\n" "diese Partitionen auszuhängen (unmount).\n" @@ -1579,8 +1540,7 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Mounten in /etc/fstab:\n" @@ -1595,16 +1555,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Volumen-Kennung:\n" -"Der in diesem Feld eingegebene Name wird als Volumen-Kennung verwendet. Dies " -"ist normalerweise\n" -"nur dann sinnvoll, wenn Sie die Option für das Einhängen mittels Volumen-" -"Kennung aktivieren.\n" +"Der in diesem Feld eingegebene Name wird als Volumen-Kennung verwendet. Dies ist normalerweise\n" +"nur dann sinnvoll, wenn Sie die Option für das Einhängen mittels Volumen-Kennung aktivieren.\n" "Volumen-Kennungen dürfen keine Leerzeichen oder das Zeichen / enthalten.\n" #. label text @@ -1655,9 +1612,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." -msgstr "" -"Sie müssen eine Volume-Kennung angeben, wenn Sie mittels Kennung einhängen " -"möchten." +msgstr "Sie müssen eine Volume-Kennung angeben, wenn Sie mittels Kennung einhängen möchten." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:881 @@ -1758,8 +1713,7 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Das Dateisystem auf dem Logical-Volumen kann von YaST2 nicht verkleinert " -"werden.\n" +"Das Dateisystem auf dem Logical-Volumen kann von YaST2 nicht verkleinert werden.\n" "Nur fat, ext2, ext3 und ReiserFS erlauben das Verkleinern eines Dateisystems." #. Popup text @@ -1770,8 +1724,7 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." -msgstr "" -"Sie riskieren Datenverlust, wenn Sie dieses Logical-Volumen verkleinern." +msgstr "Sie riskieren Datenverlust, wenn Sie dieses Logical-Volumen verkleinern." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330 msgid "Continue?" @@ -1785,10 +1738,8 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Das Dateisystem auf der ausgewählten Partition kann nicht von YaST2 " -"vergrößert werden.\n" -"Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und ReiserFS erlauben das Vergrößern eines " -"Dateisystems." +"Das Dateisystem auf der ausgewählten Partition kann nicht von YaST2 vergrößert werden.\n" +"Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und ReiserFS erlauben das Vergrößern eines Dateisystems." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 @@ -1798,10 +1749,8 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Das Dateisystem auf dem ausgewählten Logical-Volumen kann nicht von YaST2 " -"vergrößert werden.\n" -"Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und reiser erlauben das Vergrößern eines " -"Dateisystems." +"Das Dateisystem auf dem ausgewählten Logical-Volumen kann nicht von YaST2 vergrößert werden.\n" +"Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und reiser erlauben das Vergrößern eines Dateisystems." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "Continue resizing?" @@ -1810,15 +1759,11 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1378 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"Sie haben eine Partition mit einem darauf enthaltenen Reiser-Dateisystem " -"verkleinert." +msgstr "Sie haben eine Partition mit einem darauf enthaltenen Reiser-Dateisystem verkleinert." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"Sie haben ein Logical-Volumen mit einem darauf enthaltenen Reiser-" -"Dateisystem verkleinert." +msgstr "Sie haben ein Logical-Volumen mit einem darauf enthaltenen Reiser-Dateisystem verkleinert." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 msgid "" @@ -1829,10 +1774,8 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Es ist möglich Dateisysteme mit ReiserFS zu verkleinern, aber diese " -"Funktion\n" -"ist noch nicht ausreichend getestet. Wir empfehlen eine vorherige " -"Datensicherung.\n" +"Es ist möglich Dateisysteme mit ReiserFS zu verkleinern, aber diese Funktion\n" +"ist noch nicht ausreichend getestet. Wir empfehlen eine vorherige Datensicherung.\n" "\n" "Möchten Sie das Dateisystem nun verkleinern?" @@ -1861,8 +1804,7 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Das gewählte Gerät enthält Partitionen, die derzeit eingehängt sind:\n" @@ -1911,21 +1853,17 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Das ausgewählte Gerät weist mindestens eine Partition\n" -"auf, die von einem anderen Volume verwendet wird. Löschen Sie das Volume, " -"das die Partition verwendet,\n" +"auf, die von einem anderen Volume verwendet wird. Löschen Sie das Volume, das die Partition verwendet,\n" "bevor Sie das Gerät löschen.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1601 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"Erstellen und entfernen Sie Subvolumen eines Btrfs-Dateisystems.\n" +msgstr "Erstellen und entfernen Sie Subvolumen eines Btrfs-Dateisystems.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1606 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Aktivieren Sie automatische Snapshots für ein Btrfs-Dateisystem mit " -"snapper." +msgstr "Aktivieren Sie automatische Snapshots für ein Btrfs-Dateisystem mit snapper." #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1620 @@ -2016,8 +1954,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Bedenke Sie, dass dieses Dateisystem nur geschützt ist, solange es nicht\n" -"eingehängt (mounted) ist. Nach dem Einhängen bietet es so viel Sicherheit " -"wie\n" +"eingehängt (mounted) ist. Nach dem Einhängen bietet es so viel Sicherheit wie\n" "jedes andere Linux-Dateisystem.\n" " \n" @@ -2026,20 +1963,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Dieser Einhängepunkt gehört zu einem temporären Dateisystem wie /tmp oder /" -"var/tmp.\n" -"Sie können das Verschlüsselungspasswort leer lassen. In diesem Fall wird bei " -"jedem Systemstart \n" -"ein Zufallspasswort für Sie erzeugt. Dies hat zur Folge, dass Sie beim " -"Herunterfahren \n" +"Dieser Einhängepunkt gehört zu einem temporären Dateisystem wie /tmp oder /var/tmp.\n" +"Sie können das Verschlüsselungspasswort leer lassen. In diesem Fall wird bei jedem Systemstart \n" +"ein Zufallspasswort für Sie erzeugt. Dies hat zur Folge, dass Sie beim Herunterfahren \n" "sämtliche Daten auf diesen Dateisystemen verlieren.\n" "\n" @@ -2049,16 +1982,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Wenn Sie Ihr Passwort vergessen, können Sie nicht mehr auf die Dateien " -"Ihres\n" +"Wenn Sie Ihr Passwort vergessen, können Sie nicht mehr auf die Dateien Ihres\n" "Dateisystems zugreifen. Wählen Sie Ihr Passwort mit Sorgfalt. Eine Mischung\n" "aus Buchstaben und Zahlen ist empfehlenswert. Um sicherzustellen, dass das\n" "Passwort korrekt eingegeben wurde, muss es zweimal eingegeben werden.\n" @@ -2070,16 +2001,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Groß- und Kleinschreibung wird unterschieden. Passwörter sollten mindestens\n" -"%1 Zeichen lang sein und normalerweise keine Spezialzeichen wie Umlaute " -"oder\n" +"%1 Zeichen lang sein und normalerweise keine Spezialzeichen wie Umlaute oder\n" "Akzentzeichen enthalten.\n" "\n" @@ -2126,16 +2055,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Wenn das verschlüsselte Dateisystem keine Systemdatei enthält und daher\n" -"nicht für die Aktualisierung erforderlich ist, können Sie Überspringen</" -"b>\n" +"nicht für die Aktualisierung erforderlich ist, können Sie Überspringen\n" "auswählen. In diesem Fall erfolgt während der Aktualisierung kein Zugriff\n" "auf das Dateisystem.\n" "\n" @@ -2151,15 +2078,13 @@ "If you need to use this disk for installation, you should destroy \n" "the disk label in the expert partitioner.\n" msgstr "" -"Warnung: Beim aktuellen Setup treten beim Booten Probleme mit der " -"Installation auf,\n" +"Warnung: Beim aktuellen Setup treten beim Booten Probleme mit der Installation auf,\n" "da der Datenträger, auf dem sich die \n" " /boot-Partition befindet, keine GPT-Festplattenkennung enthält.\n" " \n" " Ein solches Setup lässt sich höchstwahrscheinlich nicht booten.\n" " \n" -" Wenn Sie diesen Datenträger für die Installation verwenden müssen, sollten " -"Sie die \n" +" Wenn Sie diesen Datenträger für die Installation verwenden müssen, sollten Sie die \n" " Datenträgerkennung im Expertenmodus löschen.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 @@ -2196,8 +2121,7 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"Sie haben festgelegt, dass ein Dateisystem beim Systemstart nicht " -"automatisch\n" +"Sie haben festgelegt, dass ein Dateisystem beim Systemstart nicht automatisch\n" "eingehängt wird, das möglicherweise Dateien enthält, die das System zum\n" "einwandfreien Funktionieren benötigt.\n" "\n" @@ -2266,17 +2190,13 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"FAT-Dateisystem wurde für System-Einhängepunkte verwendet (/, /usr, /opt, /" -"var, /home).\n" +"FAT-Dateisystem wurde für System-Einhängepunkte verwendet (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "Dies ist nicht möglich." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Ungültiges Zeichen in Einhängepunkt. \"`'!\"%#\" dürfen in einem " -"Einhängepunkt nicht verwendet werden." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Ungültiges Zeichen in Einhängepunkt. \"`'!\"%#\" dürfen in einem Einhängepunkt nicht verwendet werden." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 @@ -2357,8 +2277,7 @@ "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"Sie können versuchen, es auszuhängen (unmount), weitermachen ohne es " -"auszuhängen\n" +"Sie können versuchen, es auszuhängen (unmount), weitermachen ohne es auszuhängen\n" "oder abbrechen. Klicken Sie auf 'Abbrechen' falls Sie sich nicht sicher sind." #. button text @@ -2378,19 +2297,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Das Dateisystems kann nicht verkleinert werden während es eingehängt ist." +msgstr "Das Dateisystems kann nicht verkleinert werden während es eingehängt ist." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Das Dateisystem kann nicht vergrößert werden während es eingehängt ist." +msgstr "Das Dateisystem kann nicht vergrößert werden während es eingehängt ist." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Die Größe des Dateisystems kann nicht verändert werden während es eingehängt " -"ist." +msgstr "Die Größe des Dateisystems kann nicht verändert werden während es eingehängt ist." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2513,8 +2428,7 @@ "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Ein Aufrufen der Multipath-Konfiguration verwirft alle aktuellen " -"Änderungen.\n" +"Ein Aufrufen der Multipath-Konfiguration verwirft alle aktuellen Änderungen.\n" "Möchten Sie die Multipath-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?\n" #. popup text @@ -2593,8 +2507,7 @@ "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Das Btrfs %1 ist in Benutzung. Es kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht " -"benutzt wird." +"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht benutzt wird." #. error popup #. error popup @@ -2854,13 +2767,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Wenn Sie alle Daten auf dem Gerät verschlüsseln wollen, \n" -"wählen Sie Gerät verschlüsseln. Ändern der Verschlüsselung eines " -"bestehenden\n" +"wählen Sie Gerät verschlüsseln. Ändern der Verschlüsselung eines bestehenden\n" "Gerätes löscht sämtliche darauf enthaltenen Daten.\n" #. helptext @@ -2870,8 +2781,7 @@ "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" "Geben Sie danach an, ob die Partition eingehängt\n" -"werden soll, und geben Sie den Einhängepunkt ein (/, /boot, /home, /var " -"usw.)." +"werden soll, und geben Sie den Einhängepunkt ein (/, /boot, /home, /var usw.)." #. set globals #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 @@ -2924,8 +2834,7 @@ "Also check the format option.\n" msgstr "" "Sie haben sich entschieden, die Crypt-Datei anzulegen, haben\n" -"jedoch nicht angegeben, dass diese formatiert werden soll. Dies ergibt " -"keinen Sinn.\n" +"jedoch nicht angegeben, dass diese formatiert werden soll. Dies ergibt keinen Sinn.\n" "\n" "Aktivieren Sie auch die Formatierungsoption.\n" @@ -2981,8 +2890,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." -msgstr "" -"Eine Größenänderung wird vom darunterliegenden Gerät nicht unterstützt." +msgstr "Eine Größenänderung wird vom darunterliegenden Gerät nicht unterstützt." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 @@ -2992,8 +2900,7 @@ "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Eine Größenänderung der ausgewählten Partitionen ist nicht möglich, da das " -"Dateisystem auf der\n" +"Eine Größenänderung der ausgewählten Partitionen ist nicht möglich, da das Dateisystem auf der\n" "Partition keine Größenänderungen unterstützt.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 @@ -3079,9 +2986,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "" -"Die eingegebene Größe ist ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe zwischen %1 und %2 " -"ein." +msgstr "Die eingegebene Größe ist ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe zwischen %1 und %2 ein." #. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases @@ -3126,8 +3031,7 @@ "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Der DM (Device Mapper) %1 ist in Benutzung. Er kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass er nicht " -"benutzt wird." +"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass er nicht benutzt wird." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 @@ -3377,10 +3281,8 @@ "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" -"Möchten Sie wirklich eine neue Partitionstabelle auf %1 erstellen? Dies wird " -"alle Daten\n" -"auf %1 und alle RAID- und Volume-Gruppen, die Partitionen auf %1 benutzen, " -"löschen." +"Möchten Sie wirklich eine neue Partitionstabelle auf %1 erstellen? Dies wird alle Daten\n" +"auf %1 und alle RAID- und Volume-Gruppen, die Partitionen auf %1 benutzen, löschen." #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131 @@ -3427,8 +3329,7 @@ "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Die Partition %1 ist in Benutzung. Sie kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht " -"in Benutzung ist." +"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht in Benutzung ist." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345 @@ -3456,8 +3357,7 @@ "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Die Partition %1 ist in Benutzung. Ihre Größe kann nicht\n" -"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie " -"nicht in Benutzung ist." +"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht in Benutzung ist." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 @@ -3528,8 +3428,7 @@ "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" msgstr "" -"Durch das Ausführen von dasdfmt werden alle Daten auf der Festplatte " -"gelöscht.\n" +"Durch das Ausführen von dasdfmt werden alle Daten auf der Festplatte gelöscht.\n" "Möchten Sie dasdfmt wirklich auf Festplatte %1 ausführen?\n" #. popup text @@ -3811,8 +3710,7 @@ "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" "Die ausgewählte Partition wird von der Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" verwendet.\n" -"Um das System in einem konsistenten Zustand zu halten, werden die folgenden " -"Volume-Gruppe\n" +"Um das System in einem konsistenten Zustand zu halten, werden die folgenden Volume-Gruppe\n" "und deren logischen Einheiten gelöscht:\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 @@ -3917,13 +3815,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pfadname der Loop-Datei: Dies muss ein absoluter Pfad zur Datei " -"sein,\n" +"Pfadname der Loop-Datei: Dies muss ein absoluter Pfad zur Datei sein,\n" "die die Daten für das einzurichtende verschlüsselte Loop-Gerät enthält.\n" #. helptext @@ -3935,10 +3831,8 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"-Loop-Datei erzeugen: Wird diese Option aktiviert, dann wird " -"die Datei\n" -"mit der im nächsten Feld angegebenen Größe erzeugt. HINWEIS: Wenn " -"die\n" +"-Loop-Datei erzeugen: Wird diese Option aktiviert, dann wird die Datei\n" +"mit der im nächsten Feld angegebenen Größe erzeugt. HINWEIS: Wenn die\n" "Datei bereits existiert, gehen alle Daten darin verloren.\n" #. helptext @@ -3950,8 +3844,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Größe: Dies ist die Größe der Loop-Datei. Das Dateisystem,\n" -"das im verschlüsselten Loop-Gerät erstellt werden soll, hat diese Größe.</" -"p>\n" +"das im verschlüsselten Loop-Gerät erstellt werden soll, hat diese Größe.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 @@ -3963,11 +3856,9 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"HINWEIS: Während der Installation kann YaST keine " -"Konsistenzprüfung\n" +"HINWEIS: Während der Installation kann YaST keine Konsistenzprüfung\n" "der Dateigröße und Pfadnamen vornehmen, da auf das Dateisystem nicht\n" -"zugegriffen werden kann. Es wird am Ende des Installationsvorgangs " -"angelegt.\n" +"zugegriffen werden kann. Es wird am Ende des Installationsvorgangs angelegt.\n" "Seien Sie sorgsam bei der Angabe der Größe und des Pfadnamens.\n" #. input field label @@ -3997,9 +3888,7 @@ #. error popup, %1 is replaced by size #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." -msgstr "" -"Die eingegebene Größe ist ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe von wenigstens %1 " -"ein." +msgstr "Die eingegebene Größe ist ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe von wenigstens %1 ein." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 @@ -4009,8 +3898,7 @@ "the create flag." msgstr "" "Der Dateiname \"%1\" existiert nicht,\n" -"und das Erstellungs-Flag ist ausgeschaltet. Verwenden Sie entweder eine " -"vorhandene Datei\n" +"und das Erstellungs-Flag ist ausgeschaltet. Verwenden Sie entweder eine vorhandene Datei\n" "oder aktivieren Sie das Erstellungs-Flag." #. dialog title @@ -4059,8 +3947,7 @@ "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Die Crypt-Datei %1 ist in Benutzung. Sie kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu editieren, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht in " -"Benutzung ist." +"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu editieren, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht in Benutzung ist." #. heading #. tree node label @@ -4144,16 +4031,13 @@ "and deleted:" msgstr "" "Die Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" enthält mindestens ein Logical Volume.\n" -"Wenn Sie fortfahren, werden die folgenden Volumes ausgehängt (falls " -"eingehängt)\n" +"Wenn Sie fortfahren, werden die folgenden Volumes ausgehängt (falls eingehängt)\n" "und gelöscht:" #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Möchten Sie die Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" und alle dazugehörenden logischen " -"Volumes wirklich entfernen?" +msgstr "Möchten Sie die Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" und alle dazugehörenden logischen Volumes wirklich entfernen?" # #-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-# check_en #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes @@ -4162,8 +4046,7 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Die eingegebenen Daten sind ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe (Physical Extent " -"Size) ein, die größer als %1\n" +"Die eingegebenen Daten sind ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe (Physical Extent Size) ein, die größer als %1\n" "potenziert mit 2 ist, zum Beispiel \"%2\" oder \"%3\"" #. error popup text @@ -4197,16 +4080,12 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "" -"Geben Sie Name und Größe (Physical Extent Size) der neuen Volume-Gruppe " -"ein." +msgstr "Geben Sie Name und Größe (Physical Extent Size) der neuen Volume-Gruppe ein." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die physischen Volumes aus, die die Volume-Gruppe enthalten " -"soll." +msgstr "Wählen Sie die physischen Volumes aus, die die Volume-Gruppe enthalten soll." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4239,13 +4118,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Geben Sie sowohl die Größe als auch die Anzahl und Größe\n" -"der Streifen für das neue logische Volume an. Die Anzahl der Stripes kann " -"nicht höher sein\n" +"der Streifen für das neue logische Volume an. Die Anzahl der Stripes kann nicht höher sein\n" "als die Anzahl physischer Volumes der Volume-Gruppe." #. helptext @@ -4259,14 +4136,10 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "Sogenannte Thin Volumes können mit einer\n" -"beliebigen Volume-Größe angelegt werden. Der erforderliche Speicherplatz " -"wird bei Bedarf aus dem \n" -"zugeordneten Thin Pool genommen. So kann man ein Thin Volume anlegen, " -"das größer ist\n" -"als der Thin Pool. Natürlich muss, wenn wirklich Daten in ein Thin Volume " -"geschrieben werden,\n" -"der zugeordnete Thin Pool in der Lage sein, diesen Speicherplatz " -"bereitzustellen.\n" +"beliebigen Volume-Größe angelegt werden. Der erforderliche Speicherplatz wird bei Bedarf aus dem \n" +"zugeordneten Thin Pool genommen. So kann man ein Thin Volume anlegen, das größer ist\n" +"als der Thin Pool. Natürlich muss, wenn wirklich Daten in ein Thin Volume geschrieben werden,\n" +"der zugeordnete Thin Pool in der Lage sein, diesen Speicherplatz bereitzustellen.\n" "Thin Volumes können keine Stripes-Anzahl haben." #. heading for frame @@ -4300,36 +4173,30 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Sie können ein Logical-Volume als ein Normal Volume deklarieren.\n" -"Das ist die Vorgabe und bedeutet normale LVM-Volumes, wie vor der Einführung " -"von Thin Provisioning.\n" +"Das ist die Vorgabe und bedeutet normale LVM-Volumes, wie vor der Einführung von Thin Provisioning.\n" "Im Zweifel ist das wahrscheinlich die richtige Wahl" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "Sie können ein Logical-Volume als einen Thin Pool deklarieren.\n" -"Das bedeutet, Thin Volumes beziehen bei Bedarf ihren benötigten " -"Speicherplatz aus solch einem Pool." +"Das bedeutet, Thin Volumes beziehen bei Bedarf ihren benötigten Speicherplatz aus solch einem Pool." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "Sie können ein Logical-Volume als ein Thin Volume deklarieren.\n" -"Das bedeutet, das Volume bezieht bei Bedarf Speicherplatz aus einem Thin " -"Pool." +"Das bedeutet, das Volume bezieht bei Bedarf Speicherplatz aus einem Thin Pool." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4383,17 +4250,13 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Es gibt nicht genug passende unbenutzte Geräte, um eine Volume-Gruppe zu " -"erstellen.\n" +"Es gibt nicht genug passende unbenutzte Geräte, um eine Volume-Gruppe zu erstellen.\n" "\n" -"Um LVM zu benutzen, wird wenigstens eine unbenutzte Partition vom Typ 0x8e " -"(oder 0x83) oder\n" -"ein unbenutztes RAID-Gerät benötigt. Ändern Sie ihre Partitionstabelle " -"dementsprechend." +"Um LVM zu benutzen, wird wenigstens eine unbenutzte Partition vom Typ 0x8e (oder 0x83) oder\n" +"ein unbenutztes RAID-Gerät benötigt. Ändern Sie ihre Partitionstabelle dementsprechend." #. error popup #. error popup @@ -4443,8 +4306,7 @@ "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Das Volumen %1 ist in Benutzung. Es kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht " -"benutzt wird." +"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht benutzt wird." #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -4625,12 +4487,8 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Die NFS-Konfiguration ist nicht verfügbar. Überprüfen Sie die Installation " -"des Pakets yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "Die NFS-Konfiguration ist nicht verfügbar. Überprüfen Sie die Installation des Pakets yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4661,30 +4519,24 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Mit dieser Stufe wird die Plattenleistung erhöht.\n" -"In diesem Modus gibt es KEINE Redundanz. Wenn auf einem der Laufwerke " -"ein Fehler auftritt, ist eine Datenwiederherstellung nicht mehr möglich.</" -"p>\n" +"In diesem Modus gibt es KEINE Redundanz. Wenn auf einem der Laufwerke ein Fehler auftritt, ist eine Datenwiederherstellung nicht mehr möglich.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Diese Stufe weist die beste Redundanz auf. \n" "Er kann bei zwei oder mehr Festplatten zum Einsatz kommen. \n" "Dieser Modus sorgt dafür, dass sich eine exakte Kopie aller Daten \n" "auf jeder Festplatte befindet.\n" -"Solange mindestens eine Festplatte funktioniert, sind noch keine Daten " -"verloren.\n" +"Solange mindestens eine Festplatte funktioniert, sind noch keine Daten verloren.\n" "Die für diesen RAID-Typ verwendeten Partitionen sollten in etwa die gleiche\n" "Größe aufweisen.\n" @@ -4692,17 +4544,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: Bei dieser Stufe wird die Verwaltung einer größeren \n" "Anzahl an Festplatten mit einer gewissen Redundanz kombiniert. \n" "Für diesen Modus sind drei oder mehr Festplatten erforderlich. \n" "Wenn eine Festplatte ausfällt, ist noch immer gewährleistet,\n" -"dass keine Daten verloren gehen; wenn zwei Festplatten gleichzeitig " -"ausfallen,\n" +"dass keine Daten verloren gehen; wenn zwei Festplatten gleichzeitig ausfallen,\n" "gehen alle Daten verloren.\n" "\n" @@ -4713,8 +4562,7 @@ "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Raid-Name gibt Ihnen die Möglichkeit, einen sinnvollen Namen für " -"das\n" +"Raid-Name gibt Ihnen die Möglichkeit, einen sinnvollen Namen für das\n" "Raid zu vergeben. Das ist optional. Wird ein Name angegeben, ist das Gerät\n" "als <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>verfügbar.\n" @@ -4722,17 +4570,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Fügen Sie Ihrer RAID-Festplatte Partitionen hinzu. Je nach\n" -"RAID-Typ ist der verwendbare Plattenspeicher die Summe dieser Partitionen " -"(RAID 0), die Größe\n" -"der kleinsten Partition (RAID 1) oder die Anzahl der Partitionen minus 1, " -"multipliziert mit der kleinsten Partition (RAID 5) -- in einer Formel " -"ausgedrückt: (N-1) * kleinste Partition.\n" +"RAID-Typ ist der verwendbare Plattenspeicher die Summe dieser Partitionen (RAID 0), die Größe\n" +"der kleinsten Partition (RAID 1) oder die Anzahl der Partitionen minus 1, multipliziert mit der kleinsten Partition (RAID 5) -- in einer Formel ausgedrückt: (N-1) * kleinste Partition.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4740,8 +4583,7 @@ "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" msgstr "" -"Im Allgemeinen sollten sich die Partitionen auf verschiedenen " -"Festplatten\n" +"Im Allgemeinen sollten sich die Partitionen auf verschiedenen Festplatten\n" "befinden, um wirklich die gewünschte Redundanz bzw. den angestrebten\n" "Durchsatz zu erreichen.\n" @@ -4797,17 +4639,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" -"Blockgröße: Dies ist die kleinste \"atomare\" Datenmenge, die " -"auf die Geräte geschrieben werden kann.\n" -"Eine sinnvolle Blockgröße für RAID 5 ist 128 KB, für RAID 0 ist 32 KB ein " -"guter Anfangswert.\n" -"Bei RAID 1 beeinflusst die Blockgröße das gesamte Plattensystem nicht " -"wesentlich.\n" +"Blockgröße: Dies ist die kleinste \"atomare\" Datenmenge, die auf die Geräte geschrieben werden kann.\n" +"Eine sinnvolle Blockgröße für RAID 5 ist 128 KB, für RAID 0 ist 32 KB ein guter Anfangswert.\n" +"Bei RAID 1 beeinflusst die Blockgröße das gesamte Plattensystem nicht wesentlich.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4817,12 +4654,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Der Paritätsalgorithmus, der für RAID5/6 verwendet werden soll.\n" -"\"Links-symmetrisch\" bietet, bei den üblichen Laufwerken mit rotierenden " -"Scheiben, die höchste Leistung.\n" +"\"Links-symmetrisch\" bietet, bei den üblichen Laufwerken mit rotierenden Scheiben, die höchste Leistung.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4901,15 +4736,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "RAID %1 kann nicht bearbeitet werden, weil es im Status inaktiv ist.\n" -"Das bedeutet normalerweise, dass die Teilmenge der RAID-Geräte zu klein " -"ist,\n" +"Das bedeutet normalerweise, dass die Teilmenge der RAID-Geräte zu klein ist,\n" "um für das RAID benutzbar zu sein.\n" #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "" -"Es gibt nicht genug passende unbenutzte Geräte, um ein RAID zu erstellen." +msgstr "Es gibt nicht genug passende unbenutzte Geräte, um ein RAID zu erstellen." #. error popup #. error popup @@ -4927,8 +4760,7 @@ "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Das RAID %1 ist in Benutzung. Es kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht " -"benutzt wird." +"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht benutzt wird." #. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 @@ -4936,10 +4768,8 @@ "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" -"Das RAID %1 wurde bereits auf der Festplatte erstellt. Seine Größe kann " -"nicht\n" -"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, löschen Sie es und legen es " -"erneut an." +"Das RAID %1 wurde bereits auf der Festplatte erstellt. Seine Größe kann nicht\n" +"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, löschen Sie es und legen es erneut an." #. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 @@ -4948,8 +4778,7 @@ "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Das RAID %1 ist in Benutzung. Seine Größe kann nicht\n" -"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass es " -"nicht benutzt wird." +"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht benutzt wird." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 @@ -5108,19 +4937,15 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Standard-Mount ist die Einhängemethode \n" "für neu erstellte Dateisysteme. Gerätename benutzt den Kernel-\n" -"Gerätenamen, der jedoch nicht beständig ist. Geräte-ID und " -"Gerätepfad\n" -"benutzen durch udev aus der Hardware-Information generierte Namen. Diese " -"sollten\n" +"Gerätenamen, der jedoch nicht beständig ist. Geräte-ID und Gerätepfad\n" +"benutzen durch udev aus der Hardware-Information generierte Namen. Diese sollten\n" "beständig sein, leider ist dies nicht immer so. UUID und\n" "Volume-Kennung verwenden UUID und Bezeichnung des Dateisystems.\n" @@ -5137,16 +4962,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Ausrichtung neu erstellter Partitionen\n" -"bestimmt, wie neu erstellte Partitionen ausgerichtet werden. Zylinder " -"ist die traditionelle Ausrichtung an Zylindergrenzen der Festplatte. " -"Optimal richtet die\n" +"bestimmt, wie neu erstellte Partitionen ausgerichtet werden. Zylinder ist die traditionelle Ausrichtung an Zylindergrenzen der Festplatte. Optimal richtet die\n" "Partitionen entsprechend Hinweisen des Linux-Kernels für beste Leistung aus\n" "oder versucht kompatibel zu Windows Vista und Win 7 zu sein.\n" @@ -5419,12 +5240,10 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" -"Dieser Dialog definiert Klassen für die RAID-Geräte, die im RAID " -"enthalten sind.\n" +"Dieser Dialog definiert Klassen für die RAID-Geräte, die im RAID enthalten sind.\n" "Verfügbare Klassen sind A, B, C, D und E, aber in vielen Fällen\n" "sind weniger Klassen nötig (z.B. nur A und B). " @@ -5432,21 +5251,15 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" -"Sie können dem Gerät eine Klasse zuordnen, indem Sie auf das Gerät rechts-" -"klicken\n" +"Sie können dem Gerät eine Klasse zuordnen, indem Sie auf das Gerät rechts-klicken\n" "und die passende Klasse aus dem Kontext-Menü auswählen. Durch Drücken von \n" -"Strg oder der Umschalttaste können Sie mehrere Geräte auswählen und sie in " -"einem Schritt\n" -"einer Klasse zuordnen. Man kann auch die Knöpfe \"%1\" bis \"%2\" benutzen, " -"um die gerade\n" +"Strg oder der Umschalttaste können Sie mehrere Geräte auswählen und sie in einem Schritt\n" +"einer Klasse zuordnen. Man kann auch die Knöpfe \"%1\" bis \"%2\" benutzen, um die gerade\n" "ausgewählten Geräte der jeweiligen Klasse zuzuordnen." #. dialog help text @@ -5463,22 +5276,17 @@ msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." -msgstr "" -"Sortiert ordnet alle Geräte von Klasse A vor denen von Klasse B an " -"und so weiter." +msgstr "Sortiert ordnet alle Geräte von Klasse A vor denen von Klasse B an und so weiter." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Interleaved nimmt das erste Gerät der Klasse A, dann das erste Gerät " -"der Klasse B,\n" -"und dann alle folgenden Klassen, denen Geräte zugeordnet sind. Dann kommt " -"das zweite Gerät der Klasse A,\n" +"Interleaved nimmt das erste Gerät der Klasse A, dann das erste Gerät der Klasse B,\n" +"und dann alle folgenden Klassen, denen Geräte zugeordnet sind. Dann kommt das zweite Gerät der Klasse A,\n" "das zweite Gerät der Klasse B und so weiter." #. dialog help text @@ -5489,38 +5297,28 @@ "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" "Alle Geräte ohne Klasse werden am Ende der Geräteliste einsortiert.\n" -"Wenn Sie das Popup-Fenster verlassen, wird die derzeitige Gerätereihenfolge " -"als\n" +"Wenn Sie das Popup-Fenster verlassen, wird die derzeitige Gerätereihenfolge als\n" "Reihenfolge im anzulegenden RAID verwendet." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "Durch Drücken des Knopfs \"%1\" können Sie eine Datei auswählen,\n" -"die Zeilen mit regulären Ausdrücken enthält und einen Klassen-Namen (z.B. " -"\"sda.* A\").\n" -"Alle Geräte, die dem regulären Ausdruck entsprechen, werden der Klasse in " -"dieser Zeile zugeordnet.\n" +"die Zeilen mit regulären Ausdrücken enthält und einen Klassen-Namen (z.B. \"sda.* A\").\n" +"Alle Geräte, die dem regulären Ausdruck entsprechen, werden der Klasse in dieser Zeile zugeordnet.\n" "Der reguläre Ausdruck wird mit dem Kernel-Namen (z.B. /dev/sda1), \n" -"dem udev-Pfadnamen (z.B. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) und\n" -"der udev-ID (z.B. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) " -"verglichen.\n" -"Der erste Treffer legt die Klasse des Gerätes fest, wenn der Gerätename zu " -"mehreren\n" +"dem udev-Pfadnamen (z.B. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) und\n" +"der udev-ID (z.B. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) verglichen.\n" +"Der erste Treffer legt die Klasse des Gerätes fest, wenn der Gerätename zu mehreren\n" "regulären Ausdrücken passt." #. headline text @@ -5546,8 +5344,7 @@ "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" "Ungültige Größenangabe. Geben Sie eine Zahl gefolgt von K, M, G oder % an.\n" -"Der Wert muss größer als 100k oder zwischen 1% und 200% sein. Bitte erneut " -"versuchen." +"Der Wert muss größer als 100k oder zwischen 1% und 200% sein. Bitte erneut versuchen." #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." @@ -5557,15 +5354,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Tmpfs-Größe:\n" -"Die Größe kann entweder als Zahl gefolgt von einem K, M oder G (für Kilo-, " -"Mega- oder Gigabyte) oder\n" -"als Zahl gefolgt von einem Prozentzeichen (wobei der Prozentanteil des zu " -"benutzenden Speichers gemeint ist) angeben." +"Die Größe kann entweder als Zahl gefolgt von einem K, M oder G (für Kilo-, Mega- oder Gigabyte) oder\n" +"als Zahl gefolgt von einem Prozentzeichen (wobei der Prozentanteil des zu benutzenden Speichers gemeint ist) angeben." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 @@ -5584,8 +5378,7 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Swap-Priorität:\n" -"Geben Sie die Swap-Priorität ein. Je höher die Nummer, desto höher die " -"Priorität.\n" +"Geben Sie die Swap-Priorität ein. Je höher die Nummer, desto höher die Priorität.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 @@ -5596,13 +5389,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Schreibgeschützt einhängen:\n" -"Kein Schreiben auf das Dateisystem möglich. Standard ist aus. Während der " -"Installation\n" +"Kein Schreiben auf das Dateisystem möglich. Standard ist aus. Während der Installation\n" "wird das Dateisystem immer schreibfähig eingehängt." #. button text @@ -5617,8 +5408,7 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Keine Zugriffszeit:\n" -"Zugriffszeiten werden nicht aktualisiert, wenn eine Datei gelesen wird. " -"Standard ist 'aus' (Zugriffszeiten werden aktualisiert).\n" +"Zugriffszeiten werden nicht aktualisiert, wenn eine Datei gelesen wird. Standard ist 'aus' (Zugriffszeiten werden aktualisiert).\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 @@ -5632,8 +5422,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Durch Benutzer einhängbar:\n" -"Normale Benutzer dürfen das Dateisystem ein- und aushängen. Standard ist " -"'aus'.\n" +"Normale Benutzer dürfen das Dateisystem ein- und aushängen. Standard ist 'aus'.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 @@ -5646,18 +5435,14 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Nicht beim Systemstart einhängen:\n" "Das Dateisystem wird beim Systemstart nicht automatisch eingehängt.\n" -"In /etc/fstab wird ein Eintrag angelegt und das Dateisystem wird mit den " -"passenden\n" +"In /etc/fstab wird ein Eintrag angelegt und das Dateisystem wird mit den passenden\n" "Optionen eingehängt, wenn das Kommando <tt>mount <mountpoint></tt>\n" -"angegeben wird (<mountpoint> ist das Verzeichnis, in das das " -"Dateisystem\n" +"angegeben wird (<mountpoint> ist das Verzeichnis, in das das Dateisystem\n" "eingehängt wird). Standard ist 'aus'.\n" #. button text @@ -5689,19 +5474,14 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Daten-Journaling-Modus:\n" "Gibt den Journaling-Modus für Dateidaten an.\n" -" <tt>journal</tt> -- Alle Daten werden vor dem Schreiben in das " -"Hauptdateisystem\n" +" <tt>journal</tt> -- Alle Daten werden vor dem Schreiben in das Hauptdateisystem\n" " im Journal gespeichert. Stärkste Leistungsbeeinträchtigung. \n" -" <tt>ordered</tt> -- Alle Daten werden zwangsweise direkt in das " -"Hauptdateisystem übertragen, bevor die entsprechenden Metadaten im Journal " -"gespeichert werden. Mittlere Leistungsbeeinträchtigung. \n" +" <tt>ordered</tt> -- Alle Daten werden zwangsweise direkt in das Hauptdateisystem übertragen, bevor die entsprechenden Metadaten im Journal gespeichert werden. Mittlere Leistungsbeeinträchtigung. \n" " <tt>writeback</tt> -- Die Datenreihenfolge\n" "wird nicht beibehalten. Keine Leistungsbeeinträchtigung.\n" @@ -5739,24 +5519,18 @@ msgstr "Beliebiger Options&wert" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Ungültige Zeichen in einem Optionswert. Es dürfen keine Leerzeichen und " -"Tabulatoren verwendet werden. Versuchen Sie es erneut." +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Ungültige Zeichen in einem Optionswert. Es dürfen keine Leerzeichen und Tabulatoren verwendet werden. Versuchen Sie es erneut." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Beliebiger Optionswert:\n" -"Geben Sie in diesem Feld eine beliebige Einhängeoption ein, die im vierten " -"Feld von /etc/fstab erlaubt ist.\n" +"Geben Sie in diesem Feld eine beliebige Einhängeoption ein, die im vierten Feld von /etc/fstab erlaubt ist.\n" "Mehrere Optionen werden durch Kommata getrennt.\n" #. label text @@ -5771,8 +5545,7 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Zeichensatz für Dateinamen:\n" -"Legt den Zeichensatz fest, der zur Anzeige von Dateinamen in Windows-" -"Partitionen benutzt wird.\n" +"Legt den Zeichensatz fest, der zur Anzeige von Dateinamen in Windows-Partitionen benutzt wird.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 @@ -5784,12 +5557,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Codeseite für FAT-Kurznamen:\n" -"Diese Codeseite wird zur Zeichenkonvertierung von Kurznamen auf FAT-" -"Dateisystemen verwendet.\n" +"Diese Codeseite wird zur Zeichenkonvertierung von Kurznamen auf FAT-Dateisystemen verwendet.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 @@ -5800,8 +5571,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Anzahl der FATs:\n" "Geben Sie die Anzahl der Dateizuordnungstabellen (file allocation tables)\n" @@ -5817,14 +5587,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT-Größe:\n" "Legt den Typ der verwendeten Dateizuordnungstabellen\n" -"(file allocation tables) fest (12, 16 oder 32 Bit). Falls \"automatisch" -"\" gewählt wurde,\n" +"(file allocation tables) fest (12, 16 oder 32 Bit). Falls \"automatisch\" gewählt wurde,\n" "nimmt YaST automatisch den passenden Wert für die Größe des Dateisystems.\n" "\n" @@ -5858,8 +5625,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hash-Funktion:\n" "Hiermit wird der Name der Hash-Funktion angegeben, die verwendet wird, um\n" @@ -5874,16 +5640,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Version des Dateisystems:\n" "Diese Option legt die zu verwendende Format-Version des reiserFS fest.\n" "'3.5' ist abwärtskompatibel für Kernel der Serie 2.2.x.\n" -"'3.6' ist neuer, kann jedoch nur mit Kernelversionen ab 2.4 verwendet " -"werden.\n" +"'3.6' ist neuer, kann jedoch nur mit Kernelversionen ab 2.4 verwendet werden.\n" "\n" #. label text @@ -5896,13 +5658,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Blockgröße:\n" -"Geben Sie die Größe von Blöcken in Bytes an. Gültige Werte für Blockgrößen " -"sind\n" +"Geben Sie die Größe von Blöcken in Bytes an. Gültige Werte für Blockgrößen sind\n" "512, 1024, 2048 und 4096 Bytes pro Block. Bei der Auswahl 'auto' wird die\n" "Standard-Blockgröße 4096 verwendet.\n" @@ -5931,12 +5690,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Prozent Inode-Bereich:\n" -"Mit der Option \"Prozent Inode-Bereich\" wird festgelegt, wie viel Prozent " -"des Platzes\n" +"Mit der Option \"Prozent Inode-Bereich\" wird festgelegt, wie viel Prozent des Platzes\n" "im Dateisystem maximal mit Inodes belegt werden dürfen.\n" #. label text @@ -5948,17 +5705,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Inodes gereiht (aligned):\n" -"Die Option \"Inodes gereiht\" (aligned) wird verwendet, um anzugeben, ob " -"die\n" +"Die Option \"Inodes gereiht\" (aligned) wird verwendet, um anzugeben, ob die\n" "Inode-Verteilung regelmäßig oder nicht regelmäßig eingerichtet werden soll.\n" -"Vorgabe ist eine regelmäßige Verteilung der Inodes. Gereihte Inodes " -"erlauben\n" +"Vorgabe ist eine regelmäßige Verteilung der Inodes. Gereihte Inodes erlauben\n" "normalerweise einen effizienteren Zugriff als ungereihte.\n" #. label text @@ -5980,12 +5734,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Protokoll-Größe\n" -"Hiermit wird die Größe des Protokolls (in Megabyte) festgelegt. Wenn Sie " -"\"auto\" angeben,\n" +"Hiermit wird die Größe des Protokolls (in Megabyte) festgelegt. Wenn Sie \"auto\" angeben,\n" "dann beträgt der Vorgabewert 40% der Gesamtgröße.\n" #. label text @@ -6017,24 +5769,19 @@ msgstr "" "Schrittweite (Stride Length) in Blöcken:\n" "Hiermit legen Sie die RAID-relevanten Optionen für das Dateisystem fest.\n" -"Die gegenwärtig einzig mögliche Angabe ist 'stride'; 'stride' benötigt als " -"Parameter\n" +"Die gegenwärtig einzig mögliche Angabe ist 'stride'; 'stride' benötigt als Parameter\n" "die Anzahl der Blöcke in einem RAID-Streifen.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Blockgröße:\n" "Geben Sie Blockgrößen in Bytes an. Gültige Werte für Blockgrößen sind\n" -"1024, 2048 und 4096 Bytes pro Block. Beim automatischen Eintrag wird die " -"Blockgröße\n" -"anhand der Größe und des erwarteten Speicherbedarfs des Dateisystems " -"bestimmt.\n" +"1024, 2048 und 4096 Bytes pro Block. Beim automatischen Eintrag wird die Blockgröße\n" +"anhand der Größe und des erwarteten Speicherbedarfs des Dateisystems bestimmt.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 @@ -6050,8 +5797,7 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes pro Inode:\n" @@ -6083,16 +5829,8 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Anteil der für root reservierten Blöcke: Geben Sie die für den " -"Benutzer 'root' (Superuser) reservierten Blöcke in Prozent an. Der " -"Standardwert wird so berechnet, das normalerweise 1 GiB reserviert wird. Das " -"obere Limit für den Standardwert ist 5.0, das untere Limit ist 0.1." +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Anteil der für root reservierten Blöcke: Geben Sie die für den Benutzer 'root' (Superuser) reservierten Blöcke in Prozent an. Der Standardwert wird so berechnet, das normalerweise 1 GiB reserviert wird. Das obere Limit für den Standardwert ist 5.0, das untere Limit ist 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 @@ -6120,8 +5858,7 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Verzeichnisindex:\n" -"Aktiviert die Verwendung von Hash-B-Trees zur schnelleren Suche in großen " -"Verzeichnissen.\n" +"Aktiviert die Verwendung von Hash-B-Trees zur schnelleren Suche in großen Verzeichnissen.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 @@ -6132,13 +5869,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Kein Journal:\n" -"Journalausschaltung auf dem Dateisystem. Dies sollten Sie nur aktivieren, " -"wenn Sie wirklich\n" +"Journalausschaltung auf dem Dateisystem. Dies sollten Sie nur aktivieren, wenn Sie wirklich\n" "wissen, was Sie tun.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -6159,16 +5894,13 @@ "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Die Partitionierung auf Festplatte %1 kann entweder nicht vom " -"Partitionierungswerkzeug\n" +"Die Partitionierung auf Festplatte %1 kann entweder nicht vom Partitionierungswerkzeug\n" " parted gelesen werden, das für Änderungen der Partitionstabelle\n" " verwendet wird, oder sie wird von diesem Werkzeug nicht unterstützt.\n" " \n" -" Sie können die Partitionen auf Festplatte %1 im aktuellen Zustand verwenden " -"oder\n" +" Sie können die Partitionen auf Festplatte %1 im aktuellen Zustand verwenden oder\n" " sie formatieren und ihnen Einhängepunkte zuweisen, Sie können hier jedoch\n" -" keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, entfernen " -"oder\n" +" keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, entfernen oder\n" " ihre Größe ändern.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda @@ -6184,14 +5916,12 @@ "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Die Festplatte %1 enthält keine Partitionstabelle, aber aus " -"Kompatibilitätsgründen\n" +"Die Festplatte %1 enthält keine Partitionstabelle, aber aus Kompatibilitätsgründen\n" "hat der Kernel automatisch eine Partition erzeugt,\n" "die fast die gesamte Festplatte umfasst.\n" "\n" "Sie können die Partition auf der Festplatte %1 benutzen, wie sie ist oder\n" -"sie formatieren und einem Einhängepunkt zuweisen, aber Sie können hier " -"nicht\n" +"sie formatieren und einem Einhängepunkt zuweisen, aber Sie können hier nicht\n" "die Größe ändern oder die Partition von der Festplatte entfernen.\n" #. popup text @@ -6205,12 +5935,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Sie können die Partitionierungstabelle der Festplatte in einen definierten " -"Zustand bringen,\n" -"indem Sie im Expertenmodus des Partitionierers \"Experten\"->\"Neue " -"Partitionstabelle\n" -"erstellen\" wählen; dabei werden jedoch alle Daten aller Partitionen dieser " -"Festplatte gelöscht.\n" +"Sie können die Partitionierungstabelle der Festplatte in einen definierten Zustand bringen,\n" +"indem Sie im Expertenmodus des Partitionierers \"Experten\"->\"Neue Partitionstabelle\n" +"erstellen\" wählen; dabei werden jedoch alle Daten aller Partitionen dieser Festplatte gelöscht.\n" #. popup text #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 @@ -6254,8 +5981,7 @@ "Verschlüsselung konnte nicht festgelegt werden.\n" "Fehlercode des Systems: %1.\n" "\n" -"Möglicherweise wurde ein falsches Passwort für die Verschlüsselung " -"angegeben.\n" +"Möglicherweise wurde ein falsches Passwort für die Verschlüsselung angegeben.\n" #. popup text #: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 @@ -6308,8 +6034,7 @@ "Folgende Volumes haben eine Verschlüsselungssignatur, aber die \n" "Passwörter sind noch nicht bekannt.\n" "Die Passwörter müssen bekannt sein, wenn die Volumes während eines\n" -"Updates benötigt werden oder ein verschlüsseltes physisches LVM Volume " -"enthalten." +"Updates benötigt werden oder ein verschlüsseltes physisches LVM Volume enthalten." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" @@ -6375,11 +6100,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"Partitionen können nicht angelegt werden, da andere Partitionen auf Platte " -"in Benutzung sind." +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "Partitionen können nicht angelegt werden, da andere Partitionen auf Platte in Benutzung sind." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" @@ -6726,12 +6448,10 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" -"Einhängen durch gibt an, wie das Dateisystem eingehängt wird: " -"(Kernel) anhand\n" +"Einhängen durch gibt an, wie das Dateisystem eingehängt wird: (Kernel) anhand\n" "des Kernel-Namens, (Label) anhand der Kennung, (UUID) anhand der UUID des\n" "Dateisystems, (ID) anhand der Geräte-ID und (Path) anhand des Gerätepfads.\n" @@ -6740,15 +6460,12 @@ msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Ein Fragezeichen (?) zeigt an, dass das\n" -"Dateisystem nicht in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> aufgeführt ist. Es wurde entweder " -"manuell\n" -"oder über ein Automount-System eingehangen. Wenn Einstellungen dieses " -"Volumes geändert werden,\n" +"Dateisystem nicht in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> aufgeführt ist. Es wurde entweder manuell\n" +"oder über ein Automount-System eingehangen. Wenn Einstellungen dieses Volumes geändert werden,\n" "wird die <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> von YaST nicht geändert.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6764,8 +6481,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Ein Sternchen (*) nach dem Einhängepunkt weist auf ein Dateisystem hin,\n" @@ -7132,12 +6848,8 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Größe kann aufgrund inkonsistenten Dateisystems nicht geändert werden. " -"Versuchen Sie, das Dateisystem unter Windows zu überprüfen." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Größe kann aufgrund inkonsistenten Dateisystems nicht geändert werden. Versuchen Sie, das Dateisystem unter Windows zu überprüfen." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 @@ -7174,8 +6886,7 @@ "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" -"Zur Erstellung eines LVM-basierten Vorschlags klicken Sie auf die " -"entsprechende Schaltfläche.\n" +"Zur Erstellung eines LVM-basierten Vorschlags klicken Sie auf die entsprechende Schaltfläche.\n" "Der LVM-basierte Vorschlag kann verschlüsselt werden.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -7186,8 +6897,7 @@ "enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n" "size for the root partition." msgstr "" -"Das Dateisystem für die root-Partition kann mit der entsprechenden Combo-" -"Box\n" +"Das Dateisystem für die root-Partition kann mit der entsprechenden Combo-Box\n" "ausgewählt werden. Mit dem Dateisystem BtrFS kann der Vorschlag\n" "automatische Snapshots mit snapper aktivieren. Das erhöht auch die Größe\n" "der root-Partition." @@ -7198,10 +6908,8 @@ "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" -"Der Vorschlag kann eine separate home-Partition anlegen. Das Dateisystem " -"für\n" -"die home-Partition kann mit der entsprechenden Combo-Box ausgewählt werden.</" -"p>" +"Der Vorschlag kann eine separate home-Partition anlegen. Das Dateisystem für\n" +"die home-Partition kann mit der entsprechenden Combo-Box ausgewählt werden." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 @@ -7209,8 +6917,7 @@ "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"Die swap-Partition kann groß genug gemacht werden, um in den meisten " -"Fällen\n" +"Die swap-Partition kann groß genug gemacht werden, um in den meisten Fällen\n" "für den \"Tiefschlaf\" (suspend to disk) benutzbar zu sein." #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 @@ -7285,8 +6992,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Warnung: Mit Ihrer derzeitigen Konfiguration wird es beim Booten\n" #~ "Ihrer Installation von %1 Probleme geben, denn Sie haben\n" -#~ "keine \"boot\"-Partition eingerichtet und Ihre \"root\"-Partition ist " -#~ "ein\n" +#~ "keine \"boot\"-Partition eingerichtet und Ihre \"root\"-Partition ist ein\n" #~ "LVM Logical-Volume. Das funktioniert so nicht.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7326,13 +7032,7 @@ #~| "kernel, which will most likely lead to data loss.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\\n" -#~ "\\nNever partition disks that may, in any way, be in use\\n(mounted, " -#~ "swap, etc.) unless you know exactly what you are\\ndoing. Otherwise, the " -#~ "partitioning table will not be forwarded to the\\nkernel, which will most " -#~ "likely lead to data loss.\\n\\nTo continue despite this warning, click " -#~ "Yes.\\n" +#~ msgid "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\\n\\nNever partition disks that may, in any way, be in use\\n(mounted, swap, etc.) unless you know exactly what you are\\ndoing. Otherwise, the partitioning table will not be forwarded to the\\nkernel, which will most likely lead to data loss.\\n\\nTo continue despite this warning, click Yes.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Verwenden Sie dieses Programm nur, wenn Sie mit der Partitionierung von\n" #~ "Festplatten vertraut sind.\n" @@ -7349,9 +7049,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "No automatic proposal possible.\n" #~| "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No automatic proposal possible.\\nSpecify mount points manually in the " -#~ "'Partitioner' dialog." +#~ msgid "No automatic proposal possible.\\nSpecify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ein automatischer Vorschlag ist nicht möglich.\n" #~ "Geben Sie von Hand Einhängepunkte im\n" @@ -7362,13 +7060,10 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" #~| "displayed is proposed for your hard drive." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nYour hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\\ndisplayed " -#~ "is proposed for your hard drive." +#~ msgid "\\nYour hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\\ndisplayed is proposed for your hard drive." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Die Festplatten wurden überprüft. Für Ihre Festplatte wird das " -#~ "angezeigte\n" +#~ "Die Festplatten wurden überprüft. Für Ihre Festplatte wird das angezeigte\n" #~ "Partitions-Setup vorgeschlagen." #, fuzzy @@ -7378,10 +7073,7 @@ #~| "setup (like changing filesystem types), choose\n" #~| "%1 and modify the settings in the expert\n" #~| "partitioner dialog.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nTo make only small adjustments to the proposed\\nsetup (like " -#~ "changing filesystem types), choose\\n%1 and modify the settings in " -#~ "the expert\\npartitioner dialog.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nTo make only small adjustments to the proposed\\nsetup (like changing filesystem types), choose\\n%1 and modify the settings in the expert\\npartitioner dialog.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Wenn Sie die vorgeschlagene Einrichtung nur geringfügig anpassen\n" @@ -7395,10 +7087,7 @@ #~| "To import the mount points from an existing Linux\n" #~| "system choose %1. You can still make modification\n" #~| "afterwards in the expert partitioner dialog.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nTo import the mount points from an existing Linux\\nsystem choose " -#~ "%1. You can still make modification\\nafterwards in the expert " -#~ "partitioner dialog.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nTo import the mount points from an existing Linux\\nsystem choose %1. You can still make modification\\nafterwards in the expert partitioner dialog.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Um Einhängepunkte aus einem bestehenden Linuxsystem zu importieren,\n" @@ -7414,16 +7103,11 @@ #~| "%1.\n" #~| "This is also the option to choose for\n" #~| "advanced configurations like RAID and encryption.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nIf the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\\nyour own " -#~ "partition setup starting with the partitions \\ncurrently present on the " -#~ "disks. Select\\n%1.\\nThis is also the option to choose for" -#~ "\\nadvanced configurations like RAID and encryption.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nIf the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\\nyour own partition setup starting with the partitions \\ncurrently present on the disks. Select\\n%1.\\nThis is also the option to choose for\\nadvanced configurations like RAID and encryption.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Wenn der Vorschlag für Ihre Anforderungen nicht geeignet ist, können Sie\n" -#~ "eine eigene Partitionierung ausgehend von den zurzeit auf den " -#~ "Festplatten\n" +#~ "eine eigene Partitionierung ausgehend von den zurzeit auf den Festplatten\n" #~ "vorhandenen Partitionen erstellen. Wählen Sie\n" #~ "%1.\n" #~ "Dies ist auch die richtige Wahl, falls Sie erweiterte Optionen\n" @@ -7433,21 +7117,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nTo create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button.</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nTo create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Zur Erstellung eines LVM-basierten Vorschlags klicken Sie auf die " -#~ "entsprechende Schaltfläche.\n" +#~ "Zur Erstellung eines LVM-basierten Vorschlags klicken Sie auf die entsprechende Schaltfläche.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" #~| "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \\ndone so far. " -#~ "Continue with computing proposal?" +#~ msgid "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \\ndone so far. Continue with computing proposal?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Das Verarbeiten dieses Vorschlags wird bisherige manuelle \n" #~ "Änderungen überschreiben. Soll Vorschlag verarbeitet werden?" @@ -7498,22 +7177,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "The actual resizing will not be performed until after you confirm all " -#~| "your\n" +#~| "The actual resizing will not be performed until after you confirm all your\n" #~| "settings in the last installation dialog. Until then your Windows\n" #~| "partition will remain untouched.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n\\nThe actual resizing will not be performed until after you " -#~ "confirm all your\\nsettings in the last installation dialog. Until then " -#~ "your Windows\\npartition will remain untouched.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n\\nThe actual resizing will not be performed until after you confirm all your\\nsettings in the last installation dialog. Until then your Windows\\npartition will remain untouched.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Das tatsächliche Anpassen der Größe der Partition wird erst dann " -#~ "vorgenommen,\n" -#~ "wenn Sie all Ihre Einstellungen im letzten Dialog der Installation " -#~ "bestätigt\n" +#~ "Das tatsächliche Anpassen der Größe der Partition wird erst dann vorgenommen,\n" +#~ "wenn Sie all Ihre Einstellungen im letzten Dialog der Installation bestätigt\n" #~ "haben. Bis dahin wird Ihre Windows-Partition nicht angerührt werden.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7524,9 +7197,7 @@ #~| "To skip resizing your Windows partition, press\n" #~| "Back.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n\\nTo skip resizing your Windows partition, press\\nBack." -#~ "\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n\\nTo skip resizing your Windows partition, press\\nBack.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7539,20 +7210,15 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "\n" #~| "The upper bar graph displays the current situation.\n" -#~| "The lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation " -#~| "(after\n" +#~| "The lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation (after\n" #~| "the partition resize).\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n\\nThe upper bar graph displays the current situation.\\nThe lower " -#~ "bar graph displays the situation after the installation (after\\nthe " -#~ "partition resize).\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n\\nThe upper bar graph displays the current situation.\\nThe lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation (after\\nthe partition resize).\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Im oberen Balkendiagramm wird der aktuelle Stand angezeigt.\n" -#~ "Das untere Balkendiagramm zeigt den Stand nach der Installation (nach " -#~ "der\n" +#~ "Das untere Balkendiagramm zeigt den Stand nach der Installation (nach der\n" #~ "Änderung der Partitionsgröße) an.\n" #~ "" @@ -7563,14 +7229,11 @@ #~| "Drag the slider or enter a numeric value in either\n" #~| "input field to adjust the suggested values.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n\\nDrag the slider or enter a numeric value in either\\ninput field " -#~ "to adjust the suggested values.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n\\nDrag the slider or enter a numeric value in either\\ninput field to adjust the suggested values.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Wählen Sie mithilfe des Scrollbalkens oder geben Sie einen numerischen " -#~ "Wert\n" +#~ "Wählen Sie mithilfe des Scrollbalkens oder geben Sie einen numerischen Wert\n" #~ "in das Eingabefeld ein, um den empfohlenen Wert anzupassen.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7578,13 +7241,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "Within the space you reserve for Linux, partitions will automatically " -#~| "be\n" +#~| "Within the space you reserve for Linux, partitions will automatically be\n" #~| "created as necessary.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n\\nWithin the space you reserve for Linux, partitions will " -#~ "automatically be\\ncreated as necessary.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n\\nWithin the space you reserve for Linux, partitions will automatically be\\ncreated as necessary.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7599,14 +7259,10 @@ #~| "The partitions will automatically be created within this range\n" #~| "as required for &product;.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nEnter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\\nThe " -#~ "partitions will automatically be created within this range\\nas required " -#~ "for &product;.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nEnter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\\nThe partitions will automatically be created within this range\\nas required for &product;.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Geben Sie einen Wert für den Speicherplatz Ihrer Linux-" -#~ "Installation ein.\n" +#~ "Geben Sie einen Wert für den Speicherplatz Ihrer Linux-Installation ein.\n" #~ "Innerhalb dieses Speicherplatzes werden benötigte Partitionen\n" #~ "für &product; automatisch angelegt.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7615,17 +7271,13 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "Windows Used is the size of the space your Windows partition " -#~| "uses.\n" +#~| "Windows Used is the size of the space your Windows partition uses.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n\\nWindows Used is the size of the space your Windows " -#~ "partition uses.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n\\nWindows Used is the size of the space your Windows partition uses.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Windows belegt ist die Größe des Speicherplatzes den Ihre Windows-" -#~ "Partition belegt.\n" +#~ "Windows belegt ist die Größe des Speicherplatzes den Ihre Windows-Partition belegt.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy @@ -7634,9 +7286,7 @@ #~| "Free indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" #~| "installation) on the partition.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nFree indicates the current free space (before the Linux" -#~ "\\ninstallation) on the partition.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nFree indicates the current free space (before the Linux\\ninstallation) on the partition.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Frei zeigt den momentan freien Speicherplatz (vor der Linux-\n" @@ -7656,24 +7306,17 @@ #~| "You need at least %1 MB of free space on the\n" #~| "Windows device, including Windows workspace and\n" #~| "space for %2.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An error has occurred.\\n\\nThe space available on the Windows partition " -#~ "is not sufficient for\\nthe minimum Linux installation.\\n\\nTo install " -#~ "Linux, boot Windows first and uninstall some \\napplications or delete " -#~ "data to free space.\\n\\nYou need at least %1 MB of free space on the" -#~ "\\nWindows device, including Windows workspace and\\nspace for %2.\\n" +#~ msgid "An error has occurred.\\n\\nThe space available on the Windows partition is not sufficient for\\nthe minimum Linux installation.\\n\\nTo install Linux, boot Windows first and uninstall some \\napplications or delete data to free space.\\n\\nYou need at least %1 MB of free space on the\\nWindows device, including Windows workspace and\\nspace for %2.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ein Fehler ist aufgetreten.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Auf der Windows-Partition stand nicht genügend Speicherplatz für die\n" #~ "Minimalinstallation von Linux zur Verfügung.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ "Wenn Sie Linux dennoch installieren möchten, booten Sie Windows und " -#~ "deinstallieren Sie einige\n" +#~ "Wenn Sie Linux dennoch installieren möchten, booten Sie Windows und deinstallieren Sie einige\n" #~ "Anwendungen oder löschen Sie Daten um Speicherplatz freizugeben.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ "Auf dem Windows-Gerät ist mindestens %1 MB freier Speicher, " -#~ "einschließlich\n" +#~ "Auf dem Windows-Gerät ist mindestens %1 MB freier Speicher, einschließlich\n" #~ "des Windows-Bereichs und des Bereichs für\n" #~ " %2, erforderlich.\n" @@ -7685,17 +7328,13 @@ #~| "Depending on the size of your Windows partition\n" #~| "and the amount of space used, this may take a while.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\\nfor consistency.\\n" -#~ "\\nDepending on the size of your Windows partition\\nand the amount of " -#~ "space used, this may take a while.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\\nfor consistency.\\n\\nDepending on the size of your Windows partition\\nand the amount of space used, this may take a while.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Das Dateisystem der Windows-Partition wird auf\n" #~ "Konsistenz geprüft.\n" #~ " \n" #~ "Dieser Vorgang kann je nach Größe der Windows-Partition\n" -#~ "und der Größe des belegten Speicherplatzes einige Zeit in Anspruch " -#~ "nehmen.\n" +#~ "und der Größe des belegten Speicherplatzes einige Zeit in Anspruch nehmen.\n" #~ " \n" #, fuzzy @@ -7709,11 +7348,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "If the problem occurs again next time, resize your\n" #~| "Windows partition by other means.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An error has occurred.\\n\\nYour Windows partition has errors in the file " -#~ "system.\\n\\nBoot Windows and clear those errors by running\\nscandisk " -#~ "and defrag.\\n\\nIf the problem occurs again next time, resize your" -#~ "\\nWindows partition by other means.\\n" +#~ msgid "An error has occurred.\\n\\nYour Windows partition has errors in the file system.\\n\\nBoot Windows and clear those errors by running\\nscandisk and defrag.\\n\\nIf the problem occurs again next time, resize your\\nWindows partition by other means.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ein Fehler ist aufgetreten.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7722,8 +7357,7 @@ #~ "Booten Sie Windows und beheben Sie die Fehler durch Ausführen von\n" #~ "scandisk und defrag.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Falls das Problem beim nächsten Versuch erneut auftritt, ändern Sie die " -#~ "Größe der\n" +#~ "Falls das Problem beim nächsten Versuch erneut auftritt, ändern Sie die Größe der\n" #~ "Windows-Partition auf andere Weise.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -7736,16 +7370,11 @@ #~| "\t Abort the installation now and shrink your\n" #~| "\t Windows partition by other means.\n" #~| "\t " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An internal error has occurred.\\n\\n\t You cannot shrink your " -#~ "Windows partition during\\n\t installation. Your hard disk has not " -#~ "been altered.\\n\\n\t Abort the installation now and shrink your\\n" -#~ "\t Windows partition by other means.\\n\t " +#~ msgid "An internal error has occurred.\\n\\n\t You cannot shrink your Windows partition during\\n\t installation. Your hard disk has not been altered.\\n\\n\t Abort the installation now and shrink your\\n\t Windows partition by other means.\\n\t " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ein interner Fehler ist aufgetreten.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t Das Verkleinern der Windows-Partition während der Installation " -#~ "ist\n" +#~ "\t Das Verkleinern der Windows-Partition während der Installation ist\n" #~ "\t nicht möglich. Die Festplatte wurde nicht geändert.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\t Brechen Sie die Installation jetzt ab und verkleinern Sie die\n" @@ -7762,11 +7391,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Choose a different disk or abort the installation and\n" #~| "shrink your Windows partition by other means.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An error has occurred.\\n\\nThe Windows version on your system is \\nnot " -#~ "compatible with the resizing tool.\\nShrinking your Windows partition is " -#~ "not possible.\\n\\nChoose a different disk or abort the installation and" -#~ "\\nshrink your Windows partition by other means.\\n" +#~ msgid "An error has occurred.\\n\\nThe Windows version on your system is \\nnot compatible with the resizing tool.\\nShrinking your Windows partition is not possible.\\n\\nChoose a different disk or abort the installation and\\nshrink your Windows partition by other means.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ein Fehler ist aufgetreten.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7774,8 +7399,7 @@ #~ "nicht mit dem Werkzeug zur Größenänderung kompatibel.\n" #~ "Eine Verkleinerung der Windows-Partition ist nicht möglich.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Wählen Sie eine andere Festplatte aus oder brechen Sie die Installation " -#~ "ab und\n" +#~ "Wählen Sie eine andere Festplatte aus oder brechen Sie die Installation ab und\n" #~ "verkleinern Sie die Windows-Partition auf andere Weise.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -7786,18 +7410,13 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Choose a different disk or abort the installation and\n" #~| "shrink your Windows partition by other means.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\\n\\nIt is " -#~ "therefore not possible to shrink your Windows partition.\\n\\nChoose a " -#~ "different disk or abort the installation and\\nshrink your Windows " -#~ "partition by other means.\\n" +#~ msgid "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\\n\\nIt is therefore not possible to shrink your Windows partition.\\n\\nChoose a different disk or abort the installation and\\nshrink your Windows partition by other means.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Die Windows-Version des Systems konnte nicht ermittelt werden.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Daher ist eine Verkleinerung der Windows-Partition nicht möglich.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Wählen Sie eine andere Festplatte aus oder brechen Sie die Installation " -#~ "ab und\n" +#~ "Wählen Sie eine andere Festplatte aus oder brechen Sie die Installation ab und\n" #~ "verkleinern Sie die Windows-Partition auf andere Weise.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -7814,13 +7433,7 @@ #~| "the Windows system applications scandisk and defrag.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really shrink your Windows partition?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\\nIn the next dialog, " -#~ "specify the amount of\\nWindows space that should be freed for %1.\\n\\nA " -#~ "data backup is strongly recommended\\nbecause data must be reorganized. " -#~ "\\nUnder rare circumstances, this could fail.\\n\\nOnly continue if you " -#~ "have successfully run\\nthe Windows system applications scandisk and " -#~ "defrag.\\n\\nReally shrink your Windows partition?\\n" +#~ msgid "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\\nIn the next dialog, specify the amount of\\nWindows space that should be freed for %1.\\n\\nA data backup is strongly recommended\\nbecause data must be reorganized. \\nUnder rare circumstances, this could fail.\\n\\nOnly continue if you have successfully run\\nthe Windows system applications scandisk and defrag.\\n\\nReally shrink your Windows partition?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sie möchten die Windows-Partition verkleinern.\n" #~ "Geben Sie im nächsten Dialogfeld die Größe des\n" @@ -7831,8 +7444,7 @@ #~ "In einigen seltenen Fällen können hierbei Fehler auftreten.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Setzen Sie den Vorgang nur fort, wenn Sie die\n" -#~ "Windows-Systemprogramme scandisk und defrag erfolgreich ausgeführt " -#~ "haben.\n" +#~ "Windows-Systemprogramme scandisk und defrag erfolgreich ausgeführt haben.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Möchten Sie die Windows-Partition wirklich verkleinern?\n" @@ -7843,10 +7455,7 @@ #~| "All data on this partition will be lost in the process.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really delete your Windows partition?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\\n\\nAll data " -#~ "on this partition will be lost in the process.\\n\\nReally delete your " -#~ "Windows partition?\\n" +#~ msgid "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\\n\\nAll data on this partition will be lost in the process.\\n\\nReally delete your Windows partition?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sie möchten die Windows-Partition vollständig löschen.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7855,17 +7464,9 @@ #~ "Soll die Windows-Partition wirklich gelöscht werden?\n" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Too few partitions are marked for removal or the disk is too small. To " -#~| "install Linux, select more partitions to remove or select a larger disk." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \\nthe disk is too small. " -#~ "\\nTo install Linux, select more partitions to \\nremove or select a " -#~ "larger disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Es sind entweder nicht genügend Partitionen zum Löschen markiert oder die " -#~ "Festplatte ist zu klein. Markieren Sie bitte weitere Partitionen, die " -#~ "gelöscht werden sollen oder wählen Sie eine größere Festplatte." +#~| msgid "Too few partitions are marked for removal or the disk is too small. To install Linux, select more partitions to remove or select a larger disk." +#~ msgid "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \\nthe disk is too small. \\nTo install Linux, select more partitions to \\nremove or select a larger disk." +#~ msgstr "Es sind entweder nicht genügend Partitionen zum Löschen markiert oder die Festplatte ist zu klein. Markieren Sie bitte weitere Partitionen, die gelöscht werden sollen oder wählen Sie eine größere Festplatte." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -7873,13 +7474,10 @@ #~| "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" #~| "are shown here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nAll hard disks automatically detected on your system\\nare shown " -#~ "here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nAll hard disks automatically detected on your system\\nare shown here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Alle automatisch erkannten Festplatten in Ihrem System werden hier " -#~ "angezeigt.\n" +#~ "Alle automatisch erkannten Festplatten in Ihrem System werden hier angezeigt.\n" #~ "Wählen Sie die Festplatte, auf der &product; installiert werden soll.\n" #~ "" @@ -7888,9 +7486,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nYou may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;." -#~ "\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nYou may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Sie können später wählen, wo auf Ihrer Festplatte &product; installiert\n" @@ -7905,15 +7501,11 @@ #~| "control over partitioning the hard disks and assigning\n" #~| "partitions to mount points when installing &product;.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n\\nThe Custom Partitioning option for experts allows full" -#~ "\\ncontrol over partitioning the hard disks and assigning\\npartitions to " -#~ "mount points when installing &product;.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n\\nThe Custom Partitioning option for experts allows full\\ncontrol over partitioning the hard disks and assigning\\npartitions to mount points when installing &product;.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Mit der Option Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung für Experten " -#~ "kann die\n" +#~ "Mit der Option Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung für Experten kann die\n" #~ "Partitionierung der Festplatten und die Zuweisung der Partitionen zu\n" #~ "Einhängepunkten bei der Installation von &product; frei gewählt werden.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7922,12 +7514,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" #~| "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\\nensure " -#~ "that ownerships of home directories are set properly." +#~ msgid "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\\nensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die /home-Partition wird nicht formatiert. Prüfen Sie nach der " -#~ "Installation,\n" +#~ "Die /home-Partition wird nicht formatiert. Prüfen Sie nach der Installation,\n" #~ "dass die Eigentümer der Stammverzeichnisse richtig gesetzt sind." #, fuzzy @@ -7952,9 +7541,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" #~| "The entire disk will be used for %1." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\\nThe entire disk will be used " -#~ "for %1." +#~ msgid "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\\nThe entire disk will be used for %1." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Diese Festplatte ist noch nicht partitioniert.\n" #~ "Sie wird vollständig für %1 verwendet." @@ -7963,9 +7550,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" #~| "There is not enough space to install Linux." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\\nThere is not enough space to " -#~ "install Linux." +#~ msgid "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\\nThere is not enough space to install Linux." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Diese Festplatte wird offenbar von Windows benutzt.\n" #~ "Es ist nicht genügend Platz frei, um Linux zu installieren." @@ -7988,13 +7573,10 @@ #~| "Use either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\n" #~| "partitions or free regions shown.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nUse either the entire hard disk or one or more of the" -#~ "\\npartitions or free regions shown.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nUse either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\\npartitions or free regions shown.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Verwenden Sie entweder diegesamte Festplatte oder eine oder " -#~ "mehrere\n" +#~ "Verwenden Sie entweder diegesamte Festplatte oder eine oder mehrere\n" #~ "der angezeigten Partitionen oder freien Bereiche.\n" #~ " \n" @@ -8005,16 +7587,11 @@ #~| "might loose existing data on your hard disk. This could also affect\n" #~| "other operating systems.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nNotice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you" -#~ "\\nmight loose existing data on your hard disk. This could also affect" -#~ "\\nother operating systems.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nNotice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you\\nmight loose existing data on your hard disk. This could also affect\\nother operating systems.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Achtung: Wenn Sie eine Partition auswählen, die nicht als frei " -#~ "gekennzeichnet\n" -#~ "ist, können Sie Daten verlieren. Das kann auch andere Betriebssysteme " -#~ "beeinträchtigen.\n" +#~ "Achtung: Wenn Sie eine Partition auswählen, die nicht als frei gekennzeichnet\n" +#~ "ist, können Sie Daten verlieren. Das kann auch andere Betriebssysteme beeinträchtigen.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy @@ -8023,15 +7600,11 @@ #~| "The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" #~| "lost. There will be no way to recover this data.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be" -#~ "\\nlost. There will be no way to recover this data.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThe marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\\nlost. There will be no way to recover this data.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Die markierten Bereiche werden gelöscht. Alle darin befindlichen " -#~ "Daten\n" -#~ "gehen somit verloren. Einmal gelöscht, gibt es keine " -#~ "Möglichkeit,\n" +#~ "Die markierten Bereiche werden gelöscht. Alle darin befindlichen Daten\n" +#~ "gehen somit verloren. Einmal gelöscht, gibt es keine Möglichkeit,\n" #~ "die Daten wiederherzustellen.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -8042,10 +7615,7 @@ #~| "space for &product;. You can either delete Windows completely or\n" #~| "shrink it to get enough free space.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not " -#~ "enough\\nspace for &product;. You can either delete Windows " -#~ "completely or\\nshrink it to get enough free space.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThe selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\\nspace for &product;. You can either delete Windows completely or\\nshrink it to get enough free space.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Die gewählte Festplatte ist wahrscheinlich von Windows belegt. Für\n" @@ -8057,39 +7627,29 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be " -#~| "irreversibly\n" +#~| "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\n" #~| "lost in the installation. When shrinking Windows, we strongly\n" #~| "recommend a data backup, because the data must be reorganized.\n" #~| "This may fail under rare circumstances.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nIf you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be " -#~ "irreversibly\\nlost in the installation. When shrinking Windows, " -#~ "we strongly\\nrecommend a data backup, because the data must be " -#~ "reorganized.\\nThis may fail under rare circumstances.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nIf you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\\nlost in the installation. When shrinking Windows, we strongly\\nrecommend a data backup, because the data must be reorganized.\\nThis may fail under rare circumstances.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Wenn Sie Windows löschen, werden während der kommenden Installation \n" #~ "alle Daten auf dieser Partition unwiederbringlich verloren gehen.\n" #~ "Wenn Sie Windows verkleinern möchten, ist es sehr empfehlenswert, \n" #~ "vorher eine Datensicherung (Backup) durchzuführen, da die Daten \n" -#~ "neu organisiert werden müssen. In seltenen Fällen kann dies " -#~ "fehlschlagen.\n" +#~ "neu organisiert werden müssen. In seltenen Fällen kann dies fehlschlagen.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" -#~| "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to " -#~| "a\n" +#~| "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" #~| "partition.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have not assigned a root partition for\\ninstallation. This does not " -#~ "work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\\npartition.\\n\\nReally use " -#~ "this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "You have not assigned a root partition for\\ninstallation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\\npartition.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "YaST benötigt eine Root-Partition zum Installieren.\n" #~ "Weisen Sie den Root-Einhängepunkt \"/\" einer Partition zu.\n" @@ -8098,42 +7658,29 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" -#~| "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause " -#~| "problems.\n" +#~| "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" #~| "Use a Linux file system, such as ext3 or ext4, for these mount points.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount" -#~ "\\npoints: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause " -#~ "problems.\\nUse a Linux file system, such as ext3 or ext4, for these " -#~ "mount points.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\\npoints: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\\nUse a Linux file system, such as ext3 or ext4, for these mount points.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sie haben versucht, eine FAT-Partition unter einem der folgenden\n" -#~ "Einhängepunkte einzuhängen: /, /usr, /home, /opt oder /var. Dies wird " -#~ "sehr wahrscheinlich\n" -#~ "Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie für diese Einhängepunkte ein Linux-" -#~ "Dateisystem, wie ext3 oder ext4.\n" +#~ "Einhängepunkte einzuhängen: /, /usr, /home, /opt oder /var. Dies wird sehr wahrscheinlich\n" +#~ "Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie für diese Einhängepunkte ein Linux-Dateisystem, wie ext3 oder ext4.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" -#~| "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux " -#~| "file\n" +#~| "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" #~| "system, such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\\nmount point /boot. This will " -#~ "very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\\nsystem, such as ext3 or " -#~ "ext4, for this mount point.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\\nmount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\\nsystem, such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sie haben versucht, eine FAT-Partition am Einhängepunkt /boot " -#~ "einzuhängen.\n" -#~ "Dies wird sehr wahrscheinlich Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie für " -#~ "diesen Einhängepunkt ein\n" +#~ "Sie haben versucht, eine FAT-Partition am Einhängepunkt /boot einzuhängen.\n" +#~ "Dies wird sehr wahrscheinlich Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie für diesen Einhängepunkt ein\n" #~ "Linux-Dateisystem wie ext3 oder ext4.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" @@ -8141,15 +7688,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~| "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux " -#~| "file\n" +#~| "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" #~| "system, such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\\nmount point /boot. This " -#~ "will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\\nsystem, such as ext3 " -#~ "or ext4, for this mount point.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\\nmount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\\nsystem, such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sie haben eine Btrfs-Partition am Einhängepunkt /boot eingehängt.\n" #~ "Dies wird sehr wahrscheinlich Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie\n" @@ -8167,11 +7710,7 @@ #~| "installation might not be directly bootable.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning:\\nYour boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\\nYour BIOS does " -#~ "not seem able to boot\\npartitions above cylinder %1.\\nWith the current " -#~ "setup, your %2\\ninstallation might not be directly bootable.\\n\\nReally " -#~ "use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "Warning:\\nYour boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\\nYour BIOS does not seem able to boot\\npartitions above cylinder %1.\\nWith the current setup, your %2\\ninstallation might not be directly bootable.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Warnung:\n" #~ "Ihre Boot-Partition endet nach Zylinder %1.\n" @@ -8189,10 +7728,7 @@ #~| "We recommend to increase the size of /boot.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really keep this size of boot partition?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning:\\nYour boot partition is smaller than %1.\\nWe recommend to " -#~ "increase the size of /boot.\\n\\nReally keep this size of boot partition?" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "Warning:\\nYour boot partition is smaller than %1.\\nWe recommend to increase the size of /boot.\\n\\nReally keep this size of boot partition?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Warnung:\n" #~ "Ihre Boot-Partition ist kleiner als %1.\n" @@ -8209,17 +7745,11 @@ #~| "type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\\nTo boot from your hard " -#~ "disk, a small /boot partition\\n(approx. %1) is required. Consider " -#~ "creating one.\\nPartitions assigned to /boot will automatically be " -#~ "changed to\\ntype 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\\n\\nReally use the setup without /boot " -#~ "partition?\\n" +#~ msgid "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\\nTo boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\\n(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\\nPartitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\\ntype 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\\n\\nReally use the setup without /boot partition?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Warnung: Es ist keine Partition als /boot eingehängt.\n" #~ "Um von Ihrer Festplatte zu booten ist eine kleine /boot-Partition\n" -#~ "(ca. %1) erforderlich. Sie sollten eine erstellen. Diese Partition wird " -#~ "dann automatisch\n" +#~ "(ca. %1) erforderlich. Sie sollten eine erstellen. Diese Partition wird dann automatisch\n" #~ "zum Typ 0x41 PReP/CHRP umgewandelt.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Wollen Sie wirklich diese Einstellung ohne /boot-Partition verwenden?\n" @@ -8234,12 +7764,7 @@ #~| "directly bootable.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\\nboot your machine from " -#~ "the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\\nhas an end cylinder above " -#~ "%1. Your BIOS does not seem capable\\nof booting partitions beyond the %1 " -#~ "cylinder boundary,\\nwhich means your %2 installation will not be" -#~ "\\ndirectly bootable.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\\nboot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\\nhas an end cylinder above %1. Your BIOS does not seem capable\\nof booting partitions beyond the %1 cylinder boundary,\\nwhich means your %2 installation will not be\\ndirectly bootable.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Warnung: Laut Ihrer Konfiguration soll der Rechner von der\n" #~ "Root-Partition (/) booten, deren Endzylinder aber leider über %1\n" @@ -8258,11 +7783,7 @@ #~| "The boot loader setup sometimes fails in this configuration.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\\ninstallation might not be " -#~ "directly bootable, because\\nyour files below \"/boot\" are on a software " -#~ "RAID device.\\nThe boot loader setup sometimes fails in this " -#~ "configuration.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\\ninstallation might not be directly bootable, because\\nyour files below \"/boot\" are on a software RAID device.\\nThe boot loader setup sometimes fails in this configuration.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Warnung: Mit Ihrer derzeitigen Konfiguration werden Sie Ihre\n" #~ "Installation von %1 eventuell nicht direkt booten können, da\n" @@ -8283,17 +7804,11 @@ #~| "partition for your files below /boot.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\\nwill encounter " -#~ "problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\\npartition and your " -#~ "\"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\\nThis does not work.\\n" -#~ "\\nIf you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal" -#~ "\\npartition for your files below /boot.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\\nwill encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\\npartition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\\nThis does not work.\\n\\nIf you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\\npartition for your files below /boot.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Warnung: Mit Ihrer derzeitigen Konfiguration wird es beim Booten\n" #~ "Ihrer Installation von %1 Probleme geben, denn Sie haben\n" -#~ "keine \"boot\"-Partition eingerichtet und Ihre \"root\"-Partition ist " -#~ "ein\n" +#~ "keine \"boot\"-Partition eingerichtet und Ihre \"root\"-Partition ist ein\n" #~ "LVM Logical-Volume. Das funktioniert so nicht.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" @@ -8314,12 +7829,7 @@ #~| "FAT partition for your files below %1.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\\nwill encounter " -#~ "problems when booting, because you have no\\nFAT partition mounted on %1." -#~ "\\n\\nThis will cause severe problems with the normal boot setup.\\n\\nIf " -#~ "you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\\nFAT partition " -#~ "for your files below %1.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\\nwill encounter problems when booting, because you have no\\nFAT partition mounted on %1.\\n\\nThis will cause severe problems with the normal boot setup.\\n\\nIf you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\\nFAT partition for your files below %1.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Warnung: Mit Ihrer derzeitigen Konfiguration wird es beim Booten Ihrer\n" #~ "Installation von %2 Probleme geben, denn Sie haben unter %1\n" @@ -8344,22 +7854,14 @@ #~| "partition for your files below %1.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\\nencounter " -#~ "problems when booting, because you have no \\nseparate %1 partition on " -#~ "your RAID disk.\\n\\nThis will cause severe problems with the normal boot " -#~ "setup.\\n\\nIf you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal" -#~ "\\npartition for your files below %1.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\\nencounter problems when booting, because you have no \\nseparate %1 partition on your RAID disk.\\n\\nThis will cause severe problems with the normal boot setup.\\n\\nIf you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\\npartition for your files below %1.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Warnung: Mit Ihrer derzeitigen Konfiguration wird Ihre %2-Installation " -#~ "voraussichtlich auf Probleme \n" -#~ "beim Systemstart treffen, da Ihre RAID-Platte keine separate %1-Partition " -#~ "hat.\n" +#~ "Warnung: Mit Ihrer derzeitigen Konfiguration wird Ihre %2-Installation voraussichtlich auf Probleme \n" +#~ "beim Systemstart treffen, da Ihre RAID-Platte keine separate %1-Partition hat.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Dies führt mit der üblichen Boot-Konfiguration zu erheblichen Problemen.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Wenn Sie sich Ihrer Sache nicht absolut sicher sind, sollten Sie für die " -#~ "Dateien\n" +#~ "Wenn Sie sich Ihrer Sache nicht absolut sicher sind, sollten Sie für die Dateien\n" #~ "in %1 eine normale Partition verwenden.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Wollen Sie diese Konfiguration wirklich verwenden?\n" @@ -8367,37 +7869,25 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly " -#~| "recommend \n" +#~| "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" #~| "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" #~| "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -#~| "type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point " -#~| "\"swap\".\n" +#~| "type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" #~| "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nYou have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly " -#~ "recommend \\nto create and assign a swap partition.\\nSwap partitions on " -#~ "your system are listed in the main window with the\\ntype \"Linux Swap\". " -#~ "An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\\nYou can assign " -#~ "more than one swap partition, if desired.\\n\\nReally use the setup " -#~ "without swap partition?\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nYou have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \\nto create and assign a swap partition.\\nSwap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\\ntype \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\\nYou can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\\n\\nReally use the setup without swap partition?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sie haben keine Auslagerungspartition aktiviert. In der Regel ist es aber " -#~ "sehr\n" +#~ "Sie haben keine Auslagerungspartition aktiviert. In der Regel ist es aber sehr\n" #~ "empfehlenswert, eine Auslagerungspartition anzulegen und zu aktivieren.\n" -#~ "Auslagerungspartitionen werden im Hauptfenster mit dem Typ \"Linux Swap" -#~ "\"\n" -#~ "angezeigt. Eine aktivierte Auslagerungspartition hat \"swap\" als " -#~ "Einhängepunkt.\n" +#~ "Auslagerungspartitionen werden im Hauptfenster mit dem Typ \"Linux Swap\"\n" +#~ "angezeigt. Eine aktivierte Auslagerungspartition hat \"swap\" als Einhängepunkt.\n" #~ "Wenn gewünscht, können Sie auch mehr als eine Auslagerungspartition\n" #~ "aktivieren.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Wollen Sie wirklich diese Konfiguration ohne Auslagerungspartition " -#~ "verwenden?\n" +#~ "Wollen Sie wirklich diese Konfiguration ohne Auslagerungspartition verwenden?\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -8405,10 +7895,7 @@ #~| "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" #~| "formatted. YaST cannot guarantee your installation will succeed,\n" #~| "particularly in any of the following cases:\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nYou chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be" -#~ "\\nformatted. YaST cannot guarantee your installation will succeed," -#~ "\\nparticularly in any of the following cases:\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nYou chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\\nformatted. YaST cannot guarantee your installation will succeed,\\nparticularly in any of the following cases:\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Sie möchten in eine bereits vorhandene Partition installieren, ohne\n" @@ -8421,10 +7908,7 @@ #~| "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" #~| "overwritten\n" #~| "- if this partition does not yet contain a file system\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\\n- if this partition already " -#~ "contains a Linux distribution that will be\\noverwritten\\n- if this " -#~ "partition does not yet contain a file system\\n" +#~ msgid "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\\n- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\\noverwritten\\n- if this partition does not yet contain a file system\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "- es sich um eine vorhandene ReiserFS-Partition handelt\n" #~ "- auf der Partition eine bereits vorhandene Linux-Distribution\n" @@ -8434,13 +7918,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -#~| "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -#~| "points\n" +#~| "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" #~| "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\\nformatting, " -#~ "especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points" -#~ "\\nlike /, /boot, /opt or /var.\\n" +#~ msgid "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\\nformatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\\nlike /, /boot, /opt or /var.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Im Zweifel sollten Sie zurückgehen und die Partition zur Formatierung\n" #~ "auswählen, vor allem wenn es sich um einen Standard-Einhängepunkt wie\n" @@ -8451,9 +7931,7 @@ #~| "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\\n" -#~ "\\nReally keep the partition unformatted?\\n" +#~ msgid "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\\n\\nReally keep the partition unformatted?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Beim Formatieren gehen alle Daten auf dieser Partition verloren.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -8463,9 +7941,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" #~| "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\\nRemove it from the RAID " -#~ "before editing it.\\n" +#~ msgid "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\\nRemove it from the RAID before editing it.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Das ausgewählte Gerät gehört RAID (%1) an.\n" #~ "Entfernen Sie es vor dem Bearbeiten aus dem RAID.\n" @@ -8474,9 +7950,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" #~| "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\\nRemove it from the " -#~ "volume group before editing it.\\n" +#~ msgid "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\\nRemove it from the volume group before editing it.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Das ausgewählte Gerät gehört einer Volume-Gruppe (%1) an.\n" #~ "Entfernen Sie es vor dem Bearbeiten aus der Volume-Gruppe.\n" @@ -8485,9 +7959,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" #~| "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\\nRemove the volume before " -#~ "editing it.\\n" +#~ msgid "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\\nRemove the volume before editing it.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Das ausgewählte Gerät wird von Volume (%1) verwendet.\n" #~ "Entfernen Sie das Volume vor dem Bearbeiten.\n" @@ -8496,9 +7968,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" #~| "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\\nRemove it from the RAID " -#~ "before deleting it.\\n" +#~ msgid "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\\nRemove it from the RAID before deleting it.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Das Gerät (%2) gehört RAID (%1) an.\n" #~ "Entfernen Sie es vor dem Löschen aus dem RAID.\n" @@ -8516,9 +7986,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" #~| "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and " -#~ "\\nanother logical partition with a higher number is in use.\\n" +#~ msgid "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \\nanother logical partition with a higher number is in use.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Das Gerät (%1) kann nicht entfernt werden.\n" #~ "Es handelt sich um eine logische Partition, und eine andere logische \n" @@ -8526,25 +7994,17 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -#~| "mounted:\n" +#~| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" #~| "%1\n" -#~| "We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete " -#~| "the extended partition.\n" +#~| "We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" #~| "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -#~ "mounted:\\n%1\\nWe *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions " -#~ "before you delete the extended partition.\\nChoose Cancel unless you know " -#~ "exactly what you are doing.\\n" +#~ msgid "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\\n%1\\nWe *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\\nChoose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die gewählte erweiterte Partition enthält Partitionen, die derzeit " -#~ "eingehängt sind:\n" +#~ "Die gewählte erweiterte Partition enthält Partitionen, die derzeit eingehängt sind:\n" #~ "%1\n" #~ "Es wird *dringend* empfohlen, vor dem Löschen der erweiterten Partition\n" #~ "diese Partitionen auszuhängen (unmount).\n" -#~ "Wenn Sie nicht gute Gründe für Ihr Vorgehen haben, wählen Sie " -#~ "'Abbrechen'.\n" +#~ "Wenn Sie nicht gute Gründe für Ihr Vorgehen haben, wählen Sie 'Abbrechen'.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -8553,10 +8013,7 @@ #~| "assigned to a volume group. Remove all\n" #~| "partitions from their respective volume groups\n" #~| "before deleting the extended partition.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition" -#~ "\\nassigned to a volume group. Remove all\\npartitions from their " -#~ "respective volume groups\\nbefore deleting the extended partition.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\\nassigned to a volume group. Remove all\\npartitions from their respective volume groups\\nbefore deleting the extended partition.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Die gewählte erweiterte Partition enthält mindestens eine LVM-Partition,\n" @@ -8571,10 +8028,7 @@ #~| "that is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\n" #~| "partitions from their respective RAID systems before\n" #~| "deleting the extended partition.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one partition\\nthat " -#~ "is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\\npartitions from their respective " -#~ "RAID systems before\\ndeleting the extended partition.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one partition\\nthat is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\\npartitions from their respective RAID systems before\\ndeleting the extended partition.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Die gewählte erweiterte Partition enthält mindestens eine Partition,\n" @@ -8588,10 +8042,7 @@ #~| "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" #~| "that is in use. Remove the used volume before\n" #~| "deleting the extended partition.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one partition\\nthat " -#~ "is in use. Remove the used volume before\\ndeleting the extended " -#~ "partition.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one partition\\nthat is in use. Remove the used volume before\\ndeleting the extended partition.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Die ausgewählte erweiterte Partition enthält mindestens eine Partition,\n" @@ -8612,9 +8063,7 @@ #~| "The first and the second version\n" #~| "of the password do not match!\n" #~| "Try again.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The first and the second version\\nof the password do not match!\\nTry " -#~ "again.\\n" +#~ msgid "The first and the second version\\nof the password do not match!\\nTry again.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Die zwei Eingaben für\n" #~ "das Passwort sind nicht identisch!\n" @@ -8642,31 +8091,20 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" #~| "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\\nChange your " -#~ "volume label so that it does not contain this character.\\n" +#~ msgid "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\\nChange your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Das Zeichen '/' ist in Volume-Kennungen nicht mehr zulässig.\n" -#~ "Ändern Sie Ihre Volume-Kennung so, dass dieses Zeichen nicht mehr " -#~ "vorkommt.\n" +#~ "Ändern Sie Ihre Volume-Kennung so, dass dieses Zeichen nicht mehr vorkommt.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" #~| "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -#~| "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file " -#~| "system \n" -#~| "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all " -#~| "file \n" -#~| "systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -#~| "disabled, \n" +#~| "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" +#~| "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" +#~| "systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" #~| "this is not possible.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\\nNormally, a file system to mount is " -#~ "identified in /etc/fstab\\nby the device name. This identification can be " -#~ "changed so the file system \\nto mount is found by searching for a UUID " -#~ "or a volume label. Not all file \\nsystems can be mounted by UUID or a " -#~ "volume label. If an option is disabled, \\nthis is not possible.\\n" +#~ msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\\nNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\\nby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \\nto mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \\nsystems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \\nthis is not possible.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Mounten in /etc/fstab:\n" #~ "Normalerweise wird das Gerät zum Mounten eines Dateisystems \n" @@ -8679,21 +8117,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Volume Label:\n" -#~| "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -#~| "makes sense only \n" +#~| "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" #~| "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" #~| "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Volume Label:\\nThe name entered in this field is used as the " -#~ "volume label. This usually makes sense only \\nwhen you activate the " -#~ "option for mounting by volume label.\\nA volume label cannot contain " -#~ "the / character or spaces.\\n" +#~ msgid "Volume Label:\\nThe name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \\nwhen you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\\nA volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Volumen-Kennung:\n" -#~ "Der in diesem Feld eingegebene Name wird als Volumen-Kennung verwendet. " -#~ "Dies ist normalerweise\n" -#~ "nur dann sinnvoll, wenn Sie die Option für das Einhängen mittels Volumen-" -#~ "Kennung aktivieren.\n" +#~ "Der in diesem Feld eingegebene Name wird als Volumen-Kennung verwendet. Dies ist normalerweise\n" +#~ "nur dann sinnvoll, wenn Sie die Option für das Einhängen mittels Volumen-Kennung aktivieren.\n" #~ "Volumen-Kennungen dürfen keine Leerzeichen oder das Zeichen / enthalten.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -8701,9 +8132,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" #~| "is %1. Your volume label has been truncated to this size.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nMaximum volume label length for the selected file system\\nis %1. Your " -#~ "volume label has been truncated to this size.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nMaximum volume label length for the selected file system\\nis %1. Your volume label has been truncated to this size.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Die maximale Länge der Volume-Kennung beim gewählten Dateisystem\n" @@ -8713,8 +8142,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" -#~| "If you change parameters (such as the mount point or the file system " -#~| "type),\n" +#~| "If you change parameters (such as the mount point or the file system type),\n" #~| "your Linux installation might be damaged.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Unmount the partition if possible. If you are unsure,\n" @@ -8722,12 +8150,7 @@ #~| "exactly what you are doing.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Continue?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\\nIf you " -#~ "change parameters (such as the mount point or the file system type)," -#~ "\\nyour Linux installation might be damaged.\\n\\nUnmount the partition " -#~ "if possible. If you are unsure,\\nwe recommend to abort. Do not proceed " -#~ "unless you know\\nexactly what you are doing.\\n\\nContinue?\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThe selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\\nIf you change parameters (such as the mount point or the file system type),\\nyour Linux installation might be damaged.\\n\\nUnmount the partition if possible. If you are unsure,\\nwe recommend to abort. Do not proceed unless you know\\nexactly what you are doing.\\n\\nContinue?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Die gewählte Partition (%1) ist momentan unter %2 eingehängt.\n" @@ -8747,66 +8170,44 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" #~| "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\\nOnly " -#~ "fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." +#~ msgid "\\nThe file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Das Dateisystem auf der Partition kann von YaST2 nicht verkleinert " -#~ "werden.\n" -#~ "Nur fat, ext2, ext3 und ReiserFS erlauben das Verkleinern eines " -#~ "Dateisystems." +#~ "Das Dateisystem auf der Partition kann von YaST2 nicht verkleinert werden.\n" +#~ "Nur fat, ext2, ext3 und ReiserFS erlauben das Verkleinern eines Dateisystems." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" #~| "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2." -#~ "\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file " -#~ "system." +#~ msgid "\\nThe file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Das Dateisystem auf dem Logical-Volumen kann von YaST2 nicht verkleinert " -#~ "werden.\n" -#~ "Nur fat, ext2, ext3 und ReiserFS erlauben das Verkleinern eines " -#~ "Dateisystems." +#~ "Das Dateisystem auf dem Logical-Volumen kann von YaST2 nicht verkleinert werden.\n" +#~ "Nur fat, ext2, ext3 und ReiserFS erlauben das Verkleinern eines Dateisystems." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" -#~| "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file " -#~| "system." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2." -#~ "\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file " -#~ "system." +#~| "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." +#~ msgid "\\nThe file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Das Dateisystem auf der ausgewählten Partition kann nicht von YaST2 " -#~ "vergrößert werden.\n" -#~ "Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und ReiserFS erlauben das Vergrößern eines " -#~ "Dateisystems." +#~ "Das Dateisystem auf der ausgewählten Partition kann nicht von YaST2 vergrößert werden.\n" +#~ "Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und ReiserFS erlauben das Vergrößern eines Dateisystems." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by " -#~| "YaST2.\n" -#~| "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file " -#~| "system." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by " -#~ "YaST2.\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a " -#~ "file system." +#~| "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" +#~| "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." +#~ msgid "\\nThe file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Das Dateisystem auf dem ausgewählten Logical-Volumen kann nicht von YaST2 " -#~ "vergrößert werden.\n" -#~ "Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und reiser erlauben das Vergrößern eines " -#~ "Dateisystems." +#~ "Das Dateisystem auf dem ausgewählten Logical-Volumen kann nicht von YaST2 vergrößert werden.\n" +#~ "Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und reiser erlauben das Vergrößern eines Dateisystems." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -8815,16 +8216,11 @@ #~| "very thoroughly tested. A backup of your data is recommended.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Shrink the file system now?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nIt is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not" -#~ "\\nvery thoroughly tested. A backup of your data is recommended.\\n" -#~ "\\nShrink the file system now?" +#~ msgid "\\nIt is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\\nvery thoroughly tested. A backup of your data is recommended.\\n\\nShrink the file system now?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Es ist möglich Dateisysteme mit ReiserFS zu verkleinern, aber diese " -#~ "Funktion\n" -#~ "ist noch nicht ausreichend getestet. Wir empfehlen eine vorherige " -#~ "Datensicherung.\n" +#~ "Es ist möglich Dateisysteme mit ReiserFS zu verkleinern, aber diese Funktion\n" +#~ "ist noch nicht ausreichend getestet. Wir empfehlen eine vorherige Datensicherung.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Möchten Sie das Dateisystem nun verkleinern?" @@ -8832,14 +8228,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" #~| "%1\n" -#~| "We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting " -#~| "the partition table.\n" +#~| "We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" #~| "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\\n" -#~ "%1\\nWe *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before " -#~ "deleting the partition table.\\nChoose Cancel unless you know exactly " -#~ "what you are doing.\\n" +#~ msgid "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\\n%1\\nWe *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\\nChoose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Das gewählte Gerät enthält Partitionen, die derzeit eingehängt sind:\n" #~ "%1\n" @@ -8854,10 +8245,7 @@ #~| "assigned to a volume group. Remove all\n" #~| "partitions from their respective volume groups\n" #~| "before deleting the device.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe selected device contains at least one LVM partition\\nassigned to " -#~ "a volume group. Remove all\\npartitions from their respective volume " -#~ "groups\\nbefore deleting the device.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThe selected device contains at least one LVM partition\\nassigned to a volume group. Remove all\\npartitions from their respective volume groups\\nbefore deleting the device.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Das ausgewählte Gerät weist mindestens eine LVM-Partition\n" @@ -8872,10 +8260,7 @@ #~| "that is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\n" #~| "partitions from their respective RAID systems before\n" #~| "deleting the device.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe selected device contains at least one partition\\nthat is part of " -#~ "a RAID system. Unassign the\\npartitions from their respective RAID " -#~ "systems before\\ndeleting the device.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThe selected device contains at least one partition\\nthat is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\\npartitions from their respective RAID systems before\\ndeleting the device.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Das ausgewählte Gerät weist mindestens eine Partition auf,\n" @@ -8889,15 +8274,11 @@ #~| "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" #~| "that is used by another volume. Delete the volume using it\n" #~| "before deleting the device.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe selected device contains at least one partition\\nthat is used by " -#~ "another volume. Delete the volume using it\\nbefore deleting the device." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThe selected device contains at least one partition\\nthat is used by another volume. Delete the volume using it\\nbefore deleting the device.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Das ausgewählte Gerät weist mindestens eine Partition\n" -#~ "auf, die von einem anderen Volume verwendet wird. Löschen Sie das Volume, " -#~ "das die Partition verwendet,\n" +#~ "auf, die von einem anderen Volume verwendet wird. Löschen Sie das Volume, das die Partition verwendet,\n" #~ "bevor Sie das Gerät löschen.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -8905,8 +8286,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Create and remove subvolumes \n" #~| "from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nCreate and remove subvolumes \\nfrom a Btrfs filesystem.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nCreate and remove subvolumes \\nfrom a Btrfs filesystem.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Erstellen und entfernen Sie Subvolumen\n" @@ -8916,9 +8296,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" #~| "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!" -#~ "\\nAutomatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." +#~ msgid "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\\nAutomatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Momentan sind nur Subvolumen zulässig deren Name mit \"%1\" beginnt!\n" #~ "\"%1\" wird dem Namen des Subvolumens automatisch vorangestellt." @@ -8952,10 +8330,7 @@ #~| "mounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\n" #~| "Linux file system.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nKeep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not" -#~ "\\nmounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\\nLinux " -#~ "file system.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nKeep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\\nmounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\\nLinux file system.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Bedenke Sie, dass dieses Dateisystem nur geschützt ist, solange es nicht\n" @@ -8966,73 +8341,49 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -#~| "tmp.\n" +#~| "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" #~| "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" -#~| "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " -#~| "all\n" +#~| "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" #~| "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThis mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp " -#~ "or /var/tmp.\\nIf you leave the encryption password empty, the system " -#~ "will create\\na random password at system startup for you. This means, " -#~ "you will lose all\\ndata on these filesystems at system shutdown.\\n" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThis mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\\nIf you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\\na random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\\ndata on these filesystems at system shutdown.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Dieser Einhängepunkt gehört zu einem temporären Dateisystem wie /tmp " -#~ "oder /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "Sie können das Verschlüsselungspasswort leer lassen. In diesem Fall wird " -#~ "bei jedem Systemstart \n" -#~ "ein Zufallspasswort für Sie erzeugt. Dies hat zur Folge, dass Sie beim " -#~ "Herunterfahren \n" +#~ "Dieser Einhängepunkt gehört zu einem temporären Dateisystem wie /tmp oder /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "Sie können das Verschlüsselungspasswort leer lassen. In diesem Fall wird bei jedem Systemstart \n" +#~ "ein Zufallspasswort für Sie erzeugt. Dies hat zur Folge, dass Sie beim Herunterfahren \n" #~ "sämtliche Daten auf diesen Dateisystemen verlieren.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your " -#~| "file system.\n" +#~| "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" #~| "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" #~| "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" #~| "enter it twice.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nIf you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on " -#~ "your file system.\\nChoose your password carefully. A combination of " -#~ "letters and numbers\\nis recommended. To ensure the password was entered " -#~ "correctly,\\nenter it twice.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nIf you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\\nChoose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\\nis recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\\nenter it twice.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Wenn Sie Ihr Passwort vergessen, können Sie nicht mehr auf die Dateien " -#~ "Ihres\n" -#~ "Dateisystems zugreifen. Wählen Sie Ihr Passwort mit Sorgfalt. Eine " -#~ "Mischung\n" -#~ "aus Buchstaben und Zahlen ist empfehlenswert. Um sicherzustellen, dass " -#~ "das\n" +#~ "Wenn Sie Ihr Passwort vergessen, können Sie nicht mehr auf die Dateien Ihres\n" +#~ "Dateisystems zugreifen. Wählen Sie Ihr Passwort mit Sorgfalt. Eine Mischung\n" +#~ "aus Buchstaben und Zahlen ist empfehlenswert. Um sicherzustellen, dass das\n" #~ "Passwort korrekt eingegeben wurde, muss es zweimal eingegeben werden.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should " -#~| "have at\n" +#~| "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" #~| "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" #~| "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nYou must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password " -#~ "should have at\\nleast %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any " -#~ "special characters\\n(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nYou must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\\nleast %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\\n(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Groß- und Kleinschreibung wird unterschieden. Passwörter sollten " -#~ "mindestens\n" -#~ "%1 Zeichen lang sein und normalerweise keine Spezialzeichen wie Umlaute " -#~ "oder\n" +#~ "Groß- und Kleinschreibung wird unterschieden. Passwörter sollten mindestens\n" +#~ "%1 Zeichen lang sein und normalerweise keine Spezialzeichen wie Umlaute oder\n" #~ "Akzentzeichen enthalten.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -9043,10 +8394,7 @@ #~| "<tt>%1</tt>, blanks, uppercase and lowercase\n" #~| "letters (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>), and digits <tt>0</tt> to <tt>9</tt>.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nPossible characters are\\n<tt>%1</tt>, blanks, uppercase and " -#~ "lowercase\\nletters (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>), and digits <tt>0</tt> to <tt>9</" -#~ "tt>.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nPossible characters are\\n<tt>%1</tt>, blanks, uppercase and lowercase\\nletters (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>), and digits <tt>0</tt> to <tt>9</tt>.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Erlaubt sind die Zeichen\n" @@ -9079,23 +8427,16 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and " -#~| "therefore is\n" -#~| "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, " -#~| "the\n" +#~| "If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +#~| "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" #~| "file system is not accessed during update.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nIf the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and " -#~ "therefore is\\nnot needed for the update, you may select Skip. In " -#~ "this case, the\\nfile system is not accessed during update.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nIf the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\\nnot needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\\nfile system is not accessed during update.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Wenn das verschlüsselte Dateisystem keine Systemdatei enthält und daher\n" -#~ "nicht für die Aktualisierung erforderlich ist, können Sie " -#~ "Überspringen\n" -#~ "auswählen. In diesem Fall erfolgt während der Aktualisierung kein " -#~ "Zugriff\n" +#~ "nicht für die Aktualisierung erforderlich ist, können Sie Überspringen\n" +#~ "auswählen. In diesem Fall erfolgt während der Aktualisierung kein Zugriff\n" #~ "auf das Dateisystem.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -9109,23 +8450,15 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "If you need to use this disk for installation, you should destroy \n" #~| "the disk label in the expert partitioner.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\\nwill encounter " -#~ "problems when booting, because the disk on which \\nyour /boot partition " -#~ "is located does not contain a GPT disk label.\\n\\nIt will probably not " -#~ "be possible to boot such a setup.\\n\\nIf you need to use this disk for " -#~ "installation, you should destroy \\nthe disk label in the expert " -#~ "partitioner.\\n" +#~ msgid "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\\nwill encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \\nyour /boot partition is located does not contain a GPT disk label.\\n\\nIt will probably not be possible to boot such a setup.\\n\\nIf you need to use this disk for installation, you should destroy \\nthe disk label in the expert partitioner.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Warnung: Beim aktuellen Setup treten beim Booten Probleme mit der " -#~ "Installation auf,\n" +#~ "Warnung: Beim aktuellen Setup treten beim Booten Probleme mit der Installation auf,\n" #~ "da der Datenträger, auf dem sich die \n" #~ " /boot-Partition befindet, keine GPT-Festplattenkennung enthält.\n" #~ " \n" #~ " Ein solches Setup lässt sich höchstwahrscheinlich nicht booten.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ " Wenn Sie diesen Datenträger für die Installation verwenden müssen, " -#~ "sollten Sie die \n" +#~ " Wenn Sie diesen Datenträger für die Installation verwenden müssen, sollten Sie die \n" #~ " Datenträgerkennung im Expertenmodus löschen.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -9135,18 +8468,13 @@ #~| "GPT disk label YaST will create a GPT label on this disk.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "You need to mark all partitions on this disk for removal.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning: Your system states that it reqires an EFI \\nboot setup. Since " -#~ "the selected disk does not contain a \\nGPT disk label YaST will create a " -#~ "GPT label on this disk.\\n\\nYou need to mark all partitions on this disk " -#~ "for removal.\\n" +#~ msgid "Warning: Your system states that it reqires an EFI \\nboot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \\nGPT disk label YaST will create a GPT label on this disk.\\n\\nYou need to mark all partitions on this disk for removal.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Warnung: Ihr System meldet, dass es eine EFI Boot-Einrichtung \n" #~ "benötigt. Da die markierte Festplatte kein GPT-Disk-Label hat, \n" #~ "wird YaST ein GPT-Label für diese Festplatte erstellen.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sie müssen alle Partitionen dieser Festplatte als 'zu löschen' " -#~ "markieren.\n" +#~ "Sie müssen alle Partitionen dieser Festplatte als 'zu löschen' markieren.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" @@ -9161,13 +8489,9 @@ #~| "This may cause problems.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really do this?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system" -#~ "\\nthat may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\\n" -#~ "\\nThis may cause problems.\\n\\nReally do this?\\n" +#~ msgid "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\\nthat may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\\n\\nThis may cause problems.\\n\\nReally do this?\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sie haben festgelegt, dass ein Dateisystem beim Systemstart nicht " -#~ "automatisch\n" +#~ "Sie haben festgelegt, dass ein Dateisystem beim Systemstart nicht automatisch\n" #~ "eingehängt wird, das möglicherweise Dateien enthält, die das System zum\n" #~ "einwandfreien Funktionieren benötigt.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -9181,11 +8505,7 @@ #~| "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" #~| "/var\". This is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\n" #~| "nonloopbacked file system.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\\nwith one of " -#~ "the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\\n/var\". This " -#~ "is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\\nnonloopbacked file " -#~ "system.\\n" +#~ msgid "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\\nwith one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\\n/var\". This is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\\nnonloopbacked file system.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sie haben einer Partition mit einem der Einhängepunkte \"/\", \"/usr\",\n" #~ "\"/boot\" oder \"/var\" ein verschlüsseltes Dateisystem zugewiesen.\n" @@ -9200,10 +8520,7 @@ #~| "This usually causes problems.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really do this?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\\nmay " -#~ "contain files that need to be executable.\\n\\nThis usually causes " -#~ "problems.\\n\\nReally do this?\\n" +#~ msgid "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\\nmay contain files that need to be executable.\\n\\nThis usually causes problems.\\n\\nReally do this?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sie haben bei einem Dateisystem das Einhängen durch Benutzer erlaubt.\n" #~ "Das Dateisystem enthält möglicherweise Dateien, die ausführbar\n" @@ -9215,15 +8532,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /" -#~| "home).\n" +#~| "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" #~| "This is not possible." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home)." -#~ "\\nThis is not possible." +#~ msgid "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\\nThis is not possible." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "FAT-Dateisystem wurde für System-Einhängepunkte verwendet (/, /usr, /" -#~ "opt, /var, /home).\n" +#~ "FAT-Dateisystem wurde für System-Einhängepunkte verwendet (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" #~ "Dies ist nicht möglich." #, fuzzy @@ -9231,9 +8544,7 @@ #~| "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" #~| "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" #~| "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\\n/bin, /dev, /etc, /" -#~ "lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\\n/var/adm/mnt\\n" +#~ msgid "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\\n/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\\n/var/adm/mnt\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Folgende Einhängepunkte dürfen Sie nicht verwenden:\n" #~ "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -9243,9 +8554,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" #~| "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your partition is too small to use %1.\\nThe minimum size for this file " -#~ "system is %2.\\n" +#~ msgid "Your partition is too small to use %1.\\nThe minimum size for this file system is %2.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Die Partition ist für die Verwendung von %1 zu klein.\n" #~ "Die Mindestgröße für dieses Dateisystem beträgt %2.\n" @@ -9254,9 +8563,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" #~| "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\\nto a device with nonexistent " -#~ "or unknown file system." +#~ msgid "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\\nto a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Einem Gerät ohne bekanntes Dateisystem\n" #~ "kann kein Einhängepunkt zugewiesen werden." @@ -9272,19 +8579,14 @@ #~| "if it does not work properly or at all.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this file system?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nWARNING:\\n\\nThis file system is not supported in %1;.\\nIt is " -#~ "completely untested and might not be well-integrated \\nin the system. " -#~ "Do not report bugs against this file system \\nif it does not work " -#~ "properly or at all.\\n\\nReally use this file system?\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nWARNING:\\n\\nThis file system is not supported in %1;.\\nIt is completely untested and might not be well-integrated \\nin the system. Do not report bugs against this file system \\nif it does not work properly or at all.\\n\\nReally use this file system?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "WARNUNG:\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Dieses Dateisystem wird in %1; nicht unterstützt.\n" #~ "Es wurde keinerlei Tests unterzogen und ist möglicherweise nicht \n" -#~ "fehlerfrei in das System integriert. Melden Sie es nicht als Fehler " -#~ "des \n" +#~ "fehlerfrei in das System integriert. Melden Sie es nicht als Fehler des \n" #~ "Dateisystems, wenn es nicht ordnungsgemäß bzw. gar nicht funktioniert.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Wollen Sie dieses Dateisystem wirklich nutzen?\n" @@ -9293,22 +8595,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" #~| "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel." -#~ "\\nClick Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." +#~ msgid "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\\nClick Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sie können versuchen, es auszuhängen (unmount), weitermachen ohne es " -#~ "auszuhängen\n" -#~ "oder abbrechen. Klicken Sie auf 'Abbrechen' falls Sie sich nicht sicher " -#~ "sind." +#~ "Sie können versuchen, es auszuhängen (unmount), weitermachen ohne es auszuhängen\n" +#~ "oder abbrechen. Klicken Sie auf 'Abbrechen' falls Sie sich nicht sicher sind." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" #~| "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\\nClick Cancel unless you know " -#~ "exactly what you are doing." +#~ msgid "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\\nClick Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sie können versuchen, es auszuhängen, oder abbrechen.\n" #~ "Klicken Sie auf 'Abbrechen' falls Sie sich nicht sicher sind." @@ -9327,9 +8623,7 @@ #~| "By double clicking a table entry,\n" #~| "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" #~| "device.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By double clicking a table entry,\\nyou navigate to the view with " -#~ "detailed information about the\\ndevice.\\n" +#~ msgid "By double clicking a table entry,\\nyou navigate to the view with detailed information about the\\ndevice.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Mit einem Doppelklick auf einen Tabelleneintrag wechseln\n" #~ "Sie zu einer Ansicht mit detaillierten Informationen über das Gerät.\n" @@ -9338,9 +8632,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "By selecting a table entry you can\n" #~| "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By selecting a table entry you can\\nnavigate to the view with " -#~ "detailed information about the device." +#~ msgid "By selecting a table entry you can\\nnavigate to the view with detailed information about the device." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Durch die Auswahl eines Tabelleneintrags können Sie\n" #~ "zu einer Ansicht mit detaillierten Informationen über das Gerät\n" @@ -9359,9 +8651,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" #~| "Really call iSCSI configuration?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call " -#~ "iSCSI configuration?" +#~ msgid "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call iSCSI configuration?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ein Aufrufen der iSCSI-Konfiguration hebt alle aktuellen Änderungen auf.\n" #~ "Möchten Sie die iSCSI-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?" @@ -9370,21 +8660,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" #~| "Really call multipath configuration?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally " -#~ "call multipath configuration?\\n" +#~ msgid "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call multipath configuration?\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ein Aufrufen der Multipath-Konfiguration verwirft alle aktuellen " -#~ "Änderungen.\n" +#~ "Ein Aufrufen der Multipath-Konfiguration verwirft alle aktuellen Änderungen.\n" #~ "Möchten Sie die Multipath-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" #~| "Really call DASD configuration?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call " -#~ "DASD configuration?" +#~ msgid "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call DASD configuration?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ein Aufrufen der DASD-Konfiguration hebt alle aktuellen Änderungen auf.\n" #~ "Möchten Sie die DASD-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?" @@ -9393,9 +8678,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" #~| "Really call zFCP configuration?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call " -#~ "zFCP configuration?" +#~ msgid "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call zFCP configuration?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ein Aufrufen der zFCP-Konfiguration hebt alle aktuellen Änderungen auf.\n" #~ "Möchten Sie die zFCP-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?" @@ -9404,9 +8687,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" #~| "Really call XPRAM configuration?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call " -#~ "XPRAM configuration?" +#~ msgid "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call XPRAM configuration?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ein Aufrufen der XPRAM-Konfiguration hebt alle aktuellen Änderungen auf.\n" #~ "Möchten Sie die XPRAM-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?" @@ -9415,21 +8696,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it " -#~ "is not used." +#~ msgid "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Das Btrfs %1 ist in Benutzung. Es kann nicht\n" -#~ "bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht " -#~ "benutzt wird." +#~ "bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht benutzt wird." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected Btrfs volume.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected Btrfs volume." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected Btrfs volume.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Diese Ansicht zeigt detaillierte Informationen über das\n" #~ "ausgewählte Btrfs-Volumen.\n" @@ -9438,8 +8714,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows all devices used by the\n" #~| "selected Btrfs volume.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This view shows all devices used by the\\nselected Btrfs volume.\\n" +#~ msgid "This view shows all devices used by the\\nselected Btrfs volume.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Diese Ansicht zeigt alle vom ausgewählten\n" #~ "Btrfs-Volumen verwendeten Geräte an.\n" @@ -9448,9 +8723,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" #~| "formatted and the desired file system type." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First, choose whether the partition should be\\nformatted and the " -#~ "desired file system type." +#~ msgid "First, choose whether the partition should be\\nformatted and the desired file system type." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geben Sie zunächst an, ob die Partition formatiert\n" #~ "werden soll, und wählen Sie den gewünschten Dateisystemtyp aus." @@ -9458,30 +8731,22 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -#~| "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -#~| "existing\n" +#~| "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" #~| "volume will delete all data on it.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to encrypt all data on the\\nvolume, select Encrypt " -#~ "Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\\nvolume will delete " -#~ "all data on it.\\n" +#~ msgid "If you want to encrypt all data on the\\nvolume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\\nvolume will delete all data on it.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wenn Sie alle Daten auf dem Gerät verschlüsseln wollen, \n" -#~ "wählen Sie Gerät verschlüsseln. Ändern der Verschlüsselung eines " -#~ "bestehenden\n" +#~ "wählen Sie Gerät verschlüsseln. Ändern der Verschlüsselung eines bestehenden\n" #~ "Gerätes löscht sämtliche darauf enthaltenen Daten.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" #~| "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Then, choose whether the partition should\\nbe mounted and enter the " -#~ "mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." +#~ msgid "Then, choose whether the partition should\\nbe mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geben Sie danach an, ob die Partition eingehängt\n" -#~ "werden soll, und geben Sie den Einhängepunkt ein (/, /boot, /home, /var " -#~ "usw.)." +#~ "werden soll, und geben Sie den Einhängepunkt ein (/, /boot, /home, /var usw.)." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -9489,14 +8754,10 @@ #~| "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Also check the format option.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\\nthat it should " -#~ "be formatted. This does not make sense.\\n\\nAlso check the format option." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\\nthat it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\\n\\nAlso check the format option.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sie haben sich entschieden, die Crypt-Datei anzulegen, haben\n" -#~ "jedoch nicht angegeben, dass diese formatiert werden soll. Dies ergibt " -#~ "keinen Sinn.\n" +#~ "jedoch nicht angegeben, dass diese formatiert werden soll. Dies ergibt keinen Sinn.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Aktivieren Sie auch die Formatierungsoption.\n" @@ -9507,10 +8768,7 @@ #~| "mounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\n" #~| "Linux file system.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nKeep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not" -#~ "\\nmounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\\nLinux " -#~ "file system.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nKeep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\\nmounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\\nLinux file system.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Bedenke Sie, dass dieses Dateisystem nur geschützt ist, solange es nicht\n" @@ -9521,15 +8779,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the " -#~| "encryption \n" +#~| "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" #~| "password empty, but then the swap device cannot be used for hibernating\n" #~| "(suspend to disk).\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the " -#~ "encryption \\npassword empty, but then the swap device cannot be used for " -#~ "hibernating\\n(suspend to disk).\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThe file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \\npassword empty, but then the swap device cannot be used for hibernating\\n(suspend to disk).\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Das Dateisystem für dieses Volume ist Swap. Sie können das \n" @@ -9543,22 +8797,17 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" #~| "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nYou cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\\non " -#~ "this partition does not support resizing.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nYou cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\\non this partition does not support resizing.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Eine Größenänderung der ausgewählten Partitionen ist nicht möglich, da " -#~ "das Dateisystem auf der\n" +#~ "Eine Größenänderung der ausgewählten Partitionen ist nicht möglich, da das Dateisystem auf der\n" #~ "Partition keine Größenänderungen unterstützt.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" #~| "can be resized while it is mounted." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\\ncan be resized while it is " -#~ "mounted." +#~ msgid "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\\ncan be resized while it is mounted." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Es ist nicht möglich, zu prüfen, ob die Größe eines NTFS-Dateisystems\n" #~ "geändert werden kann, während es eingehängt ist." @@ -9567,9 +8816,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" #~| "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Partition %1 cannot be resized\\nbecause the filesystem seems to be " -#~ "inconsistent.\\n" +#~ msgid "Partition %1 cannot be resized\\nbecause the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Die Größe von Partition %1 kann nicht geändert werden,\n" #~ "da das Dateisystem inkonsistent zu sein scheint.\n" @@ -9580,11 +8827,7 @@ #~| "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" #~| "to consider umounting the filesystem, which will increase speed of \n" #~| "resize task a lot." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \\nThis may be " -#~ "quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \\nto consider " -#~ "umounting the filesystem, which will increase speed of \\nresize task a " -#~ "lot." +#~ msgid "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \\nThis may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \\nto consider umounting the filesystem, which will increase speed of \\nresize task a lot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sie vergrößern ein eingehängtes Dateisystem um %1 Gigabyte.\n" #~ "Das kann sehr langsam sein und Stunden dauern. Ziehen Sie in Betracht,\n" @@ -9595,37 +8838,27 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is " -#~ "not used." +#~ msgid "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Der DM (Device Mapper) %1 ist in Benutzung. Er kann nicht\n" -#~ "bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass er nicht " -#~ "benutzt wird." +#~ "bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass er nicht benutzt wird." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" #~| "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" #~| "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already " -#~ "\\nincluded in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\\nBIOS RAIDs " -#~ "and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\\n" +#~ msgid "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \\nincluded in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\\nBIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Diese Ansicht zeigt alle Device-Mapper-Geräte außer denen, die " -#~ "bereits\n" +#~ "Diese Ansicht zeigt alle Device-Mapper-Geräte außer denen, die bereits\n" #~ "in einer anderen Ansicht angezeigt werden. Deshalb werden Multipath-\n" -#~ "Festplatten, BIOS RAIDs und LVM Logical-Volumes hier nicht angezeigt.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Festplatten, BIOS RAIDs und LVM Logical-Volumes hier nicht angezeigt.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected Device Mapper device." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected Device " -#~ "Mapper device." +#~ msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected Device Mapper device." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Diese Ansicht zeigt detaillierte Informationen über\n" #~ "das ausgewählte Device-Mapper-Gerät." @@ -9634,9 +8867,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows all devices used by the\n" #~| "selected Device Mapper device." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This view shows all devices used by the\\nselected Device Mapper " -#~ "device." +#~ msgid "This view shows all devices used by the\\nselected Device Mapper device." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Diese Ansicht zeigt alle Geräte, die von dem ausgewählten\n" #~ "Device-Mapper-Gerät verwendet werden. " @@ -9645,9 +8876,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" #~| "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\\nIf you proceed, the " -#~ "following partitions will be deleted:" +#~ msgid "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\\nIf you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Die Platte \"%1\"' enthält wenigstens eine Partition.\n" #~ "Wenn Sie weitermachen, werden die folgenden Partitionen gelöscht:" @@ -9656,26 +8885,19 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" #~| "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\\non " -#~ "%1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." +#~ msgid "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\\non %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Möchten Sie wirklich eine neue Partitionstabelle auf %1 erstellen? Dies " -#~ "wird alle Daten\n" -#~ "auf %1 und alle RAID- und Volume-Gruppen, die Partitionen auf %1 " -#~ "benutzen, löschen." +#~ "Möchten Sie wirklich eine neue Partitionstabelle auf %1 erstellen? Dies wird alle Daten\n" +#~ "auf %1 und alle RAID- und Volume-Gruppen, die Partitionen auf %1 benutzen, löschen." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure " -#~ "it is not used." +#~ msgid "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Die Partition %1 ist in Benutzung. Sie kann nicht\n" -#~ "bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie " -#~ "nicht in Benutzung ist." +#~ "bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht in Benutzung ist." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -9690,13 +8912,10 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nresized. To resize %1, make " -#~ "sure it is not used." +#~ msgid "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nresized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Die Partition %1 ist in Benutzung. Ihre Größe kann nicht\n" -#~ "geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass " -#~ "sie nicht in Benutzung ist." +#~ "geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht in Benutzung ist." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -9706,11 +8925,7 @@ #~| "Disks marked with the sign '*' contain one or\n" #~| "more partitions. After cloning, these\n" #~| "partitions will be deleted.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\\nthat will have the same " -#~ "partition layout as\\nthis disk.\\nDisks marked with the sign '*' " -#~ "contain one or\\nmore partitions. After cloning, these\\npartitions will " -#~ "be deleted.\\n" +#~ msgid "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\\nthat will have the same partition layout as\\nthis disk.\\nDisks marked with the sign '*' contain one or\\nmore partitions. After cloning, these\\npartitions will be deleted.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wählen Sie eine oder (soweit verfügbar) mehrere Festplatten\n" #~ "die mit derselben Partitionierung versehen werden sollen\n" @@ -9722,9 +8937,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The following partitions will be deleted\n" #~| "and all data on them will be lost:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The following partitions will be deleted\\nand all data on them will be " -#~ "lost:" +#~ msgid "The following partitions will be deleted\\nand all data on them will be lost:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Folgende Partitionen werden gelöscht\n" #~ "und alle darauf befindlichen Daten vernichtet:" @@ -9734,9 +8947,7 @@ #~| "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" #~| "disk must have at least one partition.\n" #~| "Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\\ndisk must have at " -#~ "least one partition.\\nCreate partitions before cloning the disk.\\n" +#~ msgid "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\\ndisk must have at least one partition.\\nCreate partitions before cloning the disk.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Diese Platte hat keine Partitionen. Um geklont zu werden,\n" #~ "muss eine Platte wenigstens eine Partition haben.\n" @@ -9746,9 +8957,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" #~| "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\\ndisks that could have " -#~ "the same partitioning layout." +#~ msgid "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\\ndisks that could have the same partitioning layout." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Diese Platte kann nicht geklont werden. Es gibt keine passenden\n" #~ "Platten, die dieselbe Partitionierung aufnehmen könnten." @@ -9757,12 +8966,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" #~| "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\\nReally execute dasdfmt on " -#~ "disk %1?\\n" +#~ msgid "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\\nReally execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Durch das Ausführen von dasdfmt werden alle Daten auf der Festplatte " -#~ "gelöscht.\n" +#~ "Durch das Ausführen von dasdfmt werden alle Daten auf der Festplatte gelöscht.\n" #~ "Möchten Sie dasdfmt wirklich auf Festplatte %1 ausführen?\n" #, fuzzy @@ -9771,9 +8977,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Partitions currently present on this disk are again\n" #~| "displayed.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\\n\\nPartitions currently " -#~ "present on this disk are again\\ndisplayed.\\n" +#~ msgid "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\\n\\nPartitions currently present on this disk are again\\ndisplayed.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Die Festplatte ist nicht mehr für dasdfmt markiert.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -9802,9 +9006,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows all hard disks including\n" #~| "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This view shows all hard disks including\\niSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and " -#~ "multipath disks and their partitions.\\n" +#~ msgid "This view shows all hard disks including\\niSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Diese Ansicht zeigt alle Festplatten einschließlich iSCSI-Festplatten\n" #~ "BIOS RAIDs und Multipath-Festplatten sowie deren Partitionen.\n" @@ -9813,9 +9015,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected hard disk." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected hard disk.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected hard disk." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Diese Ansicht zeigt detaillierte Informationen über\n" #~ "die ausgewählte Festplatte." @@ -9825,10 +9025,7 @@ #~| "This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" #~| "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" #~| "partitions are shown here.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This view shows all partitions of the selected\\nhard disk. If the " -#~ "hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\\npartitions are " -#~ "shown here.\\n" +#~ msgid "This view shows all partitions of the selected\\nhard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\\npartitions are shown here.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Diese Ansicht zeigt alle Partitionen der ausgewählten Festplatte.\n" #~ "Wenn die Festplatte z.B. von einem BIOS-RAID oder einer Multipath-\n" @@ -9837,13 +9034,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows all devices used by the\n" -#~| "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, " -#~| "partitioned\n" +#~| "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" #~| "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This view shows all devices used by the\\nselected hard disk. The view " -#~ "is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\\nsoftware RAIDs and " -#~ "multipath disks.\\n" +#~ msgid "This view shows all devices used by the\\nselected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\\nsoftware RAIDs and multipath disks.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Diese Ansicht zeigt alle Geräte, die von der ausgewählten\n" #~ "Festplatte verwendet werden. Diese Ansicht ist nur für BIOS-RAIDs,\n" @@ -9853,9 +9046,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected partition." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected partition.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected partition." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Diese Ansicht zeigt detaillierte Informationen über\n" #~ "die ausgewählte Partition an." @@ -9865,10 +9056,7 @@ #~| "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" #~| "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" #~| "the table.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing " -#~ "\\nLinux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in " -#~ "\\nthe table.\\n" +#~ msgid "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \\nLinux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \\nthe table.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "YaST hat Ihre Festplatten überprüft und darauf ein oder mehrere\n" #~ "vorhandene Linux-Systeme mit Einhängepunkten gefunden. Diese \n" @@ -9879,10 +9067,7 @@ #~| "You can choose whether the existing system\n" #~| "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" #~| "installation. Non-system volumes, e.g. /home, will not be formatted." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can choose whether the existing system\\nvolumes, e.g. / and /usr, " -#~ "will be formatted during the\\ninstallation. Non-system volumes, e.g. /" -#~ "home, will not be formatted." +#~ msgid "You can choose whether the existing system\\nvolumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\\ninstallation. Non-system volumes, e.g. /home, will not be formatted." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sie können wählen, ob die vorhandenen Systembereiche\n" #~ "z. B. / und /usr, während der Installation formatiert werden\n" @@ -9893,14 +9078,10 @@ #~| "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" #~| "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" #~| "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\\nTo keep the " -#~ "system in a consistent state, the following volume group\\nand its " -#~ "logical volumes will be deleted:\\n" +#~ msgid "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\\nTo keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\\nand its logical volumes will be deleted:\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Die ausgewählte Partition wird von der Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" verwendet.\n" -#~ "Um das System in einem konsistenten Zustand zu halten, werden die " -#~ "folgenden Volume-Gruppe\n" +#~ "Um das System in einem konsistenten Zustand zu halten, werden die folgenden Volume-Gruppe\n" #~ "und deren logischen Einheiten gelöscht:\n" #, fuzzy @@ -9908,9 +9089,7 @@ #~| "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" #~| "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" #~| "RAID device will be deleted:\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\\nTo keep the system in a " -#~ "consistent state, the following\\nRAID device will be deleted:\\n" +#~ msgid "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\\nTo keep the system in a consistent state, the following\\nRAID device will be deleted:\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Die gewählte Partition gehört zum RAID (%1).\n" #~ "Um das System in einem konsistenten Zustand zu halten,\n" @@ -9928,37 +9107,25 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to " -#~| "the file\n" +#~| "Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" #~| "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nPath Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to " -#~ "the file\\ncontaining the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nPath Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\\ncontaining the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Pfadname der Loop-Datei: Dies muss ein absoluter Pfad zur " -#~ "Datei sein,\n" -#~ "die die Daten für das einzurichtende verschlüsselte Loop-Gerät enthält.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Pfadname der Loop-Datei: Dies muss ein absoluter Pfad zur Datei sein,\n" +#~ "die die Daten für das einzurichtende verschlüsselte Loop-Gerät enthält.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be " -#~| "created\n" +#~| "Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\n" #~| "with the size given in the next field. NOTE: If the file already\n" #~| "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nCreate Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be " -#~ "created\\nwith the size given in the next field. NOTE: If the file " -#~ "already\\nexists, all data in it is lost.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nCreate Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\\nwith the size given in the next field. NOTE: If the file already\\nexists, all data in it is lost.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "-Loop-Datei erzeugen: Wird diese Option aktiviert, dann wird " -#~ "die Datei\n" -#~ "mit der im nächsten Feld angegebenen Größe erzeugt. HINWEIS: Wenn " -#~ "die\n" +#~ "-Loop-Datei erzeugen: Wird diese Option aktiviert, dann wird die Datei\n" +#~ "mit der im nächsten Feld angegebenen Größe erzeugt. HINWEIS: Wenn die\n" #~ "Datei bereits existiert, gehen alle Daten darin verloren.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -9966,14 +9133,11 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Size: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" #~| "created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nSize: This is the size of the loop file. The file system" -#~ "\\ncreated in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nSize: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\\ncreated in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Größe: Dies ist die Größe der Loop-Datei. Das Dateisystem,\n" -#~ "das im verschlüsselten Loop-Gerät erstellt werden soll, hat diese Größe.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "das im verschlüsselten Loop-Gerät erstellt werden soll, hat diese Größe.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -9982,18 +9146,12 @@ #~| "checks of file size and path names because the file system is not\n" #~| "accessible. It will be created at the end of the installation. Be\n" #~| "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nNOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency" -#~ "\\nchecks of file size and path names because the file system is not" -#~ "\\naccessible. It will be created at the end of the installation. Be" -#~ "\\ncareful when providing the size and path name.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nNOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\\nchecks of file size and path names because the file system is not\\naccessible. It will be created at the end of the installation. Be\\ncareful when providing the size and path name.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "HINWEIS: Während der Installation kann YaST keine " -#~ "Konsistenzprüfung\n" +#~ "HINWEIS: Während der Installation kann YaST keine Konsistenzprüfung\n" #~ "der Dateigröße und Pfadnamen vornehmen, da auf das Dateisystem nicht\n" -#~ "zugegriffen werden kann. Es wird am Ende des Installationsvorgangs " -#~ "angelegt.\n" +#~ "zugegriffen werden kann. Es wird am Ende des Installationsvorgangs angelegt.\n" #~ "Seien Sie sorgsam bei der Angabe der Größe und des Pfadnamens.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -10010,33 +9168,26 @@ #~| "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" #~| "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" #~| "the create flag." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\\nand the flag for create is off. " -#~ "Either use an existing file or activate\\nthe create flag." +#~ msgid "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\\nand the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\\nthe create flag." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Der Dateiname \"%1\" existiert nicht,\n" -#~ "und das Erstellungs-Flag ist ausgeschaltet. Verwenden Sie entweder eine " -#~ "vorhandene Datei\n" +#~ "und das Erstellungs-Flag ist ausgeschaltet. Verwenden Sie entweder eine vorhandene Datei\n" #~ "oder aktivieren Sie das Erstellungs-Flag." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure " -#~ "it is not used." +#~ msgid "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Die Crypt-Datei %1 ist in Benutzung. Sie kann nicht\n" -#~ "bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu editieren, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht " -#~ "in Benutzung ist." +#~ "bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu editieren, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht in Benutzung ist." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows detailed information of the\n" #~| "selected crypt file." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This view shows detailed information of the\\nselected crypt file." +#~ msgid "This view shows detailed information of the\\nselected crypt file." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Diese Ansicht zeigt detaillierte Informationen\n" #~ "über die ausgewählte Crypt-Datei." @@ -10045,9 +9196,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" #~| "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\\nare " -#~ "alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." +#~ msgid "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\\nare alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Der Name der Volume-Gruppe enthält unerlaubte Zeichen. Erlaubt\n" #~ "sind alphanumerische Zeichen, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" und \"+\"." @@ -10056,9 +9205,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" #~| "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\\nwith another entry in the /dev " -#~ "directory.\\n" +#~ msgid "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\\nwith another entry in the /dev directory.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Der Name der Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" steht im Konflikt\n" #~ "mit einem anderen Eintrag im Verzeichnis /dev.\n" @@ -10068,37 +9215,27 @@ #~| "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" #~| "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" #~| "and deleted:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\\nIf you " -#~ "proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\\nand " -#~ "deleted:" +#~ msgid "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\\nIf you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\\nand deleted:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Die Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" enthält mindestens ein Logical Volume.\n" -#~ "Wenn Sie fortfahren, werden die folgenden Volumes ausgehängt (falls " -#~ "eingehängt)\n" +#~ "Wenn Sie fortfahren, werden die folgenden Volumes ausgehängt (falls eingehängt)\n" #~ "und gelöscht:" # #-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-# check_en #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than " -#~| "%1\n" +#~| "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" #~| "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than " -#~ "%1\\nin powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" +#~ msgid "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\\nin powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die eingegebenen Daten sind ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe (Physical " -#~ "Extent Size) ein, die größer als %1\n" +#~ "Die eingegebenen Daten sind ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe (Physical Extent Size) ein, die größer als %1\n" #~ "potenziert mit 2 ist, zum Beispiel \"%2\" oder \"%3\"" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" #~| "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed" -#~ "\\nare alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." +#~ msgid "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\\nare alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Der Name für das Logical-Volume enthält ungültige Zeichen. Erlaubt\n" #~ "sind alphanumerische Zeichen, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -10107,8 +9244,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" #~| "in volume group \"%2\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\\nin volume group \"%2\"." +#~ msgid "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\\nin volume group \"%2\"." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ein Logical-Volume namens \"%1\" existiert bereits\n" #~ "in Volume-Gruppe \"%2\"." @@ -10116,116 +9252,72 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -#~| "of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -#~| "higher\n" +#~| "of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" #~| "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter the size as well as the number and size\\nof stripes for the new " -#~ "logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\\nthan the number " -#~ "of physical volumes of the volume group." +#~ msgid "Enter the size as well as the number and size\\nof stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\\nthan the number of physical volumes of the volume group." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geben Sie sowohl die Größe als auch die Anzahl und Größe\n" -#~ "der Streifen für das neue logische Volume an. Die Anzahl der Stripes kann " -#~ "nicht höher sein\n" +#~ "der Streifen für das neue logische Volume an. Die Anzahl der Stripes kann nicht höher sein\n" #~ "als die Anzahl physischer Volumes der Volume-Gruppe." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "So called Thin Volumes can created\n" -#~| "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from " -#~| "the \n" -#~| "assigned Thin Pool. So one can create Thin Volume of a size " -#~| "larger\n" -#~| "than the Thin Pool. Of course when there is really data written to a " -#~| "Thin\n" -#~| "Volume, the assigned Thin Pool must be able to meet this space " -#~| "requirement.\n" +#~| "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" +#~| "assigned Thin Pool. So one can create Thin Volume of a size larger\n" +#~| "than the Thin Pool. Of course when there is really data written to a Thin\n" +#~| "Volume, the assigned Thin Pool must be able to meet this space requirement.\n" #~| "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "So called Thin Volumes can created\\nwith arbitrary volume " -#~ "size. The space required is taken on demand from the \\nassigned Thin " -#~ "Pool. So one can create Thin Volume of a size larger\\nthan the Thin " -#~ "Pool. Of course when there is really data written to a Thin\\nVolume, the " -#~ "assigned Thin Pool must be able to meet this space requirement.\\nThin " -#~ "Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." +#~ msgid "So called Thin Volumes can created\\nwith arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \\nassigned Thin Pool. So one can create Thin Volume of a size larger\\nthan the Thin Pool. Of course when there is really data written to a Thin\\nVolume, the assigned Thin Pool must be able to meet this space requirement.\\nThin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sogenannte Thin Volumes können mit einer\n" -#~ "beliebigen Volume-Größe angelegt werden. Der erforderliche Speicherplatz " -#~ "wird bei Bedarf aus dem \n" -#~ "zugeordneten Thin Pool genommen. So kann man ein Thin Volume " -#~ "anlegen, das größer ist\n" -#~ "als der Thin Pool. Natürlich muss, wenn wirklich Daten in ein Thin Volume " -#~ "geschrieben werden,\n" -#~ "der zugeordnete Thin Pool in der Lage sein, diesen Speicherplatz " -#~ "bereitzustellen.\n" +#~ "beliebigen Volume-Größe angelegt werden. Der erforderliche Speicherplatz wird bei Bedarf aus dem \n" +#~ "zugeordneten Thin Pool genommen. So kann man ein Thin Volume anlegen, das größer ist\n" +#~ "als der Thin Pool. Natürlich muss, wenn wirklich Daten in ein Thin Volume geschrieben werden,\n" +#~ "der zugeordnete Thin Pool in der Lage sein, diesen Speicherplatz bereitzustellen.\n" #~ "Thin Volumes können keine Stripes-Anzahl haben." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -#~| "This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were " -#~| "before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +#~| "This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" #~| "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\\nThis " -#~ "is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -#~ "the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\\nIf in doubt this is " -#~ "most probably the right choice" +#~ msgid "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\\nThis is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\\nIf in doubt this is most probably the right choice" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sie können ein Logical-Volume als ein Normal Volume " -#~ "deklarieren.\n" -#~ "Das ist die Vorgabe und bedeutet normale LVM-Volumes, wie vor der " -#~ "Einführung von Thin Provisioning.\n" +#~ "Sie können ein Logical-Volume als ein Normal Volume deklarieren.\n" +#~ "Das ist die Vorgabe und bedeutet normale LVM-Volumes, wie vor der Einführung von Thin Provisioning.\n" #~ "Im Zweifel ist das wahrscheinlich die richtige Wahl" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -#~| "This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand " -#~| "from such a pool." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\\nThis means " -#~ "Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a " -#~ "pool." +#~| "This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +#~ msgid "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\\nThis means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sie können ein Logical-Volume als einen Thin Pool deklarieren.\n" -#~ "Das bedeutet, Thin Volumes beziehen bei Bedarf ihren benötigten " -#~ "Speicherplatz aus solch einem Pool." +#~ "Das bedeutet, Thin Volumes beziehen bei Bedarf ihren benötigten Speicherplatz aus solch einem Pool." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -#~| "This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin " -#~| "Pool." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\\nThis " -#~ "means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." -#~ "" +#~| "This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +#~ msgid "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\\nThis means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sie können ein Logical-Volume als ein Thin Volume deklarieren.\n" -#~ "Das bedeutet, das Volume bezieht bei Bedarf Speicherplatz aus einem " -#~ "Thin Pool." +#~ "Das bedeutet, das Volume bezieht bei Bedarf Speicherplatz aus einem Thin Pool." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -#~| "unused\n" +#~| "To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" #~| "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\\n" -#~ "\\nTo use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or " -#~ "one unused\\nRAID device is required. Change your partition table " -#~ "accordingly." +#~ msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\\n\\nTo use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\\nRAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Es gibt nicht genug passende unbenutzte Geräte, um eine Volume-Gruppe zu " -#~ "erstellen.\n" +#~ "Es gibt nicht genug passende unbenutzte Geräte, um eine Volume-Gruppe zu erstellen.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Um LVM zu benutzen, wird wenigstens eine unbenutzte Partition vom Typ " -#~ "0x8e (oder 0x83) oder\n" -#~ "ein unbenutztes RAID-Gerät benötigt. Ändern Sie ihre Partitionstabelle " -#~ "dementsprechend." +#~ "Um LVM zu benutzen, wird wenigstens eine unbenutzte Partition vom Typ 0x8e (oder 0x83) oder\n" +#~ "ein unbenutztes RAID-Gerät benötigt. Ändern Sie ihre Partitionstabelle dementsprechend." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -10240,20 +9332,16 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it " -#~ "is not used." +#~ msgid "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Das Volumen %1 ist in Benutzung. Es kann nicht\n" -#~ "bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht " -#~ "benutzt wird." +#~ "bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht benutzt wird." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" #~| "their logical volumes." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\\ntheir logical volumes." +#~ msgid "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\\ntheir logical volumes." #~ msgstr "" #~ "In dieser Ansicht werden alle LVM-Volume-Gruppen und\n" #~ "deren logischen Volumes angezeigt." @@ -10262,9 +9350,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected volume group." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected volume group." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected volume group." #~ msgstr "" #~ " Diese Ansicht zeigt detaillierte Informationen über die\n" #~ "ausgewählte Volume-Gruppe." @@ -10273,8 +9359,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" #~| "selected volume group." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This view shows all logical volumes of the\\nselected volume group." +#~ msgid "This view shows all logical volumes of the\\nselected volume group." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Diese Ansicht zeigt alle Logical-Volumes der\n" #~ "ausgewählten Volume-Gruppe." @@ -10283,9 +9368,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" #~| "the selected volume group." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This view shows all physical volumes used by\\nthe selected volume " -#~ "group." +#~ msgid "This view shows all physical volumes used by\\nthe selected volume group." #~ msgstr "" #~ "In dieser Ansicht werden alle physischen Volumes angezeigt,\n" #~ "die von der ausgewählten Volume-Gruppe verwendet werden." @@ -10294,9 +9377,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected logical volume." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected logical " -#~ "volume." +#~ msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected logical volume." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Diese Ansicht zeigt detaillierte Informationen über das\n" #~ "ausgewählte Logical-Volume." @@ -10306,9 +9387,7 @@ #~| "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" #~| "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" #~| "Really exit?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes" -#~ "\\nwill be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\\nReally exit?" +#~ msgid "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\\nwill be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\\nReally exit?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sie haben die Partitionierung geändert. Diese Änderungen gehen verloren,\n" #~ "wenn Sie den Dialog mit \"%1\" verlassen. Sind Sie sich sicher?" @@ -10325,139 +9404,89 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -#~| "There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives " -#~| "crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\\nThere is " -#~ "NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data " -#~ "recovery will not be possible.\\n" +#~| "There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +#~ msgid "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\\nThere is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "RAID 0: Mit dieser Stufe wird die Plattenleistung erhöht.\n" -#~ "In diesem Modus gibt es KEINE Redundanz. Wenn auf einem der " -#~ "Laufwerke ein Fehler auftritt, ist eine Datenwiederherstellung nicht mehr " -#~ "möglich.\n" +#~ "In diesem Modus gibt es KEINE Redundanz. Wenn auf einem der Laufwerke ein Fehler auftritt, ist eine Datenwiederherstellung nicht mehr möglich.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -#~| "used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all " -#~| "data on all\n" -#~| "disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. " -#~| "The partitions\n" +#~| "used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +#~| "disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" #~| "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\\nused " -#~ "with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " -#~ "all\\ndisks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is " -#~ "lost. The partitions\\nused for this type of RAID should have " -#~ "approximately the same size.\\n" +#~ msgid "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\\nused with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\\ndisks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\\nused for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "RAID 1: Diese Stufe weist die beste Redundanz auf. \n" #~ "Er kann bei zwei oder mehr Festplatten zum Einsatz kommen. \n" #~ "Dieser Modus sorgt dafür, dass sich eine exakte Kopie aller Daten \n" #~ "auf jeder Festplatte befindet.\n" -#~ "Solange mindestens eine Festplatte funktioniert, sind noch keine Daten " -#~ "verloren.\n" -#~ "Die für diesen RAID-Typ verwendeten Partitionen sollten in etwa die " -#~ "gleiche\n" +#~ "Solange mindestens eine Festplatte funktioniert, sind noch keine Daten verloren.\n" +#~ "Die für diesen RAID-Typ verwendeten Partitionen sollten in etwa die gleiche\n" #~ "Größe aufweisen.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -#~| "of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on " -#~| "three disks or more.\n" -#~| "If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -#~| "simultaneously, all data is lost\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number" -#~ "\\nof disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on " -#~ "three disks or more.\\nIf one disk fails, all data is still intact. If " -#~ "two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\\n" +#~| "of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +#~| "If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +#~ msgid "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\\nof disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\\nIf one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "RAID 5: Bei dieser Stufe wird die Verwaltung einer " -#~ "größeren \n" +#~ "RAID 5: Bei dieser Stufe wird die Verwaltung einer größeren \n" #~ "Anzahl an Festplatten mit einer gewissen Redundanz kombiniert. \n" #~ "Für diesen Modus sind drei oder mehr Festplatten erforderlich. \n" #~ "Wenn eine Festplatte ausfällt, ist noch immer gewährleistet,\n" -#~ "dass keine Daten verloren gehen; wenn zwei Festplatten gleichzeitig " -#~ "ausfallen,\n" +#~ "dass keine Daten verloren gehen; wenn zwei Festplatten gleichzeitig ausfallen,\n" #~ "gehen alle Daten verloren.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -#~| "the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions " -#~| "(RAID0), the size\n" -#~| "of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5)." -#~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\\nthe RAID type, the usable " -#~ "disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\\nof the " -#~ "smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\\n" +#~| "the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +#~| "of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +#~ msgid "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\\nthe RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\\nof the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Fügen Sie Ihrer RAID-Festplatte Partitionen hinzu. Je nach\n" -#~ "RAID-Typ ist der verwendbare Plattenspeicher die Summe dieser Partitionen " -#~ "(RAID 0), die Größe\n" -#~ "der kleinsten Partition (RAID 1) oder die Anzahl der Partitionen minus 1, " -#~ "multipliziert mit der kleinsten Partition (RAID 5) -- in einer Formel " -#~ "ausgedrückt: (N-1) * kleinste Partition.\n" +#~ "RAID-Typ ist der verwendbare Plattenspeicher die Summe dieser Partitionen (RAID 0), die Größe\n" +#~ "der kleinsten Partition (RAID 1) oder die Anzahl der Partitionen minus 1, multipliziert mit der kleinsten Partition (RAID 5) -- in einer Formel ausgedrückt: (N-1) * kleinste Partition.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" #~| "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\\nto get the " -#~ "redundancy and performance you want.\\n" +#~ msgid "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\\nto get the redundancy and performance you want.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Im Allgemeinen sollten sich die Partitionen auf verschiedenen " -#~ "Festplatten\n" +#~ "Im Allgemeinen sollten sich die Partitionen auf verschiedenen Festplatten\n" #~ "befinden, um wirklich die gewünschte Redundanz bzw. den angestrebten\n" #~ "Durchsatz zu erreichen.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -#~| "of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for " -#~| "RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -#~| "32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not " -#~| "affect the array very much.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\\nof data " -#~ "that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is " -#~ "128 kB. For RAID 0,\\n32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the " -#~ "chunk size does not affect the array very much.\\n" +#~| "of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +#~| "32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +#~ msgid "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\\nof data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\\n32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Blockgröße: Dies ist die kleinste \"atomare\" Datenmenge, " -#~ "die auf die Geräte geschrieben werden kann.\n" -#~ "Eine sinnvolle Blockgröße für RAID 5 ist 128 KB, für RAID 0 ist 32 KB ein " -#~ "guter Anfangswert.\n" -#~ "Bei RAID 1 beeinflusst die Blockgröße das gesamte Plattensystem nicht " -#~ "wesentlich.\n" +#~ "Blockgröße: Dies ist die kleinste \"atomare\" Datenmenge, die auf die Geräte geschrieben werden kann.\n" +#~ "Eine sinnvolle Blockgröße für RAID 5 ist 128 KB, für RAID 0 ist 32 KB ein guter Anfangswert.\n" +#~ "Bei RAID 1 beeinflusst die Blockgröße das gesamte Plattensystem nicht wesentlich.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -#~| "Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical " -#~| "disks with rotating platters.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\\nLeft-symmetric is the one " -#~ "that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters." -#~ "\\n" +#~| "Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +#~ msgid "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\\nLeft-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Der Paritätsalgorithmus, der für RAID5/6 verwendet werden soll.\n" -#~ "\"Links-symmetrisch\" bietet, bei den üblichen Laufwerken mit rotierenden " -#~ "Scheiben, die höchste Leistung.\n" +#~ "\"Links-symmetrisch\" bietet, bei den üblichen Laufwerken mit rotierenden Scheiben, die höchste Leistung.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "For further details regarding the parity \n" #~| "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For further details regarding the parity \\nalgorithm please look at the " -#~ "man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\\n" +#~ msgid "For further details regarding the parity \\nalgorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Weitere Details zum Paritätsalgorithmus \n" #~ "entnehmen Sie bitte der Manpage für mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -10466,45 +9495,34 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is " -#~ "not used." +#~ msgid "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Das RAID %1 ist in Benutzung. Es kann nicht\n" -#~ "bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht " -#~ "benutzt wird." +#~ "bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht benutzt wird." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" #~| "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\\nresized. To resize " -#~ "%1, remove it and create it again." +#~ msgid "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\\nresized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Das RAID %1 wurde bereits auf der Festplatte erstellt. Seine Größe kann " -#~ "nicht\n" -#~ "geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, löschen Sie es und legen " -#~ "es erneut an." +#~ "Das RAID %1 wurde bereits auf der Festplatte erstellt. Seine Größe kann nicht\n" +#~ "geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, löschen Sie es und legen es erneut an." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nresized. To resize %1, make sure it " -#~ "is not used." +#~ msgid "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nresized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Das RAID %1 ist in Benutzung. Seine Größe kann nicht\n" -#~ "geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass " -#~ "es nicht benutzt wird." +#~ "geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht benutzt wird." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected RAID." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected RAID." +#~ msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected RAID." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Diese Ansicht zeigt detaillierte Informationen über das\n" #~ "ausgewählte RAID an." @@ -10530,39 +9548,25 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" -#~| "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the " -#~| "kernel\n" -#~| "device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device " -#~| "Path\n" +#~| "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" +#~| "device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" #~| "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -#~| "persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID</" -#~| "i> and\n" +#~| "persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" #~| "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Default Mount by gives the mount by\\nmethod for newly created " -#~ "file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\\ndevice name, which is " -#~ "not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\\nuse names " -#~ "generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\\npersistent " -#~ "but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and" -#~ "\\nVolume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\\n" +#~ msgid "Default Mount by gives the mount by\\nmethod for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\\ndevice name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\\nuse names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\\npersistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\\nVolume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Standard-Mount ist die Einhängemethode \n" #~ "für neu erstellte Dateisysteme. Gerätename benutzt den Kernel-\n" -#~ "Gerätenamen, der jedoch nicht beständig ist. Geräte-ID und " -#~ "Gerätepfad\n" -#~ "benutzen durch udev aus der Hardware-Information generierte Namen. Diese " -#~ "sollten\n" +#~ "Gerätenamen, der jedoch nicht beständig ist. Geräte-ID und Gerätepfad\n" +#~ "benutzen durch udev aus der Hardware-Information generierte Namen. Diese sollten\n" #~ "beständig sein, leider ist dies nicht immer so. UUID und\n" -#~ "Volume-Kennung verwenden UUID und Bezeichnung des Dateisystems.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Volume-Kennung verwenden UUID und Bezeichnung des Dateisystems.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Default File System gives the file\n" #~| "system type for newly created file systems.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Default File System gives the file\\nsystem type for newly " -#~ "created file systems.\\n" +#~ msgid "Default File System gives the file\\nsystem type for newly created file systems.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Standard-Dateisystem gibt das\n" #~ "Dateisystem für neu erstellte Dateisysteme an.\n" @@ -10570,34 +9574,21 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -#~| "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -#~| "traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -#~| "aligns the \n" -#~| "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the " -#~| "Linux \n" +#~| "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +#~| "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" #~| "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\\ndetermines how created " -#~ "partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at " -#~ "cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \\npartitions " -#~ "for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \\nkernel " -#~ "or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\\n" +#~ msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\\ndetermines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \\npartitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \\nkernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ausrichtung neu erstellter Partitionen\n" -#~ "bestimmt, wie neu erstellte Partitionen ausgerichtet werden. Zylinder</" -#~ "b> ist die traditionelle Ausrichtung an Zylindergrenzen der Festplatte. " -#~ "Optimal richtet die\n" -#~ "Partitionen entsprechend Hinweisen des Linux-Kernels für beste Leistung " -#~ "aus\n" +#~ "bestimmt, wie neu erstellte Partitionen ausgerichtet werden. Zylinder ist die traditionelle Ausrichtung an Zylindergrenzen der Festplatte. Optimal richtet die\n" +#~ "Partitionen entsprechend Hinweisen des Linux-Kernels für beste Leistung aus\n" #~ "oder versucht kompatibel zu Windows Vista und Win 7 zu sein.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" #~| "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Show Storage Devices by controls\\nthe name displayed for hard " -#~ "disks in the navigation tree." +#~ msgid "Show Storage Devices by controls\\nthe name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Speichergeräte anzeigen durch kontrolliert den\n" #~ "angezeigten Namen für Festplatten in der Baumansicht." @@ -10606,9 +9597,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Visible Information On Storage\n" #~| "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Visible Information On Storage\\nDevices allows to hide " -#~ "information in the tables and overview." +#~ msgid "Visible Information On Storage\\nDevices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sichtbare Informationen über Speichergeräte ermöglicht\n" #~ "es, Informationen in den Tabellen und der Übersicht auszublenden." @@ -10626,9 +9615,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected tmpfs volume.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected tmpfs volume." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected tmpfs volume.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Diese Ansicht zeigt detaillierte Informationen über das\n" #~ "ausgewählte tmpfs-Volumen.\n" @@ -10636,13 +9623,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows devices that have no mount\n" -#~| "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups " -#~| "that\n" +#~| "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" #~| "have no logical volumes." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This view shows devices that have no mount\\npoint assigned to them, " -#~ "disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\\nhave no logical " -#~ "volumes." +#~ msgid "This view shows devices that have no mount\\npoint assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\\nhave no logical volumes." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Diese Ansicht zeigt Geräte ohne zugeordneten Einhängepunkt,\n" #~ "unpartitionierte Festplatten und Volume-Gruppen ohne Logical-Volumes." @@ -10651,9 +9634,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" #~| "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Rescanning unused devices cancels\\nall current changes. Really rescan " -#~ "unused devices?" +#~ msgid "Rescanning unused devices cancels\\nall current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ein erneutes Einlesen nicht verwendeter Geräte verwirft\n" #~ "alle Änderungen. Möchten Sie die Geräte wirklich neu einlesen?" @@ -10671,9 +9652,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" #~| "Remove the snapshot first." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\\nRemove the " -#~ "snapshot first." +#~ msgid "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\\nRemove the snapshot first." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Es gibt mindestens einen aktiven Snapshot für dieses Volume.\n" #~ "Entfernen Sie zuerst den Snapshot." @@ -10682,9 +9661,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" #~| "Remove the thin volume first." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\\nRemove the thin " -#~ "volume first." +#~ msgid "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\\nRemove the thin volume first." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Es gibt mindestens ein Thin Volume, das diesen Pool benutzt.\n" #~ "Entfernen Sie zuerst das Thin Volume." @@ -10693,242 +9670,158 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "The file needs to contain lines with a regular expression and a class " -#~| "name\n" +#~| "The file needs to contain lines with a regular expression and a class name\n" #~| "per line. Example:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Pattern file has invalid format!\\n\\nThe file needs to contain lines " -#~ "with a regular expression and a class name\\nper line. Example:" +#~ msgid "Pattern file has invalid format!\\n\\nThe file needs to contain lines with a regular expression and a class name\\nper line. Example:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Die Schema-Datei hat ein ungültiges Format!\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Die Datei muss aus Zeilen mit regulären Ausdrücken und einem Klassen-" -#~ "Namen\n" +#~ "Die Datei muss aus Zeilen mit regulären Ausdrücken und einem Klassen-Namen\n" #~ "pro Zeile bestehen. Beispiel:" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -#~| "contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for " -#~| "many cases\n" +#~| "contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" #~| "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\\ncontained " -#~ "in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases" -#~ "\\nfewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " +#~ msgid "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\\ncontained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\\nfewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dieser Dialog definiert Klassen für die RAID-Geräte, die im RAID " -#~ "enthalten sind.\n" +#~ "Dieser Dialog definiert Klassen für die RAID-Geräte, die im RAID enthalten sind.\n" #~ "Verfügbare Klassen sind A, B, C, D und E, aber in vielen Fällen\n" #~ "sind weniger Klassen nötig (z.B. nur A und B). " #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -#~| "device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -#~| "the \n" -#~| "Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a " -#~| "class in\n" -#~| "one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -#~| "currently \n" +#~| "device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +#~| "Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +#~| "one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" #~| "selected devices into this class." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\\ndevice " -#~ "and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the " -#~ "\\nCtrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a " -#~ "class in\\none step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to " -#~ "\"%2\" to put currently \\nselected devices into this class." +#~ msgid "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\\ndevice and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \\nCtrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\\none step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \\nselected devices into this class." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sie können dem Gerät eine Klasse zuordnen, indem Sie auf das Gerät " -#~ "rechts-klicken\n" -#~ "und die passende Klasse aus dem Kontext-Menü auswählen. Durch Drücken " -#~ "von \n" -#~ "Strg oder der Umschalttaste können Sie mehrere Geräte auswählen und sie " -#~ "in einem Schritt\n" -#~ "einer Klasse zuordnen. Man kann auch die Knöpfe \"%1\" bis \"%2\" " -#~ "benutzen, um die gerade\n" +#~ "Sie können dem Gerät eine Klasse zuordnen, indem Sie auf das Gerät rechts-klicken\n" +#~ "und die passende Klasse aus dem Kontext-Menü auswählen. Durch Drücken von \n" +#~ "Strg oder der Umschalttaste können Sie mehrere Geräte auswählen und sie in einem Schritt\n" +#~ "einer Klasse zuordnen. Man kann auch die Knöpfe \"%1\" bis \"%2\" benutzen, um die gerade\n" #~ "ausgewählten Geräte der jeweiligen Klasse zuzuordnen." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" #~| "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \\ndevices by " -#~ "pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." +#~ msgid "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \\ndevices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nach dem Festlegen der Klassen für die Geräte können Sie \n" -#~ "die Geräte sortieren, indem Sie einen der Knöpfe \"%1\" oder \"%2\" " -#~ "drücken." +#~ "die Geräte sortieren, indem Sie einen der Knöpfe \"%1\" oder \"%2\" drücken." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" #~| "of class B and so on." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\\nof class B " -#~ "and so on." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sortiert ordnet alle Geräte von Klasse A vor denen von Klasse B an " -#~ "und so weiter." +#~ msgid "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\\nof class B and so on." +#~ msgstr "Sortiert ordnet alle Geräte von Klasse A vor denen von Klasse B an und so weiter." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" -#~| "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then " -#~| "the \n" -#~| "second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -#~| "follow." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of " -#~ "\\nclass B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then " -#~ "the \\nsecond device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on " -#~ "will follow." +#~| "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" +#~| "second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +#~ msgid "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \\nclass B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \\nsecond device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Interleaved nimmt das erste Gerät der Klasse A, dann das erste " -#~ "Gerät der Klasse B,\n" -#~ "und dann alle folgenden Klassen, denen Geräte zugeordnet sind. Dann kommt " -#~ "das zweite Gerät der Klasse A,\n" +#~ "Interleaved nimmt das erste Gerät der Klasse A, dann das erste Gerät der Klasse B,\n" +#~ "und dann alle folgenden Klassen, denen Geräte zugeordnet sind. Dann kommt das zweite Gerät der Klasse A,\n" #~ "das zweite Gerät der Klasse B und so weiter." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" -#~| "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as " -#~| "the \n" +#~| "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" #~| "order in the RAID to be created." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\\nWhen " -#~ "you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the " -#~ "\\norder in the RAID to be created." +#~ msgid "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\\nWhen you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \\norder in the RAID to be created." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Alle Geräte ohne Klasse werden am Ende der Geräteliste einsortiert.\n" -#~ "Wenn Sie das Popup-Fenster verlassen, wird die derzeitige " -#~ "Gerätereihenfolge als\n" +#~ "Wenn Sie das Popup-Fenster verlassen, wird die derzeitige Gerätereihenfolge als\n" #~ "Reihenfolge im anzulegenden RAID verwendet." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -#~| "lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). " -#~| "All devices that match \n" -#~| "the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The " -#~| "regular expression is \n" +#~| "lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +#~| "the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" #~| "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -#~| "the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -#~| "part1) and the\n" +#~| "the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" #~| "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -#~| "The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches " -#~| "more then one\n" +#~| "The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" #~| "regular expression." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains" -#~ "\\nlines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). " -#~ "All devices that match \\nthe regular expression will be put into the " -#~ "class on this line. The regular expression is \\nmatched against the " -#~ "kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \\nthe udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-" -#~ "path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\\nthe udev id (e.g. /" -#~ "dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \\nThe first match " -#~ "finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one" -#~ "\\nregular expression." +#~ msgid "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\\nlines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \\nthe regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \\nmatched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \\nthe udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\\nthe udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \\nThe first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\\nregular expression." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Durch Drücken des Knopfs \"%1\" können Sie eine Datei auswählen,\n" -#~ "die Zeilen mit regulären Ausdrücken enthält und einen Klassen-Namen (z.B. " -#~ "\"sda.* A\").\n" -#~ "Alle Geräte, die dem regulären Ausdruck entsprechen, werden der Klasse in " -#~ "dieser Zeile zugeordnet.\n" +#~ "die Zeilen mit regulären Ausdrücken enthält und einen Klassen-Namen (z.B. \"sda.* A\").\n" +#~ "Alle Geräte, die dem regulären Ausdruck entsprechen, werden der Klasse in dieser Zeile zugeordnet.\n" #~ "Der reguläre Ausdruck wird mit dem Kernel-Namen (z.B. /dev/sda1), \n" -#~ "dem udev-Pfadnamen (z.B. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -#~ "part1) und\n" -#~ "der udev-ID (z.B. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) " -#~ "verglichen.\n" -#~ "Der erste Treffer legt die Klasse des Gerätes fest, wenn der Gerätename " -#~ "zu mehreren\n" +#~ "dem udev-Pfadnamen (z.B. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) und\n" +#~ "der udev-ID (z.B. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) verglichen.\n" +#~ "Der erste Treffer legt die Klasse des Gerätes fest, wenn der Gerätename zu mehreren\n" #~ "regulären Ausdrücken passt." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" #~| "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\\nValue must " -#~ "be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." +#~ msgid "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\\nValue must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ungültige Größenangabe. Geben Sie eine Zahl gefolgt von K, M, G oder % " -#~ "an.\n" -#~ "Der Wert muss größer als 100k oder zwischen 1% und 200% sein. Bitte " -#~ "erneut versuchen." +#~ "Ungültige Größenangabe. Geben Sie eine Zahl gefolgt von K, M, G oder % an.\n" +#~ "Der Wert muss größer als 100k oder zwischen 1% und 200% sein. Bitte erneut versuchen." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Tmpfs Size:\n" -#~| "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, " -#~| "Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +#~| "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" #~| "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Tmpfs Size:\\nSize may be either entered as a number followed " -#~ "by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\\nas a number followed by a " -#~ "percent sign meaning percentage of memory." +#~ msgid "Tmpfs Size:\\nSize may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\\nas a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Tmpfs-Größe:\n" -#~ "Die Größe kann entweder als Zahl gefolgt von einem K, M oder G (für " -#~ "Kilo-, Mega- oder Gigabyte) oder\n" -#~ "als Zahl gefolgt von einem Prozentzeichen (wobei der Prozentanteil des zu " -#~ "benutzenden Speichers gemeint ist) angeben." +#~ "Die Größe kann entweder als Zahl gefolgt von einem K, M oder G (für Kilo-, Mega- oder Gigabyte) oder\n" +#~ "als Zahl gefolgt von einem Prozentzeichen (wobei der Prozentanteil des zu benutzenden Speichers gemeint ist) angeben." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Swap Priority:\n" #~| "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Swap Priority:\\nEnter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean " -#~ "higher priority.\\n" +#~ msgid "Swap Priority:\\nEnter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Swap-Priorität:\n" -#~ "Geben Sie die Swap-Priorität ein. Je höher die Nummer, desto höher die " -#~ "Priorität.\n" +#~ "Geben Sie die Swap-Priorität ein. Je höher die Nummer, desto höher die Priorität.\n" # #-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-# English text sounds strange. -ts- #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Mount Read-Only:\n" -#~| "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -#~| "installation\n" +#~| "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" #~| "the file system is always mounted read-write." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Mount Read-Only:\\nWriting to the file system is not possible. " -#~ "Default is false. During installation\\nthe file system is always mounted " -#~ "read-write." +#~ msgid "Mount Read-Only:\\nWriting to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\\nthe file system is always mounted read-write." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Schreibgeschützt einhängen:\n" -#~ "Kein Schreiben auf das Dateisystem möglich. Standard ist aus. Während der " -#~ "Installation\n" +#~ "Kein Schreiben auf das Dateisystem möglich. Standard ist aus. Während der Installation\n" #~ "wird das Dateisystem immer schreibfähig eingehängt." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "No Access Time:\n" #~| "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No Access Time:\\nAccess times are not updated when a file is " -#~ "read. Default is false.\\n" +#~ msgid "No Access Time:\\nAccess times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Keine Zugriffszeit:\n" -#~ "Zugriffszeiten werden nicht aktualisiert, wenn eine Datei gelesen wird. " -#~ "Standard ist 'aus' (Zugriffszeiten werden aktualisiert).\n" +#~ "Zugriffszeiten werden nicht aktualisiert, wenn eine Datei gelesen wird. Standard ist 'aus' (Zugriffszeiten werden aktualisiert).\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Mountable by User:\n" -#~| "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</" -#~| "p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Mountable by User:\\nThe file system may be mounted by an " -#~ "ordinary user. Default is false.\\n" +#~| "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" +#~ msgid "Mountable by User:\\nThe file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Durch Benutzer einhängbar:\n" -#~ "Normale Benutzer dürfen das Dateisystem ein- und aushängen. Standard ist " -#~ "'aus'.\n" +#~ "Normale Benutzer dürfen das Dateisystem ein- und aushängen. Standard ist 'aus'.\n" # #-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-# English title should match the option name. -ts- #, fuzzy @@ -10936,25 +9829,15 @@ #~| "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" #~| "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" #~| "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -#~| "with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount " -#~| "point></tt>\n" -#~| "is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file " -#~| "system is mounted). Default is false.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\\nThe file system is not " -#~ "automatically mounted when the system starts.\\nAn entry in /etc/fstab is " -#~ "created and the file system is mounted\\nwith the appropriate options " -#~ "when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\\nis entered (<" -#~ "mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). " -#~ "Default is false.\\n" +#~| "with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +#~| "is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +#~ msgid "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\\nThe file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\\nAn entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\\nwith the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\\nis entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nicht beim Systemstart einhängen:\n" #~ "Das Dateisystem wird beim Systemstart nicht automatisch eingehängt.\n" -#~ "In /etc/fstab wird ein Eintrag angelegt und das Dateisystem wird mit den " -#~ "passenden\n" +#~ "In /etc/fstab wird ein Eintrag angelegt und das Dateisystem wird mit den passenden\n" #~ "Optionen eingehängt, wenn das Kommando <tt>mount <mountpoint></tt>\n" -#~ "angegeben wird (<mountpoint> ist das Verzeichnis, in das das " -#~ "Dateisystem\n" +#~ "angegeben wird (<mountpoint> ist das Verzeichnis, in das das Dateisystem\n" #~ "eingehängt wird). Standard ist 'aus'.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -10962,9 +9845,7 @@ #~| "Enable Quota Support:\n" #~| "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" #~| "Default is false.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enable Quota Support:\\nThe file system is mounted with user " -#~ "quotas enabled.\\nDefault is false.\\n" +#~ msgid "Enable Quota Support:\\nThe file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\\nDefault is false.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kontingentunterstützung (Quota) aktivieren:\n" #~ "Das Dateisystem wird mit aktivierten Benutzerkontingenten eingehängt.\n" @@ -10977,29 +9858,16 @@ #~| "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" #~| "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" #~| "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" -#~| "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file " -#~| "system\n" -#~| "prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -#~| "impact. \n" -#~| "<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance " -#~| "impact.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Data Journaling Mode:\\nSpecifies the journaling mode for file " -#~ "data.\\n<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to " -#~ "being\\nwritten into the main file system. Highest performance impact. " -#~ "\\n<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file " -#~ "system\\nprior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium " -#~ "performance impact. \\n<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not " -#~ "preserved. No performance impact.\\n" +#~| "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" +#~| "prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +#~| "<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +#~ msgid "Data Journaling Mode:\\nSpecifies the journaling mode for file data.\\n<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\\nwritten into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \\n<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\\nprior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \\n<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Daten-Journaling-Modus:\n" #~ "Gibt den Journaling-Modus für Dateidaten an.\n" -#~ " <tt>journal</tt> -- Alle Daten werden vor dem Schreiben in das " -#~ "Hauptdateisystem\n" +#~ " <tt>journal</tt> -- Alle Daten werden vor dem Schreiben in das Hauptdateisystem\n" #~ " im Journal gespeichert. Stärkste Leistungsbeeinträchtigung. \n" -#~ " <tt>ordered</tt> -- Alle Daten werden zwangsweise direkt in das " -#~ "Hauptdateisystem übertragen, bevor die entsprechenden Metadaten im " -#~ "Journal gespeichert werden. Mittlere Leistungsbeeinträchtigung. \n" +#~ " <tt>ordered</tt> -- Alle Daten werden zwangsweise direkt in das Hauptdateisystem übertragen, bevor die entsprechenden Metadaten im Journal gespeichert werden. Mittlere Leistungsbeeinträchtigung. \n" #~ " <tt>writeback</tt> -- Die Datenreihenfolge\n" #~ "wird nicht beibehalten. Keine Leistungsbeeinträchtigung.\n" @@ -11007,9 +9875,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" #~| "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Access Control Lists (ACL):\\nEnable access control lists on " -#~ "the file system.\\n" +#~ msgid "Access Control Lists (ACL):\\nEnable access control lists on the file system.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Zugriffskontrolllisten (ACL):\n" #~ "Aktivieren von Zugriffskontrolllisten auf dem Dateisystem.\n" @@ -11018,9 +9884,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Extended User Attributes:\n" #~| "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Extended User Attributes:\\nAllow extended user attributes on " -#~ "the file system.\\n" +#~ msgid "Extended User Attributes:\\nAllow extended user attributes on the file system.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Erweiterte Benutzerattribute:\n" #~ "Erweiterte Benutzerattribute auf dem Dateisystem erlauben.\n" @@ -11028,87 +9892,61 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -#~| "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field " -#~| "of /etc/fstab.\n" +#~| "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" #~| "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Arbitrary Option Value:\\nIn this field, type any legal mount " -#~ "option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\\nMultiple options are " -#~ "separated by commas.\\n" +#~ msgid "Arbitrary Option Value:\\nIn this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\\nMultiple options are separated by commas.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Beliebiger Optionswert:\n" -#~ "Geben Sie in diesem Feld eine beliebige Einhängeoption ein, die im " -#~ "vierten Feld von /etc/fstab erlaubt ist.\n" +#~ "Geben Sie in diesem Feld eine beliebige Einhängeoption ein, die im vierten Feld von /etc/fstab erlaubt ist.\n" #~ "Mehrere Optionen werden durch Kommata getrennt.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Charset for File Names:\n" -#~| "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</" -#~| "p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Charset for File Names:\\nSet the charset used for display of " -#~ "file names in Windows partitions.\\n" +#~| "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" +#~ msgid "Charset for File Names:\\nSet the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Zeichensatz für Dateinamen:\n" -#~ "Legt den Zeichensatz fest, der zur Anzeige von Dateinamen in Windows-" -#~ "Partitionen benutzt wird.\n" +#~ "Legt den Zeichensatz fest, der zur Anzeige von Dateinamen in Windows-Partitionen benutzt wird.\n" # #-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-# English text is incomprehensible. (Yes, I know it's copied literally from the mount(8) manpage, but still.) -ts- #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -#~| "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -#~| "systems.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\\nThis codepage is used for " -#~ "converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\\n" +#~| "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +#~ msgid "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\\nThis codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Codeseite für FAT-Kurznamen:\n" -#~ "Diese Codeseite wird zur Zeichenkonvertierung von Kurznamen auf FAT-" -#~ "Dateisystemen verwendet.\n" +#~ "Diese Codeseite wird zur Zeichenkonvertierung von Kurznamen auf FAT-Dateisystemen verwendet.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Number of FATs:\n" -#~| "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The " -#~| "default is 2." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Number of FATs:\\nSpecify the number of file allocation tables " -#~ "in the file system. The default is 2." +#~| "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +#~ msgid "Number of FATs:\\nSpecify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Anzahl der FATs:\n" -#~ "Geben Sie die Anzahl der Dateizuordnungstabellen (file allocation " -#~ "tables)\n" +#~ "Geben Sie die Anzahl der Dateizuordnungstabellen (file allocation tables)\n" #~ "im Dateisystem an. Standard ist 2.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "FAT Size:\n" -#~| "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). " -#~| "If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most " -#~| "suitable for the file system size.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "FAT Size:\\nSpecifies the type of file allocation tables used " -#~ "(12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select " -#~ "the value most suitable for the file system size.\\n" +#~| "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +#~ msgid "FAT Size:\\nSpecifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "FAT-Größe:\n" #~ "Legt den Typ der verwendeten Dateizuordnungstabellen\n" -#~ "(file allocation tables) fest (12, 16 oder 32 Bit). Falls " -#~ "\"automatisch\" gewählt wurde,\n" -#~ "nimmt YaST automatisch den passenden Wert für die Größe des " -#~ "Dateisystems.\n" +#~ "(file allocation tables) fest (12, 16 oder 32 Bit). Falls \"automatisch\" gewählt wurde,\n" +#~ "nimmt YaST automatisch den passenden Wert für die Größe des Dateisystems.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Root Dir Entries:\n" #~| "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Root Dir Entries:\\nSelect the number of entries available in " -#~ "the root directory.\\n" +#~ msgid "Root Dir Entries:\\nSelect the number of entries available in the root directory.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Einträge im Root-Verzeichnis:\n" #~ "Wählen Sie die Anzahl der verfügbaren Einträge im Root-Verzeichnis.\n" @@ -11116,62 +9954,41 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Hash Function:\n" -#~| "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file " -#~| "names in directories.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Hash Function:\\nThis specifies the name of the hash function " -#~ "to use to sort the file names in directories.\\n" +#~| "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +#~ msgid "Hash Function:\\nThis specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Hash-Funktion:\n" -#~ "Hiermit wird der Name der Hash-Funktion angegeben, die verwendet wird, " -#~ "um\n" +#~ "Hiermit wird der Name der Hash-Funktion angegeben, die verwendet wird, um\n" #~ "Dateinamen in Verzeichnissen zu sortieren.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "FS Revision:\n" -#~| "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -#~| "backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -#~| "recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal " -#~| "to 2.4.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "FS Revision:\\nThis option defines the reiserfs format revision " -#~ "to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x " -#~ "series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions " -#~ "greater than or equal to 2.4.\\n" +#~| "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +#~ msgid "FS Revision:\\nThis option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Version des Dateisystems:\n" #~ "Diese Option legt die zu verwendende Format-Version des reiserFS fest.\n" #~ "'3.5' ist abwärtskompatibel für Kernel der Serie 2.2.x.\n" -#~ "'3.6' ist neuer, kann jedoch nur mit Kernelversionen ab 2.4 verwendet " -#~ "werden.\n" +#~ "'3.6' ist neuer, kann jedoch nur mit Kernelversionen ab 2.4 verwendet werden.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Block Size:\n" -#~| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, " -#~| "1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard " -#~| "block size of 4096 is used.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Block Size:\\nSpecify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block " -#~ "size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is " -#~ "selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\\n" +#~| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +#~ msgid "Block Size:\\nSpecify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Blockgröße:\n" -#~ "Geben Sie die Größe von Blöcken in Bytes an. Gültige Werte für " -#~ "Blockgrößen sind\n" -#~ "512, 1024, 2048 und 4096 Bytes pro Block. Bei der Auswahl 'auto' wird " -#~ "die\n" +#~ "Geben Sie die Größe von Blöcken in Bytes an. Gültige Werte für Blockgrößen sind\n" +#~ "512, 1024, 2048 und 4096 Bytes pro Block. Bei der Auswahl 'auto' wird die\n" #~ "Standard-Blockgröße 4096 verwendet.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Inode Size:\n" #~| "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Inode Size:\\nThis option specifies the inode size of the file " -#~ "system.\\n" +#~ msgid "Inode Size:\\nThis option specifies the inode size of the file system.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Inode-Größe\n" #~ "Mit dieser Option wird die Inode-Größe des Dateisystems festgelegt.\n" @@ -11179,47 +9996,32 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -#~| "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum " -#~| "percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</" -#~| "p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Percentage of Inode Space:\\nThe option \"Percentage of Inode " -#~ "Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that " -#~ "can be allocated to inodes.\\n" +#~| "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +#~ msgid "Percentage of Inode Space:\\nThe option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Prozent Inode-Bereich:\n" -#~ "Mit der Option \"Prozent Inode-Bereich\" wird festgelegt, wie viel " -#~ "Prozent des Platzes\n" +#~ "Mit der Option \"Prozent Inode-Bereich\" wird festgelegt, wie viel Prozent des Platzes\n" #~ "im Dateisystem maximal mit Inodes belegt werden dürfen.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Inode Aligned:\n" -#~| "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation " -#~| "is or\n" +#~| "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" #~| "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" #~| "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Inode Aligned:\\nThe option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to " -#~ "specify whether inode allocation is or\\nis not aligned. By default " -#~ "inodes are aligned, which\\nis usually more efficient than unaligned " -#~ "access.\\n" +#~ msgid "Inode Aligned:\\nThe option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\\nis not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\\nis usually more efficient than unaligned access.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Inodes gereiht (aligned):\n" -#~ "Die Option \"Inodes gereiht\" (aligned) wird verwendet, um anzugeben, ob " -#~ "die\n" -#~ "Inode-Verteilung regelmäßig oder nicht regelmäßig eingerichtet werden " -#~ "soll.\n" -#~ "Vorgabe ist eine regelmäßige Verteilung der Inodes. Gereihte Inodes " -#~ "erlauben\n" +#~ "Die Option \"Inodes gereiht\" (aligned) wird verwendet, um anzugeben, ob die\n" +#~ "Inode-Verteilung regelmäßig oder nicht regelmäßig eingerichtet werden soll.\n" +#~ "Vorgabe ist eine regelmäßige Verteilung der Inodes. Gereihte Inodes erlauben\n" #~ "normalerweise einen effizienteren Zugriff als ungereihte.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" #~| "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\\nEnter a value greater than zero.\\n" +#~ msgid "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\\nEnter a value greater than zero.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Der Wert der \"Protokoll-Größe\" ist nicht korrekt.\n" #~ "Geben Sie einen Wert größer Null ein.\n" @@ -11227,24 +10029,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Log Size\n" -#~| "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -#~| "aggregate size.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Log Size\\nSet the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the " -#~ "default is 40% of the aggregate size.\\n" +#~| "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +#~ msgid "Log Size\\nSet the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Protokoll-Größe\n" -#~ "Hiermit wird die Größe des Protokolls (in Megabyte) festgelegt. Wenn Sie " -#~ "\"auto\" angeben,\n" +#~ "Hiermit wird die Größe des Protokolls (in Megabyte) festgelegt. Wenn Sie \"auto\" angeben,\n" #~ "dann beträgt der Vorgabewert 40% der Gesamtgröße.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" #~| "Select a value greater than 1.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\\nSelect a value " -#~ "greater than 1.\\n" +#~ msgid "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\\nSelect a value greater than 1.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Der Wert für \"Schrittweite in Blöcken\" (Stride Length) ist ungültig.\n" #~ "Wählen Sie einen Wert größer als 1.\n" @@ -11252,64 +10048,38 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" -#~| "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only " -#~| "supported\n" +#~| "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" #~| "argument is 'stride', which takes the number of blocks in a\n" #~| "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Stride Length in Blocks:\\nSet RAID-related options for the " -#~ "file system. Currently, the only supported\\nargument is 'stride', which " -#~ "takes the number of blocks in a\\nRAID stripe as its argument.\\n" +#~ msgid "Stride Length in Blocks:\\nSet RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\\nargument is 'stride', which takes the number of blocks in a\\nRAID stripe as its argument.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Schrittweite (Stride Length) in Blöcken:\n" #~ "Hiermit legen Sie die RAID-relevanten Optionen für das Dateisystem fest.\n" -#~ "Die gegenwärtig einzig mögliche Angabe ist 'stride'; 'stride' benötigt " -#~ "als Parameter\n" +#~ "Die gegenwärtig einzig mögliche Angabe ist 'stride'; 'stride' benötigt als Parameter\n" #~ "die Anzahl der Blöcke in einem RAID-Streifen.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Block Size:\n" -#~| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, " -#~| "2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is " -#~| "determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file " -#~| "system.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Block Size:\\nSpecify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block " -#~ "size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is " -#~ "selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the " -#~ "expected use of the file system.\\n" +#~| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +#~ msgid "Block Size:\\nSpecify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Blockgröße:\n" #~ "Geben Sie Blockgrößen in Bytes an. Gültige Werte für Blockgrößen sind\n" -#~ "1024, 2048 und 4096 Bytes pro Block. Beim automatischen Eintrag wird die " -#~ "Blockgröße\n" -#~ "anhand der Größe und des erwarteten Speicherbedarfs des Dateisystems " -#~ "bestimmt.\n" +#~ "1024, 2048 und 4096 Bytes pro Block. Beim automatischen Eintrag wird die Blockgröße\n" +#~ "anhand der Größe und des erwarteten Speicherbedarfs des Dateisystems bestimmt.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Bytes per Inode: \n" #~| "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" #~| "<bytes-per-inode> bytes of space on the disk. The larger the\n" -#~| "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, " -#~| "this\n" -#~| "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or " -#~| "else\n" -#~| "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number " -#~| "of\n" -#~| "inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -#~| "reasonable\n" +#~| "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" +#~| "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" +#~| "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" +#~| "inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" #~| "value for this parameter.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Bytes per Inode: \\nSpecify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST " -#~ "creates an inode for every\\n<bytes-per-inode> bytes of space on " -#~ "the disk. The larger the\\nbytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will " -#~ "be created. Generally, this\\nvalue should not be smaller than the block " -#~ "size of the file system, or else\\ntoo many inodes will be created. It is " -#~ "not possible to expand the number of\\ninodes on a file system after its " -#~ "creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\\nvalue for this parameter." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "Bytes per Inode: \\nSpecify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\\n<bytes-per-inode> bytes of space on the disk. The larger the\\nbytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\\nvalue should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\\ntoo many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\\ninodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\\nvalue for this parameter.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bytes pro Inode:\n" #~ "Legt das Verhältnis von Bytes zu Inodes fest.\n" @@ -11327,9 +10097,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" #~| "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect." -#~ "\\nAllowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\\n" +#~ msgid "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\\nAllowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ungültige Angabe für \"Anteil der für root reservierten Blöcke\".\n" #~ "Erlaubt sind Gleitpunktzahlen, die nicht größer als 99 sind (z.B. 0.5).\n" @@ -11338,40 +10106,29 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Disable Regular Checks:\n" #~| "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Disable Regular Checks:\\nDisable regular file system check at " -#~ "booting.\\n" +#~ msgid "Disable Regular Checks:\\nDisable regular file system check at booting.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Reguläre Überprüfung deaktivieren:\n" -#~ "Deaktiviert die regelmäßige Überprüfung des Dateisystems beim Booten.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Deaktiviert die regelmäßige Überprüfung des Dateisystems beim Booten.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Directory Index:\n" -#~| "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</" -#~| "p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Directory Index:\\nEnables use of hashed b-trees to speed up " -#~ "lookups in large directories.\\n" +#~| "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" +#~ msgid "Directory Index:\\nEnables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Verzeichnisindex:\n" -#~ "Aktiviert die Verwendung von Hash-B-Trees zur schnelleren Suche in großen " -#~ "Verzeichnissen.\n" +#~ "Aktiviert die Verwendung von Hash-B-Trees zur schnelleren Suche in großen Verzeichnissen.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "No Journal:\n" -#~| "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -#~| "really\n" +#~| "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" #~| "know what you are doing.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No Journal:\\nSuppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only " -#~ "activate this when you really\\nknow what you are doing.\\n" +#~ msgid "No Journal:\\nSuppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\\nknow what you are doing.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kein Journal:\n" -#~ "Journalausschaltung auf dem Dateisystem. Dies sollten Sie nur aktivieren, " -#~ "wenn Sie wirklich\n" +#~ "Journalausschaltung auf dem Dateisystem. Dies sollten Sie nur aktivieren, wenn Sie wirklich\n" #~ "wissen, was Sie tun.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -11384,25 +10141,16 @@ #~| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" #~| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" #~| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not " -#~ "\\nsupported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the" -#~ "\\npartition table.\\n\\nYou can use the partitions on disk %1 as they " -#~ "are or\\nformat them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, " -#~ "\\nresize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThe partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \\nsupported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\\npartition table.\\n\\nYou can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\\nformat them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \\nresize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Die Partitionierung auf Festplatte %1 kann entweder nicht vom " -#~ "Partitionierungswerkzeug\n" +#~ "Die Partitionierung auf Festplatte %1 kann entweder nicht vom Partitionierungswerkzeug\n" #~ " parted gelesen werden, das für Änderungen der Partitionstabelle\n" #~ " verwendet wird, oder sie wird von diesem Werkzeug nicht unterstützt.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ " Sie können die Partitionen auf Festplatte %1 im aktuellen Zustand " -#~ "verwenden oder\n" -#~ " sie formatieren und ihnen Einhängepunkte zuweisen, Sie können hier " -#~ "jedoch\n" -#~ " keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, " -#~ "entfernen oder\n" +#~ " Sie können die Partitionen auf Festplatte %1 im aktuellen Zustand verwenden oder\n" +#~ " sie formatieren und ihnen Einhängepunkte zuweisen, Sie können hier jedoch\n" +#~ " keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, entfernen oder\n" #~ " ihre Größe ändern.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -11415,48 +10163,32 @@ #~| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" #~| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" #~| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nThe disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\\ncompatibility " -#~ "the kernel has automatically generated a\\npartition spanning almost the " -#~ "entire disk.\\n\\nYou can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or" -#~ "\\nformat it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\\nor remove " -#~ "the partition from that disk here.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nThe disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\\ncompatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\\npartition spanning almost the entire disk.\\n\\nYou can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\\nformat it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\\nor remove the partition from that disk here.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Die Partitionierung auf Festplatte %1 kann entweder nicht vom " -#~ "Partitionierungswerkzeug\n" +#~ "Die Partitionierung auf Festplatte %1 kann entweder nicht vom Partitionierungswerkzeug\n" #~ " parted gelesen werden, das für Änderungen der Partitionstabelle\n" #~ " verwendet wird, oder sie wird von diesem Werkzeug nicht unterstützt.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ " Sie können die Partitionen auf Festplatte %1 im aktuellen Zustand " -#~ "verwenden oder\n" -#~ " sie formatieren und ihnen Einhängepunkte zuweisen, Sie können hier " -#~ "jedoch\n" -#~ " keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, " -#~ "entfernen oder\n" +#~ " Sie können die Partitionen auf Festplatte %1 im aktuellen Zustand verwenden oder\n" +#~ " sie formatieren und ihnen Einhängepunkte zuweisen, Sie können hier jedoch\n" +#~ " keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, entfernen oder\n" #~ " ihre Größe ändern.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "You can initialize the disk partition table to a sane state in the " -#~| "Expert\n" +#~| "You can initialize the disk partition table to a sane state in the Expert\n" #~| "Partitioner by selecting \"Expert\"->\"Create New Partition Table\", \n" #~| "but this will destroy all data on all partitions of this disk.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n\\nYou can initialize the disk partition table to a sane state in the " -#~ "Expert\\nPartitioner by selecting \"Expert\"->\"Create New Partition Table" -#~ "\", \\nbut this will destroy all data on all partitions of this disk.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n\\nYou can initialize the disk partition table to a sane state in the Expert\\nPartitioner by selecting \"Expert\"->\"Create New Partition Table\", \\nbut this will destroy all data on all partitions of this disk.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sie können die Partitionierungstabelle der Festplatte in einen " -#~ "definierten Zustand bringen,\n" -#~ "indem Sie im Expertenmodus des Partitionierers \"Experten\"->\"Neue " -#~ "Partitionstabelle\n" -#~ "erstellen\" wählen; dabei werden jedoch alle Daten aller Partitionen " -#~ "dieser Festplatte gelöscht.\n" +#~ "Sie können die Partitionierungstabelle der Festplatte in einen definierten Zustand bringen,\n" +#~ "indem Sie im Expertenmodus des Partitionierers \"Experten\"->\"Neue Partitionstabelle\n" +#~ "erstellen\" wählen; dabei werden jedoch alle Daten aller Partitionen dieser Festplatte gelöscht.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -11464,9 +10196,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Safely ignore this message if you do not intend to use \n" #~| "this disk during installation.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n\\nSafely ignore this message if you do not intend to use \\nthis disk " -#~ "during installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n\\nSafely ignore this message if you do not intend to use \\nthis disk during installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" @@ -11479,24 +10209,19 @@ #~| "System error code is %1.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "The encryption password provided could be incorrect.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Could not set encryption.\\nSystem error code is %1.\\n\\nThe encryption " -#~ "password provided could be incorrect.\\n" +#~ msgid "Could not set encryption.\\nSystem error code is %1.\\n\\nThe encryption password provided could be incorrect.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Verschlüsselung konnte nicht festgelegt werden.\n" #~ "Fehlercode des Systems: %1.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Möglicherweise wurde ein falsches Passwort für die Verschlüsselung " -#~ "angegeben.\n" +#~ "Möglicherweise wurde ein falsches Passwort für die Verschlüsselung angegeben.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The first and the second version\n" #~| "of the password do not match.\n" #~| "Try again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The first and the second version\\nof the password do not match.\\nTry " -#~ "again." +#~ msgid "The first and the second version\\nof the password do not match.\\nTry again." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Die zwei Eingaben für\n" #~ "das Passwort sind nicht identisch.\n" @@ -11507,9 +10232,7 @@ #~| "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" #~| "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" #~| "Try again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The password may only contain the following characters:\\n0..9, a..z, A.." -#~ "Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\\nTry again." +#~ msgid "The password may only contain the following characters:\\n0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\\nTry again." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Das Passwort darf nur die folgenden Zeichen enthalten:\n" #~ "0..9, a..z, A..Z, und jedes aus \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -11521,26 +10244,19 @@ #~| "passwords are not yet known.\n" #~| "The passwords need to be known if the volumes are needed either \n" #~| "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the " -#~ "\\npasswords are not yet known.\\nThe passwords need to be known if the " -#~ "volumes are needed either \\nduring an update or if they contain an " -#~ "encrypted LVM physical volume." +#~ msgid "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \\npasswords are not yet known.\\nThe passwords need to be known if the volumes are needed either \\nduring an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Folgende Volumes haben eine Verschlüsselungssignatur, aber die \n" #~ "Passwörter sind noch nicht bekannt.\n" #~ "Die Passwörter müssen bekannt sein, wenn die Volumes während eines\n" -#~ "Updates benötigt werden oder ein verschlüsseltes physisches LVM Volume " -#~ "enthalten." +#~ "Updates benötigt werden oder ein verschlüsseltes physisches LVM Volume enthalten." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" #~| "devices in the locked devices list.\n" #~| "Password will be tried for all devices." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter encryption password for any of the\\ndevices in the locked devices " -#~ "list.\\nPassword will be tried for all devices." +#~ msgid "Enter encryption password for any of the\\ndevices in the locked devices list.\\nPassword will be tried for all devices." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geben Sie das Verschlüsselungspasswort für eines\n" #~ "der Geräte in der Liste gesperrter Geräte ein.\n" @@ -11551,9 +10267,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" #~| "that is needed to run the installation.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nDevice %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\\nthat " -#~ "is needed to run the installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nDevice %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\\nthat is needed to run the installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Gerät %1 kann nicht geändert werden. Es enthält einen aktiven\n" @@ -11564,9 +10278,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" #~| "data needed to perform the installation.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nDevice %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation" -#~ "\\ndata needed to perform the installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nDevice %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\\ndata needed to perform the installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Gerät %1 kann nicht geändert werden. Es enthält die Installationsdaten,\n" @@ -11577,9 +10289,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" #~| "that is needed to run the installation.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\\nthat " -#~ "is needed to run the installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\\nthat is needed to run the installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Gerät %1 kann nicht entfernt werden. Es enthält einen aktiven\n" @@ -11590,9 +10300,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" #~| "data needed to perform the installation.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation" -#~ "\\ndata needed to perform the installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\\ndata needed to perform the installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Gerät %1 kann nicht entfernt werden. Es enthält die Installationsdaten,\n" @@ -11604,10 +10312,7 @@ #~| "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" #~| "device %2, which contains activated swap that is needed to run \n" #~| "the installation.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change" -#~ "\\ndevice %2, which contains activated swap that is needed to run \\nthe " -#~ "installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\\ndevice %2, which contains activated swap that is needed to run \\nthe installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Gerät %1 kann nicht entfernt werden. Dies würde indirekt\n" @@ -11619,9 +10324,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" #~| "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change" -#~ "\\ndevice %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\\ndevice %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Gerät %1 kann nicht entfernt werden. Dies würde indirekt\n" @@ -11633,9 +10336,7 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" #~| "disk %2 are used.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nPartition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\\ndisk %2 " -#~ "are used.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nPartition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\\ndisk %2 are used.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Partition %1 kann nicht entfernt werden, da andere Partitionen\n" @@ -11645,9 +10346,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" #~| "disk. This field can be empty." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\\ndisk. This field can be " -#~ "empty." +#~ msgid "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\\ndisk. This field can be empty." #~ msgstr "" #~ "BIOS-ID zeigt die BIOS-ID der\n" #~ "Festplatte. Dieses Feld kann leer sein." @@ -11656,9 +10355,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Bus shows how the device is connected to\n" #~| "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Bus shows how the device is connected to\\nthe system. This field " -#~ "can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." +#~ msgid "Bus shows how the device is connected to\\nthe system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bus zeigt an, wie das Gerät mit dem System verbunden ist.\n" #~ "Dieses Feld kann leer sein, z. B. für Multipath-Festplatten." @@ -11676,8 +10373,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\n" #~| "cylinders of the hard disk." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\\ncylinders of the hard disk." +#~ msgid "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\\ncylinders of the hard disk." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Zylindergröße zeigt die Größe der\n" #~ "Zylinder der Festplatte." @@ -11704,9 +10400,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Disk Label shows the partition table\n" #~| "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Disk Label shows the partition table\\ntype of the disk, e.g " -#~ "<tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." +#~ msgid "Disk Label shows the partition table\\ntype of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Festplattenkennung zeigt den Typ der Partitionstabelle\n" #~ "der Festplatte, z. B. <tt>MSDOS</tt> oder <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -11749,8 +10443,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" #~| "Fibre Channel disks." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\\nFibre Channel disks." +#~ msgid "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\\nFibre Channel disks." #~ msgstr "" #~ "WWPN zeigt den \"World Wide Port Name\"\n" #~ "für Fibre-Channel-Festplatten." @@ -11759,9 +10452,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "File Path shows the path of the file for\n" #~| "an encrypted loop device." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "File Path shows the path of the file for\\nan encrypted loop " -#~ "device." +#~ msgid "File Path shows the path of the file for\\nan encrypted loop device." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dateipfad zeigt den Dateipfad für ein\n" #~ "verschlüsseltes Loop-Gerät." @@ -11770,9 +10461,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" #~| "means the device is selected to be formatted." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\\nmeans the device is selected " -#~ "to be formatted." +#~ msgid "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\\nmeans the device is selected to be formatted." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Format enthält einige Flags:\n" #~ "<tt>F</tt> bedeutet, dass die Partition zur Formatierung vorgemerkt ist." @@ -11798,40 +10487,25 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -#~| "is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, " -#~| "(UUID) by\n" +#~| "is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" #~| "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Mount by indicates how the file system\\nis mounted: (Kernel) by " -#~ "kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\\nfile system UUID, " -#~ "(ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\\n" +#~ msgid "Mount by indicates how the file system\\nis mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\\nfile system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Einhängen durch gibt an, wie das Dateisystem eingehängt wird: " -#~ "(Kernel) anhand\n" -#~ "des Kernel-Namens, (Label) anhand der Kennung, (UUID) anhand der UUID " -#~ "des\n" -#~ "Dateisystems, (ID) anhand der Geräte-ID und (Path) anhand des " -#~ "Gerätepfads.\n" +#~ "Einhängen durch gibt an, wie das Dateisystem eingehängt wird: (Kernel) anhand\n" +#~ "des Kernel-Namens, (Label) anhand der Kennung, (UUID) anhand der UUID des\n" +#~ "Dateisystems, (ID) anhand der Geräte-ID und (Path) anhand des Gerätepfads.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" -#~| "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either " -#~| "mounted\n" -#~| "manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -#~| "volume\n" +#~| "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" +#~| "manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" #~| "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A question mark (?) indicates that\\nthe file system is not listed in " -#~ "<tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\\nmanually or by some automount " -#~ "system. When changing settings for this volume\\nYaST will not update " -#~ "<tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\\n" +#~ msgid "A question mark (?) indicates that\\nthe file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\\nmanually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\\nYaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ein Fragezeichen (?) zeigt an, dass das\n" -#~ "Dateisystem nicht in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> aufgeführt ist. Es wurde " -#~ "entweder manuell\n" -#~ "oder über ein Automount-System eingehangen. Wenn Einstellungen dieses " -#~ "Volumes geändert werden,\n" +#~ "Dateisystem nicht in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> aufgeführt ist. Es wurde entweder manuell\n" +#~ "oder über ein Automount-System eingehangen. Wenn Einstellungen dieses Volumes geändert werden,\n" #~ "wird die <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> von YaST nicht geändert.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -11846,25 +10520,19 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -#~| "indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, " -#~| "because it\n" +#~| "indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" #~| "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\\nindicates a file system that is " -#~ "currently not mounted (for example, because it\\nhas the <tt>noauto</tt> " -#~ "option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." +#~ msgid "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\\nindicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\\nhas the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ein Sternchen (*) nach dem Einhängepunkt weist auf ein Dateisystem hin,\n" -#~ "das zurzeit nicht eingehängt ist (z. B., weil die Option <tt>noauto</tt> " -#~ "in\n" +#~ "das zurzeit nicht eingehängt ist (z. B., weil die Option <tt>noauto</tt> in\n" #~ "<tt>/etc/fstab</tt> gesetzt wurde)." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Number of Cylinders shows how many\n" #~| "cylinders the hard disk has." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Number of Cylinders shows how many\\ncylinders the hard disk has." +#~ msgid "Number of Cylinders shows how many\\ncylinders the hard disk has." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Zylinderanzahl zeigt an, wie viele\n" #~ "Zylinder die Festplatte besitzt." @@ -11873,9 +10541,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" #~| "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\\nalgorithm for RAID devices " -#~ "with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." +#~ msgid "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\\nalgorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Paritätsalgorithmus zeigt den Paritäts-\n" #~ "algorithmus für RAID-Geräte mit RAID-Typ 5, 6 oder 10." @@ -11884,8 +10550,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "PE Size shows the physical extent size\n" #~| "for LVM volume groups." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "PE Size shows the physical extent size\\nfor LVM volume groups." +#~ msgid "PE Size shows the physical extent size\\nfor LVM volume groups." #~ msgstr "" #~ "PE-Größe zeigt die PE-Größe\n" #~ "für LVM Volume-Gruppen an." @@ -11894,9 +10559,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\n" #~| "called RAID level, for RAID devices." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\\ncalled RAID level, for RAID " -#~ "devices." +#~ msgid "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\\ncalled RAID level, for RAID devices." #~ msgstr "" #~ "RAID-Typ zeigt den RAID-Typ, auch\n" #~ "RAID-Level genannt, für RAID-Geräte an." @@ -11913,11 +10576,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\n" -#~| "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in " -#~| "parenthesis.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\\nlogical volumes and, if " -#~ "greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\\n" +#~| "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" +#~ msgid "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\\nlogical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Streifen zeigt die Streifennummer für LVM\n" #~ "Logical-Volumes und ggf. in Klammern die Streifengröße.\n" @@ -11935,9 +10595,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Device ID shows the persistent device\n" #~| "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Device ID shows the persistent device\\nIDs. This field can be " -#~ "empty.\\n" +#~ msgid "Device ID shows the persistent device\\nIDs. This field can be empty.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geräte-ID zeigt die dauerhaften Geräte-IDs.\n" #~ "Dieses Feld kann leer sein.\n" @@ -11946,9 +10604,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Device Path shows the persistent device\n" #~| "path. This field can be empty." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Device Path shows the persistent device\\npath. This field can be " -#~ "empty." +#~ msgid "Device Path shows the persistent device\\npath. This field can be empty." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Gerätepfad zeigt den dauerhaften Gerätepfad\n" #~ "Dieses Feld kann leer sein." @@ -11957,9 +10613,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Used By shows if a device is used by\n" #~| "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Used By shows if a device is used by\\ne.g. RAID or LVM. If not, " -#~ "this column is empty.\\n" +#~ msgid "Used By shows if a device is used by\\ne.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Belegt von gibt an, ob ein Gerät von z. B. LVM oder RAID\n" #~ "verwendet wird. Wenn nicht, ist diese Spalte leer.\n" @@ -11968,8 +10622,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "UUID shows the Universally Unique\n" #~| "Identifier of the file system." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "UUID shows the Universally Unique\\nIdentifier of the file system." +#~ msgid "UUID shows the Universally Unique\\nIdentifier of the file system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "UUID zeigt den \"Universally Unique\n" #~ "Identifier\" des Dateisystems an." @@ -11978,9 +10631,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" #~| "You must quit that application before you can continue." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\\nYou must " -#~ "quit that application before you can continue." +#~ msgid "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\\nYou must quit that application before you can continue." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Das Speichersubsystem wird durch eine unbekannte Anwendung gesperrt.\n" #~ "Sie müssen diese Anwendung beenden, bevor Sie fortfahren können." @@ -11989,9 +10640,7 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" #~| "You must quit that application before you can continue." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\\nYou " -#~ "must quit that application before you can continue." +#~ msgid "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\\nYou must quit that application before you can continue." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Das Speichersubsystem wird durch die Anwendung \"%1\" (%2) gesperrt.\n" #~ "Sie müssen diese Anwendung beenden, bevor Sie fortfahren können." @@ -12000,16 +10649,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Festplatten-Partitionierung" #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Es ist kein Kommandozeilen-Interface für das Partitionierungsmodul " -#~ "vorhanden." +#~ msgstr "Es ist kein Kommandozeilen-Interface für das Partitionierungsmodul vorhanden." #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " -#~ "system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" -#~ "boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -12027,9 +10672,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Einige Geräte konnten nicht entfernt werden." #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Für das Paritionierungsmodul ist keine Befehlszeilenschnittstelle " -#~ "vorhanden" +#~ msgstr "Für das Paritionierungsmodul ist keine Befehlszeilenschnittstelle vorhanden" #~ msgid "" #~ "The selected device is currently mounted on %1.\n" @@ -12080,21 +10723,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" #~ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -#~ "to mount\n" -#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -#~ "can be\n" -#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -#~ "possible.\n" +#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Einhängen in /etc/fstab mittels:\n" #~ "Normalerweise wird das einzuhängende Dateisystem in /etc/fstab\n" -#~ "mittels seines Gerätenamens identifiziert. Es ist jedoch möglich, es " -#~ "stattdessen\n" -#~ "durch die Suche nach einer UUID oder einer Volume-Kennung finden zu " -#~ "lassen.\n" -#~ "Nicht alle Dateisysteme können mittels UUID oder Kennung eingehängt " -#~ "werden.\n" +#~ "mittels seines Gerätenamens identifiziert. Es ist jedoch möglich, es stattdessen\n" +#~ "durch die Suche nach einer UUID oder einer Volume-Kennung finden zu lassen.\n" +#~ "Nicht alle Dateisysteme können mittels UUID oder Kennung eingehängt werden.\n" #~ "Wenn eine Option deaktiviert ist, ist sie nicht möglich.\n" #~ msgid "&Device name" @@ -12118,29 +10755,22 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Das Dateisystem ist derzeit unter %1 eingehängt.\n" -#~ "Die Größe des Dateisystems kann nicht geändert werden, solange es " -#~ "eingehängt ist.\n" +#~ "Die Größe des Dateisystems kann nicht geändert werden, solange es eingehängt ist.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Hängen Sie das Dateisystem aus und versuchen Sie es erneut.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -#~ "tmp.\n" -#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " -#~ "create \n" -#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " -#~ "all \n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Dieser Einhängepunkt gehört zu einem temporären Dateisystem wie /tmp " -#~ "oder /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "Sie können das Verschlüsselungspasswort leer lassen. In diesem Fall wird " -#~ "bei jedem Systemstart \n" -#~ "ein Zufallspasswort erzeugt. Dies hat zur Folge, dass Sie beim " -#~ "Herunterfahren \n" +#~ "Dieser Einhängepunkt gehört zu einem temporären Dateisystem wie /tmp oder /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "Sie können das Verschlüsselungspasswort leer lassen. In diesem Fall wird bei jedem Systemstart \n" +#~ "ein Zufallspasswort erzeugt. Dies hat zur Folge, dass Sie beim Herunterfahren \n" #~ "sämtliche Daten auf diesen Dateisystemen verlieren.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -12202,13 +10832,10 @@ #~ "für neu erstellte Systeme an." #~ msgid "To use these mount points, press Yes." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zum Verwenden dieser Einhängepunkte drücken Sie Ja." +#~ msgstr "Zum Verwenden dieser Einhängepunkte drücken Sie Ja." #~ msgid "To ignore these mount points, press No." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Möchten Sie diese Einhängepunkte nicht verwenden, dann drücken " -#~ "Sie Nein." +#~ msgstr "Möchten Sie diese Einhängepunkte nicht verwenden, dann drücken Sie Nein." #~ msgid "" #~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n" @@ -12263,8 +10890,7 @@ #~ " " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Bitte warten Sie. Die Festplatte wird nun für die Installation " -#~ "vorbereitet...\n" +#~ "Bitte warten Sie. Die Festplatte wird nun für die Installation vorbereitet...\n" #~ " " #~ msgid "" @@ -12281,24 +10907,17 @@ # 2000-03-06 11:57:00 CET -ke- #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this " -#~ "action\n" -#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large " -#~ "disks.\n" -#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it " -#~ "looks\n" +#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this action\n" +#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large disks.\n" +#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it looks\n" #~ "slow near the end (\"95 %\"), please be patient. The formatting tool \n" #~ "performs various checks. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Je nach Größe der Festplatte und Geschwindigkeit des Prozessors kann " -#~ "dieser Vorgang einige\n" -#~ "Zeit in Anspruch nehmen. Für Festplatten mit mehr als 4 GB sind fünf " -#~ "Minuten nicht ungewöhnlich.\n" -#~ "Häufig wird kein linearer Fortschritt angezeigt. Bitte gedulden Sie sich, " -#~ "auch\n" -#~ "wenn der Vorgang gegen Ende (\"95 %\") langsam aussieht. Das " -#~ "Formatierprogramm\n" +#~ "Je nach Größe der Festplatte und Geschwindigkeit des Prozessors kann dieser Vorgang einige\n" +#~ "Zeit in Anspruch nehmen. Für Festplatten mit mehr als 4 GB sind fünf Minuten nicht ungewöhnlich.\n" +#~ "Häufig wird kein linearer Fortschritt angezeigt. Bitte gedulden Sie sich, auch\n" +#~ "wenn der Vorgang gegen Ende (\"95 %\") langsam aussieht. Das Formatierprogramm\n" #~ "führt verschiedene Prüfungen durch. " #~ msgid "Preparing Your Hard Disk" @@ -12396,27 +11015,21 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "Die Partitionierung auf Festplatte %1$s kann mit dem\n" -#~ "Partitionierungswerkzeug 'fdasd' nicht gelesen werden, das zum Ändern " -#~ "der\n" +#~ "Partitionierungswerkzeug 'fdasd' nicht gelesen werden, das zum Ändern der\n" #~ " Partitionstabelle verwendet wird.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ " Sie können die Partitionen auf der Festplatte %1$s im aktuellen Zustand " -#~ "übernehmen.\n" -#~ " Sie können Sie formatieren und ihnen Mountpunkte zuweisen, Sie können " -#~ "mit diesem Werkzeug jedoch\n" -#~ " keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, " -#~ "entfernen oder\n" +#~ " Sie können die Partitionen auf der Festplatte %1$s im aktuellen Zustand übernehmen.\n" +#~ " Sie können Sie formatieren und ihnen Mountpunkte zuweisen, Sie können mit diesem Werkzeug jedoch\n" +#~ " keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, entfernen oder\n" #~ " ihre Größe ändern.\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "Die Partitionierung auf Festplatte %1$s kann mit dem\n" #~ "Partitionierungswerkzeug 'fdasd' nicht gelesen werden,\n" #~ "das zum Ändern der Partitionstabelle verwendet wird.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ "Sie können die Partitionen auf der Festplatte %1$s unverändert " -#~ "übernehmen.\n" +#~ "Sie können die Partitionen auf der Festplatte %1$s unverändert übernehmen.\n" #~ "Sie können sie formatieren und ihnen Einhängepunkte zuweisen, Sie können\n" -#~ "mit diesem Werkzeug jedoch keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte " -#~ "hinzufügen,\n" +#~ "mit diesem Werkzeug jedoch keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen,\n" #~ "bearbeiten, entfernen oder deren Größe ändern." #~ msgid "Executing fdasd for disk %1$s..." @@ -12447,27 +11060,20 @@ #~ "disk with this tool." #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Der Partitionstabellentyp auf Festplatte %1$s kann mit diesem Werkzeug " -#~ "nicht\n" +#~ "Der Partitionstabellentyp auf Festplatte %1$s kann mit diesem Werkzeug nicht\n" #~ "bearbeitet werden.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ " Sie können die Partitionen auf der Festplatte %1$s im aktuellen Zustand " -#~ "übernehmen.\n" -#~ " Sie können Sie formatieren und ihnen Mountpunkte zuweisen, Sie können " -#~ "mit diesem Werkzeug jedoch\n" -#~ " keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, " -#~ "entfernen oder\n" +#~ " Sie können die Partitionen auf der Festplatte %1$s im aktuellen Zustand übernehmen.\n" +#~ " Sie können Sie formatieren und ihnen Mountpunkte zuweisen, Sie können mit diesem Werkzeug jedoch\n" +#~ " keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, entfernen oder\n" #~ " ihre Größe ändern.\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Der Partitionstabellentyp auf Festplatte %1$s kann mit diesem Werkzeug " -#~ "nicht\n" +#~ "Der Partitionstabellentyp auf Festplatte %1$s kann mit diesem Werkzeug nicht\n" #~ "bearbeitet werden.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sie können die Partitionen auf der Festplatte %1$s unverändert " -#~ "übernehmen.\n" +#~ "Sie können die Partitionen auf der Festplatte %1$s unverändert übernehmen.\n" #~ "Sie können sie formatieren und ihnen Einhängepunkte zuweisen, Sie können\n" -#~ "mit diesem Werkzeug jedoch keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte " -#~ "hinzufügen,\n" +#~ "mit diesem Werkzeug jedoch keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen,\n" #~ "bearbeiten, entfernen oder deren Größe ändern." #, fuzzy @@ -12483,28 +11089,21 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "Die Partitionierung auf Festplatte %1$s kann mit dem\n" -#~ "Partitionierungswerkzeug 'parted' nicht gelesen werden, das zum Ändern " -#~ "der\n" +#~ "Partitionierungswerkzeug 'parted' nicht gelesen werden, das zum Ändern der\n" #~ "Partitionierungstabelle verwendet wird.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sie können die Partitionierungen auf Festplatte %1$s im aktuellen Zustand " -#~ "übernehmen.\n" -#~ "Sie können Sie formatieren und ihnen Mountpunkte zuweisen, Sie können mit " -#~ "diesem Werkzeug jedoch\n" -#~ "keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen , bearbeiten, " -#~ "entfernen oder\n" +#~ "Sie können die Partitionierungen auf Festplatte %1$s im aktuellen Zustand übernehmen.\n" +#~ "Sie können Sie formatieren und ihnen Mountpunkte zuweisen, Sie können mit diesem Werkzeug jedoch\n" +#~ "keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen , bearbeiten, entfernen oder\n" #~ "ihre Größe ändern.\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "Die Partitionierung auf Festplatte %1$s kann mit dem\n" -#~ "Partitionierungswerkzeug 'parted' nicht gelesen werden, das zum Ändern " -#~ "der\n" +#~ "Partitionierungswerkzeug 'parted' nicht gelesen werden, das zum Ändern der\n" #~ "Partitionstabelle verwendet wird.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sie können die Partitionen auf der Festplatte %1$s unverändert " -#~ "übernehmen.\n" +#~ "Sie können die Partitionen auf der Festplatte %1$s unverändert übernehmen.\n" #~ "Sie können sie formatieren und ihnen Einhängepunkte zuweisen, Sie können\n" -#~ "mit diesem Werkzeug jedoch keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte " -#~ "hinzufügen,\n" +#~ "mit diesem Werkzeug jedoch keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen,\n" #~ "bearbeiten, entfernen oder deren Größe ändern." #, fuzzy @@ -12515,14 +11114,11 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "Die Festplatte %1$s enthält %2$lu Partitionen. Die maximale Anzahl der\n" -#~ "Partitionen, die vom Kernel-Treiber verarbeitet werden kann, beträgt " -#~ "%3$lu.\n" -#~ "Auf Partitionen mit Nummern, die höher sind als %3$lu, kann nicht " -#~ "zugegriffen werden.\n" +#~ "Partitionen, die vom Kernel-Treiber verarbeitet werden kann, beträgt %3$lu.\n" +#~ "Auf Partitionen mit Nummern, die höher sind als %3$lu, kann nicht zugegriffen werden.\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "Die Festplatte %1$s enthält %2$lu Partitionen. Die maximale Anzahl der\n" -#~ "Partitionen, die vom Kernel-Treiber verarbeitet werden kann, beträgt " -#~ "%3$lu.\n" +#~ "Partitionen, die vom Kernel-Treiber verarbeitet werden kann, beträgt %3$lu.\n" #~ "Auf Partitionen mit Nummern über %3$lu, kann nicht zugegriffen werden." #~ msgid "" @@ -12535,14 +11131,11 @@ #~ " as well." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sie haben die folgenden Optionen:\n" -#~ " - Partitionieren Sie Ihr System neu, sodass nur die maximal zulässige " -#~ "Anzahl\n" -#~ " von Partitionen verwendet wird. Verwenden Sie zur Neupartitionierung " -#~ "Ihr vorhandenes\n" +#~ " - Partitionieren Sie Ihr System neu, sodass nur die maximal zulässige Anzahl\n" +#~ " von Partitionen verwendet wird. Verwenden Sie zur Neupartitionierung Ihr vorhandenes\n" #~ " Betriebssystem.\n" #~ " - Verwenden Sie LVM, da es eine beliebige und flexible\n" -#~ " Anzahl von Partitionen für Block-Geräte bieten kann. Dazu ist " -#~ "ebenfalls eine Neupartitionierung\n" +#~ " Anzahl von Partitionen für Block-Geräte bieten kann. Dazu ist ebenfalls eine Neupartitionierung\n" #~ " erforderlich." #~ msgid "Setting disk label of disk %1$s to %2$s" @@ -12587,11 +11180,9 @@ #~ msgid "Format encrypted device mapper volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Verschlüsseltes Volume für Gerätezuordnung %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s " -#~ "formatieren\n" +#~ "Verschlüsseltes Volume für Gerätezuordnung %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s formatieren\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Verschlüsseltes Device Mapper Volume %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s " -#~ "formatieren" +#~ "Verschlüsseltes Device Mapper Volume %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s formatieren" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Format device mapper volume %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" @@ -12639,8 +11230,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Multipath-Partition %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s erstellen" #~ msgid "Create encrypted multipath partition %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Verschlüsselte Multipath-Partition %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s erstellen" +#~ msgstr "Verschlüsselte Multipath-Partition %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s erstellen" #~ msgid "Create extended multipath partition %1$s (%2$s)" #~ msgstr "Erweiterte Multipath-Partition %1$s (%2$s) erstellen" @@ -12668,9 +11258,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Multipath-Partition %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s formatieren" #~ msgid "Format encrypted multipath partition %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Verschlüsselte Multipath-Partition %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s " -#~ "formatieren" +#~ msgstr "Verschlüsselte Multipath-Partition %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s formatieren" #~ msgid "Format multipath partition %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" #~ msgstr "Multipath-Partition %1$s (%2$s) mit %3$s formatieren" @@ -12758,8 +11346,7 @@ #~ msgstr "RAID-Partition %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s erstellen" #~ msgid "Create encrypted raid partition %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Verschlüsselte RAID-Partition %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s erstellen" +#~ msgstr "Verschlüsselte RAID-Partition %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s erstellen" #~ msgid "Create extended raid partition %1$s (%2$s)" #~ msgstr "Erweiterte RAID-Partition %1$s (%2$s) erstellen" @@ -12782,8 +11369,7 @@ #~ msgstr "RAID-Partition %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s formatieren" #~ msgid "Format encrypted raid partition %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Verschlüsselte RAID-Partition %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s formatieren" +#~ msgstr "Verschlüsselte RAID-Partition %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s formatieren" #~ msgid "Format raid partition %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" #~ msgstr "RAID-Partition %1$s (%2$s) mit %3$s formatieren" @@ -12947,16 +11533,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Dateibasiertes Gerät %1$s von Datei %2$s wird erstellt" #~ msgid "Create file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dateibasiertes Gerät %1$s von Datei %2$s (%3$s) als %5$s mit %4$s " -#~ "erstellen" +#~ msgstr "Dateibasiertes Gerät %1$s von Datei %2$s (%3$s) als %5$s mit %4$s erstellen" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create encrypted file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with " -#~ "%4$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Verschlüsseltes dateibasiertes Gerät %1$s von Datei %2$s (%3$s) als %5$s " -#~ "mit %4$s erstellen" +#~ msgid "Create encrypted file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" +#~ msgstr "Verschlüsseltes dateibasiertes Gerät %1$s von Datei %2$s (%3$s) als %5$s mit %4$s erstellen" #~ msgid "Create file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s)" #~ msgstr "Dateibasiertes Gerät %1$s von Datei %2$s (%3$s) erstellen" @@ -12965,14 +11545,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Dateibasiertes Gerät %1$s von %2$s (%3$s) wird mit %4$s formatiert" #~ msgid "Format file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dateibasiertes Gerät %1$s von %2$s (%3$s) als %5$s mit %4$s formatieren" +#~ msgstr "Dateibasiertes Gerät %1$s von %2$s (%3$s) als %5$s mit %4$s formatieren" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Format encrypted file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Verschlüsseltes dateibasiertes Gerät %1$s von %2$s (%3$s) als %5$s mit " -#~ "%4$s formatieren" +#~ msgid "Format encrypted file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" +#~ msgstr "Verschlüsseltes dateibasiertes Gerät %1$s von %2$s (%3$s) als %5$s mit %4$s formatieren" #~ msgid "Format file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) with %4$s" #~ msgstr "Dateibasiertes Gerät %1$s von %2$s (%3$s) mit %4$s formatieren" @@ -13061,8 +11637,7 @@ #~ msgid "Format encrypted logical volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Verschlüsseltes logisches Volume %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s " -#~ "formatieren\n" +#~ "Verschlüsseltes logisches Volume %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s formatieren\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "Verschlüsseltes Logical-Volume %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s formatieren" @@ -13145,10 +11720,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Software-RAID %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s erstellen" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Verschlüsseltes Software-RAID %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s erstellen" +#~ msgid "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "Verschlüsseltes Software-RAID %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s erstellen" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Create software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %3$s" @@ -13161,8 +11734,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Software-RAID %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s formatieren" #~ msgid "Format encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Verschlüsseltes Software-RAID %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s formatieren" +#~ msgstr "Verschlüsseltes Software-RAID %1$s (%2$s) für %4$s mit %3$s formatieren" #~ msgid "Format software RAID %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" #~ msgstr "Software-RAID %1$s (%2$s) mit %3$s formatieren" @@ -13477,32 +12049,23 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Your NTFS file system has %1 %3 free space available. Due to limitations " -#~ "in\n" +#~ "Your NTFS file system has %1 %3 free space available. Due to limitations in\n" #~ "the NTFS resizer, the file system can only be shrunk by up to %2 %3.\n" #~ "To be able to shrink the file system more, boot your Windows\n" #~ "system and run a disk defragmentation program under Windows to move\n" #~ "the used blocks of the file system towards the start of the partition.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Auf Ihrem NTFS-Dateisystem stehen %1 %3 freier Festplattenplatz zur " -#~ "Verfügung.\n" -#~ "Aufgrund von Beschränkungen des NTFS-Resizers, kann das System nur um bis " -#~ "zu\n" -#~ "%2 %3 verkleinert werden. Wollen Sie es weiter verkleinern, starten Sie " -#~ "Ihr Windows-\n" -#~ "System und lassen Sie dort ein Programm zur Platten-Defragmentierung " -#~ "laufen, um die\n" +#~ "Auf Ihrem NTFS-Dateisystem stehen %1 %3 freier Festplattenplatz zur Verfügung.\n" +#~ "Aufgrund von Beschränkungen des NTFS-Resizers, kann das System nur um bis zu\n" +#~ "%2 %3 verkleinert werden. Wollen Sie es weiter verkleinern, starten Sie Ihr Windows-\n" +#~ "System und lassen Sie dort ein Programm zur Platten-Defragmentierung laufen, um die\n" #~ "belegten Blöcke des Dateisystems an den Anfang der Partiton zu legen.\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Auf Ihrem NTFS-Dateisystem stehen %1 %3 freier Festplattenplatz zur " -#~ "Verfügung.\n" -#~ "Aufgrund von Beschränkungen des NTFS-Resizers, kann das System nur um bis " -#~ "zu\n" -#~ "%2 %3 verkleinert werden. Möchten Sie es weiter verkleinern, starten Sie " -#~ "Ihr Windows-\n" -#~ "System und lassen Sie dort ein Programm zur Defragmentierung laufen, um " -#~ "die\n" +#~ "Auf Ihrem NTFS-Dateisystem stehen %1 %3 freier Festplattenplatz zur Verfügung.\n" +#~ "Aufgrund von Beschränkungen des NTFS-Resizers, kann das System nur um bis zu\n" +#~ "%2 %3 verkleinert werden. Möchten Sie es weiter verkleinern, starten Sie Ihr Windows-\n" +#~ "System und lassen Sie dort ein Programm zur Defragmentierung laufen, um die\n" #~ "belegten Blöcke des Dateisystems an den Anfang der Partiton zu legen.\n" #~ msgid "Windows" @@ -13528,8 +12091,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Die tatsächliche Größenänderung wird erst durchgeführt, nachdem Sie alle\n" -#~ "Einstellungen im letzten Installationsdialogfeld bestätigt haben. Bis zu " -#~ "diesem Zeitpunkt wird die %1-\n" +#~ "Einstellungen im letzten Installationsdialogfeld bestätigt haben. Bis zu diesem Zeitpunkt wird die %1-\n" #~ "Partition nicht verändert.\n" #~ "" @@ -13543,8 +12105,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " Wenn Sie die Größe Ihrer Partition nicht verändern möchten, drücken " -#~ "Sie \n" +#~ " Wenn Sie die Größe Ihrer Partition nicht verändern möchten, drücken Sie \n" #~ "Größe nicht verändern. Damit werden die Werte auf die\n" #~ "ursprüngliche Größe der Partition zurückgesetzt.\n" #~ " \n" @@ -13564,8 +12125,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Geben Sie die Größe an, auf die die %1-Partition verkleinert werden " -#~ "soll.\n" +#~ "Geben Sie die Größe an, auf die die %1-Partition verkleinert werden soll.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Used" @@ -13694,11 +12254,9 @@ #~ msgid "Enter the size and stripe number of the new logical volume." #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Geben Sie Größe und Stripe-Anzahl des neuen logischen Volumes ein.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Geben Sie Größe und Stripe-Anzahl des neuen logischen Volumes ein.\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Geben Sie die Größe und Streifennummer des neuen Logical-Volumes an.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Geben Sie die Größe und Streifennummer des neuen Logical-Volumes an." #~ msgid "" #~ "openSUSE is switching to the new IDE drivers using the libata\n" @@ -13879,20 +12437,16 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "Sie haben die Parameter einer Partition geändert, die zurzeit\n" -#~ "gemountet ist. Unter bestimmten Umständen kann dies zur Beschädigung " -#~ "Ihrer Linux-Installation führen.\n" +#~ "gemountet ist. Unter bestimmten Umständen kann dies zur Beschädigung Ihrer Linux-Installation führen.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ " Fahren Sie nur dann fort, wenn Sie sich mit dem Vorgang gut auskennen. " -#~ "Wenn Sie sich unsicher fühlen, drücken Sie\n" +#~ " Fahren Sie nur dann fort, wenn Sie sich mit dem Vorgang gut auskennen. Wenn Sie sich unsicher fühlen, drücken Sie\n" #~ "'Abbrechen'.\n" #~ " \n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "Sie haben die Parameter einer Partition geändert, die zurzeit\n" -#~ "eingehängt ist. Dies kann unter Umständen zur Beschädigung Ihrer Linux-" -#~ "Installation führen.\n" +#~ "eingehängt ist. Dies kann unter Umständen zur Beschädigung Ihrer Linux-Installation führen.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ " Fahren Sie nur dann fort, wenn Sie sich mit dem Vorgang gut auskennen. " -#~ "Wenn Sie sich unsicher fühlen, drücken Sie\n" +#~ " Fahren Sie nur dann fort, wenn Sie sich mit dem Vorgang gut auskennen. Wenn Sie sich unsicher fühlen, drücken Sie\n" #~ "'Abbrechen'.\n" #~ " \n" @@ -13904,17 +12458,13 @@ #~ "dem Beginn und der Größe der Partition ändern." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First, choose the type of the partition and whether this partition " -#~ "should be formatted." +#~ msgid "First, choose the type of the partition and whether this partition should be formatted." #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "Wählen Sie zunächst den Typ für die neue Partition.\n" -#~ "Weiterhin müssen Sie festlegen, ob diese Partition formatiert werden soll." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Weiterhin müssen Sie festlegen, ob diese Partition formatiert werden soll.\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Wählen Sie zunächst den Typ für die neue Partition und ob sie " -#~ "formatiert werden soll." +#~ "Wählen Sie zunächst den Typ für die neue Partition und ob sie formatiert werden soll." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Then, enter the mount point ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.)" @@ -13926,25 +12476,15 @@ #~ "Geben Sie dann den Einhängepunkt ( /, /boot, /usr, /var usw.) an." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To change the start or end cylinder, delete this partition then create " -#~ "a new one with the new parameters. All data on this partition will be " -#~ "lost." +#~ msgid "To change the start or end cylinder, delete this partition then create a new one with the new parameters. All data on this partition will be lost." #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Wenn Sie die Begrenzungszylinder der Partition ändern möchten, müssen " -#~ "Sie die Partition zunächst löschen. Danach können Sie eine neue Partition " -#~ "mit den gewünschten Parametern anlegen. Alle Daten der Partition werden " -#~ "gelöscht.\n" +#~ "Wenn Sie die Begrenzungszylinder der Partition ändern möchten, müssen Sie die Partition zunächst löschen. Danach können Sie eine neue Partition mit den gewünschten Parametern anlegen. Alle Daten der Partition werden gelöscht.\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Wenn Sie die Zylindergrenzen der Partition ändern möchten, müssen Sie " -#~ "sie löschen und mit den gewünschten Daten neu anlegen. Alle Daten der " -#~ "Partition werden dabei gelöscht." +#~ "Wenn Sie die Zylindergrenzen der Partition ändern möchten, müssen Sie sie löschen und mit den gewünschten Daten neu anlegen. Alle Daten der Partition werden dabei gelöscht." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Now, enter the location of the new partition on your hard disk. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Geben Sie jetzt die Lage der Partition auf der Festplatte ein." +#~ msgid "Now, enter the location of the new partition on your hard disk. " +#~ msgstr "Geben Sie jetzt die Lage der Partition auf der Festplatte ein." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Please enter the starting cylinder number of the partition. " @@ -13956,41 +12496,29 @@ #~ "Bitte geben Sie den Startzylinder der Partition ein. " #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from " -#~ "the first cylinder (e.g., +66)." +#~ msgid "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from the first cylinder (e.g., +66)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Danach geben Sie entweder den Endzylinder oder die Anzahl der Zylinder " -#~ "(z. B. +66) an.\n" +#~ "Danach geben Sie entweder den Endzylinder oder die Anzahl der Zylinder (z. B. +66) an.\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Danach geben Sie entweder die Nummer des Endzylinders oder dessen " -#~ "Abstand vom ersten Zylinder (z. B. +66) an." +#~ "Danach geben Sie entweder die Nummer des Endzylinders oder dessen Abstand vom ersten Zylinder (z. B. +66) an." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e." -#~ "g., +100M or +20000K)." +#~ msgid "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., +100M or +20000K)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Sie können die Partitionsgröße auch direkt angeben. (z. B. +100M oder " -#~ "+20000K)\n" +#~ "Sie können die Partitionsgröße auch direkt angeben. (z. B. +100M oder +20000K)\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Sie können auch direkt die Partitionsgröße angeben. (z. B. +100M oder " -#~ "+20000K)" +#~ "Sie können auch direkt die Partitionsgröße angeben. (z. B. +100M oder +20000K)" #~ msgid "" #~ "Enter the starting cylinder number of the partition.\n" -#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from " -#~ "the first cylinder (e.g., +66).\n" -#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., " -#~ "+2G, +100M, or +20000K).\n" +#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from the first cylinder (e.g., +66).\n" +#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., +2G, +100M, or +20000K).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geben Sie die Nummer des Startzylinders für die Partition ein.\n" -#~ "Geben Sie dann die Nummer des Endzylinders oder dessen Abstand vom ersten " -#~ "Zylinder (z. B. +66) an.\n" -#~ "Sie können auch direkt die Partitionsgröße angeben (z. B. +2G oder +100M " -#~ "oder +20000K).\n" +#~ "Geben Sie dann die Nummer des Endzylinders oder dessen Abstand vom ersten Zylinder (z. B. +66) an.\n" +#~ "Sie können auch direkt die Partitionsgröße angeben (z. B. +2G oder +100M oder +20000K).\n" #~ msgid " Partition your hard disks... " #~ msgstr "Partitionierung von Festplatten" @@ -14002,8 +12530,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "This is intended for experts.\n" #~ "If you are not familiar with the concepts of hard disk partitions\n" -#~ "and how to use them, you might want to go back and select automatic</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "and how to use them, you might want to go back and select automatic\n" #~ "partitioning.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -14029,8 +12556,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Please note that nothing will be written to your hard disk\n" -#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation " -#~ "dialog.\n" +#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n" #~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -14038,8 +12564,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Beachten Sie, dass keine Änderungen an Ihren Festplatten\n" #~ "vorgenommen werden, solange Sie nicht später\n" -#~ "das Installieren ausdrücklich freigeben (Button Ja - installieren</" -#~ "b>).\n" +#~ "das Installieren ausdrücklich freigeben (Button Ja - installieren).\n" #~ "Bis dahin können Sie alle Änderungen jederzeit verwerfen.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" @@ -14081,13 +12606,11 @@ #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Bei der Einrichtung von LVM wird eine nicht-LVM Boot Partition benötigt.\n" -#~ "Andere Partitionen als die Boot Partition, sollten Sie mit LVM Verwalten " -#~ "lassen\n" +#~ "Andere Partitionen als die Boot Partition, sollten Sie mit LVM Verwalten lassen\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard " -#~ "disks.\n" +#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -14136,24 +12659,18 @@ #~ "" #~ msgid "<tt>/dev/sda1 </tt>1st primary partition on the 1st disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<tt>/dev/sda1</tt> Erste primäre Partition der ersten Festplatte." +#~ msgstr "<tt>/dev/sda1</tt> Erste primäre Partition der ersten Festplatte." #~ msgid "<tt>/dev/sda2 </tt>2nd primary partition on the 1st disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<tt>/dev/sda2</tt> Zweite primäre Partition der ersten Festplatte." +#~ msgstr "<tt>/dev/sda2</tt> Zweite primäre Partition der ersten Festplatte." #~ msgid "" -#~ "<tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1st logical partition within the extended partition " -#~ "on\n" -#~ "the first disk. Note: this is always #5, even if there are less " -#~ "than four\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1st logical partition within the extended partition on\n" +#~ "the first disk. Note: this is always #5, even if there are less than four\n" #~ "primary partitions." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<tt>/dev/sda5</tt> Erste logische Partition in der erweiterten " -#~ "Partition der\n" -#~ "ersten Festplatte. Hinweis: Die erste logische Partition ist immer " -#~ "mit 5 gekennzeichnet,\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sda5</tt> Erste logische Partition in der erweiterten Partition der\n" +#~ "ersten Festplatte. Hinweis: Die erste logische Partition ist immer mit 5 gekennzeichnet,\n" #~ "auch wenn es weniger als 4 primäre Partitionen gibt." #~ msgid "<tt>/dev/sda6 </tt>2nd logical partition" @@ -14165,8 +12682,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "On the i386 platform (i.e., normal PCs), there cannot be more than four\n" -#~ "primary partitions on any hard disk, because the respective table " -#~ "in the\n" +#~ "primary partitions on any hard disk, because the respective table in the\n" #~ "master boot record cannot contain more than four entries.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -14208,49 +12724,36 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you have an older PC and want to boot from a partition, make sure it " -#~ "ends below this\n" +#~ "If you have an older PC and want to boot from a partition, make sure it ends below this\n" #~ "1024 cylinder boundary. Create a separate partition and mount it as\n" -#~ "/boot, if necessary. A partition consisting of one single " -#~ "cylinder\n" +#~ "/boot, if necessary. A partition consisting of one single cylinder\n" #~ "(at least 64 MB) is usually sufficient for that.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Wenn Sie einen älteren PC besitzen und von einer Partition booten " -#~ "möchten, \n" -#~ "achten Sie darauf, dass sie vollständig unterhalb dieser 1024-Zylinder-" -#~ "Grenze liegt.\n" -#~ "Legen Sie wenn nötig eine eigene Partition an und hängen sie unter /" -#~ "boot ein.\n" -#~ "Eine Partition mit einem Zylinder (mindestens 64 MB) reicht in der Regel " -#~ "aus.\n" +#~ "Wenn Sie einen älteren PC besitzen und von einer Partition booten möchten, \n" +#~ "achten Sie darauf, dass sie vollständig unterhalb dieser 1024-Zylinder-Grenze liegt.\n" +#~ "Legen Sie wenn nötig eine eigene Partition an und hängen sie unter /boot ein.\n" +#~ "Eine Partition mit einem Zylinder (mindestens 64 MB) reicht in der Regel aus.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Wenn Sie einen älteren PC besitzen und von einer Partition booten " -#~ "möchten, dann \n" -#~ "achten Sie bitte darauf, dass sie vollständig unterhalb dieser 1024-" -#~ "Zylinder-Grenze liegt.\n" -#~ "Legen Sie wenn nötig eine eigene Partition an und hängen sie unter /" -#~ "boot ein.\n" -#~ "Eine Partition mit einem Zylinder (mindestens 64 MB) reicht in der Regel " -#~ "aus.\n" +#~ "Wenn Sie einen älteren PC besitzen und von einer Partition booten möchten, dann \n" +#~ "achten Sie bitte darauf, dass sie vollständig unterhalb dieser 1024-Zylinder-Grenze liegt.\n" +#~ "Legen Sie wenn nötig eine eigene Partition an und hängen sie unter /boot ein.\n" +#~ "Eine Partition mit einem Zylinder (mindestens 64 MB) reicht in der Regel aus.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "One of the four primary partitions may be an extended partition.\n" -#~ "This extended partition can contain one or more logical partitions</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "This extended partition can contain one or more logical partitions.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Eine der 4 primären Partitionen kann eine erweiterte Partition " -#~ "sein.\n" -#~ "Die erweiterte Partition kann mehrere logische Partitionen " -#~ "enthalten.\n" +#~ "Eine der 4 primären Partitionen kann eine erweiterte Partition sein.\n" +#~ "Die erweiterte Partition kann mehrere logische Partitionen enthalten.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy @@ -14265,8 +12768,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Eine erweiterte Partition kann nur dann Daten enthalten, wenn in ihr " -#~ "logische Partitionen\n" +#~ "Eine erweiterte Partition kann nur dann Daten enthalten, wenn in ihr logische Partitionen\n" #~ "angelegt sind. Logische Partitionen können jede Art von Linux-Partition \n" #~ "(Linux-Dateisysteme oder Linux-Swappartitionen) wie auch Partitionen \n" #~ "für andere Betriebssysteme enthalten.\n" @@ -14276,15 +12778,13 @@ #~ "Eine erweiterte Partition kann selbst keine Daten aufnehmen,\n" #~ "sondern nur logische Partitionen.\n" #~ "Logische Partitionen können jede Art von Linux-Partition \n" -#~ "(Linux-Dateisysteme oder Linux-Auslagerungspartitionen) wie auch " -#~ "Partitionen \n" +#~ "(Linux-Dateisysteme oder Linux-Auslagerungspartitionen) wie auch Partitionen \n" #~ "für andere Betriebssysteme enthalten.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "In connection with advanced boot managers such as GRUB, you can " -#~ "even\n" +#~ "In connection with advanced boot managers such as GRUB, you can even\n" #~ "boot your computer from a logical partition.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -14297,13 +12797,11 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "The extended partition will overlap with the logical\n" #~ "partitions: for an extended partition from cylinder 200 to 500, logical\n" -#~ "partitions could range from, for example, 200 to 250, 251 to 400, and 401 " -#~ "to 500.\n" +#~ "partitions could range from, for example, 200 to 250, 251 to 400, and 401 to 500.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Beachten Sie, dass logische Partitionen innerhalb der erweiterten " -#~ "liegen:\n" +#~ "Beachten Sie, dass logische Partitionen innerhalb der erweiterten liegen:\n" #~ "In einer erweiterten Partition von Zylinder 200 bis 500 können\n" #~ "z. B. logische Partitionen\n" #~ "von 200 bis 250, 251 bis 400 und 401 bis 500 liegen.\n" @@ -14313,80 +12811,66 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "An asterisk (*) after the mount point indicates a file system that is\n" -#~ "currently not mounted (for example, because it has the <tt>noauto</tt> " -#~ "option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n" +#~ "currently not mounted (for example, because it has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Ein Sternchen (*) nach dem Mountpunkt weist auf ein Dateisystem hin, das\n" -#~ " zurzeit nicht gemountet ist (z. B., weil die Option <tt>noauto</tt> in " -#~ "<tt>/etc/fstab</tt> gesetzt wurde).\n" +#~ " zurzeit nicht gemountet ist (z. B., weil die Option <tt>noauto</tt> in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> gesetzt wurde).\n" #~ " \n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ein Sternchen (*) nach dem Einhängepunkt weist auf ein Dateisystem hin, " -#~ "das\n" -#~ " zurzeit nicht eingehängt ist (z. B., weil die Option <tt>noauto</tt> in " -#~ "<tt>/etc/fstab</tt> gesetzt wurde).\n" +#~ "Ein Sternchen (*) nach dem Einhängepunkt weist auf ein Dateisystem hin, das\n" +#~ " zurzeit nicht eingehängt ist (z. B., weil die Option <tt>noauto</tt> in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> gesetzt wurde).\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The column labeled F contains flags. <tt>C</tt> means the " -#~ "partition is encrypted. \n" +#~ "The column labeled F contains flags. <tt>C</tt> means the partition is encrypted. \n" #~ "<tt>F</tt> means the partition is selected to be formatted.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Die Spalte mit der Bezeichnung F enthält Flags. <tt>C</tt> besagt, " -#~ "dass die Partition verschlüsselt ist. \n" +#~ "Die Spalte mit der Bezeichnung F enthält Flags. <tt>C</tt> besagt, dass die Partition verschlüsselt ist. \n" #~ "<tt>F</tt> besagt, dass die Partition zur Formatierung vorgemerkt ist.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Used By tells if a device is used by LVM or RAID. If you do not " -#~ "use such\n" +#~ "Used By tells if a device is used by LVM or RAID. If you do not use such\n" #~ "things, it is perfectly normal for this column to be empty.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Belegt von gibt an, ob ein Gerät von LVM oder RAID verwendet wird. " -#~ "Wenn\n" +#~ "Belegt von gibt an, ob ein Gerät von LVM oder RAID verwendet wird. Wenn\n" #~ "Sie so etwas nicht verwenden, kann diese Spalte auch leer bleiben.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Belegt von gibt an, ob ein Gerät von LVM oder RAID verwendet wird. " -#~ "Wenn\n" -#~ "Sie keinen dieser Mechanismen verwenden, ist diese Spalte normalerweise " -#~ "leer.\n" +#~ "Belegt von gibt an, ob ein Gerät von LVM oder RAID verwendet wird. Wenn\n" +#~ "Sie keinen dieser Mechanismen verwenden, ist diese Spalte normalerweise leer.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Mount By indicates how the file system is mounted: (K) by Kernel " -#~ "Name,\n" +#~ "Mount By indicates how the file system is mounted: (K) by Kernel Name,\n" #~ "(L) by Label, (U) by UUID, (I) by Device ID, and (P) by Device Path.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Mounten durch gibt an, wie das Dateisystem gemountet wird: (K) " -#~ "anhand des Kernel-Namens,\n" -#~ " (L) anhand der Bezeichnung (Label), (U) anhand der UUID, (I) anhand der " -#~ "Geräte-ID bzw. (P) anhand des Gerätepfads.\n" +#~ "Mounten durch gibt an, wie das Dateisystem gemountet wird: (K) anhand des Kernel-Namens,\n" +#~ " (L) anhand der Bezeichnung (Label), (U) anhand der UUID, (I) anhand der Geräte-ID bzw. (P) anhand des Gerätepfads.\n" #~ " \n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Einhängen durch gibt an, wie das Dateisystem eingehängt wird:\n" #~ "(K) anhand des Kernel-Namens, (L) anhand der Kennung (Label),\n" -#~ "(U) anhand der UUID, (I) anhand der Geräte-ID bzw. (P) anhand des " -#~ "Gerätepfads.\n" +#~ "(U) anhand der UUID, (I) anhand der Geräte-ID bzw. (P) anhand des Gerätepfads.\n" #~ " \n" #, fuzzy @@ -14398,8 +12882,7 @@ #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Wenn Sie auf SCSI-Festplatten ein Root-Dateisystem möchten, müssen Sie\n" -#~ "auf DASD eine /boot-Partition hinzufügen, um ein Device für IPL zu " -#~ "erhalten.\n" +#~ "auf DASD eine /boot-Partition hinzufügen, um ein Device für IPL zu erhalten.\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Wenn das Root-Dateisystem auf einer SCSI-Festplatte liegt, muss\n" @@ -14411,11 +12894,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard " -#~ "disks.\n" +#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n" #~ "Nothing will be written to your hard disk\n" -#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation " -#~ "dialog.\n" +#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n" #~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" @@ -14428,10 +12909,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Rechts sehen Sie die eingerichteten Partitionen aller Festplatten.\n" #~ "Es wird nichts auf Ihre Festplatte geschrieben,\n" -#~ "bevor Sie nicht die gesamte installation mit Ja - installieren " -#~ "bestätigt haben.\n" -#~ "Bis zu diesem Zeitpunkt können Sie die Installation gefahrlos abbrechen.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "bevor Sie nicht die gesamte installation mit Ja - installieren bestätigt haben.\n" +#~ "Bis zu diesem Zeitpunkt können Sie die Installation gefahrlos abbrechen." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -14459,8 +12938,7 @@ #~ "This notation always refers to the entire disk." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Diese Schreibweise bedeutet, dass jeweils die gesamte Festplatte gemeint " -#~ "ist." +#~ "Diese Schreibweise bedeutet, dass jeweils die gesamte Festplatte gemeint ist." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -14629,9 +13107,7 @@ #~ "Größe (z. B. 9.0 MB oder 9.0 GB)" #~ msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a value like \"%1\" or \"%2\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die eingegebene Größe ist ungültig. Geben Sie einen Wert wie \"%1\" oder " -#~ "\"%2\" ein." +#~ msgstr "Die eingegebene Größe ist ungültig. Geben Sie einen Wert wie \"%1\" oder \"%2\" ein." #~ msgid "Manual Size" #~ msgstr "Manuelle Größe" @@ -14678,147 +13154,117 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Logical volumes are\n" #~ "usable almost everywhere normal disk partitions can be used.\n" -#~ "You can create file systems on logical volumes and use them, for example, " -#~ "as swap \n" +#~ "You can create file systems on logical volumes and use them, for example, as swap \n" #~ "or as raw partitions for databases.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Logical Volumes können fast überall dort eingesetzt werden, \n" #~ "wo auch normale Festplattenpartitionen verwendet werden können.\n" -#~ "Auf Logical Volumes können Dateisysteme angelegt werden. Sie können z. B. " -#~ "als \n" +#~ "Auf Logical Volumes können Dateisysteme angelegt werden. Sie können z. B. als \n" #~ "Swap- und als Raw-Partitionen für Datenbanken verwendet werden.\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Logical-Volumes können fast überall dort eingesetzt werden, \n" #~ "wo auch normale Festplattenpartitionen verwendet werden können.\n" -#~ "Auf Logical-Volumes können Dateisysteme angelegt werden. Sie können z. B. " -#~ "als \n" +#~ "Auf Logical-Volumes können Dateisysteme angelegt werden. Sie können z. B. als \n" #~ "Swap- und als Raw-Partitionen für Datenbanken verwendet werden.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "If there is still unallocated\n" -#~ "physical storage in a volume group and you use reiserfs as your " -#~ "file system,\n" +#~ "physical storage in a volume group and you use reiserfs as your file system,\n" #~ "extend a logical volume and the underlying file system while it\n" #~ "is mounted and in use.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Falls in einer Volume-Gruppe\n" -#~ "nicht zugewiesener physikalischer Speicher existiert und Sie reiserfs</" -#~ "b> in Ihrem\n" -#~ "Dateisystem verwenden, dann können Sie ein Logical Volume und das " -#~ "zugrundeliegende \n" -#~ "Dateisystem erweitern, wenn es gemountet und aktiv ist.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "nicht zugewiesener physikalischer Speicher existiert und Sie reiserfs in Ihrem\n" +#~ "Dateisystem verwenden, dann können Sie ein Logical Volume und das zugrundeliegende \n" +#~ "Dateisystem erweitern, wenn es gemountet und aktiv ist.\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Falls in einer Volume-Gruppe\n" -#~ "nicht zugewiesener physischer Speicher existiert und Sie reiserfs " -#~ "als\n" -#~ "Dateisystem verwenden, dann können Sie ein Logical-Volume und das " -#~ "zugrundeliegende \n" -#~ "Dateisystem erweitern, wenn es eingehängt und aktiv ist.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "nicht zugewiesener physischer Speicher existiert und Sie reiserfs als\n" +#~ "Dateisystem verwenden, dann können Sie ein Logical-Volume und das zugrundeliegende \n" +#~ "Dateisystem erweitern, wenn es eingehängt und aktiv ist.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "The logical volumes need to be large enough\n" #~ "to hold all the files to install now, but you do not necessarily need to\n" -#~ "allocate all your physical storage now. The file systems can be " -#~ "increased \n" +#~ "allocate all your physical storage now. The file systems can be increased \n" #~ "later while your system is in use.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Natürlich müssen die Logical Volumes groß genug für alle zu " -#~ "installierenden\n" -#~ "Dateien sein. Es ist jedoch zu diesem Zeitpunkt nicht zwingend " -#~ "notwendig, \n" -#~ "den gesamten physikalischen Speicher zuzuweisen. Sie können jederzeit " -#~ "die\n" +#~ "Natürlich müssen die Logical Volumes groß genug für alle zu installierenden\n" +#~ "Dateien sein. Es ist jedoch zu diesem Zeitpunkt nicht zwingend notwendig, \n" +#~ "den gesamten physikalischen Speicher zuzuweisen. Sie können jederzeit die\n" #~ "Dateisysteme vergrößern, wenn Ihr System aktiv ist.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Natürlich müssen die Logical-Volumes groß genug für alle zu " -#~ "installierenden\n" -#~ "Dateien sein. Es ist jedoch zu diesem Zeitpunkt nicht zwingend " -#~ "notwendig, \n" +#~ "Natürlich müssen die Logical-Volumes groß genug für alle zu installierenden\n" +#~ "Dateien sein. Es ist jedoch zu diesem Zeitpunkt nicht zwingend notwendig, \n" #~ "den gesamten physischen Speicher zuzuweisen. Sie können jederzeit die\n" #~ "Dateisysteme vergrößern, wenn Ihr System aktiv ist.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add partitions (called physical volumes) to your volume group.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "Add partitions (called physical volumes) to your volume group." #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Der Volume-Gruppe Partitionen hinzufügen (sog. Physical " -#~ "Volumes).\n" +#~ "Der Volume-Gruppe Partitionen hinzufügen (sog. Physical Volumes).\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Der Volume-Gruppe Partitionen hinzufügen (sog. Physical-" -#~ "Volumes)." +#~ "Der Volume-Gruppe Partitionen hinzufügen (sog. Physical-Volumes)." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The volume group forms the storage pool from which your logical " -#~ "volumes,\n" +#~ "The volume group forms the storage pool from which your logical volumes,\n" #~ "like virtual partitions, are allocated.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Die Volume-Gruppe bildet den Storage Pool, aus dem Ihre\n" -#~ "Logical Volumes (virtuellen Partitionen entsprechend) zugewiesen werden.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Logical Volumes (virtuellen Partitionen entsprechend) zugewiesen werden.\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Die Volume-Gruppe bildet den Storage Pool, aus dem Ihre\n" -#~ "Logical-Volumes (virtuellen Partitionen entsprechend) zugewiesen werden.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Logical-Volumes (virtuellen Partitionen entsprechend) zugewiesen werden.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Under normal circumstances, there is no need to have more than one " -#~ "volume \n" +#~ "Under normal circumstances, there is no need to have more than one volume \n" #~ "group. If you need more than one volume group for special reasons,\n" #~ "create them here. Each volume group must have at least one partition \n" #~ "that belongs to that volume group.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Normalerweise wird nicht mehr als eine Volume-Gruppe benötigt.\n" -#~ "Brauchen Sie aus speziellen Gründen dennoch mehr als eine Volume-" -#~ "Gruppe, \n" +#~ "Brauchen Sie aus speziellen Gründen dennoch mehr als eine Volume-Gruppe, \n" #~ "können Sie diese nun anlegen. Jede Volume-Gruppe muss mindestens eine\n" #~ "Partition besitzen, die zu dieser Volume-Gruppe gehört.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Each physical volume belongs to exactly one volume group. Assign " -#~ "all\n" +#~ "Each physical volume belongs to exactly one volume group. Assign all\n" #~ "partitions to use with Linux LVM to volume groups.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Jedes Physical Volume gehört zu exakt einer Volume-Gruppe. Weisen " -#~ "Sie\n" -#~ "alle Partitionen, die mit Linux LVM verwendet werden sollen, zu Volume-" -#~ "Gruppen hinzu.\n" +#~ "Jedes Physical Volume gehört zu exakt einer Volume-Gruppe. Weisen Sie\n" +#~ "alle Partitionen, die mit Linux LVM verwendet werden sollen, zu Volume-Gruppen hinzu.\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Jedes Physical-Volume gehört genau einer Volume-Gruppe an. Weisen " -#~ "Sie\n" -#~ "alle Partitionen, die mit Linux LVM verwendet werden sollen, Volume-" -#~ "Gruppen zu.\n" +#~ "Jedes Physical-Volume gehört genau einer Volume-Gruppe an. Weisen Sie\n" +#~ "alle Partitionen, die mit Linux LVM verwendet werden sollen, Volume-Gruppen zu.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -14844,8 +13290,7 @@ #~ "Mit diesem Tool können Sie Logical Volumes verwalten oder anlegen.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Mit diesem Werkzeug können Sie Logical-Volumes verwalten oder " -#~ "anlegen.\n" +#~ "Mit diesem Werkzeug können Sie Logical-Volumes verwalten oder anlegen.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -14854,8 +13299,7 @@ #~ "</li>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<ol><li>\n" -#~ "Falls nicht bereits geschehen, müssen Sie zunächst eine Volume-Gruppe " -#~ "anlegen.\n" +#~ "Falls nicht bereits geschehen, müssen Sie zunächst eine Volume-Gruppe anlegen.\n" #~ "</li>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -14866,13 +13310,11 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "<li>\n" -#~ "Danach müssen Sie Physical Volumes hinzufügen (siehe folgender " -#~ "Absatz)\n" +#~ "Danach müssen Sie Physical Volumes hinzufügen (siehe folgender Absatz)\n" #~ "</li>\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "<li>\n" -#~ "Danach müssen Sie Physical-Volumes hinzufügen (siehe folgender " -#~ "Absatz)\n" +#~ "Danach müssen Sie Physical-Volumes hinzufügen (siehe folgender Absatz)\n" #~ "</li>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -14883,13 +13325,11 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "<li>\n" -#~ "Als letzten Schritt können Sie Logical Volumes anlegen (siehe " -#~ "folgender Absatz)\n" +#~ "Als letzten Schritt können Sie Logical Volumes anlegen (siehe folgender Absatz)\n" #~ "</li></ol> \n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "<li>\n" -#~ "Als letzten Schritt können Sie Logical-Volumes anlegen (siehe " -#~ "folgender Absatz)\n" +#~ "Als letzten Schritt können Sie Logical-Volumes anlegen (siehe folgender Absatz)\n" #~ "</li></ol> \n" #, fuzzy @@ -15112,8 +13552,7 @@ #~ "NFS mount, or MD device.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Die Größe von Festplattenlaufwerken, LVM-Volume-Gruppen, physischen LVM-" -#~ "Volumes,\n" +#~ "Die Größe von Festplattenlaufwerken, LVM-Volume-Gruppen, physischen LVM-Volumes,\n" #~ "NFS-Verbindungen oder MD-Geräten kann nicht geändert werden.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -15134,8 +13573,7 @@ #~ "freed disk space?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sie haben eine Partition neben einer neu angelegten Partition " -#~ "verkleinert.\n" +#~ "Sie haben eine Partition neben einer neu angelegten Partition verkleinert.\n" #~ "Soll die neue Partition automatisch um den freien Speicherplatz\n" #~ "vergrößert werden?\n" @@ -15212,8 +13650,7 @@ #~ "Der Wert muss zwischen %2 und %3 liegen.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Verwenden Sie den maximal zulässigen Wert\n" -#~ "oder wählen Sie 'Nein' aus und geben Sie selbst einen zulässigen Wert " -#~ "ein.\n" +#~ "oder wählen Sie 'Nein' aus und geben Sie selbst einen zulässigen Wert ein.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Zulässigen Höchstwert verwenden?\n" @@ -15232,14 +13669,12 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Der Wert des Endzylinders %1 ist ungültig.\n" -#~ "Die verwendete Festplattenkennung, %2, unterstützt keine Partitionen, die " -#~ "größer \n" +#~ "Die verwendete Festplattenkennung, %2, unterstützt keine Partitionen, die größer \n" #~ "als %3 sind.\n" #~ "Der Zylinderwert muss folglich unter %4 liegen.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Verwenden Sie den maximal zulässigen Wert\n" -#~ "oder wählen Sie Nein aus und geben Sie selbst einen zulässigen " -#~ "Wert ein.\n" +#~ "oder wählen Sie Nein aus und geben Sie selbst einen zulässigen Wert ein.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Zulässigen Höchstwert verwenden?\n" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89739 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: vertaal Date: 2014-10-07 11:00:18 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89739 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/product-creator.ca.po Log: product-creator.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/product-creator.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/product-creator.ca.po 2014-10-07 09:00:10 UTC (rev 89738) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/product-creator.ca.po 2014-10-07 09:00:18 UTC (rev 89739) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:17+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-07 11:00+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.9\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.7\n" #. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module #: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 @@ -245,6 +245,10 @@ "\n" "Kiwi cannot create images for different architectures." msgstr "" +"L'arquitectura de destinació de la configuració actual (%1)\n" +"no coincideix amb l'arquitectura del sistema (%2).\n" +"\n" +"El Kiwi no pot crear imatges per a arquitectures diferents." #. ProductCreator overview dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 @@ -323,7 +327,6 @@ #. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| " Please wait while the directory structure for the new ISO " @@ -334,10 +337,7 @@ "Creating the directory structure for the new ISO image.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"\n" -" Espereu mentre es crea l'estructura de directori de la nova " -"imatge ISO.\n" -" \n" +"Creant l'estructura de directori de la nova imatge ISO.\n" " \n" #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ #. progressbar label #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 msgid "Disabling signature checks in linuxrc..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inhabilitant les comprovacions de signatures a linuxrc..." #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 msgid "Creating ISO image directory..." @@ -444,7 +444,6 @@ msgstr "Cap" #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Verify if the data in the summary box is correct then\n" #| "press Finish to return to main dialog.\n" @@ -452,9 +451,8 @@ "Verify the data in the summary box then\n" "press Finish to return to main dialog.\n" msgstr "" -"Verifiqueu si les dades del quadre de resum són correctes i, a " -"continuació,\n" -"premeu Finalitza per tornar al diàleg principal.\n" +"Verifiqueu si les dades del quadre de resum són correctes i \n" +"premeu Acaba per tornar al diàleg principal.\n" #. caption #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 @@ -462,7 +460,6 @@ msgstr "CD personalitzats" #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Please wait while the data and packages are verified...\n" #| " \n" @@ -472,9 +469,9 @@ " \n" " \n" msgstr "" -"Espereu mentre es verifiquen les dades i els paquets...\n" +"Verificant les dades i els paquets...\n" " \n" -" " +" \n" #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 msgid "" @@ -543,10 +540,9 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 -#, fuzzy msgid "Start creating a new image configuration with Add." msgstr "" -"Inicieu la creació d'una configuració d'imatge nova mitjançant l'opció " +"Inicieu la creació d'una configuració d'imatge nova amb l'opció " "Afegeix." #. help text @@ -560,7 +556,6 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Delete the directory with selected configuration using Delete.</" #| "p>" @@ -568,12 +563,11 @@ "Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " "Delete." msgstr "" -"Suprimiu el directori de la configuració seleccionada amb l'opció " +"Suprimiu el directori amb configuració seleccionada amb l'opció " "Suprimeix." #. help text, %1 is directory #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 -#, fuzzy msgid "All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory." msgstr "" "Totes les configuracions de les imatges es desen al directori <tt>%1</tt>." @@ -737,7 +731,7 @@ #. preselect the first item #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Target Architecture" -msgstr "Arquitectura objectiu" +msgstr "Arquitectura de destinació" #. the architecture is different, ask to switch it #. %1 is URL of the repository @@ -748,6 +742,9 @@ "does not support the current target architecture (%2).\n" "Change the target architecture?\n" msgstr "" +"La font %1\n" +"no té suport per a l'actual arquitectura de destinació (%2).\n" +"Voleu canviar-la?\n" #. dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:802 @@ -770,7 +767,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:822 #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1930 msgid "Target architecture: %1" -msgstr "Arquitectura objectiu: %1" +msgstr "Arquitectura de destinació: %1" #. push button label #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:835 @@ -791,7 +788,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:908 #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1078 msgid "Target Architecture: %1" -msgstr "Arquitectura objectiu: %1" +msgstr "Arquitectura de destinació: %1" #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:969 msgid "Select at least one source." @@ -806,11 +803,16 @@ "Either select a different repository or\n" "change the target architecture.\n" msgstr "" +"No hi ha coincidència entre els repositoris\n" +"seleccionats i l'arquitectura de la màquina.\n" +"\n" +"Seleccioneu un repositori diferent o\n" +"canvieu l'arquitectura de destinació.\n" #. ask for the target architecture #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1045 msgid "Select the new target architecture." -msgstr "Seleccioneu la nova arquitectura objectiu." +msgstr "Seleccioneu la nova arquitectura de destinació." #. dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1139 @@ -898,7 +900,6 @@ #. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? #. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Sign</big> \n" "To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " @@ -908,8 +909,7 @@ "<big>Signa</big> \n" "Perquè els usuaris puguin verificar el vostre producte, signeu-lo amb una " "clau GPG. \n" -"Es comprovarà aquesta clau quan s'afegeixi el producte com una font " -"d'instal·lació." +"Es comprovarà aquesta clau quan s'afegeixi el producte com a repositori." #. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language #. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) @@ -921,6 +921,11 @@ "an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " "for more information." msgstr "" +"Si el producte no està signat, el Yast automàticament afegeix l'opció " +"'Insecure:\n" +"1' al fitxer de configuració linuxrc; si no, linuxrc denegaria la càrrega " +"d'un sistema d'instal·lació no signat durant l'arrencada. Vegeu http://en." +"opensuse.org/Linuxrc per a més informació." #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" @@ -963,7 +968,6 @@ msgstr "Signa digitalment el suport amb la clau GPG %1%2" #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1996 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Verify if the data in the summary is correct then\n" #| "press Next to continue.\n" @@ -972,13 +976,12 @@ "Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Verifiqueu si les dades del resum són correctes i, a continuació,\n" -"premeu Següent per continuar.\n" -"" +"Verifiqueu si les dades del resum són correctes i premeu Següent per " +"continuar.\n" +"\n" #. All helps are here #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Boot Options</big> \n" #| "Here, add additional boot menu entries with some boot options.\n" @@ -989,8 +992,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Opcions d'arrencada</big> \n" -"Afegiu aquí les entrades addicionals del menú d'arrencada amb algunes " -"opcions d'arrencada.\n" +"Afegiu aquí les entrades addicionals del menú d'arrencada amb opcions " +"d'arrencada.\n" "\n" #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 @@ -1008,10 +1011,9 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "<big>Initializing Configuration</big>\n" -msgstr "<big>Configuració de la connexió</big>" +msgstr "<big>Iniciant la configuració</big>\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 @@ -1024,14 +1026,12 @@ #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "<big>Saving Configuration</big>\n" -msgstr "<big>Configuració de la connexió</big>" +msgstr "<big>Desant la configuració</big>\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" #| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -1050,13 +1050,12 @@ #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\n" "edit those configurations. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Resum de la configuració del CD Creator</big> \n" +"<big>Resum de configuració del creador de productes</big> \n" "Obteniu un resum de les configuracions que estan disponibles. A més a més,\n" "podeu editar-les. \n" @@ -1071,7 +1070,6 @@ #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" #| "Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n" @@ -1083,19 +1081,17 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió:</big> \n" "Seleccioneu la configuració que voleu modificar o eliminar.\n" -"A continuació, premeu Edita o Suprimeix segons s'escaigui.</" -"p>\n" +"A continuació, premeu Edita o Suprimeix respectivament.\n" #. overview dialog help part 4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Use Create Product to create the ISO image or installation\n" "repository directory with the selected product." msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu Crea una imatge per crear la imatge ISO o el directori a " -"partir del \n" -"producte configurat." +"Useu Crea un producte per crear la imatge ISO o el directori del " +"repositori \n" +"d'instal·lació amb el producte seleccionat." #. overview dialog help part 5 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 @@ -1134,7 +1130,6 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Package Manager\n" #| "Use the package manager without any preselected packages. All\n" @@ -1152,8 +1147,8 @@ "creating this CD.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Gestor de paquets\n" -"Utilitzeu el gestor de paquets sense cap paquet preseleccionat.\n" +"Gestor de programari\n" +"Utilitzeu el gestor de programari sense cap paquet preseleccionat.\n" "Tots els paquets que se seleccionarien automàticament durant la instal·lació " "s'han de\n" "seleccionar manualment en funció del maquinari i l'arquitectura \n" @@ -1182,6 +1177,15 @@ "the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " "configuration.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Architectura de destinació</big> \n" +"És possible crear un producte per a una arquitectura diferent de la de\n" +"la màquina en què esteu treballant ara.\n" +"Tots els repositoris han de tenir suport de l'arquitectura de destinació." +" \n" +"Nota:El KIWI encara no té suport per a arquitectures diferents, no " +"canvieu\n" +"l'arquitectura si teniu la intenció de crear una imatge de KIWI des de la " +"configuració actual.\n" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 @@ -1202,7 +1206,6 @@ #. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Create an ISO image or just a directory that is suitable for \n" #| "creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" @@ -1212,7 +1215,7 @@ "creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Crea una imatge ISO o simplement un directori que permeti\n" +"Crea una imatge ISO o un directori que permeti\n" "crear una imatge ISO més endavant.\n" "\n" @@ -1242,6 +1245,11 @@ "also\n" "bootable.\n" msgstr "" +"Un dels repositoris usats ha d'estar marcat com a producte de base. El " +"repositori del \n" +"producte de base hauria de poder arrencar per assegurar que el nou producte " +"creat també\n" +"arrenqui.\n" #. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 @@ -1249,6 +1257,8 @@ "The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</" "p>" msgstr "" +"Els altres repositoris s'usaran com a complements (add-ons) per al " +"repositori de base." #. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 @@ -1258,6 +1268,11 @@ "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.\n" msgstr "" +"El creador de productes resol les dependències dels productes " +"seleccionats i proposa\n" +"el producte de base. Si el valor proposat no és correcte, seleccioneu el " +"repositori de \n" +"base correcte de la llista.\n" #. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) #. combo box label @@ -1301,6 +1316,9 @@ "are also included in the list for deletion.\n" "Continue anyway?" msgstr "" +"Alguns dels paquets seleccionats per a la instal·lació\n" +"també estan inclosos a la llista de supressió.\n" +"Continuar igualment?" #. combo box label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 @@ -1441,6 +1459,17 @@ "section.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"Els paquets de la secció '%1' no estan disponibles amb els repositoris " +"seleccionats:\n" +"%2.\n" +"\n" +"Elimineu els paquets de la secció, comproveu la selecció detallada de " +"paquets o ignoreu la situació.\n" +"\n" +"Anar a la selecció detallada de paquets i acceptar-ne la visualització sense " +"més canvis té com a resultat la supressió de paquets problemàtics de la " +"secció.\n" +"\n" #. button label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 @@ -1569,6 +1598,8 @@ "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " "Studio." msgstr "" +"Editar els fitxers següents està inhabilitat per a configuracions importades " +"de Studio." #. tab header #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 @@ -1587,6 +1618,10 @@ "flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " "explanation of available values." msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu el valor per a la compressió de la imatge. Això " +"modificarà el valor de\n" +"flags del tipus d'imatge. Mireu el manual del kiwi per a més " +"informació sobre els valors disponibles." #. combo box label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 @@ -1604,7 +1639,6 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on " #| "new line" @@ -1650,6 +1684,9 @@ "If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it " "is the minimal free space available on the image." msgstr "" +"Establiu la mida de la imatge a la unitat especificada.\n" +"Si l'aditiu està marcat, el significat de la mida és diferent: " +"és l'espai mínim lliure disponible a la imatge." #. combo box label (MB/GB values) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 @@ -1672,32 +1709,30 @@ "To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS " "and enter the password." msgstr "" +"Per crear un sistema de fitxers encriptat, marqueu Encripta la imatge " +"amb LUKS i introduïu-ne la contrasenya." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 msgid "Encrypted Image LUKS Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contrasenya encriptada d'imatge LUKS" #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Here, edit the configuration scripts used to build your image." msgid "Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image." msgstr "" -"Editeu aquí els scripts de configuració que s'han utilitzat per muntar la " -"imatge." +"Editeu els scripts de configuració usats per construir la imatge." #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Here, point to the configuration directories that should help to build " #| "your image." msgid "Point to the configuration directories for building your image." msgstr "" -"Definiu aquí els directoris de configuració que us han d'ajudar a muntar " -"la imatge." +"Definiu aquí els directoris de configuració per construir la imatge." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 @@ -1760,7 +1795,7 @@ #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 msgid "Studio Custom Build Script" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Script de construcció personalitzada de Studio" #. textentry label #. textentry label @@ -1862,6 +1897,8 @@ "The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " "the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." msgstr "" +"El valor de Local (per exemple: <tt>en_US</tt>) defineix els " +"continguts de la variable RC_LANG a <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 @@ -1874,6 +1911,9 @@ "Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " "The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." msgstr "" +"La disposició del teclat especifica el nom de la consola de mapa " +"de tecles a usar. El valor correspon a un fitxer mapa a <tt>/usr/share/kbd/" +"keymaps</tt>." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 @@ -1886,10 +1926,11 @@ "It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones " "are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." msgstr "" +"És possible establir una zona horària. Les zones disponibles es " +"troben al directori <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>." #. general help for users tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Here, create users that should be available in the target system." msgid "Create users that should be available on the target system." @@ -1929,15 +1970,14 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home " "Directory and group\n" "to which the users belongs.\n" msgstr "" -"Empleneu la informació per a cada usuari: especifiqueu-ne el nom, " -"la contrasenya, el directori de l'usuari i el grup\n" -"al qual pertany." +"Per cada usuari, especifiqueu-ne el nom, la contrasenya, el " +"directori de l'usuari i el grup\n" +"al qual pertany.\n" #. dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 @@ -1997,22 +2037,20 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for " "creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current " "system repositories." msgstr "" -"Modifiqueu la llista dels dipòsits de paquets que s'utilitzaran " -"per a la creació de la imatge. Utilitzeu Afegeix del sistema per " -"afegir un dels dipòsits del sistema actual." +"Modifiqueu la llista dels repositoris de paquets que s'utilitzaran " +"per a la creació de la imatge. Useu Afegeix del sistema per afegir un " +"dels repositoris del sistema actual." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Use Next to continue with the configuration." msgid "Click Next to continue with the configuration." -msgstr "Utilitzeu Següent per continuar la configuració." +msgstr "Cliqueu a següent per continuar la configuració." #. combo box item #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 @@ -2026,7 +2064,6 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " #| "configuration" @@ -2035,7 +2072,7 @@ "configuration." msgstr "" "El directori seleccionat no conté una descripció de configuració del sistema " -"vàlida" +"vàlida." #. busy popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 @@ -2055,7 +2092,7 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 msgid "Target is i586 only" -msgstr "L'objectiu és només i586" +msgstr "La destinació és només i586" #. text entry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 @@ -2109,7 +2146,6 @@ #. popup error message, %1 is the package name #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" #| "without having %1 package installed" @@ -2117,8 +2153,8 @@ "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" msgstr "" -"No podeu cercar dipòsits SLP\n" -"si no teniu instal·lat el paquet %1." +"No podeu cercar els respositoris SLP\n" +"si no teniu instal·lat el paquet %1.\n" #. popup for file selection dialog #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 @@ -2161,15 +2197,13 @@ #. text box label #: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 -#, fuzzy msgid "Path to directory to store the log files" -msgstr "Camí del directori que conté els paquets" +msgstr "Camí del directori per desar-hi fitxers log" #. text box label #: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 -#, fuzzy msgid "Standard output file name" -msgstr "Introduïu el nom del fitxer" +msgstr "Sortida estàndard de nom de fitxer" #. text box label #: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89738 - branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: vertaal Date: 2014-10-07 11:00:10 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89738 Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/ca/po/product-creator.ca.po Log: product-creator.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/ca/po/product-creator.ca.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/ca/po/product-creator.ca.po 2014-10-07 05:20:49 UTC (rev 89737) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/ca/po/product-creator.ca.po 2014-10-07 09:00:10 UTC (rev 89738) @@ -8,15 +8,16 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-02-08 15:47+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Jordi Bruguera i Cortada <jordi(a)grn.es>\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-07 11:00+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.7\n" #. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module #: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 @@ -38,15 +39,13 @@ #. command line help text for the kiwi module #: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 -#, fuzzy msgid "Configuration of Kiwi" -msgstr "Configuració del correu" +msgstr "Configuració del Kiwi" #. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module #: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 -#, fuzzy msgid "Configuration of Product Creator" -msgstr "Configuracio del CD Creator" +msgstr "Configuracio del creador de productes" #. translators: command line help text for list action #: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64 @@ -85,10 +84,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option #: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "GPG passhrase required for signing the source." msgid "GPG passphrase required for signing the source." -msgstr "Es requereix la contrasenya GPG per signar les fonts." +msgstr "Es requereix la contrasenya GPG per signar la font." #. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option #: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121 @@ -97,9 +94,8 @@ #. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name #: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129 -#, fuzzy msgid "Path to the configuration file (default is %1)" -msgstr "Camí del fitxer de configuració (el predeterminat és %1" +msgstr "Camí al fitxer de configuració (el predeterminat és %1)" #. command line help text for 'output_dir' option #: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136 @@ -108,9 +104,9 @@ #. command line help text for 'create_iso' option #: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 -#, fuzzy msgid "Output should be an ISO image instead of directory tree" -msgstr "La sortida ha de ser una imatge ISO en lloc d'un arbre de directoris" +msgstr "" +"La sortida hauria de ser una imatge ISO en lloc d'un arbre de directoris" #. command line help text for 'iso_name' option #: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 @@ -238,7 +234,6 @@ #. summary text #: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1990 -#, fuzzy msgid "The medium will not be digitally signed" msgstr "No se signarà digitalment el suport." @@ -250,6 +245,10 @@ "\n" "Kiwi cannot create images for different architectures." msgstr "" +"L'arquitectura de destinació de la configuració actual (%1)\n" +"no coincideix amb l'arquitectura del sistema (%2).\n" +"\n" +"El Kiwi no pot crear imatges per a arquitectures diferents." #. ProductCreator overview dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 @@ -306,9 +305,8 @@ #. menu button label #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 -#, fuzzy msgid "&Create Product..." -msgstr "&Crea..." +msgstr "&Crea el producte..." #. button label #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178 @@ -317,9 +315,8 @@ #. button label #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 -#, fuzzy msgid "Directory Tree" -msgstr "Nom del directori" +msgstr "Arbre de directoris" #. menu button label #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186 @@ -330,19 +327,17 @@ #. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" -#| " Please wait while the directory structure for the new ISO image is created.\n" +#| " Please wait while the directory structure for the new ISO " +#| "image is created.\n" #| " \n" #| " \n" msgid "" "Creating the directory structure for the new ISO image.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"\n" -" Espereu mentre es crea l'estructura de directori de la nova imatge ISO.\n" -" \n" +"Creant l'estructura de directori de la nova imatge ISO.\n" " \n" #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 @@ -367,7 +362,9 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 msgid "Copying additional and customized files to directory tree..." -msgstr "S'estan copiant els fitxers addicionals i personalitzats a l'arbre de directoris..." +msgstr "" +"S'estan copiant els fitxers addicionals i personalitzats a l'arbre de " +"directoris..." #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 msgid "Copying selected packages" @@ -385,14 +382,13 @@ #. label #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365 -#, fuzzy msgid "Disable signature checks in linuxrc" -msgstr "Inhabilita les comprovacions habituals" +msgstr "Inhabilita les comprovacions de signatures a linuxrc" #. progressbar label #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 msgid "Disabling signature checks in linuxrc..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inhabilitant les comprovacions de signatures a linuxrc..." #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 msgid "Creating ISO image directory..." @@ -417,10 +413,8 @@ msgstr "S'està creant la imatge del CD..." #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "This may take a while" msgid "This may take a while." -msgstr "Aquesta operació pot trigar una mica" +msgstr "Això pot trigar una mica." #. caption #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530 @@ -450,7 +444,6 @@ msgstr "Cap" #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Verify if the data in the summary box is correct then\n" #| "press Finish to return to main dialog.\n" @@ -458,8 +451,8 @@ "Verify the data in the summary box then\n" "press Finish to return to main dialog.\n" msgstr "" -"Verifiqueu si les dades del quadre de resum són correctes i, a continuació,\n" -"premeu Finalitza per tornar al diàleg principal.\n" +"Verifiqueu si les dades del quadre de resum són correctes i \n" +"premeu Acaba per tornar al diàleg principal.\n" #. caption #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 @@ -467,7 +460,6 @@ msgstr "CD personalitzats" #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Please wait while the data and packages are verified...\n" #| " \n" @@ -477,9 +469,9 @@ " \n" " \n" msgstr "" -"Espereu mentre es verifiquen les dades i els paquets...\n" +"Verificant les dades i els paquets...\n" " \n" -" " +" \n" #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 msgid "" @@ -548,27 +540,38 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 -#, fuzzy msgid "Start creating a new image configuration with Add." -msgstr "Inicieu la creació d'una configuració d'imatge nova mitjançant l'opció Afegeix." +msgstr "" +"Inicieu la creació d'una configuració d'imatge nova amb l'opció " +"Afegeix." #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 -msgid "Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the image." -msgstr "Utilitzeu Edita per canviar la configuració de la imatge seleccionada o per crear la imatge." +msgid "" +"Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the " +"image." +msgstr "" +"Utilitzeu Edita per canviar la configuració de la imatge " +"seleccionada o per crear la imatge." #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Delete the directory with selected configuration using Delete." -msgid "Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting Delete." -msgstr "Suprimiu el directori de la configuració seleccionada amb l'opció Suprimeix." +#| msgid "" +#| "Delete the directory with selected configuration using Delete.</" +#| "p>" +msgid "" +"Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"Suprimiu el directori amb configuració seleccionada amb l'opció " +"Suprimeix." #. help text, %1 is directory #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 -#, fuzzy msgid "All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory." -msgstr "Totes les configuracions de les imatges es desen al directori <tt>%1</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Totes les configuracions de les imatges es desen al directori <tt>%1</tt>." +"" #. main dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 @@ -585,9 +588,8 @@ #. yes/no popup #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 -#, fuzzy msgid "Delete configuration %1 (%2) now?" -msgstr "Voleu suprimir ara la configuració %1?" +msgstr "Voleu suprimir ara la configuració %1 (%2)?" #. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button #. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button @@ -643,7 +645,7 @@ #. set architecture if configured #. error popup #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3508 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512 msgid "Enter the name of the configuration." msgstr "Introduïu el nom de la configuració." @@ -657,11 +659,8 @@ #. error message #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 -#, fuzzy msgid "The file '%1' does not exist. Choose a correct one." -msgstr "" -"El fitxer '%1' no existeix.\n" -"Escolliu-ne un altre." +msgstr "El fitxer '%1' no existeix. Escolliu-ne un de correcte." #. abort? #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 @@ -731,9 +730,8 @@ #. preselect the first item #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 -#, fuzzy msgid "Target Architecture" -msgstr "Ar&quitectura base" +msgstr "Arquitectura de destinació" #. the architecture is different, ask to switch it #. %1 is URL of the repository @@ -744,6 +742,9 @@ "does not support the current target architecture (%2).\n" "Change the target architecture?\n" msgstr "" +"La font %1\n" +"no té suport per a l'actual arquitectura de destinació (%2).\n" +"Voleu canviar-la?\n" #. dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:802 @@ -765,9 +766,8 @@ #. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:822 #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1930 -#, fuzzy msgid "Target architecture: %1" -msgstr "Directori de destinació: %1" +msgstr "Arquitectura de destinació: %1" #. push button label #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:835 @@ -787,9 +787,8 @@ #. change the architecture #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:908 #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1078 -#, fuzzy msgid "Target Architecture: %1" -msgstr " Arquitectura: " +msgstr "Arquitectura de destinació: %1" #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:969 msgid "Select at least one source." @@ -804,24 +803,26 @@ "Either select a different repository or\n" "change the target architecture.\n" msgstr "" +"No hi ha coincidència entre els repositoris\n" +"seleccionats i l'arquitectura de la màquina.\n" +"\n" +"Seleccioneu un repositori diferent o\n" +"canvieu l'arquitectura de destinació.\n" #. ask for the target architecture #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1045 -#, fuzzy msgid "Select the new target architecture." -msgstr "Seleccioneu el &fabricant de la impressora" +msgstr "Seleccioneu la nova arquitectura de destinació." #. dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1139 -#, fuzzy msgid "Base Source Selection" -msgstr "Selecció de fonts" +msgstr "Selecció de font base" #. convert the URL to Id #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1167 -#, fuzzy msgid "Selected Base Source" -msgstr "Seleccioneu les &fonts d'actualització" +msgstr "Font base seleccionada" #. FIXME: Manage files for other archs #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1234 @@ -845,7 +846,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1523 #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3129 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 #: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:291 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "Espereu..." @@ -862,12 +863,14 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " +"to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu una de les següents seleccions base i feu clic a Detallada per\n" +"Seleccioneu una de les següents seleccions base i feu clic a " +"Detallada per\n" "a afegir més seleccions i paquets complementaris.\n" "" @@ -880,11 +883,6 @@ #. error message, %1 = details #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1603 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The dependencies cannot be resolved.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "%1\n" msgid "" "Dependencies cannot be resolved.\n" "\n" @@ -902,23 +900,32 @@ #. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? #. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Sign</big> \n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " +"key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository." msgstr "" "<big>Signa</big> \n" -"Perquè els usuaris puguin verificar el vostre producte, signeu-lo amb una clau GPG. \n" -"Es comprovarà aquesta clau quan s'afegeixi el producte com una font d'instal·lació." +"Perquè els usuaris puguin verificar el vostre producte, signeu-lo amb una " +"clau GPG. \n" +"Es comprovarà aquesta clau quan s'afegeixi el producte com a repositori." #. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language #. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 msgid "" -"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information." +"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " +"'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " +"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " +"for more information." msgstr "" +"Si el producte no està signat, el Yast automàticament afegeix l'opció " +"'Insecure:\n" +"1' al fitxer de configuració linuxrc; si no, linuxrc denegaria la càrrega " +"d'un sistema d'instal·lació no signat durant l'arrencada. Vegeu http://en." +"opensuse.org/Linuxrc per a més informació." #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" @@ -961,7 +968,6 @@ msgstr "Signa digitalment el suport amb la clau GPG %1%2" #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1996 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Verify if the data in the summary is correct then\n" #| "press Next to continue.\n" @@ -970,13 +976,12 @@ "Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Verifiqueu si les dades del resum són correctes i, a continuació,\n" -"premeu Següent per continuar.\n" -"" +"Verifiqueu si les dades del resum són correctes i premeu Següent per " +"continuar.\n" +"\n" #. All helps are here #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Boot Options</big> \n" #| "Here, add additional boot menu entries with some boot options.\n" @@ -987,25 +992,28 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Opcions d'arrencada</big> \n" -"Afegiu aquí les entrades addicionals del menú d'arrencada amb algunes opcions d'arrencada.\n" +"Afegiu aquí les entrades addicionals del menú d'arrencada amb opcions " +"d'arrencada.\n" "\n" #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " +"original is used.\n" msgstr "" "Per exemple, \n" -"configureu el CD per portar a terme instal·lacions automàtiques i especifiqueu\n" -"la ubicació de la font d'instal·lació. Si no n'esteu segurs, no toqueu el fitxer i s'usarà l'original.\n" +"configureu el CD per portar a terme instal·lacions automàtiques i " +"especifiqueu\n" +"la ubicació de la font d'instal·lació. Si no n'esteu segurs, no toqueu el " +"fitxer i s'usarà l'original.\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "<big>Initializing Configuration</big>\n" -msgstr "<big>Configuració de la connexió</big>" +msgstr "<big>Iniciant la configuració</big>\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 @@ -1018,14 +1026,12 @@ #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "<big>Saving Configuration</big>\n" -msgstr "<big>Configuració de la connexió</big>" +msgstr "<big>Desant la configuració</big>\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" #| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -1044,13 +1050,12 @@ #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\n" "edit those configurations. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Resum de la configuració del CD Creator</big> \n" +"<big>Resum de configuració del creador de productes</big> \n" "Obteniu un resum de les configuracions que estan disponibles. A més a més,\n" "podeu editar-les. \n" @@ -1065,7 +1070,6 @@ #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" #| "Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n" @@ -1077,26 +1081,30 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió:</big> \n" "Seleccioneu la configuració que voleu modificar o eliminar.\n" -"A continuació, premeu Edita o Suprimeix segons s'escaigui.\n" +"A continuació, premeu Edita o Suprimeix respectivament.\n" #. overview dialog help part 4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Use Create Product to create the ISO image or installation\n" "repository directory with the selected product." msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu Crea una imatge per crear la imatge ISO o el directori a partir del \n" -"producte configurat." +"Useu Crea un producte per crear la imatge ISO o el directori del " +"repositori \n" +"d'instal·lació amb el producte seleccionat." #. overview dialog help part 5 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system." +"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of " +"various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " +"system." msgstr "" -"Premeu Crea una imatge amb el KIWI per fer configuracions addicionals\n" -"per a diversos tipus d'imatges, com ara suports autònoms o imatges Xen, amb el sistema d'imatges KIWI." +"Premeu Crea una imatge amb el KIWI per fer configuracions " +"addicionals\n" +"per a diversos tipus d'imatges, com ara suports autònoms o imatges Xen, amb " +"el sistema d'imatges KIWI." #. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 @@ -1122,12 +1130,13 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Package Manager\n" #| "Use the package manager without any preselected packages. All\n" -#| "packages that would be automatically selected during installation must be\n" -#| "selected manually based on the hardware and architecture for which you are\n" +#| "packages that would be automatically selected during installation must " +#| "be\n" +#| "selected manually based on the hardware and architecture for which you " +#| "are\n" #| "creating this CD.\n" #| "\n" msgid "" @@ -1138,9 +1147,10 @@ "creating this CD.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Gestor de paquets\n" -"Utilitzeu el gestor de paquets sense cap paquet preseleccionat.\n" -"Tots els paquets que se seleccionarien automàticament durant la instal·lació s'han de\n" +"Gestor de programari\n" +"Utilitzeu el gestor de programari sense cap paquet preseleccionat.\n" +"Tots els paquets que se seleccionarien automàticament durant la instal·lació " +"s'han de\n" "seleccionar manualment en funció del maquinari i l'arquitectura \n" "per a la qual esteu creant aquest CD.\n" "\n" @@ -1158,12 +1168,24 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Target Architecture</big> \n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " +"of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture. \n" -"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.\n" +"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " +"change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Architectura de destinació</big> \n" +"És possible crear un producte per a una arquitectura diferent de la de\n" +"la màquina en què esteu treballant ara.\n" +"Tots els repositoris han de tenir suport de l'arquitectura de destinació." +" \n" +"Nota:El KIWI encara no té suport per a arquitectures diferents, no " +"canvieu\n" +"l'arquitectura si teniu la intenció de crear una imatge de KIWI des de la " +"configuració actual.\n" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 @@ -1175,14 +1197,15 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "<big>Directori i imatge ISO</big> \n" -"Especifiqueu la ubicació en la que voleu crear el directori de l'esquelet. Tots els fitxers\n" -"necessaris es copiaran en aquest directori. Seleccioneu una ubicació amb pro espais\n" +"Especifiqueu la ubicació en la que voleu crear el directori de l'esquelet. " +"Tots els fitxers\n" +"necessaris es copiaran en aquest directori. Seleccioneu una ubicació amb pro " +"espais\n" "de disc.\n" " \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Create an ISO image or just a directory that is suitable for \n" #| "creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" @@ -1192,7 +1215,7 @@ "creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Crea una imatge ISO o simplement un directori que permeti\n" +"Crea una imatge ISO o un directori que permeti\n" "crear una imatge ISO més endavant.\n" "\n" @@ -1203,58 +1226,72 @@ "to the skeleton. \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Per estalviar espai, seleccioneu la casella de selecció per copiar només els fitxers necessaris \n" +"Per estalviar espai, seleccioneu la casella de selecció per copiar només " +"els fitxers necessaris \n" "a l'esquelet. \n" "\n" #. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 -#, fuzzy msgid "The Base Product" -msgstr "Producte necessari" +msgstr "El producte de base" #. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" +"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " +"base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " +"also\n" "bootable.\n" msgstr "" +"Un dels repositoris usats ha d'estar marcat com a producte de base. El " +"repositori del \n" +"producte de base hauria de poder arrencar per assegurar que el nou producte " +"creat també\n" +"arrenqui.\n" #. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository." +msgid "" +"The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</" +"p>" msgstr "" +"Els altres repositoris s'usaran com a complements (add-ons) per al " +"repositori de base." #. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" +"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " +"proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.\n" msgstr "" +"El creador de productes resol les dependències dels productes " +"seleccionats i proposa\n" +"el producte de base. Si el valor proposat no és correcte, seleccioneu el " +"repositori de \n" +"base correcte de la llista.\n" #. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) #. combo box label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68 #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610 -#, fuzzy msgid "Packages for Image" -msgstr "Paquets que s'han de suprimir" +msgstr "Paquets per imatge" #. combo box label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69 #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621 -#, fuzzy msgid "Bootstrap" -msgstr "Bogotà" +msgstr "Programa d'arrencada" #. combo box label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70 #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624 -#, fuzzy msgid "Xen Specific Packages" -msgstr "Específic de Xen" +msgstr "Paquets específics de Xen" #. richtext header #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361 @@ -1269,9 +1306,8 @@ #. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 -#, fuzzy msgid "Packages to be included in Boot Image" -msgstr "Paquets que s'han de &suprimir" +msgstr "Paquets a incloure a la imatge d'arrencada" #. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 @@ -1280,50 +1316,44 @@ "are also included in the list for deletion.\n" "Continue anyway?" msgstr "" +"Alguns dels paquets seleccionats per a la instal·lació\n" +"també estan inclosos a la llista de supressió.\n" +"Continuar igualment?" #. combo box label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 -#, fuzzy msgid "Packages to Delete" -msgstr "Paquets que s'han de &suprimir" +msgstr "Paquets a suprimir" #. combo box label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627 -#, fuzzy msgid "Testing" -msgstr "S'està provant %1" +msgstr "Provant" #. combo box label, %1 is profile name #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 -#, fuzzy msgid "Image, Profile %1" -msgstr "Fitxer d'imatge" +msgstr "Imatge, perfil %1" #. combo box label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Include in Dumping" msgid "Include in Boot Image" -msgstr "Inclou a l'abocament" +msgstr "Inclou a la imatge d'arrencada" #. popup label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Add new user" msgid "Add New User" msgstr "Afegeix un usuari nou" #. text entry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088 -#, fuzzy msgid "Login &Name" -msgstr "Nom d'usuari:" +msgstr "&Nom d'entrada" #. text entry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090 -#, fuzzy msgid "&Full Name" -msgstr "Nom complet" +msgstr "&Nom complet" #. text entry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094 @@ -1332,21 +1362,18 @@ #. text entry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096 -#, fuzzy msgid "&UID" -msgstr "UID" +msgstr "&UID" #. text entry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099 -#, fuzzy msgid "G&roup Name" -msgstr "Nom del grup" +msgstr "Nom del &grup" #. text entry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101 -#, fuzzy msgid "&GID" -msgstr "GID:" +msgstr "&GID" #. popup label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138 @@ -1370,7 +1397,7 @@ #. popup for file selection dialog #. popup for file selection dialog #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3373 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377 msgid "Directory to Import" msgstr "Directori que s'ha d'importar" @@ -1392,10 +1419,8 @@ #. removing 'import_' button id prefix #. popup for file selection dialog #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Path to File" msgid "Path to %1 File" -msgstr "Camí del fitxer" +msgstr "Camí al fitxer %1" #. popup for file selection dialog #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443 @@ -1411,43 +1436,50 @@ #. deleting some repository) #. return true if there was no conflict #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Checking for package availability..." msgid "Checking packages availability..." -msgstr "S'està comprovant la disponibilitat del paquet..." +msgstr "Comprovant la disponibilitat dels paquets..." #. do not check bootinclude packages #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Missing Packages" msgid "Missing packages" -msgstr "Falten alguns paquets" +msgstr "Falten paquets" #. popup text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" +"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</" +"p>\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " +"selection or ignore the situation.\n" "\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " +"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " +"section.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"Els paquets de la secció '%1' no estan disponibles amb els repositoris " +"seleccionats:\n" +"%2.\n" +"\n" +"Elimineu els paquets de la secció, comproveu la selecció detallada de " +"paquets o ignoreu la situació.\n" +"\n" +"Anar a la selecció detallada de paquets i acceptar-ne la visualització sense " +"més canvis té com a resultat la supressió de paquets problemàtics de la " +"secció.\n" +"\n" #. button label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Removed Packages" msgid "Remove Packages" -msgstr "Paquets esborrats" +msgstr "Elimina paquets" #. button label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Check Minimal Package Selection" msgid "Check Package Selection" -msgstr "Comprova la selecció de paquets mínima" +msgstr "Comprova la selecció de paquets" #. button label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 @@ -1547,7 +1579,6 @@ #. frame label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217 -#, fuzzy msgid "Locale settings" msgstr "Paràmetres locals" @@ -1563,8 +1594,12 @@ #. informative label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." +msgid "" +"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " +"Studio." msgstr "" +"Editar els fitxers següents està inhabilitat per a configuracions importades " +"de Studio." #. tab header #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 @@ -1573,16 +1608,20 @@ #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365 -#, fuzzy msgid "Co&mpression" -msgstr "Compressió" +msgstr "Co&mpressió" #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "Select the value for image Compression. This will modify the\n" -"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values." +"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " +"explanation of available values." msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu el valor per a la compressió de la imatge. Això " +"modificarà el valor de\n" +"flags del tipus d'imatge. Mireu el manual del kiwi per a més " +"informació sobre els valors disponibles." #. combo box label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 @@ -1600,10 +1639,15 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on new line" -msgid "For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line." -msgstr "Per al programari ignorat, introduïu cada entrada (a l'estil 'smtp_daemon') en una línia nova" +#| msgid "" +#| "For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on " +#| "new line" +msgid "" +"For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " +"new line." +msgstr "" +"Per al programari ignorat, introduïu cada entrada (a l'estil " +"'smtp_daemon') en una línia nova" #. label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 @@ -1612,8 +1656,12 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image." -msgstr "Cada entrada de Paquets per suprimir és el nom d'un paquet que s'ha de desinstal·lar de la imatge de destinació." +msgid "" +"Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be " +"uninstalled from the target image." +msgstr "" +"Cada entrada de Paquets per suprimir és el nom d'un paquet que " +"s'ha de desinstal·lar de la imatge de destinació." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 @@ -1633,8 +1681,12 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "Set the image Size in the specified Unit.\n" -"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image." +"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it " +"is the minimal free space available on the image." msgstr "" +"Establiu la mida de la imatge a la unitat especificada.\n" +"Si l'aditiu està marcat, el significat de la mida és diferent: " +"és l'espai mínim lliure disponible a la imatge." #. combo box label (MB/GB values) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 @@ -1643,40 +1695,44 @@ #. check box label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480 -#, fuzzy msgid "Additive" -msgstr "Activa" +msgstr "Additiu" #. check box label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Cre&ate Image with KIWI..." msgid "Encrypt Image with LUKS" -msgstr "Cre&a una imatge amb el KIWI..." +msgstr "Encripta la imatge amb LUKS" #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS and enter the password." +msgid "" +"To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS " +"and enter the password." msgstr "" +"Per crear un sistema de fitxers encriptat, marqueu Encripta la imatge " +"amb LUKS i introduïu-ne la contrasenya." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 msgid "Encrypted Image LUKS Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contrasenya encriptada d'imatge LUKS" #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Here, edit the configuration scripts used to build your image." +#| msgid "" +#| "Here, edit the configuration scripts used to build your image." msgid "Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image." -msgstr "Editeu aquí els scripts de configuració que s'han utilitzat per muntar la imatge." +msgstr "" +"Editeu els scripts de configuració usats per construir la imatge." #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Here, point to the configuration directories that should help to build your image." +#| msgid "" +#| "Here, point to the configuration directories that should help to build " +#| "your image." msgid "Point to the configuration directories for building your image." -msgstr "Definiu aquí els directoris de configuració que us han d'ajudar a muntar la imatge." +msgstr "" +"Definiu aquí els directoris de configuració per construir la imatge." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 @@ -1685,8 +1741,14 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "Definiu el camí delDirectori amb la configuració del sistema (el directori <tt>arrel</tt>). Es copiarà tot el directori a l'arrel de l'arbre de fitxers de la imatge mitjançant <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgid "" +"Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the " +"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " +"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Definiu el camí delDirectori amb la configuració del sistema (el " +"directori <tt>arrel</tt>). Es copiarà tot el directori a l'arrel de l'arbre " +"de fitxers de la imatge mitjançant <tt>cp -a</tt>." #. label (above table) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 @@ -1700,8 +1762,14 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "Configureu el Directori que conté la configuració del sistema (el directori <tt>arrel</tt>). Es copiarà tot el directori a l'arrel de l'arbre de fitxers de la imatge mitjançant <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgid "" +"Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</" +"tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " +"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Configureu el Directori que conté la configuració del sistema (el " +"directori <tt>arrel</tt>). Es copiarà tot el directori a l'arrel de l'arbre " +"de fitxers de la imatge mitjançant <tt>cp -a</tt>." #. label (above table) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 @@ -1715,13 +1783,19 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." -msgstr "Configureu el Directori que conté els scripts (el directori <tt>config</tt>). Conté els scripts que s'executen després d'instal·lar tots els paquets de la imatge." +msgid "" +"Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> " +"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " +"the image packages." +msgstr "" +"Configureu el Directori que conté els scripts (el directori " +"<tt>config</tt>). Conté els scripts que s'executen després d'instal·lar tots " +"els paquets de la imatge." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 msgid "Studio Custom Build Script" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Script de construcció personalitzada de Studio" #. textentry label #. textentry label @@ -1736,8 +1810,14 @@ msgstr "Script de configuració de la i&matge" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run." -msgstr "Editeu l'script de configuració de la imatge, anomenat <tt>config.sh</tt>. Aquest script s'executa al final de la instal·lació, però abans que s'hagin executat els scripts del paquet." +msgid "" +"Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " +"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " +"scripts have run." +msgstr "" +"Editeu l'script de configuració de la imatge, anomenat <tt>config." +"sh</tt>. Aquest script s'executa al final de la instal·lació, però abans que " +"s'hagin executat els scripts del paquet." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 @@ -1745,8 +1825,14 @@ msgstr "&Camí del directori que conté els scripts" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." -msgstr "El Directori que conté els scripts (directori <tt>config</tt>) conté els scripts que s'executen després d'instal·lar tots els paquets de la imatge." +msgid "" +"The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) " +"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"El Directori que conté els scripts (directori <tt>config</tt>) " +"conté els scripts que s'executen després d'instal·lar tots els paquets de la " +"imatge." #. push button label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 @@ -1759,8 +1845,12 @@ msgstr "Script de &neteja" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process." -msgstr "Editeu l'script de neteja (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Aquest script s'executa al començament del procés de creació de la imatge." +msgid "" +"Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " +"at the beginning of the image creation process." +msgstr "" +"Editeu l'script de neteja (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Aquest script " +"s'executa al començament del procés de creació de la imatge." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 @@ -1774,8 +1864,12 @@ #. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information, and the image Specification." -msgstr "Definiu els valors de l'autor de la imatge, la informació de contacte i l'especificació de la imatge." +msgid "" +"Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information</" +"b>, and the image Specification." +msgstr "" +"Definiu els valors de l'autor de la imatge, la informació de " +"contacte i l'especificació de la imatge." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 @@ -1789,20 +1883,22 @@ #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750 -#, fuzzy msgid "&Locale" msgstr "&Local" #. help text for locale (heading) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758 -#, fuzzy msgid "Locale Settings" -msgstr "Paràmetres d'entrada" +msgstr "Paràmetres de llengua" #. help text for locale #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." +msgid "" +"The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " +"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." msgstr "" +"El valor de Local (per exemple: <tt>en_US</tt>) defineix els " +"continguts de la variable RC_LANG a <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 @@ -1811,8 +1907,13 @@ #. help text for keytable #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -msgid "Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." +msgid "" +"Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " +"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." msgstr "" +"La disposició del teclat especifica el nom de la consola de mapa " +"de tecles a usar. El valor correspon a un fitxer mapa a <tt>/usr/share/kbd/" +"keymaps</tt>." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 @@ -1821,21 +1922,26 @@ #. help text for timezone #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -msgid "It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." +msgid "" +"It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones " +"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." msgstr "" +"És possible establir una zona horària. Les zones disponibles es " +"troben al directori <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>." #. general help for users tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Here, create users that should be available in the target system." +#| msgid "" +#| "Here, create users that should be available in the target system." msgid "Create users that should be available on the target system." -msgstr "Creeu aquí els usuaris que han d'estar disponibles al sistema de destinació." +msgstr "" +"Creeu aquí els usuaris que han d'estar disponibles al sistema de " +"destinació." #. table header #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 -#, fuzzy msgid "Login Name" -msgstr "Nom d'usuari:" +msgstr "Nom d'entrada:" #. table header #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816 @@ -1859,19 +1965,19 @@ #. table header #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824 -#, fuzzy msgid "GID" -msgstr "GID:" +msgstr "GID" #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home Directory and group\n" +"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home " +"Directory and group\n" "to which the users belongs.\n" msgstr "" -"Empleneu la informació per a cada usuari: especifiqueu-ne el nom, la contrasenya, el directori de l'usuari i el grup\n" -"al qual pertany." +"Per cada usuari, especifiqueu-ne el nom, la contrasenya, el " +"directori de l'usuari i el grup\n" +"al qual pertany.\n" #. dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 @@ -1900,13 +2006,22 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration." -msgstr "Introduïu el nom de la configuració de la imatge. Baseu la configuració nova en una plantilla de la llista o en un directori amb la configuració existent." +msgid "" +"Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " +"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Introduïu el nom de la configuració de la imatge. Baseu la configuració " +"nova en una plantilla de la llista o en un directori amb la configuració " +"existent." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." -msgstr "Ubiqueu les plantilles de configuració personalitzades al directori <tt>%1</tt>." +msgid "" +"Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." +msgstr "" +"Ubiqueu les plantilles de configuració personalitzades al directori <tt>" +"%1</tt>." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 @@ -1916,20 +2031,26 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 msgid "Select Output Directory for the created image." -msgstr "Seleccioneu el directori de sortida per a la imatge que s'ha creat." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu el directori de sortida per a la imatge que s'ha creat." +"" #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current system repositories." -msgstr "Modifiqueu la llista dels dipòsits de paquets que s'utilitzaran per a la creació de la imatge. Utilitzeu Afegeix del sistema per afegir un dels dipòsits del sistema actual." +msgid "" +"Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for " +"creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current " +"system repositories." +msgstr "" +"Modifiqueu la llista dels repositoris de paquets que s'utilitzaran " +"per a la creació de la imatge. Useu Afegeix del sistema per afegir un " +"dels repositoris del sistema actual." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Use Next to continue with the configuration." msgid "Click Next to continue with the configuration." -msgstr "Utilitzeu Següent per continuar la configuració." +msgstr "Cliqueu a següent per continuar la configuració." #. combo box item #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 @@ -1942,94 +2063,89 @@ msgstr "Imatge OEM" #. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3121 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration" -msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." -msgstr "El directori seleccionat no conté una descripció de configuració del sistema vàlida" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 +#| msgid "" +#| "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " +#| "configuration" +msgid "" +"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"El directori seleccionat no conté una descripció de configuració del sistema " +"vàlida." #. busy popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3129 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 msgid "Importing repositories..." msgstr "S'estan important els dipòsits..." #. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3178 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182 msgid "%1, version %2" msgstr "%1 versió %2" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3193 -#, fuzzy +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197 msgid "&32bit Architecture Image" -msgstr " Arquitectura: " +msgstr "Imatge d'arquitectura de &32 bits" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3205 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 msgid "Target is i586 only" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La destinació és només i586" #. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3218 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Kiwi configuration" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 msgid "&Kiwi Configuration" msgstr "Configuració del &Kiwi" #. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3232 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Start from Scratch" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 msgid "Create from Scratch" -msgstr "&Inicia des de zero" +msgstr "Crea des de zero" #. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3243 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247 msgid "Base on Template" msgstr "Basada en una plantilla" #. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3262 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266 msgid "Base on Existing Configuration" msgstr "Basada en una configuració existent" #. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3269 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273 msgid "&Choose..." msgstr "&Tria..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3280 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284 msgid "I&mage Type" msgstr "Tipus d'i&matge" #. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3288 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Output Directory" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 msgid "&Output Directory" -msgstr "Directori de sortida" +msgstr "Directori de &sortida" #. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3300 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304 msgid "Package Repository" msgstr "Dipòsit de paquets" #. menu butto label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3306 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "A&dd From System" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 msgid "A&dd from System" -msgstr "&Afegeix del sistema" +msgstr "&Afegeix des del sistema" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3314 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318 msgid "Image preparation" msgstr "Preparació de la imatge" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3410 -#, fuzzy +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 #| msgid "" #| "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" #| "without having %1 package installed" @@ -2037,16 +2153,16 @@ "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" msgstr "" -"No podeu cercar dipòsits SLP\n" -"si no teniu instal·lat el paquet %1." +"No podeu cercar els respositoris SLP\n" +"si no teniu instal·lat el paquet %1.\n" #. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3496 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 msgid "Path to the Output Directory" msgstr "Camí del directori de sortida" #. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3517 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 msgid "" "Configuration with name \"%1\" already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2055,18 +2171,17 @@ "Escolliu-ne un altre." #. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3529 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 msgid "Enter the path to the output directory." msgstr "Introduïu el camí cap el directori de sortida." #. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3535 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539 msgid "Specify at least one package repository." msgstr "Heu d'especificar com a mínim un dipòsit de paquets." #. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3636 -#, fuzzy +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 msgid "" "Failed to add these repositories:\n" "\n" @@ -2074,32 +2189,28 @@ "\n" "Continue anyway?" msgstr "" -"No s'han pogut afegir aquestes fonts d'instal·lació:\n" +"No s'han pogut afegir aquests repositoris:\n" "\n" "%1.\n" "\n" "Voleu continuar igualment?" #. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 -#, fuzzy +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 msgid "Path to directory to store the log files" -msgstr "Camí del directori que conté els paquets" +msgstr "Camí del directori per desar-hi fitxers log" #. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:711 -#, fuzzy +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 msgid "Standard output file name" -msgstr "Introduïu el nom del fitxer" +msgstr "Sortida estàndard de nom de fitxer" #. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:718 -#, fuzzy +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 msgid "Error output file name" -msgstr "Introduïu el nom del fitxer" +msgstr "Error de sortida de nom del fitxer" -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:769 -#, fuzzy +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 msgid "" "File %1 already exists.\n" "Rewrite?" @@ -2111,49 +2222,44 @@ #. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result #. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part #. of command line option) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:834 -#, fuzzy +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 msgid "Removing old chroot directory failed." -msgstr "S'està comprovant el directori chroot %1..." +msgstr "Ha fallat la supressió de l'antic directori chroot." #. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:857 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 msgid "Preparing for Image Creation" msgstr "S'està preparant la creació de la imatge" #. button label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:875 -#, fuzzy +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 msgid "Save logs" -msgstr "&Desa el registre" +msgstr "Desa els registres" #. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:949 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 msgid "Image creation failed." msgstr "Ha fallat la creació de la imatge." #. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:974 -#, fuzzy +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 msgid "Creating Image" -msgstr "S'està creant la imatge..." +msgstr "Creant la imatge..." #. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:985 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 msgid "Image creation succeeded." msgstr "S'ha creat la imatge correctament." #. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:1004 -#, fuzzy +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 msgid "Image creation canceled." -msgstr "Ha fallat la creació de la imatge." +msgstr "S'ha cancel·lat la creació de la imatge." #. ProductCreator read dialog caption #: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:448 -#, fuzzy msgid "Initializing Product Creator Configuration" -msgstr "S'està inicialitzant la configuració del CD Creator" +msgstr "Iniciant la configuració del creador de productes" #. translators: progress stage 1/1 #: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:462 @@ -2181,9 +2287,8 @@ #. ProductCreator read dialog caption #: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:528 -#, fuzzy msgid "Saving Product Creator Configuration" -msgstr "Configuració del creador de productes" +msgstr "Desant la configuració del creador de productes" #. translators: progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:542 @@ -2280,9 +2385,6 @@ #. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist #: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3359 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "%1 package not available." -#| msgid_plural "%1 packages not available." msgid "%1 package not available." msgstr "%1 paquet no està disponible." @@ -2419,5 +2521,6 @@ #~ "Check Compress if the final image should be based \n" #~ "on the squashfs compressed file system." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Marqueu l'opció Comprimeix si voleu que la imatge final es basi \n" +#~ "Marqueu l'opció Comprimeix si voleu que la imatge final es " +#~ "basi \n" #~ "en el sistema de fitxers comprimit squashfs." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89737 - trunk/yast/uk/po
by andriykopanytsia＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: andriykopanytsia Date: 2014-10-07 07:20:49 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89737 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/base.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/bootloader.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/ca-management.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/control.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/nis_server.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/ntp-client.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/online-update.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/update.uk.po Log: Updated Ukrainian translation in 8 files Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/base.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/base.uk.po 2014-10-06 23:30:07 UTC (rev 89736) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/base.uk.po 2014-10-07 05:20:49 UTC (rev 89737) @@ -7,21 +7,22 @@ # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. # Korostil Daniel <ted.korostiled(a)gmail.com>, 2011. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-02 14:46+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Korostil Daniel <ted.korostiled(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: translation(a)linux.org.ua\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-07 08:15+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" "%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.6.1\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question #. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. @@ -31,6 +32,9 @@ "may be overridden by Chef later.\n" "Continue configuration with YaST?" msgstr "" +"Запущений клієнт Chef. Зроблені зміни\n" +"можуть бути переписані Chef пізніше.\n" +"Продовжити налаштування в YaST?" #. translators: help for 'help' option on command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:55 @@ -188,9 +192,8 @@ #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:749 -#, fuzzy msgid "This is a YaST module." -msgstr "Це модуль YaST2." +msgstr "Це модуль YaST." #. translators: short help title for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:754 @@ -433,11 +436,8 @@ #. last part of the question (variable) #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:182 -#, fuzzy msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?" -msgstr "" -"Ви дійсно хочете\n" -"зупинити встановлення?" +msgstr "Ви дійсно хочете продовжити або перервати встановлення?" #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation @@ -455,9 +455,8 @@ #. last part of the question (variable) #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:192 -#, fuzzy msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?" -msgstr "Бажаєте спробувати ще раз?" +msgstr "Бажаєте додати новий продукт будь-яким чином?" #. popup dialog caption #. this string is usually used as headline of a popup @@ -479,6 +478,15 @@ "\n" "%2" msgstr "" +"Профіль не дозволяє вам запускати продукти на цій системі.\n" +"Продовження даної установки приведе систему у непідтримуваний стан\n" +"і позначиться на вимогах сумісності.\n" +"\n" +"Дана система не задовольняє наступним вимогам:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 @@ -961,14 +969,12 @@ #. Heading for NCurses Control Center #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:226 -#, fuzzy msgid "YaST Control Center" -msgstr "Центр керування YaST2" +msgstr "Центр керування YaST" #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264 -#, fuzzy msgid "Run" -msgstr "Рунді" +msgstr "Запустити" #. show popup when running as non-root #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:275 @@ -981,9 +987,8 @@ #. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 -#, fuzzy msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard" -msgstr "Керування YaST2 ncurses через клавіатуру" +msgstr "Керування YaST ncurses через клавіатуру" #. NCurses Control Center help 1/ #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:326 @@ -1008,6 +1013,10 @@ "configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " "on the right." msgstr "" +"Навігація по дереву також здійснюється клавішами зі стрілками. Щоб " +"згорнути або розгорнути гілку, використовуйте пробіл. Для модулів, що " +"показують дерево (може виглядати як список) пунктів налаштування зліва " +"натисніть Enter для висновку відповідного діалогу праворуч." #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341 @@ -1055,7 +1064,6 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" "F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " @@ -1063,7 +1071,8 @@ msgstr "" "3) Клавіші функцій \n" "F-клавіші дають швидкий доступ до головних функцій.\n" -"Натисніть F1 для отримання їх прив'язок до поточного вікна." +"Прив'язки функційних клавіш для поточного діалогу показані в нижньому рядку.<" +"/p>" #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370 @@ -1528,13 +1537,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Popup message #: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 -#, fuzzy msgid "Updating system configuration..." -msgstr "Читається поточне налаштування..." +msgstr "Читається системна конфігурація..." #: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 msgid "This may take a while." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Це може зайняти трохи часу." #. Get information about the OS release #. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file @@ -1544,7 +1552,7 @@ #. @return [String] the release information #: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Файл випуску %{file} не знайдено" #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 @@ -1722,13 +1730,11 @@ #. translators: warnings summary header #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 -#, fuzzy msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Попередження:" #. translators: errors summary header #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:720 -#, fuzzy msgid "Error:" msgstr "Помилка:" @@ -1736,7 +1742,6 @@ #. translators: message summary header #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:738 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:756 -#, fuzzy msgid "Message:" msgstr "Повідомлення:" @@ -1894,7 +1899,6 @@ #. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes #. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} #: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:107 -#, fuzzy msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." msgstr "Введіть журнальне повідомлення з описом змін, які ви зробили" @@ -1998,15 +2002,13 @@ #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:111 -#, fuzzy msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." -msgstr "Не можна коригувати фаєрвол під час першого етапу встановлення" +msgstr "Не можна коригувати мережний екран під час першого етапу встановлення" #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:116 -#, fuzzy msgid "Firewall package is not installed." -msgstr "Пакунок фаєрволу не встановлено" +msgstr "Пакунок мережного екрану не встановлено" #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:120 @@ -2046,14 +2048,13 @@ #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:511 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "Неможливо скасувати вибір цих мережних інтерфейсів, які приписано до " "внутрішньої мережі:\n" -"%1" +"%1\n" #. question popup #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:532 @@ -2121,6 +2122,8 @@ "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" msgstr "" +"Помилка перевірки статусу служби:\n" +"%{details}" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:877 @@ -2128,6 +2131,8 @@ "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" msgstr "" +"Помилка задання статусу служби:\n" +"%{details}" #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) @@ -2550,7 +2555,7 @@ #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" -msgstr "МережнийTAP" +msgstr "Мережний TAP" #. Device type label #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 @@ -2637,23 +2642,26 @@ #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" "or continue without network." -msgstr "Перезапустіть встановлення і налаштуйте мережу у Linuxrc" +msgstr "" +"Не виявлено запущеної мережі.\n" +"Перезапустіть встановлення і налаштуйте мережу у Linuxrc\n" +"або продовжіть без мережі." #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" "and start this module again\n" "or continue without network." msgstr "" +"Не виявлено запущеної мережі.\n" "Налаштуйте мережу за допомогою YaST або додатка Керування мережею,\n" -"а потім запустіть цей модуль знову" +"а потім запустіть цей модуль знову\n" +"чи продовжіть без мережі." #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 @@ -2736,7 +2744,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "Започаткування налаштування фаєрволу" +msgstr "Започаткування налаштування мережного екрану" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 @@ -2751,7 +2759,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" -msgstr "Знайти потенційно конфліктуючі служби" +msgstr "Знайти потенційно конфліктні служби" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500 @@ -2771,7 +2779,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2508 msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." -msgstr "Пошук потенційно конфліктуючих служб..." +msgstr "Пошук потенційно конфліктних служб..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2510 @@ -2872,14 +2880,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " "but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"Порт SSH відкритий (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">закрити</" -"a>), але ще нема налаштованих мережних інтерфейсів" +"Порт SSH відкритий (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">закрити</a>" +"), але\n" +" ще нема налаштованих мережних інтерфейсів" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 @@ -2920,24 +2928,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 -#, fuzzy msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open" -msgstr "Фонова служба цілі iSCSI" +msgstr "Цільові порті iSCSI — відкриті" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:738 -#, fuzzy msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked" -msgstr "Фонова служба цілі iSCSI" +msgstr "Цільові порти iSCSI — заблоковані" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " "needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "" -"Ви встановлюєте систему через SSH, але ви не відкрили порт SSH у фаєрвол." +"Ви встановлюєте систему через ціль iSCSI, але вами не відкрито потрібні порти " +"у мережному екрані." #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. @@ -2975,13 +2981,12 @@ #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:345 #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:617 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Служба з ім'ям '%{service_name}' не існує" #. Fallback for presented service #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:420 -#, fuzzy msgid "Service: %{filename}" -msgstr "Служба: %1" +msgstr "Служба: %{filename}" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:483 @@ -3071,13 +3076,12 @@ #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" "Ігнорування помилки звантаження може призвести до пошкодження системи.\n" -"Пізніше систему потрібно буде перевірити за допомогою модуля керування ПЗ." +"Пізніше систему потрібно буде перевірити за допомогою модуля керування ПЗ.\n" #. At start of package install. #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 @@ -3241,7 +3245,6 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Трапилась помилка під час створення сховища." @@ -3396,7 +3399,7 @@ #. push button label #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" -msgstr "&Пропустити новлення" +msgstr "&Пропустити оновлення" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup @@ -3566,7 +3569,6 @@ #. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:187 #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:193 -#, fuzzy msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Ви приймаєте цю ліцензійну угоду?" @@ -3576,7 +3578,7 @@ "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" -"Є невирішені залежності, які потрібно розв’язати\n" +"Є невирішені залежності, які потрібно розв'язати\n" "вручну в менеджері пакунків." #. error report @@ -3788,37 +3790,32 @@ #. open a new wizard dialog if needed #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 -#, fuzzy msgid "After Installing Packages" -msgstr "Встановлення пакунка" +msgstr "Після встановлення пакунків" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:662 msgid "Show This Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Показати цей звіт" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663 -#, fuzzy msgid "Finish" -msgstr "&Закінчити" +msgstr "Завершити" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:664 -#, fuzzy msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" -msgstr "не вдалось одержати доступ до керування програмами " +msgstr "Продовжити засобі керування пакунками" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " "or removed packages." msgstr "" -"<BIG>Зведення встановлення</BIG> Підсумок встановлених " -"пакунків" +"<BIG>Звіт встановлення</BIG> Підсумок встановлених або " +"вилучених пакунків" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 -#, fuzzy msgid "Installation Report" -msgstr "Помилка встановлення" +msgstr "Звіт встановлення" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:699 msgid "Installed Packages" @@ -3845,6 +3842,11 @@ "\n" "value in the YaST sysconfig editor." msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете показати це повідомлення знову, змініть значення\n" +"\n" +"System > Yast2 > GUI > PKGMGR_ACTION_AT_EXIT\n" +"\n" +"в редакторі sysconfig з YaST." #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name #. %2 is a repository name @@ -3871,7 +3873,6 @@ #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:475 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3884,10 +3885,10 @@ "Файл %1 зі сховища %2\n" "%3\n" "не має цифрового підпису. Це означає, що неможливо\n" -"перевірити походження і цілісність файла. Вживання цього\n" -"файла може становити ризик для безпеки вашої системи.\n" +"перевірити походження і цілісність файлу. Вживання цього\n" +"файлу може становити ризик для безпеки вашої системи.\n" "\n" -"Вживати, попри все?" +"Вживати, попри все?\n" #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:498 @@ -3900,7 +3901,6 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:547 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -3909,17 +3909,16 @@ "\n" "Install it anyway?\n" msgstr "" -"В сховищі не знайдено контрольної суми для пакунка %1.\n" +"У сховищі не знайдено контрольної суми для пакунка %1.\n" "Це означає, що пакунок є частиною підписаного сховища, але\n" "в списку контрольних сум сховища цього пакунка немає.\n" "Встановлення цього пакунка може становити ризик для безпеки\n" "вашої системи.\n" "\n" -"Встановити, попри все?" +"Встановити, попри все?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:556 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" @@ -3929,7 +3928,7 @@ "\n" "Use it anyway?" msgstr "" -"В сховищі не знайдено контрольної суми для файла %1.\n" +"У сховищі не знайдено контрольної суми для файла %1.\n" "Це означає, що файл є частиною підписаного сховища,\n" "але в списку контрольних сум сховища цього файла немає.\n" "Вживання цього файла може становити ризик для безпеки\n" @@ -3994,7 +3993,6 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:722 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4008,18 +4006,17 @@ msgstr "" "Пакунок %1 зі сховища %2\n" "%3\n" -"підписаний наступним ключем GnuPG, але перевірка\n" -"цілісності закінчилась невдачею: %4\n" +"підписаний наступним ключем GnuPG, але перевірка цілісності закінчилась " +"невдачею: %4\n" "\n" -"Це означає, що пакунок було випадково змінено або змінено\n" -"зловмисником, бо створювач сховища підписав його. Встановлення\n" +"Це означає, що пакунок було змінено випадково або змінено\n" +"зловмисником, бо творець сховища підписав його. Встановлення\n" "цього пакунка може становити великий ризик для безпеки вашої системи.\n" "\n" -"Встановити, попри все?" +"Встановити, попри все?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4031,16 +4028,16 @@ "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" -"Файл %1зі сховища %2\n" +"Файл %1 зі сховища %2\n" "%3\n" -"підписаний наступним ключем GnuPG, але перевірка\n" -"цілісності закінчилась невдачею: %4\n" +"підписаний наступним ключем GnuPG, але перевірка цілісності закінчилась " +"невдачею: %4\n" "\n" "Це означає, що файл було випадково змінено або змінено\n" -"зловмисником, бо створювач сховища підписав його. Вживання\n" +"зловмисником, бо творець сховища підписав його. Вживання\n" "цього файла може становити великий ризик для безпеки вашої системи.\n" "\n" -"Встановити, попри все?" +"Встановити, попри все?\n" #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:757 @@ -4084,7 +4081,7 @@ "наступним невідомим ключем GnuPG: %2\n" "\n" "Це означає, що неможливо визначити рівень довіри до\n" -"створювача файла. Вживання цього пакунка може становити\n" +"творця файла. Вживання цього пакунка може становити\n" "ризик для безпеки вашої системи.\n" "\n" "Вживати, попри все?" @@ -4096,7 +4093,6 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:876 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4112,16 +4108,14 @@ "ключем \"%2 (%3)\".\n" "\n" "До власника ключа нема довіри.\n" -"Якщо ви довіряєте власнику, то позначте, що ви\n" -"довіряєте ключу.\n" +"Якщо ви довіряєте власнику, то позначте, що ви довіряєте ключу.\n" "\n" "Встановлення пакунків з невідомих сховищ може\n" "становити ризик для вашої системи. Найбезпечніше\n" -"пропустити цей пакунок." +"пропустити цей пакунок.\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:888 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4137,12 +4131,11 @@ "ключем \"%2 (%3)\".\n" "\n" "До власника ключа нема довіри.\n" -"Якщо ви довіряєте власнику, то позначте, що ключ\n" -"має довіру.\n" +"Якщо ви довіряєте власнику, то позначте, що ключ має довіру.\n" "\n" "Встановлення файлів з невідомих сховищ може\n" "становити ризик для вашої системи. Найбезпечніше\n" -"пропустити цей файл." +"пропустити цей файл.\n" #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:910 @@ -4225,7 +4218,6 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4246,7 +4238,7 @@ "цього файла може становити велику небезпеку для цілісності і безпечності у " "використанні вашої системи.\n" "\n" -"Використовувати його попри все?" +"Використовувати його попри все?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 @@ -4255,7 +4247,6 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4275,7 +4266,7 @@ "перевірити походження і цілісність файла. Вживання цього\n" "файла може становити небезпеку для цілісності вашої системи.\n" "\n" -"Використовувати його попри все?" +"Використовувати його попри все?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 @@ -4301,9 +4292,8 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 -#, fuzzy msgid "Remaining" -msgstr "Залишилося пакунків" +msgstr "Залишилося" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 @@ -4319,9 +4309,8 @@ #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 -#, fuzzy msgid "Packages are being installed." -msgstr "Будь ласка, зачекайте поки встановлюються пакунки." +msgstr "Зачекайте поки встановлюються пакунки." #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "" @@ -4337,9 +4326,8 @@ #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 -#, fuzzy msgid "%s Release Notes" -msgstr "Примі&тки до випуску" +msgstr "Примі&тки до випуску %s" #. tab #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 @@ -4354,13 +4342,12 @@ #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 msgid "Performing Upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виконання оновлення" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 -#, fuzzy msgid "Performing Installation" -msgstr "Виконати встановлення" +msgstr "Виконання встановлення" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 @@ -4384,7 +4371,7 @@ #. read file content #: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Файл не знайдено." #. Fill the LogView with file content #: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 @@ -4973,13 +4960,12 @@ #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name #: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:174 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" msgstr "" "Файл %1 було змінено вручну.\n" -"YaST може втратити частину змін" +"YaST може втратити частину змін.\n" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names #: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:179 @@ -5056,28 +5042,26 @@ #. Translators: dot: "." #: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:53 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n" "in the range 0-255 separated by dots." msgstr "" -"Чинна адреса IP складається з чотирьох цілих чисел\n" +"Чинна адреса IPv4 складається з чотирьох цілих чисел\n" "в межах від 0 до 255, які розділені крапками." #. Translators: colon: ":" #: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:71 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n" "hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n" "It can contain up to one double colon." msgstr "" -"Чинна адреса IP складається з чотирьох цілих чисел\n" -"в межах від 0 до 255, які розділені крапками." +"Чинна адреса IPv6 містить до восьми шістнадцяткових чисел\n" +"в межах від 0 до FFFF, які розділені двокрапками.\n" +"Може містити до однієї подвійної двокрапки." #. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition #: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:138 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" "IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" @@ -5091,9 +5075,10 @@ "IP/маска мережі, IP/Біти_маски_мережі або 0/0 для всіх мереж.\n" "\n" "Приклади:\n" -"IP: 192.168.0.1\n" -"IP/Маска мережі: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0\n" -"IP/Біти_маски_мережі: 192.168.0.0/24 або 192.168.0.1/32\n" +"IP: 192.168.0.1 або 2001:db8:0::1\n" +"IP/Маска мережі: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 або 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" +"IP/Біти_маски_мережі: 192.168.0.0/24 або 192.168.0.1/32 або " +"2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" #. Byte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144 @@ -5103,25 +5088,22 @@ #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 msgid "KiB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "КіБ" #. MegaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 -#, fuzzy msgid "MiB" -msgstr "МБ" +msgstr "МіБ" #. GigaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:150 -#, fuzzy msgid "GiB" -msgstr "ГБ" +msgstr "ГіБ" #. TeraByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:152 -#, fuzzy msgid "TiB" -msgstr "ТБ" +msgstr "ТіБ" #. covert a number to download rate string #. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB @@ -5160,9 +5142,8 @@ #. This is in information message. Next come the #. hardware class name (network cards). #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:108 -#, fuzzy msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:" -msgstr "YaST2 визначить наступне обладнання:" +msgstr "YaST визначить наступне обладнання:" #. Message in a continue/cancel popup #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:183 @@ -5207,13 +5188,12 @@ #. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized #: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:348 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "YaST\n" "Initializing ...\n" msgstr "" -"YaST2\n" -"Започаткування ..." +"YaST\n" +"Започаткування ...\n" #. Heading for help popup window #: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:386 @@ -5377,7 +5357,7 @@ #: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:60 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:56 msgid "Catalonia" -msgstr "Каталонія" +msgstr "Кататонія" #: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:61 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:88 @@ -5436,7 +5416,7 @@ #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:72 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:159 msgid "Hong Kong" -msgstr "Гонг Конг" +msgstr "Гонконг" #: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:71 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:90 @@ -5673,7 +5653,7 @@ #: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:116 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:142 msgid "Slovakia" -msgstr "Словакія" +msgstr "Словаччина" #: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:117 msgid "San Marino" @@ -5850,7 +5830,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, #. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The hostname %1 is not part of the zone %2.\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/bootloader.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/bootloader.uk.po 2014-10-06 23:30:07 UTC (rev 89736) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/bootloader.uk.po 2014-10-07 05:20:49 UTC (rev 89737) @@ -7,21 +7,22 @@ # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. # Korostil Daniel <ted.korostiled(a)gmail.com>, 2011. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-02 15:21+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Korostil Daniel <ted.korostiled(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: translation(a)linux.org.ua\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-07 08:16+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" "%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.6.1\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35 @@ -85,7 +86,7 @@ #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239 msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" msgstr "" -"Додавання параметрів доступне тільки в інтреактивному режимі командного рядка" +"Додавання параметрів доступне тільки в інтерактивному режимі командного рядка" #. command line error report #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245 @@ -115,7 +116,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: reboot message #. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL #: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "Your system will now shut down.%1\n" @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ "in the documentation. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Зараз вашу систему буде вимкнено. %1%2\n" +"Зараз вашу систему буде вимкнено. %1\n" "Для подробиць подивіться у відповідний\n" "розділ документації. \n" @@ -327,6 +327,9 @@ "partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" +"Завантажити з додаткового розділу повинно бути вибрано, якщо " +"кореневий\n" +"розділ знаходиться на логічному розділі і відсутній розділ /boot." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" @@ -624,42 +627,36 @@ #. Title in tab #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 -#, fuzzy msgid "Boot Code Options" -msgstr "Параметри завантажувача" +msgstr "Параметри коду завантаження" #. Title in tab #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 -#, fuzzy msgid "Kernel Parameters" -msgstr "Додані параметри ядра: %1" +msgstr "Параметри ядра" #. Title in tab #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 -#, fuzzy msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Параметри завантажувача" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 -#, fuzzy msgid "Secure Boot" -msgstr "Безпечний" +msgstr "Безпечне завантаження" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 -#, fuzzy msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" -msgstr "Увімкнути підтримку &квоти" +msgstr "Увімкнути підтримку &безпечного завантаження" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 -#, fuzzy msgid "Boot &Loader Location" -msgstr "Адреса завантажувача" +msgstr "&Розташування завантажувача" #. help text #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виберіть розділ для установки завантажувача." #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: @@ -694,19 +691,20 @@ "встановлює під час завантаження." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " "parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "" -"Необов'язкові параметри командного рядка для ядра дає змогу вам " -"вказати додаткові параметри для ядра." +"Безвідмовні параметри командного рядка для ядра дає змогу вам " +"вказати додаткові параметри для передачі у ядро." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " "foreign distribution " msgstr "" +"Визначайте інші ОС за допомогою os-prober для забезпечення " +"мультизавантаження з іншими дистрибутивами." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 msgid "" @@ -714,12 +712,18 @@ "on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " "touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" +"Захисний прапор MBR - це налаштування лише для експертів, необхідне " +"тільки для екзотичного устаткування. Детальніше див. «Захист MBR у дисках " +"GPT». Не чіпайте, якщо не впевнені." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " "boot entry name. " msgstr "" +"Розповсюджувач вказує ім'я постачальника ядра, що використовується " +"для " +"створення пункту завантажувального меню." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 @@ -728,7 +732,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 msgid "D&istributor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Розповсюджувач" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 @@ -736,18 +740,16 @@ msgstr "Ре&жим VGA" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 -#, fuzzy msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" -msgstr "&Необов'язкові параметри командного рядка для ядра" +msgstr "&Безвідмовні параметри командного рядка для ядра" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 -#, fuzzy msgid "Probe Foreign OS" -msgstr "Зондувати тип джерела" +msgstr "Знаходити інші ОС" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 msgid "Protective MBR flag" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Захисний прапор MBR" #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels @@ -784,51 +786,47 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 msgid "set" -msgstr "" +msgstr "виставити" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 msgid "remove" -msgstr "" +msgstr "вилучити" #. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 msgid "do not change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "не міняти" #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 -#, fuzzy msgid "Autodetect by grub2" -msgstr "Автовиявлена плата" +msgstr "Автоматичне виявлення через grub2" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 -#, fuzzy msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" -msgstr "Виберіть новий файл графічного меню" +msgstr "Виберіть новий файл графічного оформлення" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 -#, fuzzy msgid "Use &graphical console" -msgstr "Вживати по&слідовну консоль" +msgstr "Вживати &графічну консоль" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 -#, fuzzy msgid "&Console resolution" -msgstr "Вирішення конфлікту:" +msgstr "&Роздільність консолі" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 -#, fuzzy msgid "&Console theme" -msgstr "Аргументи &консолі" +msgstr "&Тема консолі" #. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now #: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." msgstr "" +"Непідтримуваний завантажувач '%s'. Змініть профіль AutoYaST відповідно." #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -1705,7 +1703,7 @@ "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" msgstr "" "Початковий диск у RAM, якщо непорожнє, поле визначає початковий " -"диск у пам’яті, який використовуватиметься. Або введіть шлях і назву файл\n" +"диск у пам'яті, який використовуватиметься. Або введіть шлях і назву файл\n" "вручну, або оберіть його за допомогою Навігації.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 @@ -1730,7 +1728,7 @@ "found on your computer." msgstr "" "Інша система дозволить вам обрати між операційними системами " -"відмінними від Linux, які знайдено на вашому комп’ютері." +"відмінними від Linux, які знайдено на вашому комп'ютері." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 msgid "" @@ -1782,7 +1780,6 @@ msgstr "Розділ файла меню" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is " "loaded menu file." @@ -2032,62 +2029,57 @@ #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -"Завантаження з MBR увімкнено (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">вимкнути</a>)" +"Встановити код завантаження у MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">не " +"встановлювати</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -"Завантаження з MBR вимкнено (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">увімкнути</a>)" +"Не встановлювати код завантаження у MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">" +"встановити</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " "install</a>)" msgstr "" -"Завантаження з розділу /boot увімкнено (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" -"\">вимкнути</a>)" +"Встановити код завантаження у розділ /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">не " +"встановлювати</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" "\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -"Завантаження з розділу /boot вимкнено (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">увімкнути</a>)" +"Не встановлювати код завантаження у розділу /boot (<a " +"href=\"enable_boot_boot\">встановити</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " "install</a>)" msgstr "" -"Завантаження з розділу «/» увімкнено (<a href=\"disable_boot_root" -"\">вимкнути</a>)" +"Встановити код завантаження у розділу «/» (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">не " +"встановлювати</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" "\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -"Завантаження з розділу «/» вимкнено (<a href=\"disable_boot_root" -"\">увімкнути</a>)" +"Не встановлювати код завантаження у розділу «/» (<a " +"href=\"disable_boot_root\">встановити</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 -#, fuzzy msgid "Change Location: %s" -msgstr "Адреса зміни: %1" +msgstr "Змінити адресу: %s" #. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO) #. Display bootloader summary @@ -2149,11 +2141,12 @@ "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " "are doing please select above location." msgstr "" +"УВАГА: Не вибрано розташування для stage1 завантажувача. Якщо ви " +"повністю впевнені в тому, що робите, то виберіть розташування вище." #: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 -#, fuzzy msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" -msgstr "Увімкнути безпеку &GSS" +msgstr "Увімкнути безпечне завантаження: %1" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 @@ -2180,6 +2173,11 @@ "partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " "stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" +"Завантаження з MBR не працює з файловою системою btrfs і таблицею розділів " +"GPT " +"без розділу bios_grub. Щоб виправити проблему, створіть розділ bios_grub " +"або використовуйте для завантажувального розділу будь-яку файлову систему " +"ext чи не встановлюйте stage1 в MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 @@ -2199,19 +2197,19 @@ #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device " "map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader " "Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -"Не вдалося виявити точний порядок дисків для карти пристроїв . Порядок " -"дисків можна змінити в «Подробицях встановлення завантажувача»" +"YaST не зміг визначити точний порядок дисків для карти пристроїв. Перевірте " +"і при необхідності змінити порядок дисків в діалозі «Подробиці установки " +"завантажувача»." #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Відсутній розділ для завантаження. Неможливо встановити завантажувач." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/ca-management.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/ca-management.uk.po 2014-10-06 23:30:07 UTC (rev 89736) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/ca-management.uk.po 2014-10-07 05:20:49 UTC (rev 89737) @@ -8,21 +8,22 @@ # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. # Korostil Daniel <ted.korostiled(a)gmail.com>, 2011. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-06 12:46+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Korostil Daniel <ted.korostiled(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: translation(a)linux.org.ua\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-07 08:17+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" "%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.6.1\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line definition #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48 @@ -379,7 +380,7 @@ "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " "Name and E-Mail." msgstr "" -"Не вдалося визначити назву локального комп’ютера. Змініть значення у полях " +"Не вдалося визначити назву локального комп'ютера. Змініть значення у полях " "\"Назва сервера\" та \"Пошта\"." #. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) @@ -408,7 +409,6 @@ "встановіть пароль CA." #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" "Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " @@ -469,7 +469,6 @@ msgstr "Альтернативні назви: " #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The root password is too short for use as the password for the " "certificates.\n" @@ -662,9 +661,8 @@ "\n" #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 -#, fuzzy msgid "&Edit Alternative Names" -msgstr "Альтернативні назви: " +msgstr "&Змінити альтернативні назви" #. Screen title for the first interactive dialog #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490 @@ -678,7 +676,7 @@ #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" -msgstr "Сертифікат звичайного сервера" +msgstr "Звичайний сертифікат сервера" #. help text 1/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 @@ -687,7 +685,7 @@ "network connections." msgstr "" "Сертифікаційний сервер використовується службою, яка забезпечує " -"шифроване мережеве з’єднання через SSL/TLS." +"шифроване мережеве з'єднання через SSL/TLS." #. help text 2/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 @@ -695,7 +693,7 @@ "The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a " "certificate for several services running on this host. " msgstr "" -"Метою спільного сертифікаційного сервера — надання сертифікатів " +"Метою звичайного сертифікату сервера — надання сертифікатів " "для декількох служб запущених на цьому вузлі." #. help text 3/8 @@ -709,12 +707,11 @@ #. help text 4/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " "certificate or replace the current one." msgstr "" -"Через кнопку Імпортувати/Замінити, можна додати новий " +"Через кнопку Імпортувати/Замінити можна додати новий " "сертифікаційний сервер або замінити поточний." #. help text 5/8 @@ -746,19 +743,17 @@ #. help text 8/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 -#, fuzzy msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "Щоб дізнатись докладніше, прочитайте посібник." #. popup text #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" "You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" msgstr "" -"Цей сертифікат можна замінити за допомогою імпорту сертифіката з файла.</" -"p>" +"<pre>Звичайний сертифікат сервера не знайдений.\n" +"Ви можете імпортувати сертифікат з файлу.</pre>" #. popup window header #. popup window header @@ -837,20 +832,22 @@ #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " -msgstr "Звичайна назва: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Звичайна назва: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " -msgstr "&Організація:" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Організація:" #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length @@ -859,24 +856,28 @@ "\n" "Location: " msgstr "" +"\n" +"Розташування: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "State: " -msgstr "Область: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Область: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "Country: " -msgstr "Країна: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Країна: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length @@ -885,6 +886,8 @@ "\n" "EMAIL: " msgstr "" +"\n" +"Ел. пошта: " #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" @@ -960,7 +963,7 @@ "However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only.</" "p>" msgstr "" -"Але змінені параметри буде застосовано лише до нових об’єктів." +"Але змінені параметри буде застосовано лише до нових об'єктів." #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 @@ -1114,7 +1117,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перш за все, перегляньте всі доступні з цього CA сертифікати. У " "стовпчиках розміщено DN сертифікатів разом з адресою електронної пошти та " -"станом сертифіката (таким як чинний або анульваний)." +"станом сертифіката (таким як чинний або анульований)." #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 @@ -1191,81 +1194,89 @@ #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " -msgstr "Звичайна назва: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Звичайна назва: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " -msgstr "Організація: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Організація: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "Location: " -msgstr "Організація: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Розташування: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "State: " -msgstr "Область: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Область: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "Country: " -msgstr "Країна: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Країна: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "EMAIL: " -msgstr "Довжина шляху: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Ел. пошта: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "Is CA: " -msgstr "nsComment: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Це CA: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "Key Size: " -msgstr "Довжина ключа: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Розмір ключа: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 @@ -1273,32 +1284,37 @@ "\n" "Serialnumber: " msgstr "" +"\n" +"Серійний номер: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "Version: " -msgstr "Строк дії: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Версія: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " -msgstr "Строк дії: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Дійсний від: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " -msgstr "Строк дії: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Дійсний до: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length @@ -1308,6 +1324,8 @@ "\n" "algo. of pub. Key : " msgstr "" +"\n" +"алгоритм публ.ключа:" #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length @@ -1317,6 +1335,8 @@ "\n" "algo. of signature: " msgstr "" +"\n" +"алгоритм підпису: " #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog @@ -1508,7 +1528,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207 msgid "C&opy Subject Alternative Name from CA" -msgstr "К&опіювати альтернативну назву об’єкта з CA" +msgstr "К&опіювати альтернативну назву об'єкта з CA" #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254 msgid "Default CRL Settings" @@ -1547,7 +1567,6 @@ "b>." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation " "and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " @@ -1557,10 +1576,10 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб налаштувати повторне створення CRL виберіть Повторне створення і " "експорт. У цьому випадку встановіть проміжок між повторними створеннями " -"у полі Періодичний проміжок. Якщо ви встановите проміжок у 24 години, " -"ви також можете вибрати годину, коли має відбутися експорт. Будь ласка, " -"переконайтеся, що уважно прочитали і зрозуміли Інформацію щодо безпеки</" -"b>." +"у полі Проміжок періодичності. Якщо ви встановите проміжок у 24 " +"години, " +"ви також можете вибрати годину, коли має відбутися експорт. Переконайтеся, що " +"уважно прочитали і зрозуміли Інформацію щодо безпеки." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 msgid "" @@ -1666,9 +1685,8 @@ msgstr "Зберегти як" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647 -#, fuzzy msgid "Export to file failed." -msgstr "Помилка експорту до файла" +msgstr "Помилка експорту до файла." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673 @@ -1677,9 +1695,8 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468 -#, fuzzy msgid "Saved to file successfully." -msgstr "Успішно збережено до файла" +msgstr "Успішно збережено до файла." #. Checking error #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669 @@ -1688,9 +1705,8 @@ msgstr "Успішно збережено до LDAP." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672 -#, fuzzy msgid "Export to LDAP failed." -msgstr "Помилка під час експортування до LDAP" +msgstr "Помилка під час експортування до LDAP." #. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) #: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86 @@ -1825,7 +1841,7 @@ "p>" msgstr "" "Особистий ключ CA повинен мати Пароль з мінімальною довжиною у " -"п’ять символів. Для підтвердження вам слід ввести його повторно у полі, " +"п'ять символів. Для підтвердження вам слід ввести його повторно у полі, " "розташованому нижче." #. help text 2/4 @@ -1869,7 +1885,7 @@ "field." msgstr "" "Особистий ключ сертифіката повинен мати Пароль з мінімальною " -"довжиною у п’ять символів. Для підтвердження вам слід ввести його повторно у " +"довжиною у п'ять символів. Для підтвердження вам слід ввести його повторно у " "полі, розташованому нижче." #. help text 2/4 @@ -1898,7 +1914,7 @@ "field." msgstr "" "Особистий ключ запиту повинен мати Пароль з мінімальною довжиною у " -"п’ять символів. Для підтвердження вам слід ввести його повторно у полі, " +"п'ять символів. Для підтвердження вам слід ввести його повторно у полі, " "розташованому нижче." #. help text 2/3 @@ -2086,7 +2102,6 @@ #. #. Creating a new CA/Certificate #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " "can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " @@ -2094,7 +2109,7 @@ "P>" msgstr "" "У цій рамці показано інші атрибути і розширення OpenSSL X509v3, які можна " -"встановити. Якщо ви не досконало знайомі з цими розширеннями, перегляньте " +"встановити. Якщо ви не досконало знайомі з цими розширеннями, то перегляньте " "файл /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (з пакунка openssl-doc)." "" @@ -2264,11 +2279,12 @@ #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "generation Time: " -msgstr "Сформувати час" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"час створення: " #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention @@ -2387,11 +2403,9 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." -msgstr "" -"Щоб довідатись більше про керування сертифікати, прочитайте посібник." +msgstr "Щоб довідатись більше про керування CA, прочитайте посібник." #. To translators: pushbutton label #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 @@ -2445,7 +2459,6 @@ msgstr "Пе&ревірити пароль:" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n" "Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" @@ -2616,13 +2629,12 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " "where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." msgstr "" -"Імпортувати сертифікат сервера і відповідний CA і копіювати їх у місце, де " -"інші модулі YaST шукатимуть такі типові сертифікати." +"Імпортувати сертифікат сервера і відповідний CA та копіювати їх у місце, де " +"інші модулі YaST шукатимуть такий звичайний сертифікат." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 @@ -2652,7 +2664,6 @@ #. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of·\n" "the server (%2).\n" @@ -2669,6 +2680,9 @@ "either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " "subject alternative names." msgstr "" +"Ім'я вузлу сервера (команда: hostname --long) має відповідати\n" +"або звичайній назві сертифікату (CN), або одному з альтернативних значень " +"імен." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 @@ -2985,14 +2999,12 @@ msgstr "Нечинне значення для параметра \"request\"." #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625 -#, fuzzy msgid "Request not found in" -msgstr "У %s запитів не знайдено." +msgstr "Запит не знайдено у" #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628 -#, fuzzy msgid "Copy Request failed" -msgstr "Помилка створення запиту." +msgstr "Помилка копіювання запиту" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/control.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/control.uk.po 2014-10-06 23:30:07 UTC (rev 89736) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/control.uk.po 2014-10-07 05:20:49 UTC (rev 89737) @@ -7,24 +7,24 @@ # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. # Korostil Daniel <ted.korostiled(a)gmail.com>, 2011. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-06 13:03+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Korostil Daniel <ted.korostiled(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: translation(a)linux.org.ua\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-07 08:18+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" "%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.6.1\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -44,13 +44,13 @@ "Натисніть \"Закінчити\", щоб увійти в систему.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Будь ласка, відвідайте нас на http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +"Будь ласка, відвідайте нас на http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" -msgstr "Cервер CIM" +msgstr "Сервер CIM" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 @@ -102,16 +102,14 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 -#, fuzzy msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування мережі" +msgstr "Завантажити конфігурацію мережі Linuxrc" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 -#, fuzzy msgid "Network Autosetup" -msgstr "Увімкнення мережі" +msgstr "Автоматичне налаштування мережі" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/nis_server.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/nis_server.uk.po 2014-10-06 23:30:07 UTC (rev 89736) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/nis_server.uk.po 2014-10-07 05:20:49 UTC (rev 89737) @@ -8,21 +8,22 @@ # I. Petrouchtchak <iip(a)verizon.net>, 2006. # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-10 21:55-0700\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <translation(a)linux.org.ua>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-07 08:18+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" "%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for nis server module #: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 @@ -174,7 +175,7 @@ "i>\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" -"Виберіть, якщо ваш файл passwd слід об’єднати з файлом\n" +"Виберіть, якщо ваш файл passwd слід об'єднати з файлом\n" "shadow (це можна зробити, лише якщо існує файл shadow).\n" #. help text 3/3 @@ -202,7 +203,7 @@ #. check box label #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103 msgid "Merge pa&sswords" -msgstr "Об’єднати па&ролі" +msgstr "Об'єднати па&ролі" #. To translators: dialog label #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111 @@ -235,7 +236,7 @@ "the corresponding option.\n" msgstr "" "Введіть домен NIS. Якщо цей вузол також є клієнтом NIS, що " -"використовує цей комп’ютер як\n" +"використовує цей комп'ютер як\n" "сервер, позначте відповідний параметр.\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -263,7 +264,7 @@ msgstr "" "Дозволити зміни у паролях дозволяє користувачам\n" "змінювати паролі за наявності NIS. Кнопки для дозволу\n" -"на зміну оболонки реєстрації або GECOS (повне ім’я і пов’язана з ним " +"на зміну оболонки реєстрації або GECOS (повне ім'я і пов'язана з ним " "інформація) можна\n" "використати для встановлення цих, окремих параметрів.\n" @@ -325,7 +326,7 @@ "This may replace the domain name just entered. Check your\n" "settings and consider not running a DHCP client on a NIS server.\n" msgstr "" -"Ваш комп’ютер налаштований на зміну домену NIS за допомогою DHCP.\n" +"Ваш комп'ютер налаштований на зміну домену NIS за допомогою DHCP.\n" "Ця операцію може змінити тільки-но введену назву домену. Перевірте ваші\n" "налаштування і подумайте про те, щоб не запускати клієнт DHCP на сервері " "NIS.\n" @@ -394,7 +395,7 @@ "The entry with netmask <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and network\n" "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.\n" msgstr "" -"Щоб мати можливість з’єднань з локального вузла, повинен існувати запис\n" +"Щоб мати можливість з'єднань з локального вузла, повинен існувати запис\n" "з маскою мережі <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> і мережею <tt>127.0.0.0</" "tt>.\n" @@ -437,20 +438,18 @@ "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " "the corresponding option." msgstr "" -"Якщо цей вузол також є клієнтом NIS, що використовує цей комп’ютер як " +"Якщо цей вузол також є клієнтом NIS, що використовує цей комп'ютер як " "сервер, позначте відповідний параметр." #. textentry label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 -#, fuzzy msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" -msgstr "Назва &домену NIS" +msgstr "Назва &домену NIS:" #. text entry label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 -#, fuzzy msgid "NIS &Master Server:" -msgstr "Головний сервер NIS: " +msgstr "&Головний сервер NIS:" #. To translators: dialog label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/ntp-client.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/ntp-client.uk.po 2014-10-06 23:30:07 UTC (rev 89736) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/ntp-client.uk.po 2014-10-07 05:20:49 UTC (rev 89737) @@ -7,21 +7,22 @@ # Ivan Petrouchtchak <ivanpetrouchtchak(a)yahoo.com>, 2006, 2007. # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-10 21:55-0700\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <translation(a)linux.org.ua>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-07 08:19+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" "%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. progress step title #: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 @@ -46,6 +47,10 @@ "default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " "yast2 ntp-client module." msgstr "" +"При увімкненні Запускати NTP як фонову службу служба NTP буде " +"запускатися у вигляді фонової служби. В іншому випадку системний час буде " +"періодично синхронізуватися. Типовий інтервал 15 хвилин. Ви можете змінити " +"його після установки за допомогою модуля yast2 ntp-client." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 @@ -76,9 +81,8 @@ #. check box label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 -#, fuzzy msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" -msgstr "Даемон NTP" +msgstr "&Запускати NTP як фонову службу" #. check box label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 @@ -98,12 +102,11 @@ #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" -"Без встановленого пакунка %1, синхронізація з\n" +"Без встановленого пакунка %1 синхронізація з\n" "сервером NTP неможлива." #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server @@ -114,7 +117,7 @@ #. update time widgets #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Спроба з'єднання з сервером зазнала невдачі." #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address @@ -124,6 +127,10 @@ "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" "click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" +"Пробний запит до сервера '%1' завершився помилкою.\n" +"Якщо сервер поки недоступний або не налаштована мережа, натисніть «Ні»,\n" +"щоб ігнорувати це повідомлення.\n" +"Показати сторінку налаштувань NTP-сервера ще раз?" #. local clock type name #: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 @@ -295,7 +302,7 @@ #. local clock type name #: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:241 msgid "Conrad Parallel Port Radio Clock" -msgstr "Радіогодинник паралельного порту Conrad" +msgstr "Радіо-годинник паралельного порту Conrad" #. local clock type name #: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249 @@ -458,7 +465,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294 #: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593 msgid "Local Radio Clock" -msgstr "Локальний радіогодинник" +msgstr "Локальний радіо-годинник" #. command line error message #: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344 @@ -629,7 +636,6 @@ #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" @@ -642,11 +648,16 @@ " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>Запуск фонової служби NTP</big> \n" -"Вкажіть чи запускати автоматично фонову службу NTP зараз і при кожному " +"Вкажіть, чи запускати автоматично фонову службу NTP зараз і при кожному " "завантаженні системи.\n" "Фонова служба NTP отримує назви вузлів під час започаткування. Ваше\n" -"мережне з'єднання повинне бути встановлене перед запуску фонової служби NTP." -"\n" +"мережне з'єднання повинне бути встановлене перед запуском фонової служби " +"NTP.\n" +"При виборі Синхронізувати без фонової служби фонова служба ntp не буде " +"запущена. \n" +"Системний час буде автоматично встановлений. Інтервал регулюється. Його " +" типове значення — 15 хвилин.\n" +" Ви зможете це змінити, коли система буде налаштована." #. help text 2/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 @@ -662,7 +673,6 @@ "будь-яку фонову службу в клітці Chrootis, і тому це рекомендовано." #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " @@ -679,9 +689,9 @@ "NTP \n" "на вашому комп'ютері. Таким чином, службу NTP обмежено до вживання\n" "тільки серверів перелічених в /etc/ntp.conf і локального вузла. \n" -"Прапорці керування доступом можна підкоригувати редагуванням відповідного \n" -"запису сервера в таблиці перегляду серверів. Цей параметр недоступний, \n" -"якщо NTP налаштовано через DHCP.\n" +"Прапорці керування доступом можна підкоригувати редагуванням відповідного " +"запису сервера в таблиці перегляду серверів. Цей параметр недоступний, якщо " +"NTP налаштовано через DHCP.\n" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 @@ -773,7 +783,7 @@ "<big>Пристрій</big> \n" "Щоб годинник працював, можливо, слід буде створити особливе символічне " "посилання\n" -"на пристрій, з яким зв’язано годинник. Щоб зробити це, позначте\n" +"на пристрій, з яким зв'язано годинник. Щоб зробити це, позначте\n" "Створити символічне посилання і встановіть Пристрій. Для " "відшукання\n" "пристрою, натисніть кнопку Пошук.\n" @@ -864,7 +874,6 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " @@ -873,10 +882,11 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Параметри</big> \n" -"Для точного налаштування джерела синхронізації, внесіть параметри\n" -"в текстове поле Параметри. Щоб отримати детальнішу\n" -"інформацію перегляньте сторінку /usr/share/doc/packages/xntp-doc/confopt." -"htm." +"Для точного налаштування джерела синхронізації, внесіть параметри в текстове " +"поле Параметри.\n" +" Щоб отримати детальнішу\n" +"інформацію перегляньте сторінку /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm" +".\n" #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" @@ -933,9 +943,9 @@ "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати локальний годинник, з’єднаний напряму з вашим " -"комп’ютером,\n" -"виберіть Радіогодинник." +"Щоб налаштувати локальний годинник, з'єднаний напряму з вашим " +"комп'ютером,\n" +"виберіть Радіо-годинник." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 @@ -1062,7 +1072,6 @@ #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" @@ -1070,7 +1079,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для інформації про значення параметрів встановіть пакунок\n" "ntp-doc і подивіться в\n" -"/usr/share/doc/packages/xntp-doc/html/refclock.htm" +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm\n" #. yes-no popup #: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 @@ -1209,9 +1218,8 @@ msgstr "&Калібрування драйвера" #: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419 -#, fuzzy msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" -msgstr "Віддалена синхронізація" +msgstr "&Проміжок синхронізації у хвилинах" #. frame #: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 @@ -1225,13 +1233,11 @@ #. radio button #: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435 -#, fuzzy msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" -msgstr "Синхронізувати з реверсивною зоною %1" +msgstr "&Синхронізувати без фонової служби" #. radio button #: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437 -#, fuzzy msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "Зараз і під час &завантаження" @@ -1345,7 +1351,7 @@ #. radio button, NTP relationship type #: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697 msgid "&Radio Clock" -msgstr "&Радіогодинник" +msgstr "Радіо-годинник" #. radio button, NTP relationship type #: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699 @@ -1482,7 +1488,7 @@ #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses #: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" -msgstr "Радіогодинники: %1" +msgstr "Радіо-годинники: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses #: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 @@ -1502,7 +1508,7 @@ #. summary string, FIXME #: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." -msgstr "Об’єднати налаштування: статичне і DHCP." +msgstr "Об'єднати налаштування: статичне і DHCP." #. summary string, FIXME #: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 @@ -1532,13 +1538,12 @@ #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) #: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" msgstr "" "Неможливий пошук за сервером NTP в локальній мережі\n" -"без встановленого пакунка %1." +"без встановленого пакунка %1.\n" #~ msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables." #~ msgstr "Не вдається записати змінні sysconfig." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/online-update.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/online-update.uk.po 2014-10-06 23:30:07 UTC (rev 89736) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/online-update.uk.po 2014-10-07 05:20:49 UTC (rev 89737) @@ -7,21 +7,22 @@ # Ivan Petrouchtchak <ivanpetrouchtchak(a)yahoo.com>, 2005, 2006, 2007. # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-21 23:01-0700\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <translation(a)linux.org.ua>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-07 08:20+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" "%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. nothing to do #: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80 @@ -39,8 +40,8 @@ "Some application requiring restart has been updated. The system will\n" "reboot now then continue the installation.\n" msgstr "" -"Було оновлено програми, які вимагають перезавантаження. Тепер системуnбуде " -"перезапущено, а потім продовжуватиметься встановлення.\n" +"Було оновлено програми, які вимагають перезавантаження. Тепер систему\n" +" буде перезапущено, а потім продовжуватиметься встановлення.\n" #. command line help text #: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 @@ -133,11 +134,8 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 -#, fuzzy msgid "No update repository configured yet." -msgstr "" -"Ще немає налаштованого\n" -"сховища оновлень. Запустити налаштування?" +msgstr "Ще немає налаштованого сховища оновлень." #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 @@ -173,7 +171,7 @@ "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " "shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо наявні спеціальні повідомлення пов’язані з латками, їх буде\n" +"Якщо наявні спеціальні повідомлення пов'язані з латками, їх буде\n" "показано в додатковому вікні під час встановлення латки.\n" #. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) @@ -236,23 +234,21 @@ #. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer #. to delay the patch installation #: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" msgstr "" -"Пошук за пакунками в мережних сховищах неможливий\n" +"Неможливо налаштувати сховище мережного оновлення\n" "без встановлення пакунка %1" #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" "Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" msgstr "" "Принаймні один з оновлених пакунків потребує перезапуску сеансу.\n" -"При першій можливості вийдіть і заново увійдіть в систему." +"При першій можливості вийдіть і заново увійдіть в систему.\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 @@ -265,17 +261,15 @@ #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Принаймні один з оновлених пакунків для належного функціонування\n" -"потребує перезапуску системи. Перезапустіть систему." +"Принаймні один з оновлених пакунків для належного роботи\n" +"потребує перезапуску системи. Перезапустіть систему якнайшвидше." #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "These updates require a system reboot to function properly:\n" "\n" @@ -283,8 +277,11 @@ "\n" "Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Принаймні один з оновлених пакунків для належного функціонування\n" -"потребує перезапуску системи. Перезапустіть систему." +"Для правильної роботи наступних оновлень потрібне перезавантаження системи:\n" +"\n" +"%1.\n" +"\n" +"Перезавантажте систему якнайшвидше." #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 @@ -536,18 +533,19 @@ #. Dialog label above a list of patches #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Після встановлення цих латок потрібне перезавантаження." #. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 -#, fuzzy msgid "&Skip All" -msgstr "Пропустити всі" +msgstr "&Пропустити всі" #. Solver can't solve it automatically #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." msgstr "" +"Мережне оновлення не здатне зняти виділення з деяких латок, які потребують " +"перезавантаження." #. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 @@ -560,6 +558,13 @@ "\n" "Contact us if you need further assistance." msgstr "" +"Підтримка цих продуктів закінчилася, оновлення\n" +"для них більше не надаються.\n" +"\n" +"У випадку, якщо у вашої підписки вказана розширена підтримка,\n" +"переконайтеся, що ви активували розширення.\n" +"\n" +"Для отримання додаткової допомоги зв'яжіться з нами." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you abort the installation now, SuSEconfig will\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/update.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/update.uk.po 2014-10-06 23:30:07 UTC (rev 89736) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/update.uk.po 2014-10-07 05:20:49 UTC (rev 89737) @@ -7,21 +7,22 @@ # Ivan Petrouchtchak <ivanpetrouchtchak(a)yahoo.com>, 2005, 2006, 2007. # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009, 2011. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-08 15:16-0800\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-07 08:03+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" "%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Proposal for backup during update #: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:65 @@ -74,12 +75,11 @@ #. help text for backup dialog during update 1/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:91 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To avoid any loss of information during update,\n" "create a backup prior to updating.\n" msgstr "" -"Для запобігання втрати інформації під час оновлення,\n" +"Для запобігання втрати інформації під час оновлення\n" "можна перед оновленням створити резервну копію.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 2/7 @@ -98,17 +98,15 @@ #. help text for backup dialog during update 4/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:112 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Create a Backup of Modified Files:\n" "Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.\n" msgstr "" "Створити резервну копію змінених файлів:\n" -"Зберігає файли, які змінено під час оновлення.\n" +"Зберігає лише файли, які змінено під час оновлення.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Create a Complete Backup of\n" "/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of " @@ -216,7 +214,6 @@ #. help text for dialog "update options" 1/4 #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:143 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The update option offers two different modes. In\n" "either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.\n" @@ -240,7 +237,6 @@ #. help text for dialog "update options" 3/4 #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:164 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Only Installed Packages: This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. Note:\n" @@ -249,9 +245,9 @@ "not available after the update. You might miss new features.\n" msgstr "" "Тільки встановлені пакунки: Цей вибір\n" -"тільки оновляє встановлені у вашій системі пакунки. Примітка:\n" +"тільки оновлює встановлені у вашій системі пакунки. Примітка:\n" "Після оновлення нове ПЗ (напр., нові модулі YaST) не буде наявне у \n" -"заздалегідь визначених виборах. У вас не буде деяких нових пакетів.\n" +"заздалегідь визначених виборах. У вас не буде деяких нових пакунків.\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4 #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 @@ -274,6 +270,11 @@ "\n" "Really continue?" msgstr "" +"Зміна методу оновлення на 'Тільки оновити пакунки'\n" +"може привести до непрацездатності системи, якщо ви не\n" +"зміните список пакунків самостійно.\n" +"\n" +"Продовжити?" #. yes/no question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 @@ -387,7 +388,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " "running system. \n" @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ "Оновлення системи до іншої версії (%1 -> %2) не підтримується на системі, " "яка активна. \n" "Будь ласка, завантажте носій встановлення і скористайтесь процедурою\n" -"оновлення або вимкніть джерела встановлення продуктів з іншими версіями." +"оновлення або вимкніть джерела встановлення продуктів з іншими версіями.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 @@ -416,7 +416,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -426,7 +425,7 @@ "<big>Параметри оновлення</big>\n" "Тут можна вказати як потрібно оновлювати вашу систему.\n" "Оновлювати лише встановлені пакунки, чи також встановлювати нові\n" -"(типовий вибір), або ще й вилучати пакунки, які вже не підтримуються." +"(типовий вибір), або ще й вилучати пакунки, які вже не підтримуються.\n" #. this is a menu entry #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 @@ -562,13 +561,12 @@ #. continue-cancel popup #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" msgstr "" "Архітектура системи, встановленої на вибраному розділі\n" -"відрізняється від архітектури цього продукту." +"відрізняється від архітектури цього продукту.\n" #. pop-up question #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 @@ -664,7 +662,6 @@ #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -672,7 +669,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перевірка файлової системи на пристрої %1 зазнала невдачі.\n" "\n" -"Хочете продовжити монтування цього пристрою?" +"Хочете продовжити монтування цього пристрою?\n" #. button #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 @@ -693,7 +690,6 @@ #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " @@ -705,14 +701,13 @@ msgstr "" "Ваш розділ /boot замалий (%1 МБ).\n" "Рекомендований розмір не менший за %2 МБ. Нове ядро може\n" -"не поміститись. Краще збільшити цей розділ або і зовсім не\n" -"вживати розділу /boot.\n" +"не поміститись. Краще збільшити цей розділ або зовсім не\n" +"вживати розділ /boot.\n" "\n" -"Продовжити оновлення поточної системи?" +"Продовжити оновлення поточної системи?\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -730,7 +725,7 @@ "Якщо ви певні, що розділ не потрібний для оновлення (це не є якийсь\n" "системний розділ), натисніть Продовжити. Щоб перевірити або\n" "виправити параметри монтування, натисніть Вказати параметри\n" -"монтування. Щоб припинити оновлення, натисніть Скасувати." +"монтування. Щоб припинити оновлення, натисніть Скасувати.\n" #. push button #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 @@ -884,11 +879,11 @@ #. @return [String] product name #: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Файл випуску %{file} не знайдено" #: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Неможливо прочитати файл випуску %{file}" #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS @@ -904,12 +899,16 @@ "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" "%{patterns}" msgstr "" +"Неможливо вибрати для установки наступні шаблони:\n" +"%{patterns}" #: src/modules/Update.rb:796 msgid "" "Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" "%{packages}" msgstr "" +"Неможливо вибрати для установки наступні пакунки:\n" +"%{packages}" #: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 #: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89736 - trunk/lcn/es/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 06 Oct '14

06 Oct '14

Author: vertaal Date: 2014-10-07 01:30:07 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89736 Modified: trunk/lcn/es/po/update-desktop-files-apps.es.po Log: update-desktop-files-apps.es.po: correcci?\195?\179n de wxHexEditor (gabriel) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of gabriel Modified: trunk/lcn/es/po/update-desktop-files-apps.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/es/po/update-desktop-files-apps.es.po 2014-10-06 21:30:07 UTC (rev 89735) +++ trunk/lcn/es/po/update-desktop-files-apps.es.po 2014-10-06 23:30:07 UTC (rev 89736) @@ -9,26 +9,29 @@ # lluis <lmartinez(a)sct.ictnet.es>, 2011. # Ricardo Varas Santana <ricardoivaras(a)gmail.com>, 2012, 2013. # José Juan González <netphilos(a)gmail.com>, 2013. +# jcsl <trcs(a)gmx.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update-desktop-files-apps\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 13:49+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-18 15:22+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Jos Juan Gonzlez <netphilos(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 23:30+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: jcsl <trcs(a)gmx.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish <opensuse-translation-es(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Spanish\n" #: /usr/share/applications/imagej.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(imagej.desktop)" msgid "\"ImageJ public domain Java image processing program\"" -msgstr "\"Programa de dominio público de procesamiento de imágenes ImageJ\"" +msgstr "" +"\"ImageJ es un programa de dominio público para el procesamiento de imágenes " +"escrito en Java\"" #: /usr/share/applications/texworks.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(texworks.desktop)" @@ -59,7 +62,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/dispcalGUI-3DLUT-maker.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(dispcalGUI-3DLUT-maker.desktop)" msgid "3D LUT maker" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Generador de tablas de búsqueda (LUT) 3D" #: /usr/share/applications/vegastrike.desktop msgctxt "Comment(vegastrike.desktop)" @@ -101,12 +104,12 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/pink-pony.desktop msgctxt "Comment(pink-pony.desktop)" msgid "A Tron-like multiplayer racing game" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un juego de carreras multijugador tipo Tron" #: /usr/share/applications/wmakerconf.desktop msgctxt "Comment(wmakerconf.desktop)" msgid "A Window Maker configurator" -msgstr "Un configuradir de Window Maker" +msgstr "Un configurador de Window Maker" #: /usr/share/applications/xfce4-dict.desktop msgctxt "Comment(xfce4-dict.desktop)" @@ -131,7 +134,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/i3.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(i3.desktop)" msgid "A dynamic tiling window manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un gestor dinámico de ventanas de tipo mosaico" #: /usr/share/applications/bpython.desktop msgctxt "Comment(bpython.desktop)" @@ -141,7 +144,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/bpython3.desktop msgctxt "Comment(bpython3.desktop)" msgid "A fancy interface to the python interpreter!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¡Una interfaz elegante para el intérprete python!" #: /usr/share/applications/Armagetron.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(Armagetron.desktop)" @@ -189,7 +192,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/wxHexEditor.desktop msgctxt "Comment(wxHexEditor.desktop)" msgid "A hex editor for huge files and devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un editor hexadecimal para grandes archivos y dispositivos" #: /usr/share/applications/supertuxkart.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(supertuxkart.desktop)" @@ -199,8 +202,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/mumble.desktop msgctxt "Comment(mumble.desktop)" msgid "A low-latency, high quality voice chat program for gaming" -msgstr "" -"Un programa de chat de voz de baja latencia, y alta calidad para juegos" +msgstr "Un programa de chat de voz de baja latencia y alta calidad para juegos" #: /usr/share/applications/gtick.desktop msgctxt "Comment(gtick.desktop)" @@ -220,7 +222,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/xournal.desktop msgctxt "Comment(xournal.desktop)" msgid "A notetaking/sketching application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una aplicación para tomar notas/bosquejos" #: /usr/share/applications/librecad.desktop msgctxt "Comment(librecad.desktop)" @@ -241,6 +243,7 @@ msgctxt "Comment(gtk3-widget-factory.desktop)" msgid "A showcase for GTK+ widgets, designed for testing themes." msgstr "" +"Una aplicación de muestra de widgets GTK+, diseñada para el testeo de temas." #: /usr/share/applications/decibel-audio-player.desktop msgctxt "Comment(decibel-audio-player.desktop)" @@ -533,7 +536,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/openxcom.desktop msgctxt "Comment(openxcom.desktop)" msgid "An open-source clone of the famous X-COM game" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un clon open-source del famoso juego X-COM" #: /usr/share/applications/fontforge.desktop msgctxt "Comment(fontforge.desktop)" @@ -591,7 +594,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/hdhomerun_config_gui.desktop msgctxt "Comment(hdhomerun_config_gui.desktop)" msgid "Application to configure Silicon Dust HDHomeRun TV tuners" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aplicación para configurar sintonizadores de TV Silicon Dust HDHomeRun" #: /usr/share/applications/engrampa.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(engrampa.desktop)" @@ -811,7 +814,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/svgcleaner.desktop msgctxt "Comment(svgcleaner.desktop)" msgid "Batch, tunable, crossplatform SVG cleaning program" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Programa multiplataforma y ajustable para limpiar archivos SVG en lote" #: /usr/share/applications/specto.desktop msgctxt "Comment(specto.desktop)" @@ -851,7 +854,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/rtorrent.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(rtorrent.desktop)" msgid "BitTorrent Client" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cliente BitTorrent" #: /usr/share/applications/transmission-gtk.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(transmission-gtk.desktop)" @@ -1162,7 +1165,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/cadabra.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(cadabra.desktop)" msgid "Cadabra computer algebra system" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sistema de computación algebraica Cadabra" #: /usr/share/applications/caffeine.desktop msgctxt "Name(caffeine.desktop)" @@ -1680,7 +1683,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/obconf.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(obconf.desktop)" msgid "Configuration Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestor de configuración" #: /usr/share/applications/gnome-shell-extension-prefs.desktop msgctxt "Comment(gnome-shell-extension-prefs.desktop)" @@ -1868,7 +1871,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/dispcalGUI-VRML-to-X3D-converter.desktop msgctxt "Comment(dispcalGUI-VRML-to-X3D-converter.desktop)" msgid "Converts VRML files to X3D embedded in HTML" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Convierte archivos VRML a X3D embebidos en HTML" #: /usr/share/applications/brasero.desktop msgctxt "Name(brasero.desktop)" @@ -1973,7 +1976,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/equalx.desktop msgctxt "Comment(equalx.desktop)" msgid "Create equations in LaTeX" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Creación de ecuaciones en LaTeX" #: /usr/share/applications/gimp.desktop msgctxt "Comment(gimp.desktop)" @@ -2100,7 +2103,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/qdbusviewer5.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(qdbusviewer5.desktop)" msgid "D-Bus Debugger" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Depurador de D-Bus" #: /usr/share/applications/d-feet.desktop msgctxt "Name(d-feet.desktop)" @@ -2235,12 +2238,12 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/geoclue-demo-agent.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(geoclue-demo-agent.desktop)" msgid "Demo geoclue agent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agente geoclue de demostración" #: /usr/share/applications/geoclue-where-am-i.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(geoclue-where-am-i.desktop)" msgid "Demo geolocation application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aplicación geolocation de demostración" #: /usr/share/applications/kicad.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kicad.desktop)" @@ -2866,7 +2869,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/viewnior.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(viewnior.desktop)" msgid "Elegant Image Viewer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visor de imágenes elegante" #: /usr/share/applications/elementary_config.desktop msgctxt "Comment(elementary_config.desktop)" @@ -2876,22 +2879,22 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/elementary_config.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(elementary_config.desktop)" msgid "Elementary Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de Elementary" #: /usr/share/applications/elementary_config.desktop msgctxt "Name(elementary_config.desktop)" msgid "Elementary Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de Elementary" #: /usr/share/applications/elementary_test.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(elementary_test.desktop)" msgid "Elementary Test" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Test de Elementary" #: /usr/share/applications/elementary_test.desktop msgctxt "Name(elementary_test.desktop)" msgid "Elementary Test" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Test de Elementary" #: /usr/share/applications/elementary_test.desktop msgctxt "Comment(elementary_test.desktop)" @@ -2906,7 +2909,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/claws-mail.desktop msgctxt "Name(claws-mail.desktop)" msgid "Email..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Correo electrónico..." #: /usr/share/applications/emerillon.desktop msgctxt "Name(emerillon.desktop)" @@ -2956,7 +2959,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/pulseaudio-equalizer.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(pulseaudio-equalizer.desktop)" msgid "Equalizer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ecualizador" #: /usr/share/applications/etherape.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(etherape.desktop)" @@ -3099,7 +3102,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/mc.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(mc.desktop)" msgid "File Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administrador de archivos" #: /usr/share/applications/pathfinder.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(pathfinder.desktop)" @@ -3180,7 +3183,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/geoclue-where-am-i.desktop msgctxt "Comment(geoclue-where-am-i.desktop)" msgid "Find your current location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Encontrar su ubicación actual" #: /usr/share/applications/xfce-wmtweaks-settings.desktop msgctxt "Comment(xfce-wmtweaks-settings.desktop)" @@ -3497,12 +3500,12 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/gtk3-demo.desktop msgctxt "Name(gtk3-demo.desktop)" msgid "GTK+ Demo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Demostración de GTK+" #: /usr/share/applications/gtk3-demo.desktop msgctxt "Comment(gtk3-demo.desktop)" msgid "GTK+ code examples and demonstrations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Demostraciones y ejemplos de código GTK+" #: /usr/share/applications/gtkwave.desktop msgctxt "Name(gtkwave.desktop)" @@ -3525,6 +3528,9 @@ "GUI tool that allows scanning both local and remote computers using SCAP " "content of your choice." msgstr "" +"Herramienta con IGU que permite el escaneo de puertos tanto de ordenadores " +"locales " +"como remotos usando contenido SCAP a su elección." #: /usr/share/applications/qps.desktop msgctxt "Comment(qps.desktop)" @@ -3589,7 +3595,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/sepolicy.desktop msgctxt "Comment(sepolicy.desktop)" msgid "Generate SELinux policy modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Generar módulos de políticas SELinux" #: /usr/share/applications/klatexformula.desktop msgctxt "Comment(klatexformula.desktop)" @@ -3599,7 +3605,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/dispcalGUI-3DLUT-maker.desktop msgctxt "Comment(dispcalGUI-3DLUT-maker.desktop)" msgid "Generates 3D LUTs and ICC DeviceLink profiles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genera tablas de búsqueda (LUT) 3D y perfiles ICC DeviceLink" #: /usr/share/applications/gnome-genius.desktop msgctxt "Name(gnome-genius.desktop)" @@ -3637,12 +3643,11 @@ msgstr "Diccionario alemán<=>inglés" #: /usr/share/applications/claws-mail.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(geary.desktop)" #| msgid "Geary Mail" msgctxt "Name(claws-mail.desktop)" msgid "Get Mail" -msgstr "Correo Geary" +msgstr "Obtener correo" #: /usr/share/applications/yelp.desktop msgctxt "Comment(yelp.desktop)" @@ -3837,7 +3842,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/modem-manager-gui.desktop msgctxt "Comment(modem-manager-gui.desktop)" msgid "Graphical interface for Modem manager daemon control" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Interfaz gráfica para el control de demonios de gestión de Modem" #: /usr/share/applications/xfce4-settings-editor.desktop msgctxt "Comment(xfce4-settings-editor.desktop)" @@ -3858,7 +3863,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/smillaenlarger.desktop msgctxt "Comment(smillaenlarger.desktop)" msgid "Graphics tool for enlarging images" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Herramienta de gráficos para ampliar imágenes" #: /usr/share/applications/cellwriter.desktop msgctxt "Comment(cellwriter.desktop)" @@ -3945,7 +3950,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/hplip.desktop msgctxt "Name(hplip.desktop)" msgid "HP Device Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administrador de dispositivos HP" #: /usr/share/applications/hdspconf.desktop msgctxt "Comment(hdspconf.desktop)" @@ -4025,7 +4030,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/speedcrunch.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(speedcrunch.desktop)" msgid "High precision calculator" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Calculadora de alta precisión" #: /usr/share/applications/net-tvtime.desktop msgctxt "Comment(net-tvtime.desktop)" @@ -4137,7 +4142,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/ibus-setup-table.desktop msgctxt "Name(ibus-setup-table.desktop)" msgid "IBus Table Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de la tabla IBus" #: /usr/share/applications/gcm-import.desktop msgctxt "Name(gcm-import.desktop)" @@ -4152,7 +4157,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/dispcalGUI-profile-info.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(dispcalGUI-profile-info.desktop)" msgid "ICC profile information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información del perfil ICC" #: /usr/share/applications/licq.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(licq.desktop)" @@ -4242,7 +4247,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/smillaenlarger.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(smillaenlarger.desktop)" msgid "Image Resize Tool" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Herramienta de escalado de imágenes" #: /usr/share/applications/geeqie.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(geeqie.desktop)" @@ -4445,7 +4450,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/designer5.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(designer5.desktop)" msgid "Interface Designer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Diseñador de interfaces" #: /usr/share/applications/glade-3.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(glade-3.desktop)" @@ -4470,7 +4475,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/qdbusviewer5.desktop msgctxt "Comment(qdbusviewer5.desktop)" msgid "Introspect D-Bus objects and messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introspección de objetos y mensajes D-Bus" #: /usr/share/applications/isag.desktop msgctxt "Name(isag.desktop)" @@ -4565,7 +4570,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/ibus-setup-kkc.desktop msgctxt "Name(ibus-setup-kkc.desktop)" msgid "Kana Kanji Conversion Preferences" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Preferencias de la conversión Kana Kanji" #: /usr/share/applications/keepassx.desktop msgctxt "Name(keepassx.desktop)" @@ -4670,7 +4675,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/kye-edit.desktop msgctxt "Name(kye-edit.desktop)" msgid "Kye Level Editor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editor de niveles para Kye" #: /usr/share/applications/gq.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(gq.desktop)" @@ -4700,7 +4705,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/lxmusic.desktop msgctxt "Name(lxmusic.desktop)" msgid "LXMusic simple music player" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reproductor musical simple LXMusic" #: /usr/share/applications/lxterminal.desktop msgctxt "Name(lxterminal.desktop)" @@ -4720,12 +4725,12 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/texstudio.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(texstudio.desktop)" msgid "LaTeX Editor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editor LaTeX" #: /usr/share/applications/equalx.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(equalx.desktop)" msgid "LaTeX Equation Editor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editor de ecuaciones LaTeX" #: /usr/share/applications/texmaker.desktop msgctxt "Comment(texmaker.desktop)" @@ -4735,7 +4740,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/texstudio.desktop msgctxt "Comment(texstudio.desktop)" msgid "LaTeX development environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entorno de desarrollo LaTeX" #: /usr/share/applications/latexila.desktop msgctxt "Name(latexila.desktop)" @@ -4886,7 +4891,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/solaar.desktop msgctxt "Comment(solaar.desktop)" msgid "Logitech Unifying Receiver peripherals manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administrador de periféricos Logitech Unifying Receiver" #: /usr/share/applications/lxde-logout.desktop msgctxt "Name(lxde-logout.desktop)" @@ -4901,7 +4906,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/gnome-logs.desktop msgctxt "Name(gnome-logs.desktop)" msgid "Logs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registros" #: /usr/share/applications/loki-uninstall.desktop msgctxt "Name(loki-uninstall.desktop)" @@ -4941,7 +4946,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/mate-system-monitor.desktop msgctxt "Name(mate-system-monitor.desktop)" msgid "MATE System Monitor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Monitor del sistema de MATE" #: /usr/share/applications/mate-terminal.desktop msgctxt "Name(mate-terminal.desktop)" @@ -4996,7 +5001,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/balsa-mailto-handler.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(balsa-mailto-handler.desktop)" msgid "Mail Client" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cliente de correo" #: /usr/share/applications/balsa.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(balsa.desktop)" @@ -5249,7 +5254,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/wordview.desktop msgctxt "Comment(wordview.desktop)" msgid "Microsoft doc document file viewer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visor de documentos doc de Microsoft" #: /usr/share/applications/mc.desktop msgctxt "Name(mc.desktop)" @@ -5299,7 +5304,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/modem-manager-gui.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(modem-manager-gui.desktop)" msgid "Modem Manager GUI" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IGU para la gestión de Modem" #: /usr/share/applications/modem-manager-gui.desktop msgctxt "Name(modem-manager-gui.desktop)" @@ -5544,7 +5549,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/wireshark-qt.desktop msgctxt "Comment(wireshark-qt.desktop)" msgid "Network traffic analyzer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analizador del trafico de red" #: /usr/share/applications/wireshark.desktop msgctxt "Comment(wireshark.desktop)" @@ -5784,7 +5789,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/obconf.desktop msgctxt "Name(obconf.desktop)" msgid "Openbox Configuration Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administrador de la configuración de Openbox" #: /usr/share/applications/gocr.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(gocr.desktop)" @@ -6062,7 +6067,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/feh.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(feh.desktop)" msgid "Picture Viewer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visor de imágenes" #: /usr/share/applications/xzgv.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(xzgv.desktop)" @@ -6389,7 +6394,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/hplip.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(hplip.desktop)" msgid "Printer Management Application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aplicación para la gestión de la impresora" #: /usr/share/applications/gnome-printers-panel.desktop msgctxt "Name(gnome-printers-panel.desktop)" @@ -6449,12 +6454,12 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/mate-session-logout.desktop msgctxt "Comment(mate-session-logout.desktop)" msgid "Prompt the user to log out of their session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pide a los usuarios que terminen su sesión" #: /usr/share/applications/mate-session-shutdown.desktop msgctxt "Comment(mate-session-shutdown.desktop)" msgid "Prompt the user to shutdown their computer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pide al los usuarios que apaguen su ordenador" #: /usr/share/applications/gnome-privacy-panel.desktop msgctxt "Comment(gnome-privacy-panel.desktop)" @@ -6483,7 +6488,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/pulseaudio-equalizer.desktop msgctxt "Name(pulseaudio-equalizer.desktop)" msgid "PulseAudio Equalizer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ecualizador para PulseAudio" #: /usr/share/applications/pulseaudio-equalizer.desktop msgctxt "Comment(pulseaudio-equalizer.desktop)" @@ -6593,7 +6598,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/assistant5.desktop msgctxt "Name(assistant5.desktop)" msgid "Qt 5 Assistant" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asistente Qt 5" #: /usr/share/applications/qdbusviewer5.desktop msgctxt "Name(qdbusviewer5.desktop)" @@ -6666,12 +6671,11 @@ msgstr "Monitor de cuotas" #: /usr/share/applications/qupzilla.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" #| msgid "Anguilla" msgctxt "Name(qupzilla.desktop)" msgid "QupZilla" -msgstr "Anguila" +msgstr "Navegador web QupZilla" #: /usr/share/applications/rmedigicontrol.desktop msgctxt "Name(rmedigicontrol.desktop)" @@ -6826,7 +6830,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/RemoteBox.desktop msgctxt "Comment(RemoteBox.desktop)" msgid "Remote VirtualBox client" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cliente remoto de VirtualBox" #: /usr/share/applications/RemoteBox.desktop msgctxt "Name(RemoteBox.desktop)" @@ -6896,7 +6900,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/wine-msi.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(wine-msi.desktop)" msgid "Run MSI Installers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ejecutar instaladores MSI" #: /usr/share/applications/xfce4-run.desktop msgctxt "Name(xfce4-run.desktop)" @@ -6986,7 +6990,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/sepolicy.desktop msgctxt "Name(sepolicy.desktop)" msgid "SELinux Policy Management Tool" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Herramienta para la gestión de políticas SELinux" #: /usr/share/applications/linphone.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(linphone.desktop)" @@ -7011,12 +7015,12 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/svgcleaner.desktop msgctxt "Name(svgcleaner.desktop)" msgid "SVG Cleaner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Limpiador de archivos SVG" #: /usr/share/applications/svgcleaner.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(svgcleaner.desktop)" msgid "SVG Cleaning Program" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Programa para limpiar archivos SVG" #: /usr/share/applications/inkscape.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(inkscape.desktop)" @@ -7211,7 +7215,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/claws-mail.desktop msgctxt "Name(claws-mail.desktop)" msgid "Send file..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enviar archivo..." #: /usr/share/applications/bluetooth-sendto.desktop msgctxt "Comment(bluetooth-sendto.desktop)" @@ -7423,7 +7427,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/lxshortcut.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(lxshortcut.desktop)" msgid "Shortcut Editor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editor de atajos de teclado" #: /usr/share/applications/lxshortcut.desktop msgctxt "Name(lxshortcut.desktop)" @@ -7619,7 +7623,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/org.gnome.SoundRecorder.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(org.gnome.SoundRecorder.desktop)" msgid "Sound Recorder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grabadora de sonido" #: /usr/share/applications/org.gnome.SoundRecorder.desktop msgctxt "Name(org.gnome.SoundRecorder.desktop)" @@ -7825,7 +7829,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/paramon.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(paramon.desktop)" msgid "System Monitor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Monitor del sistema" #: /usr/share/applications/xosview.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(xosview.desktop)" @@ -8199,7 +8203,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/gprename.desktop msgctxt "Comment(gprename.desktop)" msgid "To rename files and directories in batch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para renombrar ficheros y directorios en lote" #: /usr/share/applications/tomboy.desktop msgctxt "Name(tomboy.desktop)" @@ -8259,7 +8263,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/linguist5.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(linguist5.desktop)" msgid "Translation Tool" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Herramienta de traducción" #: /usr/share/applications/transmageddon.desktop msgctxt "Name(transmageddon.desktop)" @@ -8652,7 +8656,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/hplip.desktop msgctxt "Comment(hplip.desktop)" msgid "View device status, ink levels and perform maintenance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ver estado del dispositivo, niveles de tinta y realizar mantenimiento." #: /usr/share/applications/gcr-viewer.desktop msgctxt "Name(gcr-viewer.desktop)" @@ -8848,7 +8852,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/eric5_webbrowser.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(eric5_webbrowser.desktop)" msgid "Web Browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Navegador web" #: /usr/share/applications/firefox.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(firefox.desktop)" @@ -8878,7 +8882,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/eric5_webbrowser.desktop msgctxt "Comment(eric5_webbrowser.desktop)" msgid "Web Browser for PyQt4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Navegador web para PyQt4" #: /usr/share/applications/bluefish.desktop msgctxt "Comment(bluefish.desktop)" @@ -8913,7 +8917,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/geoclue-where-am-i.desktop msgctxt "Name(geoclue-where-am-i.desktop)" msgid "Where am I?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Dónde estoy?" #: /usr/share/applications/gtk3-widget-factory.desktop msgctxt "Name(gtk3-widget-factory.desktop)" @@ -9304,7 +9308,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/eric5_webbrowser.desktop msgctxt "Name(eric5_webbrowser.desktop)" msgid "eric5 Web Browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Navegador web de eric5" #: /usr/share/applications/etracer.desktop msgctxt "Name(etracer.desktop)" @@ -9806,3 +9810,4 @@ msgctxt "Name(xzgv.desktop)" msgid "xzgv" msgstr "Visor de imágnes en X xzgv" + -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89735 - trunk/yast/es/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 06 Oct '14

06 Oct '14

Author: vertaal Date: 2014-10-06 23:30:07 +0200 (Mon, 06 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89735 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po Log: cluster.es.po: A?\195?\177adidas cadenas y revisiones (davmont) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of davmont Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po 2014-10-06 19:22:26 UTC (rev 89734) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po 2014-10-06 21:30:07 UTC (rev 89735) @@ -8,12 +8,13 @@ # Jordi Jaen Pallares <jordi(a)suse.de>, 1999, 2000, 2001. # Pablo Iranzo Gómez <Pablo.Iranzo(a)uv.es>, 2000. # David Montero <dark.orion(a)gmail.com>, 2013. +# David Montero Isusi <david.montero.isusi(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-03 18:45+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 23:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: David Montero <dark.orion(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Spanish <opensuse-translation-es(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: es\n" @@ -84,10 +85,9 @@ msgstr "Configurar Csync2" #: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure Csync2" msgid "Configure conntrackd" -msgstr "Configurar Csync2" +msgstr "Configurar conntrackd" #. return `cancel or a string #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 @@ -103,21 +103,19 @@ # include/network/isdn/ip.ycp:72 include/network/isdn/ip.ycp:98 #. BNC#871970, change member address struct #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Member Address:" msgid "IP Address" -msgstr "Dirección miembro:" +msgstr "Dirección IP" # include/network/isdn/ip.ycp:72 include/network/isdn/ip.ycp:98 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Member Address:" msgid "Redundant IP Address" -msgstr "Dirección miembro:" +msgstr "Dirección IP de respaldo:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "nodeid" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 @@ -147,10 +145,9 @@ msgstr "Canal redundante" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Cluster" msgid "Cluster Name:" -msgstr "Clúster" +msgstr "Nombre de Clúster:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Expected Votes:" @@ -158,11 +155,11 @@ #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "modo rrp:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Generar ID de nodo automáticamente" # include/network/isdn/ip.ycp:72 include/network/isdn/ip.ycp:98 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 @@ -176,13 +173,15 @@ #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hilos:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" "authkey." msgstr "" +"Para un clúster recién creado, presiona el botón de abajo para generar el " +"fichero /etc/corosync/authkey." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "" @@ -211,16 +210,14 @@ # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:190 # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:196 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "On -- Start openais at booting" msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" -msgstr "Encendido -- iniciar openais durante el arranque" +msgstr "Encendido -- iniciar pacemaker durante el arranque" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Off -- Start openais manually only" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" -msgstr "Apagado -- iniciar openais sólo manualmente" +msgstr "Apagado -- iniciar pacemaker sólo manualmente" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" @@ -231,16 +228,14 @@ msgstr "Estado actual: " #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Start openais Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" -msgstr "Iniciar openais ahora" +msgstr "Iniciar pacemaker ahora" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop openais Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" -msgstr "Detener openais ahora" +msgstr "Detener pacemaker ahora" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 @@ -346,19 +341,19 @@ #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Interfaz dedicada:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IP:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Número de grupo:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Generar /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 @@ -478,7 +473,6 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing Cluster Configuration</big> \n" #| "\n" @@ -487,7 +481,7 @@ "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>Iniciando la configuración de clúster</big> \n" -"\n" +"Por favor, espere... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 @@ -501,7 +495,6 @@ #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" #| "\n" @@ -510,7 +503,7 @@ "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>Guardando la configuración de clúster</big> \n" -"\n" +"Por favor, espere... \n" # include/tv/helps.ycp:40 #. Write dialog help 2/2 @@ -542,7 +535,6 @@ # clients/printconf.ycp:267 #. Cluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Cluster Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración de clúster" @@ -593,10 +585,9 @@ #. read database #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot load existing configuration." msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" -msgstr "No se puede cargar la configuración existente." +msgstr "No se puede cargar la configuración existente" #. Error message #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 @@ -622,7 +613,6 @@ # menuentries/menuentry_isdn.y2cc:11 #. Cluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Cluster Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de clúster" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89734 - trunk/yast/cs/po
by honyczek＠svn2.opensuse.org 06 Oct '14

06 Oct '14

Author: honyczek Date: 2014-10-06 21:22:26 +0200 (Mon, 06 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89734 Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/audit-laf.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-server.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/cio.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/cluster.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/geo-cluster.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/installation.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/ldap.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/ntp-client.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/opensuse_mirror.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/sshd.cs.po trunk/yast/cs/po/support.cs.po Log: Czech translation: trunk: yast: audit-laf, auth-client, auth-server, cio, cluster, geo-cluster, installation, ldap, ntp-client, opensuse_mirror, sshd, support Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/audit-laf.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/audit-laf.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:15:07 UTC (rev 89733) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/audit-laf.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:22:26 UTC (rev 89734) @@ -4,14 +4,14 @@ # Copyright (C) 1999-2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Petr Pavlik <pp(a)suse.cz>, 1999, 2000, 2001. -# Jan Papez <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>, 2012, 2013. +# Jan Papez <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>, 2012, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-04 08:12+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Jan Papez <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:03+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Czech <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: cs\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -982,35 +982,35 @@ #. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chcete ho spustit a povolit spouštění při zavádění systému\n" #. question continues #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Démon 'auditd' neběží.\n" #. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jaderný modul 'apparmor' není načtený.\n" #. Headline of a popup #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spustit démona auditu" #. label of three buttons belonging to the popup #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 msgid "Start and &Enable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spustit a &povolit" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 msgid "&Start" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Spustit" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 msgid "&Do not start" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Nespouštět" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:15:07 UTC (rev 89733) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:22:26 UTC (rev 89734) @@ -1,26 +1,28 @@ # Czech translations for opensuse-i package. # Copyright (C) 2014 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# # Automatically generated, 2014. -# +# Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" -"Language-Team: none\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:04+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n" +"Language-Team: Czech <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: cs\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for authentication client module #: src/clients/auth-client.rb:49 msgid "Authentication client configuration module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurační modul ověřovacího klienta" #. translators: command line help text for summary action #: src/clients/auth-client.rb:59 @@ -1353,3 +1355,4 @@ #: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:346 msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "" + Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-server.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-server.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:15:07 UTC (rev 89733) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-server.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:22:26 UTC (rev 89734) @@ -1,26 +1,28 @@ # Czech translations for opensuse-i package. # Copyright (C) 2014 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# # Automatically generated, 2014. -# +# Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" -"Language-Team: none\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:04+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n" +"Language-Team: Czech <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: cs\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:37 msgid "Configuration of Authentication server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurace ověřovacího serveru" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49 msgid "Enable/Disable the service" @@ -3418,3 +3420,4 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." msgstr "" + Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/cio.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/cio.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:15:07 UTC (rev 89733) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/cio.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:22:26 UTC (rev 89734) @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) YEAR SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -#, fuzzy +# Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-04 13:19+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:12+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n" +"Language-Team: Czech <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: cs\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. #. All Rights Reserved. @@ -32,57 +32,57 @@ #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dostupné vstupní/výstupní kanály" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Device" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zařízení" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Used" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Použito" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ne" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ano" #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 msgid "Filter channels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Filtrovat kanály" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Select All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Vybrat vše" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Clear selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vy&mazat výběr" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Umístit vybrané kanály na černou listinu" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 msgid "&Unban Channels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Zrušit zákaz kanálům" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 msgid "&Exit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "U&končit" #. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zadaný rozsah je neplatný. Byla zadána nesprávná hodnota v úryvku '%s'" #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zrušit zákaz vstupním/výstupním kanálům" #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" @@ -91,7 +91,12 @@ "specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" +"Seznam rozsahů kanálů pro zrušení zákazu oddělený čárkou.\n" +"Rozsahem může být kanál nebo část kanálu, které můžete doplnit nulami, nebo " +"rozsah zadaný s pomlčkou.\n" +"Příklad hodnoty: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Ranges to Unban." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rozsahy pro zrušení zákazu." + Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/cluster.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/cluster.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:15:07 UTC (rev 89733) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/cluster.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:22:26 UTC (rev 89734) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-06 21:41+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:39+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Czech <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: cs\n" @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Expected Votes:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Očekávané hlasy:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" @@ -162,6 +162,8 @@ "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" "authkey." msgstr "" +"U nově vytvořeného clusteru stiskněte tlačítko níže, aby mohl být vygenerován " +"/etc/corosync/authkey." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "" @@ -182,11 +184,11 @@ #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" -msgstr "Spouštění" +msgstr "Zavádění systému" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" -msgstr "Zapnout -- Spustit pacemaker při startu" +msgstr "Zapnout -- Spustit pacemaker při zavádění systému" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" @@ -371,6 +373,49 @@ "<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " "IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" +"<big>Svázaná síťová adresa</big> Toto určuje adresu, kterou by " +"měl vedoucí openais navázat. Tato adresa by obvykle měla končit nulou. Pokud " +"by měl být provoz totemu směrován přes 192.168.5.52, nastavte binnetaddr na " +"192.168.5.0. Toto též může být IPv6 adresa, která bude použita v případě " +"IPv6 sítě. V takovém případě musí být zadána plná adresa a není zde žádná " +"automatická volba sítového rozhraní společně s určitou podsítí jako v IPv4. " +"Pokud je použita síť IPv6 musí být zadáno pole nodeid. \n" +"<big>Vícesměrová adresa</big> Toto je vícesměrová adresa, kterou " +"používá vedoucí openais. Výchozí hodnota by měla pracovat pro většinu sítí, " +"ale raději byste se měli domluvit se správcem sítě, jakou vícesměrovou adresu " +"máte použít. Vyhněte se adresám 224.x.x.x, protože to je konfigurační " +"vícesměrová adresa. Také se může jednat o vícesměrovou IPv6 adresu, která " +"bude použita v případě sítě IPv6. Pokud je použita IPv6, pak musí být zadáno " +"pole nodeid.\n" +"<big>Port</big> Toto určuje číslo UDP portu. Je možné použít " +"stejnou vícesměrovou adresu v síti, pokud jsou služby openais nastaveny na " +"jiné UDP porty. \n" +"<big>Členská adresa</big> Tento seznam určuje všechny uzly v " +"clusteru podle IP adresy. To by mělo být nastavitelné pokud používáte udpu " +"</" +"p>\n" +"<big>ID uzlu</big> Tato volba konfigurace je volitelná v " +"případě, že používáte IPv4, v případě IPv6 je volba povinná. Toto je 32bitová " +"hodnota určující identifikátor uzlu, který je doručen službě členství " +"clusteru. Pokud není u IPv4 zadána, pak je nodeid určeno z 32bitové adresy " +"systému, ke které je tento systém navázán s identifikátorem kruhu 0. Nulová " +"hodnota identifikátoru uzlu je vyhrazena a neměli byste ji používat. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> Toto určuje režim záložního kruhu, který " +"může být none (žádný), active (aktivní) nebo passive (pasivní). Aktivní " +"replikace nabízí mírně nižší zpoždění od odeslání k doručení v chybujících " +"sítových prostředích, ale méně výkonu. Pasivní replikace může téměř " +"zdvojnásobit rychlost protokolu totem, dokud není protokol zdržen procesorem. " +"Poslední volba je žádný, která bude použita v případě jednoho síťového " +"rozhraní pro práci protokolu totem. Pokud je zadána jenom jedna direktiva " +"rozhraní, automaticky je vybráno žádný. V případě zadání direktiv více " +"rozhraní pak může být vybráno pouze aktivní nebo pasivní. \n" +"<big>Očekávané hlasy</big> Očekávané číslo hlasu pro hlasovací " +"shromáždění. Bude automaticky vypočteno pokud je přítomen oddíl nodelist {} v " +"corosync.conf nebo může být zadáno v oddíle quorum {}. </" +"p>\n" +"<big>Automaticky vygenerovat ID uzlu</big> Nodeid je při použití " +"IPv6 vyžadováno. Při povolení Automatického ID uzlu bude vygenerováno nodeid " +"automaticky. \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" @@ -429,6 +474,12 @@ "Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Zavádění systému</big> Spuštění služby corosysnc " +"během zavádění systému nebo ne\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Nastavení firewallu</big> Povolit port pokud je " +"firewall zapnutý\n" +"\t\t\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" @@ -479,7 +530,7 @@ "používání. Možná jej budete muset mít předkonfigurované.\n" "\t\t<big>IP</big> To je IPv4 adresa přiřazená vyhrazenému " "síťovému rozhraní. Je automaticky detekována.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicastová adresa</big> Toto je multicastová adresa " +"\t\t<big>Vícesměrová adresa</big> Toto je multicastová adresa " "používaná pro synchronizaci.\n" "\t\t<big>Číslo skupiny</big> Číselný identifikátor označující " "skupinu pro synchronizaci.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/geo-cluster.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/geo-cluster.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:15:07 UTC (rev 89733) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/geo-cluster.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:22:26 UTC (rev 89734) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-28 19:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:45+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Czech <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: cs\n" @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 msgid "configuration file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "konfigurační soubor" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Please enter valid ip address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zadejte platnou ip adresu" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" @@ -140,23 +140,23 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "retries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "opakování" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "weights" -msgstr "" +msgstr "váhy" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "expire" -msgstr "" +msgstr "vypršení" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "acquire-after" -msgstr "" +msgstr "získat-po" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "before-acquire-handler" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ovladač-před-získáním" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" @@ -164,23 +164,23 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 msgid "expire is no valid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "vypršení není platné" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "acquireafter is no valid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "získat-po není platné" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "retries is no valid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "opakování není platné" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "hodnota pro opakování nižší než 3 není přípustná" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 msgid "weights is no valid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "váhy nejsou platné" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" @@ -189,16 +189,16 @@ #. fill confs with global_files #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 msgid "site have to be filled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "síť musí být vyplněna" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 msgid "ticket have to be filled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "lístek musí být vyplněn" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IP adresa arbitra je neplatná!" #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 @@ -223,43 +223,43 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Název lístku již existuje!" #. abort? #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 msgid "Configuration name can not be null" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Název konfigurace nesmí být prázdný" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Název konfigurace nesmí být zdvojený." #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 msgid "port is invalid!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "port není platný!" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "transport have to be filled!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "přenos musí být vyplněn!" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 msgid "site have to be filled!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "síť musí být vyplněna!" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "lístek musí být vyplněn!" #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Výběr konfigurace GeoClusteru" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 msgid "Choose configuration file:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vyberte konfigurační soubor:" #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -288,11 +288,11 @@ #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurace GeoClusteru" #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 msgid "Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurace firewallu" #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ #. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nelze zapsat globální nastavení conf." #. List like site #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ #. Create a ticket item #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nelze zapsat globální nastavení lístků." #. GeoCluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/installation.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/installation.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:15:07 UTC (rev 89733) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/installation.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:22:26 UTC (rev 89734) @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-02 20:25+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Czech <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: cs\n" @@ -2126,7 +2126,7 @@ #. @return String #: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 msgid "Enabling remote administration..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povoluje se vzdálená správa..." #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/ldap.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/ldap.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:15:07 UTC (rev 89733) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/ldap.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:22:26 UTC (rev 89734) @@ -1,26 +1,28 @@ # Czech translations for opensuse-i package. # Copyright (C) 2014 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# # Automatically generated, 2014. -# +# Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" -"Language-Team: none\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 21:12+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n" +"Language-Team: Czech <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: cs\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. hint to error message #: src/Ldap.rb:252 msgid "Verify that the LDAP Server is running and reachable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ověřte, že server LDAP běží a je dostupný." #. hint to error message #: src/Ldap.rb:256 @@ -29,6 +31,9 @@ "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " "Certificate is valid." msgstr "" +"Selhalo sestavení šifrování TLS.\n" +"Ověřte, že je nainstalovaný správný certifikát CA a že certifikát serveru je " +"platný." #. hint to error message #: src/Ldap.rb:260 @@ -36,6 +41,8 @@ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" "Verify that the Server has StartTLS support enabled." msgstr "" +"Selhalo sestavení šifrování TLS.\n" +"Ověřte, že server má povolenu podporu StartTLS." #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:530 @@ -43,6 +50,8 @@ "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Server je možná vypnutý nebo nedosažitelný.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:534 @@ -50,6 +59,8 @@ "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Hodnota DN chybí nebo je neplatná.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:538 @@ -57,6 +68,8 @@ "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Typ atributu nebyl nalezen.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 @@ -64,67 +77,69 @@ "\n" "Object class not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Třída objektu nebyla nalezena.\n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spojení k serveru LDAP nemohlo být sestaveno." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Objevil se problém při připojování k serveru LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Objevil se problém při čtení dat ze serveru LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Objevil se problém při zápisu uživatelů LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:561 msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP groups." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Objevil se problém při zápisu skupin LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:565 msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Objevil se problém při zápisu dat na server LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Objevil se problém při čtení schématu serveru LDAP." #. default error message #: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Objevila se neznámá chyba LDAP." #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Zobrazit podrobnosti" #. error message #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Neznámá chyba. Možná že není dostupný 'yast2-ldap'." #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 msgid "Really keep this configuration?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opravdu chcete ponechat tuto konfiguraci?" #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:865 @@ -134,29 +149,33 @@ "\n" "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" msgstr "" +"Možný důvod pro selhání spojení může být, že váš klient je nastaven pro " +"TLS/SSL, ale server je nepodporuje.\n" +"\n" +"Chcete zkusit spojení bez TLS/SSL?\n" #. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server #. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed #. @return password #: src/Ldap.rb:973 msgid "BindDN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BindDN" #. password entering label #. password entering label #: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Heslo &LDAP serveru" #. label #: src/Ldap.rb:979 msgid "Server: %1:%2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Server: %1:%2" #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Anonymní přístup" #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -165,6 +184,9 @@ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" +"Přímý rodič pro DN '%1' \n" +"v tomto LDAP adresáři neexistuje.\n" +"Objekt s vybraným DN nemůže být vytvořen.\n" #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1634 @@ -172,17 +194,20 @@ "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" +"Na serveru LDAP není žádný záznam pro DN\n" +"'%1'\n. " +"Chcete jej vytvořit?\n" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Otevřít" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavit novou hodnotu pro současný atribut." #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 @@ -194,6 +219,12 @@ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"Pokud může mít atribut více hodnot, přidejte nové položky pomocí Přidat " +"hodnotu. Někdy tlačítko obsahuje seznam možných hodnot pro použití s " +"daným atributem.\n" +"Pokud by měl být hodnotou upravovaného atributu rozlišované jméno (DN),\n" +"je možné je vybrat ze stromu LDAP pomocí Procházet.\n" +"\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. #. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note @@ -204,32 +235,32 @@ #. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Popis atributu \"%1\": " #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Hodnota atributu \"%1\"" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Hodnoty atributu \"%1\"" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Přidat hodnotu" #. menubutton item (default value) #: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "P&rázdná položka" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Procházet" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 @@ -237,26 +268,28 @@ "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" +"Hodnota '%1' již existuje.\n" +"Vyberte jinou." #. description of configuration object #: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurace nástrojů správy uživatelů" #. description of configuration object #: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurace nástrojů správy skupin" #. label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Třída objektu nového modulu" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Název nového modulu (\"cn\" hodnota)" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 @@ -264,11 +297,13 @@ "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" +"Zadaná hodnota již existuje.\n" +"Vyberte jinou.\n" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zadejte název modulu." #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 @@ -278,6 +313,10 @@ "when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" +"Zde nastavte hodnoty atributů náležící\n" +"k objektu při použití současné šablony. Tyto hodnoty jsou použity jako " +"výchozí\n" +"při tvorbě nového objektu.\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" #. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the @@ -293,21 +332,25 @@ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" +"Můžete použít speciální syntaxi pro tvorbu hodnot atributů\n" +"z těch již existujících. Výraz %attr_name bude nahrazen\n" +"hodnotou atributu \"attr_name\" (například použijte \"/home/%uid\"\n" +"jako hodnotu pro \"homeDirectory\").\n" #. combobox label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Název atributu" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Hodnota atributu" #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Procházet strom LDAP v levé části dialogu." #. help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 @@ -316,6 +359,9 @@ "data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " "Save to save your changes to LDAP." msgstr "" +"Když je ve stromu vybrán objekt LDAP josu v tabulce zobrazena jeho data.\n" +"Pro změnu hodnoty vybraného atributu použijte Upravit. Pro uložení " +"změn do LDAP slouží tlačítko Uložit." #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) #: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 @@ -323,47 +369,49 @@ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" msgstr "" +"V současné položce jsou neuložené změny.\n" +"Chcete je zahodit?\n" #. dialog caption #: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Procházení LDAP" #. combobox item #: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Současné nastavení klienta LDAP" #. combo box label #. combo box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 msgid "LDAP Connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spojení LDAP" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Server LDAP" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN správce" #. check box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 msgid "L&DAP TLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP &TLS" #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 msgid "A&nonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Anonymní přístup" #. InputField label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zadejte název nového spojení LDAP" #. error popup, %1 is attribute name #: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 @@ -371,18 +419,21 @@ "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." msgstr "" +"Atribut \"%1\" je povinný.\n" +"Zadejte jeho hodnotu." #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Znovunačíst" #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atribut" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hodnota" + Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/ntp-client.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/ntp-client.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:15:07 UTC (rev 89733) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/ntp-client.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:22:26 UTC (rev 89734) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-01 07:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 21:14+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Czech <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: cs\n" @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ #. update time widgets #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Připojení k vybranému NTP serveru selhalo." #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address @@ -133,6 +133,9 @@ "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" "click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" +"Testovací dotaz na server '%1' selhal.\n" +"Pokud ještě není server dostupný nebo síť není nastavena\n" +"klepněte na 'Ne' pro ignorování. Chcete znovu otevřít konfiguraci NTP serveru?" #. local clock type name #: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/opensuse_mirror.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/opensuse_mirror.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:15:07 UTC (rev 89733) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/opensuse_mirror.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:22:26 UTC (rev 89734) @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) YEAR SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -#, fuzzy +# Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-04 13:20+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 21:13+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n" +"Language-Team: Czech <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: cs\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. #. All Rights Reserved. @@ -32,32 +32,33 @@ #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 msgid "Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adresář" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 msgid "Mirrored" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zrcadlený" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ano" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ne" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 msgid "&Exit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "U&končit" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 msgid "&Mirror" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Zrcadlit" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 msgid "&Do not Mirror" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Nezrcadlit" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 msgid "Select/Deselect &All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Vybrat vše/zrušit výběr" + Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/sshd.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/sshd.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:15:07 UTC (rev 89733) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/sshd.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:22:26 UTC (rev 89734) @@ -9,27 +9,26 @@ # Klara Cihlarova <koty(a)seznam.cz>, 2008. # Vojtěch Zeisek <Vojtech.Zeisek(a)opensuse.org>, 2010. # Vít Pelčák <vit(a)pelcak.org>, 2011. -# Jan Papež <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>, 2012. +# Jan Papež <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>, 2012, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sshd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-12 22:20+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Jan Papez <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 21:19+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Czech <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: cs\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. SSHD read dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:155 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:175 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:78 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Initializing SSHD Configuration" msgstr "Inicializuje se konfigurace SSHD" @@ -38,7 +37,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:161 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:181 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:84 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the current SSHD configuration" msgid "Read current SSHD configuration" msgstr "Načíst současnou konfiguraci SSHD" @@ -47,7 +45,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:163 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:183 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:86 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the current SSHD state" msgid "Read current SSHD state" msgstr "Načíst současný stav SSHD" @@ -56,7 +53,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:166 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:186 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:89 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the current SSHD configuration..." msgid "Reading current SSHD configuration..." msgstr "Načítá se aktuální konfigurace SSHD..." @@ -65,16 +61,14 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:168 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:188 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:91 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the current SSHD state" msgid "Reading current SSHD state..." -msgstr "Probíhá čtení aktuálního stavu SSHD" +msgstr "Načítá se aktuální stav SSHD..." #. Error message #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:186 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:206 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:109 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." msgid "Cannot read current SSHD state." msgstr "Nelze načíst současný stav SSHD." @@ -83,7 +77,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:204 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:224 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:127 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Saving SSHD Configuration" msgstr "Ukládá se konfigurace SSHD" @@ -99,7 +92,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:212 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:232 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:135 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjust SSHD service" msgid "Adjust the SSHD service" msgstr "Nastavit službu SSHD" @@ -115,7 +107,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:217 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:237 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:140 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjusting SSHD service..." msgid "Adjusting the SSHD service..." msgstr "Nastavuje se služba SSHD..." @@ -124,7 +115,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:228 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:248 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:151 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write the SSHD settings." msgid "Cannot write SSHD settings." msgstr "Nelze zapsat nastavení SSHD." @@ -204,10 +194,9 @@ #. a dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:106 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:100 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "General Login Settings" msgid "SSHD Server Login Settings" -msgstr "Obecná nastavení přihlášení" +msgstr "Nastavení přihlášení SSHD serveru" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:110 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:104 @@ -217,7 +206,6 @@ #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:113 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:107 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Print &Message of the Day after Login" msgid "Print &Message of the Day After Login" msgstr "Po přihlášení zobrazit &zprávu dne" @@ -242,37 +230,32 @@ #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:125 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:119 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Pa&ssword Authentication" msgid "Pa&sswordAuthentication" -msgstr "&Ověřování heslem" +msgstr "Ověřování &heslem" #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:127 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:121 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Pa&ssword Authentication" msgid "RSA Authenti&cation" -msgstr "&Ověřování heslem" +msgstr "Ověřování &RSA" #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:129 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:123 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Public &Key Authentication (Protocol V. 2 Only)" msgid "Public &Key Authentication" -msgstr "Ověřování pomocí veřejného &klíče (pouze protokol V. 2)" +msgstr "Ověřování veřejným &klíčem" #. Sshd read dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:28 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Initializing sshd Configuration" msgstr "Inicializuje se konfigurace SSHD" #. Sshd write dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:53 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Saving sshd Configuration" msgstr "Ukládá se konfigurace SSHD" @@ -280,32 +263,30 @@ #. Sshd overview dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:56 msgid "Sshd Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Přehled SSHD" #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Počet" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SSHD" #. Sshd configure1 dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-dialogs.ycp:25 msgid "</command>Sshd Configuration<command>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "</command>Konfigurace SSHD<command>" #. Sshd configure1 dialog contents #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-dialogs.ycp:28 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of sshd" msgid "First part of configuration of sshd" -msgstr "Konfigurace sshd" +msgstr "První část konfigurace SSHD" #. Read dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:18 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing the sshd Configuration</big> \n" #| "\n" @@ -313,12 +294,11 @@ "<big>Initializing sshd Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " msgstr "" -"<big>Inicializuje se konfigurace sshd</big> \n" -"\n" +"<big>Inicializuje se konfigurace SSHD</big> \n" +"" #. Write dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:22 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Saving the sshd Configuration</big> \n" #| "\n" @@ -326,8 +306,8 @@ "<big>Saving sshd Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " msgstr "" -"<big>Ukládá se konfigurace sshd</big> \n" -"\n" +"<big>Ukládá se konfigurace SSHD</big> \n" +"" #. Server Configuration dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:26 @@ -340,7 +320,6 @@ #. Login Settings dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:30 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Server Configuration</big> \n" #| "Configure SSHD here. " @@ -348,8 +327,8 @@ "<big>Login Settings</big> \n" "Configure SSHD login settings here. " msgstr "" -"<big>Konfigurace serveru</big> \n" -"Zde můžete nastavit SSHD. " +"<big>Konfigurace přihlášení</big> \n" +"Zde můžete nastavit přihlášení SSHD. " #. Command line help text for the Xsshd module #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/sshd.ycp:32 Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/support.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/support.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:15:07 UTC (rev 89733) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/support.cs.po 2014-10-06 19:22:26 UTC (rev 89734) @@ -1,26 +1,28 @@ # Czech translations for opensuse-i package. # Copyright (C) 2014 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# # Automatically generated, 2014. -# +# Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" -"Language-Team: none\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 21:19+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n" +"Language-Team: Czech <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: cs\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xsupport module #: src/clients/support.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurace podpory" #. Rich text title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 @@ -875,3 +877,4 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" + -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89733 - trunk/yast/da/po
by cb400f＠svn2.opensuse.org 06 Oct '14

06 Oct '14

Author: cb400f Date: 2014-10-06 21:15:07 +0200 (Mon, 06 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89733 Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/network.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/packager.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/samba-server.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/sshd.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/storage.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/users.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/vm.da.po Log: translation update Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/network.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/network.da.po 2014-10-06 19:14:52 UTC (rev 89732) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/network.da.po 2014-10-06 19:15:07 UTC (rev 89733) @@ -13,14 +13,14 @@ # Martin Moeller <martin(a)martinm-76.dk>, 2006. # Jan Madsen <jan.madsen.pt(a)gmail.com>, 2007. # Martin Møller <martin(a)martinm-76.dk>, 2007. -# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013. +# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. # Jan Madsen <jan.madsen.pt(a)gmail.com>, 2008. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-30 20:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 21:07+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -107,52 +107,44 @@ #. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC #. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%1\">close</a>)" msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "VNC-porte vil blive åbnet (<a href=\"%1\">luk</a>)" +msgstr "VNC-porte vil blive åbnet (<a href=\"%s\">luk</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">open</a>)" msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "VNC-porte vil blive blokeret (<a href=\"%1\">åbn</a)" +msgstr "VNC-porte vil blive blokeret (<a href=\"%s\">åbn</a)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewallen vil blive aktiveret (<a href=\"%1\">deaktivér</a>)" +msgstr "Firewallen vil blive aktiveret (<a href=\"%s\">deaktivér</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewallen vil blive deaktiveret (<a href=\"%1\">aktivér</a>)" +msgstr "Firewallen vil blive deaktiveret (<a href=\"%s\">aktivér</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%1\">close</a>)" msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "VNC-porte vil blive åbnet (<a href=\"%1\">luk</a>)" +msgstr "SSH-port vil blive åbnet (<a href=\"%s\">blokér</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">open</a>)" msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "VNC-porte vil blive blokeret (<a href=\"%1\">åbn</a)" +msgstr "SSH-port vil blive blokeret (<a href=\"%s\">åbn</a)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewallen vil blive aktiveret (<a href=\"%1\">deaktivér</a>)" +msgstr "SSH-tjenesten vil blive aktiveret (<a href=\"%s\">deaktivér</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewallen vil blive deaktiveret (<a href=\"%1\">aktivér</a>)" +msgstr "SSH-tjenesten vil blive deaktiveret (<a href=\"%s\">aktivér</a>)" #. Proposal title #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 @@ -185,52 +177,59 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgid "Open SSH Port" -msgstr "Åbn &VNC-porte" +msgstr "Åbn SSH-port" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Open SSH Port and Enable SSH Service" msgid "Enable SSH Service" -msgstr "Åbn SSH-port og aktivér SSH-tjenesten" +msgstr "Aktivér SSH-tjenesten" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " +"attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " +"dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Firewall og SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall er en forsvarsmekanisme der beskytter din computer mod angreb fra netværket.\n" -"SSH er en tjeneste der muliggør fjern-login på denne computer via en dedikeret\n" +"Firewall er en forsvarsmekanisme der beskytter din computer mod angreb fra " +"netværket.\n" +"SSH er en tjeneste der muliggør fjern-login på denne computer via en " +"dedikeret\n" "SSH-klient" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " +"after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -"Her kan du vælge om firewallen skal være aktiveret eller deaktiveret efter\n" +"Her kan du vælge om firewallen skal være aktiveret eller deaktiveret " +"efter\n" "installationen. Det anbefales at holde den aktiveret." #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" #| "service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" #| "will be started on computer boot)." msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " +"SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " +"service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"Med aktiveret firewall, kan du beslutte at åbne firewall-porten til SSH-tjenesten\n" -"eller ej og tillade eksterne SSH-logins. Dette vil også aktiveret SSH-tjenesten (dvs.\n" -"den vil også blive startet under opstart af computeren)." +"Med aktiveret firewall, kan du beslutte at åbne firewall-porten til " +"SSH-tjenesten\n" +"eller ej og tillade eksterne SSH-logins. Du kan også aktivere SSH-tjenesten " +"uafhængigt (dvs. at\n" +"den vil blive startet under opstart af computeren)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 @@ -403,8 +402,11 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 -msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "Der er ikke defineret nogen URL til udgivelsesnoter. Internettest kan ikke udføres." +msgid "" +"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "" +"Der er ikke defineret nogen URL til udgivelsesnoter. Internettest kan ikke " +"udføres." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -414,14 +416,17 @@ "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" "Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " +"configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" "Download af seneste udgivelsesnoter fejlede pga. fejl på serversiden.\n" "Dette skyldes ikke nødvendigvis fejlkonfigureret netværk.\n" "\n" -"Tryk på \"Fortsæt\" for at gå videre til næste installationstrin. For at springe\n" -"trin over, der kræver internetforbindelse, eller tryk på \"Annullér\" for at gå\n" +"Tryk på \"Fortsæt\" for at gå videre til næste installationstrin. For at " +"springe\n" +"trin over, der kræver internetforbindelse, eller tryk på \"Annullér\" for at " +"gå\n" "tilbage til din netværkskonfiguration.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure @@ -613,7 +618,8 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "Sæt 'ja' for at tillade eller 'nej' for ikke at tillade fjernadministration" +msgstr "" +"Sæt 'ja' for at tillade eller 'nej' for ikke at tillade fjernadministration" # #. Command line output Headline @@ -659,22 +665,19 @@ msgstr "Vis indgange i routing-tabel for valgt destination" #: src/clients/routing.rb:79 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP forwarding settings" msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 forwarding settings" -msgstr "Indstillinger for IP-videresendelse" +msgstr "Indstillinger for IPv4- og IPv6-videresendelse" #: src/clients/routing.rb:87 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP forwarding settings" msgid "IPv4 only forwarding settings" -msgstr "Indstillinger for IP-videresendelse" +msgstr "Indstillinger kun for IPv4-videresendelse" #: src/clients/routing.rb:95 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP forwarding settings" msgid "IPv6 only forwarding settings" -msgstr "Indstillinger for IP-videresendelse" +msgstr "Indstillinger kun for IPv6-videresendelse" #: src/clients/routing.rb:103 msgid "Add new route" @@ -764,49 +767,42 @@ #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" #: src/clients/routing.rb:265 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP forwarding is enabled" msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" -msgstr "IP-videresendelse er aktiveret" +msgstr "%s-videresendelse er aktiveret" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" #: src/clients/routing.rb:268 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP forwarding is disabled" msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" -msgstr "IP-videresendelse er deaktiveret" +msgstr "%s-videresendelse er deaktiveret" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" #: src/clients/routing.rb:272 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enabling IP forwarding..." msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." -msgstr "Aktiverer IP-videresendelse..." +msgstr "Aktiverer %s-videresendelse..." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" #: src/clients/routing.rb:276 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Disabling IP forwarding..." msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." -msgstr "Deaktiverer IP-videresendelse..." +msgstr "Deaktiverer %s-videresendelse..." #: src/clients/routing.rb:282 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" -msgstr "IP-videresendelse:" +msgstr "IPv4-videresendelse:" #: src/clients/routing.rb:292 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" -msgstr "IP-videresendelse:" +msgstr "IPv6-videresendelse:" #: src/clients/routing.rb:302 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" -msgstr "IP-videresendelse:" +msgstr "IPv4- og IPv6-videresendelse:" #: src/clients/routing.rb:324 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." @@ -821,8 +817,12 @@ msgstr "IP-adresse for destination skal angives." #: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" -msgstr "Som minimum skal et af følgende parametre angives (gateway, netmaske, enhed, tilvalg)" +msgid "" +"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " +"must be specified" +msgstr "" +"Som minimum skal et af følgende parametre angives (gateway, netmaske, enhed, " +"tilvalg)" #: src/clients/routing.rb:376 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -1180,10 +1180,9 @@ #. Table header label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:96 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "IPv4 Address Label" -msgstr "IP-adresse" +msgstr "IPv4-adresseetiket" #. Table header label #. Table header label @@ -1301,7 +1300,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "Markér tilvalgene til bond-driver, og redigér dem om nødvendigt. " +msgstr "" +"Markér tilvalgene til bond-driver, og redigér dem om nødvendigt. " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else @@ -1311,7 +1311,6 @@ msgstr "Intet link eller IP-opsætning (bonding-slaver)" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Use iBFT values" msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "Brug iBFT-værdier" @@ -1332,10 +1331,8 @@ msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "DHCP kun version 6" -# #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:323 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Statically assigned IP Address" msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "Statisk tildelt IP-adresse" @@ -1499,7 +1496,6 @@ #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Ifplugd priority" msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Ifplugd-prioritet" @@ -1509,15 +1505,21 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " +"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable " +"Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " +"to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>IFPLUGD-PRIORITET</big> \n" -" Alle grænseflader konfigureret til Ved kabeltilslutning og med IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 vil blive\n" -" brugt på gensidigt udelukkende vis. Hvis mere end én af disse grænseflader bruger Ved kabeltilslutning\n" -" vil vi behøve en måde at beslutte hvilken grænseflade der skal tages op. Derfor er vi nødt til at\n" +" Alle grænseflader konfigureret til Ved kabeltilslutning og med " +"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 vil blive\n" +" brugt på gensidigt udelukkende vis. Hvis mere end én af disse grænseflader " +"bruger Ved kabeltilslutning\n" +" vil vi behøve en måde at beslutte hvilken grænseflade der skal tages op. " +"Derfor er vi nødt til at\n" " sætte prioritet for hver grænseflade. \n" # @@ -1721,8 +1723,12 @@ msgstr "Anvend tilvalget \"id\" til at bestemme enheden." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." -msgstr "Værdien af \"id\" er uden for området. Anvend tilvalget \"list\" for at tjekke maks.-værdien af \"id\"." +msgid "" +"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " +"\"id\"." +msgstr "" +"Værdien af \"id\" er uden for området. Anvend tilvalget \"list\" for at " +"tjekke maks.-værdien af \"id\"." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1844,8 +1850,12 @@ msgstr "Installerer firmware" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "Scriptet \"install_bcm43xx_firmware\" skal køres for korrekt installation af firmwaren. Vil du køre det nu?" +msgid "" +"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " +"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "" +"Scriptet \"install_bcm43xx_firmware\" skal køres for korrekt installation af " +"firmwaren. Vil du køre det nu?" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." @@ -1869,7 +1879,8 @@ #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" -msgstr "Enheden du har valgt har STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vil du virkelig slette den?" +msgstr "" +"Enheden du har valgt har STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vil du virkelig slette den?" #. Network setup method dialog caption #. radio button group label, method of setup @@ -1932,7 +1943,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " +"(for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" "Udev-regler er reglerne for kernens enhedshåndtering, som tillader\n" @@ -1941,39 +1953,56 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " +"now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start " +"blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Vis synlig portidentifikation lader dig fysisk identificere det nu konfigurerede netkort.\n" -"Sæt passende tid, klik på Blink og LED-dioderne på dit netkort vil begynde at blinke i det valgte tidsrum.\n" +"Vis synlig portidentifikation lader dig fysisk identificere det nu " +"konfigurerede netkort.\n" +"Sæt passende tid, klik på Blink og LED-dioderne på dit netkort vil " +"begynde at blinke i det valgte tidsrum.\n" "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " +"there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " +"list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" -"Kernemodul. Angiv navnet på kernemodulet (driveren) til din netværksenhed\n" -" her. Hvis enheden allerede er konfigureret, kan du se i rullelisten, om der er mere end én driver, tilgængelig\n" -" for din enhed. Om nødvendigt kan du vælge en driver fra listen, men normalt virker standardværdien.\n" +"Kernemodul. Angiv navnet på kernemodulet (driveren) til din " +"netværksenhed\n" +" her. Hvis enheden allerede er konfigureret, kan du se i rullelisten, om der " +"er mere end én driver, tilgængelig\n" +" for din enhed. Om nødvendigt kan du vælge en driver fra listen, men normalt " +"virker standardværdien.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for " +"example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " +"saving.\n" msgstr "" "Yderligere kan du angive tilvalg til kernemodulet. Brug formatet\n" -"tilvalg=værdi. Hvert punkt skal være adskilt af mellemrum, for eksempel, io=0x300 irq=5. Bemærk: Hvis to kort \n" -"er konfigureret med samme modulnavn, sammenflettes tilvalgene under gemmeprocessen.\n" +"tilvalg=værdi. Hvert punkt skal være adskilt af mellemrum, for " +"eksempel, io=0x300 irq=5. Bemærk: Hvis to kort \n" +"er konfigureret med samme modulnavn, sammenflettes tilvalgene under " +"gemmeprocessen.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 -msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" -msgstr "Hvis du angiver tilvalg via Ethtool-tilvalg, vil ifup kalde ethtool med disse tilvalg.\n" +msgid "" +"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " +"with these options.\n" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du angiver tilvalg via Ethtool-tilvalg, vil ifup kalde ethtool " +"med disse tilvalg.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 @@ -2182,20 +2211,36 @@ # #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." -msgstr "Angiv yderligere tilvalg for denne grænseflade (adskilt af mellemrum)." +msgid "" +"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " +"spaces)." +msgstr "" +"Angiv yderligere tilvalg for denne grænseflade (adskilt af " +"mellemrum)." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 -msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." -msgstr "Vælg Aktivér IPA-overtagelse, hvis IP-adresseovertagelse skal aktiveres for denne grænseflade." +msgid "" +"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled " +"for this interface." +msgstr "" +"Vælg Aktivér IPA-overtagelse, hvis IP-adresseovertagelse skal " +"aktiveres for denne grænseflade." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 -msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "Vælg Aktivér 'Layer 2'-understøttelse, hvis dette kort er konfigureret med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse." +msgid "" +"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with " +"layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"Vælg Aktivér 'Layer 2'-understøttelse, hvis dette kort er " +"konfigureret med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 -msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "Indtast en 'Layer 2' MAC-adresse, hvis dette kort er konfigureret med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse." +msgid "" +"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with " +"layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"Indtast en 'Layer 2' MAC-adresse, hvis dette kort er konfigureret " +"med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse." # #. TextEntry label @@ -2297,7 +2342,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Afbryde initialiseringen:</big> \n" -"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på Afbryd nu.\n" +"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på Afbryd " +"nu.\n" # #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 @@ -2381,7 +2427,8 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " +"response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IPv6 protokolindstillinger</big>\n" @@ -2406,7 +2453,8 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" "Rutningen kan sættes op i denne dialog.\n" -"Standard-gateway matcher - omend ikke perfekt - til alle mulige destinationer.\n" +"Standard-gateway matcher - omend ikke perfekt - til alle mulige " +"destinationer.\n" "Hvis en anden værdi findes, der matcher den forlangte adresse, benyttes\n" "denne i stedet for standardruten. Ideen med standardruten sætter dig ganske\n" "enkelt i stand til at sige \"alt andet skal sendes herhen\".\n" @@ -2415,11 +2463,14 @@ msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be " +"routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" -"For hver rute indtastes destinationsnetværkets IP-adresse, gateway-adresse,\n" +"For hver rute indtastes destinationsnetværkets IP-adresse, " +"gateway-adresse,\n" "og netmaske. For at udelade disse værdier bruges bindestreg \"-\". Vælg\n" -"den enhed, gennem hvilken trafikken til det definerede netværk skal rutes. \"-\" er et alias for enhver grænseflade.\n" +"den enhed, gennem hvilken trafikken til det definerede netværk skal rutes. " +"\"-\" er et alias for enhver grænseflade.\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 @@ -2427,6 +2478,9 @@ "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" +"Aktivér IPv4-videresendelse (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne " +"netværk\n" +"til det interne netværk) hvis dette system er en router.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 msgid "" @@ -2435,6 +2489,11 @@ "Warning: IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" +"Aktivér IPv6-videresendelse (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne " +"netværk\n" +"til det interne netværk) hvis dette system er en router.\n" +"Advarsel: IPv6-videresendelse deaktiverer IPv6 stateless address\n" +"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 #, fuzzy @@ -2446,23 +2505,31 @@ #| "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" #| "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is " +"not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -"Aktivér IP-videresendelse (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne netværk\n" -"til det interne) hvis dette system er en router. Både IPv4- og IPv6-forbindelser \n" +"Aktivér IP-videresendelse (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne " +"netværk\n" +"til det interne) hvis dette system er en router. Både IPv4- og " +"IPv6-forbindelser \n" "vil blive påvirket af denne indstilling. \n" -"Vigtigt: hvis firewallen er aktiveret, er det ikke nok kun at tillade IP-videresendelse. \n" -"Du skal aktivere maskering og/eller sætte mindst én omdirigeringsregel i firewallen. Brug\n" +"Vigtigt: hvis firewallen er aktiveret, er det ikke nok kun at tillade " +"IP-videresendelse. \n" +"Du skal aktivere maskering og/eller sætte mindst én omdirigeringsregel i " +"firewallen. Brug\n" "YaST's firewallmodul til dette.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP " +"client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. " +"\n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " +"assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" "Hvis du bruger DHCP til at få en IP-adresse, så tjek om du også får et\n" @@ -2474,14 +2541,19 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " +"a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even " +"\n" "without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -"Tildel Værtsmaskinenavn til loopback-IP associerer dit værtsmaskinenavn med \n" -"IP-addressen <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dette er en \n" -"nyttig indstilling hvis du vil have et værtsmaskinenavn kan slås op på alle tidspunkter, selv \n" +"Tildel Værtsmaskinenavn til loopback-IP associerer dit " +"værtsmaskinenavn med \n" +"IP-addressen <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dette er en " +"\n" +"nyttig indstilling hvis du vil have et værtsmaskinenavn kan slås op på alle " +"tidspunkter, selv \n" "uden aktivt netværk. I alle andre tilfælde bør det det bruges varsomt, især \n" "hvis denne computer udbyder nogle netværkstjenester.\n" @@ -2521,29 +2593,39 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS " +"domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " +"important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " +"the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Indtast det korte navn for denne computer (f.eks. mincomputer) og DNS-domænet\n" -" (f.eks. eksempel.dk) som den hører til. Domænet er særligt vigtigt, hvis denne \n" -" computer er en mail-server. Du kan se din computers værtsnavn med kommandoen\n" +"Indtast det korte navn for denne computer (f.eks. mincomputer) og " +"DNS-domænet\n" +" (f.eks. eksempel.dk) som den hører til. Domænet er særligt vigtigt, " +"hvis denne \n" +" computer er en mail-server. Du kan se din computers værtsnavn med " +"kommandoen\n" " hostname." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " +"handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" "etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -"Vælg måden hvorpå DNS-konfiguration (navneservere, søgeliste, indhold af filen \n" -"/etc/resolv.conf) skal ændres. Normalt håndteres dette af netconfig-scriptet,\n" +"Vælg måden hvorpå DNS-konfiguration (navneservere, søgeliste, indhold af " +"filen \n" +"/etc/resolv.conf) skal ændres. Normalt håndteres dette af " +"netconfig-scriptet,\n" "som fletter statisk angivet data her, med dem der fås dynamisk (f.eks. fra \n" -"DHCP-klient, NetworkManager osv.). Dette er standard. Brug standardpolitik\n" +"DHCP-klient, NetworkManager osv.). Dette er standard. Brug " +"standardpolitik\n" "er tilstrækkeligt til de fleste konfigurationer.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 @@ -2557,12 +2639,18 @@ "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the Only Manually\n" "policy.\n" msgstr "" -"Ved at vælge Kun manuelt, vil netconfig ikke længere blive tilladt at \n" -"ændre /etc/resolv.conf. Du kan dog redigere filen manuelt. Ved at vælge indstillingen \n" -"Brug brugerdefineret politik, kan du angive en streng med brugerdefineret politik,\n" -"som består af en kommasepareret liste over grænsefladenavne, inklusiv wildcards, med\n" -"STATIC og STATIC_FALLBACK som prædefinerede særlige værdier. For mere information,\n" -"se manualsiden til netconfig. Bemærk: At lade feltet være tomt, er det samme\n" +"Ved at vælge Kun manuelt, vil netconfig ikke længere blive " +"tilladt at \n" +"ændre /etc/resolv.conf. Du kan dog redigere filen manuelt. Ved at " +"vælge indstillingen \n" +"Brug brugerdefineret politik, kan du angive en streng med " +"brugerdefineret politik,\n" +"som består af en kommasepareret liste over grænsefladenavne, inklusiv " +"wildcards, med\n" +"STATIC og STATIC_FALLBACK som prædefinerede særlige værdier. For mere " +"information,\n" +"se manualsiden til netconfig. Bemærk: At lade feltet være tomt, er det " +"samme\n" "som at bruge politikken Kun manuelt.\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred @@ -2570,16 +2658,22 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " +"to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Adresseopsætning</big>\n" -"Vælg Ingen adresseopsætning, hvis du ikke ønsker at tildele nogen IP-adresse til denne enhed.\n" +"Vælg Ingen adresseopsætning, hvis du ikke ønsker at tildele nogen " +"IP-adresse til denne enhed.\n" "Dette er særligt anvendeligt, når man binder ethernet-enheder sammen.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 -msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" -msgstr "Markér iBFT hvis du vil beholde netværket konfigureret i din BIOS.\n" +msgid "" +"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your " +"BIOS.\n" +msgstr "" +"Markér iBFT hvis du vil beholde netværket konfigureret i din BIOS.<" +"/p>\n" # #. Address dialog help 2/8 @@ -2598,7 +2692,8 @@ "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Du kan vælge en af metoderne til dynamisk adressetildeling. Vælg DHCP,\n" +"Du kan vælge en af metoderne til dynamisk adressetildeling. Vælg DHCP<" +"/b>,\n" "hvis du har en DHCP-server kørende på dit lokale netværk. Netværksadresser \n" "modtages så automatisk fra serveren.\n" @@ -2606,18 +2701,23 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " +"Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically." +"\n" msgstr "" -"For at søge efter en IP-adresse, og tildele den statisk, vælges Zeroconf.\n" -"For at benytte DHCP, og falde tilbage til 'zeroconf', vælges DHCP + Zeroconf.\n" +"For at søge efter en IP-adresse, og tildele den statisk, vælges " +"Zeroconf.\n" +"For at benytte DHCP, og falde tilbage til 'zeroconf', vælges DHCP + " +"Zeroconf.\n" "Ellers skal netværksadresser tildeles statisk.\n" # #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " +"your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2628,13 +2728,19 @@ #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " +"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>" +"/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " +"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Til statisk adresseopsætning angives den statiske IP-adresse for din computer (f.eks. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) samt\n" -"netværksmasken (normalt <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>eller blot længden på præfiks <tt>/24</tt>). Eventuelt kan du angive\n" -"et fuldt kvalificeret værtsnavn for denne IP-adresse. Værtsnavnet skrives til <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"Til statisk adresseopsætning angives den statiske IP-adresse for " +"din computer (f.eks. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) samt\n" +"netværksmasken (normalt <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>eller blot længden på præfiks <" +"tt>/24</tt>). Eventuelt kan du angive\n" +"et fuldt kvalificeret værtsnavn for denne IP-adresse. Værtsnavnet skrives til " +"<tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" # #. Address dialog help 8/8 @@ -2672,8 +2778,12 @@ "vælger en zone, og ingen andre eksisterer, deaktiveres firewallen." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 -msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "Obligatorisk grænseflade angiver, om netværkstjenesten rapporterer en fejl, hvis grænsefladen ikke starter under boot." +msgid "" +"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " +"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "" +"Obligatorisk grænseflade angiver, om netværkstjenesten rapporterer " +"en fejl, hvis grænsefladen ikke starter under boot." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 msgid "" @@ -2686,7 +2796,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Maksimal overførselsenhed</big>\n" "Maksimal overførselsenhed (MTU) er den maksimale størrelse på\n" -"pakken, der føres over netværket i én ramme. Normalt behøves du ikke at sætte en\n" +"pakken, der føres over netværket i én ramme. Normalt behøves du ikke at sætte " +"en\n" "MTU, men brug af lavere MTU-værdier kan øge netværksydelsen specielt på\n" "langsomme opkaldstilslutninger. Vælg enten en af de anbefalede værdier,\n" "eller angiv en anden.\n" @@ -2694,10 +2805,12 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " +"Address Setup are available." msgstr "" "Vælg slaveenhederne til bond-enheden.\n" -"Kun enheder med enhedsaktiveringen sat til Aldrig og med Ingen adresseopsætning er tilgængelige." +"Kun enheder med enhedsaktiveringen sat til Aldrig og med Ingen " +"adresseopsætning er tilgængelige." # #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 @@ -2716,13 +2829,13 @@ msgstr "" "Hvis feltet DHCP-klientidenfikation er tomt, er standardværdien\n" "hardwareadressen på netværksgrænsefladen. Den skal være forskellig for hver\n" -"DHCP-klient i et enkelt netværk. Angiv derfor en unik friforms-identifikation\n" +"DHCP-klient i et enkelt netværk. Angiv derfor en unik " +"friforms-identifikation\n" "her, hvis du har flere (virtuelle) maskiner, som bruger samme\n" "netværksgrænseflade og dermed samme hardwareadresse." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" #| "hostname option field when dhcpcd sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2734,27 +2847,33 @@ #| "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. " +"Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO" +"\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>" +"/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" -"Værtsnavn at sende angiver en streng, der bruges til indstillingsfeltet\n" -"værtsnavn, når dhcpcd sender beskeder til en DHCP-server. Nogle DHCP-servere\n" -"opdaterer navneserverzoner (forlæns og baglæns registrering) i overensstemmelse\n" +"Værtsnavn at sende angiver en streng, der bruges til " +"indstillingsfeltet\n" +"værtsnavn, når DHCP-klienten sender beskeder til en DHCP-server. Nogle " +"DHCP-servere\n" +"opdaterer navneserverzoner (forlæns og baglæns registrering) i " +"overensstemmelse\n" "med dette værtsnavn (dynamisk DNS).\n" "Nogle DHCP-servere kræver, at indstillingsfeltet Værtsnavn at sende\n" -"indeholder en specifik streng i DHCP-meddelelserne fra klienter. Anvend blot AUTO\n" -"for at sende nuværende værtsnavn (f.eks. det der er angivet i <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>).\n" +"indeholder en specifik streng i DHCP-meddelelserne fra klienter. Anvend blot " +"AUTO\n" +"for at sende nuværende værtsnavn (f.eks. det der er angivet i <tt>" +"/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>).\n" "Lad feltet være tomt hvis du ikke vil sende noget værtsnavn.\n" -# #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" #| "Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this table.\n" @@ -2763,11 +2882,10 @@ "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Yderligere adresser</big>\n" -"Konfigurér yderligere adresser til en grænseflade (dets aliaser) i denne tabel.\n" +"Konfigurér yderligere adresser til en grænseflade i denne tabel.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Enter an Alias Name, an IP Address, and\n" #| "the Netmask." @@ -2775,7 +2893,7 @@ "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" -"Angiv et aliasnavn, en IP-adresse og\n" +"Angiv en IPv4-adresseetiket, en IP-adresse og\n" "netmasken." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 @@ -2786,18 +2904,25 @@ #| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" #| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " +"legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." +" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " +"truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" "Aliasnavn er valgfrit og forældet.Den samlede\n" " længde af grænsefladenavnet (inklusiv kolon og etiket) er\n" -" begrænset til 15 tegn og det forældede værktøj ifconfig forkorter efter 9 tegn." +" begrænset til 15 tegn og det forældede værktøj ifconfig " +"forkorter efter 9 tegn." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 -msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "Inkludér ikke grænsefladenavn i aliasnavn. For eksempel angives foo istedet for eth0:foo." +msgid "" +"Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter " +"foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "" +"Inkludér ikke grænsefladenavn i aliasnavn. For eksempel angives foo " +"istedet for eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -2820,12 +2945,16 @@ "Vælg mellem tre typer nøgle-input for din nøgle.\n" " Adgangsfrase: Nøglen genereres ud fra den frase, der indtastes.\n" " ASCII: ASCII-værdien for de tegn, der indtastes, danner nøglen.\n" -"Indtast 5 tegn for 64-bit nøgler, indtil 13 tegn for 128-bit nøgler, indtil 16 tegn\n" +"Indtast 5 tegn for 64-bit nøgler, indtil 13 tegn for 128-bit nøgler, indtil " +"16 tegn\n" "for 156-bit nøgler og indtil 29 tegn for 256-bit nøgler.\n" " Hexadecimal: Indtast nøglens hexadecimale kode direkte. Angiv\n" -"10 hexadecimale cifre for 64-bit nøgler, 26 cifre for 128-bit nøgler, 32 cifre for\n" -"156-bit nøgler og 58 cifre for 256-bit nøgler. Du kan bruge bindestreger <tt>-</tt>,\n" -"til at adskille par eller grupper af cifre, som f.eks. <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" +"10 hexadecimale cifre for 64-bit nøgler, 26 cifre for 128-bit nøgler, 32 " +"cifre for\n" +"156-bit nøgler og 58 cifre for 256-bit nøgler. Du kan bruge bindestreger <tt>" +"-</tt>,\n" +"til at adskille par eller grupper af cifre, som f.eks. <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>" +".\n" " \n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -2858,7 +2987,8 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication " +"mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" @@ -2867,8 +2997,10 @@ "celler, som er en del af det samme virtuelle netværk. Alle klienter i et\n" "trådløs LAN kræver samme ESSID for at kommuniker med hinanden.\n" "Hvis du vælger operationstilstanden Managed og ingen WPA\n" -"autentifikationstilstand,kan du lade dette felt være tomt, eller sætte det til\n" -"<tt>any</tt>. I dette tilfælde vil dit WLAN kort associere med det adgangspunkt,\n" +"autentifikationstilstand,kan du lade dette felt være tomt, eller sætte det " +"til\n" +"<tt>any</tt>. I dette tilfælde vil dit WLAN kort associere med det " +"adgangspunkt,\n" "der har den bedste signalstyrke.\n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -2885,16 +3017,20 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " +"Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" "Managed.\n" msgstr "" "I nogle netværk skal du angive en autentifikationstilstand.\n" -"Denne afhænger af den anvendte sikkerhedsteknologi, WEP eller WPA. WEP\n" -"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) er et system, der krypterer trådløs netværkstrafik,\n" -"med en valgfri autentifikation, der baseres på den anvendte krypteringsnøgle.\n" +"Denne afhænger af den anvendte sikkerhedsteknologi, WEP eller WPA. WEP" +"\n" +"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) er et system, der krypterer trådløs " +"netværkstrafik,\n" +"med en valgfri autentifikation, der baseres på den anvendte " +"krypteringsnøgle.\n" "I de fleste tilfælde, hvor WEP anvendes, er tilstanden Åben (ingen\n" "autentifikation) et godt valg. Dette indebærer ikke at du ikke kan bruge\n" "WEP-kryptering (brug i så fald Ingen kryptering). \n" @@ -2902,9 +3038,11 @@ "(delt nøgle). BEMÆRK: Autentifikation med delt nøgle gør det lettere for en\n" "potentiel cracker at bryde ind på netværket. Hvis du ikke har specielt behov\n" "for autentifikation med delt nøgle, bør du bruge tilstanden Åben.\n" -"Da WEP har vist sig at være usikker, blev WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"Da WEP har vist sig at være usikker, blev WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " +"Access)\n" "indført for at fjerne sikkerhedshullerne, men ikke al hardware understøtter\n" -"WPA. Hvis du vil bruge WPA, vælges WPA-PSK som autentifikationstilstand.\n" +"WPA. Hvis du vil bruge WPA, vælges WPA-PSK som " +"autentifikationstilstand.\n" "Dette er kun muligt i driftstilstanden Managed.\n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -2953,20 +3091,22 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " +"all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Disse værdier skrives til grænsefladens konfigurationsfil\n" -"'ifcfg-*' i \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Hvis du behøver yderligere indstillinger,\n" -"kan du tilføje dem manuelt. Der henvises til filen \"wireless\" i samme mappe\n" +"'ifcfg-*' i \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Hvis du behøver yderligere " +"indstillinger,\n" +"kan du tilføje dem manuelt. Der henvises til filen \"wireless\" i samme " +"mappe\n" "for alle tilgængelige tilvalg." #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" -msgstr "IP-adresse" +msgstr "IPv4 &adresseetiket" #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:222 @@ -3053,12 +3193,14 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "For TTLS og PEAP angiv din Identitet\n" "og Adgangskode, som konfigureret på serveren.\n" "Hvis du har et særligt behov for, at sætte det benyttede brugernavn som\n" -"Anonym identitet, kan du gøre det her. Dette er normalt ikke nødvendigt.\n" +"Anonym identitet, kan du gøre det her. Dette er normalt ikke " +"nødvendigt.\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111 @@ -3080,12 +3222,14 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " +"pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" -"TLS anvender et Klientcertifikat til autentifikation istedet for en\n" +"TLS anvender et Klientcertifikat til autentifikation istedet for " +"en\n" "kombination af brugernavn og adgangskode. Det bruger et offentligt\n" "og privat nøglepar til kryptering af forhandlingskommunikation. Du behøver\n" "derfor også en klientnøgle-fil, som indeholder din private nøgle samt\n" @@ -3145,7 +3289,8 @@ "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" -"Her kan du konfigurere den indre autentifikationsmetode (også kendt som fase 2).\n" +"Her kan du konfigurere den indre autentifikationsmetode (også kendt som " +"fase 2).\n" "Som standard tillades alle metoder. Hvis du ønsker at begrænse de\n" "tilladte metoder, eller hvis du har opdaget vanskeligheder omkring\n" "autentifikationer, skal du vælge din indre autentifikationsmetode.\n" @@ -3261,7 +3406,8 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." -msgstr "WPA-autentifikationstilstand er kun muligt i driftstilstanden 'Managed'." +msgstr "" +"WPA-autentifikationstilstand er kun muligt i driftstilstanden 'Managed'." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication @@ -3330,11 +3476,14 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " +"access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" -"For at bruge et trådløst netværkskort i tilstanden 'Master'- eller 'Ad-hoc',\n" -"angives her den kanal, som kortet skal bruge. Dette er ikke nødvendigt\n" +"For at bruge et trådløst netværkskort i tilstanden 'Master'- eller " +"'Ad-hoc',\n" +"angives her den kanal, som kortet skal bruge. Dette er ikke " +"nødvendigt\n" "for tilstanden 'Managed'. I denne tilstand søger kortet efter adgangspunkter\n" "ved at hoppe igennem kanalerne\n" @@ -3466,7 +3615,8 @@ "value to 64." msgstr "" "Nøglelængde definerer bitlængden på dine WEP-nøgler.\n" -"Mulige værdier er 64 og 128 bit, somme tider refereret til som 40 og 104 bit.\n" +"Mulige værdier er 64 og 128 bit, somme tider refereret til som 40 og 104 " +"bit.\n" "Noget ældre hardware kan ikke håndtere 128 bit-nøgler. Du kan derfor\n" "blive nødt til at sætte denne værdi til 64, hvis den trådløse\n" "netværksforbindelse ikke etableres." @@ -3515,7 +3665,8 @@ "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"At undlade at bruge et certifikat-autoritet-certifikat (CA) kan medføre forbindelser\n" +"At undlade at bruge et certifikat-autoritet-certifikat (CA) kan medføre " +"forbindelser\n" "til usikre, forbryderiske trådløse netværk. Vil du fortsætte uden CA?" #. error popup text @@ -3604,7 +3755,8 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>" +").\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Indstillinger for fjernadministration</big>\n" @@ -3762,11 +3914,14 @@ "To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" "switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" msgstr "" -"Netværket kontrolleres i øjeblikket af NetworkManager, og dets indstillinger \n" +"Netværket kontrolleres i øjeblikket af NetworkManager, og dets indstillinger " +"\n" "kan ikke redigeres af YaST.\n" "\n" -"For at redigere indstillingerne, skal du enten bruge et konfigurationsværktøj til \n" -"NetworkManager, eller skifte opsætningsmetode for netværk til traditionel med ifup.\n" +"For at redigere indstillingerne, skal du enten bruge et konfigurationsværktøj " +"til \n" +"NetworkManager, eller skifte opsætningsmetode for netværk til traditionel med " +"ifup.\n" # #. validation error popup @@ -3798,7 +3953,6 @@ #. help #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:152 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Modify DNS configuration" msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration" msgstr "Æ&ndr DNS-konfiguration" @@ -3880,8 +4034,12 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" -msgstr "Det anbefales ikke at bruge .local som domænenavn pga. multicast-DNS. Vil du bruge det på egen risiko?" +msgid "" +"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it " +"at your own risk?" +msgstr "" +"Det anbefales ikke at bruge .local som domænenavn pga. multicast-DNS. Vil du " +"bruge det på egen risiko?" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 @@ -3980,16 +4138,14 @@ #. CheckBox label #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:110 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &IP Forwarding" msgid "Enable &IPv4 Forwarding" -msgstr "Aktivér &IP-videresendelse" +msgstr "Aktivér &IPv4-videresendelse" #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:111 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &IP Forwarding" msgid "Enable I&Pv6 Forwarding" -msgstr "Aktivér &IP-videresendelse" +msgstr "Aktivér I&Pv6-videresendelse" #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:136 msgid "Routing" @@ -4191,29 +4347,34 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " +"startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " +"available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"At bruge Ved NFSroot er som <tt>auto</tt>. Grænseflader med denne starttilstand\n" -"bliver aldrig lukket ned via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> virker stadig.\n" +"At bruge Ved NFSroot er som <tt>auto</tt>. Grænseflader med denne " +"starttilstand\n" +"bliver aldrig lukket ned via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> " +"virker stadig.\n" "Brug dette når du har et NFS- eller iSCSI-rodfilsystem.\n" #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " +"startmode will never\n" "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Brug af Ved NFSroot er næsten som 'auto'. Men grænseflader med denne starttilstand\n" -"bliver aldrig lukket ned via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' virker stadig.\n" +"Brug af Ved NFSroot er næsten som 'auto'. Men grænseflader med denne " +"starttilstand\n" +"bliver aldrig lukket ned via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' virker " +"stadig.\n" "Anvend dette når du har et nfs eller iscsi rodfilesystem.\n" -# #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Activate &device" msgid "Activate &Device" msgstr "Aktivér enhe&d" @@ -4223,18 +4384,20 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " +"activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>Enhedsaktivering</big>\n" -"Vælg hvornår netværksgrænsefladen skal bringes op. Under boot aktiverer det under system-boot.\n" +"Vælg hvornår netværksgrænsefladen skal bringes op. Under boot " +"aktiverer det under system-boot.\n" "Aldrig starter ikke enheden.\n" "%1\n" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:247 msgid "IPoIB Device Mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IPoIB-enhedstilstand" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:258 msgid "Firewall is not installed." @@ -4243,24 +4406,24 @@ #. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:266 msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1500 (ethernet, DSL-bredbånd)" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:267 msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1492 (PPPoE-bredbånd)" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:268 msgid "576 (dial-up)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "576 (modem)" #. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:275 msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "65520 (IPoIB i forbundet tilstand)" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:276 msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2044 (IPoIB i datagram-tilstand)" #. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:284 @@ -4301,7 +4464,7 @@ #. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontrolleret af &wicked" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" @@ -4353,30 +4516,32 @@ msgstr "Bekræft genstart af netværk" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." -msgstr "På grund af bro-netværk skal YaST genstarte netværket, for at anvende indstillingerne." +msgid "" +"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " +"the settings." +msgstr "" +"På grund af bro-netværk skal YaST genstarte netværket, for at anvende " +"indstillingerne." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name" msgid "Device name:" -msgstr "Enhedsnavn" +msgstr "Enhedsnavn:" #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 msgid "Base udev rule on" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Basér udev-regel på" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" msgid "MAC address: %s" -msgstr "IP-adresse: %1/%2" +msgstr "MAC-adresse: %s" #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 msgid "BusID: %s" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BusID: %s" #. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. #. @@ -4761,14 +4926,13 @@ #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Not connected" msgid "connected" -msgstr "Ikke tilsluttet" +msgstr "forbundet" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 msgid "datagram" -msgstr "" +msgstr "datagram" # check box label #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto @@ -4806,16 +4970,14 @@ msgstr "IP-adresse tildelt via" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" msgid "IP address: %s/%s" -msgstr "IP-adresse: %1/%2" +msgstr "IP-adresse: %s/%s" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" -msgstr "IP-adresse: %1, subnetmaske %2" +msgstr "IP-adresse: %s, subnetmaske %s" #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item @@ -4826,20 +4988,18 @@ #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name: %1" msgid "Device Name: %s" -msgstr "Enhedsnavn: %1" +msgstr "Enhedsnavn: %s" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Bonding-slaver" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "enslaved in %1" msgid "enslaved in %s" -msgstr "slave i %1" +msgstr "slave i %s" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 msgid "Bonding master" @@ -4854,13 +5014,17 @@ msgstr "Ingen hwinfo" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "Ikke i stand til at konfigurere netværkskort, da kerneenheden (eth0, wlan) ikke er tilstede. Dette skyldes normalt manglende firmware (for wlan-enheder). Se dmesg-output for detaljer." +msgid "" +"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " +"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). " +"See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "" +"Ikke i stand til at konfigurere netværkskort, da kerneenheden (eth0, wlan) " +"ikke er tilstede. Dette skyldes normalt manglende firmware (for " +"wlan-enheder). Se dmesg-output for detaljer." #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" #| "to configure.\n" @@ -4868,8 +5032,8 @@ "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -"Enheden er ikke konfigureret. Tryk på Redigér\n" -"for at konfigurere.\n" +"Enheden er ikke konfigureret. Tryk på Redigér\n" +"for at konfigurere.\n" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Needed firmware" @@ -4944,27 +5108,23 @@ msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "Gemmer rutningsindstillingerne..." -# #. Summary text #: src/modules/Routing.rb:353 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Gateway: %1" msgid "Gateway: %s" -msgstr "Gateway: %1" +msgstr "Gateway: %s" #. Summary text #: src/modules/Routing.rb:357 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" -msgstr "IP-videresendelse:" +msgstr "IP-videresendelse for IPv4: %s" #. Summary text #: src/modules/Routing.rb:361 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" -msgstr "IP-videresendelse:" +msgstr "IP-videresendelse for IPv6: %s" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone #: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/packager.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/packager.da.po 2014-10-06 19:14:52 UTC (rev 89732) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/packager.da.po 2014-10-06 19:15:07 UTC (rev 89733) @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ # Martin Schlander <suse(a)linuxin.dk>, 2006, 2007. # Jan Madsen <jan.madsen.pt(a)gmail.com>, 2006. # Ib Larsen <i.la(a)tele2adsl.dk>, 2007. -# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013. +# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-30 20:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -42,7 +42,8 @@ "the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Fjern indgange ved at vælge dem i tabellen og klikke på \n" -"Slet-knappen. Indgangene vil straks blive fjernet fra den nuværende konfiguration.\n" +"Slet-knappen. Indgangene vil straks blive fjernet fra den nuværende " +"konfiguration.\n" #: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Type" @@ -385,13 +386,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" -msgstr "Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på Næste.\n" +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next." +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på Næste." +"\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" -msgstr "Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på Færdig.\n" +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.<" +"/p>\n" +msgstr "" +"Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på Færdig." +"\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275 @@ -408,7 +417,9 @@ #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377 #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." -msgstr "Håndtering af softwarekilder er ved at downloade softwarekilde-detaljerne..." +msgstr "" +"Håndtering af softwarekilder er ved at downloade " +"softwarekilde-detaljerne..." #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL @@ -468,6 +479,18 @@ "Using the online repositories later in the installed system is\n" "recommended in this case." msgstr "" +"Lav hukommelse detekteret.\n" +"\n" +"Brug af online softwarekilder under selve installationen med mindre end\n" +"%dMiB systemhukommelse anbefales ikke.\n" +"\n" +"Installationsprogrammet kan bryde ned eller fryse, hvis de yderligere " +"pakkedata\n" +"kræver for meget hukommelse.\n" +"\n" +"I stedet anbefales det at bruge online softwarekilder senere på det " +"installerede\n" +"system i sådanne tilfælde." #. continue-cancel popup #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 @@ -492,8 +515,12 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." -msgstr "Kørsel af pakkeafhængighedsløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i AutoYaST-profilen." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " +"profile." +msgstr "" +"Kørsel af pakkeafhængighedsløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i " +"AutoYaST-profilen." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -558,8 +585,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 -msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Softwarekilder - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, brug \"%1\" i stedet." +msgid "" +"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Softwarekilder - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, brug " +"\"%1\" i stedet." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 @@ -725,21 +756,33 @@ "Håndtér konfigurerede softwarekilder og tjenester.\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." -msgstr "En tjeneste eller Indekstjeneste for softwarekilde (RIS) er en protokol til håndtering af softwarekilder. En tjeneste kan tilbyde en eller flere softwarekilder, som dynamisk kan ændres af tjenesteadministratoren." +msgid "" +"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " +"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " +"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.<" +"/P>" +msgstr "" +"En tjeneste eller Indekstjeneste for softwarekilde (RIS) er " +"en protokol til håndtering af softwarekilder. En tjeneste kan tilbyde en " +"eller flere softwarekilder, som dynamisk kan ændres af " +"tjenesteadministratoren." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " +"or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available " +"at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Tilføjelse af ny softwarekilde eller tjeneste \n" -"For at tilføje en ny softwarekilde så brug Tilføj og angiv softwarekilden eller tjenesten.\n" -"YaST vil automatisk detektere om en tjeneste eller softwarekilde er tilgængelig på den angivne placering.\n" +"For at tilføje en ny softwarekilde så brug Tilføj og angiv " +"softwarekilden eller tjenesten.\n" +"YaST vil automatisk detektere om en tjeneste eller softwarekilde er " +"tilgængelig på den angivne placering.\n" "\n" #. help, continued @@ -781,44 +824,65 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " +"use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " +"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the " +"check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" " Ændring af status for softwarekilde eller tjeneste \n" -" Til at ændre en softwarekildes placering bruges Redigér. Til at fjerne en softwarekilde\n" -" bruges Slet. Til at aktivere eller deaktivere softwarekilden eller ændre status for genopfriskning ved initialisering, vælges softwarekilden i tabellen og brug afkrydsningsfelterne nedenfor.\n" +" Til at ændre en softwarekildes placering bruges Redigér. Til at " +"fjerne en softwarekilde\n" +" bruges Slet. Til at aktivere eller deaktivere softwarekilden eller " +"ændre status for genopfriskning ved initialisering, vælges softwarekilden i " +"tabellen og brug afkrydsningsfelterne nedenfor.\n" " \n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) " +"and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in " +"more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "En softwarekildes prioritet \n" -"En softwarekildes prioritet er et heltal mellem 0 (højeste prioritet) og 99 (laveste prioritet). Standard er 99. Hvis en pakke er tilgængelig på flere softwarekilder, anvendes softwarekilden med højest prioritet.\n" +"En softwarekildes prioritet er et heltal mellem 0 (højeste prioritet) og 99 " +"(laveste prioritet). Standard er 99. Hvis en pakke er tilgængelig på flere " +"softwarekilder, anvendes softwarekilden med højest prioritet.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." -msgstr "Vælg den passende indstilling over vinduet til navigation i softwarekilder og tjenester." +msgid "" +"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " +"repositories and services." +msgstr "" +"Vælg den passende indstilling over vinduet til navigation i softwarekilder " +"og tjenester." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " +"installation." msgstr "" -"Behold downloadede pakker Markér denne indstilling for at beholde downloadede pakker\n" +"Behold downloadede pakker Markér denne indstilling for at " +"beholde downloadede pakker\n" "i en lokal cache så de kan genbruges senere når pakkerne geninstalleres. \n" "Hvis afmarkeret slettes downloadede pakker efter installation." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "Standard lokal cache er placeret i mappen /var/cache/zypp/packages, placeringen kan ændres i filen /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." +msgid "" +"The default local cache is located in directory " +"/var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf<" +"/B> file." +msgstr "" +"Standard lokal cache er placeret i mappen /var/cache/zypp/packages, " +"placeringen kan ændres i filen /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 @@ -935,7 +999,8 @@ #. Error popup #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" -msgstr "Der opstod fejl under genoprettelse af softwarekildekonfigurationen.\n" +msgstr "" +"Der opstod fejl under genoprettelse af softwarekildekonfigurationen.\n" #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame @@ -948,7 +1013,8 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "" +"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "Kan ikke løse afhængighederne automatisk. Manuel indgriben kræves." #. this is a heading @@ -963,8 +1029,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Softwareinstallation - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinje-interface, brug \"%1\" i stedet." +msgid "" +"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Softwareinstallation - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinje-interface, " +"brug \"%1\" i stedet." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -974,7 +1044,8 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "Fejl: Kan ikke tilføje en midlertidig mappe. Pakker kan ikke installeres." +msgstr "" +"Fejl: Kan ikke tilføje en midlertidig mappe. Pakker kan ikke installeres." #. error message #. error message @@ -1105,7 +1176,8 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgid "" +"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." msgstr "Fejl -- MD5-sum matcher ikke Dette medie bør ikke anvendes." #. the correct MD5 is unknown @@ -1133,7 +1205,8 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " +"should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Hvis du har problemer med\n" @@ -1143,7 +1216,8 @@ #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check" +"\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " @@ -1151,16 +1225,19 @@ "Vælg et drev, læg mediet i drevet og tryk Start test\n" "eller brug Tjek ISO-fil og vælg en ISO-fil.\n" "Testen kan tage adskillige minutter at fuldføre afhængig af\n" -"hastigheden på drevet og mediets størrelse. Testen verificerer MD5 checksummen. " +"hastigheden på drevet og mediets størrelse. Testen verificerer MD5 " +"checksummen. " #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " +"installation.\n" "It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" "Hvis medietesten fejler bør du ikke fortsætte med installationen.\n" -"Den kan fejle og du kan miste dine data. Du bør erstatte det beskadigede medie.\n" +"Den kan fejle og du kan miste dine data. Du bør erstatte det beskadigede " +"medie.\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 @@ -1173,22 +1250,33 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -msgstr "Bemærk: Du kan ikke skifte medie, mens det anvendes af systemet." +msgid "" +"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.<" +"/P>" +msgstr "" +"Bemærk: Du kan ikke skifte medie, mens det anvendes af systemet." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." -msgstr "Brug punktet medietjek i boot-menuen til at teste mediet før installation." +msgid "" +"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " +"boot menu." +msgstr "" +"Brug punktet medietjek i boot-menuen til at teste mediet før " +"installation." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " +"recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check." +"\n" msgstr "" -"Hvis du brænder medierne selv så husk at bruge pad-indstillingen i dit\n" -"brændeprogram. På den måde undgår du læsefejl sidst på mediet under testen.\n" +"Hvis du brænder medierne selv så husk at bruge pad-indstillingen i " +"dit\n" +"brændeprogram. På den måde undgår du læsefejl sidst på mediet under testen.<" +"/P>\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1336,7 +1424,6 @@ "Håndtér kendte offentlige GPG-nøgler.\n" #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "Adding a New GPG Key \n" @@ -1350,8 +1437,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tilføjelse af ny GPG-nøgle \n" -"For at tilføje en ny GPG-nøgle så brug Tilføj og specificér stien til nøglefilen.\n" -"" +"For at tilføje en ny GPG-nøgle, angiv stien til nøglefilen.\n" +"\n" #. header in file selection popup #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 @@ -1377,7 +1464,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tilføjelse af ny GPG-nøgle \n" -"For at tilføje en ny GPG-nøgle så brug Tilføj og specificér stien til nøglefilen.\n" +"For at tilføje en ny GPG-nøgle så brug Tilføj og specificér stien til " +"nøglefilen.\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1391,7 +1479,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Ændring af status for GPG-nøgle\n" -"For at ændre betroet-flaget, så brug Redigér. For at fjerne en GPG-nøgle bruges\n" +"For at ændre betroet-flaget, så brug Redigér. For at fjerne en " +"GPG-nøgle bruges\n" "Slet.\n" "\n" @@ -1457,7 +1546,8 @@ "Der er ingen produktinformation tilgængelig på den givne placering.\n" "Hvis du forventede at henvise til et produkt, så gå tilbage og angiv\n" "den korrekte placering.\n" -"For at gøre RPM-pakker,som findes på den specificerede placering, tilgængelige\n" +"For at gøre RPM-pakker,som findes på den specificerede placering, " +"tilgængelige\n" "i pakkeudvalget, så fortsæt nu.\n" #. popup message part 1 @@ -1534,10 +1624,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " +"repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -"Installationssoftwarekilden indeholder også de yderligere softwarekilder på listen.\n" +"Installationssoftwarekilden indeholder også de yderligere softwarekilder på " +"listen.\n" "Vælg dem du vil bruge.\n" #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 @@ -1702,28 +1794,50 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 -msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." -msgstr "Din computer er et 64-bit x86-64-system, men du forsøger at installere en 32-bit distribution." +msgid "" +"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a " +"32-bit distribution." +msgstr "" +"Din computer er et 64-bit x86-64-system, men du forsøger at installere en " +"32-bit distribution." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 -msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." -msgstr "Listen over mønstre viser hvilken funktionalitet, der vil være tilgængelig efter installation af systemet." +msgid "" +"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " +"installing the system." +msgstr "" +"Listen over mønstre viser hvilken funktionalitet, der vil være tilgængelig " +"efter installation af systemet." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 -msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "Foreslaget rapporterer den samlede størrelse på filer som vil blive installeret på systemet. Systemet vil dog indeholde nogle andre filer (midlertidige og arbejdsfiler), så den brugte plads vil være en anelse større end den fremviste værdi. Derfor er det en god ide at have mindst 25% (eller omkring 300 MB) ledig plads, før start af installationen." +msgid "" +"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " +"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " +"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " +"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free " +"space before starting the installation." +msgstr "" +"Foreslaget rapporterer den samlede størrelse på filer som vil blive " +"installeret på systemet. Systemet vil dog indeholde nogle andre filer " +"(midlertidige og arbejdsfiler), så den brugte plads vil være en anelse større " +"end den fremviste værdi. Derfor er det en god ide at have mindst 25% (eller " +"omkring 300 MB) ledig plads, før start af installationen." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the " +"connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" -"Den samlede \"Downloadstørrelse\" er størrelsen på pakkerne, som vil blive\n" -"downloadet fra eksterne softwarekilder (netværk). Denne værdi er vigtig, hvis forbindelsen er langsom, eller hvis der er en databegrænsning på download.\n" +"Den samlede \"Downloadstørrelse\" er størrelsen på pakkerne, som vil " +"blive\n" +"downloadet fra eksterne softwarekilder (netværk). Denne værdi er vigtig, hvis " +"forbindelsen er langsom, eller hvis der er en databegrænsning på download." +"\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 @@ -1762,18 +1876,28 @@ #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 -msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." -msgstr "Kontakt leverandørerne af disse tillægsprodukter for at få nye installationsmedier." +msgid "" +"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " +"media." +msgstr "" +"Kontakt leverandørerne af disse tillægsprodukter for at få nye " +"installationsmedier." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 -msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." -msgstr "Kontakt leverandøren af tillægsproduktet for at få et nyt installationsmedie." +msgid "" +"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "" +"Kontakt leverandøren af tillægsproduktet for at få et nyt installationsmedie." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 -msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." -msgstr "Fejl: Kan ikke kontrollere ledig plads i basismappen %1 (enheden %2), kan ikke starte installation." +msgid "" +"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " +"start installation." +msgstr "" +"Fejl: Kan ikke kontrollere ledig plads i basismappen %1 (enheden %2), kan " +"ikke starte installation." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 @@ -1808,7 +1932,8 @@ "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" "Udgivelsesnoterne til den oprindelige udgivelse er en del af\n" -"installationsmediet. Hvis der er internetforbindelse under konfigurationen, kan du\n" +"installationsmediet. Hvis der er internetforbindelse under konfigurationen, " +"kan du\n" "downloade opdaterede udgivelsesnoter fra SUSE Linux webserveren.\n" #. popup - information label @@ -1866,6 +1991,8 @@ "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." msgstr "" +"Kunne ikke vælge standard produktmønster %{pattern_name}.\n" +"Mønster ikke fundet." #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. @@ -1875,8 +2002,12 @@ msgstr "Kan ikke læse licensfilen %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 -msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "For at produktlicensen vises korrekt, så læg filen license.tar.gz i roden af livemediet ved bygning af imagefilen." +msgid "" +"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root " +"of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "" +"For at produktlicensen vises korrekt, så læg filen license.tar.gz i roden af " +"livemediet ved bygning af imagefilen." #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 @@ -2226,10 +2357,14 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " +"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "<big>Softwarekildens navn</big> \n" -"Brug Softwarekildens navn til at angive navnet for softwarekilden. Hvis det er tomt vil YaST bruge produktnavnet (hvis tilgængeligt) eller URL som navn.\n" +"Brug Softwarekildens navn til at angive navnet for softwarekilden. " +"Hvis det er tomt vil YaST bruge produktnavnet (hvis tilgængeligt) eller URL " +"som navn.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 @@ -2240,10 +2375,12 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " +"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Tjenestenavn</big> \n" -" Brug Tjenestenavn til at angive navnet på tjenesten. Hvis det er tomt, vil YaST bruge en del af tjenestens URL som navn.\n" +" Brug Tjenestenavn til at angive navnet på tjenesten. Hvis det er " +"tomt, vil YaST bruge en del af tjenestens URL som navn.\n" # #. popup message @@ -2292,12 +2429,14 @@ msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man " +"5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Monteringstilvalg</big> \n" "Du kan angive ekstra tilvalg der bruges til montering af NFS-diskområdet.\n" -"Dette er en avanceret mulighed, det anbefales at beholde standardværdien. Se man 5 nfs\n" +"Dette er en avanceret mulighed, det anbefales at beholde standardværdien. Se " +"man 5 nfs\n" "for detaljer og listen over understøttede tilvalg." #. radio button @@ -2534,7 +2673,8 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " +"Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2545,7 +2685,8 @@ "For at aktivere godkendelse så fjern afkrydsning af Anonym og angiv\n" "Brugernavn og Adgangskode.\n" "\n" -"For SMB/CIFS-softwarekilde så angiv navn for Delt ressource og Søgesti\n" +"For SMB/CIFS-softwarekilde så angiv navn for Delt ressource og " +"Søgesti\n" "til mappe eller ISO-imagefil. \n" "Hvis placeringen er en fil, som indeholder en ISO-imagefil\n" "af mediet så angiv ISO-imagefil.\n" @@ -2556,7 +2697,8 @@ "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" -"Det er muligt at angive port-nummer for en HTTP-/HTTPS-softwarekilde.\n" +"Det er muligt at angive port-nummer for en " +"HTTP-/HTTPS-softwarekilde.\n" "Lad det være tomt for at anvende standardporten.\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. @@ -2564,7 +2706,7 @@ #. @return [Boolean] whether defined #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jeg vil gerne installere et tilføjelsesprodukt" #. help text #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 @@ -2639,13 +2781,16 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " +"the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "Download filer \n" -"Hver softwarekilde har beskrivelsesfiler som beskriver indholdet af softwarekilden.\n" -"Markér Download beskrivelsesfiler for softwarekilde for at downloade filer\n" +"Hver softwarekilde har beskrivelsesfiler som beskriver indholdet af " +"softwarekilden.\n" +"Markér Download beskrivelsesfiler for softwarekilde for at downloade " +"filer\n" "når YaST-modulet lukkes. Hvis indstillingen ikke er markeret vil YaST\n" "automatisk downloade filerne når de behøves senere. \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/samba-server.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/samba-server.da.po 2014-10-06 19:14:52 UTC (rev 89732) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/samba-server.da.po 2014-10-06 19:15:07 UTC (rev 89733) @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ # Keld Simonsen <keld(a)dkuug.dk>, 2004. # Martin Schlander <suse(a)linuxin.dk>, 2006, 2007. # Ib Larsen <i.la(a)tele2adsl.dk>, 2006. -# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013. +# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. # Jan Madsen <jan.madsen.pt(a)gmail.com>, 2008. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-30 20:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:54+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -30,7 +30,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for samba-server module #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "Konfigurationsmodul til Samba-server (se Samba-dokumentation for detaljer)" +msgstr "" +"Konfigurationsmodul til Samba-server (se Samba-dokumentation for detaljer)" #. translators: command line help text for share action #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 @@ -124,17 +125,20 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share read_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" -msgstr "En kommaadskilt liste over brugere, som kan læse fra den delte ressource" +msgstr "" +"En kommaadskilt liste over brugere, som kan læse fra den delte ressource" #. translators: command line help text for share write_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" -msgstr "En kommaadskilt liste over brugere, som kan skrive til den delte ressource" +msgstr "" +"En kommaadskilt liste over brugere, som kan skrive til den delte ressource" #. translators: command line help text for share browseable option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN" -msgstr "Markér hvis den delte ressource skal skal være synlig på lokalnetværket" +msgstr "" +"Markér hvis den delte ressource skal skal være synlig på lokalnetværket" #. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 @@ -144,7 +148,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" -msgstr "En kommaadskilt liste over brugere, som har adgang til den delte ressource" +msgstr "" +"En kommaadskilt liste over brugere, som har adgang til den delte ressource" #. translators: command line help text for PDC role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 @@ -164,7 +169,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" -msgstr "Serveren skal give adgang til delte ressourcer, men ikke tillade domænelogin" +msgstr "" +"Serveren skal give adgang til delte ressourcer, men ikke tillade domænelogin" #. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 @@ -198,13 +204,18 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgid "" +"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" msgstr "LDAP-suffiks-DN for håndtering af brugerinformation på LDAP-serveren" #. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" -msgstr "LDAP-DN til ændring af indhold på LDAP-serveren (f.eks. ændring af adgangskode)" +msgid "" +"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " +"passwords)" +msgstr "" +"LDAP-DN til ændring af indhold på LDAP-serveren (f.eks. ændring af " +"adgangskode)" #. translators: error message for share command line action #. must provide the share name @@ -270,7 +281,8 @@ msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " +"users,\n" "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgstr "" "Da der i øjeblikket er brugere tilsluttet til denne Samba-server,\n" @@ -633,12 +645,12 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:949 msgid "Expose Snapshots" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eksponér øjebliksbilleder" #. checkbox label #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brug Btrfs-funktioner" # #. translators: dialog caption @@ -904,7 +916,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Afbryder initialisering</big> \n" -"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på Afbryd nu.\n" +"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på Afbryd " +"nu.\n" # #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -933,11 +946,13 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " +"click Next.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Valg af arbejdsgruppe eller domæne</big> \n" -"Vælg eksisterende navn på arbejdsgruppe eller domæne, eller skriv dit eget nye navn og tryk på Næste.\n" +"Vælg eksisterende navn på arbejdsgruppe eller domæne, eller skriv dit eget " +"nye navn og tryk på Næste.\n" "\n" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 @@ -951,27 +966,36 @@ #| "The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection." msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style " +"domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " +"passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " +"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " +"phased out in future releases." msgstr "" "<big>Samba-servertype</big>\n" -"En domænestyreenhed tillader Windows-klienter at logge på et Windows-domæne.\n" +"En domænestyreenhed tillader Windows-klienter at logge på et " +"Windows-domæne.\n" "Backup-styreenheden anvender en anden domænestyreenhed til validering.\n" -"Den primære styreenhed anvender sin egen information om brugere og deres adgangskoder.\n" -"De tilgængelige indstillinger i konfigurationsdialogen afhænger af indstillingerne i dette udvalg." +"Den primære styreenhed anvender sin egen information om brugere og deres " +"adgangskoder.\n" +"De tilgængelige indstillinger i konfigurationsdialogen afhænger af " +"indstillingerne i dette udvalg." #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.<" +"/p>\n" "The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection." msgstr "" "<big>Samba-servertype</big>\n" -"En domænestyreenhed tillader Windows-klienter at logge på et Windows-domæne.\n" +"En domænestyreenhed tillader Windows-klienter at logge på et " +"Windows-domæne.\n" "De tilgængelige indstillinger i konfigurationsdialogen \n" "afhænger af indstillingerne i dette udvalg." @@ -985,7 +1009,8 @@ "This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n" "are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them. " msgstr "" -"Dette er en liste over allerede konfigurerede delte ressourcer, hvorvidt de \n" +"Dette er en liste over allerede konfigurerede delte ressourcer, hvorvidt " +"de \n" "er aktiveret eller deaktiveret og noget basal information om dem. " #. Share list dialog help 2/4 @@ -1025,7 +1050,8 @@ "already existing share, and Delete to \n" "remove the information about a share.\n" msgstr "" -"Brug Tilføj for at tilføje en ny delt ressource, Redigér for at ændre\n" +"Brug Tilføj for at tilføje en ny delt ressource, Redigér for " +"at ændre\n" "eksisterende delte ressourcer og Slet for at fjerne al \n" "information om en delt ressource.\n" @@ -1044,14 +1070,18 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain " +"Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " +"backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "Not a DC value.\n" msgstr "" "De basale indstillinger bestemmer domænet og\n" -"serverens rolle. Backup-domænestyreenhed og Primær domænestyreenhed tillader Windows-klienter at logge på et Windows-domæne. Backup-domænestyreenheden \n" +"serverens rolle. Backup-domænestyreenhed og Primær " +"domænestyreenhed tillader Windows-klienter at logge på et Windows-domæne. " +"Backup-domænestyreenheden \n" "anvender en anden domænestyreenhed til validering. Den primære styreenhed\n" "anvender sin egen information om brugere og deres adgangskoder.\n" "Hvis serveren ikke skal fungere som domænestyreenhed, vælges\n" @@ -1100,10 +1130,12 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " +"settings.\n" msgstr "" "Avancerede indstillinger giver adgang til \n" -" detaljeret konfiguration, kilder til brugerautentifikation og avancerede globale indstillinger.\n" +" detaljeret konfiguration, kilder til brugerautentifikation og avancerede " +"globale indstillinger.\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" @@ -1158,7 +1190,8 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Brug Tilføj for at tilføje en ny konfigurationindstilling, Redigér for at ændre\n" +"Brug Tilføj for at tilføje en ny konfigurationindstilling, " +"Redigér for at ændre\n" "en eksisterende indstilling og Slet for at slette en indstilling.\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 @@ -1176,7 +1209,8 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Brug Tilføj for at tilføje en ny konfigurationsindstilling, Redigér for at ændre\n" +"Brug Tilføj for at tilføje en ny konfigurationsindstilling, " +"Redigér for at ændre\n" "en eksisterende indstilling og Slet for at slette en indstilling.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 @@ -1194,21 +1228,27 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN" +" is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" msgstr "" "Søgebase-DN (Distinguished Name) er\n" -"stedet hvor søgning efter information skal begynde, og Administrations-DN bruges\n" +"stedet hvor søgning efter information skal begynde, og Administrations-DN<" +"/b> bruges\n" "når nye brugere og grupper skal oprettes. Hvis administrations-DN kræver\n" "en adgangskode for skriveadgang, skal dette angives ved at bruge\n" "Vælg adgangskode for LDAP-administration.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" -msgstr "Bemærk:Indstillinger gemmes før adgangskoden for LDAP-administration angives.\n" +msgid "" +"Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is " +"set.\n" +msgstr "" +"Bemærk:Indstillinger gemmes før adgangskoden for " +"LDAP-administration angives.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 @@ -1226,10 +1266,12 @@ #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " +"one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Hvis du vil ændre kilde til brugerautentificering, så fjern den aktuelle først\n" +"Hvis du vil ændre kilde til brugerautentificering, så fjern den aktuelle " +"først\n" "ved at trykke på Slet og tilføje en ny med Tilføj.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 @@ -1289,7 +1331,8 @@ "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Tilføj ny delt ressource</big> \n" -"Her kan du indtaste grundlæggende information om en ny delt ressource, der skal tilføjes.\n" +"Her kan du indtaste grundlæggende information om en ny delt ressource, der " +"skal tilføjes.\n" #. add new share dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 @@ -1338,11 +1381,21 @@ #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." +msgid "" +"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " +"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " +"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " +"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must " +"also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further " +"details." msgstr "" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." +msgid "" +"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of " +"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " +"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " +"Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" #. help for LDAP Settings dialog @@ -1352,53 +1405,86 @@ "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the " +"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store " +"SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " +"including full Administrator DN.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " +"objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To " +"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings" +"." msgstr "" "<big>LDAP-indstillinger</big> \n" "Her bestemmes den LDAP-server der skal bruges til autentificering.\n" "\n" "\n" -"At sætte LDAP adgangskode-backend muliggør lagring af brugerinformation i LDAP-træet, angivet via URL'en. Med LDAP Idmap-backend, lagres SID/uid/gid koblingstabeller i LDAP.\n" +"At sætte LDAP adgangskode-backend muliggør lagring af " +"brugerinformation i LDAP-træet, angivet via URL'en. Med LDAP " +"Idmap-backend, lagres SID/uid/gid koblingstabeller i LDAP.\n" "\n" -"I autentificeringsektionen sættes akkreditiverne for LDAP-serveren, inklusiv fuld administrator-DN.\n" +"I autentificeringsektionen sættes akkreditiverne for LDAP-serveren, inklusiv " +"fuld administrator-DN.\n" "\n" -"Søgebase-DN er det LDAP-suffiks der tilføjes til Samba-specifikke LDAP-objekter.\n" +"Søgebase-DN er det LDAP-suffiks der tilføjes til Samba-specifikke " +"LDAP-objekter.\n" "\n" -"Klik på Test forbindelse for at teste forbindelsen til din LDAP-server. Klik på Avancerede indstillinger for at sætte ekspertindstillinger eller bruge standardværdier." +"Klik på Test forbindelse for at teste forbindelsen til din " +"LDAP-server. Klik på Avancerede indstillinger for at sætte " +"ekspertindstillinger eller bruge standardværdier." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." -msgstr "Brugersuffiks angiver hvor brugere føjes til LDAP-træet. Værdien sættes foran værdien for Søgebase-DN. Tilsvarende angiver Gruppesuffiks angiver stedet for grupper, Maskinesuffiks for maskiner og Idmap-suffiks for idmap-koblinger." +msgid "" +"User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " +"value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, " +"Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for " +"machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." +msgstr "" +"Brugersuffiks angiver hvor brugere føjes til LDAP-træet. Værdien " +"sættes foran værdien for Søgebase-DN. Tilsvarende angiver " +"Gruppesuffiks angiver stedet for grupper, Maskinesuffiks for " +"maskiner og Idmap-suffiks for idmap-koblinger." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " +"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" "Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." msgstr "" -"Ventetid for replicering er antallet af millisekunder som Samba vil vente efter skrivning til LDAP-serveren, således at LDAP-replikaer kan følge med.\n" +"Ventetid for replicering er antallet af millisekunder som Samba vil " +"vente efter skrivning til LDAP-serveren, således at LDAP-replikaer kan følge " +"med.\n" "Tidsudløb angiver tidsudløbet for LDAP-operationer (i sekunder)." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." -msgstr "Bestem om der skal bruges SSL til LDAP-forbindelse med Brug SSL eller TLS." +msgid "" +"Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS.<" +"/p>" +msgstr "" +"Bestem om der skal bruges SSL til LDAP-forbindelse med Brug SSL eller " +"TLS." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" -"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " +"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the " +"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " +"page for details." msgstr "" -"Slet DN angiver om sletningsoperationen sletter hele LDAP-indgangen eller kun Samba-specifikke attributter.\n" -"Med Synkronisér adgangskoder defineres mulig synkronisering af LDAP-adgangskoden med NT og LM-hashes. Se man-siden <tt>smb.conf</tt> for detaljer." +"Slet DN angiver om sletningsoperationen sletter hele LDAP-indgangen " +"eller kun Samba-specifikke attributter.\n" +"Med Synkronisér adgangskoder defineres mulig synkronisering af " +"LDAP-adgangskoden med NT og LM-hashes. Se man-siden <tt>smb.conf</tt> for " +"detaljer." #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 @@ -1456,11 +1542,13 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " +"and\n" "expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Avancerede indstillinger giver adgang til \n" -"detaljeret konfiguration, som f.eks. LDAP-indstillinger, kilder til brugerautentifikation og\n" +"detaljeret konfiguration, som f.eks. LDAP-indstillinger, kilder til " +"brugerautentifikation og\n" "avancerede globale indstillinger.\n" #. translators: combo box value @@ -1682,7 +1770,8 @@ #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." -msgstr "Kun dcObject- (dc) og organizationalUnit- (ou) klasser er understøttet." +msgstr "" +"Kun dcObject- (dc) og organizationalUnit- (ou) klasser er understøttet." #. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/sshd.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/sshd.da.po 2014-10-06 19:14:52 UTC (rev 89732) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/sshd.da.po 2014-10-06 19:15:07 UTC (rev 89733) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>, 2001. # Martin Schlander <suse(a)linuxin.dk>, 2007. # Jan Madsen <jan.madsen.pt(a)gmail.com>, 2007. -# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012. +# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sshd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 18:47+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 21:11+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -21,13 +21,12 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. SSHD read dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:155 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:175 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:78 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Initializing SSHD Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af SSHD" @@ -36,7 +35,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:161 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:181 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:84 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the current SSHD configuration" msgid "Read current SSHD configuration" msgstr "Læs nuværende SSHD-konfiguration" @@ -45,7 +43,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:163 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:183 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:86 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the current SSHD state" msgid "Read current SSHD state" msgstr "Læs nuværende SSHD-tilstand" @@ -54,7 +51,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:166 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:186 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:89 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the current SSHD configuration..." msgid "Reading current SSHD configuration..." msgstr "Læser nuværende SSHD-konfiguration..." @@ -63,16 +59,14 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:168 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:188 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:91 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the current SSHD state" msgid "Reading current SSHD state..." -msgstr "Læser nuværende SSHD-tilstand" +msgstr "Læser nuværende SSHD-tilstand..." #. Error message #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:186 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:206 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:109 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." msgid "Cannot read current SSHD state." msgstr "Kan ikke læse nuværende SSHD-tilstand." @@ -81,7 +75,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:204 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:224 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:127 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Saving SSHD Configuration" msgstr "Gemmer SSHD-konfiguration" @@ -97,10 +90,9 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:212 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:232 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:135 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjust SSHD service" msgid "Adjust the SSHD service" -msgstr "Tilpas SSHD-tjeneste" +msgstr "Tilpas SSHD-tjenesten" #. Progress step 1/2 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:215 @@ -113,16 +105,14 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:217 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:237 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:140 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjusting SSHD service..." msgid "Adjusting the SSHD service..." -msgstr "Tilpasser SSHD-tjeneste..." +msgstr "Tilpasser SSHD-tjenesten..." #. Error message #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:228 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:248 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:151 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write the SSHD settings." msgid "Cannot write SSHD settings." msgstr "Kan ikke skrive SSHD-indstillinger." @@ -202,10 +192,9 @@ #. a dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:106 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:100 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "General Login Settings" msgid "SSHD Server Login Settings" -msgstr "Generelle login-indstillinger" +msgstr "Login-indstillinger for SSHD-server" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:110 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:104 @@ -215,7 +204,6 @@ #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:113 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:107 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Print &Message of the Day after Login" msgid "Print &Message of the Day After Login" msgstr "Skriv dagens &besked efter login" @@ -240,7 +228,6 @@ #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:125 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:119 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Pa&ssword Authentication" msgid "Pa&sswordAuthentication" msgstr "Adgang&skode-autentificering" @@ -248,29 +235,25 @@ #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:127 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:121 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Pa&ssword Authentication" msgid "RSA Authenti&cation" -msgstr "Adgang&skode-autentificering" +msgstr "RSA-autentifi&cering" #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:129 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:123 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Public &Key Authentication (Protocol V. 2 Only)" msgid "Public &Key Authentication" -msgstr "Autentificering med offentlig nø&gle (kun protokol v. 2)" +msgstr "Autentificering med offentlig nø&gle" #. Sshd read dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:28 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Initializing sshd Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af SSHD" #. Sshd write dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:53 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Saving sshd Configuration" msgstr "Gemmer SSHD-konfiguration" @@ -278,32 +261,30 @@ #. Sshd overview dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:56 msgid "Sshd Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SSHD-oversigt" #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nummer" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sshd" #. Sshd configure1 dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-dialogs.ycp:25 msgid "</command>Sshd Configuration<command>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "</command>Sshd-konfiguration<command>" #. Sshd configure1 dialog contents #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-dialogs.ycp:28 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of sshd" msgid "First part of configuration of sshd" -msgstr "Konfiguration af SSHD" +msgstr "Første del af konfiguration af SSHD" #. Read dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:18 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing the sshd Configuration</big> \n" #| "\n" @@ -312,11 +293,10 @@ "Please wait... " msgstr "" "<big>Initialiserer konfiguration af SSHD</big> \n" -"\n" +"Vent venligst... " #. Write dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:22 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Saving the sshd Configuration</big> \n" #| "\n" @@ -325,7 +305,7 @@ "Please wait... " msgstr "" "<big>Gemmer SSHD-konfiguration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Vent venligst... " #. Server Configuration dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:26 @@ -338,7 +318,6 @@ #. Login Settings dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:30 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Server Configuration</big> \n" #| "Configure SSHD here. " @@ -346,8 +325,8 @@ "<big>Login Settings</big> \n" "Configure SSHD login settings here. " msgstr "" -"<big>Serverkonfiguration</big> \n" -"Konfigurér SSHD her. " +"<big>Login-indstillinger</big> \n" +"Konfigurér login-indstilinger for SSHD her. " #. Command line help text for the Xsshd module #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/sshd.ycp:32 Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/storage.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/storage.da.po 2014-10-06 19:14:52 UTC (rev 89732) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/storage.da.po 2014-10-06 19:15:07 UTC (rev 89733) @@ -13,14 +13,14 @@ # Martin Schlander <suse(a)linuxin.dk>, 2006, 2007. # Ib Larsen <i.la(a)tele2adsl.dk>, 2006. # Jan Madsen <jan.madsen.pt(a)gmail.com>, 2008. -# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013. +# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. # Jan Madsen <jan-portugal(a)opensuse.org>, 2009. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-03 18:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 21:14+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -42,7 +42,8 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Brug kun dette program, hvis du er fortrolig med partitionering af harddiske.\n" +"Brug kun dette program, hvis du er fortrolig med partitionering af " +"harddiske.\n" "\n" "Forsøg aldrig at partitionere diske, som kan være i brug på nogen måde\n" "(monterede partitioner, swap osv.), hvis du ikke er helt sikker på, hvad du\n" @@ -95,10 +96,9 @@ #. Radiobutton for partition dialog #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." -msgstr "Ekspertpartitionering" +msgstr "&Ekspertpartitionering..." # #. Radiobutton for partition dialog @@ -122,10 +122,9 @@ #. this is the normal case #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Proposal settings" msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" -msgstr "Indstillinger for forslag" +msgstr "Redigér indstillinger for forslag" #. help on suggested partitioning #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 @@ -412,7 +411,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows brugt er størrelsen på den plads din Windows-partition bruger.\n" +"Windows brugt er størrelsen på den plads din Windows-partition " +"bruger.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -532,7 +532,8 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "Dit system kan kun konfigureres med \"Brugertilpasset partitionering\"." +msgstr "" +"Dit system kan kun konfigureres med \"Brugertilpasset partitionering\"." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -669,8 +670,11 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "Ingen harddiske fundet. Hvis en opdaterings-cd er tilgængelig, prøv at bruge den til installationen." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"Ingen harddiske fundet. Hvis en opdaterings-cd er tilgængelig, prøv at bruge " +"den til installationen." # #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on @@ -1099,6 +1103,10 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" +"Advarsel: Der er ingen partition af typen bios_grub til stede.\n" +"for at botte fra en GPT-disk med grub2 er sådan en partition påkrævet.\n" +"\n" +"Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n" #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to @@ -1252,15 +1260,18 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point " +"\"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Du har ikke tildelt en swap-partition. I de fleste tilfælde anbefaler vi kraftigt, \n" +"Du har ikke tildelt en swap-partition. I de fleste tilfælde anbefaler vi " +"kraftigt, \n" "at oprette og tildele en swap-partition.\n" -"Swap-partitioner i systemet opføres i hovedvinduet som typen \"Linux swap\".\n" +"Swap-partitioner i systemet opføres i hovedvinduet som typen \"Linux " +"swap\".\n" "En tildelt swap-partition har monteringspunktet \"swap\".\n" "Hvis du vil, kan du tildele mere end én swap-partition.\n" "\n" @@ -1300,8 +1311,10 @@ "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" -"Hvis du er i tvivl, er det bedst at gå tilbage og markere denne partition til\n" -"formatering, specielt hvis den er tildelt et af standard-monteringspunkterne såsom\n" +"Hvis du er i tvivl, er det bedst at gå tilbage og markere denne partition " +"til\n" +"formatering, specielt hvis den er tildelt et af standard-monteringspunkterne " +"såsom\n" "/, /boot, /opt eller /var.\n" #. continued popup text @@ -1376,14 +1389,18 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"Den valgte udvidede partition indeholder partitioner, som aktuelt er monteret:\n" +"Den valgte udvidede partition indeholder partitioner, som aktuelt er " +"monteret:\n" "%1\n" -"Vi anbefaler *kraftigt* at afmontere disse partitioner, før du sletter den udvidede partition.\n" +"Vi anbefaler *kraftigt* at afmontere disse partitioner, før du sletter den " +"udvidede partition.\n" "Tryk på \"Annullér\", hvis du ikke ved nøjagtigt hvad du laver.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1555,20 +1572,24 @@ "Montér i /etc/fstab ved:\n" "Et filsystem, som skal monteres, identificeres normalt ved enhedsnavnet\n" "i /etc/fstab. Denne identifikation kan ændres, så filsystemet,\n" -"der skal monteres, findes ved at søge efter et UUID eller et diskområdemærkat. Ikke alle\n" -"filsystemer kan monteres med et UUID eller en diskområdemærkat. Hvis et tilvalg er deaktiveret,\n" +"der skal monteres, findes ved at søge efter et UUID eller et " +"diskområdemærkat. Ikke alle\n" +"filsystemer kan monteres med et UUID eller en diskområdemærkat. Hvis et " +"tilvalg er deaktiveret,\n" "er det ikke muligt.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Diskområdemærkat:\n" -"Navnet, angivet i dette felt, bruges som diskområdemærkat. Dette er normalt kun\n" +"Navnet, angivet i dette felt, bruges som diskområdemærkat. Dette er normalt " +"kun\n" "relevant hvis du aktiverer tilvalget for montering med diskområdemærkat.\n" "Et diskområdemærkat kan ikke indeholde /-tegnet eller mellemrum.\n" @@ -1729,7 +1750,8 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." -msgstr "Du risikerer at miste data, hvis du formindsker dette logiske diskområde." +msgstr "" +"Du risikerer at miste data, hvis du formindsker dette logiske diskområde." # #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330 @@ -1810,12 +1832,14 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Den valgte enhed indeholder partitioner, som i øjeblikket er monterede:\n" "%1\n" -"Vi anbefaler *kraftigt* at afmontere disse, før du sletter partitionstabellen.\n" +"Vi anbefaler *kraftigt* at afmontere disse, før du sletter " +"partitionstabellen.\n" "Tryk på \"Annullér\", hvis du ikke ved nøjagtigt, hvad du laver.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1863,16 +1887,12 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1601 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "Create and remove subvolumes \n" #| "from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Opret og fjern underdiskområder \n" -"fra et Btrfs-filsystem.\n" +msgstr "Opret og fjern underdiskområder fra et Btrfs-filsystem.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1606 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." @@ -1905,7 +1925,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 msgid "Enable Snapshots" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivér øjebliksbilleder" #. heading text #. button text @@ -1923,7 +1943,8 @@ "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -"Kun navne på underdiskområder som starter med \"%1\" er tilladt i øjeblikket!\n" +"Kun navne på underdiskområder som starter med \"%1\" er tilladt i " +"øjeblikket!\n" "Sætter automatisk \"%1\" foran navnet på underdiskområdet." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 @@ -1976,16 +1997,19 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or " +"/var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Dette monteringspunkt svarer til et midlertidigt filsystem som f.eks. /tmp eller /var/tmp.\n" +"Dette monteringspunkt svarer til et midlertidigt filsystem som f.eks. /tmp " +"eller /var/tmp.\n" "Hvis du lader krypteringsadgangskoden være tom vil systemet oprette\n" -"en vilkårlig adgangskode for dig ved systemstart. Dette betyder, at du mister alle \n" +"en vilkårlig adgangskode for dig ved systemstart. Dette betyder, at du mister " +"alle \n" "data på disse filsystemer, når systemet lukkes ned.\n" "\n" @@ -1995,14 +2019,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hvis du glemmer din adgangskode, mister du adgang til alle data i dit filsystem.\n" +"Hvis du glemmer din adgangskode, mister du adgang til alle data i dit " +"filsystem.\n" "Vær påpasselig med valg af adgangskode. En kombination af bogstaver og tal\n" "anbefales. For at sikre, at adgangskoden indtastedes korrekt, \n" "skal den indtastes to gange.\n" @@ -2014,7 +2040,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2068,14 +2095,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hvis det krypterede filsystem ikke indeholder nogen systemfil, og derfor ikke er\n" -"nødvendigt for opdateringen, kan du vælge Spring over. I så fald tilgås\n" +"Hvis det krypterede filsystem ikke indeholder nogen systemfil, og derfor ikke " +"er\n" +"nødvendigt for opdateringen, kan du vælge Spring over. I så fald " +"tilgås\n" "filsystemet ikke under opdateringen .\n" "\n" @@ -2100,7 +2130,6 @@ "tilintetgøre diskmærkatet i ekspertpartitionering.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning: Your system states that it reqires an EFI \n" #| "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2208,13 +2237,16 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"Et FAT-filsystem anvendt til system-monteringspunkt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" +"Et FAT-filsystem anvendt til system-monteringspunkt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, " +"/home).\n" "Dette er ikke muligt." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "Ugyldigt tegn i monteringspunkt. Brug ikke \"`'!\"%#\" i et monteringspunkt." +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "" +"Ugyldigt tegn i monteringspunkt. Brug ikke \"`'!\"%#\" i et monteringspunkt." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 @@ -2299,7 +2331,8 @@ "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"Du kan prøve at afmontere det nu, fortsætte uden at afmontere eller annullere.\n" +"Du kan prøve at afmontere det nu, fortsætte uden at afmontere eller " +"annullere.\n" "Tryk på Annullér medmindre du ved præcis hvad du gør." #. button text @@ -2327,7 +2360,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Det er ikke muligt at ændre størrelse på et filsystem mens det er monteret." +msgstr "" +"Det er ikke muligt at ændre størrelse på et filsystem mens det er monteret." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 @@ -2745,7 +2779,8 @@ "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Hvis du vil kryptere alle data på \n" -"diskområdet, vælg da Kryptér enhed. Ændring af krypteringen på et eksisterende diskområde vil slette alle data på det.\n" +"diskområdet, vælg da Kryptér enhed. Ændring af krypteringen på et " +"eksisterende diskområde vil slette alle data på det.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 @@ -2845,7 +2880,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Filsystemet, der bruges til dette diskområde, er swap. Du kan lade\n" -"krypteringsadgangskoden være tom, men så kan swap-enheden ikke bruges til dvale\n" +"krypteringsadgangskoden være tom, men så kan swap-enheden ikke bruges til " +"dvale\n" "(suspendér til disk).\n" "\n" @@ -3579,7 +3615,8 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Denne visning viser alle enheder, som bruges af\n" -"den valgte harddisk. Tabellen er kun tilgængelig for BIOS RAIDs, partitionerede\n" +"den valgte harddisk. Tabellen er kun tilgængelig for BIOS RAIDs, " +"partitionerede\n" "software-RAIDs og multipath-diske.\n" #. tab heading @@ -3626,7 +3663,8 @@ msgstr "" "Du kan vælge om de eksisterende system-diskområder,\n" "f.eks. / og /usr, skal formateres under\n" -"installationen. Ikke-system-diskområder, f.eks. /home, vil ikke blive formateret." +"installationen. Ikke-system-diskområder, f.eks. /home, vil ikke blive " +"formateret." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 @@ -3783,11 +3821,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Stinavn for løkkefil: Dette skal være den absolutte sti til den fil,\n" +"Stinavn for løkkefil: Dette skal være den absolutte sti til den " +"fil,\n" "der indeholder data for den krypterede løkkeenhed, som skal sættes op.\n" #. helptext @@ -4005,7 +4045,9 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette diskområdegruppen \"%1\" og alle tilhørende logiske diskområder?" +msgstr "" +"Vil du virkelig slette diskområdegruppen \"%1\" og alle tilhørende logiske " +"diskområder?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4047,12 +4089,15 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "Angiv navnet og størrelsen på den fysiske udstrækning for den ny diskområdegruppe." +msgstr "" +"Angiv navnet og størrelsen på den fysiske udstrækning for den ny " +"diskområdegruppe." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "Vælg de logiske diskområder, som diskområdegruppen skal indeholde." +msgstr "" +"Vælg de logiske diskområder, som diskområdegruppen skal indeholde." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4085,11 +4130,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Angiv størrelse samt antal og størrelse af \n" -"striber for det nye logiske diskområde. Antallet af striber kan ikke være større end\n" +"striber for det nye logiske diskområde. Antallet af striber kan ikke være " +"større end\n" "antallet af diskområdegruppens fysiske diskområder." #. helptext @@ -4103,8 +4150,10 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "Såkaldte tynde diskområder kan oprettes\n" -"med vilkårlig diskområdestørrelse. Den plads der kræves tages efter behov fra den \n" -"tildelt tynde pulje. Så man kan oprette et tyndt diskområde som er større end \n" +"med vilkårlig diskområdestørrelse. Den plads der kræves tages efter behov fra " +"den \n" +"tildelt tynde pulje. Så man kan oprette et tyndt diskområde som er " +"større end \n" "den tynde pulje. Når der faktisk skrives data til et tyndt diskområde,\n" "skal den tildelte tynde pulje naturligvis kunne opfylde pladskravet.\n" "Tynde diskområder kan ikke have et stribeantal." @@ -4140,30 +4189,36 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Du kan erklære det logiske diskområde som et normalt diskområde.\n" -"Dette er standard og betyder almindelige LVM-diskområder, ligesom alle diskområder var før funktionen Tynd provisionering fandtes.\n" +"Dette er standard og betyder almindelige LVM-diskområder, ligesom alle " +"diskområder var før funktionen Tynd provisionering fandtes.\n" "Hvis du er i tvivl, er dette sandsynligvis det rette valg" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" "Du kan erklære det logiske diskområde som en tynd pulje.\n" -"Dette betyder at tynde diskområder allokerer deres nødvendige plads efter behov fra sådan en pulje." +"Dette betyder at tynde diskområder allokerer deres nødvendige plads " +"efter behov fra sådan en pulje." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool" +"." msgstr "" "Du kan erklære det logiske diskområde som et tyndt diskområde.\n" -"Dette betyder at diskområdet allokerer nødvendig plads efter behov fra en tynd pulje." +"Dette betyder at diskområdet allokerer nødvendig plads efter behov fra en " +"tynd pulje." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4217,12 +4272,15 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Der er ikke ikke nok egnede ubrugte enheder til at oprette en diskområdegruppe.\n" +"Der er ikke ikke nok egnede ubrugte enheder til at oprette en " +"diskområdegruppe.\n" "\n" -"For at bruge LVM, kræves mindst en ubrugt partition af typen 0x8e (eller 0x83) eller en\n" +"For at bruge LVM, kræves mindst en ubrugt partition af typen 0x8e (eller " +"0x83) eller en\n" "ubrugt RAID-enhed. Ændr din partitionstabel derefter." #. error popup @@ -4454,8 +4512,12 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "NFS-konfiguration er ikke tilgængelig. Tjek installation af pakken yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"NFS-konfiguration er ikke tilgængelig. Tjek installation af pakken " +"yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4486,7 +4548,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Dette niveau øger diskydelsen.\n" "Der er INGEN redundans i denne tilstand.\n" @@ -4496,12 +4559,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " +"all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 1: Denne tilstand har den bedste redundans. Den kan bruges\n" -"med to eller flere diske. Tilstanden laver en nøjagtig kopi af alle data på alle\n" +"RAID 1: Denne tilstand har den bedste redundans. Den kan " +"bruges\n" +"med to eller flere diske. Tilstanden laver en nøjagtig kopi af alle data på " +"alle\n" "diske. Så længe én af diskene fungerer, vil ingen data gå tabt. Partitioner,\n" "som bruges for denne type RAID, bør have omtrent samme størrelse.\n" @@ -4509,12 +4576,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: Denne tilstand kan håndtere et større antal diske, og har alligevel\n" -"nogen redundans. Tilstanden kan bruges for tre eller flere diske. Hvis én disk fejler,\n" -"er alle data stadig intakte. Hvis to diske fejler samtidig, mistes alle data.\n" +"RAID 5: Denne tilstand kan håndtere et større antal diske, og " +"har alligevel\n" +"nogen redundans. Tilstanden kan bruges for tre eller flere diske. Hvis én " +"disk fejler,\n" +"er alle data stadig intakte. Hvis to diske fejler samtidig, mistes alle " +"data.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4528,11 +4600,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5)." +"\n" msgstr "" "Føj partitioner til din RAID. Afhængigt af \n" -"RAID-type, er brugbar diskplads summen af disse partitioner (RAID0), størrelsen på\n" +"RAID-type, er brugbar diskplads summen af disse partitioner (RAID0), " +"størrelsen på\n" "den mindste partition (RAID 1) eller (N-1)*mindste partition (RAID 5).\n" #. helptext @@ -4596,12 +4671,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Fragmentstørrelse: Dette er den mindste \"atomare\" størrelse\n" -"af data, der kan skrives i til enhederne. En fornuftig fragmentstørrelse for RAID 5 er 128KB. For RAID 0\n" -"er 32 KB et godt udgangspunkt. For RAID 1 betyder fragmentstørrelsen ikke så meget.\n" +"af data, der kan skrives i til enhederne. En fornuftig fragmentstørrelse for " +"RAID 5 er 128KB. For RAID 0\n" +"er 32 KB et godt udgangspunkt. For RAID 1 betyder fragmentstørrelsen ikke så " +"meget.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4611,7 +4690,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Paritetsalgoritmen der skal bruges med RAID5/6.\n" "Venstresymmetrisk giver bedst ydelse på almindelige roterende plader.\n" @@ -4886,16 +4966,19 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path" +"\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Standard montér via giver \"montér via\"-metoden\n" "for nyoprettede filsystemer. Enhedsnavn bruger kernens\n" "enhedsnavn, hvilket ikke er persistent. Enheds-id og Enhedssti\n" "bruger navne der er genereret ud fra hardwareinformation. Disse bør være\n" -"persistente, men desværre gælder dette ikke altid. Endelig bruger UUID og\n" +"persistente, men desværre gælder dette ikke altid. Endelig bruger UUID " +"og\n" "Diskområdemærkat filsystemets UUID og mærkat.\n" #. helptext @@ -4911,12 +4994,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Justering af nyoprettede partitioner\n" -"bestemmer hvordan oprettede partitioner justeres. cylinder er den traditionelle justering ved ved diskens cylindergrænser. optimal justerer \n" +"bestemmer hvordan oprettede partitioner justeres. cylinder er den " +"traditionelle justering ved ved diskens cylindergrænser. optimal " +"justerer \n" "partitionerne efter bedst ydelse i henhold til tips fra Linux-kernen \n" "eller prøver at være kompatibel med Windows Vista og Windows 7.\n" @@ -4999,7 +5086,8 @@ "have no logical volumes." msgstr "" "Denne visning viser enheder, som ikke har noget \n" -"monteringspunkt tildelt, diske som er upartitioneret og diskområdegrupper som,\n" +"monteringspunkt tildelt, diske som er upartitioneret og diskområdegrupper " +"som,\n" "ikke har nogen logiske diskområder." #. popup message @@ -5187,26 +5275,33 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Denne dialog er til at definere klasser for RAID-enhederne\n" -"som er indeholdt i RAID'et. Tilgængelige klasser er A, B, C, D og E, men i mange tilfælde\n" +"som er indeholdt i RAID'et. Tilgængelige klasser er A, B, C, D og E, men i " +"mange tilfælde\n" "behøves færre klasser (f.eks. kun A og B). " #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the " +"\n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "Du kan putte en enhed ind i en klasse ved at højreklikke på\n" "enheden og vælge den passende klasse fra kontekstmenuen. Ved at holde \n" -"Ctrl- eller Skift-tasten nede kan du vælge flere enheder og sætte dem ind i en klasse i\n" -"et trin. Man kan også bruge knapperne med etiketten \"%1\" til \"%2\" til at sætte aktuelt\n" +"Ctrl- eller Skift-tasten nede kan du vælge flere enheder og sætte dem ind i " +"en klasse i\n" +"et trin. Man kan også bruge knapperne med etiketten \"%1\" til \"%2\" til at " +"sætte aktuelt\n" "markerede enheder ind i denne klasse." #. dialog help text @@ -5234,8 +5329,10 @@ "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" "second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Sammenflettet bruger første enhed fra klasse A, så første enhed fra klasse\n" -"B, så alle følgende klasser med tildelte enheder. Så kommer anden enhed fra klasse A,\n" +"Sammenflettet bruger første enhed fra klasse A, så første enhed fra " +"klasse\n" +"B, så alle følgende klasser med tildelte enheder. Så kommer anden enhed fra " +"klasse A,\n" "anden enhed fra klasse B og så fremdeles." #. dialog help text @@ -5253,21 +5350,29 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1" +") and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "Ved at trykke på knappen \"%1\" kan du vælge en fil som indeholder\n" -"linjer med et regulært udtryk og et klassenavn (f.eks. \"sda.* A\"). Alle enheder som matcher\n" -"det regulære udtryk vil blive sat ind i klassen på den linje. Det regulære udtryk matches\n" +"linjer med et regulært udtryk og et klassenavn (f.eks. \"sda.* A\"). Alle " +"enheder som matcher\n" +"det regulære udtryk vil blive sat ind i klassen på den linje. Det regulære " +"udtryk matches\n" "imod kernenavnet (f.eks. /dev/sda1), \n" -"udev-stinavnet (f.eks. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) og\n" +"udev-stinavnet (f.eks. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) " +"og\n" "udev-id'et (f.eks. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"Den første match bestemmer klassen hvis en enheds navn matcher mere end ét regulært\n" +"Den første match bestemmer klassen hvis en enheds navn matcher mere end ét " +"regulært\n" "udtryk." #. headline text @@ -5303,12 +5408,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Størrelse på tmpfs:\n" -"Størrelsen kan enten angives som et tal efterfulgt af K,M,G for hhv. Kilo-, Mega- eller Gigabytes eller\n" -"som et tal efterfulgt af et procenttegn som angiver procentdel af hukommelsen." +"Størrelsen kan enten angives som et tal efterfulgt af K,M,G for hhv. Kilo-, " +"Mega- eller Gigabytes eller\n" +"som et tal efterfulgt af et procenttegn som angiver procentdel af " +"hukommelsen." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 @@ -5339,11 +5447,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Monter som skrivebeskyttet:\n" -"Det er ikke muligt at skrive til filsystemet. Standardværdien er falsk. Under installation\n" +"Det er ikke muligt at skrive til filsystemet. Standardværdien er falsk. Under " +"installation\n" "monteres filsystemet altid som læse-skrive." #. button text @@ -5358,7 +5468,8 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Ingen adgangstid:\n" -"Adgangstiderne opdateres ikke når en fil læses. Standardværdien er falsk.\n" +"Adgangstiderne opdateres ikke når en fil læses. Standardværdien er falsk." +"\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 @@ -5373,7 +5484,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Kan monteres af bruger:\n" -"Filsystemet kan monteres af en almindelig bruger. Standardværdien er falsk.\n" +"Filsystemet kan monteres af en almindelig bruger. Standardværdien er falsk.<" +"/p>\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 @@ -5386,8 +5498,10 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point><" +"/tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Montér ikke ved systemopstart:\n" "Filsystemet monteres ikke automatisk, når systemet starter.\n" @@ -5426,8 +5540,10 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "Datajournaliseringstilstand:\n" "Angiver journaliseringstilstanden for fildata.\n" @@ -5435,7 +5551,8 @@ " skrives til hovedfilsystemet. Størst indvirkning på ydelsen. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- Alle data skrives direkte til hovedfilsystemet,\n" "før metadata gemmes i journalen. Medium indvirkning på ydelsen. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Datarækkefølge gemmes ikke. Ingen indvirkning på ydelsen.\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Datarækkefølge gemmes ikke. Ingen indvirkning på " +"ydelsen.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 @@ -5474,14 +5591,19 @@ msgstr "Tilfældig &tilvalgsværdi" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "Ugyldigt tegn i vilkårlig tilvalgsværdi. Brug elle mellemrum eller tabulatorer. Prøv igen." +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Ugyldigt tegn i vilkårlig tilvalgsværdi. Brug elle mellemrum eller " +"tabulatorer. Prøv igen." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of " +"/etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Tilfældig tilvalgsværdi:\n" @@ -5500,7 +5622,8 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Tegnsæt for filnavne:\n" -"Vælg tegnsættet, der benyttes til visning af filnavne på Windows-partitioner.\n" +"Vælg tegnsættet, der benyttes til visning af filnavne på " +"Windows-partitioner.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 @@ -5511,10 +5634,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" "Tegnkodningstabel for korte FAT-navne:\n" -"Denne tegnkodningstabel benyttes til konvertering til kortnavns-tegn i FAT-filsystemer.\n" +"Denne tegnkodningstabel benyttes til konvertering til kortnavns-tegn i " +"FAT-filsystemer.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 @@ -5525,10 +5650,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" "Antal FATs:\n" -"Specificér antal filallokeringstabeller i filsystemet. Standardværdien er 2." +"Specificér antal filallokeringstabeller i filsystemet. Standardværdien er 2.<" +"/p>" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 @@ -5539,10 +5666,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for " +"the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT-størrelse:\n" -"Specificér hvilken type allokeringstabeller der bruges (12-, 16-, eller 32-bits). Hvis auto angives vælger YaST automatisk den mest passende værdi til filsystemets størrelse.\n" +"Specificér hvilken type allokeringstabeller der bruges (12-, 16-, eller " +"32-bits). Hvis auto angives vælger YaST automatisk den mest passende værdi " +"til filsystemets størrelse.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 @@ -5572,10 +5703,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in " +"directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hash-funktion:\n" -"Dette angiver navnet på den hash-funktion, som skal bruges til at sortere filnavne i mapper.\n" +"Dette angiver navnet på den hash-funktion, som skal bruges til at sortere " +"filnavne i mapper.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 @@ -5586,10 +5719,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" "FS-revision:\n" -"Dette tilvalg angiver den reiserfs formatrevision, der skal bruges. \"3.5\" står for bagudkompatibilitet med kerner fra 2.2.x serien. \"3.6\" er nyere, men kan kun bruges med kerneversioner fra og med 2.4.\n" +"Dette tilvalg angiver den reiserfs formatrevision, der skal bruges. \"3.5\" " +"står for bagudkompatibilitet med kerner fra 2.2.x serien. \"3.6\" er nyere, " +"men kan kun bruges med kerneversioner fra og med 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5601,10 +5739,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Blokstørrelse:\n" -"Angiv blokstørrelsen i byte. Gyldige værdier er 512, 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte per blok. Hvis auto vælges bruges standardblokstørrelsen 4096.\n" +"Angiv blokstørrelsen i byte. Gyldige værdier er 512, 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte " +"per blok. Hvis auto vælges bruges standardblokstørrelsen 4096.\n" # #. label text @@ -5633,10 +5774,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Procentdel af Inode-plads:\n" -"Tilvalg \"Procentandel for inode-størrelse\" angiver den maksimale procentandel af filsystemet, der kan tildeles Inoder.\n" +"Tilvalg \"Procentandel for inode-størrelse\" angiver den maksimale " +"procentandel af filsystemet, der kan tildeles Inoder.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 @@ -5647,7 +5790,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5675,10 +5819,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate " +"size.\n" msgstr "" "Logstørrelse\n" -"Definér logstørrelsen (i megabytes). Hvis auto er valgt, vil standardværdien være 40 % af samlet størrelse.\n" +"Definér logstørrelsen (i megabytes). Hvis auto er valgt, vil standardværdien " +"være 40 % af samlet størrelse.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 @@ -5717,10 +5863,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Blokstørrelse:\n" -"Specificér blokstørrelsen i bytes. Gyldige værdier er 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte per blok. Hvis auto vælges, bestemmes blokstørrelsen af filsystemstørrelsen, og filsystemets forventede anvendelse.\n" +"Specificér blokstørrelsen i bytes. Gyldige værdier er 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte " +"per blok. Hvis auto vælges, bestemmes blokstørrelsen af filsystemstørrelsen, " +"og filsystemets forventede anvendelse.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 @@ -5744,8 +5894,10 @@ "<bytes-pr.-inode> bytes diskplads. Jo større bytes pr. Inode-værdien\n" "er, des flere Inoder vil blive oprettet.\n" "Denne værdi bør generelt ikke være mindre end blokstørrelsen i filsystemet\n" -"for at undgå, at for mange inoder bliver oprettet. Det er ikke muligt at udvide\n" -"antallet af inoder, efter at filsystemet er lavet, så det er vigtigt at vælge\n" +"for at undgå, at for mange inoder bliver oprettet. Det er ikke muligt at " +"udvide\n" +"antallet af inoder, efter at filsystemet er lavet, så det er vigtigt at " +"vælge\n" "en fornuftig værdi for denne parameter.\n" #. label text @@ -5765,8 +5917,16 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "Procentdel af blokke reserveret til root: Angiv procentdelen af blokke, der reserveres til superbrugeren. Standardværdien beregnes sådan at der normalt reserveres 1 GB, den øvre grænse for reserveret standardværdi er 5.0, den mindste reserverede standardværdi er 0.1." +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"Procentdel af blokke reserveret til root: Angiv procentdelen af " +"blokke, der reserveres til superbrugeren. Standardværdien beregnes sådan at " +"der normalt reserveres 1 GB, den øvre grænse for reserveret standardværdi er " +"5.0, den mindste reserverede standardværdi er 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 @@ -5794,7 +5954,8 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Mappeindeks:\n" -"Tillader brug af hashede b-træer til at lave hurtigere opslag i store mapper.\n" +"Tillader brug af hashede b-træer til at lave hurtigere opslag i store " +"mapper.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 @@ -5805,11 +5966,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Ingen journal:\n" -"Undertrykt brug af journalisering på filsystemet. Aktivér kun dette hvis du virkelig\n" +"Undertrykt brug af journalisering på filsystemet. Aktivér kun dette hvis du " +"virkelig\n" "ved hvad du gør.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -5831,7 +5994,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Partitioneringen på disken %1 kan enten ikke læses\n" -"eller understøttes ikke af partitioneringsværktøjet \"parted\", som bruges til at ændre\n" +"eller understøttes ikke af partitioneringsværktøjet \"parted\", som bruges " +"til at ændre\n" "partitionstabellen\n" "\n" "Du kan bruge partitionerne på disken %1, som de er, eller\n" @@ -5872,7 +6036,8 @@ "\n" "\n" "Du kan initialisere diskens partitionstabel til en fornuftig status under\n" -"\"Ekspertpartitionering\" ved at vælge \"Ekspert\"->\"Opret ny partitionstabel\", \n" +"\"Ekspertpartitionering\" ved at vælge \"Ekspert\"->\"Opret ny " +"partitionstabel\", \n" "men dette vil ødelægge alle data på alle partitioner på denne disk.\n" #. popup text @@ -5970,7 +6135,8 @@ "Følgende diskområder indeholder en krypteringssignatur, men\n" "adgangskoderne er endnu ikke kendt.\n" "Adgangskoderne skal være kendte hvis diskområderne skal bruges\n" -"enten under en opdatering eller hvis de indeholder et krypteret fysisk LVM-diskområde." +"enten under en opdatering eller hvis de indeholder et krypteret fysisk " +"LVM-diskområde." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" @@ -6041,7 +6207,8 @@ #| "\n" #| "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" #| "disk %2 are used.\n" -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" "\n" "Partitionen %1 kan ikke fjernes da andre partitioner på\n" @@ -6427,7 +6594,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "En stjerne (*) efter et monteringspunkt \n" @@ -6496,7 +6664,8 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "Striber Viser antallet af striber for LVM\n" -"logiske diskområder, og hvis den er større end en, vises stribestørrelsen i parentes.\n" +"logiske diskområder, og hvis den er større end en, vises stribestørrelsen i " +"parentes.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6792,15 +6961,18 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "Ændring af størrelse er umulig pga. inkonsistent filsystem. Prøv at tjekke filsystemet under Windows." +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"Ændring af størrelse er umulig pga. inkonsistent filsystem. Prøv at tjekke " +"filsystemet under Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" -msgstr "Opret et &LVM-baseret forslag" +msgstr "Opret &LVM-baseret forslag" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 @@ -6809,17 +6981,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "File system options:" msgid "File System for Root Partition" -msgstr "Tilvalg for filsystem:" +msgstr "Filsystem til rod-partitionen" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgid "File System for Home Partition" -msgstr "Foreslå en separat &home-partition" +msgstr "Filsystem til home-partitionen" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 @@ -6827,7 +6997,6 @@ msgstr "Forstør &Swap til suspendering" #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Proposal settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Indstillinger for forslag" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/users.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/users.da.po 2014-10-06 19:14:52 UTC (rev 89732) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/users.da.po 2014-10-06 19:15:07 UTC (rev 89733) @@ -11,13 +11,13 @@ # Martin Schlander <suse(a)linuxin.dk>, 2006, 2007. # Jan Madsen <jan.madsen.pt(a)gmail.com>, 2006, 2007. # Jan Madsen <jan.madsen.pt(a)gmail.com>, 2008. -# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. +# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-27 12:41+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:51+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for Users module #: src/clients/groups.rb:100 @@ -106,8 +106,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "Liste over gruppemedlemmer, normalt brugernavne, adskilt af kommaer. Listen over LDAP-bruger-DN'er skal være kolonsepareret." +msgid "" +"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " +"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "" +"Liste over gruppemedlemmer, normalt brugernavne, adskilt af kommaer. Listen " +"over LDAP-bruger-DN'er skal være kolonsepareret." #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option #: src/clients/groups.rb:225 @@ -158,13 +162,26 @@ #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "Vælg Lokal for at godkende brugere kun med de lokale filer /etc/passwd og /etc/shadow." +msgid "" +"Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files " +"/etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." +msgstr "" +"Vælg Lokal for at godkende brugere kun med de lokale filer " +"/etc/passwd og /etc/shadow." #. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "Hvis du har en tidligere installation eller et alternativt system, er det muligt, at oprette brugere baseret på denne kilde. For at gøre dette skal du vælge Læs brugerdata fra en tidligere installation. Denne indstilling anvender en eksisterende hjemmemappe, eller opretter en ny for hver bruger, på det sted der er angivet for denne installation." +msgid "" +"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to " +"create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a " +"Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home " +"directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du har en tidligere installation eller et alternativt system, er det " +"muligt, at oprette brugere baseret på denne kilde. For at gøre dette skal du " +"vælge Læs brugerdata fra en tidligere installation. Denne indstilling " +"anvender en eksisterende hjemmemappe, eller opretter en ny for hver bruger, " +"på det sted der er angivet for denne installation." #. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 @@ -203,21 +220,28 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " +"Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" -"Hvis du bruger en NIS- eller LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, eller hvis du vil\n" -"godkende brugere i forhold til en NT-server, skal du vælge den relevante værdi. Klik\n" -" derefter på Næste for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten." +"Hvis du bruger en NIS- eller LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, eller " +"hvis du vil\n" +"godkende brugere i forhold til en NT-server, skal du vælge den relevante " +"værdi. Klik\n" +" derefter på Næste for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.<" +"/p>" #. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " +"your client." msgstr "" -"Hvis du bruger en NIS- eller LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, skal du vælge den \n" -"relevante værdi. Klik derefter på Næste for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten." +"Hvis du bruger en NIS- eller LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, skal du " +"vælge den \n" +"relevante værdi. Klik derefter på Næste for at fortsætte med " +"konfigurationen af klienten." #. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 @@ -227,22 +251,30 @@ "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" "Hvis du bruger en LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, eller hvis du vil\n" -"godkende brugere i forhold til en NT-server, skal du vælge den relevante værdi. Klik\n" -" derefter på Næste for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten." +"godkende brugere i forhold til en NT-server, skal du vælge den relevante " +"værdi. Klik\n" +" derefter på Næste for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.<" +"/p>" #. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 msgid "" "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " +"your client." msgstr "" "Hvis du bruger en LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, skal du vælge den \n" -"relevante værdi. Klik derefter på Næste for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten." +"relevante værdi. Klik derefter på Næste for at fortsætte med " +"konfigurationen af klienten." #. helptext: additional kerberos support #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." -msgstr "Markér Opsætning af Kerberos-godkendelse for at konfigurere Kerberos, efter at have konfigureret brugerdatakilden." +msgid "" +"Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after " +"configuring the user data source." +msgstr "" +"Markér Opsætning af Kerberos-godkendelse for at konfigurere " +"Kerberos, efter at have konfigureret brugerdatakilden." #. check box label #. check box label @@ -339,14 +371,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " +"numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Fordi brugeren root er udstyret med omfattende beføjelser, skal adgangskoden\n" -"for \"root\" være valgt meget omhyggeligt. En kombination af bogstaver og tal\n" +"for \"root\" være valgt meget omhyggeligt. En kombination af bogstaver og " +"tal\n" "anbefales. For at sikre at adgangskoden er skrevet rigtigt, vil du blive\n" "bedt om at indtaste det igen i det andet felt.\n" "\n" @@ -358,7 +392,8 @@ "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " +"umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -391,8 +426,12 @@ #. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "For at tjekke hvorvidt dit nuværende tastaturlayout er korrekt, prøv at skrive tekst i Test tastaturlayout-feltet." +msgid "" +"To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering " +"text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." +msgstr "" +"For at tjekke hvorvidt dit nuværende tastaturlayout er korrekt, prøv at " +"skrive tekst i Test tastaturlayout-feltet." #. report misspellings of the password #. report misspellings of the password @@ -533,23 +572,27 @@ #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Login Settings" msgid "Authentication " -msgstr "Login-indstillinger" +msgstr "Autentifikation " #. Help text for password expert dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "Adgangskodens krypteringsmetode er %1." +msgstr "" +"Vælg metode til adgangskode-kryptering for lokale og systembrugere." #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "SHA-512 er den nuværende standardmetode til hash. Brug af andre algoritmer anbefales ikke, medmindre det er nødvendigt af kompatibilitetsmæssige årsager." +msgid "" +"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms " +"is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" +"SHA-512 er den nuværende standardmetode til hash. Brug af andre " +"algoritmer anbefales ikke, medmindre det er nødvendigt af " +"kompatibilitetsmæssige årsager." #. text entry #. text entry @@ -639,18 +682,19 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " +"between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Med den nuværende adgangskodekryptering (%1), skal længden på adgangskoden være\n" +"Med den nuværende adgangskodekryptering (%1), skal længden på adgangskoden " +"være\n" "mellem %2 og %3 tegn.\n" "" #. additional help text about password #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" #| "it has to be at least %1 characters long." @@ -659,7 +703,7 @@ "it has to be at least %s characters long." msgstr "" "Hvis du vil bruge denne adgangskode til at oprette certifikater,\n" -"skal den være på mindst %1 tegn." +"skal den være på mindst %s tegn." #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 4/4 @@ -679,23 +723,32 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " +"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " +"doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Brug kun bogstaver (ingen tegn med accent), cifre og <tt>._-</tt> til Brugernavn. \n" +"Brug kun bogstaver (ingen tegn med accent), cifre og <tt>._-</tt> til " +"Brugernavn. \n" "Brug ikke store bogstaver i dette felt, medmindre du ved, hvad du gør.\n" "Brugernavne har strengere begrænsninger end adgangskoder. Du kan omdefinere \n" -"begrænsningerne i filen /etc/login.defs. Læs man-siden for at få yderligere oplysninger.\n" +"begrænsningerne i filen /etc/login.defs. Læs man-siden for at få yderligere " +"oplysninger.\n" "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 -msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "Afkryds Brug denne adgangskode for systemadministrator, hvis den adgangskode, som angives for den første bruger, også skal benyttes for root." +msgid "" +"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " +"password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "" +"Afkryds Brug denne adgangskode for systemadministrator, hvis den " +"adgangskode, som angives for den første bruger, også skal benyttes for root.<" +"/p>" #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time @@ -703,20 +756,26 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " +"your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure " +"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Brugernavnet og adgangskoden der oprettes her, bruges til at logge ind på dit Linux-system. Med Automatisk login aktiveret, springes login-proceduren over. Denne bruger logges automatisk ind.\n" +"Brugernavnet og adgangskoden der oprettes her, bruges til at logge ind på dit " +"Linux-system. Med Automatisk login aktiveret, springes " +"login-proceduren over. Denne bruger logges automatisk ind.\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail<" +"/b>.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Få post til root-brugeren videresendt til denne bruger ved at afkrydse Modtager Systempost.\n" +"Få post til root-brugeren videresendt til denne bruger ved at afkrydse " +"Modtager Systempost.\n" #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) @@ -732,19 +791,17 @@ #. summary label #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." msgid "The password encryption method is %s." -msgstr "Adgangskodens krypteringsmetode er %1." +msgstr "Adgangskodens krypteringsmetode er %s." #. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "User %1 will be imported." msgid "User %s will be imported." msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." -msgstr[0] "Brugeren %1 vil blive importeret." -msgstr[1] "Brugeren %1 vil blive importeret." +msgstr[0] "Brugeren %s vil blive importeret." +msgstr[1] "Brugerne %s vil blive importeret." #. pushbutton label #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:641 @@ -758,7 +815,6 @@ #. yes/no popup question, %s is a number #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you intend to create certificates,\n" #| "the password should have at least %1 characters." @@ -767,7 +823,7 @@ "the password should have at least %s characters." msgstr "" "Hvis du vil oprette certifikater,\n" -"bør adgangskoden være på mindst %1 tegn." +"bør adgangskoden være på mindst %s tegn." #. translators: command line help text for Users module #: src/clients/users.rb:102 @@ -899,10 +955,12 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that " +"were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"Her kan ses en tabel af alle tilladte egenskaber for den valgte LDAP postering som ikke blev sat i tidligere dialoger." +"Her kan ses en tabel af alle tilladte egenskaber for den valgte LDAP " +"postering som ikke blev sat i tidligere dialoger." #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values @@ -925,11 +983,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client " +"Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Ret hver egenskab med Ret. Nogle egenskaber \n" -"kan være påkrævet som defineret for brugerens skabelon i LDAP klientmodul.\n" +"kan være påkrævet som defineret for brugerens skabelon i LDAP klientmodul<" +"/b>.\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -948,8 +1008,14 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." -msgstr "Tildel et adgangskoderegelobjekt til denne bruger i DN af adgangskoderegelobjekt. Aktiver Nulstil adgangskode for at nulstille adgangskoden for den ændrede bruger." +msgid "" +"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy " +"object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified " +"user." +msgstr "" +"Tildel et adgangskoderegelobjekt til denne bruger i DN af " +"adgangskoderegelobjekt. Aktiver Nulstil adgangskode for at " +"nulstille adgangskoden for den ændrede bruger." #. check box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 @@ -1049,50 +1115,91 @@ #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 msgid "Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems." -msgstr "Konfigurér kvoteindstillinger for brugeren på udvalgte filsystemer." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurér kvoteindstillinger for brugeren på udvalgte filsystemer." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " +"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "Definér en størrelsesgrænse ved at angive antallet af 1 KB-blokke\n" -"brugeren må have på dette filsystem. Derudover kan du definere en inode-grænse som angiver antallet af inodes brugere må have på filsystemet.\n" +"brugeren må have på dette filsystem. Derudover kan du definere en " +"inode-grænse som angiver antallet af inodes brugere må have på filsystemet.<" +"/p>\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." -msgstr "Du kan specificere både bløde og hårde grænser for størrelse og antal af inodes. De bløde grænser definerer et advarselsniveau, på hvilket brugere informeres om, at de nærmer sig grænsen, hvorimod de hårde grænser definerer grænsen, hvor skriveanmodninger nægtes." +msgid "" +"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " +"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " +"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " +"requests are denied." +msgstr "" +"Du kan specificere både bløde og hårde grænser for størrelse og antal af " +"inodes. De bløde grænser definerer et advarselsniveau, på hvilket brugere " +"informeres om, at de nærmer sig grænsen, hvorimod de hårde grænser definerer " +"grænsen, hvor skriveanmodninger nægtes." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." -msgstr "Så snart brugeren har nået den bløde grænse, aktiveres input-felterne for nådeintervallet. Angiv den tidsperiode hvor brugeren tillades at overskride den bløde grænse angivet ovenfor. Nedtællingen af nådeintervallet starter straks." +msgid "" +"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " +"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " +"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " +"interval starts immediately." +msgstr "" +"Så snart brugeren har nået den bløde grænse, aktiveres input-felterne for " +"nådeintervallet. Angiv den tidsperiode hvor brugeren tillades at overskride " +"den bløde grænse angivet ovenfor. Nedtællingen af nådeintervallet starter " +"straks." #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 msgid "Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems." -msgstr "Konfigurér kvoteindstillinger for gruppen på udvalgte filsystemer." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurér kvoteindstillinger for gruppen på udvalgte filsystemer." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " +"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "Definér en størrelsesgrænse ved at angive antallet af 1 kB-blokke\n" -"gruppen må bruge på dette filsystem. Derudover kan du angive en inode-grænse, der angiver antallet af inodes, gruppen må bruge på filsystemet.\n" +"gruppen må bruge på dette filsystem. Derudover kan du angive en inode-grænse, " +"der angiver antallet af inodes, gruppen må bruge på filsystemet.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." -msgstr "Du kan specificere både bløde og hårde grænser for størrelse og antal af inodes. De bløde grænser definerer et advarselsniveau, på hvilket grupper informeres om at de nærmer sig deres grænse, hvorimod de hårde grænser definerer grænsen, hvor skriveanmodninger nægtes." +msgid "" +"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " +"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " +"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " +"requests are denied." +msgstr "" +"Du kan specificere både bløde og hårde grænser for størrelse og antal af " +"inodes. De bløde grænser definerer et advarselsniveau, på hvilket grupper " +"informeres om at de nærmer sig deres grænse, hvorimod de hårde grænser " +"definerer grænsen, hvor skriveanmodninger nægtes." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." -msgstr "Så snart gruppen har nået den bløde grænse, aktiveres input-felterne for nådeintervallet. Angiv den tidsperiode hvor gruppen tillades at overskride den bløde grænse angivet ovenfor. Nedtællingen af nådeintervallet starter straks." +msgid "" +"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " +"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " +"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " +"interval starts immediately." +msgstr "" +"Så snart gruppen har nået den bløde grænse, aktiveres input-felterne for " +"nådeintervallet. Angiv den tidsperiode hvor gruppen tillades at overskride " +"den bløde grænse angivet ovenfor. Nedtællingen af nådeintervallet starter " +"straks." # type of item (displayed in the table) #. combo box label @@ -1414,13 +1521,15 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " +"directory." msgstr "" "Krypteret mappe-imagefil og nøglefilerne\n" "\"%1\" og \"%2\"\n" " blev fundet. Vil du bruge dem til den aktuelle bruger?\n" "\n" -"Dette betyder at data fra denne imagefil vil blive brugt i stedet for den aktuelle hjemmemappe." +"Dette betyder at data fra denne imagefil vil blive brugt i stedet for den " +"aktuelle hjemmemappe." #. popup label, %1 is path to directory #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 @@ -1656,6 +1765,8 @@ "\n" "Directory cannot be encrypted." msgstr "" +"\n" +"Mappen kan ikke krypteres." #. popup message #. popup message @@ -1731,7 +1842,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Ved angivelse af adgangskode, skelnes der mellem store og\n" -"små bogstaver. Adgangskoder bør ikke indeholde tegn med accenter eller omlyd.\n" +"små bogstaver. Adgangskoder bør ikke indeholde tegn med accenter eller " +"omlyd.\n" "\n" #. Help text 0/6 @@ -1742,7 +1854,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Her kan du angive de standardværdier, der skal bruges, når du opretter nye lokale brugere eller systembrugere.\n" +"Her kan du angive de standardværdier, der skal bruges, når du opretter nye " +"lokale brugere eller systembrugere.\n" " \n" #. Help text 1/6 @@ -1775,21 +1888,25 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " +"your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "Standard login-skal \n" -"Navnet på den nye brugers login skal. Vælg en fra listen eller indtast din egen sti til skallen.\n" +"Navnet på den nye brugers login skal. Vælg en fra listen eller indtast din " +"egen sti til skallen.\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " +"added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Standardhjem \n" -" Den oprindelige søgestis præfiks til en ny brugers hjemmemappe. Brugernavnet tilføjes\n" +" Den oprindelige søgestis præfiks til en ny brugers hjemmemappe. Brugernavnet " +"tilføjes\n" " i slutningen af denne værdi for at danne hjemmemappens standardnavn.\n" " \n" @@ -1797,10 +1914,12 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " +"new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "Skelet-mappe \n" -"Indholdet af denne mappe kopieres til en brugers hjemmemappe, når der tilføjes en ny bruger. \n" +"Indholdet af denne mappe kopieres til en brugers hjemmemappe, når der " +"tilføjes en ny bruger. \n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -1816,7 +1935,8 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " +"format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "Udløbsdato \n" @@ -1832,8 +1952,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Dage efter adgangskodens udløb at login er brugbart \n" -"Brugere kan logge ind, efter at udgangskoden er udløbet. Angiv, hvor mange dage\n" -" efter adgangskodens udløb at der kan logges ind. Brug -1 for ubegrænset adgang.\n" +"Brugere kan logge ind, efter at udgangskoden er udløbet. Angiv, hvor mange " +"dage\n" +" efter adgangskodens udløb at der kan logges ind. Brug -1 for ubegrænset " +"adgang.\n" " \n" #. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 @@ -1906,7 +2028,8 @@ "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " +"doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" @@ -1916,8 +2039,10 @@ "ved at klikke påForslag knappen. Dette kan ændres, men brug kun\n" "standardbogstaver (ingen tegn med accent), tal og <tt>._-</tt>.\n" "Brug ikke store bogstaver i denne linje, medmindre du ved hvad du gør.\n" -"Brugernavne har strengere restriktioner end adgangskoder. Du kan omdefinere disse\n" -"restriktioner i /etc/login.defs-filen. Læs dens man-side for mere information.\n" +"Brugernavne har strengere restriktioner end adgangskoder. Du kan omdefinere " +"disse\n" +"restriktioner i /etc/login.defs-filen. Læs dens man-side for mere " +"information.\n" "\n" #. alternative help text 2/7 @@ -1926,23 +2051,32 @@ "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " +"doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " +"information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Brug kun\n" -" bogstaver (ingen tegn med accent), cifre og <tt>._-</tt> til Brugernavn. \n" +" bogstaver (ingen tegn med accent), cifre og <tt>._-</tt> til Brugernavn<" +"/b>. \n" " Brug ikke store bogstaver i dette felt, medmindre du ved, hvad du gør.\n" -" Brugernavne har strengere begrænsninger end adgangskoder. Du kan omdefinere \n" -" begrænsningerne i filen /etc/login.defs. Læs man-siden for at få yderligere oplysninger.\n" +" Brugernavne har strengere begrænsninger end adgangskoder. Du kan omdefinere " +"\n" +" begrænsningerne i filen /etc/login.defs. Læs man-siden for at få yderligere " +"oplysninger.\n" " \n" #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." -msgstr "Klik på Brugeradministration for at tilføje flere brugere eller grupper i systemet." +msgid "" +"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.<" +"/p>" +msgstr "" +"Klik på Brugeradministration for at tilføje flere brugere eller " +"grupper i systemet." #. alternative help text 4/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 @@ -1961,10 +2095,12 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " +"click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Du kan redigere forskellige adgangskodeindstillinger for denne bruger, f.eks. udløbsdatoen, ved at klikke på Adgangskode indstillingerne.\n" +"Du kan redigere forskellige adgangskodeindstillinger for denne bruger, f.eks. " +"udløbsdatoen, ved at klikke på Adgangskode indstillingerne.\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -2029,7 +2165,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " +"when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -2038,7 +2175,8 @@ "\n" "Adgangskode:\n" " Hvis brugere, som ikke er medlem af gruppen, skal identificere sig, når de\n" -" skifter til denne gruppe (se man-siden for <tt>newgrp</tt>), skal du tildele gruppen en\n" +" skifter til denne gruppe (se man-siden for <tt>newgrp</tt>), skal du tildele " +"gruppen en\n" " adgangskode. Af sikkerhedsmæssige grunde vises adgangskoden ikke\n" " her. Den er ikke påkrævet.\n" " \n" @@ -2076,7 +2214,8 @@ " group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." msgstr "" "Den anden liste viser de brugere, som har denne gruppe som\n" -" standardgruppe. Standardgruppen kan kun ændres ved at redigere brugeren." +" standardgruppe. Standardgruppen kan kun ændres ved at redigere " +"brugeren." # #. help text 1/8 @@ -2143,8 +2282,12 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." -msgstr "Sæt eventuelt Hjemmemappens tilladelsestilstand for denne brugers hjemmemappe til noget andet end standarden." +msgid "" +"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's " +"home directory different from the default." +msgstr "" +"Sæt eventuelt Hjemmemappens tilladelsestilstand for denne brugers " +"hjemmemappe til noget andet end standarden." #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -2159,8 +2302,16 @@ #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." -msgstr "Hvis du ændrer placeringen af en brugers hjemmemappe, skal du flytte indholdet af den aktuelle mappe med Flyt til ny placering, der som standard er aktiveret. Ellers oprettes en ny hjemmemappe uden nogen af de eksisterende data." +msgid "" +"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " +"the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. " +"Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.<" +"/p>" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du ændrer placeringen af en brugers hjemmemappe, skal du flytte " +"indholdet af den aktuelle mappe med Flyt til ny placering, der som " +"standard er aktiveret. Ellers oprettes en ny hjemmemappe uden nogen af de " +"eksisterende data." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 @@ -2169,18 +2320,28 @@ "Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" "does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " +"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " +"shared." msgstr "" -"Aktivér Brug krypteret hjemmemappe for at kryptere brugerens hjemmemappe\n" +"Aktivér Brug krypteret hjemmemappe for at kryptere brugerens " +"hjemmemappe\n" "og angiv mappestørrelsen. Kryptering af en brugers hjemmemappe \n" "giver ikke stærk sikkerhed imod andre brugere. Hvis computeren deles af\n" "flere brugere, er det muligt for en bruger at bryde systemsikkerheden,\n" -"ved at finde en anden brugers nøgle og få adgang til de krypterede data. Hvis der kræves høj sikkerhed, bør systemet ikke deles fysisk." +"ved at finde en anden brugers nøgle og få adgang til de krypterede data. Hvis " +"der kræves høj sikkerhed, bør systemet ikke deles fysisk." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." -msgstr "Hjemmemapper kan ikke krypteres hvis fingeraftrykslæser-enheden anvendes. For kryptering af brugerens hjemmemappe, skal konfigurationen af fingeraftryk først deaktiveres." +msgid "" +"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " +"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration " +"first." +msgstr "" +"Hjemmemapper kan ikke krypteres hvis fingeraftrykslæser-enheden anvendes. " +"For kryptering af brugerens hjemmemappe, skal konfigurationen af fingeraftryk " +"først deaktiveres." #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -2273,8 +2434,12 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." -msgstr "Start den detaljerede konfiguration af en bestemt plug-in ved at vælge Start." +msgid "" +"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " +"Launch." +msgstr "" +"Start den detaljerede konfiguration af en bestemt plug-in ved at vælge " +"Start." #. help texts 1/1 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 @@ -2294,8 +2459,10 @@ "password at the next login. If Last Password Change is set to\n" "Never, the user will be forced to change the password." msgstr "" -"Aktivér Gennemtving ændring af adgangskode for at tvinge brugeren til at ændre\n" -"adgangskode ved næste login. Hvis Sidste ændring af adgangskode er sat til\n" +"Aktivér Gennemtving ændring af adgangskode for at tvinge brugeren " +"til at ændre\n" +"adgangskode ved næste login. Hvis Sidste ændring af adgangskode er sat " +"til\n" "Aldrig, vil brugeren blive tvunget til at ændre adgangskoden." #. Help text 2/6 @@ -2311,7 +2478,8 @@ "\n" "Dage før adgangskoden udløber for at udsende en advarsel \n" " Brugere kan få vist en advarsel, før deres adgangskode udløber. Angiv,\n" -" hvor lang tid før adgangskoden udløber, at advarslen skal vises. Angiv -1 for at deaktivere\n" +" hvor lang tid før adgangskoden udløber, at advarslen skal vises. Angiv -1 " +"for at deaktivere\n" " advarslen. \n" " \n" @@ -2324,26 +2492,31 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Dage efter adgangskoden udløber med muligt login \n" -"Brugere kan logge ind, efter at adgangskoden er udløbet. Angiv, hvor mange dage login\n" +"Brugere kan logge ind, efter at adgangskoden er udløbet. Angiv, hvor mange " +"dage login\n" "skal tillades. Brug -1 for ubegrænset adgang.\n" "\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a " +"user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Maksimalt antal dage for den samme adgangskode Angiv, hvor mange dage en bruger\n" +"Maksimalt antal dage for den samme adgangskode Angiv, hvor mange " +"dage en bruger\n" "kan bruge den samme adgangskode, før den udløber.\n" #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age " +"of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" msgstr "" -"Minimalt antal dage for den samme adgangskode Angiv, i hvor lang tid\n" +"Minimalt antal dage for den samme adgangskode Angiv, i hvor lang " +"tid\n" "en adgangskode skal bruges, før brugeren kan ændre den.\n" #. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format @@ -2377,88 +2550,173 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " +"module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Ændring af værdier \n" -" Du kan konfigurere disse indstillinger ved at køre de relevante moduler. Vælg modulet med Konfigurer.\n" +" Du kan konfigurere disse indstillinger ved at køre de relevante moduler. " +"Vælg modulet med Konfigurer.\n" " \n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." -msgstr "Vælg fanebladene Politik for adgangskodeændring, Politik for adgangskodeforældelse og Politik for udlåsning for at vælge politikgrupper for LDAP-adgangskoder for de attributter der skal konfigureres." +msgid "" +"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies" +", and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of " +"attributes to configure." +msgstr "" +"Vælg fanebladene Politik for adgangskodeændring, Politik for " +"adgangskodeforældelse og Politik for udlåsning for at vælge " +"politikgrupper for LDAP-adgangskoder for de attributter der skal " +"konfigureres." #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." -msgstr "Angiv Maksimalt antal adgangskoder der gemmes i historikken for at sætte hvor mange tidligere brugte adgangskoder der skal gemmes. Gemte adgangskoder kan ikke bruges." +msgid "" +"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set " +"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " +"be used." +msgstr "" +"Angiv Maksimalt antal adgangskoder der gemmes i historikken for at " +"sætte hvor mange tidligere brugte adgangskoder der skal gemmes. Gemte " +"adgangskoder kan ikke bruges." #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." -msgstr "Markér Brugeren skal ændre adgangskode efter nulstilling for at tvinge brugere til at ændre deres adgangskoder efter adgangskoden er blevet nulstillet eller ændret af en administrator." +msgid "" +"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " +"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " +"administrator." +msgstr "" +"Markér Brugeren skal ændre adgangskode efter nulstilling for at " +"tvinge brugere til at ændre deres adgangskoder efter adgangskoden er blevet " +"nulstillet eller ændret af en administrator." #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." -msgstr "Markér Brugeren kan ændre adgangskode for at tillade brugere at ændre deres adgangskoder." +msgid "" +"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " +"passwords." +msgstr "" +"Markér Brugeren kan ændre adgangskode for at tillade brugere at " +"ændre deres adgangskoder." #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." -msgstr "Hvis den eksisterende adgangskode skal angives sammen med den ny adgangskode, så markér Gammel adgangskode kræves for adgangskodeændring." +msgid "" +"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " +"check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgstr "" +"Hvis den eksisterende adgangskode skal angives sammen med den ny " +"adgangskode, så markér Gammel adgangskode kræves for adgangskodeændring" +"." #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." -msgstr "Vælg om kvaliteten af adgangskoden skal verificeres mens adgangskoder ændres eller tilføjes. Vælg Tjek ikke hvis adgangskoder slet ikke skal tjekkes. Med Acceptér adgangskoder som ikke kan tjekkes accepteres adgangskoder selvom tjekket ikke kan udføres, f.eks. hvis brugeren har angivet en krypteret adgangskode. Med Acceptér kun tjekkede adgangskoder afvises adgangskoder hvis kvalitetstesten fejler eller hvis adgangskoden ikke kan tjekkes." +msgid "" +"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are " +"modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be " +"checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are " +"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " +"provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords " +"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " +"checked." +msgstr "" +"Vælg om kvaliteten af adgangskoden skal verificeres mens adgangskoder " +"ændres eller tilføjes. Vælg Tjek ikke hvis adgangskoder slet ikke skal " +"tjekkes. Med Acceptér adgangskoder som ikke kan tjekkes accepteres " +"adgangskoder selvom tjekket ikke kan udføres, f.eks. hvis brugeren har " +"angivet en krypteret adgangskode. Med Acceptér kun tjekkede adgangskoder<" +"/b> afvises adgangskoder hvis kvalitetstesten fejler eller hvis adgangskoden " +"ikke kan tjekkes." #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." -msgstr "Angiv mindste antal tegn som skal bruges i en adgangskode under Mindste længde på adgangskode." +msgid "" +"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " +"Minimum Password Length." +msgstr "" +"Angiv mindste antal tegn som skal bruges i en adgangskode under Mindste " +"længde på adgangskode." #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." -msgstr "Mindste alder på adgangskode angiver hvor lang tider der skal gå mellem ændring af adgangskoden." +msgid "" +"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " +"modifications to the password." +msgstr "" +"Mindste alder på adgangskode angiver hvor lang tider der skal gå " +"mellem ændring af adgangskoden." #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." -msgstr "Maksimal alder på adgangskode angiver hvor lang tid efter ændring en adgangskode udløber." +msgid "" +"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password " +"expires." +msgstr "" +"Maksimal alder på adgangskode angiver hvor lang tid efter ændring " +"en adgangskode udløber." #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." -msgstr "Under Tid før udløb af adgangskode hvor der udsendes en advarsel angiver hvor lang tid før adgangskoden udløber, at advarsel om udløb skal gives til en bruger der autentificerer." +msgid "" +"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long " +"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should " +"be given to an authenticating user." +msgstr "" +"Under Tid før udløb af adgangskode hvor der udsendes en advarsel " +"angiver hvor lang tid før adgangskoden udløber, at advarsel om udløb skal " +"gives til en bruger der autentificerer." #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgstr "Angiv antal gange en udløben adgangskode kan bruges til at autentificere under Tilladt brug af udløben adgangskode." +msgid "" +"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in " +"Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgstr "" +"Angiv antal gange en udløben adgangskode kan bruges til at autentificere " +"under Tilladt brug af udløben adgangskode." #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -msgstr "Markér Aktivér låsning af adgangskode for at forbyde brug af en adgangskode efter et angivet antal mislykkedes bind-forsøg i træk." +msgid "" +"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a " +"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgstr "" +"Markér Aktivér låsning af adgangskode for at forbyde brug af en " +"adgangskode efter et angivet antal mislykkedes bind-forsøg i træk." #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." -msgstr "Angiv antal mislykkede bind-forsøg i træk, hvorefter adgangskoden ikke må bruges til at autentificere under Bind-fejl før adgangskoden låses." +msgid "" +"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " +"password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " +"Password." +msgstr "" +"Angiv antal mislykkede bind-forsøg i træk, hvorefter adgangskoden ikke må " +"bruges til at autentificere under Bind-fejl før adgangskoden låses." #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." -msgstr "Angiv hvor længe adgangskoden ikke kan bruges under Varighed af låst adgangskode." +msgid "" +"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration" +"." +msgstr "" +"Angiv hvor længe adgangskoden ikke kan bruges under Varighed af låst " +"adgangskode." #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." -msgstr "Varighed af bind-fejl-cache angiver hvor længe der går før adgangskodefejl slettes fra fejltælleren selvom der ikke er blevet gennemført nogen autentifikation." +msgid "" +"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures " +"are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication " +"has occurred." +msgstr "" +"Varighed af bind-fejl-cache angiver hvor længe der går før " +"adgangskodefejl slettes fra fejltælleren selvom der ikke er blevet gennemført " +"nogen autentifikation." # Frame label #. tab label @@ -2591,7 +2849,8 @@ "user home directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hvis hjemmemapper for LDAP-brugere skal lagres på denne maskine,\n" -"så markér den tilsvarende indstilling. Ændring af denne værdi medfører ikke nogen direkte\n" +"så markér den tilsvarende indstilling. Ændring af denne værdi medfører ikke " +"nogen direkte\n" "handling. Det er kun information til YaST's brugermodul, som kan håndtere\n" "brugeres hjemmemapper.\n" @@ -2600,11 +2859,13 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " +"or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Tryk på Konfigurér for at konfigurere indstillinger som er gemt på\n" -"LDAP-serveren. Du vil blive spurgt om adgangskoden hvis du endnu ikke er forbundet eller\n" +"LDAP-serveren. Du vil blive spurgt om adgangskoden hvis du endnu ikke er " +"forbundet eller\n" "har ændret din konfiguration.\n" #. password policy help text caption @@ -2615,10 +2876,13 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to " +"add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." msgstr "" -"Konfigurér den valgte adgangskodepolitik med Redigér. Brug Tilføj for at tilføje en ny adgangskodepolitik. Konfigurationen er kun mulig,\n" +"Konfigurér den valgte adgangskodepolitik med Redigér. Brug " +"Tilføj for at tilføje en ny adgangskodepolitik. Konfigurationen er kun " +"mulig,\n" " hvis adgangskodepolitikkerne allerede er aktiveret på LDAP-serveren." #. checkbox label @@ -2781,7 +3045,7 @@ #. richtext label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 msgid "SSSD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SSSD" #. richtext label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:140 @@ -2796,7 +3060,7 @@ #. menubutton label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:153 msgid "&SSSD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&SSSD" #. tab header #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 @@ -2903,7 +3167,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " +"it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2922,8 +3187,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"MD5 tillader længere adgangskoder og giver dermed en højere sikkerhed, men nogle\n" -" netværksprotokoller understøtter det ikke, så der kan opstå problemer med NIS.\n" +"MD5 tillader længere adgangskoder og giver dermed en højere sikkerhed, " +"men nogle\n" +" netværksprotokoller understøtter det ikke, så der kan opstå problemer med " +"NIS.\n" " " #. Label @@ -2980,18 +3247,25 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." -msgstr "Her kan du udvide søgefilteret for brugere og grupper udover det normale søgefilter." +msgid "" +"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " +"search filters." +msgstr "" +"Her kan du udvide søgefilteret for brugere og grupper udover det normale " +"søgefilter." #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " +"attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" -"Med Standard kan du indlæse standardfilteret fra de bruger- og gruppe-\n" -"konfigurationsmoduler, der er gemt på LDAP-serveren (værdier for 'suseSearchFilter'-attributter).\n" +"Med Standard kan du indlæse standardfilteret fra de bruger- og " +"gruppe-\n" +"konfigurationsmoduler, der er gemt på LDAP-serveren (værdier for " +"'suseSearchFilter'-attributter).\n" "Hvis du endnu ikke er forbundet, vil du blive bedt om adgangskoden.\n" #. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) @@ -3089,32 +3363,39 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " +"as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De funktioner, der er beskrevet herunder, er kun tilgængelige, hvis du bruger KDM eller GDM til login-håndtering.\n" +"De funktioner, der er beskrevet herunder, er kun tilgængelige, hvis du bruger " +"KDM eller GDM til login-håndtering.\n" " \n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " +"the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Automatisk login \n" -"Hvis du indstiller Automatisk login, kan du springe login-proceduren over. Den bruger, der er valgt på listen, logges ind automatisk.\n" +"Hvis du indstiller Automatisk login, kan du springe login-proceduren " +"over. Den bruger, der er valgt på listen, logges ind automatisk.\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " +"to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Login uden adgangskode \n" -"Hvis denne indstilling er markeret, har alle brugere lov til at logge ind uden at angive deres\n" -"adgangskode. Ellers skal du angive adgangskoden, selvom du angiver, at en bruger skal kunne logge ind automatisk.\n" +"Hvis denne indstilling er markeret, har alle brugere lov til at logge ind " +"uden at angive deres\n" +"adgangskode. Ellers skal du angive adgangskoden, selvom du angiver, at en " +"bruger skal kunne logge ind automatisk.\n" #. dialog label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 @@ -3147,6 +3428,8 @@ "The user seems to be currently logged in.\n" "Continue anyway?" msgstr "" +"Brugeren lader til at være logget ind.\n" +"Vil du fortsætte alligevel?" #. yes-no popup headline #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1157 @@ -3293,11 +3576,13 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown " +"in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Brugere og grupper opdeles i forskellige sæt. Du kan redigere det sæt, der vises i tabellen, med Sæt filter.\n" +"Brugere og grupper opdeles i forskellige sæt. Du kan redigere det sæt, der " +"vises i tabellen, med Sæt filter.\n" " Tilpas visningen med Definér filter.\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -3310,10 +3595,13 @@ "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Klik på Avancerede indstillinger for at redigere forskellige avancerede indstillinger, f.eks.\n" -"adgangskodens krypteringstype, brugergodkendelsesmetode, standardværdier for nye\n" +"Klik på Avancerede indstillinger for at redigere forskellige " +"avancerede indstillinger, f.eks.\n" +"adgangskodens krypteringstype, brugergodkendelsesmetode, standardværdier for " +"nye\n" "brugere eller login-indstillinger. Du kan gemme alle de ændringer,\n" -"du har foretaget indtil videre, uden at afslutte konfigurationsmodulet med Skriv ændringer nu.\n" +"du har foretaget indtil videre, uden at afslutte konfigurationsmodulet med " +"Skriv ændringer nu.\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550 @@ -3339,7 +3627,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -" Brug denne dialogboks til at få oplysninger om eksisterende brugere og tilføje eller ændre\n" +" Brug denne dialogboks til at få oplysninger om eksisterende brugere og " +"tilføje eller ændre\n" " brugere. \n" " \n" @@ -3376,7 +3665,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"For at ændre eller slette en eksisterende bruger skal du vælge en bruger fra listen og\n" +"For at ændre eller slette en eksisterende bruger skal du vælge en bruger fra " +"listen og\n" "trykke på knappen Ændr eller Slet.\n" "\n" @@ -3385,12 +3675,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " +"groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -" Brug denne dialogboks til at få oplysninger om eksisterende grupper og tilføje eller ændre grupper.\n" +" Brug denne dialogboks til at få oplysninger om eksisterende grupper og " +"tilføje eller ændre grupper.\n" " \n" #. help text 2/4 @@ -3426,7 +3718,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Du kan redigere eller slette en eksisterende gruppe ved at vælge en gruppe på listen og derefter\n" +"Du kan redigere eller slette en eksisterende gruppe ved at vælge en gruppe på " +"listen og derefter\n" " klikke på Rediger eller Slet.\n" " \n" @@ -3558,7 +3851,7 @@ #. @return #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2331 msgid "yast2-auth-client module not installed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "modulet yast2-auth-client er ikke installeret" #. error popup, %1 is package name #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2435 @@ -3982,7 +4275,8 @@ #. label #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." -msgstr "Flere skabeloner er defineret som standard. Vælg den skabelon, som skal læses." +msgstr "" +"Flere skabeloner er defineret som standard. Vælg den skabelon, som skal læses." #. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 @@ -4242,11 +4536,15 @@ "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" +"\n" +"Understøttelse af kryptering er ikke installeret. Hjemmemapper vil IKKE blive " +"krypteret." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." -msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under indstilling af videresending af root-brugerens post." +msgstr "" +"Der opstod en fejl under indstilling af videresending af root-brugerens post." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 @@ -4598,27 +4896,25 @@ "Ingen postering med DN '%s'\n" "eksisterer på LDAP serveren. Opret den nu?" -# #. plugin name #: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Quota Configuration" msgid "Kerberos Configuration" -msgstr "Kvotekonfiguration" +msgstr "Konfiguration af Kerberos" #. user plugin summary (table item) #: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ingen Kerberos-håndtering for grupper" #. user plugin summary (table item) #: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Håndtér Kerberos-principaler" #: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260 msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan ikke køre kadmin.local." #. plugin name #: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:147 @@ -4750,7 +5046,7 @@ "%2" #. the ']' is or-ed... -#. error popup +#. error popup #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -4765,7 +5061,8 @@ #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " +"keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/vm.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/vm.da.po 2014-10-06 19:14:52 UTC (rev 89732) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/vm.da.po 2014-10-06 19:15:07 UTC (rev 89733) @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ # Ib Larsen <i.la(a)tele2adsl.dk>, 2006. # Jan Madsen <jan.madsen.pt(a)gmail.com>, 2006. # Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2007. -# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2010, 2012, 2013. +# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-27 13:29+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. progress step title #: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69 @@ -37,8 +37,12 @@ #. check for kernel-bigsmp #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 -msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " -msgstr "x86_64 er den eneste understøttede arkitektur til værtskab af virtuelle maskiner. Din arkitektur er " +msgid "" +"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " +"architecture is " +msgstr "" +"x86_64 er den eneste understøttede arkitektur til værtskab af virtuelle " +"maskiner. Din arkitektur er " #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 @@ -67,23 +71,41 @@ #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 -msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." -msgstr "<big>Konfiguration af VM-server</big>Konfiguration af VM-serveren (domæne 0) har to dele." +msgid "" +"<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM " +"Server (domain 0) has two parts." +msgstr "" +"<big>Konfiguration af VM-server</big>Konfiguration af " +"VM-serveren (domæne 0) har to dele." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 -msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." -msgstr "De nødvendige pakker installeres på systemet først. Derefter skiftes bootloader til GRUB, hvis den ikke allerede bruges, og Xen-sektionen tilføjes til bootloader-menuen, hvis den mangler." +msgid "" +"The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " +"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added " +"to the boot loader menu if it is missing." +msgstr "" +"De nødvendige pakker installeres på systemet først. Derefter skiftes " +"bootloader til GRUB, hvis den ikke allerede bruges, og Xen-sektionen tilføjes " +"til bootloader-menuen, hvis den mangler." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 -msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." -msgstr "GRUB er nødvendig, da den understøtter multiboot-standarden, som kræves for at boote Xen og Linux-kernen." +msgid "" +"GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot " +"Xen and the Linux kernel." +msgstr "" +"GRUB er nødvendig, da den understøtter multiboot-standarden, som kræves " +"for at boote Xen og Linux-kernen." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 -msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." -msgstr "Når konfigurationen er gennemført, kan du boote VM-serveren fra bootloader-menuen." +msgid "" +"When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " +"Server from the boot loader menu." +msgstr "" +"Når konfigurationen er gennemført, kan du boote VM-serveren fra " +"bootloader-menuen." #. error popup #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 @@ -91,48 +113,45 @@ msgstr "Installationen vil blive afbrudt." #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" -msgstr "Hypervisor og værktøjer er installeret." +msgstr "Vælg hypervisors der skal installeres" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KVM-hypervisor" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "libvirt LXC-containere" #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Software til at forbinde til virtualiseringsserver" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Xen-hypervisor" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed\n" -msgstr "Installationen vil blive afbrudt." +msgstr "Pakkeinstallation mislykkedes\n" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" -msgstr "Installationen vil blive afbrudt." +msgstr "Pakkeinstallationen mislykkedes for lxc\n" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pakkeinstallation mislykkedes for sled klientmønster\n" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pakkeinstallation mislykkedes for sles mønstre\n" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 @@ -173,8 +192,13 @@ msgstr "Netværksbro." #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 -msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" -msgstr "Ved normale netværkskonfigurationer der er vært for virtuelle maskiner, anbefales en netværksbro.Vil du konfigurere en standard netværksbro?" +msgid "" +"For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " +"bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" +msgstr "" +"Ved normale netværkskonfigurationer der er vært for virtuelle maskiner, " +"anbefales en netværksbro.Vil du konfigurere en standard netværksbro?<" +"/p>" #. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV #. Progress::NextStage(); @@ -192,14 +216,22 @@ #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" -msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "For installation af Xen-gæster, genstart maskinen og vælg Xen-sektionen i bootloader-menuen.\n" +msgid "" +"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel " +"in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "" +"For installation af Xen-gæster, genstart maskinen og vælg Xen-sektionen i " +"bootloader-menuen.\n" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" -msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." -msgstr "For installation af Xen-gæster, genstart maskinen og vælg Xen-sektionen i bootloader-menuen.\n" +msgid "" +"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " +"the boot loader menu." +msgstr "" +"For installation af Xen-gæster, genstart maskinen og vælg Xen-sektionen i " +"bootloader-menuen.\n" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 #, fuzzy -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

← Newer
1
...
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
...
97
Older →

Jump to page: